Creative Activity Educational Resources 2025

Education

Educational

Resources

shop online at creative-activity.co.uk

2025

Our Frameworks

We are delighted to be approved

on a number of framworks with

government bodies

Welcome

EDR-24-001

Educational Play Equipment &

Art + Craft Materials

FAE-22-007

Specialist Furniture &

Equipment for Pupils with

Special Educational Needs

EDR-22-012

Science & Technology Equipment

& Resources

EDR-22-020

Timber Materials

FAE-22-006

Outdoor Educational Play Equipment

DSS8-PLAY

Supply, Delivery & Installation

of Outdoor Playground Equipment

FAE-20-001

Classroom Furniture, including

Assembly Hall Chairs & Trolleys

FAE-23-003

Library Furniture, Shelving

and Accessories

FAE-20-027

Furniture for School Dining Areas

& Staff Canteens

We at Creative Activity are thrilled to have

been recognised as a “Premier Provider

of Childcare & Educational Equipment” in

Ireland. We are excited to introduce our

all-new Educational Resources

catalogue for the 2024/25 academic year.

We offer an extensive selection of resources

that cover all aspects of the curriculum,

so you can trust us to provide you with the

materials you need. Our products are all

rigurously tested to ensure they meet our

high quality standards, ensuring they are

safe for the classroom and built to withstand

a busy learning environment.

Our commitment to you does not stop at

providing high-quality resources. We are

dedicated to delivering exceptional customer

service as well. Our team is available

to answer any questions you may have,

and as part of our dedication to meeting

your needs, our sales team is thoroughly

trained and can visit your school to discuss

your specific requirements.

We have been approved by the Education

Authority for 11 contracts, allowing you to

place orders through the EA i-procurement

system with confidence.

We look forward to working with you.

The Creative Activity Team

FMM-21-009

Supply & Delivery of

Cleaning Materials

2020/S 252-638069

NHS - Medical

Healthcare Furniture

CONTENTS

Office & Stationery

5-78

Furniture & Storage

79-192

Early Years

193-356

English & Literacy

357-410

Maths & Numeracy

411-480

Science & Investigation

481-534

Design & Technology

535-559

Computing & ICT

560-595

PE & Sport

596-655

Music Equipment

656-665

Art, Craft & Design

666-725

Languages

726-735

Humanities

736-757

PSHE & Wellbeing

758-773

Special Needs

774-797

All prices are exclusive of VAT

CREATIVE-ACTIVITY.CO.UK

SALES@CREATIVE-ACTIVITY.CO.UK

+44 (0) 7134 6767

@CREATIVEACTIVITYGROUP

@CREATIVEACTIVITYGROUP

CREATIVE ACTIVITY GROUP LTD

Multi-Sensory Rooms & Equipment

Contact us to

arrange your free site survey

Liquid Floor Tiles

Infinity Wall Panels

Projectors

Completed Project - Lakeview Hospital

Outdoor Play Areas & Equipment

Contact us to

arrange your free site survey

Outdoor Classrooms

Freestanding Play

Completed Project - Early Years Montessori

Slides & Trails

office & stationery

contents

10-21 excercise books & paper

22-23 academic diaries & planners

24-26 flipcharts & notebooks

27 copier paper & card

28-29 envelopes & labels

30 sticky notes

31-34 adhesive & tapes

35-43 pens & pencils

58 clips, pins & fasteners

59-61 staplers & tackers

62 pencil cases, calculators & rulers

63 clipboards

64-71 filing & storage

73 clocks & security

74-75 laminating

76-78 shredders & trimmers

44-45 pencil sharpeners

46-52 highlighers & markers

53-55 whiteboards & accessories

57 scissors

centred around life and learning +44 (0) 28 7134 6767

5

Exercise Books & Papers

Exercise Books

Get the best deal – choose from

our CLASSIC and CHOICE range

of exercise books

CLASSIC

Our CLASSIC range of exercise books

provide superb quality at a very

affordable price - these books are up

to 70% stronger than many of our

competitors and are bound with 3

staples for added strength. Available in

a choice of 7 coloured 225gsm* manilla

covers which can be personalised with

overprinted logo. See pages 12-20 for

the full CLASSIC range.

OVERPRINT WITH

YOUR LOGO

ONLY

£11.66

PER BOX OF

50 BOOKS

SIZE

PAPER

QUANTITY

COLOURS

RULINGS

7 sizes available

225gsm

overprintable

pressboard cover

with minimum

75gsm white paper

Packs of 35

and 50

A choice of

7 mottled

vibrant

colours

A choice of 12

different rulings

CHOICE

CHOICE exercise books offer great

value to help stretch your budget

further. See pages 22-25 for the

full CHOICE range.

SIZE

PAPER

QUANTITY

COLOURS

RULINGS

3 sizes

available

225gsm cover with

75gsm white paper

Packs of 25,

50 or 100

A choice of 6

pastel colours

A choice of 3

different rulings

6

E: sales@creative-activity.co.uk W: www.creative-activity.co.uk

Selecting the right exercise books

1. SELECT YOUR PAGE RULINGS

Exercise Books

We have a huge variety blue rulings - select from the options provided for each product.


Rule-8mm

Rule-8mm

with Margin Rule-12mm Rule-15mm Squares-7mm Squares-10mm

Rule-8mm /

Rule-8mm /

Rule-Plain/

Squares-20mm Squares-20mm Alternate Plain

Alternate Plain

15mm

Plain

2. SELECT YOUR BOOK SIZE

Our range offers a choice of:

• A4+ Portrait

• A4 Portrait & Landscape

• 9" x 7" Portrait

• 8" x 6 1 / 2" Portrait

• 5" x 6 1 / 2" Portrait

Handwriting books are also available.

3. SELECT THE PAGE VOLUME

We can provide a choice of 24, 32, 40, 48,

64, 80, 96 and 120 pages according to the

size of the exercise books.

4. SELECT YOUR BOOK COVER

We offer a range of colours to choose from:

blue, red, yellow, green, purple, orange

and pink.

5. SELECT YOUR QUALITY

A minimum of 75gsm quality paper is used

in all our exercise books. High quality paper

minimises ink showing through the pages.

All our exercise books feature 3 staples

making them very durable.

We offer 2 cover styles, Classic, with mottled

pressboard covers, and Choice with

traditional manilla style covers.

6. SELECT YOUR FORMAT

Depending on the size and number of

pages, the choice of page format includes:

• Feint/ruling

• Margin or no margin

• Plain

• Alternative page

• Half page plain/ruling

• Squares and size of squares

A page is a single side of the sheet of paper.

centred around life and learning +44 (0) 28 7134 6767 7


Exercise Books

Our online Exercise Book

Selector makes buying easy

Choose your style

Select your preferences

Add it to your order

Exercise

book type

Size

Orientation

Colour

No. of

pages

Ruling

8


Personalised Logo Overprinted

Exercise Books

Personalise our classic exercise books with logo overprinting

complete with your school crest/logo, along with your

school name.

Your school logo needs

to be black and white

and a high resolution

(min 300dpi) in one of

the following formats:

JPEG, EPS, TIF or BMP.

Exercise Books

OVERPRINT WITH

YOUR LOGO

ONLY

£12.36

PER BOX OF

50 BOOKS


Print Areas

The maximum size available to print

your school name and logo varies by

book size. Print areas are as follows:

A4 and A4+ books: W140 x H140mm

9 x 7” books: W100 x H80mm

8 x 6.5” books: W60 x H60mm

With a minimum order

of 10 boxes required, we

offer you the complete

flexibility with the ability

to mix and match your

10 boxes from our range.

All you need to do is add £11.66 per

box of 50 exercise books for the

cost of the logo overprinting.

To order your personalised overprinted exercise books:

a) Choose the books you wish to order.

b) Choose the size required; A4+, A4, 9”x7”, 8”x6.5”.

c) Add £11.66 per box of 50 exercise books in available sizes for the cost of the

logo overprinting, minimum order is 10 boxes of exercise books.

d) Contact our customer services team with your requirements, who will be

able to provide a quote and help you with placing your order.



Exercise Books

1

What makes our books great?

All A4+, A4 and 9” x 7”

Classic range books have 3

staples for added strength

and protection.

Eco-friendly

The paper in these exercise books is

made from bagasse, the dry stalks

remaining after sugar cane juice has

been extracted. We’ve selected this as

a quality, sustainable alternative to tree

pulp.

50

1. A4+ Classic 40 Page Exercise Book

The Classic range of exercise books feature a bright, mottled 225gsm

pressboard cover with 3 staples on long side. Available in a selection of

rulings and colours. Length 320mm. 40 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4+.

75gsm. Width 240mm.

Code Colour Choice Price

EE11086PI Pink 8mm Lined with Margin £33.51

EE11087YE Yellow 8mm Lined with Margin £33.51

EE11086OR Orange 8mm Lined with Margin £33.51

EE11087RE Red 8mm Lined with Margin £33.51

EE11087PU Purple 8mm Lined with Margin £33.51

EE11080BL Blue 8mm Lined with Margin £33.51

EE11085GR Green 8mm Lined £33.51

EE11085RE Red 8mm Lined £33.51

EE11085YE Yellow 8mm Lined £33.51

EE11082BL Blue 12mm Lined £33.51

EE11083BL Blue 15mm Lined £33.51

EE11079YE Yellow Plain £33.51

EE11079BL Blue Plain £33.51

EE11079RE Red Plain £33.51

EE11079GR Green Plain £33.51

EE11079PU Purple Plain £33.51

EE11088BL Blue 7mm Squared £33.51

EE11081YE Yellow 10mm Squared £33.51



Exercise Book Rulings shown on this page

Plain

Rule-8mm

Rule-8mm


10


1. Classic Project A4+ 80 Pages Exercise Books

The Classic range of exercise books feature a bright,

mottled 225gsm pressboard cover with 3 staples on long

side. Available in a selection of rulings and covers.

Length 320mm. 80 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4+.

75gsm. Weight 75gsm. Width 240mm.


EE10958 Purple 8mm Lined with Margin £45.17

EE10959 Blue 8mm Lined with Margin £45.17

EE10952 Yellow 8mm Lined with Margin £45.17

EE10968 Orange 8mm Lined with Margin £45.17

EE10969 Pink 8mm Lined with Margin £45.17

EE10966 Green 8mm Lined with Margin £45.17

EE10951 Red 8mm Lined with Margin £45.17

1

Exercise Books


EE10950 Green 8mm Lined £45.17

EE10949 Yellow 8mm Lined £45.17

EE10948 Red 8mm Lined £45.17

EE10973 Purple 12mm Lined £45.17



EE10961 Blue 12mm Lined £45.17



EE10996 Blue 7mm Squared £45.17

EE10970 Yellow 7mm Squared £45.17

EE10971 Purple 7mm Squared £45.17


50



EE10953 Blue Plain £45.17

EE10956 Green Plain £45.17

EE10955 Yellow Plain £45.17

EE10963 Purple Plain £45.17

EE10954 Red Plain £45.17

EE10975 Pink Plain £45.17

2

A4+ Books

• A4+ books are great

at saving time as A4

work and worksheets

can be stuck straight in.

• Improve neatness as

there is no overlapping

when sticking in A4

work.

• Ideal for using as

learning journals.

35

2. Project Book A4+ 96 Pages

225gsm pressboard cover, 75gsm paper, 3 staples on

long side, A4+, Box of 35. Ideal for school use.

96 pages. Portrait. Pack of 35. A4+. 75gsm.


EE10978 Green 8mm,8mm Lined £56.83

EE10984 Yellow 8mm,8mm Lined £56.83

EE10979 Orange 8mm,8mm Lined £56.83

EE10980 Pink 8mm,8mm Lined £56.83

EE10983 Red 8mm,8mm Lined £56.83

EE10982 Purple 8mm,8mm Lined £56.83

EE10981 Blue 8mm,8mm Lined £56.83













Plain

Rule-8mm

Rule-8mm




Exercise Books

1

50

2

50

3

1. Exercise Book A4 Landscape Plain 24

Pages


short side, A4, Box of 50. 24 pages. Landscape. Pack of

50. A4. 75gsm.


019718 Blue Plain £26.22

019719 Red Plain £26.22

2. A4 Classic 40 Pages Exercise Books


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover with 3 staples on

long side. Available in a selection of rulings and colours.

40 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4. 75gsm.


















EE10859 Red 10mm Squared £32.05



4

50

50

3. Classic A4 48 Pages Exercise Books


long side, A4, Box of 50. 48 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50.

A4. 75gsm.


EE10871 Blue 8mm,8mm Lined £36.42

EE10872 Red 8mm,8mm Lined £36.42

EE10873 Yellow 8mm,8mm Lined £36.42

EE10874 Green 8mm,8mm Lined £36.42

EE10875 Purple 8mm,8mm Lined £36.42

EE10876 Orange 8mm,8mm Lined £36.42




4. Classic A4 Landscape Plain Green 48

Pages Exercise Books

The Classic exercise book range feature a 225gsm

pressboard cover with 3 staples on short side. Featuring

a green cover and no ruling. 48 pages. Landscape. Pack

of 50. A4. 75gsm.




Plain

Rule-8mm

with Margin

Rule-12mm

Rule-15mm

Rule-Plain/

15mm Squares-7mm Squares-10mm Squares-20mm

12


1

50

Exercise Books















EE10921 Purple 12mm Lined £36.42







EE10924 Red 8mm Plain £36.42








EE10911 Orange 5mm Squared £36.42





EE10935 Red 10mm Squared £36.42





Eco-friendly

The paper in these exercise books is made from bagasse,

the dry stalks remaining after sugar cane juice has been

extracted. We’ve selected this as a quality, sustainable

alternative to tree pulp.


Plain

Rule-8mm

with Margin

Rule-8mm /

Alternate Plain Rule-12mm Rule-15mm Squares-5mm

Squares-7mm

Squares-10mm

Squares-20mm



Exercise Books

1

Eco-friendly

The paper in these exercise books is

made

from bagasse, the dry stalks remaining

after sugar cane juice has been extracted.

We’ve selected this as a quality,

sustainable alternative to tree pulp.

1. A4 Classic 64 Page Exercise Book



long side. Available in a selection of covers and rulings.

64 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4. 75gsm. Weight 75gsm.



50

2

50

















3

50




long side. Available in a variety of colours and rulings.








EE10947 Red 8mm Plain £45.17









long side. Variety of colours and rulings. 120 pages.

Portrait. Pack of 50. A4. 75gsm.









Plain

Rule-8mm

with Margin

Rule-8mm /

Alternate Plain

Rule-Plain/

Rule-15mm

Squares-7mm

Squares-10mm

Squares-20mm

14


Exercise Books


1 2

Eco-friendly

The paper in these exercise books is made from

bagasse, the dry stalks remaining after sugar cane

juice has been extracted. We’ve selected this as a

quality, sustainable alternative to tree pulp.

1. Choice Exercise Book A4 64 Pages

225gsm manilla cover, 75gsm paper, 3 staples on long side, A4. 64 pages.

Portrait. A4. 75gsm.

Code Colour Choice Pack Size Price

EE10714 Blue 8mm Lined 25 £13.10


EE10728 Blue 8mm Lined 100 £49.54

EE10716 Yellow 8mm Lined 25 £13.10



EE10715 Red 8mm Lined 25 £13.10

EE10722 Red 8mm Lined 50 £24.76

EE10729 Red 8mm Lined 100 £49.54

EE10717 Green 8mm Lined 25 £13.10



EE10718 Purple 8mm Lined 25 £13.10



EE10719 Orange 8mm Lined 25 £13.10



EE10720 Yellow 10mm Squared 25 £13.10




2. Choice A4 80 Pages Exercise Books

The Choice range of exercise books feature a 225gsm manilla cover with

3 staples on long side. Available in a selection of rulings, colours and pack

sizes. 80 pages. Portrait. A4. 75gsm.




EE10753 Blue 8mm Lined 100 £53.91




EE10736 Red 8mm Lined 25 £14.56

EE10745 Red 8mm Lined 50 £27.68

EE10754 Red 8mm Lined 100 £53.91










EE10741 Blue 7mm Squared 25 £14.56









Rule-8mm

with Margin

Squares-7mm

Squares-10mm



Choice 9” x 7” Exercise Books

Choice Range

Choice exercise books offer great value to help stretch your budget further.

A choice of 6 pastel colours, available in two of the most popular book sizes: A4 and 9” x 7”, both in 80 page with A4 also

available in 64 page.

All are available in 8mm with margin with 10mm squares also available in A4 64 and 80 page and 7mm squares available

in A4 80 pages.

Our paper is made from bagasse, a form of agricultural waste that is eco-friendly and sustainable. Exercise book covers are

made from responsibly sourced pulp.

• Plain, pastel colours • 225gsm cover • 75gsm white paper • Available in 25, 50 and 100 to match your budget

• Overprinting is not available on this range

1

Eco-friendly

The paper in these exercise books is made from bagasse, the

dry stalks remaining after sugar cane juice has been

extracted.

We’ve selected this as a quality, sustainable alternative to

tree pulp.

1. Choice 9” x 7” 80 Pages Exercise Books

The Choice range of exercise books feature a 225gsm manilla cover with 3

staples on long side. All 8mm lined and available in a selection of colours

and pack sizes. 80 pages. Portrait. 9”x7”. 75gsm.

Code Colour Pack Size Price

EE10696 Blue 25 £12.76

EE10702 Blue 50 £24.76

EE10708 Blue 100 £47.74

EE10700 Purple 25 £12.76

EE10706 Purple 50 £24.76

EE10712 Purple 100 £47.74

EE10698 Yellow 25 £12.76

EE10704 Yellow 50 £24.76

EE10710 Yellow 100 £47.74

EE10697 Red 25 £12.76

EE10703 Red 50 £24.76

EE10709 Red 100 £47.74

EE10701 Orange 25 £12.76

EE10707 Orange 50 £24.76

EE10713 Orange 100 £47.74

EE10699 Green 25 £12.76

EE10705 Green 50 £24.76

EE10711 Green 100 £47.74

16


1. NEW Choice Exercise Books A4+ 80 Pages

The new range of Choice exercise books, offering great quality, no frills and

good value to help stretch your budgets further. Featuring a 225gsm manila

cover with 3 staples on long side. Paperback. 80 pages. Portrait. A4+.


ST45194BL Blue 8mm Ruled 50 £37.88

ST45195BL Blue 8mm Ruled 100 £72.86

ST45194GR Green 8mm Ruled 50 £37.88


ST45194YE Yellow 8mm Ruled 50 £37.88


1

Choice A4+ Exercise Books

Eco-friendly





50

FROM

£37 .88


ST45194RE Red 8mm Ruled 50 £37.88

ST45195RE Red 8mm Ruled 100 £72.86

ST45198BL Blue 7mm Squared 50 £37.88

ST45199BL Blue 7mm Squared 100 £72.86

ST45201BL Blue Plain 50 £37.88

ST45202BL Blue Plain 100 £72.86

ST45201GR Green Plain 50 £37.88

ST45202GR Green Plain 100 £72.86

ST45201OR Orange Plain 50 £37.88

ST45202OR Orange Plain 100 £72.86

ST45201RE Red Plain 50 £37.88

ST45202RE Red Plain 100 £72.86

ST45201YE Yellow Plain 50 £37.88

ST45202YE Yellow Plain 100 £72.86



ST45205OR Orange 12mm Ruled 50 £37.88

ST45206OR Orange 12mm Ruled 100 £72.86




Plain

Rule-8mm

Rule-8mm

with Margin

Rule-15mm Squares-7mm Squares-10mm Squares-20mm



Classic 9” x 7” Exercise Books

1

Eco-friendly





1. 9” x 7” Classic 48 Page Exercise Books




48 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 9”x7”. 75gsm.










EE10807 Green 8mm Lined with Margin / Plain £21.85


50




long side. Extremely durable. 64 pages. Portrait. Pack of

50. 9”x7”. 75gsm.













80 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 9”x7”. 75gsm.









EE10833 Green 8mm Plain £26.22









Plain

Rule-8mm

with Margin

Rule-8mm /

Alternate Plain

Squares-10mm

18


1

Classic Small Exercise Books

2


50 50

3

Eco-friendly

The paper in these exercise books is made from bagasse,

the dry stalks remaining after sugar cane juice has been

extracted. We’ve selected this as a quality, sustainable

alternative to tree pulp.

1. Classic 5” x 6.5” 24 Pages Exercise Books


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover, stapled on short

side. Available in a selection of rulings and colours. Blue.

24 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 5”x6.5”. 75gsm.


019847 Blue 8mm, 8mm Lined £13.48


019849 Orange 10mm Squared £13.48


50

4

2. Classic 6.5” x 4” 48 Pages Exercise Books

The Classic range feature a bright mottled 225gsm

pressboard cover with 3 staples on long side. 8mm

ruled with no margin. Blue. 48 pages. Portrait. Pack of

50. 6.5”x4”. 75gsm.



3. Classic 6.5” x 4” 64 Pages Exercise Books


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover, stapled on long

side. 8mm ruled paper. 64 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50.

6.5”x4”. 75gsm.




50




mottled 225gsm pressboard cover, stapled on long side.

Available in a selection of rulings and colours. 32 pages.

Portrait. Pack of 50. 8”x4”. 75gsm.






Plain

Rule-8mm

Rule-12mm Rule-15mm Squares-10mm




Classic 8” x 6.5” Exercise Books

1

50

2

50

3

4

1. Handwriting Book 6.5” x 8” Landscape

40 Pages

225gsm pressboard cover, 75gsm paper, 3 staples

on short side, 6.5” x 8”, Box of 50. Red. 40 pages.

Landscape. Pack of 50. 8”x6.5”. 75gsm.


EE10766 Red Lined £17.48

EE10767 Purple Lined £17.48

2. Classic 8” x 6.5” Handwriting Books

The Classic range feature a bright mottled 225gsm

pressboard cover with 3 staples on long side. Portrait

handwriting book inter-ruled with 7mm blue and 19mm

red. Green. 24 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 8”x6.5”.

75gsm.


EE10793 Green Lined £16.76

3. Classic 8” x 6.5” 48 Pages Exercise Books


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover with 3 staples on long

side. Available in a selection of rulings and colours. 48

pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 8”x6.5”. 75gsm.


















4. 8” x 6.5” Classic Exercise Book 8mm

Ruled with Margin 80pg 50pk


long side, 8” x 6.5”, Box of 50. 80 pages. Portrait. Pack

of 50. 8”x6.5”. 75gsm.






50

Eco-friendly


bagasse, the dry stalks remaining after sugar

cane juice has been extracted. We’ve selected

this as a quality, sustainable alternative to tree

pulp.


Plain

Inter Ruled- Inter Ruled- Inter Ruled-

Rule-8mm

4mm Blue 6mm Blue 7mm Blue

with Margin Rule-12mm Rule-15mm 16mm Red 21mm Red 19mm Red Squares-7mm Squares-10mm Squares-20mm

20


1 2

FROM

£63 .40

Exercise Book Covers & Paper


100

1. Slip On Clear Exercise

Book Covers Plain 100pk

Clear slip on covers with rounded

corners to protect your exercise books

Non-adhesive and re-usable. Protect

books from becoming damaged by

water or paint, or ensure decorated

books stay untampered. Clear.

Portrait. Pack of 100. 220micron.

EE00550 W178 x L229mm £63.40

EE00549 W210 x L297mm £69.95

2. Clear Book Covering Film

Adhesive covering film, perfect for

protecting exercise books, maps,

posters, photographs and other

documents. Clear. Made from

plastic. Portrait. Single.

EE00100 W25cm x L25m £14.56

EE00101 W33cm x L25m £18.23

EE00104 W33cm x L50m £26.22

EE00105 W45cm x L50m £37.53

EE00102 W50cm x L25m £25.51

EE00106 W50cm x L50m £40.80

EE00107 W1 x L50m £81.26

3. A4 Choice Exercise Papers

Punched writing pads.with 8mm

lining and margin. 500 sheets per

pad. White. Portrait. A4. 75gsm.

LI01412 8mm Ruled 500pk £11.65

000273 8mm Ruled Unpunched 2500pk £36.42

10mm Squares Unpunched

000271

500pk

£14.56

10mm Dot Lattice Squares

000264

500pk

£3.26

000282 1, 5 & 10mm Squares 2500pk £40.80


016265

2500pk

£29.14

10mm Dot Lattice Triangles

000265

500pk

£14.56

000283 2, 10 & 20mm Squares 2500pk £40.80


016266

2500pk

£45.17

4. 9” x 7” Exercise Paper

75gsm

75gsm punched exercise paper

printed on both sides. Supplied as

5 reams of 500 sheets each. White.

2500 pages. Portrait. 9”x7”. 75gsm.

000279 8mm Ruled £37.53

016264 1/5/10mm Squares £58.29

000267 5mm Squares £29.14

000285 1, 5 & 10mm Square £58.29

000258 10mm Squares £45.54

000268 6mm Ruled £39.34

016263 2/10/20mm Squares £58.29

000270 7mm Squares £45.17

3

4

FROM

£3 .26



Diaries & Planners

1 2

1. NEW Academic Year Wall

Planner 23/24

Academic year planner running from

July 2023 until August 2024. Height

610mm. Width 909mm.

ST45318 £3.65

2. NEW Academic Year Diary

Black 23/24

Academic diaries which feature

week to view for listing all of your

appointments and important

reminders. Single.

ST45319 A4 Week to View £6.57

ST45320 A4 Page to Day £7.22

ST45321 A5 Week to View £6.57

ST45322 A5 Page to Day £8.02

3 4

5 6

7 8

3. NEW Academic 18 Month

Diary 23/24

Academic desk diaries which cover

an 18 month period from July 2023

until December 2024. They are

supplied with a hard cover for extra

protection.A5.

ST45323 Week to View £4.73

ST45324 Day to Pag £6.57

4. NEW Academic Year Diary

A5 Week View 23/24

Desk diary perfect for both personal

use and for leaving in the office. A5.

ST45325BL Blue £4.73

ST45325BU Burgundy £4.73

ST45325GK Lime Green £4.73

ST45325GU Mauve £4.73

ST45325PI Pink £4.73

ST45325YE Yellow £4.73

5. NEW Desk Diary 2024

This week to view diary is ideal for

meetings, appointments, deadlines

and other important plans.

ST45326 A4 £5.47

ST45327 A5 £4.73

6. NEW Teachers Academic

Planner 23/24 5 Period

This extensive planner is designed

for teachers and contains 5 periods

per page with sections for duties,

meetings, expenses and timetables.

ST45310 A4 £18.93

ST45311 A5 £17.48



This planner contains extensive

sections including calendars,

planners, timetables, parents

evening comments and much more.

ST45312 A4 £18.93

ST45313 A5 £17.48



This extensive planner is designed

for teachers and contains 9 periods

per page with sections for duties,

meetings, expenses and timetables.

A4.

ST45314 £21.85

22


1. Handwriting Book

With standard handwriting ruling in

blue and purple, this book is perfect

for capturing the handwriting

journey. 32 pages. Landscape.

Pack of 30. A5. 75gsm.

EE00125 Level 1 £21.14

EE10000 Level 2 £21.14

EE10001 Level 3 £21.14

2. Primary Dictionary Book

Dictionary with A-Z and plenty of

space to write new words, including

curriculum high frequency words.

Pack of 30.

EE00122 £30.59

1

30

Record Books & Planners


3. A5 Homework Diary

This perfectly sized homework diary

covers the whole academic year.

Consists: week to view over 2 pages,

personal details section, space for

signatures, useful information table,

full year planner and timetable on

the reverse. Pack of 20. A5.

2

3

EE00117 £36.42

4. Homework Diary and

Reading Record Book

Consists of space for 5 headed

blocks of homework per spread and

5 block of reading record adjacent

to homework. Orange. 32 pages.


EE10005 £34.25

30

4 5

30 20

5. Reading Record Books

Key Stage reading record books with

space to record books read with

comments and periodic reviews.

Space for 58 records including titles,

authors and favourite books and

comments with ruled lines

to encourage more writing.

Orange. 36 pages. Portrait.

Pack of 30. 75gsm.

EE00120 KS1 £34.25

EE00121 KS2 £34.25

30

30

6. Reading Record Book

Ruled with date, title, page number

and remarks column, ready for

students to record their reading

history. Yellow. 40 pages.


Weight 125gsm.

6 7

EE00123 £10.93

7. School Attendance

Register

A4 Attendance register with capacity

for 3 terms and 40 pupils.

Pack of 10. A4.

EE11006 £27.68

8. Register & Mark Book

A4 mark book with space for 25

marks for 45 pupils per page. 315gsm

blue manilla cover with space for class

and date details. Pack of 10. A4.

25 10

8 9

EE11005 £21.85

9. A4 Cornell Notebooks

This notebook has 48 pages in the

Cornell style notes system ruling and

features a blue cover. 48 pages.

Pack of 25. A4.

EE11137 £35.72

10

25


Papers, Envelopes & Labels

Notebooks & Pads

1 2

5 10

3 4

56 5

5 6

1. Spiral Bound Pads

Spiral bound note pads with front

cover and rigid board back. They

are filled with 8mm ruled paper and

easy to tear out perforated pages.

80 pages. Pack of 5. Weight 75gsm.

900146 A5 £7.22

000733 A4 £11.65

2. Polypropylene Bright

Notebooks

Semi rigid polypropylene covers to

protect your important notes. They

have 80 pages of white paper that

is lined with 8mm ruling. 80 pages.

Pack of 10.

EE10312 A5 £12.40

3. Budget Essentials

Notebooks

Budget friendly wiro spiral bound

notebooks with card covers. Ideal for

school, home or office. 200 pages.

Pack of 6. Weight 60gsm.

000021 A4 £12.76

000022 A5 £4.36

4. Project Books

A must-have for anyone that wants

to combine the benefits of a good

quality notebook with organisational

features such as dividers 200 pages.

Pack of 5.

028418 £18.93

5. Shorthand Notebooks

This notebook features a durable

cover, spiral binding at the head

and feint ruled pages for neat

notes. White. 150 pages. Pack of 10.

Weight 75gsm.

001482 £20.39

6. Budget Essentials A4

Sidebound Refill Pads

This pad features hole-punched

ruled paper with a margin, making

it perfect for a number of uses. Tear

out the pages and add them to a

ring binder file, or simply use as a

stand-alone notebook. White. Pack

of 5. A4. Weight 75gsm.

10

7 8

5

000070 100 Sheets £11.65

000056 200 Sheets £19.68

7. Budget Essentials A4

Headbound Refill Pads

4-hole punched headbound pads

with front cover and stiff board

backs. Refills are ideal for taking

notes and using alongside binders

and dividers to keep work organised.

White. 80 pages. Pack of 10. A4.

Weight 75gsm.

000053 £14.56

10

8. Spiral Bound Revision

Cards

Twin wire bound revision cards, ideal

for keeping all your notes together.

Length 101mm. Pack of 50. Width

152mm.

034704 White £1.44

042538 Multicoloured £1.81

24


1

Flipchart Pads


1.A1 Literacy and Numeracy

Flipchart Pads

Excellent value packs of A1 specialist

flipcharts for literacy and numeracy.

Flip pads filled with 40 sheets (80

pages) of 56gsm white paper.

Literacy pad is ruled and numeracy

pad is gridded for a range of

learning activities. 40 pages.

Pack of 5. A1.

028416 Literacy Flipchart £37.88

028417 Numeracy Flipchart £37.88

2. Educational Numeracy

Flipchart

30 sheet A1 flipchart marked with

squares for numeracy or lines

for literacy. Printed cover and

perforated. Pack of 5. A1.

EE10681 Numeracy £71.40

EE10682 Literacy £71.40

3. 100% Recycled Things to

Do Pad

The perfect tool for organising your

busy day. Featuring 120 sheets of

quality 100% recycled paper, printed

‘things to do’ and ‘appointments’.

It includes sections for date & tasks

with ‘priority’ and ‘completed’

check boxes. It is wire bound and

perforated so pages can either be

removed or turned over and the

book will still lie flat. Length 280mm.

Pack of 5. Width 150mm.

EE11146 £21.14

4.A1 Presentation Flipchart

Pads

High quality paper, ideal for

presentations. The pad is perforated

at the top for easy tearing from the

pad. Will fit most flipchart easels.

40 sheets per pad. Length 841mm.

40 pages. Pack of 5. A1. 56gsm.

Width 584mm.

002657 £36.42

5

2 3

5 5

4 5

5.A1 Recycled Flipchart Pads

High quality recycled paper, ideal

for presentations. Fits all standard

flipchart easels and is perforated at

the top for easy tearing. White.

40 pages. Pack of 5. A1.

002656 £37.88

5 5


EA Art & Craft Tender

EA Tender EDR-24-001

Supply and Delivery of

Classroom Resources

even better pricing available on your iproc store!

plus free delivery!

26


1. Copier Paper

High quality white copier paper.

Ideal for day to day copying or

printing this paper will work for

creation of posters, presentations

or print outs this versatile paper can

be used with inkjet, laser, copiers or

fax machines. 1 box contains

5 reams of 500 sheets.

EE01050 75gsm 5pk £29.14

EE11232 80gsm 5pk £31.34

2. Explorer Brand Copier

Paper

Premium quality copier paper

for high volume office or school

printing. White. Single. 80gsm.

027789 Ream of 500 A3 sheets £14.51

027788 Box of 2500 A4 Sheets £33.51

1

Copier Paper


3. Report Brand A3 Copier

Paper

Quality and economical A3 copier

paper, priced especially low to give

you the best quality paper at the

lowest possible price!

EE11043 75gsm 5pk £56.83

003009 80gsm 5pk £65.57

EE11235 80gsm Single £61.20

4. Report Brand A4 Copier

Paper

High quality white copier paper,

guaranteed for trouble-free, high

speed and high volume applications.

A4. 90gsm.

003027 5 Reams £36.42

2

3

5. Coloured Copier Card

Coloured heavyweight card

guaranteed for use on mono, colour

laser and inkjet printers, copiers and

fax machines Ideal for eye-catching

posters, mounting students work or to

make notices and presentation covers

stand out. 250 sheets. A4. 160gsm.

4 5

000292 Red £10.93

000294 Green £10.93

000295 Yellow £10.93


000293 Blue £10.93

000296 Orange £10.93

6. White Copier Card

High quality heavy weight white A4

copier card. Pack of 250. A4.

79163 120gsm £6.57

012174 160gsm £8.02

7. Coloured Copier Paper

Vivid coloured paper packs in a

range of bright shades. High quality

paper that is guaranteed for use on

mono and colour laser and inkjet

printers, copiers and fax machines.

Ideal for posters, presentations and

enhancing communication. Suitable

for high speed, high volume and

double-sided applications. Ream of

500 sheets. A4. 80gsm.

000286 Red £10.19

000290 Orange £10.19


000288 Green £10.19

000289 Yellow £10.19

000287 Blue £10.19

6 7



Envelopes

1 2

250

125

3 4

500 250 250 100

5 6

1. Manilla Pocket Self Seal

C4 Envelopes

These self seal envelopes are a great

choice for your office or school

needs. Manila. Pack of 250.

EE11035 80gsm £17.13

013888 115gsm £22.96

2. Gusset Envelopes

The hot melt peel and seal adhesive

has a 5 year shelf life and provides

tamper proof security. Depth 25mm.

Height 229mm. Pack of 125. Width

324mm.

013876 C4 Envelopes Manilla 125pk £32.43

910486 C4 Envelopes White 125pk £36.42

013875 15 x 10” Envelopes 125pk £39.00

3. C5 Manilla Self Seal

Envelopes

Quality manilla envelopes made

from recycled material using a

minimum of 70% post consumer

waste. Manila. Pack of 500. 80gsm.

Weight 80gsm.

EE11036 £18.93

4. Gusset Envelopes

15 x 10”

Made from premium manilla, these

are great quality gusset envelopes.

Manila. Depth 25mm. Height

254mm. Pack of 100. 140gsm.

Weight 140gsm. Width 381mm.

013875 £39.00

5. Envelopes

White. Height 110mm. Pack of 1000.

90gsm. Weight 90gsm.

Width 220mm.

013884 DL Wallet - Window 1000pk £32.43

EE11003 C4 Pocket - No Window 250pk £21.85

013892 C4 Pocket - Window 250pk £18.93

024027 C5 Pocket - No Window 50pk £5.10

EE00293 C5 Pocket - No Window 500pk £21.85

EE11037 DL Wallet - No Window 1000pk £27.68

013880 C6 Wallet - No Window 1000pk £26.22

024026 DL Wallet - No Window 50pk £4.36

910452 DL Wallet - Window 80gsm 1000pk £27.68

910450 DL Wallet - No Window 80gsm 1000pk £26.22

940011 C5 Pocket - Window 500pk £22.22

7 8

6. White Envelopes C5

Made from sustainable forest

resources. They are 90gsm and self

seal for easy, quick and safe posting.

White. Height 162mm. 90gsm.


024027 50pk £5.10

EE00293 500pk £21.85

7. Self Seal White Envelopes

C4

The C4 format allows you to place

A4-sized sheets whole, without

having to fold them to fit them

in. White. Pack of 250.

EE11003 Plain £21.85

013892 Window £18.93

250 1000

8. Wage Envelopes

Wage envelopes that are made from

a minimum of 70% post consumer

recycled waste. Manila. Height

102mm. Pack of 1000. 80gsm.


EE11038 £32.43

28


1 2

Labels


100

1. Avery QuickPEEL Laser

Addressing Labels

Quick to peel and quick to stick!

White labels to use with laser

printers. Made with paper from

well-managed forests and recyclable

as part of paper waste. Same great

labels now Eco Friendly. White.

3

EE01366 H34 x W64mm 100pk £48.08

064606 H34 x W991mm 100pk £48.08

040907 H139 x W991mm 100pk £48.08

064562 H212 x W381mm 100pk £48.08

064605 H381 x W991mm 100pk £48.08

EE01367 H381 x W635mm 100pk £48.08

064607 H466 x W635mm 100pk £48.08

064603 H677 x W991mm 100pk £48.08

064601 H891 x W1996mm 100pk £48.08

004602 H931 x W991mm 100pk £48.08

2. Avery Recycled Laser

Addressing Labels

White self-adhesive permanent

labels for use with laser printers.

These labels are 100% recycled and

come packaged in 100% recycled

cardboard, a great choice for being

more environmentally friendly.

White.

EE11027 14 Per Sheet £53.57

EE11028 16 Per Sheet £53.57

EE11029 21 Per Sheet £53.57

3. Multi-Printer Labels

An extensive range of white labels,

developed specifically for use on

plain paper copiers, desktop laser,

inkjet and bubble jet printers. They

have rounded corners and offer a

permanent adhesive. Box of 100

sheets. White. A4.

014058 H68 x W99mm £5.82

014061 H47 x W64mm £5.82

014060 H34 x W100mm £5.82

014059 H38 x W99mm £5.82

014063 H34 x W64mm £5.82

014064 H21 x W38mm £5.82

014057 H144 x W200mm £5.82

014062 H38 x W64mm £5.82

100


Stationery

Sticky Notes

1

Budget

Essentials Sticky Notes

Yellow notes that now have greater

stickiness and easier pad tear off. 100

sheets per pad. Yellow.

2

2. Brilliant Sticky Notes Mini

Brilliant sticky notes are ideal

for messages requiring that

extra strong, stand out effect.

Multicoloured. Pack of 12.

000105 40mm x 50mm 12pk £2.90

014618 H75 x W75mm 12pk £3.65

032466 H75 x W75mm 120pk £33.51

014617 H40 x W50mm 12pk £2.19

032465 H40 x W50mm 120pk £17.85

032467 H75 x W125mm 120pk £47.74

014619 H75 x W125mm 12pk £5.10

12

3. Super Sticky Message

Notes Rio

Brightly coloured message notes.

Rio inspired Super Sticky Notes are

fantastic at making your notes stand

out and help express your personal

style. Height 76mm. Pack of 6.

3

034102 H76 x W127mm £21.79

034101 H76 x W76mm £17.48

4. Budget Essentials Spring

Rainbow Sticky Notes

High quality, brightly coloured

sticky notes. 80 sheets per pad.

Multicoloured. Height 75mm.

Pack of 6.

74539 75 x 75mm 6pk £5.82

74540 75 x 125mm 6pk £7.22

74538 40 x 50mm 12pk £2.90

12 6

12

4 5

5. Antimicrobial Sticky Notes

No impact on writability and

recyclability and will stick on paper

and various other surfaces. 100

sheets per pad. Yellow. Height

75mm. 100 pages. Pack of 12.

EE11126 H75 x W75mm £9.85

EE11127 H75 x W125mm £14.51

6. Neon Sticky Notepads

These neon sticky notepads that are

ideal for messages that require that

extra strong, stand out effect.

EE10252 W50 x L50mm Single £1.44

EE01029 W50 x L50mm 12pk £16.02

EE01028 W75 x L75mm 32pk £72.81

6 7

8 9

12

7. Recycled Pastel Sticky

Notes

Sticky notes in pastel colours that

are eco-friendly to make your office

or classroom a brighter place. High

quality sticky notes made from 100%

recycled paper. 100 sheets per pad.

Multicoloured. Height 75mm. Made

from paper. Pack of 12.

EE11060 H75 x W125mm £8.38

EE11059 H75 x W75mm £6.57

8. Coloured 360 Adhesive

Notes

These pads are sticky over the

whole back and can be attached

securely in any position. Lies flat so

holds stronger to more surfaces.

Approximately 100 sheets per pad.


EE10485 W76 x L76mm £9.85

30

12

9. Lined Sticky Note Pads

Light yellow in colour and with

approximately 100 sheets to each

pad, these useful notes, come in two

sizes: small (150 x 101mm) and large

(203 x 150mm).

EE00723 Large Single £1.44

EE01032 Small 12pk £17.85


1. Pritt Glue Sticks

Pritt glue stick provides a quick,

clean and accurate way to glue

paper, cardboard and photos. The

Pritt glue stick is solvent-free and

made from 90% natural ingredients,

including water. Making it suitable

and safe for children.

1

Glue Sticks

Stationery

81845 11g - 10pk £11.65

047218 11g - 100pk £104.93

004142 22g - 6pk £11.65

610979 43g - 5pk £10.19

AR00639 43g - 24pk £43.71

AR00638 43g - 34 + 4pk £59.74

AR00637 43g - 100 + 4pk £148.65

EE01048 43g - 200 + 8pk £285.66

2. Eco Lid Saver Glue Sticks

Our innovative glue stick features

a unique barrel and lid design

removing the issue of lost lids and

costly waste! Children can easily slot

the lid into the base keeping it safe

and twist to reveal the glue. High

quality, non-toxic, solvent and acid

free glue. Weight 40g.

EE10457 40g - 12pk £10.93

EE10596 40g - 48pk £41.55

AD46437 40g - 100pk £80.15

AD46438 40g - 200pk £145.74

EE10597 40g - 400pk £262.34

• Child-safe adhesive -

Non-toxic, solvent and

acid free.

• Made from 90% natural

ingredients.

• Airtight cap to prevent

the glue stick drying out.

• Washable at 20°C.

3. Medium Glue Sticks

Our quality glue stick is ideal

for various applications, such as

paper, cardboard and photos. A

perfect office and school glue stick.

Medium. Pack of 100. Weight 20g.

2

002444 20g - 100pk £46.63

4. Medium Pritt Glue Stick

The classic Pritt glue stick in a smaller

size - perfect for little hands! Ideal

way of sticking paper and card

because of its quick, clean accurate

application. The simple design allows

smooth application and sufficient

time to allow repositioning of the

object being stuck before drying to a

fixed finish. Pack of 24. Weight 22g.

EE01378 £45.17

• No more glue sticks that dry out

• No more lost lids and wasted glue

• Barrels 100% recyclable

• Safe and washable

3 4

100 24


Stationery

Adhesives & Sellotape

1 2

1. Blu Tack

Reusable adhesive, supplied in

the form of rectangular slabs and

packed in individual wallets.

003500 60g 1pk £1.10

EE10007 120g 12pk £16.02

2. Reusable Adhesive Tack

re-useable and repositionable blue

adhesive tack provides a quick and

strong hold. Pack of 6. Weight 120g.

6

EE10558 £8.02

3 4

3. Blu Tack White

Clean and economical to use.

Holds up posters, cards, paintings,

decorations etc. For use on non

porous surfaces: painted, glass and

metal. Pack of 12. Weight 60g.

EE10010 £19.31

12

5 6

4. All Purpose Glue

It is quick drying, clean to use and

provides strong, water-resistant

bonds with excellent ageing

properties. Single. Volume 50ml.

EE10359 £2.90

5. Masking Tape

Paper backed adhesive tape for

joining a variety of materials

together.

TE00520 W19mm x L50m 30pk £53.91

TMASK W25mm x L50m Single £2.19

TMASK10 W25mm x L50m 10pk £18.23

TMAW W48mm x L50m Single £5.82

6

6. Brown Parcel Tape Rolls

Economical tape for art & craft

activities in the classroom.

Brown. Length 66m. Pack of 6.

Width 50mm.

AR01415 £12.02

7 8

7. Sellotape Hook & Loop

Strip Combi Box

Strong self-adhesive backed strips

that stick together and detach as

often as required without loss of

grip. Ideal for classroom or office

fabric display boards. Length 6m.

Single. Width 20mm.

EE01383 £36.80

9 10

100

125 125

8. Hook and Loop Adhesive

Discs

The perfect solution for displaying

work or important information on

the walls. Simply peel and stick!

Diameter 25mm. Pack of 100.

28120 £10.93

9. Sellotape Hook Spots or

Strip

Great for general mounting and

display. For use with loop fasteners.

610096 125 Spots £16.02

AR01216 12m Strip £38.63

10. Sellotape Loop Spots

and Strips

Permanent, self adhesive range

which sticks to most stable surfaces.

610097 125 Spots £16.02

AR01217 12m Strip £38.63

32


1. Sellotape Original Golden

Tape

This tape is clear when applied and

provides a neat and tidy finish to any

bonding job. An easy tear roll lets

you cleanly break off a piece of tape,

without the need for scissors.

EE10388 24mm x 33m 6pk £8.38

EE10391 24mm x 66m 6pk £10.19

EE10390 18mm x 33m 8pk £8.38

EE10389 18mm x 66m 8pk £12.76

2. Tape

Clear, self-adhesive polypropylene tape.

Bonds strongly to your materials to

ensure they stay stuck. Pack of 6.

005624 W18mmxD25mmxL33m £2.19

015023 W18mmxD75mmxL66m £2.90

005622 W48mmxD75mmxL66m £8.38

015024 W24mmxD75mmxL66m £4.02

005623 W24mmxD25mmxL33m £2.90

005629 W24mmxD75mmxL99m £6.93

1

2 3

Adhesives & Sellotape

Stationery

3. Chrome Tape Dispenser

With a non-slip and sturdy base,

Sellotape Chrome Dispenser allows

easy refilling and dispensing with

one-hand. Large dispenser fits rolls

of tape up to 25mm wide and 66m

long. Made from coated metal.

015015 Small £13.48

EE01377 Large £11.30

4. Rapesco Heavy Duty Tape

Dispenser

Large heavy duty tape dispenser

ideal for everyday packaging jobs.

Heavy and rubberised base avoids

slipping. Sharp cutter makes using

it easy. Compatible with 33m and

66m tape length, in 25mm width

tape reels.

EE01374 £4.36

5. Sellotape Zero Plastic

A totally plastic free ultra clear

general purpose stationery tape.

Made from natural, plant based,

renewable ingredients. Easy to tear

with the same adhesive strength

as Sellotape Original. Length 30m.

Single. Width 24mm.

EE11017 £4.36

6. Clear Adhesive Tape Roll

Economical clear tape, ideal for

school and office use. Excellent value

sticky tape for many uses. Clear.

Length 66m. Width 25mm.

AR01402 6pk £6.93

EE01017 18pk £15.31

7. Double-Sided Tape

Ideal for all your stationery, craft and

display projects. The overlapping

backing strip is easy to remove from

the tape and the tape is easy to tear.

Ideal for attaching labels, or creating

collages. White. Length 33m. Single.

AR01223 W12mm x L33m £7.65

610098 W25mm x L33m £11.30

6

4 5

6 7


CLASS PACKS

Superlight Mini Whiteboard Portrait Lined Kit

See page 55

Price from £18.93

Budget Essentials Portable

Lapboards Class Kit

See page 55

Price from £94.72

Show-Me Whiteboard Pens &

Accessories Class Tray

See page 54

Price from £116.59

Show-Me Original A4 Plain Dry

Wipe Boards

See page 54

Price from £116.59

Mini Rigid Whiteboards

See page 55

Price from £24.76

34



Ballpoint Pens

Great value, non-retractable

ballpoint pen with ventilated cap.

High quality at an excellent price.

They have a medium point nib that

measures 1.0mm that creates a

0.7mm line width.

910512 Green 50pk £3.28

017440 Black 50pk £3.28

027859 Pink 50pk £3.28

017442 Red 50pk £3.28

017441 Blue 50pk £3.28

027858 Purple 50pk £3.28

023779 Green 100pk £6.19

023776 Black 100pk £6.19

029890 Pink 100pk £6.19

023778 Red 100pk £6.19

023777 Blue 100pk £6.19

029889 Purple 100pk £6.19

1

Ballpoint Pens

FROM

£3 .28

Stationery

2. BIC Cristal Ballpoint Pens

- Medium

Hexagonal shape biros a classroom

or office classic. Easy to grip and

write or draw smoothly with they

have a quality carbide ball the flows

easily across your page. Pack of 50.

950103 Red £12.40

EE00689 Green £12.40

EE00686 Black £12.40

EE00687 Blue £12.40

3. S2 Ballpoint Pens

High quality stick ballpoint pens in a

value pack of 50 in 5 colour options.

Clear barrelled biro pens with

tungsten carbide ball and ventilated

cap. The ballpoint smoothly applies

ink to page, for easy writing,

drawing or marking! Pack of 50.

2 3

910527 Green £4.73

910526 Red £4.73

910524 Black £4.73

910525 Blue £4.73

032288 Purple £4.73

4. ECO Friendly Earth Pen

Eco-friendly ballpoint pen that can

be composted or recycled. Eco

pens that are a sustainable option

for office or school. Made from

biodegradable plastic the cap, barrel

and end closure can be composted

in approximately 6-9 months. Pack

of 50.

EE11018BL Blue £4.02

EE11018BK Black £4.02

4 5

50 50

5. Ballpoint Pens

Inexpensive ballpoint pens with

ventilated caps. Classic ballpoint

pens for home, office or classroom

use, they have a medium 1mm nib

with and line width of 0.7mm.

018196 Red 50pk £2.90

018195 Blue 50pk £2.90

018024 Green 50pk £2.90

018194 Black 50pk £2.90

023775 Red 250pk £13.85

023774 Blue 250pk £13.85

023772 Green 250pk £13.85

023773 Black 250pk £13.85

50


Stationery

Ballpoint & Gel Rollerball Pens

1 2

1. Pilot Frixion Erasable

Rollerball Pens

These rollerball pens contain heat

sensitive ink. Just rub the end of the

pen over the lettering and the ink

vanishes! 0.7mm. Pack of 12.


EE10439BL Blue £39.00

EE10439PU Violet £39.00

EE10439GR Green £39.00

3 4

12 12

40 40

5 6

7 8

100 20

2. BIC 4 Colour Ballpoint

Pens

A high quality retractable ballpoint

pen that allows you to write in 4

different colours. Pack of 12.

023754 Purple Barrel £37.53

910329 Blue Barrel £37.53

3. Staedtler Purple

Ballpoints

A high quality writing instrument

with a triangular barrel. Pack of 40.

EE10496 £16.02

4. BIC Round Stic Grip

Purple Ballpoint

Designed for teachers - make your

comments stand out when

marking with these vibrant purple

ball point pens. Purple. Pack of 40.

EE00695 £16.02

5. Bic Cristal Medium

Ballpoint Pen

1.0mm tip gives a line width of

0.4mm. Includes four FREE Fashion

Colour Pens. Pack of 100.

EE00941 Blue £26.22

EE00940 Black £26.22

6. Cristal Fun Ballpoint Pens

A large tip ballpoint pen available in

four vivid colours. Pack of 20.

034061 Orange £8.73

028036 Green £8.73

EE01385 Pink £8.73

034062 Purple £8.73

7. Pilot G-2 0.7 Retractable

Gel Rollerball

Retractable gel pen with a tungsten

carbide tip for precise, blob-free

writing and a contoured rubber grip

for comfort. 0.7mm. Pack of 12.

950175 Green £30.96

023747 Purple £30.96

950174 Blue £30.96

950172 Black £30.96

950173 Red £30.96

8. Pilot V5 Rollerball Pen

The V5 contains pure liquid ink for

smooth writing performance and

a tungsten carbide tip for blobfree

writing. 0.5mm. Pack of 12. .

910442 Black £31.34

910443 Blue £31.34

910445 Green £31.34

910444 Red £31.34

12 12

36


1. edding 89 Office Fineliner

This fineliner has a metal framed

0.3mm nib with a very fine stroke.

Ideal for extra fine and precise

writing and signing on paper

surfaces. Water based ink. Pack of

10.

1 2

Fineliner Pens

Stationery

000190 Black £8.38

2. Fineline Pens

An economical yet great quality

fineliner pen with finger grips to aid

pen control. Durable nylon tip for

fine precise writing with a 0.3m line

width. Pack of 10.

027861 Pink £5.82

027860 Purple £5.82

900152 Red £5.82

020562 Black £5.82

900151 Green £5.82

10 10

3. Colourworld Assorted

Fineliner Pens

Excellent value fineliner pens, ideal

for detail work and drawing. Metal

encased 0.4mm fibre tip. Water

based ink with ventilated cap.


3 4

002069 £5.10

4. Edding Fineliner

These pens include innovative 3 day

‘cap off’ technology to prevent pens

drying out. Ideal for right and left

handed writers. Line width 0.4mm.

Black. Pack of 12.

EE10320BK £6.57

5. Stabilo point 88 Assorted

Fineline Pens

The fine metal-enclosed tip is

perfect for writing precise notes on

flash cards when every bit of space

matters and it won’t smudge or

smear if you’re using a ruler.

017075 Black 10pk £10.19

EE11047 Assorted 20pk £19.68

10

12

5 • Pack of 20 comprises: ice green, 6

ultramarine, green, red, blue,

light green, yellow, brown, black,

crimson, turquoise, orange, violet,

pink, azure, lilac, olive green, dark

ochre, light grey, dark grey

6. Pilot Frixion Erasable

Rollerball Gel Pens

These rollerball pens contain heat

sensitive ink. Just rub the end of the

pen over the lettering and the ink

vanishes! Featuring a fine 0.7mm

tip and removable cap with clip.


84416 £21.14

5

7. edding 2185 Crystaljelly

Gel Pens

Rollerball pens with special, waterbased

gel ink for precise and smooth

writing with its metal-framed roller

tip. Rubber grip for extra comfort

with a medium line width - 0.7mm.

Pack of 10.

7 8

• Colours

include;

Gold, silver

and white.

000195 Black £11.65

000198 Green £11.65

000197 Red £11.65


8. Pilot Metallic Gel Pens

Water resistant when dry and has a

line width of 0.7mm. Multicoloured.

Pack of 3.

910286 £7.27

10

3


Stationery

Handwriting Pens

1

1. Berol Handwriting Pens

A classroom classic, Berol

handwriting pens in black or blue

and in 2 pack sizes. Perfect for

children learning how to write. These

handwriter pens help develop better

writing control and letter formation.

015497 Blue 42pk £18.93

015498 Black 42pk £18.93

EE00266 Blue 200pk £84.52

EE00264 Black 200pk £84.52

2 3

4 5

2. Edding Handwriting Pens

High quality black or blue

handwriter pens. This pen is ideal

for developing handwriting in both

right and left handed learners due to

its ability to write at any angle. Gives

smooth and effortless writing on

paper surfaces.

013578 Blue 42pk £26.22

013577 Black 42pk £26.22

029223 Black 200pk £102.01

EE10036 Blue 200pk £102.01

3. Staedtler Handwriting

Pens

The hardwearing tip on the

STAEDTLER handwriting pen

withstands pressure and provides

resistance against paper. The grip

encourages more comfortable

writing and the pocket clip provides

a practical solution for teachers

and pupils.

EE10497BL Blue 50pk £40.80

EE10497BK Black 50pk £40.80

EE11067BL Blue 100pk £72.86

EE11067BK Black 100pk £72.86

4. Stabilo EASYoriginal

Handwriting Pens

The first ergonomic rollerball for left

or right-handers, uniquely designed

for children as they learn to write.

Non-slip grip prevents muscle

fatigue and writing pain, enabling

an optimal writing experience. Blue.

Pack of 36.


5. Move Easy Pens

This fun pen is the first ergonomic

rollerball for left or right-handers,

uniquely designed for children as

they learn to write. It has been

designed to help children take their

first steps towards clear, legible

writing. The ergonomic, non-slip

grip prevents muscle fatigue and

writing pain, enabling an optimal

writing experience. Blue.

LEASYL Left Handed 3pk £27.68

LEASYR Right Handed 5pk £40.80

LREFL Refills Blue 6pk £7.27

36 42

38


1. Handwriting Pens

Comfortable triangular grip helping

children develop a correct writing

posture from an early age. Tough,

pressure resistant plastic tips. 3 day

cap off time. Rapid drying, smudge

resistant water based ink, ideal for

left or right handed users. Ventilated

safety cap. Made from plastic.

1

Handwriting Pens

• Pressure resistant nibs

• Triangular easy grip barrel

• Available in 2 colours

• Rapid drying smudge

resistant water based ink

Stationery

EE01174 Black 36pk £17.48

EE01173 Blue 36pk £17.48

EE01176 Black 96pk £37.88

EE01175 Blue 96pk £37.88

EE01178 Black 300pk £116.59

EE01177 Blue 300pk £116.59

2. Handwriting Pens

Triangular grip handwriting pen

packs. The handwriting pen is

designed to provide smooth, easy

writing from the 0.3mm plastic tip.

The triangular shaped barrel design

includes finger grips to aid pen

control.

034122 Black 50pk £11.65

034121 Blue 50pk £11.65

034602 Black 100pk £22.59

034601 Blue 100pk £22.59

028142 Black 200pk £43.71

028141 Blue 200pk £43.71

2 3


Handwriting Pens

Budget friendly nylon-tipped

handwriting pens in value packs.

Featuring a simple round design

barrel, non push-through nib for

increased durability for student use.

They have easy flowing non-toxic

ink for safe use in the classroom.

Helping students get to grips with

writing carefully and neatly the

pressure resistant nibs aid them in

finding the correct writing posture.

024004 Black 50pk £14.56

024005 Blue 50pk £14.56

024052 Black 300pk £65.57

024053 Blue 300pk £65.57

4. NEW Edding Essentials

School Pack 1

Save time and money with this

quality essentials pack. Enough

essentials in this kit for 4 classrooms

or 120 students. Content 120 x 361

Fine Tip Black Whiteboard Markers,

120 x Blue Handwriting Pens,

840 x Broad Tipped Colouring Pens

(20 pots of 42 pens / 5 pots per class),

120 x UHU 40g Glue sticks.

4 5

ST45306 £655.86

5. NEW Edding Essentials

School Pack 2

Convenient ordering solution

enabling you to save time and

money without compromising on

quality. This pack contains enough

for 4 classrooms or 120 students.

Contents 120 x 360 Bullet Tip Black

Whiteboard Markers,

120 x Blue Handwriting Pens,

840 x Broad Tipped Colouring Pens

(20 pots of 42 pens / 5 pots per class),

120 x UHU 40g Glue sticks

ST45307 £655.86


Stationery

Felt Tips

1

FROM

£3 .65

2

3

FROM

£3 .65

ONLY

£2 .19

1. Triangular Colour Broad

Pens

High quality water-based broad

fibre-tip colouring pens perfect for

colouring large areas or detailed

designs. With a triangular ergonomic

comfort grip and ventilated caps for

child safety. Fully washable and a

14 day cap off time. Multicoloured.

Diameter 1.7mm. 1.7mm.

610255 Assorted - 12pk £3.65

610256 Assorted - 36pk £9.11

610257 Assorted - 288pk £68.49

2. Colour Fine Pens

High quality water-based fine

fibre-tip colouring pens perfect for

colouring large areas or detailed

designs. With a triangular ergonomic

comfort grip and ventilated caps for

child safety. Fully washable and a

14 day cap off time. Multicoloured.

Diameter 0.8mm. 0.6mm.

610260 Assorted - 12pk £3.65

610261 Assorted - 36pk £9.11

610262 Assorted - 288pk £68.49

610263 Black - 12pk £3.65

4

144

FROM

£1 .81

3. Budget Essentials Colour

Marker Pens

Great quality broad tip water-based

pens supplied in twelve bright

assorted colours. Use for bold mark

making and large area colouring

activities. Ideal for younger artists.

Multicoloured.

001447 12pk £2.19

001448 20pk £4.02

001449 144pk £27.68


Medium Colouring Pens

Great value water-based fibre tip

medium pens supplied in twelve

bright assorted colours. Excellent

colouring pens for school use. Ideal

for colouring, writing, drawing and

sketching. Multicoloured.

001444 12pk £1.81

001445 40pk £5.82

001446 288pk £39.34

40


1. Staedtler Noris Colour

Colouring Pencils

Durable, high quality colouring

pencil packs in rich, vibrant colours.

Traditional hexagonal colouring

pencils which won’t roll off tables.

With ABS - Anti-break-system

coating that protects leads up to

30% more from breakage.

1 2

Colouring Pencils

FROM

£1 .81

Stationery

AR02409 12pk £3.28

AR02410 24pk £5.82

EE01071 144pk £26.22

AR00719 288pk £49.54

2. Colouring Pencils

Superb value for money colouring

pencils in assorted colour packs.

With vibrant colours and quick

coverage, these colouring pencils

are great for blending and can be

used to create excellent depth,

tone, line and shade on artwork.

Multicoloured.

017894 Assorted 12pk £1.81

017896 Assorted 24pk £2.90

AR03222 Assorted 144pk £13.48



AR03225 Assorted 1500pk £102.01

3. Staedtler Noris Tri

Colouring Pencils

High quality triangular colouring

pencils. Ergonomically designed,

comfortable and easy to use.

Features non-slip surface in stars and

stripes design.

3 4

FROM

£3 .65

AR11315 144pk £33.51

AR11314 288pk £72.15

4. Chunky Triangular Easy-

Grip Colouring Pencils

Great quality triangular pencils

ideal for developing colouring skills,

perfect for small hands. Jumbo sized

pencil barrels, make these easy to

hold and help develop fine-motor

skills. Excellent colour laydown and

blend easily. Multicoloured.

84268 12pk £3.65

85904 144pk £46.63

5. Giotto Elios Giant

Colouring Pencils

Highly pigmented, break resistant

chunky pencils in 12 bold colours.

Perfect for not only little artists

but artists of all ages! High quality

10mm thick pencils with soft, highly

pigmented break resistant cores.


5 6

FROM

£4 .36

ACP144 £53.57

6. Chunky Hexagonal

Colouring Pencils

Jumbo hexagonally shaped colour

pencils. In a range of vibrant colours

these are ideal for small hands

and developing colouring skills.

Multicoloured. Diameter 10mm.

Hexagon shaped.

86109 12pk £4.36

AR03232 36pk £12.76

85817 72pk £23.68

AR03233 156pk £45.17

144


Stationery

Pencils

1

1. HB Pencils

A great range of general use HB

pencils without eraser tips. Ideal for

home, office or school, excellent

pencils for drawing or writing. HB.

017775 12pk £1.44

017759 144pk £9.48

950151 500pk £26.97

950152 1500pk £77.23

2

3

4 5

36

6 7

12

8 9

48

12

2. Stabilo EASYgraph Pencils

These pencils are great for childr

en learning to write and those who

need help with correct grip.

SD11059 6pk £21.85

EE01127 48pk £80.15

3. STABILO EASYgraph HB

Graphite Pencils

These pencils are great for children

learning to write and those who

need help with the correct grip.

The classpack contains 42 right

handed pencils (colour coded red)

and 6 left handed pencils (colour

coded yellow).

EE10348 Mixed 48pk £55.37

4. Lyra Half Length Graphite

Pencils

The large diameter graphite lead

and triangular grip help improve

children’s mark making, drawing

and writing skills. Graphite. Pack of

36. 2B.

AR01044 £47.00

5. STABILO® Exam Grade 2B

Pencils

High quality 2B pencil with a soft

dark lead. Perfectly designed for

school use.

EE01312 12pk £4.73

EE01313 36pk £12.76

6. Staedtler Triplus Jumbo

Pencils

High quality triangular shaped black

lead learner pencils. Pack of 12. HB.

017749 £12.40

7. Noris Triangular Pencils

High quality pencil in ergonomic

triangular shape for relaxed and easy

writing and drawing.

040554 12pk £6.19

AR03095 48pk £21.14

8. Staedtler Tradition HB

Pencils

Ideal for use in classroom, office

or home these are a high quality

pencil that can be used for writing,

drawing or sketching. HB.

STHB 12pk £4.73

025206 144pk £40.80

9. Staedtler Tradition

Pencils

Manufactured from cedar-wood

from sustainable sources with an

ergonomic hexagonal shape for

easier grip. Pack of 12.

ST2B 2B £4.73

ST4B 4B £4.73

42


1. Staedtler Noris Pencils

Classpack

The Staedtler Noris HB pencil with its

distinctive black and yellow stripes

remains a firm favourite in schools.

With a hexagonal high polished

barrel and break resistant 2mm HB

lead. Graphite. HB.

1 2

Pencils

Stationery

AR01245 150pk £21.85

EE01070 600pk £87.44

EE00259 1500pk £204.04

2. Triangular School Pencils

Jumbo triangular HB pencils, ideal

for teaching correct pencil grip and

for improving writing. Can also help

reduce hand fatigue. HB.

950136 12pk £4.36

024296 144pk £37.88

FROM

£4 .36

3. Eraser Tipped HB Pencils

A great range of general use HB

pencils with eraser tips. Suitable for

writing and sketching with smooth

leads. A pencil case or student pack

essential. HB.

FROM

£21 .85

900105 12pk £2.19

017699 144pk £17.85

3 4

4. Premium Hexagonal

Jumbo Pencils

Premium quality chunky hexagonal

pencils. With a large, chunky shape,

that is ideal for easy gripping. They

have a 10mm diameter and are HB

grade. HB.

85252 12pk £6.19

85922 72pk £25.87

5. Premium Graphite Pencils

Premium quality pencils, ideal for

office and school use. Draw, write or

sketch with these pencils, they have

hexagonal black barrels and silver

tips. Pack of 144. HB.

85999 £16.02

6. Staedtler Noris Graphite

Pencils

Superb quality graphite pencils

perfect for writing, drawing and

sketching. A classroom classic for

over 40 years, Staedtlers distinctive

black and yellow striped pencils.

Pack of 72.

5 6

017853 2B £13.10

017857 2H £14.56

017855 HB £13.10

017856 H £14.56

144 72


Stationery

Erasers

1 2

45 20

3 4

60 45 20

5 6

• Phthalate and latex free

• Minimal crumbling

• High quality erasing

performance

1. White Pencil Erasers

Great value pencil erasers. Effectively

eliminates pencil marks without

leaving smudges. White. Depth

10mm. Small. Height 32mm. Width

23mm.

950189 45pk £2.90

032460 450pk £35.72

2. STABILO White Erasers

Highly effective at cleanly erasing

on a variety of papers. Made

from phthalate free PVC, ideal for

school use. Each eraser comes with

protective sheaths to help prolong

their use. Pack of 20.

EE01314 £9.11

3. Helix White Erasers

These Helix erasers are the

economical choice for offices,

schools and home. They’re solventfree

and ideal for erasing soft grade

and HB pencils. Depth 2cm. Length

8cm. Pack of 60. Width 2.8cm.

EE10493 £5.47

4. Staedtler Noris Erasers

Suitable for school, colleges and

office, a classroom classic ideal for

erasing mistakes. Part of the iconic

STAEDTLER Noris brand, these

erasers are comfortable to use and

ensures high quality erasing. Pack

of 20.

EE10500 £10.93

5. Erasers

Economical, high quality, soft

erasers which lift graphite from

paper without damaging the

surface. Budget erasers for rubbing

out mistakes, ideal for schools

or colleges. White. Small. Height

12mm. Length 32mm. Pack of 40.

Width 15mm.

EE11063 Large 20pk £4.73

EE11064 Small 40pk £5.82

6. Coloured Pencil Eraser

Brightly coloured large plastic pencil

erasers. Brighten up your classroom

or student packs with these funky

coloured rubbers for erasing

mistakes. Ideal for home, school or

office, they leave no marks behind.


900134 £4.73

20

44


1. Assorted Plastic Pencil

Sharpeners

Plastic pencil sharpeners in a variety

of bright colours supplied in a handy

storage tub. Multicoloured.

1 2

Pencil Sharpeners

Stationery

930116 50pk £5.47

930139 100pk £8.73

2. Metal Pencil Sharpeners

Sharpens pencils up to 8mm

(regular) and 11mm diameter (large).

Made from metal. Pack of 20.

930122 Double Hole £14.21

EE11041 Single Hole £8.02

3. Jakar Electric Pencil

Sharpener

Fast and easy to use with built in

auto stop to prevent accidental over

sharpening and sensors to prevent

overheating..

3 4

20

EE01198 £58.66

4. Swordfish Trio Electric

Pencil Sharpener

Perfect for busy schools and offices.

Suitable for all standard 8mm,

9.5mm and 11mm diameter pencils.

Sharpens up to 15 pencils per

minute..

EE10155 £118.42

5. Staedtler Noris Tub Pencil

Sharpener

A single hole pencil sharpener

with a distinctive barrel to catch

pencil shavings. For standard-sized

blacklead pencils up to 8.2mm with

a sharpening angle of 23° for clear

and accurate lines.

50

5 6

000340 £3.28

6. Swash Heavy Duty

Electric Pencil Sharpener

This powerful heavy-duty sharpener

powered by mains electricity, it also

has added safety feature. Features:

fingerguard for child safety, autostart/stop

mechanism and a safety

switch that cuts power when

shaving tray is removed.

AR00627 £123.87

7. Rapesco 94 Desktop

Pencil Sharpener

Top of the range, the Rapesco 94

sharpener fits 8mm-11mm round,

hexagonal and triangular pencils.

Supplied with a desk clamp and a

non-slip pad on the base for stability

along with a transparent fitted

shavings tray.

7 8

014341 £26.22

8. Swash Heavy Duty

Electric Pencil Sharpener

Powerful motor with auto thermal

cut out system. Auto start when

pencil is inserted and auto stop

when the pencil is sharpened. Single.

EE10024 £102.01


Stationery

Highlighters

1

1. STABILO BOSS® Pastel

Highlighters

Europe’s No. 1 highlighter now

in candy coloured pastel shades.

Perfect for use in the classroom and

school office to write, highlight,

underline and colour with. Longer

writing length, odourless ink and

a 4 hour cap-off time.

040445 6pk £10.19

040446 48pk £42.25

2

2. STABILO BOSS Deskset

Highlighter Pens

Attractive and well organised

desk set pack of Stabilo Boss

highlighter pens. These STABILO

BOSS highlighters feature incredibly

bright, beautifully coloured water

based ink. With an even longer

writing length and 4 hour cap-off

time. Pack of 15.

EE10502 £24.42

15

3. Stabilo BOSS Chisel Tip

Assorted Highlighters

Water-based ink suitable for most

papers, including fax and carbonless

copy paper. Improved longer writing

length and 4 hour cap-off time.

017332 Assorted 4pk £4.36



EE10344OR Orange 10pk £8.73

EE00303 Yellow 10pk £8.73

EE10344PI Pink 10pk £8.73

EE10344GR Green 10pk £8.73

EE10344BL Blue 10pk £8.73

EE00306 Assorted 5 Colour 48pk £42.25

EE01113 Assorted 8 Colour 48pk £42.25

3

• STABILO Anti-Dry-Out

technology: 4 hours

dry-out protection for

concentrated work

• Water-based ink

• Strong build quality

means the tip will last for

a very long time

46


1. Pastel Highlighters

Chisel tip gives 2-5mm line width.

Water based ink suitable for most

paper types. Multicoloured.

Pack of 6.

1 2

Highlighters

Stationery

EE11019 £2.19

2. Highlighters

Colourful selection of highlighter

marker pens featuring a chisel tip for

accurate highlighting on letters and

work documents.Smudge resistant,

quick drying water-based ink. Pack

of 4 includes yellow, green, pink and

orange. Pack of 6 includes yellow,

green, pink, blue, orange and red

016606 Green 10pk £2.90

041003 Purple 10pk £2.90

016605 Yellow 10pk £2.90

016607 Pink 10pk £2.90



910373 Assorted 48pk £11.65

023770 Assorted 96pk £20.39

6

3. Budget Essentials Mini

Highlighters

Brightly coloured mini highlighters.

Multicoloured.

3 4

012189 5pk £2.90

012191 30pk £14.51


Highlighters

Great value highlighters with bright,

non-toxic, fadeless ink.Pack of 6:

yellow, green, pink, orange, blue

and purple. Pack of 60: 10 each of

yellow, green, pink, orange, blue

and purple.

910380 6pk £1.81

023769 60pk £14.56

5. Highlighter Pens

Easy grip highlighter pens featuring

chisel tip for precise highlighting.

Use the dual featured tip to

underline or highlight complete text.

Pack of 10.

016606 Green £2.90

041003 Purple £2.90

016605 Yellow £2.90

016607 Pink £2.90

5 6


Highlighter Pens

High quality chisel tip highlighter

pen ideal for underlining or

highlighting important notes so

they can be found and referred back

to easily.

023740 Orange 10pk £4.36

023739 Pink 10pk £4.36

023737 Yellow 10pk £4.36

023738 Green 10pk £4.36

023741 Assorted 20pk £8.38

024780 Assorted 50pk £17.48

10

• Choice of single colours and

assorted packs

• Single colours in packs of 10

• Pack of 20: 5 each of yellow,

green, pink and orange

• Pack of 50: 20 yellow, 10 each

of green, pink and orange


Stationery

Flipchart & Permanent Markers

1 2

3

6

4 5

10

1. Staedtler Lumocolor

Flipchart Marker Pens

Staedtler flipchart markers are ideal

for use on paper as ink does not

bleed through, ink dries in seconds

so suitable for left handed users.

Colour intensive, low odour ink that

is xylene and toluene-free. 2mm line

width. Pack of 6.

041061 £12.40

2. Edding 31 EcoLine

Flipchart Marker

Round nibbed flipchart marker with

no bleed through manufactured

from 90% recycled plastics. Low

odour with several weeks cap off

time and 1.5 - 3mm line width.

Pack of 10.


EE10636BL Blue £16.39


EE10636RE Red £16.39

3. Sharpie Permanent

Marker Pens

A fine tipped permanent marker

for precise lines. Dries quickly,

smudge, water and fade resistant.

The intensely coloured ink adheres

to most surfaces including plastic,

glass, wood, metal and fabric. NB.

Do not use on whiteboards.

Pack of 12.

AR01731 Black £17.48

AR01732 Multicoloured £17.48

4. Assorted Flip Chart

Markers

Safe and fast-drying water-based

flip chart markers in an assortment

of colours. 14 day cap-off time

prevents drying out. Bleed-proof

ink formula gives maximum impact.

Bullet tip. Pack of 10.

EE00222 £6.93

5. Flipchart Marker Pens

This marker pen contains waterbased

ink. The ink dries quickly,

avoiding risk of smudging or fading

as you continue to write.

032297 Black 10pk £10.19


10 6

6 7


Permanent Marker Pens

Good quality and value marker pens.

They have black, xylene-free ink,

which is ideal for marking on most

surfaces. With a bullet tip for fine

marking. Black. Pack of 10.

017309 £6.93

7. Permanent Markers

Premium quality permanent marker

pens. With a triangular barrel shape

for easy grip, they have a bullet

shaped tip and non-toxic ink ideal

for classroom use. Black. Pack of 10.

025175 £9.11

10

10

48


1. Dry Wipe Pens

Wipes off easily with a dry tissue.

Nib size: 1-2mm. Bullet tip.

EE10189 Black 12pk £5.10

EE10190 Multicoloured 12pk £5.47

EE10408 Black 96pk £36.42


1 2

• Available in either black or assorted

colours

• Removable ink that can be easily wiped off

• Same great quality as the brand leaders

Dry Wipe Markers

Stationery

2. Dry Wipe Markers

For use on whiteboard and dry erase

non-porous surfaces. Wipes off

with a dry tissue. Nib size: 1-3mm.

Bullet tip.


EE10407 Black 96pk £42.25



Drywipe Pens Medium Tip

Exceptional value drywipe pens with

slim barrels, ideal for use by smaller

hands in the classroom.

3

910374 Black 10pk £4.73

900098 Black 100pk £36.42

920888 Black 200pk £65.57

024985 Blue 10pk £4.73


4. Drywipe Markers

Great quality and value drywipe

marker pens, excellent on all makes

of whiteboard and drywipe surfaces



016588 Assorted 4 Colour 50pk £21.85

032965 Assorted 50pk £22.59

016746 Assorted 100pk £40.80

024086 Assorted 200pk £77.23

017235 Black 10pk £5.10

016577 Black 50pk £22.59

016745 Black 100pk £43.71

024085 Black 200pk £77.23

016334 Blue 10pk £5.47

016333 Red 10pk £5.47

016335 Green 10pk £5.47

4

5. Premium Drywipe

Whiteboard Markers

Excellent quality bullet tip wide

barrel whiteboard markers in

assorted colours.

84452 4pk £3.65

024018 12pk £5.82

024021 36pk £18.23

024192 72pk £34.25

024194 144pk £58.29

5 6

6. Premium Drywipe

Whiteboard Marker Pens

Classbox

High ink content for a longer write

out length and a medium 2mm

bullet tip nib. Pack of 36.

035693 £27.68

36


Stationery

Dry Wipe Markers

1 2

1. Show-me Drywipe Pens -

Medium Tip

Top quality whiteboard pens ideal

for students. With a slim barrel ideal

for smaller hands and a standard

sizes bullet tip nib, these are perfect

for students to use in the classroom.

Black.

021076 Black 10pk £9.48

EE01185 Black 100pk £83.06



3 4

36 10

5 6

• Pack of 8: black, blue, red, green, purple, lime,

pink and orange. Pack of 48: 8 black,

5 each of blue, red, green, orange, lime, purple,

pink and brown. Pack of 96:

16 black, 10 each of blue, red, green, orange,

lime, purple, pink and brown.

2. Write Mark Classroom

Drywipe Markers

Premium quality drywipe markers

designed specifically for children to

use. Write Mark drywipe markers

pens have slim barrels, making

them easy for children to hold, and

premium hard-wearing nibs that

prevent splaying.

040953 50pk £33.51

040954 100pk £51.00

3. Staedtler® Drywipe

Markers

A dry wipe marker that has a low

odour so perfect for the classroom.

Cap off time of up to 4 days. Easy

to wipe off board marker that can

also be used on glass and OHP

film. Available in packs of black or

assorted colours. Pack of 36.

AR00780 Black £26.22

AR00779 Multicoloured £23.31

4. Berol Drywipe Markers

Bullet Tip

Chunky bullet tip drywipe marker

for creating big, bold colourful lines!

Ideal for use by children, they are

erasable from most non-porous

surfaces, dry wipe and white boards.

They create 2mm line with a round

nib. Multicoloured.

035201 8pk £10.93

EE10163 48pk £33.51

035207 96pk £65.57

5. edding360 Colour Board

Marker Bullet Tip

Bullet tip whiteboard marker pens

Assorted colourful drywipe markers

with low-odour pigment ink. Can

be used on virtually all non-porous

surfaces, can be used on enamel,

glass and melamine. Multicoloured.

Pack of 100.

EE10039 8 Assorted Colours £72.86

029221 4 Assorted Colours £72.86

100

• Assorted pack of 8 contains: 1 each of black,

blue, red, green, yellow, orange, brown and

purple. Assorted pack of 50 contains: 10 each

of black and blue, 5 each of red, green, yellow,

orange, brown and purple.

6. edding360 Board Marker

Bullet Tip

Black drywipe markers with a bullet

tip. With a low-odour pigment ink

and the ability to be used on a wide

range of non-porous surfaces these

pens are ideal for home, office or

classroom.

000176 Black 10pk £10.19

EE10038 Black 50pk £29.14

000175 Assorted 8pk £10.19


50


1. Slim Barrel Black Bullet

Tip Drywipe Pens

Drywipe pen designed to be used by

smaller hands with a triangular grip

and slim barrel for added control.

Featuring a strong durable nib to

reduce splaying and nib stop to

prevent being pushed in ideal when

used by smaller children. Easy fitting

ventilated lid for safety. Classbox

of 200 includes: 200 slim drywipe

pens, 10 whiteboard erasers and a 4

litre Really Useful Box.

037121 10pk £4.73

037388 50pk £21.14

037122 100pk £37.88

037389 200pk £65.57

037387 Class Set 200pk £68.49

1 2

FROM

£4 .73

Dry Wipe Markers

Stationery

2. Triangular Drywipe

Whiteboard Markers

Ergonomic premium quality bullet

tip whiteboard markers. With a

triangular barrel shape, these pens

are easy to grip to make your mark.

They have a medium 2mm bullet nib

tip. Black.

84432 10pk £7.27

025176 50pk £32.05

84462 100pk £58.29

3. Washable Whiteboard

Markers

High quality, washable, whiteboard

marker pens. They give excellent

results on most boards. Ideal for

classroom or office use. They are

washable from skin and most

washable fabrics and carpets.

Erasable from boards with a damp

cloth. They have a 2mm bullet

tip ideal for making bold lines

and shapes. Assorted colour pack

includes 2 each of black, blue,

red, green, 1 each of purple, pink,

brown and orange. Pack of 12.

3 4

ONLY

£42 .25


910521 Black £10.19

4. Triangular Whiteboard

Marker Pens

Premium quality bullet tip

whiteboard markers in black.

Triangular shaped barrel pens

that are easy to hold, they have

a medium sized 2mm bullet nib.

Includes a clear polypropylene box

for easy access and storage. Pack

of 50.

035692 £42.25


Drywipe Pens Fine Tip

Black

Fantastic value drywipe pens with

slim barrels, ideal for small hands.

Whiteboard marker pen features

a bullet tip with a line width of

0.7mm. Textured grip for comfort

and to stabilise the drywipe pen.

Includes a ventilated cap for safety.

Ideal for use in the classroom on

individual whiteboards. Black.

5

12 50

FROM

£4 .36

023120 10pk £4.36

024984 100pk £37.88

920889 200pk £65.57


Stationery

Dry Wipe Markers

1

3

FROM

£8 .73

1. BIC Velleda Black Drywipe

Marker Pens

These whiteboard pens are ideal

for teachers and pupils alike,

making them a must have for every

classroom.

EE11129 Black 100pk £58.29

100

2. edding® 361 Fine Tip

Board Marker

Can be used on virtually all nonporous

surfaces. Fine 1mm line

width. Ventilated cap.

EE10037 Black 200pk £94.72

EE10313 Black 50pk £33.51


2

3. Berol Drywipe Slim Pens

Berol fine tipped drywipe pens with

a slim barrel. The slim barrel is easier

for small hands to hold. Ideal for use

with portable whiteboards. Fine tip

pen nib gives a 1mm line width for

neat and clear writing.

017054 Fine Tip 12pk £8.73

EE10048 Fine Tip 192pk £116.59

017070 Broad Tip 12pk £8.73

EE10046 Broad Tip 192pk £116.59

4

4. edding363 Board Marker

Marker pens with low-odour

pigment ink that can be used on

virtually all non-porous surfaces.

Chisel tip so width of lines can be

easily varied to create different

shapes and lines.

5

000183 Black £39.34


5. Staedtler Lumocolor

Compact Whiteboard

Markers

High quality dry-wipe markers

ideal for classroom and portable

whiteboards. .


EE11076 Black 36pk £23.31


50

6 7

• Wipes off easily and quickly

with a dry or wet cloth

• Blocked nib to stop fraying

and damaged tips

• Plastic lightweight barrel for

better writing control

• Easy-fit cap with safety air-flow

cap in case of swallowing

• 24 hour cap-off time prevents

drying out

• Low odour xylene-free ink

6. BIC Velleda 1721

ECOlutions Drywipe Pens

The Bic Velleda whiteboard pens

have a fine nib marker uses low

odour alcohol-based ink. The soft

tip for smoother writing has a line

width of 1.5mm and has good

erasability immediately and after a

few days.

EE11129 Black 100pk £58.29


7. Show-Me Black Drywipe

Pens Fine Tip

Ideal for students, these fine

point pens are ideal for slightly

more detailed work. Top quality

whiteboard pens designed

specifically for educational use. 24

hour cap off time. Black.

L-MARK 30pk £24.76

EE11048 100pk £87.44

52



Drywipe Erasers

Great value and ideal for small hands

these mini whiteboard erasers are

made from EVA material Specially

designed to be used with magnetic

whiteboards and a perfect size for

use with portable whiteboards.

Depth 70mm. Height 20mm.

Width 50mm.

910390 10pk £8.73

910419 30pk £26.22

1 2

Dry Wipe Boards & Accessories

Stationery

2. Show-Me Wooden Board

Erasers

Small sized wooden handle board

erasers. Traditional, wooden-handled

erasers with shaped handles in

natural wood finish for ease of use.

Small. Pack of 30.

EE00242 £27.68


Foam Drywipe Erasers

Great value drywipe erasers made

from EVA foam. Ideal for small

hands and use with portable

lapboards or mini whiteboards.


Width 50mm.

910392 10pk £5.82

910417 30pk £16.02

032464 100pk £51.00

3

5

30

4. Whiteboard Renovating

Spray & Cloths

Whiteboard renovator and cloths

is the perfect solution for bringing

your board back to new! Effectively

removes all ink residues and

‘ghosting’ marks from whiteboard

surfaces to leave a crisp white

surface.

099125 Spray & Cloths Set £12.40

014778 Cloths 100pk £8.38

014777 Cleaning Spray 500ml £7.27

4

• Kit contains

1x 500ml bottle and

100pk of cloths.

5. Whiteboard Spray

Cleaner

Pump action whiteboard cleaning

spray. Cut through the grey mess

and restore your board to its original

state. Volume 250ml.

EE11049 Single £4.73

032463 10pk £43.00

6. Magnetic Whiteboard

Eraser

Specially designed magnetic

eraser to be used with magnetic

whiteboards. Ideal for office or

classroom use. Blue. Depth 55mm.

Width 105mm.

900148 Single £1.81

000901 10pk £11.65

6


Stationery

Dry Wipe Boards & Accessories

1

2

1. Show-me Magnetic

Framed Whiteboard

These boards are both magnetic and

drywipe on both sides to give pupils

more space to work. White. Magnetic.

MA10535 A4 10pk £71.40

LI00236 A3 Single £24.06

LI00238 A2 Single £36.42

041469 A3 5pk £77.23

4

6

6 7

8 9

Contents

Includes 8 magnetic whiteboard pens & magnetic eraser.

Contents

Supplied in classpacks of 35 or 100 sets: each set

consists of 1 x Show-me® board, 1 x mini foam

eraser and 1 x dry wipe pen.

3

5

10

10

Contents

Each set consists of

a Show-me board,

a mini foam eraser

and a dry wipe pen.

2. Show-Me Original A4

Plain Dry Wipe Boards

Original Show-me plain A4 lap

boards which are double-sided – both

sides plain. White. Non-magnetic.

EE01186 35pk £116.59

930052 100pk £247.76

3. Show-Me Supertough A4

Plain Whiteboard Kits

A4 whiteboard kits that include

boards, pens and erasers.

Supertough Show-me boards are

85% thicker than the original. They

are semi rigid solid plastic board

which are virtually indestructible.

White. Non-magnetic.

930041 35pk £178.55

930042 100pk £437.99

4. Show-Me Magnetic Boards

Boards are marked with feint 18mm

squares one side, plain on the other

with excellent erasability. Magnetic

surface both sides. Length 350mm.

Magnetic. Pack of 6. Width 250mm.

MAGBD £73.24

5. Show-me Rigid

Whiteboards With Lines

Show-me whiteboards with the

additional feature of one side

printed with light-blue lines at

20mm intervals, plain reverse side.

A4. Pack of 10.

032302 £58.29

6. Wedge Whiteboards

A great value resource with a double

sided, dual purpose surface both

magnetic and dry-wipe.

MWEDGE A3 £131.16

047774 A2 £138.45

7. Show-me Rigid Plain Boards

High quality A4 plain, double sided

rigid whiteboards. Featuring premium

hard wearing glossy surface for great

erasability. A4. Pack of 10.

032301 £58.29

8. NEW Tabletop Magnetic

Whiteboard Kit

Write on and wipe off this white

magnetic board on both sides!

Perfect for use with magnetic letter,

numbers or shapes. Write of with

any dry erase whiteboard markers.

Magnetic. Single.

ST45302 A4 £26.22

ST45301 A3 £29.14

9. NEW A4 Whiteboard With

Handle And Pocket

One side is a large A4 whiteboard

with a handy handle & the other side

has a clear pocket folder. Wipe clean

and reuse! A4.

ST45335 £18.93

54


1. NEW A4 Double Sided

Whiteboards

They are double sided and feature

one side lined and the reverse

gridded for multipurpose use!

Pack of 30.

1

2

Whiteboards

Stationery

ST45305 £66.32

2. A4 Superlight Mini

Whiteboard Kit

Kits have everything you need to get

started, they include th whiteboards,

drywipe erasers and slim barrel

drywipe marker pens.

099128 Whiteboards Kit 10pk £23.31


012529 Whiteboards Only 10pk £20.39



3

3. Superlight Mini

Whiteboard Kit

The hardwearing A4 whiteboards are

printed on one side with 3 black lines

at 50mm intervals, plain on the back.




4. A4 Superlight Whiteboard

Class Kit

A4 whiteboard kit containing plain

superlight whiteboards, which are

67% lighter than the standard version.

032514 £75.78

5. Mini

Whiteboards Kit

Great quality complete whiteboard

user kit.







Portable Lapboards Class

Kit

Contains 30 plain rigid lapboards as

well as 30 drywipe erasers, 30 slim

barrelled drywipe pens and 1 750ml

board spray cleaner.

007899 £94.72

7. Portable A3 Plain

Whiteboards

Great quality durable, smooth,

rigid A3 whiteboards. White. Nonmagnetic.

Pack of 10.

007539 £30.59

8. Mini Rigid Lined

Whiteboards

To encourage neat handwriting on

straight lines, these are printed on

one side and the reverse is unlined

for freestyle use. White. Pack of 10.

032298 £28.42

9. Mini Magnetic

Whiteboards

Great value portable magnetic

whiteboards with a colourful frame.

910389 10pk £29.14

910415 30pk £72.86

4

6

8

30

30

10

Contents

30 x A4 plain double sided superlight

whiteboards, 30 x mini drywipe erasers,

30 x medium bullet tip black drywipe

pens, 1 x 4 litre clear storage box

Contents

30 x superlight A4 750 micron landscape lined

whiteboards, 30 x mini whiteboard drywipe erasers

and slim barrel black drywipe pens


5

7

10

9

• Kit includes lap boards,

erasers and slim barrelled

black drywipe pens.

GO

GREEN

Our range of eco-friendly education products are designed to help schools go green.

You’ll find everything from pencils to washroom paper – all at the same great quality you can trust

from us. It’s all part of our commitment to encourage a mote sustainable future.

To make it easier for you, all our more environmentally friendly products have a green Eco icon

in the catalogue and on our website. We have selected them according to our Eco principles of

reduce, re-use, replace and recycle.

Reduce

Re-use

Replace

Recycle

Limit the amount of plastic

and chemicals used.

Don’t throw your plastic

items away, repurpose and

use them again.

Swap plastic items for more

eco-friendly materials.

Discard items that are

no longer needed in a

sustainable way, so they can

be used again.

Classic Exercise Books

See from page 12

Price from £21.85

Recycled

Flipchart Pads

See page 25

Price from £37.88

Eco Friendly Earth Pens

See page 35

Price from £4.02

Recycled HB

Pencils

See page 42

Price from £2.90

56


1. Go Green Recycled

Scissors

Go Green school scissors created

using recycled materials for the

blades and handles. Cuts cleanly

through a wide variety of materials.

Made from recycled. Single.

1 2

Scissors

Stationery

910179 6” Sharp £2.90

910177 5” Craft £2.55

910181 8” Left Handed Multipurpose £3.65

SS-SS6 8” Multipurpose £3.65

2. Left Handed Ruler

Scissors

Rounded tips and 13cm ruler

blades make these perfect for the

classroom. Suitable for cutting paper

and card. Specifically designed for

left hands. Pack of 6.

6

AR10185 £5.47

3. Classroom Scissors

Classroom scissors packs for cutting

and chopping. Stainless steel bladed

scissors with colour coded plastic

handles. They are 130mm long with

60mm blades. They have 50mm rule

marking on blade or precise cutting.

014912 Left-Handed 12pk £5.82

014906 Right Handed 12pk £5.82


AR10186 Right Handed 30pk £17.48

4. Scissor Tidy and Scissors

This wooden scissor block comes

complete with 32 pairs of 13cm

scissors. The scissors have a metric

rule engraved on the blade. Includes

six left handed scissors (with green

and yellow handles). Pack of 32.

ABLOCK £31.34

5. Rubber Grip Scissors

Excellent quality plastic handled

scissors with rubber inserts for

greater comfort. They have a

160mm (6 1/2 “) long plastic handle

and 75mm (3”) stainless steel blades.

82910 Single £2.90

032473 20pk £52.46

4 5

3

6. Grip It Scissors Pack with

Storage

The soft grip handles give little

hands extra comfort and less fatigue

when cutting. Suitable for use on

a range of materials. Set includes

24 x right-handed, 8 x left-handed

scissors, dual purpose stand/tray, 3 x

free paper shapers. Pack of 32.

32 1

6 7

AR01268 £38.26

7. Wooden Scissor Rack and

Scissors

This scissor block comes with 32

pairs of scissors; 26 red for right

handed users and 6 yellow and

orange for left handed users. They

have a rounded, blunt tip for safety.

Red. Pack of 32.

014923 £32.80

32

32


Stationery

Clips, Pins & Fasteners

1 2

1. Paper Fasteners 25mm

013508 500pk £10.19

2. Tub of Paper Fasteners

Pack includes two sizes; 19mm and

13mm. Pack of 400.

PRFAST £6.93

500 400

3 4

5 6

500 200

500 100

3. Paper Clips Multipack

013487 L22in 1000pk £5.82

013488 L33in 1000pk £5.82

013489 L50in 1000pk £10.19

025678 Wavy 73mm 100pk £5.82

4. Paperclips

Silver. Length 33mm. Pack of 500.

013514 £4.73

5. Multi-Coloured Paper

Clips

Assorted bright coloured paper

clips that measure 33mm long.


013502 £5.47

6. Treasury Tags

Pack of 100.

015291 L25mm £3.28

015290 L51mm £3.28

015286 L76mm £3.65

015285 L102mm £3.65

015283 L127mm £4.02

015280 L152mm £4.36

7. Foldback Clips

032294 Assorted 19mm 50pk £6.57

013506 Black 19mm 50pk £6.57

8. Assorted Rubber Bands

Made from rubber. Weight 454g.

014800 Assorted £5.82

014820 80mm x 1.5mm £5.10

014830 100mm x 6mm £5.82

80861 160mm x 3.2mm £5.82

7 8

9. Rubber Bands

Made from rubber. Weight 245g.

TE00836 Coloured £18.93

TRB Plain £16.39

10. Drawing Pins Assorted

013500 Coloured Drawing Pins 1000pk £7.27

013504 Brass Drawing Pins 1200pk £8.38

11. Push Pins Assorted

Multicoloured. Pack of 200..

013510 £5.47

9 10 11

58


1. Rapesco Eco Less Effort

Hole Punch

Make hole punching easier with

this innovative hole punch achieve

more with less effort. Power assisted

punching means 60% less force

required. Reinforced plastic handle

and robust metal base. Single.

1 2

Hole Punches

Stationery


2. Heavy Duty Hole Punch

Two hole heavy duty metal hole

punch with a punching capacity of

40 sheets. Comes complete with

paper guide to get the holes lined

up. 40 Sheets.

024100 £8.38

3. Rapesco Single Hole

Punch

Traditional all metal plier type crunch

with a punching capacity of 10

sheets. Ideal for extra control when

punching sheets, the single hole

punch features all metal working

parts with a metal paper chamber.

Single. 10 sheets.

3 4

014430 £5.82


This classic punch is rear-loading

to deliver maximum leverage and

punching power – to use simply

place the paper stack into the punch

from the back. A classic, retro, allmetal

quality punch with 35 sheet

(80gsm) punching capacity. 35

Sheets. Single.

014421 £14.56

5. Rapesco Heavy Duty Hole

Punch 2-4 Holes

A hard-working hole punch that

makes effortless work of punching

up to 200 sheets (80gsm). Made

with a high level of recycled plastic

(handle base and cover). P1100 can

punch up to 100 sheets and P2200

up to 200 sheets.

5 6

EE10372 P1100 Hole Punch £87.44

029303 P2200 Hole Punch £145.74

029304 P1100 Cutters £48.83

029305 P2200 Cutters £64.87

6. Rapesco Medium Duty

Hole Punch

Two hole metal punch complete with

paper guide and handle lock-down

switch for easy storage. 25 Sheets.

Single.

014422 £11.65

7. Light Touch Hole Punch

This small hole punch has a light

easy to push spring, making it

perfect for KS1 children starting to

use tools. Ideal for both the school

office and the classroom. Pack of 10.

7 8

TMHP £21.85

8. Rapesco Extra Heavy Duty

Hole Punch

Two hole metal punch with

adjustable paper guide with a

complete aluminium alloy casting

body. Black. 63 Sheets. Single.

014426 £27.68


Stationery

Hole Punches & Tackers

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

Contents

Z T-Pro Tacker- metal die cast body Steel working

parts and driver blade Takes 13/6,13/8, 53/6 and

53/8 staples Includes 4000 staples Staple remover

tool Margin edge adjuster Wrist strap Storage case

1. Rapesco T8 Lite Staple

Tacker

Lightweight and powerful ABS

tacker with contoured edges and

lock-down handle. Supplied with

a wrist strap and a unique stand/

margin edge adjuster. Uses 13/4mm

and 53/4-8mm staples. Blue. Made

from plastic. Single.

930130 £10.93

2. Rapesco T8-Lite Duo

Staple Tacker

Features premium steel working

parts and driver blade and its

handy staple refill indicator lets

you know when it is time to reload.

Multicoloured. Made from metal.

Single.

930131 £18.93

3. Rapesco TACWISE Z1-53

Metal Staple Tacker

Powerful metal and polymer bodied

tacker offering performance,

comfort and safety. Comfortable

ergonomic grip with lockdown

switch for safety. Multicoloured.

024099 £23.31

4. Rapesco Mini Due Staple

Tacker

A lightweight, bottom loading

tacker with lock down handle.

Supplied in a pack of 3 attractive

transparent colours. Takes 13/6,13/8,

53/6 and 53/8 staples. Staple refill

indicator Multicoloured. Made from

abs plastic. Pack of 3.

930083 £32.43

5. Budget Essentials Staple

Tacker

Great value, lightweight and

powerful tacker with handle locking

for safety and storage. Takes 23/6

and 23/8 staples Blue.

014534 £6.57

6. Rapesco Z T-Pro Staple

Tacker Kit

The Rapesco Z T-Pro staple tacker kit

provides a secure and convenient

means of keeping tacker items in a

storage case. Premium steel working

parts and driver blade for increased

durability

015072 £43.71

7. Rapesco T8 Alu Staple

Tacker

Features a unique detachable clip-on

margin guide and is supplied with a

removable wrist strap. Silver.

Made from metal. Single.

930132 £29.14

8. General Purpose Metal

Tacker

A well-built staple gun for everyday

use. Robust ABS body with metal

handle. Internal parts made from

high quality steel. Takes 23/6 or 23/8

size staples. Single.

AR00625 £14.51

60


1 2

Staplers, Staples & Staple Removers

Stationery

1. Rapesco Eco Full Strip

Stapler

Full strip, top loading stapler, nonslip

feet and metal chassis plate.

With a casing made from 100%

recycled materials, this stapler is

ideal for home, office or classroom.

Sheet capacity of up to 20 pages.

Takes 26/6 and 24/6 staples.

Black. Single.

3 4

016082 £7.27

2. Skippa Full Strip Stapler

Practical, full strip, top loading

stapler allowing you to get through

office tasks without having to

replenish staples as often. Full strip,

top loading stapler with a 20 sheet

(80gsm) capacity. Single.

EE01419 £5.47

3. Heavy Duty Metal Stapler

Exceptionally robust tacker ideal for

high volume use. Maximum stapling

capacity up to 14 mm depth, uses

23/6-13 or 53/6-14 staples and 18

gauge brad nails up to L16 mm.

Features jam removal function.

Three year guarantee. Single.

AR00459 £30.59

4. Rapesco Full Strip Stapler

Holds a full strip of staples enabling

you to get through large piles of

stapling faster. A top loading value

stapler with 25 sheet capacity

compatible with both 26/6mm and

24/6mm Staples. ABS top cap and

full rubber base. Excellent value for

money high quality stapler. Black.

Made from plastic. Single.

EE01416 £6.57

5. RAPESCO Staples

Offering optimum performance for

the most accurate stapling time after

time. Suitable for most staplers and

tackers.

Staple Size Pack Size

EE00189 23/6 Box of 1000 £2.55

930141 23/8 Box of 1000 £2.55

018138 923/8 Box of 1000 £5.82

018139 923/10 Box of 1000 £6.19

84065 53/6 Box of 2000 £4.36

84066 53/8 Box of 2000 £5.10

015170 13/6 Box of 5000 £4.36

015150 26/6 Box of 5000 £2.55

015130 24/6 Box of 5000 £2.90

004558 13/8 Box of 5000 £5.10

EE00188 24/6 Box of 1000 £0.74

EE00414 26/6 Box of 5000 £2.90

5


Stationery

Pencil Cases & Calculators

1 2

12 12

3 4

SAVE

£4 .38

1. Clear PVC Pencil Case

Clear pencil case ideal for use in

exams. Keep all your pens, pencils

and stationery together. Clear.

Pack of 12.

EE11001 H125 x W300mm £24.76

EE11002 H140 x W200mm £18.93

2. A4 Clear Pencil Case

The see through zip wallet is also

ideal for stationery, pencils, rubbers,

rulers, colouring pens etc and is

perfect for use in exams. Colour of

zip may vary. Pack of 12. A4.

EE11111 £29.14

3. PVC Pencil Cases

A brilliant clear pencil case, perfect

for storing all of your pens, pencils

and stationery. Height 125mm.

Pack of 12.

EE10333 W200mm £16.02

EE10334 W330mm £21.85

4. Clear Shatter Resistant

30cm Rulers

This pack of rulers has bevelled

edges and is marked in cm and mm.

It is clear, for ease of use. Clear.

Length 30cm. Made from plastic.

012018 10pk £2.55

012427 100pk £21.14

12

5 6

7 8

5. White 15cm Rulers



White. Length 150mm. Made

from plastic.

012430 10pk £2.19

012432 50pk £9.11

6. White Shatter Resistant

30cm Rulers



White. Length 30cm.

023218 10pk £2.19

023219 100pk £21.14

7. Handheld 8 Digit

Calculator

Calculations are at your pupils’

fingertips, with the DH-60C

Handheld 8-Digit Calculator. The

basic calculator is dual powered

(solar/battery), so it is always ready

for lessons! Rubber keys give

this calculator a comfortable feel.

Multicoloured.

310539 Single £3.77

310540 30pk £98.38

8. Texet Educ-8 Calculator

The TEXET EDUC-8 calculator is

sturdy for classroom use, with

Biomaster antibacterial protection.

This basic calculator is dual powered

(L1154 battery included), features

8-digit display, square root, and

percentage key.

061515 Single £5.82

250066 30pk £160.33

62


1. Fold-Over Clipboard

Premium quality foolscap size foldover

clipboard with a smooth grain

PVC finish. Enough space to contain

up to 50 sheets of A4 paper, this is

great for a variety of tasks. A4.

1 2

Clipboards

ONLY

£32 .05

Stationery

85923 £2.90

2. PVC Clipboard

PVC-bound clipboard, providing a

stable writing and smooth surface

that supports documents. High

capacity strong clip that keeps

documents held securely in place.

Pack of 10. A4+.

013388 £32.05

3. Outdoor Clipboard

Classpack

Robust, lightweight plastic

clipboards suitable for use indoors

or outdoors. Made from recycled,

easy clean plastic the design includes

a strong plastic clip to hold work

securely even on windy days! Ideal

for independent mark making,

drawing and writing activities

Multicoloured. Pack of 24. A4.

AR01302 £81.26

4. Clipboards

These simple hardboard clipboards

hold paper securely and provide a

smooth writing surface. Great for

taking outside, use for drawing,

rubbing and for simply attaching

leaves, twigs and other outdoor

‘finds’. Made from wood. Pack of 6.

3 4

• Strong, all plastic boards & clips - no

rusting here!

• Easy to clean, suitable for outdoor use

• Turns any space into a mark making place

• Encourages independent mark making

10

FROM

£44 .09

EC-A5B A5 £44.09

EC-A4B A4 £53.57

5. Rapesco PVC A5

Clipboard

This PVC covered clipboard has

an extra-strong, high-capacity clip

which allows it to grip paper firmly.

Whilst the protective corners make

the mechanism gentler on the paper

and safer to use. Features a handy

pen holder and hanging hook for

practicality and ease of storage.

Black. Single. A5.

24 10 6

EE10373 £2.90

6. Hardboard Clipboard

Strong clipboards made from

hardboard. These clip boards have

a coated front which provides a

smooth writing or drawing surface

as well as being waterproof. Ideal for

outdoor art projects or fieldwork.

5 6

ONLY

£2 .90

004463 A4 Single £3.65

032456 A4 30pk £87.44

004464 A3 Single £3.65

032457 A3 5pk £17.13


Stationery

Filing

1 2

1. A4 Dividers

Get organised with these A4

dividers. Slot easily in to ring binders

with the pre-cut holes that easily

fit in to folders. With 10 sections to

label as required.

920111 5 Part Single £0.36

920112 10 Part Single £0.74

920890 5 Part 50pk £9.85

2. A4 Manilla Dividers

They are Europunched 11 times to

fit ring binders and lever arch files.

Multicoloured. A4. Weight 230gsm.

008857 12 Part Single £2.19

008858 20 Part Single £4.73

008356 5 Part 50pk £17.85

008358 10 Part 25pk £16.76

3 4

5 6

7 8

3. A4+ Extra Wide Manilla

Dividers

Strong, heavyweight 230gsm

board which is multi-punched

to fit any standard folder or file.

Multicoloured. Single. A4+. 230gsm.

008170 5 Part £2.19

008172 10 Part £2.55

4. A4 Manilla Dividers

Each set features 10 tabs in five

different colours. Made from

cardboard. Pack of 25. A4.

EE01199 £13.85

5. Extra Wide A4 Index

Dividers

Bright white board with multicolour

mylar tabs and clear reinforced spine

on every sheet. Made from 230gsm

board and sold in individual sets. A4.

Weight 230gsm.

008165 1-5 set £4.73

008166 1-10 set £6.93

008167 1-12 set £7.22

008168 1-20 set £10.56

008169 A-Z set £10.56

6. A4 A-Z Plastic Index

Dividers

They are made from plastic, so

are extra strong and durable.

Multicoloured. Made from plastic.

Single. A4.

008182 A-Z £6.19

7. A4 Academic Year Index

Dividers

Pre-printed tabs and matching

colour co-ordinated contents page

allows easy retrieval of curriculum

material. Multicoloured. Pack of 12.

A4. 180gsm.

920110 £6.19

8. Term Time Index Dividers

This premium index allows you to

file your ongoing tasks and projects

by academic year. Multicoloured.

Pack of 6. A4. Weight 180gsm.

920101 £4.73

64


1. A4 Punched Pockets 60

micron

Premium quality punched pockets.

They can be inserted into files and

folders for presenting, with a top

opening. Clear. Pack of 100. A4.

Weight 60micron.

1 2

Punched Pockets

Stationery

84004 £7.27


Micron

Transparent copy safe plastic pockets

with punched holes suitable for 2

or 4 ring binders. Keep on top of

all your documents for easy filing

and storage. Clear. Made from

polypropylene. A4. 40gsm.

008090 100pk £2.90

008448 500pk £13.10

40

micron


micron

Transparent A4 punched pockets

suitable for 2 ring or 4 ring binders.

They are the perfect solution

for storing and organising your

documents safely. Clear. A4. Weight

35micron.

3

910102 100pk £2.55

910288 500pk £11.65

4. A4 Extra Capacity

Punched Pockets

Make filing loose sheets easy with

these punched pockets. Made

from strong polypropylene with a

reinforced spine to support Clear.

Pack of 100. A4. Weight 50micron.

82167 £10.93

60

micron

35

micron

5. Punched Pockets

Box of A4 punched pockets made

with clear polypropylene. Available

in 60 micron in a box of 100. A4.

4 5

EE00644 100pk £10.56

6. Rapesco Eco Punched

Pockets - 60 Micron

Top-opening A4 plastic wallets are

crystal clear and ideal for protecting

and presenting your documents,

100% biodegradable and recyclable.

Featuring a reinforced perforated

edge for use in ring binders and

lever arch files. Pack of 100. A4.

Weight 60micron.

EE10645 £10.56

7. A4 Expanding Punched

Pockets

Oversized A4 punched pockets.

Made from heavy duty PVC material

they are 170 microns thick. Gusseted

sides for large capacity storage of

documents and files. Clear. Pack of

5. A4. Weight 170micron.

50

micron

6 7

60

micron

84566 £6.57

60

micron

170

micron


Stationery

Filing

1 2

50

• Assorted box

contains 10 of

each colour:

yellow, green, blue,

purple and red

3 4

50

100

1. Document Wallets Half

Flap Foolscap

Length 330mm. Made from manilla.

Pack of 50. 285gsm. Width 203mm.

EE11068BL Blue £10.19

008499 Red £10.19

008492 Green £10.19

EE11068MU Multicoloured £10.19

008498 Purple £10.19

008493 Orange £10.19

EE11068YE Yellow £10.19

008494 Pink £10.19

2. Box Files

Made from laminate. A4.

910296 Assorted 10pk £48.08

910291 Red £6.19

910295 Purple £6.19

910293 Black £6.19

910292 Yellow £6.19

910368 Pink £6.19

910290 Green £6.19

910289 Blue £6.19

3. Document Wallets Half

Flap Foolscap

Length 330mm. Pack of 50. Weight

225gsm. Width 203mm.

910268 Green £8.73

910267 Blue £8.73

015309 Buff £8.73

015308 Pink £8.73

910270 Yellow £8.73

910269 Red £8.73

4. Budget Essentials A4 Cut

Flush Folders

A4 translucent cut flush folder with

top and side opening.

900158 £10.19

5 6

5

5. Rapesco A4 Wallet Box File

High quality, versatile filing solution,

capable of holding up to 400 pages.


EE01440 £24.42

6. Lever Arch Files A4

Made from laminate. A4.

910369 Pink £2.90

910299 Red £2.90

910297 Blue £2.90

910303 Purple £2.90

910298 Green £2.90

910300 Yellow £2.90

910301 Black £2.90

910302 Orange £2.90

910304 Assorted 10pk £29.14

7 8

Contents

Assorted box contains: 2 each of purple, blue,

red, green and 1 each of yellow and black.

7. Lever Arch Files A4

Great value, paper-on-board A4 lever

arch files. Pack of 10. A4.

EE00425 Multicoloured £34.25

023730 Green £34.25

023731 Red £34.25

023729 Blue £34.25

EE00424 Black £34.25

023734 Purple £34.25

023732 Yellow £34.25

8. NEW Leitz Recycled Black

Box File

Premium quality recycled highcapacity

Box File with closure,

suitable for A4 paper.

ST45331 £11.65

66


1. Ring Binders A4

Made from laminate. Pack of 10. A4.

910370 Pink £16.02

910309 Black £16.02

910307 Red £16.02

910310 Orange £16.02

910311 Purple £16.02

910306 Green £16.02

910305 Blue £16.02

910308 Yellow £16.02


1

• Assorted box of 10 includes:

2 each of purple and blue and

1 each of red, yellow, black, green,

orange and pink.

• A 40mm spine complete with

label

Filing

Stationery

2. Plastic Bound Ring

Binders

Pack of 10. A4.

10

023716 Yellow £24.06

023715 Red £24.06

023713 Blue £24.06

023714 Green £24.06

023719 Purple £24.06

2

3

3. Rapesco Ring Binder A4

2-Ring 25mm

Pack of 10. A4.

EE01422 Clear £29.14

EE01423 Multicoloured £29.14

4. A4+ Project Presentation

Files

Blue. Made from pvc. Pack of 50.

A4+.

• 2 ring

mechanism

with a

40mm spine

10

10

• Assorted pack

colours: 2 each

of aqua, lime,

ruby, purple

and blue

007882 £51.74

5. Budget Essentials Project-

Presentation Files

Pack of 10. A4.

4 5

032292 Orange £4.36

032291 Pink £4.36

910275 Red £4.36

910276 Yellow £4.36

000107 Purple £4.36

910274 Black £4.36

910273 Green £4.36

910272 Blue £4.36


50 10

10

• Assorted pack

contains 2

each of blue,

green, black,

red and yellow

6. Flipfile Display Books

Recycled environmentally friendly

display book to suit all A4 paper

documents. Made from 50%

recycled plastic.

6 7

008232 10 A4 10 Pockets £3.65

008233 20 A4 20 Pockets £4.36

012938 40 A4 40 Pockets £6.57

7. A4 Project Presentation

Document Files


88245 £27.68

8. NEW Leitz Recycle Black

Display Book

Premium quality display book, 20

pockets, suitable for A4. Depth

310mm. Height 13mm. Width 231mm.

ST45333 £11.65

8 9

100

• Pack contains

25 each of red,

blue, green

and yellow


Project File

Premium quality recycled expanding

file with 5 compartments and

closure, suitable for A4. Depth

41mm. Height 240mm. Width

330mm.

ST45332 £17.48


Stationery

Filing

1 2

1. Rapesco Foolscap Clear

Popper Wallet

Durable transparent polypropylene

files Clear storage wallets with a

foldover flap with colour coordinated

press stud closure to

keep contents safe and secure. Pen

holder cut-out under the curved flap.

Clear. Length 330mm. Made from

polypropylene. Pack of 5. Width

203mm.

920155 £6.57

5

3 4

5

2. Rapesco Bright Popper

Wallets

Get organised with these bright

foolscap sized popper wallets.

Durable transparent polypropylene

files with a foldover flap and colour

co-ordinating press stud closure

to keep contents safe and secure.

Pack of 5.

920148 Foolscap Assorted £6.57

920147 Foolscap Blue £5.82

014486 A5 Assorted £3.65


Foolscap Popper Wallets

See-through popper wallet

paper organisers. Transparent

polypropylene files with a foldover

flap and colour co-ordinated press

stud closure to keep contents safe

and secure. Length 330mm. Made

from polypropylene. Pack of 5.

Width 203mm.

900120 Clear 5pk £2.55

900122 Pink 5pk £2.55

900121 Blue 5pk £2.55

900123 Yellow 5pk £2.55

920892 Assorted 20pk £9.48

5

5 5

4. Rapesco Eco Popper

Wallets

100% biodegradable and recyclable

A4+ popper wallets. A multiple

use file which can even be used for

storing small objects for craft, art or

classroom use. Transport documents

safely between office or classroom.

Pack of 5. A4+.


046908 Clear £3.28

5. Popper Wallets

Transparent polypropylene files with

a press stud closure to keep contents

safe and secure. These A4 plastic

popper wallets will help protect

important documents from wear

and tear. Made from polypropylene.

Pack of 5. A4.

014541 Clear £3.65

EE10586YE Yellow £3.65

EE10586RE Red £3.65

EE10586MU Multicoloured £3.65

910505 Purple £3.65



5

• Assorted pack contains

1 each of blue, green,

red, yellow and black

68


Flipfile Zip Wallets Great quality,

transparent zip wallets with

coloured zip details. • 125 micron

• Single colour packs of 25

• Assorted packs of 100 include:

25 each of yellow, green, blue and

red • Available in 5 different sizes:

A5, A4, A4+, A4++ and A3

Please note: contents not included

1

Filing

Stationery

2

1. Flipfile A5 Plastic Zip

Wallets

EE11072 Blue 25pk £18.93

008617 Red 25pk £18.93

008615 Yellow 25pk £18.93

008616 Green 25pk £18.93

900161 Assorted 100pk £65.57


Wallets

008613 Yellow 25pk £19.31

008624 Green 25pk £19.31

008612 Red 25pk £19.31

008614 Blue 25pk £19.31

900162 Assorted 100pk £69.95

3

3. Flipfile A4+ Plastic Zip

Wallets

008625 Yellow 25pk £18.93

008610 Green 25pk £18.93

EE11071 Blue 25pk £18.93

008609 Red 25pk £18.93

900163 Assorted 100pk £51.00

4. Flipfile A4++ Plastic Zip

Wallets

008626 Red 25pk £22.59

008606 Yellow 25pk £22.59

EE11075 Blue 25pk £22.59

008607 Green 25pk £22.59

900164 Assorted 100pk £77.23

4


Wallets

EE11074 Blue 25pk £25.14

920107 Green 25pk £25.14

920105 Red 25pk £25.14

920106 Yellow 25pk £25.14

900165 Assorted 100pk £99.10

5

6. Heavy Duty Zip Wallets

Clear PVC zip storage bags

reinforced with white mesh.

83893 125mm x 325mm £10.93

920104 A5+ £10.93

83892 A4 £11.65

83891 A3 £14.56

6

5

25


Office Equipment

Desktop Storage

1 2

1. Four Drawer Desktop Unit

Ideal for organising notes and letters

or for use as a teacher’s pigeonhole.

Height 24.6cm. Length 29.2cm.

Made from plastic. Single. Width

38.6cm.

EE01273 £45.54

2. Antibacterial 4 Drawer

Desktop Module

This storage unit has four

generously sized drawers which can

hold up to 450 sheets of paper or

documents, files and elastic folders

up to 240 x 320mm in size. Height

246mm. Length 292mm. Single.

Width 386mm.

EE11153 £62.66

3 4

5 6

3. Multi Colour Mini

Storage Module

This brightly coloured desk organiser

is a great addition for the office or

classroom. It is ideal for arranging

all your small accessories such

as pens, stapler, notes etc.Depth

175mm. Height 185mm. Single.

Width 186mm.

EE11150 £42.25

4. Mini Storage Module

This module is ideal for gathering

and arranging all your small

accessories and supplies. Black.


Single. Width 186mm.

EE11151 £42.25

5. Desktop Pigeon Hole

Organiser

Tough corrugated board pigeon

hole organiser. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly. Depth 330mm.

Height 385mm. Width 585mm.

013226 Single £65.57

EE11012 4pk £84.52

3

6. Wall Mounted Document

File

Capable of securely storing large

quantities of documents and files

including postal tubes. Height

86mm. Length 361mm. Made from

plastic. Pack of 3. Width 270mm.

EE01255 Clear £36.42

7 8

7. Assorted Desk Pots

Encourage tidy children with these

break-resistant vibrant desk pots.

Depth 9cm. Height 9cm. Pack of 12.

Width 9cm.

EE00231 £21.85

8. Helix Coloured Pots

Organise your room with these Helix

pots. Ideal for keeping everyday

tools such as pens and pencils.

Depth 7.5cm. Height 8cm. Pack of

12. Width 7.5cm.

EE10491 £14.56

70


1. Bamboo Desk Tidy

This creative storage box has 5

compartments to store all your

office equipment and keep

everything looking tidy. Height

15cm. Length 22.7cm. Made from

bamboo. Single. Width 9.7cm.

EE11154 £26.22

2. Bamboo Letter Trays

These elegantly designed desktop

trays give ample room to store A4

papers, folders, notebook and more.

Height 7.5cm. Length 34cm. Made

from bamboo. Pack of 2. Width

25.2cm.

EE11157 £32.43

1

Desktop Storage

• Made from FSC

certified wood. Elegant,

Scandinavian design for

a pleasant atmosphere.

• Protective varnish makes

the product waterproof.

Does not contain any

nails or screws.

Office Equipment

3. Antibacterial Letter Tray

This letter tray has a contemporary

design harmonising with all styles of

offices. It has the addition of a safe

silver ion bactericidal agent in this

product permanently eliminates the

presence and growth of bacteria for

life.Height 66mm. Length 384mm.

Single. Width 257mm.

2

3

EE11152 £5.10


Letter Tray

Robust recycled Letter Tray, suitable

for A4 papers. Depth 385mm.


ST45328 £10.19


Magazine File

Robust recycled Magazine File with

thumbhole, suitable for A4 papers.


Width 75mm.

ST45329 £10.19

6. Leitz Click & Store

Magazine File

Magazine file with label holder for

indexing on the back and front.

Collapsible for space saving storage

when not in use. Depth 253mm.

Height 330mm. Single. Width

103mm.


EE10623PU Purple £8.73


7. Antibacterial Desk

Organiser

This compact and elegant desk

organiser features anti-skid rubber

feet and is 100% recyclable. Height

93mm. Length 148mm. Single.

Width 158mm.

EE11156 £18.93

8. File Sorter

This 6 module vertical sorter set can

be used either as a book rack or

cupboard shelf organizer. Height

22cm. Width 30cm.

EE10469 £27.68


Waste Bin

Robust recycled Waste Paper Bin,

15L capacity. Depth 290mm. Height

324mm. Width 290mm.

Robust recycled Waste Paper Bin,

15L capacity.

CL45334 £11.65

2

4 5

6 7

8 9


EA Cleaning Materials

EA Tender FMM-21-009

Supply and Delivery of Cleaning

Materials

great value cleaning materials all

available to order on your iproc store!

72


1. Secure Cash Boxes

Made from heavy gauge steel casing,

powder coating enamel finish and

strong bolted nickel-plated handle,

these cash boxes are amongst the

most secure available.

EE11000 L190mm £17.85

013370 L250mm £20.39

2. Outdoor Waterproof

Stainless Steel Wall Clock

Waterproof clock perfect ideal for

outdoor learning areas or in places

of high humidity such as swimming

pools. Diameter 355mm. Single.

1 2

Storage & Security

Office Equipment

EE01236 £84.17

3. Silent Clock

Stylish, modern 30cm diameter wall

clock with silent quartz movement.

Anti-shock plastic case with

matching tips to the hour, minute

and second hands and safety glass.

1 x AA battery included.

3 4


EE10683GY Grey £20.39

EE10683WH White £20.39

4. 12 Hour Analogue Clocks

White plastic cased wall clock with

shatterproof lens and 12 hour

marking. Depth 40mm.

050230 Diam 215mm £14.56

050240 Diam 255mm £20.39

050250 Diam 300mm £32.05

004129 Diam 420mm £55.37

5. Digital LCD Radio

Controlled Clock

Radio controlled movement that

updates regularly during the day to

ensure 100% time keeping, accuracy

and automatic summer and winter

time changes. Wall mountable so

can be used in the classroom.

5 6

740004 £43.71

6. 24 Hour Analogue Clock

White plastic cased wall clock

with shatterproof lens and 24

hour marking. Quartz movement

with second hand, black and red

numerals on a white background.

Diameter 215mm.

052048 £16.02

7. Wall Mountable Digital

Exam Clock

Digital LCD clock with a viewing

distance of up to 30 meters. Suitable

for both wall and desk mounting.

Available with a battery powered,

radio control movement. 100%

accuracy and automatically updates

for summer/winter time changes.

7 8

040593 £36.42

8. Radio Controlled Wall

Mountable Clocks

White plastic wall mountable

clock with shatterproof lens. Once

set correctly, offers complete

time keeping as clock changes

automatically in March and October

to account for daylight saving time.

740005 Diam 250mm £48.83

720105 Diam 420mm £72.86


Office Equipment

Laminators & Laminating Pouches

1 2

• Auto reverse function to prevent jams

• Fast 4 minute warm up time

• Automatic sleep mode after 30

minutes of inactivity

3 4

5 6

• Compact, stylish and easily carried or stored

• Laminating speed of 54 seconds per A4 pouch

• Ready to use indicator light and “ready beep”

• Smooth lamination, whisper quiet operation

• Laminates up to 500 micron (2 x 250)

pouches

• Two minute warm up speed

• Auto reverse to prevent misfeeds

• Supplied with one A4 and one A3

pouch carrier

• Protect and preserve your documents

with a high gloss finish to keep colours

bright and bold

• Refillable cartridges reduce running costs

vs a standard film cartridge

• Sensors automatically detect the film

thickness and adapts settings when a

new cartridge is loaded

• Auto reverse function to prevent jams

• Auto shut off after 30 minutes of

inactivity, reducing energy consumption

• One minute warm-up time

1. Fellowes Spectra

Laminator

A user-friendly laminator, perfect

for moderate use in small office

environments. Fast warm up time of

only 4 minutes. Laminates up to 250

micron (2 x 125) pouches. Features

auto reverse function to prevent

jams.

034438 A4 £77.23

034437 A3 £91.81

2. Academy+ A3 Laminator

with FREE pouches

GBC Academy+ is specifically

designed to meet the rigorous

demands of the classroom and busy

school office. Built to withstand

frequent everyday use with a

protective pouch carrier, it reliably

handles all kinds of different

materials.

039879 £262.34

3. GBC Foton 30 A3

Laminator

Simple and easy-to-use, the Foton

30 A3 laminator is perfect for any

high volume day-to-day lamination

requirements. For the first time,

users can simply press a button and

leave the machine to produce high

quality laminated documents, every

time. Automatically laminates up

to 30 sheets of A4 or A3 paper. It

can also laminate odd shapes and

banners. Single. A3.

ST10956 £874.49

4. GBC Refillable Gloss

Film Cartridges For Auto

Laminator

These unique and refillable

laminating film cartridges are

designed for use with the GBC Foton

30 automatic laminator. Foton 30

is now even more productive with

easy load refillable cartridges which

reduce costs and improve efficiency.

ST10955

Cartridge incl Film

75micron

£69.23

ST10953

Cartridge incl Film

100micron

£69.23

ST10954

Cartridge incl Film

125micron

£69.23

ST11230 Film 75micron £61.95



5. GBC Fusion 1100L A3

Laminator

The Fusion 1100L A3 laminator is

designed for the smaller office,

lighter use. Stylish and compact for

storage, it warms up in 3 minutes

and laminates a single document up

to A3 size in under a minute.

014827 £131.16

6. Fellowes Saturn 3i

Laminator

With a quick warm-up time, this

laminator enables you to get on with

your tasks quickly and effectively.

Ideally suited for both schools

and offices it is ready to laminate

in just 60 seconds with InstaHeat

Technology.

042921 A3 £189.46

74


1. Armoured660 Heavy Duty

Laminator

The Swordfish Armoured660 is a fast

steel-cased heavy duty laminator.

It is equipped with sophisticated

variable temperature control, large

26.5mm precision rollers and a steel

cooling plate – all of which combine

to give perfect lamination.

EE10384 A3 £222.64

EE10383 A2 £291.49

2. Peak Heavy Duty

Educational Laminators

The Peak A2 and A3 range is

reliable, efficient and provides

versatile lamination for a multitude

of documents. Ideal for use within

an educational environment. Very

robust and easy to use.

EE11015 A3 £349.79

EE11098 A2 £437.24

3. Card Carrier Pouch

Carriers protect your laminator from

adhesives from pouches and allow

lamination of awkward shapes and

thicknesses of artwork etc. Ensure

your documents stay even and flat.

Pack of 10.

EE11030 A3 £14.56

EE11031 A4 £10.19

4. Matt Laminating Pouches

Matt finish pouches have a low light

reflection and give a modern matt

finished laminate. High quality with

low melt polyester. Pack of 100.

Weight 150micron.

005299 A3 £36.42

018324 A4 £20.39

1 2

• Sophisticated variable

temperature control

• Precision Rollers

• Reverse Control

3 4

Laminators & Laminating Pouches

FROM

£349 .79

Office Equipment

5. Laminating Pouches with

Free Carriers

Premium quality A4 gloss laminating

pouches. Also included are carrier

pouches to help protect your

laminator. A4.

023763 150micron 80pk £17.48

023802 150micron 160pk £18.93

023803 200micron 160pk £33.51

023764 200micron 80pk £34.97

6. Gloss Laminating

Pouches

Standard gloss pouches for general

purpose use. Ideal for protecting

your documents with a durable,

wipe clean surface. Pack of 100. A4.

008880 A4 150micron £11.65

008881 A4 250micron £14.56

EE10564 A3 150micron £18.93

023762 A3 200micron £21.85

EE10565 A3 250micron £29.14

10 100

5 6

100


Office Equipment

Shredders

1 2

• P4 Security Rating

• 50 sheets auto

• 8 sheets manual

• 20L pull out bin

3 4


• 150 sheets auto

• 6 sheets manual

• 44L bin pull out

5 6


• 100 sheets auto


• 20 mins run time

• P4 Cross Cut

• 8 Sheets

• Quiet DC Motor

• Lift off head

1. Rexel Auto Shredder

Optimum AutoFeed+ 50

Cross Cut

The Rexel Optimum Auto Feed+ cross

cut shredder automatically shreds

up to 50 A4 sheets of paper (80gsm)

at a time into P4 (4x28mm) cross

cut pieces. This auto feed shredder

machine is ideal for use as an office

shredder due to its compact 20L bin.

EE11102 £227.36



Cross Cut

The Rexel Optimum Auto

Feed+ 100X cross cut shredder

automatically shreds up to 100 A4

sheets of paper (80gsm) at a time

into P4 (4x28mm) cross cut pieces.

This auto feed shredder machine is

ideal for use as an office shredder

due to its compact 34L bin.

EE11103 £320.64



Micro Cut

The Rexel Optimum Auto Feed+

150M micro cut shredder

automatically shreds up to 150x A4

sheets of paper (80gsm) at a time,

into P-5 (2x15mm) micro cut pieces.

This auto feed shredder machine

is a sophisticated office shredder,

featuring a 44L pull out bin.

EE11105 £486.79

4. Rexel Personal Shredder

Secure X10-SL UK Cross

Cut

The Rexel Secure X10SL shredder

will correctly dispose of confidential

documents within its powerful yet

compact design. The shredder has

a continuous run time of 6 minutes

and can shred up to 8 sheets at

once.

EE11101 £146.11

5. Rexel Compact Shredder

X420 Cross Cut

The Rexel Momentum X420 provides

a compact, efficient and innovative

shredding solution for the office.

Utilising anti jam technology to

prevent paper jams and simple touch

panel control for easy usage.

EE11110 £510.11

6. Rexel Momentum X410

Cross-Cut Shredder

The ability to shred up to 10 sheets

in one go, a 6 minute continuous

run time and anti-jam technology,

the X410 provides the power to

shred more! The high P-4 security

level also allows for the shredding of

confidential documents. 10 Sheets.

10gsm. Volume 23l.

EE11108 £139.56

• P4 Cross Cut (4x30mm)

• Up to 12 sheets in one go

• Shreds staples and paper clips

• Quiet operation


• P4 Cross Cut

• Up to 6 minutes run time

• 23L bin

76



Cross Cut Shredder






panel control for easy usage. Shreds

up to 12 sheets in one go and runs

continuously for 6 minutes.

047156 £138.45

1 2

Shredders

Office Equipment

2. Rexel Optimum

Autofeed+ Shredder 100x

The Rexel Optimum Auto Feed+

100X cross cut shredder auto

feeds up to 100 sheets of A4 paper

(80gsm) at a time. Manual slot

for up to 8 sheets. P-4 cross cut

(4x28mm) with anti-jam technology.

Shreds credit cards, staples and

paper clips. 20 minutes continuous

run time with fan cooling. Sleep

mode activates after 3 minutes of

non use.

047127 £320.64


• P3 Cross Cut (5x42mm)

• Up to 6 minutes run time

• Shreds staples and paper clips

• Cross Cut P4 Security (cuts an

A4 sheet into 400 pieces)

• Shreds 100 sheets automatically

or 8 sheets manually


• Integrated fan to provide

extended run time

3. Rexel Optimum




automatically shreds up to 150

sheets of A4 paper (80gsm) at a

time. Manual slot for up to 8 sheets.

This auto feed shredder machine

is a sophisticated office shredder,

featuring anti-jam technology with a

44L pull out bin.

3 4

047129 £446.36

4. Rexel Optimum




automatically shreds up to 300

sheets of A4 paper (80gsm) at a

time. Manual slot for up to 10

sheets. This auto feed shredder

machine is a sophisticated office

shredder, featuring a 60L pull out

bin. 60 minutes continuous run

time with fan cooling. Sleep mode

activates after 3 minutes of non use.

• Cross Cut P4 Security (cuts an

A4 sheet into 400 pieces)

• Shreds 150 sheets automatically

or 8 sheets manually

• 44L pull out bin


extended run time

• Touch panel controls and

quiet operation


extended run time

• Shreds 300 sheets auto or

10 sheets manual

047131 £648.95

5. Rexel Secure X10-SL

UK Cross Cut Slimline

Shredder

The Rexel Secure X10SL shredder

will correctly dispose of confidential

documents within its powerful yet

compact design. The shredder has

a continuous run time of 6 minutes

and can shred up to 10 sheets at

once.

5 6

047153 £154.13


Cross Cut Shredder






panel control for easy usage. Shreds

up to 20 sheets in one go and runs

continuously for 240 minutes.

047158 £514.48

• P4 Cross Cut

• 10 Sheets

• Low Noise Motor

• 18L Bin

• Shreds up to 20 sheets in one go

• 30L Bin

• P4 Cross Cut Security so cuts A4

sheet into 400 pieces

• Continuous run time of 4 hours


Office Equipment

Binders & Trimmers

1 2

3 4

1. Heavy Duty Trimmers

These heavy duty trimmers are designed

for high volume use in busy areas. Safe

and easy to use, they provide smooth

accurate trimming of paper, card,

laminating pouches and plastic film.

016097 A4 £126.79

016098 A3 £189.46

016099 A2 £218.61

024982 A1 £335.21

024983 A0 £365.11

2. Avery P880 A1 Precision

Trimmer

Avery precision guillotines trimmers

are designed to the highest

standards for ultimate precision

and performance. A1 size and can

cut up to 20 sheets in one go. Ideal

for office or school cutting of large

sheets of paper or card. Single.

065641 £405.55

3. SuperCut Professional

Trimmer

SuperCut paper trimmers deliver

precise, smooth cutting, time after

time. A high quality self-sharpening

rotary trimmer. Designed for high

volume usage ideal for schools,

colleges and offices. 18gsm.

032316 A4 £134.83

AR00464 A3 £174.89

AR00465 A2 £259.80

AR00626 A1 £389.51

032320 A0 £486.79

5 6

7 8

100

4. Avery Office Trimmers

Effortlessly slice through up to 12

sheets of paper with this lightweight

office paper trimmer. Lightweight but

strong and sturdy making it ideal for

everyday cutting in the office.

040441 A3 £68.49

040442 A4 £53.57

5. Avery Precision A3

Trimmer

Ideal for large volumes of paper

trimming, the self sharpening blades

provide a smooth, accurate cutting

action every time. A hard working

guillotine for precision and performance.

Can cut up to 30 sheets (80gsm). Single.

EE01458 £204.41

6. Clear Binding Report Covers

Protect your projects or documents

with these clear covers. Clear. Pack of

100. A4.

EE11011 £19.68

7. GBC C250 Pro Comb Binder

A manual punch and binding

machine. A4 binder that can punch

up to 20 sheets and binds up to 450

sheets at one time. A versatile high

volume tough and durable machine

ideal for everyday use. Single.

510171 £553.84

8. Binding Combs

A range of A4 plastic combs to fit a

Comb Binder and Multi-Functional

Binding machines only. Made from

plastic.

018276 45 Sheets £8.73

000325 145 Sheets £16.39

78


furniture & storage

contents

80-101 tables & chairs

102-104 dining

105-128 storage

129-133 book storage

134-147 soft furnishings

148-157 office, reception & breakout

158-165 display

166-174 outdoor

175-176 gardening

177-192 early years


79

Design a classroom

fit for the future

Next generation learning spaces

are more responsive to the

different tasks children are asked

to undertake as they develop skills

for the future. With learning at the

heart of their design, these spaces

support:

• exploration, experimentation and free

thinking

• focused gatherings for peer to peer

presentation or time with a teacher

• collaboration, knowledge sharing and

creativity

• reflection, contemplation and pupil

autonomy

You don’t need a lot of furniture to facilitate

these kind of spaces. You just need the right

furniture used in the right way, and there is

much we can advise on.

Explore

Learning board

FF45667

80


Gather

Heppell Bench, tiered seating

FF45712

Collaborate

Zig Zag, portable work surface

FF45704

No matter what your priorities are, large

scale or smaller projects, we can help you to

create a space that meets your pupils needs.

We are passionate about putting children

and their learning first, and have a dedicated

team of specialists on hand with experience in

educational space design from across the world.

Together we’re leading change and driving a

new direction, creating learning spaces fit for

the future.

Find out more at

www.creative-activity.co.uk/furniture,

or email sales@creative-activity.co.uk

Reflect

Little Retreat

FF45668


EXPRESS DELIVERY

ON SELECTED CERNITURE ITEMS

Including tables, chairs, office furniture, display and presentation boards, early years furniture

and outdoor ranges.

Look out

for this

See page 87

We have a selected range of furniture

that can be delivered to you on a

faster than normal service. This can

range from next day delivery for items

in stock, to delivery up to 10 working

days, faster than the standard number

of weeks.

See the full Express range online at

creative-activity.co.uk/furniture

Take a look at individual items on our website for up to date delivery times.

CREATE INSPIRING

SPACES

FREE

Whether refurbishing a room, opening a brand

new nursery or school, or looking to improve your

outdoor area, we’re here to help.

Our dedicated, friendly team will help manage

your project, saving you time and money.

• Orders are managed from quote to delivery

• Expertise on furniture and education resources

• Guidance on the latest discounts and special

offers

Get in touch to find out more about

our FREE project management and

design services.

Email: sales@creative-activity.co.uk

no obligation

project management and design services

We can help with space planning and design too.

We work with leading suppliers that can provide

a plan view of your space or 3D visualisations.

Just email us to find out more.

We provide professional

advice and support for:

• Classrooms

• Dining areas

• Office, staffroom and

reception areas

• Sensory spaces

• Libraries

• Early Years settings

82


1.

2.

Choose

your

frame

Helping you choose the right solution...

choose your height British Standards seat to to table height guide

Fully Welded

Spirally stacks

up to 4 high

2.

3. Choose 4. Choose

Choose

your your your

frame

shape colour

Fully Welded

Crush Bent

Spirally stacks

Spirally stacks

up to to 4 high

3. Choose

4.

Choose

5.

your

your

shape

colour

Rectangular, Square,

Next Day Trapezoidal or or Delivery

Circular

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Next Day Delivery

In In stock items are available for NEXT

DAY DELIVERY. Please call 0800 028 7134 318686

before 6767 before 12 noon 12 to noon request to request this service this

(UK service mainland (UK mainland only). Please only). check Please items

on check our website items on for our up website to date for delivery up to

timescales. date delivery timescales.

Rectangular, Square,

Trapezoidal or Circular

Beech, grey or or coloured

laminate tabletops

7-10 Day Delivery

We have a selected range of of

tables and chairs that can be

delivered on a faster than normal

service (subject to to vehicle

scheduling). Usually these items

are made to to order so can take

longer to to arrive.

See our Express Delivery range of of furniture on on pages 101 101 - 115 - 115

Nest stacks

up to to 8 high

EXPRESS DELIVERY

In stock items are available for NEXT

DAY DELIVERY. Please call 028 7134

6767 before 12 noon to request this

service (UK mainland only). Please

check items on our website for up to

date delivery timescales.

Beech, grey or col

laminate tabletop

Choose

your

edge

MDF polished edge or or

7-10 PU Day edge in in different Delivery

colours

We have a selected rang

tables and chairs that ca

September Delivery

delivered on a faster tha

service (subject to vehicle

scheduling). Usually thes

are made to order so ca

longer to arrive.

Items requiring delivery for

September are best ordered

before the end of of May to to allow

for manufacturing during this

busy time. If If you can receive

delivery during school holidays,

please call 0800 028 7134 318686 6767 so so we we

can help to to arrange this.

See our Express Delivery range of furniture on pages 101 - 115


Tables & Chairs

Classroom Chairs

1

SAVE

£72 .88

1. Valencia Chair

Superb value chair that will easily

withstand the daily rigours of any

classroom environment. The plastic

moulded seat and back have been

designed to promote the correct

sitting posture. Stack up to 8 high.

One piece plastic seat, designed

to be extremely durable, yet

lightweight.

Rigid 25mm tubing legs with durable

powder paint coating. Non-scuff

floor protection cups to bottom of

chair legs. Double bars beneath the

seat pad ensures extra rigidity to the

design. Back hand hold, designed for

easy lifting.

Maximum weight capacity 200kgs.

Height of back from seat 25cm.

Colour co-ordinated tables and

storage solutions also available.

Seat width of all Valencia Chairs is

29cm and the chair width is 38cm.

Made from polypropylene. Supplied

fully assembled.

30pk Colours available

PU RE GR

BL

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to

the end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE

Seat Height Code Price 30pk

260 mm CE10308 £844.92

310 mm CE10309 £976.10

350 mm CE10310 £1,019.82

380 mm CE10311 £1,063.55

Seat Height Purple Red Blue Vivid Green Price 1-29

260 mm CE06744 CE07139 CE07140 CE20412 £30.59

310 mm CE06745 CE07142 CE07143 CE20413 £34.97

350 mm CE06746 CE07145 CE07146 CE20414 £36.42

380 mm CE06747 CE07148 CE07149 CE20415 £37.88

2

Colours available

BL CH OR PU RE

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of

your order code e.g. CE10610RE

Seat Height Code Price

430 mm FF45525 £33.51

460 mm FF45526 £34.97

2. NEW ErgoStak Chair

Durable and with a sleek modern

look, the ErgoStak is designed to

achieve higher levels of postural

support. Manufactured to be

maintenance-free, the ergonomic

design enables greater levels of

comfort and student concentration.

3


260 mm FF45830 £765.19

310 mm FF45832 £830.78

350 mm FF45834 £932.80

380 mm FF45836 £961.95

430 mm FF45837 £1,093.12

460 mm FF45838 £1,122.28

510 mm FF45839 £1,253.45

3. NEW Ergos Chair 30pk

Ergos chairs are designed to provide

exceptional strength and stability.

Encourage healthy posture and

improve the attention of students

in the classroom thanks to the

comfortable, ergonomic design.

Pack of 30.

Colours available

AC SB LD MB LP

TT BL BD LG LH OR

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE

84


1

Classroom Chairs

Tables & Chairs

SAVE

£14 .58

1. Postura Plus Chairs

Ergonomically designed, one piece chair, promoting

good posture and exceptional comfort. Angled back

and legs provide excellent stability and help to prevent

tipping and rocking. Super strong, this polypropylene,

one piece chair is low maintenance and easy to keep

clean, wipe down and spray with sanitiser. No moving

parts, no high-wear materials, ideal for creating safer

learning spaces. Manufactured from solid injection

moulding, so the hollow legs are firmly fixed, resist being

twisted and require no maintenance.

Seat Height 1-29 30 Pack

Colours available

AG AB IB SY

PR SG LZ TZ

FROM

£37 .88

260 mm CE0445 £37.88 CE0918£1,121.85

310 mm CE0395 £39.34 CE0938£1,165.57

350 mm CE0286 £40.80 CE0179£1,209.30

380 mm CE0742 £42.25 CE0435£1,253.02

430 mm CE0411 £43.71 CE0450£1,296.75

460 mm CE0100 £45.17 CE0101£1,340.47

GC

FG

PB

To choose your colour add the 2

letters to the end of your order code

e.g. CE10610RE

260mm only available in IB, FG, SY, PR

Stack up to 12 high

2. Titan One Piece Chair

Ergonomic design which encourages correct posture.

Anti-tilt unique leg system prevents children leaning

back. Lightweight and stackable: up to 12 high The

first one piece polypropylene chair that has attained

EN1729 Parts 1 and 2 Certification. The benefit of a fully

polypropylene chair is its longevity (15 years), comfort

and safety and the Titan achieves this and more. Good

posture not only means our children will be healthier, it

also means that they should be more comfortable and

therefore more attentive in class.


260 mm CE10967 £27.68

310 mm CE10968 £29.14

350 mm CE10969 £30.59

380 mm CE10970 £30.59

430 mm CE10971 £36.42

460 mm CE10972 £37.88

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

2

Colours available

BL RE GR YE SB PU

OR

LI



260mm only available in

BL, RE, YE, GR, SB


Tables & Chairs

Classroom Chairs

1


260 mm CE1182 £26.22 CE10388 £728.32

310 mm CE1183 £27.68 CE10389 £772.05

350 mm CE1184 £29.14 CE10391 £815.77

380 mm CE1185 £30.59 CE10393 £859.50

430 mm CE1186 £32.05 CE10390 £903.22

460 mm CE1187 £33.51 CE10392 £946.95

2

FROM

£26 .22

Available in blue only

Code Seat Height Price

CE11684 260 mm £30.59

CE11685 310 mm £33.51

CE11686 350 mm £34.97

CE11687 380 mm £36.42

CE11688 430 mm £37.88

CE11689 460 mm £39.34

Colours available

BL SB GR RE YE PU OR CH LI


1. Affinity Chairs

Durable classroom chair in a range

of heights and colours. Features

a high quality steel frame and a

high grade polypropylene shell.

Tested to EN1729 part 2. Six year

manufacturer’s warranty. Stackable

up to eight chairs high. Made

from polypropylene. Supplied fully

assembled.

2. Affinity Antimicrobial

Chair

The durable and popular Affinity

classroom chair is now available with

antimicrobial properties for effective,

permanent protection against the

growth of bacteria. Over time,

the SteriTouch® additive halts the

propagation of 99.9% of bacteria on

Colours available

the surface of the chair. Meaning a

chair left at 3pm one day will be free

BL RE LI PU

of bacteria by 9am the next morning,

ready for the new school day.

To choose your colour add the 2 letters

3. Series E Chairs

to the end of your order code e.g.

This classic classroom chair offers a

CE10610RE

durable and cost effective seating

solution. Frames are constructed of

high quality steel and are painted

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

with leatherite paint for ultimate

durability. Stackable up to eight

See terms &

conditions

high. Manufacturer’s warranty 10

years. Made from polypropylene.

Supplied fully assembled.

3

FROM

£32 .05

SAVE

£72 .88 Seat Height 1-29 30 Pack

260 mm CE1176 £32.05 CE1500 £888.65

310 mm CE1177 £34.97 CE1501 £976.10

350 mm CE1178 £36.42 CE1502 £1,019.82

380 mm CE1179 £37.88 CE1503 £1,063.55

430 mm CE1180 £39.34 CE1504 £1,107.27

460 mm CE1181 £40.80 CE1505 £1,151.00

86


1. NP Classroom Chairs

A robust, comfortable classroom chair

that stacks safely up to 8 high. Available

in six seat heights and a range of

colours. Strong fully welded frame with

tamperproof fixings, wipe clean seats

and hard wearing, non-scratch nylon

feet. Fully BSEN 1729 compliant. Delivery

within 7 - 10 days (subject to vehicle

scheduling) is available on selected lines.

Made from polypropylene. Supplied fully

assembled. 5 years warranty.

1

Classroom Chairs

Tables & Chairs

Seat Height Black Frame Grey Frame Price

260 mm CE1224 CE1230 £29.14

310 mm CE1225 CE1231 £30.59

350 mm CE1226 CE1232 £36.42

380 mm CE1227 CE1233 £37.88

430 mm CE1228 CE1234 £39.34

460 mm CE1229 CE1235 £40.80

FROM

£29 .14

30 Pack Codes


CE1445 260 mm £844.92

CE1446 310 mm £888.65

CE1447 350 mm £1,063.55

CE1448 380 mm £1,107.27

CE1449 430 mm £1,151.00

Colours available

SAVE

£29 .15 SAVE

£29 .15

LG RE PU OR LI GR BL


2

FROM

£37 .88

h

2. ST Classroom Chairs

A comfortable and supportive classroom

chair that stacks up to 10 high. Ergonomically

designed with anti-tilt and to correct posture.

Supplied with a Duraform Speckled light grey

frame and complies to BSEN 1729 Standards.

15 year manufacturer’s warranty. Delivery within

7 - 10 days (subject to vehicle scheduling)

is available on selected lines. Made from

polypropylene. Supplied fully assembled.

15 years warranty.


260 mm CE10027 £37.88 CE10718 £1,107.27

310 mm CE10028 £39.34 CE10719 £1,151.00

350 mm CE10029 £46.63 CE10720 £1,369.62

380 mm CE10030 £51.00 CE10721 £1,500.80

430 mm CE10031 £56.83 CE10722 £1,675.70

460 mm CE10032 £58.29

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

Colours available

YE PU LL OR BL RE GR SF CH LI



Tables & Chairs

Classroom Chairs

1

NEW

1. NEW Ricochet Wobble

Stool

Lightweight yet durable, the

Ricochet Wobble Stool supports

student movement, which is

essential for cognitive development.

The rounded base offers up to 12

degrees of stable rocking motion

and can be easily repositioned

thanks to its integrated handle.

500mm option only available in Ash

Grey. Supplied fully assembled.

2

3

Colours available

AB AG RN

PL

TF


your order code e.g. FF45457AB

NEW

NEW


FF45457 300mm £78.69

FF45458 350mm £81.61

FF45459 400mm £85.98

FF45460 450mm £87.44

FF45461AG 500mm £93.27

2. NEW Arc Four Leg Chair

The four-leg Arc chair is a

multipurpose product designed

for classrooms, seminar halls and

education spaces. The chair uses

compound curves to generate

strength, and is 100% recyclable, fire

resistant and also antimicrobial.


FF45464 430mm £80.15

FF45465 460mm £81.61

3. NEW Arc Skid Chair

The skid chair has been carefully

curated and manufactured for its

use in conference rooms, lecture

halls and modernised educational

settings. The skid chair is also

easily stackable, antimicrobial, fire

retardant, and 100% recyclable.


FF45466 430mm £83.06

FF45467 460mm £84.52

4. NEW Arc Community Chair

Designed to be highly mobile and

with personal space management in

mind. Storage base provides extra

space for your belongings while also

practising social distancing in large

settings. H880 x W630 x D630mm.


FF45468 470mm £320.64

4

NEW

Colours available

BK BL GR PU

RE

YE


letters to the end of your order

code e.g. FF45464BK

88


Crush Bent Tables

Our Crush Bent Tables come in all shapes and sizes, allowing you to create bespoke layouts to make the

most effective use of your space. The tables are lightweight and stackable, which means they are easy to

move and rearrange. The tabletops are hard wearing, with a rounded MDF finish.

There are a number of different tabletop colours to choose from that team nicely with the durable, steel

grey frame, powder coated for scratch resistance and longevity. Coloured edging is also available, as are

matching teaching desks.

Tables & Chairs

SAVE

£29 .15

1. Crush Bent Table 4pk & NP

Chair 8pk

Classroom packs of 4 x Crush Bent

Rectangular Tables and 8 x NP

Classroom Chairs. Time saving value

pack, ideal for classroom refurbs or new

classroom set ups. Includes 4 x Crush

Bent Rectangular Tables in a duraform

light grey speckled frame, and 8 x NP

Classroom Chairs. Table top available

in a Beech, Blue or Grey. Chairs are

available in 310, 350 and 380mm seat

heights and in Blue, Green, Lime, Red

and Purple. Table is available in L110 x

W55cm and in heights 530, 590 and

640mm. Supplied fully assembled.

Stacks up to 8 tables high

Table Height BeechTop BlueTop GreyTop Price

31 cm CE10949 CE10952 CE10955 £611.97

35 cm CE10950 CE10953 CE10956 £658.61

38 cm CE10951 CE10954 CE10957 £670.27

GREAT VALUE PACK

4 x Fully Welded Tables

and 8 x NP Chairs

Colours available

BL GR LI PU RE

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your

order code e.g. CE10949RE


Tables & Chairs

Crush Bent Tables

1 2

L110 x W55cm or

L120 x W60cm

L60 x W60cm

1. Crush Bent PU Edge Rectangular Tables

Table Height 110 cm 120 cm

46 cm CE1349 CE1355

53 cm CE1350 CE1356

59 cm CE1351 CE1357

64 cm CE1352 CE1358

71 cm CE1353 CE1359

76 cm CE1354 CE1360

£129.70 £131.16

Tabletop Colour

Table Edge Colour

3

AR

2. Crush Bent PU Edge Square

Code Height Price

CE1373 46 cm £109.30

CE1374 53 cm £109.30

CE1375 59 cm £109.30

CE1376 64 cm £109.30

CE1377 71 cm £109.30

CE1378 76 cm £109.30

Colours available

AG BG AR BR AB BB



4

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

Diameter 100cm

3. Crush Bent PU Edge Circular

Code Height Price

CE1343 46 cm £180.72

CE1344 53 cm £180.72

CE1345 59 cm £180.72

CE1346 64 cm £180.72

CE1347 71 cm £180.72

CE1348 76 cm £180.72

L110 x W55cm or

L120 x W60cm

4. Crush Bent PU Edge Trapezoid


46 cm CE1361 CE1367

53 cm CE1362 CE1368

59 cm CE1363 CE1369

64 cm CE1364 CE1370

71 cm CE1365 CE1371

76 cm CE1366 CE1372

£131.16 £135.53

Age Size Guide

Age Table Height

3-4 46cm

4-6 53cm

6-8 59cm

8-11 64cm

11-14 71cm

14 - Adult 76cm

90


1

2

Crush Bent Tables

Tables & Chairs

Stacks up to 8 tables high

1. Rectangular Crush Bent Tables

Height 110 cm 120 cm

46 cm CE1314 CE1315

53 cm CE1320 CE1321

59 cm CE1326 CE1327

64 cm CE1332 CE1334

71 cm CE1342 CE1339

£99.10 £100.55

L60 x W60cm

2. Square Crush Bent Tables

Code Height Price

CE1316 46 cm £97.64

CE1322 53 cm £97.64

CE1328 59 cm £97.64

CE1335 64 cm £97.64

CE1338 71 cm £97.64

Colours available

BL AI GY RE BE

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end

of your order code e.g. CE10610RE

3

4

Diameter 100cm

L110 x W55cm or L120 x W60cm

3. Circular Crush Bent Tables 4. Trapezoid Crush Bent Tables

Code Height Price

Height

110 cm 120 cm

Price

CE1317 46 cm £174.89

46 cm CE1318 CE1319 £113.67

CE1323 53 cm £174.89

53 cm CE1324 CE1325 £113.67

CE1329 59 cm £174.89

59 cm CE1330 CE1331 £113.67

CE1336 64 cm £174.89

64 cm CE1337 CE1333 £113.67

CE1496 71 cm £174.89

71 cm CE1340 CE1341 £113.67


Tables & Chairs

Fully Welded Tables

Our Fully Welded Tables are manufactured using a 25mm steel square tube offering strength and stability.

A range of shapes and sizes are available, allowing you to create a classroom layout to suit your needs. The

tabletops are hard wearing, with MDF edging and are easy to wipe clean. Coloured edging is also available,

please see page 95.

1

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

FROM

£676 .10

Spiral stacking

Table Height Beech Top Grey Top Price

38 cm CE10958 CE10964 £676.10

43 cm CE10959 CE10965 £687.76

46 cm CE10960 CE10966 £699.42

1. Fully Welded Table 4pk NP Chair 8pk

Classroom packs of 4 x Fully Welded Rectangular Tables and 8 x NP

Classroom Chairs. Time saving value pack, ideal for classroom refurbs or new

classroom set ups. Includes 4 x Crush Bent Rectangular Tables in a duraform

light grey speckled frame, and 8 x NP Classroom Chairs. Table top available

in a Beech, Blue or Grey. Chairs are available in 380, 430 and 460mm seat

heights and in Blue, Green, Lime, Red and Purple. Supplied fully assembled.

GREAT VALUE PACK

4 x Fully Welded Tables

and 8 x NP Chairs

Colours available

BL GR LI PU RE

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g.

CE10610RE

92


1

2

Fully Welded Tables

Tables & Chairs

L110 x W55cm or

L120 x W60cm

1. Rectangular Fully Welded Tables


46 cm CE1248 CE1254

53 cm CE1249 CE1255

59 cm CE1250 CE1256

64 cm CE1251 CE1257

71 cm CE1252 CE1258

76 cm CE1253 CE1259

£99.10 £100.55

L60 x W60cm

2. Square Fully Welded Tables

Code Height Price

CE1272 46 cm £97.64

CE1273 53 cm £97.64

CE1274 59 cm £97.64

CE1275 64 cm £97.64

CE1276 71 cm £97.64

CE1277 76 cm £97.64

Colours available

BE GY RE BL AI

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions



CE10610RE

3

4

Diameter 100cm

L110 x W55cm or

L120 x W60cm

3. Circular Fully Welded Tables 4. Trapezoidal Fully Welded Tables

Code Height Price

CE1242 46 cm £174.89

CE1243 53 cm £174.89

CE1244 59 cm £174.89

CE1245 64 cm £174.89

CE1246 71 cm £174.89

CE1247 76 cm £174.89

Table Height 110 cm 120 cm Price

46 cm CE1260 CE1266 £113.67

53 cm CE1261 CE1267 £113.67

59 cm CE1262 CE1268 £113.67

64 cm CE1263 CE1269 £113.67

71 cm CE1264 CE1270 £113.67

76 cm CE1265 CE1271 £113.67


Tables & Chairs

Tray Tables

1

1. Crush Bent Tray Tables

Ideal where storage space is limited, these tables

come with two Gratnell’s shallow trays on runners

underneath the tabletop. Choice of tabletop with

beech effect or coloured PU edging, plus a range

of tray colours. Non-stackable. • Table size: L1100 x

W550.

• Age 4-6 - H530mm

• Age 6-8 years - H590mm


• Tray size: L427 x W312 x H75mm

5 year manufacturer’s warranty. Supplied fully

assembled. Made from mdf.

Choice 530 mm 590 mm 640 mm

Ailsa Top, Beech

MDF Edge

Ailsa Top, Blue

Edge

Ailsa Top, Grey

Edge

Ailsa Top, Red

Edge

Grey Top, Beech

MDF Edge

Grey Top, Blue

Edge

Grey Top, Grey

Edge

Grey Top, Red

Edge

Price

CE1379 CE1383 CE1387 £158.85

CE1380 CE1384 CE1388 £182.17

CE1381 CE1385 CE1389 £182.17

CE1382 CE1386 CE1390 £182.17

CE1391 CE1395 CE1399 £158.85

CE1392 CE1396 CE1400 £182.17

CE1393 CE1397 CE1401 £182.17

CE1394 CE1398 CE1402 £182.17

Colours available

Choice 530 mm 590 mm 640 mm

Ailsa Top, Beech

MDF Edge

Ailsa Top, Blue

Edge

Ailsa Top, Grey

Edge

Ailsa Top, Red

Edge

Grey Top, Beech

MDF Edge

Grey Top, Blue

Edge

Grey Top, Grey

Edge

Grey Top, Red

Edge

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

Price

CE1403 CE1407 CE1411 £158.85

CE1404 CE1408 CE1412 £182.17

CE1405 CE1409 CE1413 £182.17

CE1406 CE1410 CE1414 £182.17

CE1415 CE1419 CE1423 £158.85

CE1416 CE1420 CE1424 £182.17

CE1417 CE1421 CE1425 £182.17

CE1418 CE1422 CE1426 £182.17

2

GY RE BL GR



CE10610RE

2. Fully Welded Tray Tables

Attractive design and fully welded, these tables come

with two Gratnell’s shallow trays on runners underneath

the tabletop. Choice of tabletop with beech effect or

coloured PU edging, plus a range of tray colours.

Non-stackable. • Table size: L1100 x W550mm.

• Age 4-6 - H530mm



• Tray size: L427 x W312 x H75mm. Supplied fully

assembled. Made from mdf.

94


1

2

Fully Welded Tables - PU Edge

Tables & Chairs

L1100 x W550mm or

L1200 x W600mm

1. Fully Welded PU Edge Rectangular Tables

Height 1100 mm 1200 mm

460 mm CE1284 CE1290

530 mm CE1285 CE1291

590 mm CE1286 CE1292

640 mm CE1287 CE1293

710 mm CE1288 CE1294

760 mm CE1289 CE1295

£129.70 £131.16

L600 x W600mm

2. Fully Welded Tables Coloured Edge Square

Code Height Price

CE1308 460 mm £102.01

CE1309 530 mm £102.01

CE1310 590 mm £102.01

CE1311 640 mm £102.01

CE1312 710 mm £102.01

CE1313 760 mm £102.01

Tabletop Colour

Colours available

Table Edge Colour

BG AR BR BB AG AB

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order

code e.g. CE10610RE

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

3 4

L1100 x W550mm or

L1200 x W600mm

Diameter 600mm

3. Fully Welded Tables Coloured Edge Circular

Code Height Price

CE1278 460 mm £174.89

CE1279 530 mm £174.89

CE1280 590 mm £174.89

CE1281 640 mm £174.89

CE1282 710 mm £174.89

CE1283 760 mm £174.89

4. Fully Welded Table Coloured Edge Trapezium

Height 1100 mm 1200 mm

460 mm CE1296 CE1302

530 mm CE1297 CE1303

590 mm CE1298 CE1304

640 mm CE1299 CE1305

710 mm CE1300 CE1306

760 mm CE1301 CE1307

£125.33 £134.08


Tables & Chairs

Classroom Tables

1

NEW

1. NEW Titan Flat Pack Table

Multi-purpose PU edged school

tables that come in a range of

heights and widths, making them

suitable for both primary, secondary

and further educational spaces.

A simple yet effective solution

to creating collaborative spaces.

Available in a grey or beech top

with black frame.

Top Colour Table Size H590mm H640mm H710mm H7600mm Price

Beech Top

600 x 600 FF45806 FF45808 FF45810 FF45812 £102.01

1200 x 600 FF45798 FF45800 FF45802 FF45804 £131.16

Grey Top

600 x 600 FF45807 FF45809 FF45811 FF45813 £102.01

1200 x 600 FF45799 FF45801 FF45803 FF45805 £131.16

2

Grey

Beech

Maple

2. Height Adjustable

Horseshoe Table

A premium finish height adjustable

table with a 25mm top and a spray

PU edge in Charcoal. This oval

shaped table is provided with height

adjustable legs easily changeable

with an allen key. The legs are height

adjustable in 25mm increments

from 43cm to 62.5cm in height.

Overall Dimensions 1520mm(L)

x 1215mm(D). Supplied fully

assembled.

CE10244BE Beech £750.62

CE10244MA Maple £750.62

CE10244GY Grey £750.62

96


1

Classroom Tables

NEW

Tables & Chairs

Table Size Oak top Frame Colour Price Beech Top Frame Colour Price

H645 x W1200 x D800mm FF45823 White £582.99 FF45815 White £582.99



H645 x W1200 x D800mm FF45829 Silver £582.99 FF45814 Silver £582.99



1. NEW Height Adjustable

Desk

An attractive, clean design with

modern technology that allows the

user to configure their workspace

and work at their optimum height.

Featuring a built-in twin motor,

table height can be easily adjusted

as needed, helping the user to work

comfortably when both sitting or

standing.

2. NEW Lean Stool

Ideal for sit-stand working, the

Lean Stool encourages good

posture and regular movement to

help improve the user’s wellbeing

and comfort. Featuring a simple

height-adjustment handle for ease

of use, the stool is set on a sturdy

base with anti-slip technology. Seat

height: 535-755mm. H535 x W430

x D380mm.

FF45524 535mm £262.34

2

NEW


Tables & Chairs

Classroom Tables

1

1200mm diameter

1500mm diameter

1200mm diameter

L1200 x W60mm

1. Enviro Classroom Tables

Bright, colourful tables, ideal for playgroups, nurseries and reception classes.

Conforms to BS1729: Parts 1 & 2 and all tables are supplied with a light grey

ABS edging. Sturdy and robust yet 40% lighter than standard fixed leg tables.

Silver anodised aluminium frame and a wipe clean 22mm laminate top.

Requires legs to be attached.

Shape 460 mm 530 mm 590 mm 640 mm Price

Keyhole CE11583 CE11584 CE11585 CE11586 £459.10

Circle CE0546 CE0553 CE0559 CE0564 £333.75

Rectangle CE0646 CE0653 CE0659 CE0664 £241.93

Daisy CE0846 CE0853 CE0859 CE0864 £349.79

Trapezoid CE11639 CE11640 CE11641 CE11642 £253.59

Colours available

YE RE BE LI BL HE

W1400 x D590mm



2

W1100 x D550mm

2. Coloured Frame Tables

Brighten any classroom with these coloured framed

tables. Supplied with matching top and frame colour,

Designed to nest, they feature round tubular legs and

a 18mm MDF laminate top with MDF polished edges.

Available in two heights and a choice of four colours.

This range is stylish, durable and fantastic value for

money.

Shape 460 mm 530 mm Price

Rectangle CE11536 CE11537 £122.42

Trapezoid CE11548 CE11549 £125.33

Circle CE11543 CE11544 £183.63

W1100 x D550mm

Diameter 1100mm

Colours available

YE GR BL RE



98


Classroom Tables

Premium quality tables that are ideal for any classroom and nursery environment.

The legs are height adjustable in 25mm increments from 430mm to 625mm, with a simple

but secure allen key system. All tables are self-assembly and made from MFC.


Horseshoe Classroom

Table

Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

W1675 x D1520mm.

CE00422 Blue £524.69

CE00424 Red £524.69

1

Tables & Chairs


Rectangle Table


W1500 x D750mm.

CE10465BL Blue £310.43

CE10465RE Red £310.43


Teacher Flower Table


Diameter 1525mm.

CE10466BL Blue £450.35

CE10466RE Red £450.35

4. Tuf-Top Height

Adjustable Arc Tables


W1600 x D800mm.

CE00434 Blue £322.09

CE00433 Red £322.09

2

3

5. Tuf-Top Height

Adjustable Flower Shaped

Table


W1525 x D1525mm.

CE00431 Blue £434.32

CE00430 Red £434.32

4 5


Tables & Chairs

Valencia Range

The Valencia Tables are extremely sturdy and robust and are height adjustable from

385 - 600mm with 10 increments. They have sturdy 36mm diameter metal tube

legs and vinyl, colour co-ordinated banding. There are non-scuff floor protection

cups at the bottom of table legs, they have a durable powder coated paint finish and

have a hard wearing 25mm tabletop. Colour co-ordinated tables, chairs and storage

units are also available in this range.

2

1. Valencia Flower

Classroom Table


W1100 x L1200mm.

CE20407 Vivid Green £291.49

2. Valencia Group Table


W1200 x L1800mm.


3. Valencia Rectangular 4

Seater Table


W600 x L900mm.



Seater Table


W600 x L1200mm.



Seater Table


W600 x L1500mm.


6. Valencia Chair Green

Supplied fully assembled Depth

285mm. Made from polypropylene.

Width 300mm.

CE20414 Seat Height 350mm Single £36.42




CE10311GR Seat height 380mm 30pk £1,063.55

CE10310GR Seat height 350mm 30pk £1,019.82

CE10308GR Seat height 260mm 30pk £844.92

CE10309GR Seat height 310mm 30pk £976.10

RE BL GR PU

4

6

SAVE

£72 .88

Visit creative-activity.co.uk for

more Valencia Classroom Sets

See page 113 for matching

Valencia storage units

100


1. Valencia Flower

Classroom Table


W1100 x L1200mm.

CE07111 Blue £291.49


Seater Table


W600 x L1200mm.

1

Valencia Range

Tables & Chairs

CE07119 Blue £174.89


Seater Table


W600 x L1500mm.

CE07122 Blue £189.46


Seater Table


W600 x L900mm.

CE07125 Blue £160.31

5. Valencia Group Table


W1200 x L1800mm.

CE07114 Blue £291.49

3

6. Valencia Chairs






CE10311BL Seat height 380mm 30pk £1,063.55

CE10310BL Seat height 350mm 30pk £1,019.82

CE10308BL Seat height 260mm 30pk £844.92

CE10309BL Seat height 310mm 30pk £976.10

RE BL GR PU

6

SAVE

£72 .88

5

Visit creative-activity.co.uk for great

value Valencia Classroom Sets

See page 113 for matching

Valencia storage units


Tables & Chairs

Dining Tables

1

1. Premier Folding Tables

Ideal for the school canteen and dinner halls, this

aluminium framed table folds flat for easy storage.

Available in a variety of heights, widths and colours.

L915 x W610mm

Code Height Price

CE10760 508 mm £233.19

CE10761 546 mm £233.19

CE10762 584 mm £233.19

CE10763 635 mm £233.19

CE10764 698 mm £233.19

L1220 x W610mm

Code Height Price

CE10769 508 mm £263.79

CE10770 546 mm £263.79

CE10773 584 mm £263.79

CE10771 635 mm £263.79

CE10772 698 mm £263.79

2

Colours available

BE BL RE

102

3



2. Contour Folding Table

The Gopak Contour range of folding tables are the

lightest and most popular style of folding tables to be

found. The tables fold flat for storage and can easily be

carried. Also available in two more widths.

L915 x W610mm

Code Height Price

CE10774 508 mm £163.23

CE10776 546 mm £163.23

CE10777 584 mm £163.23

CE10775 635 mm £163.23

L1520 x W685mm

Code Height Price

CE10765 508 mm £217.15

CE10766 546 mm £217.15

CE10768 584 mm £217.15

CE10767 635 mm £217.15

L1220 x W610mm

Code Height Price

CE10778 508 mm £196.75

CE10779 546 mm £196.75

CE10781 584 mm £196.75

CE10780 635 mm £196.75

3. Contour Dining Stacking Benches

Robust, wipe-clean, stacking benches that complement

Contour folding dining tables. Extremely light yet

robust. Simple to store, the benches stack up to 10 high.

Ideal for school dining halls and canteen areas. Seat

height 38.1cm. Suitable for 8 to 11 years.

CE07326 Beech 1220 x 254 x 381mm £125.33

CE07327 Beech 1520 x 254 x 381mm £141.36

CE07330 Red 1220 x 254 x 381mm £125.33

CE07331 Red 1520 x 254 x 381mm £141.36

CE07334 Blue 1220 x 254 x 381mm £125.33

CE07335 Blue 1520 x 254 x 381mm £141.36


1. 12 Seater Rectangular Folding Table

Laminated table top in a choice of maple or grey

with ultra-tuff edging with MDF core. Frame and legs

available in grey as standard. A great dining table for

busy school canteens and dining halls, with its fast

folding mechanism. W3080 x D1500mm. Supplied fully

assembled.

Code Choice Price

1

Dining Tables

Tables & Chairs

CE07350 Maple Top - Red Seats £1,619.29

CE07351 Maple Top - Blue Seats £1,619.29

CE07352 Maple Top - Lilac Seats £1,619.29

CE07353 Blue Speckle Top - Red Seats £1,619.29

CE07354 Blue Speckle Top - Blue Seats £1,619.29

CE07355 Grey Top - Red Seats £1,619.29

CE07356 Grey Top - Blue Seats £1,619.29

Table Top Colours

2. 16 Seater Rectangular Folding Tables

Easy to use folding tables ideal for school dining rooms

and areas. Castors allow for ease of portability making

this ideal for settings with limited space. Supplied fully

assembled. H650 x W1500 x L3280mm.

Code Choice Price

2

12 Seater

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

16 Seater

CE07357 Maple Top - Red Seats £1,794.19

CE07358 Maple Top - Blue Seats £1,794.19

CE07359 Maple Top - Lilac Seats £1,794.19

CE07360 Blue Speckle Top - Red Seats £1,794.19

CE07361 Blue Speckle Top - Blue Seats £1,794.19

CE07362 Grey Top - Red Seats £1,794.19

CE07363 Grey Top - Blue Seats £1,794.19

Seat Colours

3. Gopak Round Folding Tables

This robust table features an attractive wipe-clean

laminate top. Tables can be rolled on their edge or

carried using the convenient leg stay hand hold.

Available in three colours: red, blue and beech,

and in three heights. Diameter 1200mm.

3

Please see page 86 for the full range

of Series E Chairs. Available in a number

of Seat Colours and Seat Heights.

Height Red Blue Beech

Price

50.8 cm CE03754 CE03755 CE03758 £434.32

58.4 cm CE07575 CE07576 CE07577 £434.32

63.5 cm CE07578 CE07579 CE07580 £434.32


Tables & Chairs

Dining Tables

1

1. Fast Fold Table & Bench

Set + Trolley

Slimline space saving tables and

benches, ideal for school dining,

clubs and pack aways. Exceptionally

efficient storage with 10 tables

and 20 benches stored on a trolley

that only needs 0.7m of space.

This is considerably more compact

than other dining trolleys available.

Tables and benches benefit from a

unique folding mechanism which

allows the legs to fold neatly into

the frame. Tables fold to just 40mm

in thickness. Set includes trolley.

Lightweight aluminium frame with

safety corners, and steel legs for

strength and stability. Tables L1220

x W610mm. Sets available with

table height 530mm / bench height

330mm (age approx. 4 – 7 years) and

table height 635mm / bench height

375mm (age approx. 7 – 11 years).

5 years warranty.

10 tables & 20 benches on one trolley

CE10921 H530mm £4,923.44

CE10922 H635mm £4,923.44

Tables, benches and trolley

also available separately.

Search ‘Fast Fold’ on our

website.

2

Legs fold entirely within frame

Compact for storage

2. Fast Fold Folding Dining

Bench

Slimline, space saving school dining

bench designed for quick setup and

clearance and to be easy to store.

With a unique folding mechanism,

which allows the legs to fold neatly

into the thinnest (40mm) frame on

the market.

CE10917 H330mm L1220mm £163.23

CE10918 H375mm L1220mm £163.23

CE10919 H330mm L1525mm £173.43

CE10920 H375mm L1830mm £173.43

3. Fast Fold Dining Table

Slimline space saving tables, ideal

for school dining, clubs and pack

aways. Unique folding mechanism

which allows the legs to fold neatly

into the frame, taking up no further

space. Tables fold to just 40mm in

thickness. Lightweight aluminium

frame with safety corners, and steel

legs for strength and stability. Beech

tabletop finish. 5 years warranty.


CE10913 H530 x W610 x L1220mm £214.24

CE10914 H635 x W610 x L1220mm £214.24

CE10915 H530 x W685 x L1525mm £204.04

CE10916 H635 x W685 x L1525mm £204.04

3

4

4. Fast Fold Dining Table

Trolley

Compact trolley, designed to

complement rectangular Fast Fold

Dining Tables. Holds up to 10 tables

and 20 benches. Tables stack upright.

Easy to manoeuvre on lockable

castors. H735 x W735 x L1280mm.

5 years warranty.

CE10923 £1,333.62

104


Tray Storage

Gratnells, international award-winning, trays are designed for heavy educational use.

Recycled and BSI tested. Available in a range of sizes and colours, these trays fit many

school furniture items - mix and match to suit your needs.

Storage

1

Code Choice Price

CE10341 Shallow £5.82

CE10342 Deep £8.02

CE10343 Extra Deep £10.93

CE10344 Jumbo £13.85

Single Trays

Shallow Tray

L427 x W312 x H75mm

Deep Tray

L427 x W312 x H150mm

6 Pack

PACK OF

6

Choice Clear Multi Price

Shallow CE03922 CE03921 £26.22

Deep CE03924 CE03923 £36.42

Extra Deep CE03926 CE03925 £46.63

Jumbo CE03928 CE03927 £56.83

Save £’s with our

multi packs of 6

Gratnells Trays. Multi

pack colours include

two red, two yellow

and two blue.

Extra Deep Tray

L430 x W312 x H225mm

Jumbo Tray

L430 x W312 x H300mm

2. Gratnells Tray Lid Four

Pack

These clip-on lids provide extra

security and fit all trays (shallow,

deep, extra deep, jumbo).

Translucent to see contents. Lidded

trays can easily be stacked on top of

each other. Clear. Made from plastic.

Pack of 4.

TTRAY-LR £14.56

3. Gratnells Antimicrobial

Trays

For greater infection control the trays

known for standing up to rigorous

daily use are now available with a

built-in Antimicrobial protection.

The antimicrobial protection is

introduced to the trays during the

manufacturing process to provide

built-in protection against the effects

of microbes.

CE11510CL Shallow Clear £5.10

CE11510GR Shallow Green £5.10

CE11511CL Deep Clear £10.91

CE11511GR Deep Green £10.91

CE11512CL Extra Deep Clear £12.38

CE11512GR Extra Deep Green £12.38

CE11513CL Jumbo Clear £16.02

CE11513GR Jumbo Green £16.02

2

PACK OF

4

BL

CY

GR

Colours available

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g. FU10610RE

3

LI

i

YE

RE

PU

CL

• Resists surface contamination and reduces infection

transmission

• 99.9% reduction in surface contamination after 2 hours

• Provides protection from a variety of bacteria, fungi, mould

and viruses, including the H1N1 flu virus

• Used by the NHS across the UK


Storage

Gratnells Learning Rooms Range

The new Gratnells Learning Rooms range of furniture allows the creation of personalised, flexible and

stimulating learning spaces, ensuring the needs of all children are met. The items in the range provide a cost

effective solution to changing classroom design in a way that will have a profound impact on children’s learning.

The range has been developed in collaboration with education professionals and is founded on in-depth

research. Go online to read more about the research undertaken, get tips on how to enhance your teaching

space and to see the full range www.creative-activity.co.uk/furniture

1. NEW Collaboration Zone

Allows learners to collaborate

effectively, encouraging the sharing

of ideas, and developing learning

skills when working alongside peers.

Includes: Collaboration Table, Grass

Bench Unit, MakerHub Trolley and

a Writable Wall Panel. Items also

available separately.

FF46213 £1,770.87

2. NEW Presentation Zone

Encourages learners to present ideas

either independently or in groups,

helping to boost their confidence and

self-esteem.

Includes: Confidence Platform Stage,

Grass Tiered Seated Unit, Flip Table and

a MakerHub Trolley. Items also available

separately.

FF46215 £2,200.83

106


Gratnells Learning Rooms Range

Storage

3. NEW Creative Zone

Create a dedicated space for

learners to collaborate, invent,

design and build. An ideal space for

STEAM learning activities.

Includes: Project Table, MakerHub

Trolley, Writable Wall Panel, Callero

Double Trolley and an Acoustic

Screen. Items also available

separately

FF46218 £3,060.75

SOME OF THE OTHER ITEMS IN THE RANGE INCLUDE…

NEW Grassy Tiered Seating

Multi-purpose storage and seating

solution for groups of students.

FF45432 £1,164.54

NEW Freedom Table

Mobile with a writable surface.

Tessellates for group work.

FF45435 Set of 4 £699.60

NEW Flip Table

Round table with flip top and

writable surface.

FF45431 £510.11


Storage

Value Tray Storage

Classroom essential tray storage unit with Gratnells trays. Durable 18mm MDF with hard wearing ABS edging. Supplied with

castors for easy manoeuvring. Two castors are lockable to help secure the unit in position. Height includes castors (65mm).

Trays available in a choice of colours. Multicoloured trays are supplied as shown.

1 2

3

1. 6 Tray storage Unit

H600 x W350 x D485mm.

Code Description Price

CE10613

VALUE 6 Tray

Storage Unit

with Trays

£174.89

2. 12 Tray Storage Unit

H615 x W690 x D460mm.


CE10612

VALUE 12 Tray

Storage Unit

with Trays

£233.19

4


H615 x W1024 x D460mm.


CE10610

VALUE 18 Tray

Storage Unit

with Trays

£284.20


H757 x W1024 x D460mm.


CE10611

VALUE 24 Tray

Storage Unit

with Trays

£358.53

Delivered Assembled

Colours available

YE PU GR CL MU BL RE LI

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE. TL and CL = Clear please observe

the code in the table when orderig.

108


1. Value Empty Tray Unit

This tray storage unit allows for

quick and easy access to resources

and is ideal for use within

classrooms and nurseries. Supplied

empty and available in a range

of storage capacities to suit your

requirements.See online for full

range of sizes and tray capacities.

1

Empty Tray Units

Trays not

included

Storage

Single

Double

NEW

8 Tray Unit Triple Quad

Code Tray Capacity Number of Columns Dimensions Price

FF45764 8 Single H779mm X W356mm X D460mm £169.06

FF45762 16 Double H779mm X W690mm X D460mm £262.34

FF45761 24 Quad H779mm X W1024mm X D460mm £335.21

FF45763 32 Quad H779mm X W1358mm X D460mm £387.68

PACK OF

6

Single Trays

Code Choice Price

CE10341 Shallow £5.82

CE10342 Deep £8.02

CE10343 Extra Deep £10.93

CE10344 Jumbo £13.85

Save £’s with our

multi packs of 6

Gratnells Trays.

Multi pack colours

include two red, two

yellow and two blue.

6 Pack

Choice Clear Multi Price

Shallow CE03922 CE03921 £26.22

Deep CE03924 CE03923 £36.42

Extra Deep CE03926 CE03925 £46.63

Jumbo CE03928 CE03927 £56.83

Colours available

BL CY GR LI YE RE PU CL



Storage

Deep Tray Storage

1

1. Tray Storage Unit With 12

Deep Trays

Supplied fully assembled. H707 x

W1358 x D453mm.


CE0150

Tray Storage

Unit With 12

Deep Trays

£495.54

2


Deep Trays

Supplied fully assembled. H707 x W1358

x D453mm. Made from mfc.


CE0275

Tray Storage

Unit With 16

Deep Trays

£623.80

Brights Trays (BH)

3


Deep Trays


W1030 x D453mm. Made from mfc.


CE0350

Tray Storage

Unit With 18

Deep Trays

£660.23


Deep 6 Extra Deep Trays

Supplied fully assembled. H842 x W1358

x D453mm. Made from mfc.


CE0800

Tray Storage

Unit With 8

Deep 6 Extra

Deep Trays

£642.74

4

Multi-Coloured Trays (MU)

ALL ITEMS ARE

DIRECT DELIVERY

See terms &

conditions

Colours available

BL GR LI CY PU RE LG YE CL MU BH


110


1. Tray Storage Unit

With 4 Jumbo Trays


H739 x W700 x D453mm.

1

Jumbo Tray Storage

Storage


CE0550

Tray Storage

Unit With 4

Jumbo Trays

£383.31


With 6 Jumbo Trays


H1067 x W700 x D453mm.


CE0700

Tray Storage

Unit With 6

Jumbo Trays

£432.86

2


With 8 Jumbo Trays


H740 x W1360 x D453mm.


CE0825

Tray Storage

Unit With 8

Jumbo Trays

£476.59


With 9 Jumbo Trays


H1067 x W1030 x D453mm.

3 4


CE0900

Tray Storage

Unit With 9

Jumbo Trays

£587.36


With 12 Jumbo Trays


H1070 x W1358 x D453mm.


5

Brights Trays (BH)

Multi-Coloured Trays (MU)

CE0200

Tray Storage

Unit With 12

Jumbo Trays

£606.31

Colours available

BL GR LI CY PU RE LG YE CL MU BH



Storage

Valencia Range

1

2

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£102 .03

1. Valencia Three Storage

Unit Bundle

Set comprising three different useful

classroom storage units. Includes

an 18 shallow tray unit with trays,

tiered front facing book storage

unit with two deep trays, and easy

access bookcase with three shelves.

Units are fitted with lockable

castors for easy manoeuvring. Trays

supplied are Gratnells, and in the

same colours as the units (clear

trays are supplied with Beech).

Supplied fully assembled. Made

from mdf.

CE11468BE Beech £1,310.29

2. Valencia Front Facing

Book Storage

Durable and robust unit to store

and display books face on. Shelving

is tiered with varying depths to

accommodate different book sizes.

Bottom shelf can accommodate

two Gratnells Deep size trays.

Fitted with lockable castors for easy

manoeuvring. Trays not included.

Supplied fully assembled. H970

x W1010 x D480mm. Made from

mdf.

CE10477BE Beech £473.67

3. Valencia 18 Tray Storage

Unit

Sturdy unit with 18 shallow colour

co-ordinated Gratnells trays to

provide tidy storage. Sized for

children to easily access. Top has

raised edge, providing a useful area

for displays. Supplied with castors

to enable easy manoeuvring around

classrooms. Trays are colour coordinated

(clear trays are supplied

with Beech). Includes trays. Coordinates

with Valencia Classroom

Tables and Chairs. Supplied fully

assembled. H730 x W1050 x

D460mm. Made from mdf.

CE10473BE Beech £499.91

3

4

4. Valencia Open Shelving

Unit

Extremely sturdy shelving unit

for versatile classroom storage.

Unit height provides easy access

for children. Bottom shelf can

accommodate two Gratnells Deep

size trays. Fitted with lockable

castors for easy manoeuvring.

Trays not included. Supplied fully

assembled. H900 x W1010 x


CE10476BE Beech £441.61

112


1. Valencia Three Storage

Unit Bundle

Set comprising three different useful

classroom storage units. Includes

an 18 shallow tray unit with trays,

tiered front facing book storage

unit with two deep trays, and easy

access bookcase with three shelves.

Units are fitted with lockable

castors for easy manoeuvring. Trays

supplied are Gratnells, and in the

same colours as the units (clear



from mdf.

1

Valencia Range

Storage

CE11468BL Blue £1,310.29

CE11468PU Purple £1,310.29

CE11468RE Red £1,310.29

CE11468VG Vivid Green £1,310.29

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£102 .03

2. Valencia 18 Tray Storage

Unit

Sturdy unit with 18 shallow

Gratnells trays to provide tidy

storage. Sized for children to

easily access. Top has raised edge,

providing a useful area for displays.

Supplied with castors to enable easy

manoeuvring around classrooms.

Trays are colour co-ordinated (clear


Includes trays. Co-ordinates with

Valencia Classroom Tables and

Chairs. Supplied fully assembled.

H730 x W1050 x D460mm. Made

from mdf.

2

CE10473BL Blue £499.91

CE10473RE Red £499.91

CE10473PU Purple £499.91

CE10473VG Vivid Green £499.91

3. Valencia Open Shelving

Unit

Extremely sturdy shelving unit

for versatile classroom storage.

Unit height provides easy access

for children. Bottom shelf can

accommodate two Gratnells Deep

size trays. Fitted with lockable

castors for easy manoeuvring.

Trays not included. Supplied

fully assembled. H900 x W1010 x




CE10476BL Blue £441.61

CE10476RE Red £441.61

Co-ordinating tables and chairs also available

4. Valencia Front Facing

Book Storage

Durable and robust unit to store

and display books face on. Shelving

is tiered with varying depths to

accommodate different book sizes.

Bottom shelf can accommodate

two Gratnells Deep size trays.

Fitted with lockable castors for easy

manoeuvring. Trays not included.



mdf.


CE10477BL Blue £473.67

CE10477RE Red £473.67


3 4


Storage

Cupboards

1 2

3 4

5 6

1. Mixed Size Tray and

Cupboard Combination

Unit

This versatile storage unit is ideal for

classroom or office use. Comes with

six shallow, three deep and three

jumbo Gratnell’s trays (coloured

or clear). The four compartment

cupboard has two adjustable

shelves and lockable doors.


W460 x L1020mm. 12 Trays.

CE03118 Clear £750.62

CE03117 Multicoloured £750.62

2. Shallow Trays and

Cupboard Combination

Unit

An ideal flexible storage solution.

The bottom half has shallow

tray storage, and the top half a

cupboard with lockable doors.

Features shelves divided into

four compartments. Includes

24 shallow trays (coloured trays

include red, yellow, blue). Supplied


L1020mm. 24 Trays.

CE00069 Coloured Trays £679.18

CE02095 Clear Trays £679.18

3. Cupboard with 24

Shallow Trays

Full height cupboard with 24

integrated Gratnells trays. Coloured

trays as shown in red yellow and

blue. Supplied fully assembled.

H1468 x W1030 x D477mm. 24

Trays.

CE10096 Multi Trays £771.02


4. Cupboard with 21

Shallow Trays

Full height storage cupboard with

21 integrated Gratnells trays. Tray

colours supplied as shown. Supplied


D477mm. 21 Trays.

CE10095 Clear trays £782.68

CE10094 Coloured trays £782.68

5. Cupboard With Deep

Tray Storage

This versatile storage unit is ideal for

classroom, office use or staff rooms.

Comes with 12 deep Gratnell’s trays

(coloured or clear). Top cabinet

features lockable doors and two

height adjustable shelves. Supplied


L1020mm. 12 Trays.



6. Cupboard With Jumbo

Tray Storage

This unit combines the largest

Gratnell’s storage trays with the

convenience of a lockable cupboard.

Units are supplied with a choice of

coloured or clear trays. Cupboard

features four compartments with

two height adjustable shelves.





114


1. Lockable Mobile

Cupboard

A very useful unit on castors for

storing those items and activities

that you want locked away when

not in use. Comes with 12 clear

trays. The castors, two lockable, are

non-marking. Doors are lockable

and supplied with two keys. H810 x


1

Cupboards

Storage

CA00457 £524.69

2. Value Double Cupboard

Mid height, mobile cupboard

with two doors. Supplied with

one adjustable shelf and lockable

castors. Made from durable 18mm

MDF with robust ABS edging.


W1024 x D480mm. Made from mfc.

CE10614 £291.49

3. Low Cupboard

Low cupboard, available in

different widths. Useful in

classrooms or the school office.

Two compartments inside with one

adjustable height shelf on each side.

Complete with solid back, plastic

feet and connecting pins. Supplied

fully assembled. Depth 453mm.

Height 500mm. Made from mfc.

CE10129 W700mm £422.66

CE10131 W1358mm £606.31

CE10130 W1030mm £531.97

2 3

4. Stock Cupboards

An essential storage cupboard

for the school office, classroom

or staff room. Essential cupboard

with lockable doors in different

heights. Features versatile shelving

options to cater for different storage

needs. Full Height: L1030 x W477

x H1818mm (1 fixed, 4 adjustable

shelves).

Tall Height: L1030 x D477 x

H1518mm (1 fixed, 2 adjustable

shelves).

Medium Height: L1030 x W477 x


shelves).

Low Height: L1024 x W4.5 x

H1018mm (2 adjustable shelves).


from mfc.

4

CE02193 H1018mm £444.52

CE02192 H1268mm £460.56

CE02191 H1518mm £494.08

CE02190 H1818mm £510.11


Storage

Storage Containers

1 2

3

5 6

NEW

4

Colours available

SI

CL

To choose your colour add

10 the 2 letters to the end 10

of your order code e.g.

CE10278CL

6

1. Nine Tray Single Sided

Tilted Tray Tidy

Wooden frame trolley complete

with 9 clear plastic trays. Trays are

angled providing children with easy

access. The trays can be used to

hold a variety of items and are easily

removed and replaced. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. Beech.

H810 x W410 x L860mm. Made from

wood. 9 Trays.

CA00701 £284.20

2. Beech Single Sided

Classroom Tidy




access. The trays can be used to

hold a variety of items and are easily

removed and replaced. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. H810

x W410 x L1150mm. Made from

wood. 12 Trays.

CE03091 £367.28

3. Mobile Tilted Tray Trolley

18 Trays




access from both sides. The trays can

be used to hold a variety of items

and are easily removed and replaced.


H810 x W860 x D740mm.

Made from wood. 18 Trays.

FMTT18 £409.54

4. Millhouse Clear Tubs

Handy storage tubs, sized to fit in

Millhouse units, or simply use on

their own. Clear tubs allow resources

to be easily visible. Feature a carry

handle on each end so easy to

transport. Fit three on a Millhouse

unit shelf. Ideal size for storing A4

paper. H187 x W385 x D270mm.

Made from plastic. Pack of 6.

CE20329 £72.86

5. NEW Stack and Store

Plastic Storage Boxes

Handy plastic storage boxes in a

range of sizes to store away all

manner of different things. Boxes

stack neatly to help you use your

space effectively. Clear lids for all

box sizes are available separately.

Box dimensions: Small L400 x W280

x H200mm. Medium L500 x W350

x H250mm. Large L590 x W400 x

H290mm..

CE10278 10pk Small £23.31

CE10279 10pk Medium £46.63

CE10281 10pk Large £55.37

6. Stack and Store Plastic

Storage Box Lid

Lids to fit Stack and Store Plastic

Storage Boxes. Simple lid with clips

at either side to fasten in place.

Transparent, making it easier to see

contents inside. Lid dimensions:

Small: L400 x W290 x H10mm.

Medium: L500 x W360 x H20mm.

Large: L590 x W410 x H20mm.

Clear. Made from plastic.

CE10285 10pk Small £18.93

CE10289 10pk Medium £23.31

CE10288 10pk Large £26.22

116


1. Really Useful Clear Plastic

Storage Containers

Really Useful storage boxes are

handy plastic storage boxes

which come in a variety of sizes.

They are multifunctional, strong

storage boxes, complete with clip

lock handles and lid for securing

items. The perfect addition to your

classroom storage. These Really

Useful boxes are designed in order

to be stackable - stackable storage

boxes are an ideal storage solution

for your classroom for a variety of

resources. Reinforced corners and

bottom for increased strength.

Some boxes come with integral lip

for suspension files. Made from

polypropylene. See online for

full range of storage box sizes

and options.

1

2

Storage Containers

Storage

2. Allstore Plastic Storage

Box

Heavy-duty, stackable boxes that

are tough and durable. Suitable

for storing a range of items from

stationery and office supplies

to classroom resources and PE

equipment. Each size features a

reinforced base and corners for

strength and durability and comes

supplied with separate lid with

strong, clip-lock handles. The 48L

box can be used to store suspension

files. Box dimensions: 7.5L - W190

x D250 x H160mm. 15L - W300

x D470 x H170mm. 24L - W380

x D480 x H190mm. 48L - W440 x

D490 x H230mm. 51L - W440 x

D660 x H230mm. Supplied fully

assembled.

3

Stack to make the most

of your storage space

48L box can be used to

store suspension files

CE10291 Single 7.5l £8.73

CE10292 3pk 7.5l £23.31

CE10293 Single 15l £13.10

CE10294 3pk 15l £34.97

CE10295 Single 24l £16.02

CE10296 3pk 24l £46.63

CE10297 Single 48l £24.76

CE10298 3pk 48l £68.49

CE10299 Single 51l £26.22

CE10300 3pk 51l £75.78

3. Portable Storage Caddy

Deep multipurpose caddy with carry

handles. The caddy comes with a

sizable handle that can easily be

held by adults and children alike.

Additionally, there’s an integral

divider to keep contents separate.

H280 x W360 x D300mm.

4

CE11187GR Green £13.10

4. Black Storage Container

on Wheels

Multi-functional large black storage

container on wheels. Heavy duty and

suitable for indoor or outdoor use

- not suitable to be left outdoors.

Wheels allow for easy transportation

when storing heavier items. H520 x

W520 x D790mm.

CE11450 £61.20


Storage

Cloakroom Trolleys

1

2 3

4 5

1. Tuf2 Classroom

Cloakroom Trolley

Durable double sided trolley to

hang up to 30 coats. Metal name

card holders on each hook for

pupil identification, and metal

label holder on the end for class

ownership. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly. H1140 x W1610 x

D740mm. Made from beech.

CE06373 £626.71

2. Tuf2 Classroom

Cloakroom Trolley Steel

Robust, high capacity trolley

designed for 30 coats. Large base

storage shelf, ideal for shoes

and bags and a centre divide.

Heavy duty castors two lockable

for safety for easy manoeuvring

and sharing resources between

classrooms. Supplied flat packed


D604mm. Made from steel.

CE07521 £473.67

3. Wet Play Cloakroom

Trolley

Ideal for hanging aprons, coats

or costumes, with six sizeable

storage baskets for accessories.

Features a removable drip tray,

handy for storing wet play items

as they dry. Supplied flat packed


D500mm.

FWPTY £183.63

4. Mobile Cloakroom Unit

With twenty double hooks and a

deep storage tray, this portable

cloakroom is perfect for small

spaces. Easy for children to

independently access, this mobile

cloakroom is perfect for storing

outdoor clothing, aprons or

lunchboxes! Supported on castors

it can be moved from storage to

play area with ease. Strong steel

wire construction with resilient

plastic coating to protect clothes

and users. Supplied flat packed for

simple assembly.

FMOBCL £107.84

5. Double Sided Blue

Cloakroom Trolley

Double sided wheeled cloakroom

storage. This quality Cloakroom

Trolley has 20 coat hooks and a

storage box, ideal for coats, bags

and wellies. It is fully welded and

there is no assembly required.

It is easy to manoeuvre around

the classroom or school with its

rounded handles and once in

position can easily be locked into

place with two lockable heavy duty

wheels. It also has a beech wooden

box below deep enough to hold a

huge amount of extra kit such as

bags, shoes, wellington boots etc.



steel.

CA00960 £600.48

118


1. Sturdy Lunchbox Trolley

Sturdy premium lunchbox trolley

that can be maneuvered easily

from classroom to classroom with

lockable castors. Perfect for storing

lunch boxes along with other school

equipment for easy access. Single

unit holds up to 21 lunchboxes

while the double holds up to 42.

Single Trolley size: H1030 x W810

x D270mm. Double Trolley size:

H1030 x W810 x D500mm. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly.

1

Lunchbox Trolleys

Storage

CE00053 Single Sided £263.79

CE01018 Double Sided £349.79

2. Tuf2 Lunchbox Trolley

Premium and robust trolley,

designed for longevity and to

manage the daily rigours of a busy

school environment. Can hold up

to 60 lunchboxes, ideal for multi

year entry school classes. Features

heavy duty castors, 2 lockable.

Supplied flat packed with assembly

instructions included. Supplied flat

packed for self-assembly. H1160


metal.

CE07520 £625.25

3. Wooden Lunchbox

Trolley

Quality wooden lunchbox storage

trolley with castors, designed for

schools and nurseries. Can store

approximately 15-20 lunchboxes

across the 3 storage shelves.

Features rounded edges for

increased safety. Supplied flat

packed for self-assembly. H820 x

W810 x D295mm. Made from mdf.

2 3

CE02343 Beech £275.45

4. Lunchbox Storage Trolley

This versatile budget trolley has

3 large baskets and is on castors

for easy maneuvering. The easy to

clean durable plastic coated steel

construction stands up well to day

to day use. Supplied flat packed


D300mm.

FFPLBT £189.46

5. Callero Plus Lunchbox

Trolley

Provides a flexible solution for

storing up to 30 lunchboxes,

perfect for schools and nurseries.

The trolley features three sturdy

wire baskets and 75mm castors

with foot-activated brake

mechanism. Supplied flat packed


D430mm.

4 5

CE10515 £740.41


Storage

Outdoor Storage

1

All products on

this page are made

from pre-treated

Scandinavian

Redwood, which is

guaranteed against

rot and insect

infestation for

10 years.

1. Outdoor Wooden Storage

Cupboard

Spacious outdoor storage shed

suitable for a wide range of

outdoor resources. Easy access

unit featuring front opening doors,

three adjustable shelves and a bolt

fastening. The felt roof will protect

your items from wet weather.

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable

to be left outdoors. H1920 x W720

x L1320mm.

CE06898 £870.00

2 3

2. Large Lockable Outdoor

Shed

Designed to hold all manner of

outdoor objects this locker is a

great storage solution. Featuring

two opening doors for easy access

to store larger items. Please site on

flat ground. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly. Suitable to be

left outdoors. H1600 x W2460 x

D1270mm.

CE06349 £884.99

Easy access unit

Features two opening doors

SAVE

£145 .75


Cubby

Easy access outdoor storage shed

suitable for a wide range of outdoor

resources. A practical solution

for storing all your outdoor play

equipment. Features two fully

opening doors with bolts that can be

secured with a padlock. Supplied flat

packed for self-assembly. Suitable to

be left outdoors. H1210 x W800 x

L1440mm.

4

CE06883 Single £975.00

CE11576 2pk £1,950.00

4. Wooden Wellie Store &

Benches

Handy outdoor storage to keep

wellies and outdoor clothing in

outside. Sized so children can easily

access the shelves. Accommodates

up to approx. 30 pairs of wellies.

Available with two benches,

designed to nest inside the shed.

In addition to shelves, base big

enough to house storage containers

for wellies or shoes. Doors can be

secured with a hook when open,

and bolted or padlocked when shut

(padlock not included). Supplied


D630mm.

CE10402 Wellie Store £695.00

CE10403 Wellie Store And Benches £845.00

• For up to approx. 30

pairs of wellies.

• Benches nest inside to

store away.

• Doors can be secured in

position when open.

• Pre-treated wood

guaranteed for 10 years.

120


1. Mini shed

Robust and durable, smaller sized

outdoor storage shed, providing

children with easy access to

resources. An outdoor unit to stand

the test of time. Ideal for storing

a wide range of school resources.

Made from high quality pre-treated

Scandinavian Redwood which is

guaranteed against rot and insect

infestation for 10 years. Two fully

opening doors, fixed shelving and

the ability to be secured with a

padlock (padlock not included).



x D630mm.

1

Outdoor Storage

Storage

CE10043 £501.37

2. Outdoor Storage Shed

with Chalkboard

Versatile storage shed which can

be used for various outdoor play

items, PE or gardening equipment.

Features 3 shelves to help keep the

store organised and a chalkboard

to help label what’s inside. Robust

unit with felted roof to help prevent

against water damage. Made from

pre-treated Scandinavian Redwood

which is guaranteed against rot

and insect infestation for 10 years.



x D720mm.

CE11211 Single Shed £745.00

CE11493 Set of 2 £1,490.00

2

SAVE

£87 .45


Storage

Outdoor Storage

When is junk not junk? When it’s a loose part!

Loose parts are anything found in a play environment that’s not fixed and can

be moved, rearranged, carried, or combined with other loose parts. There is an

exponential value increase in play value for every loose part available in the play

environment. Natural loose parts include sticks, logs, pebbles, and branches.

Man made loose parts can be anything; from tyres to suitcases, tubes to hoovers.

It doesn’t matter what it is, as long as it is safe, tough enough, and that there are

lots and lots of them! The right storage is vital: children should be easily able

to get out, and put away, loose parts without adult intervention. Produced in

conjunction with Michael Follett, founding director of Outdoor Play and Learning

(OPAL), a not for profit organisation specialising in programmes for outdoor play

and effectively managing school playtimes. For more on Loose Parts Play, please

see the blog.

122


1

MULTIBUY

SAVING MULTIBUY

SAVING

£437

£

.25

Outdoor Storage

1. Large Loose Parts Play

Store

Extra large wooden shed, purposely

designed for storing items for

large loose parts play Featuring

9 bays providing really useful

compartments to help organise

storage, this is the ideal addition

to your outdoor school storage set

up. Ideal for storing loose parts

play items yet also ideal for PE

and other outdoor equipment.

The store is designed with three

double doors W1.6m, allowing

fantastic access for many children.

The bays are particularly well

suited to storing large loose parts,

as 50cm kickboards at the base

of the bays prevent things falling

forward. Each doorway has an

access ramp enabling trolleys and

carts (such as the Loose Parts Cart)

to be easily wheeled in and out.

There is plenty of room for these

to be stored in front of the bays

inside. This is a quality structure

with strong internal frame and

felted roof. Three roof-domes

provide lots of light, plus four

points of ventilation. Made from




The store must be sited on level

ground, and hard standing is

highly recommended. Any ground

works must be completed before

installation (ground works not

included). Price includes installation

and delivery within UK mainland

(outside of UK mainland additional

charges may apply, contact

Customer Services for details). L8m

x D2.5m (including roof overhang),

D2m (internal). Please allow a

minimum of 1.5m clear access

around the store when siting for

access and airflow. Overall height

2.2m (at front). Doorway height

180cm. Single bay: W86 x D105cm

Storage

CE10406 Large Loose Parts Play Store £8,794.50

CE10408 Loose Parts Store and 3 Carts £9,894.50

2

2. Loose Parts Cart

Multifunctional wooden cart

ideal for transporting outdoor

resources and for use with large

loose parts play resources. Easy

for children to manoeuvre with

large lockable castors, this cart

promotes independent learning.

Ergonomically designed with hand

holds at both ends. Shaped sides

makes it easier to reach inside.

Durable and robust. Made from

high quality Scandinavian Redwood

which is guaranteed against rot and

insect infestation for 10 years. Cart

size L950 x W630 x H670. Supplied

fully assembled.

CE10409 Cart £437.24

CE10410 Cover £36.42


Storage

Outdoor Storage

1

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£291 .50

Produced in conjunction with Michael Follet, founding director,

Outdoor Play and Learning (OPAL). Quality structures with felted roof.

Inside bays provide useful compartments to organise storage.

Ramp enabling trolleys and carts to be easily wheeled in and out. Made

from pre-treated Scandinavian Redwood, guaranteed against rot and insect

infestation for 10 years. Site on level ground (hard standing recommended).

Allow a min 1.5m clear access around the store for access and airflow. Any

ground works to be completed before assembly. Price includes installation

and delivery within UK mainland (outside of UK mainland additional charges

may apply, contact Customer Services for details). See more on p122.

2

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£218 .63

• 6 internal bays for

storage

• 2 roof domes allow

extra light

• Built in ventilation

points

• Ramp to allow

wheeled access

1. Medium Loose Parts

Store

Robust large wooden shed with two

double doors allowing easy access

to 6 bays purposed designed for

storing large loose parts and other

outdoor resources. Buy the store

and two carts together and save!

Suitable to be left outdoors. H2.14 x

L5.5 x D2.5m.

CE10407 Store £7,144.50

CE11457 Store and 2 Carts £7,694.50

2. Mini Loose Parts Store

Robust large wooden shed with

double door allowing easy access

to 3 bays purposed designed for

storing large loose parts and other

outdoor resources. Buy the store

and cart together and save! H2.14

x L2.8 x D2.5m.

CE10980 Store £3,294.50

CE11458 Store and Cart £3,844.50

124


1

Outdoor Storage

Storage

1. Outdoor Wooden Loose

Parts Trolley

This outdoor wooden trolley with

tilted access to trays is a great

way to keep your outdoor area

organised. Room to fit four Creative

Crates or nine Deep Gratnells

Trays (not included, but available

separately). Specifically designed

to be accessed easily by children,

the trolley also has a low level

shelf for extra storage. Made from

Scandinavian Redwood. Supplied


D430mm.

CE10982 £434.50

2. Loose Parts Cart

Multifunctional wooden cart

ideal for transporting outdoor

resources and for use with large

loose parts play resources. Easy

for children to manoeuvre with

large lockable castors, this cart

promotes independent learning.

Ergonomically designed with hand

holds at both ends. Shaped sides

makes it easier to reach inside.

Durable and robust. Made from

high quality Scandinavian Redwood

which is guaranteed against rot and

insect infestation for 10 years. Cart

size L950 x W630 x H670. Supplied

fully assembled.

CE10409 Cart £437.24

CE10410 Cover £36.42

3. Metal Tilted Tray Trolley

with Trays

Robust outdoor metal trolley,

complete with Gratnells trays. Heavy

duty, lockable wheels designed for

outdoor terrain. Trays positioned

for easy access to resources. Trays

supplied as shown, size: W310 x

L430 x D150mm. Outdoor cover

also available to help protect

from the elements if left outside.

Cover colour may vary. Supplied

fully assembled. Suitable to be


D420mm.

CE10161 Cover £120.96

CE11386 Green Trolley £437.24

CE10162 Blue Trolley £437.24

CE11387 Green Trolley and Cover £529.05

CE10340 Blue Trolley and Cover £529.05

2

3


Storage

Wellie Storage

1 2

3

4

1. Outdoor Wooden Wellie

Rack

Designed to hold up to 30 pairs of

wellies, this wellie rack is double

sided and allows for children

to access from both sides. This

pre-treated welly rack is easily

maneuvered and sits on lockable

castors. Ideal for use indoors or

out. Suitable to be left outdoors if

required. H960 x W400 x L820mm.

Made from timber.

CE10022 £561.12

2. Outdoor Wooden Wellie

Rack Cover

This Polypropylene Cover is

designed for use with our Outdoor

Wooden Wellie Rack. Helping to

keep items safe and secure, this

cover fits the welly rack neatly to

provide protection if left outdoors.

H1050 x W400 x L900mm. Made

from polypropylene.

CE10023 £18.93

3. Double Sided Wellie Rack

and Coat Rail

An ideal cloakroom or outdoor

clothing trolley combining a wellie

rack with a hanging coat rail and

storage tray. Can hold up to 15

pairs of wellies and can hold up

to three deep Gratnells trays (not

included). Supplied flat packed



L1000mm. Made from metal.

CE02710 £376.02

4. Wall Mountable Wellie

Storage Rack

Wall mounted storage rack, an ideal

space saving solution for wellie

storage. Store up to 15 pairs of

welly boots at a height that is suited

to age of the children at your school

or nursery. Best suited to child size

wellies and can be wall mounted

indoors or out for versatile usage.

H800 x W1100mm. Made from

metal.

CE02711 £250.68

126


1. NEW Outdoor Welly Rack

Trolley

Store up to 30 pairs of wellies with

this double sided wooden welly

rack. As it’s double sided, children

can easily access from both sides.

This trolley is easy to manoeuvre

and can be secured in place with

the 4 lockable castors. Made from

pressure treated timber. Supplied flat



D600mm.

1

NEW

Wellie Racks

Storage

FF45788 £816.20

2. NEW Outdoor Puddle Suit

Trolley

A double sided, wooden puddle

suit trolley that holds 30 puddle

suits or coats. This trolley is easy to

manoeuvre and can be secured in

place with the 4 lockable castors.

Made from pressure treated

timber. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly. Suitable to be


D600mm.

2

NEW

FF45789 £655.86

3. Single Sided Wellie Rack

Holding up to 15 pairs of wellies,

this wellie rack is suitable for indoor

or outdoor use. This welly boot rack

sits on lockable castors allowing

for easy transportation if required.

Suitable to be left outdoors. H1000 x

W300 x L1100mm.

CE00842 £276.91

4. Double Sided Wellie Rack

Stand

This double sided wellie rack allows

for easy access by children from

both sides. Holding up to 30 pairs

of wellies, this wellie boot rack

is suitable for indoor or outdoor

use, great for use in cloakrooms or

classrooms. Supplied flat packed



L1100mm. Made from metal.

3

CE00843 Blue Double £364.36

CE10995 Green Double £364.36

5. Wellie Rack Covers

No more wet wellies with these

easy to use covers. Simply pulls over

the stand ensuring your wellies are

fully covered, even when the stand

is full. The bottom features a hook

and loop fastening to secure to the

frame.

CE05840 Double Sided £18.93

CE05675 Single Sided £18.93

4 5


Storage

Cube Shelving Units

1

NEW

1. NEW Large Cube Storage

Large cube storage units with extra

shelving capacity. Ideal for storing

large baskets, or other storage

containers. Also to display or to

store taller resources or equipment.

Often useful in baby and toddler

rooms, within nursery settings, to

house items for feeding, sleeping or

changing.

2 Cube H920 x W490 x D465mm.

3 Cube H1480 x W490 x D465mm.

4 Cube H920 x W950 x D465mm.

FF45252 2 Cube £320.64

FF45253 3 Cube £364.36

FF45254 4 Cube £400.80

2. Bubblegum Open

Shelving Storage Cubes

Backless storage units, ideal for

dividing areas within a classroom

as shelf contents can be easily

accessed from both sides. Use for

book storage in library and reading

areas, or within the school office,

staff room or breakout areas. Can

accommodate up to a Jumbo sized

Gratnells tray or our Extra Deep

Faux Wicker Baskets. Supplied with

a set of plastic feet. Inner cube:

W316 x D450 x H310mm. Supplied

fully assembled. Made from mfc.

CE0625 6 Cube Horizontal £400.80

CE0775 8 Cube £467.84

CE0125 12 Cube £582.99

2

Colours available

WH AS



code e.g. CE0625AS

H774 x W1030 x D453mm

H774 x W1030 x D453mm

H774 x W1358 x D453mm

H1000 x W1358 x D453mm

128


1. Fusion Open Bookcase

Multi-functional bookcase that

can be placed back to back. Ideal

if wall space is lacking or to help

create distinct areas within a

classroom space. Includes three

fixed shelves that will accommodate

up to an extra deep size basket

or tray. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly. H1000 x W1200 x

D400mm.

1 2

Bookcases

Storage

CE07897 £408.09

2. Freestanding Book Units

Simple yet sturdy anti-topple

bookcase. A useful addition to any

classroom or nursery area. Features

two fixed shelves 320mm apart. Both

units W1250 x H975mm. Deep unit

depth 540mm. Narrow unit depth

420mm. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

Beech. Made from mdf.

CE02317 D420mm £317.72

CE02315 D540mm £354.16

3. Classic Beech Shelving

Unit

Quality storage unit that coordinates

with the Classic Beech

table and chair range. Fixed shelving.


H900 x W400 x L1200mm.

3 4

CE03605 £367.28

4. Deep Shelf Wooden

Bookcase

This unit has two open shelves for

storing books, larger items, baskets

or trays. Featuring a back panel, it

can be used either against a wall or

independently within a classroom or

nursery setting. Supplied flat packed


D330mm.

Co-ordinating tables and chairs

also available, please see page 185.

CE00298 £192.38

5. Beech Bookcase

These open bookcases are ideal for

offices, staffrooms, classrooms and

libraries. Choice of four heights.

Matching stock cupboards also

available. Supplied fully assembled.

Made from mfc.

5

CE07590 H750mm £250.68

CE07589 H1000mm £266.71

CE07588 H1500mm £300.23

CE07587 H1800mm £308.98


Storage

Bookcases

1 2

3

4

Extra storage space on the reverse

1. Book Display Storage

Unit

Double sided book storage unit.

Forward facing book storage front

and back with clear Perspex so book

covers are easily visible. Supplied flat


W960 x D430mm.

CE20270 £701.04

2. Single Sided Bookstand

with Five Shelves

This high quality bookcase features

a wide base to prevent tipping.

Features five shelves with deep slots

to prevent books from bending

or falling out, whilst still allowing

children to browse the titles easily

for selection. Supplied flat packed


D380mm. Made from plywood.

CE00134 £276.91

3. Bookcase Display Unit

with Storage

Versatile double-sided unit,

combining book storage and

shelving in one. Five shelves for front

facing book storage, each with a

deep pocket to prevent books falling

forwards.Two deep shelves, ideal for

larger items, on the reverse. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. H660 x

W660 x D610mm.

CE00135 £333.75

Co-ordinating tables and chairs

also available, please see page 185.

4. Classic Beech Book

Storage Unit

Front facing book storage which

co-ordinates with the Classic Beech

tables and chairs range. Features a

wide base to ensure the bookcase

won’t topple. Supplied flat packed


L1200mm.

CE03606 £413.92

130


1

Bookcases

Five Shelf: H950 x L760 x W380mm.

Four Shelf: H780 x L760 x W380mm.

Storage

1. Wooden Book Display

Units

Robust book display units make

browsing and selection really easy.

Available in two heights providing

four and five tiers. Supplied fully

assembled. Beech. Made from mdf.

CA00645 H780mm £383.31

CA00644 H950mm £422.66

2 3

2. Fusion Book Storage Unit

Book storage unit that can be placed

back to back, ideal if wall space

is lacking. Features three tiers for

front facing book storage, shelf for

extra deep sized baskets or trays.

Deep compartment for extra big

books. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly. H1000 x W1200 x

D400mm.

CE07900 £524.69

3. Wedge Bookcases

Open bookcases with tiered

shelving. Ideal for book storage and

displays. Easy access for children.

Suitable to position against a wall.

Robust and durable. Beech finish.


W502 x L1040mm. Made from mfc.

3 Shelves.

CE20230 £325.01

4

4. Single Sided Static

Bookcase

In a choice of heights and colours,

this bookcase is an ideal addition to

any nursery or school. Allowing easy

access to books as well as organisation

and storage. Ideal for organising

books by level or by themes. Supplied

with 1 fixed and 4 adjustable shelves.

Supplied flat packed for self-assembly.

Made from mdf.

CE02309 H1200mm Beech £364.36

CE02336 H1200mm Blue £364.36

CE10593BE H1505mm Beech £400.80

CE10593RE H1505mm Red £400.80

CE10593BL H1505mm Blue £400.80


Storage

Bookcases & Mobile Units

1

1. Single Sided Mobile Book

Browser

Ideal for your school library or

reading corner, this book browser

provides easy access to books.

Unit provides 6 compartments for

storage and lockable castors for easy

manoeuvrability Supplied flat packed


D390mm.

CE02319 Beech £275.45

CE02320 Multicoloured £275.45

2 3

2. Double Sided Mobile

Classroom Storage

Organiser

A double-sided classroom organiser

with 12 storage compartments.

Utilise in the classroom or school

library or simply move between

rooms. Easy to manoeuvre with

fitted castors and lockable to

ensure it can be safely secured in

place. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

H753 x W730 x D735mm.

Made from mdf.

CE06404 Beech £383.31

3. Double Sided Book

Display Unit with Shelves

Double sided, book display unit with

three shelves each side. Perfect for

reading corners or libraries. Lockable

castors. Supplied fully assembled.

Made from mfc.

CE06356 £413.92

4. Single Sided Mobile

Bookcase

Mobile bookcase with front facing

book storage on one side. Comprises

six full width shelves with book

restraint to keep books in place.

Lockable castors. Supplied flat


W480 x L800mm. Made from mdf.

CE02333 Maple/Red £438.69

CE02334 Beech £438.69

4

132


1

Bookcases

Storage

1. Curvy Shelving Units

Set of bookcases with shelving that

curves inwards or outwards. Team

with the straight shelving unit to

create a feature. Ideal in larger areas

where space allows. Units are easy

to manoeuvre on lockable castors.

Low height, easy for children to

access. Buy all three units and

save. Curved Out: H700 x W1175 x

D310mm. Curved In: H700 x W710

x D310mm. Large Unit: H700x

W1000 x D310mm. Supplied flat

packed for self-assembly. Beech.

Made from mdf.

CE02247 Curved In Unit £342.50

CE02246 Curved Out Unit £342.50

CE02248 Straight Unit £233.19

CE02486 Buy All and Save £867.22

2. Book Storage Browser

Box

An inviting and functional way to

store books, combining practical

storage and bright colours to the

classroom. Low height makes the

book storage box ideal for young

children to access. Supplied flat


W675 x D675mm.

CE20008 £275.45

3. Book Storage Unit with

Trolley

This attractive book storage unit

features a mobile Kinderbox

underneath that tucks neatly away

for easy storage. The top unit

has four compartments and the

Kinderbox has two compartments.

Featuring lockable castors to allow

it to be moved and safely secured.


H710 x W670 x D450mm.

CE06864 £349.79

4. Double Sided Mobile

Bookcase Storage Unit

Small, mobile bookcase with a

different book storage solution

either side. One side features a

three tiered forward facing book

browser, the other has three

shelves, useful for books or to

display other resources. H700 x

W300 x L1100mm.

CE07168 £322.09

5. Two Level Rotating Book

Centre

This compact, hard wearing unit

has a fixed based with rotating

storage above. Contains eight

compartments over two levels

for high capacity book storage.


Diameter 750mm. Height

820mm.

CE02740 £345.41

2

4 5

3


Soft Furnishings

Carpets & Mats

1

1. NEW Faux Fur Circular

Rug

Luxurious, faux fur rug, ideal for

creating a cosy environment.

The deep fur is soft and tactile.

Can be machine washable at a

low temperature. Has a non slip

flexible rubber backing. Provides

a comfortable and cosy place for

children to play, explore or read.

Diameter 100cm.

FF46535CR Cream £56.83

FF46535GY Grey £56.83

FF46535TT Sand £56.83

Washable Shaggy Rugs

Soft, machine washable, stain resistant rug, that’s easy to keep clean.

Comfortable extra long, anti-static pile that won’t flatten. Ideal for cosy

corners, home corners and reading areas. Non-slip flexible rubber backing.

Resistant to mould, mildew and bacteria. Whipped edges to help prevent

fraying. Just rinse under the tap or machine wash at 40 degrees and line dry.

Recyclable at end of life. For indoor use only.

2

2. Washable Shaggy Rug

Rectangular

W1 x L1.5m.

CE11455GR Green £107.84

CE11455BL Blue £107.84

CE11455GB Beige £107.84

CE11455GY Grey £107.84

3. Shaggy Rug Circular

Diameter 1m.


CE11456BL Blue £77.23

CE11456GB Beige £77.23

CE11456GY Grey £77.23

3

134


1

Carpets & Mats

Soft and comfortable mats that will help create a relaxing area for story time. The anti-slip resistant

backing provides added safety on hard floors. Manufactured in the UK, these carpets are available in a

range of colours.

Soft Furnishings

2

2. NEW Plain Rectangle Floor Mat

A soft and comfortable mat that will help create a relaxing area for story

time. With small pile, it’s ideal for small world play. The anti-slip backing

provides added safety on hard floors. Surface shampoo clean.


FF46533BL L2m x W1.5m Blue £115.13

1. NEW Plain Circle Floor Mat

A soft and comfortable mat that will help create a relaxing area for story

time. With small pile, it’s ideal for small world play. The anti-slip backing

provides added safety on hard floors. Surface shampoo clean. Diameter 2m.


FF46531LW Light Brown £129.70

FF46531BL Blue £129.70

FF46531GY Grey £129.70

FF46531LI Lime Green £129.70

FF46531PU Purple £129.70

FF46533GY L2m x W1.5m Grey £115.13

FF46533LW L2m x W1.5m Light Brown £115.13

FF46533LI L2m x W1.5m Lime Green £115.13

FF46533PU L2m x W1.5m Purple £115.13

FF46532BL L3m x W2m Blue £166.14

FF46532GY L3m x W2m Grey £166.14

FF46532LW L3m x W2m Light Brown £166.14

FF46532LI L3m x W2m Lime Green £166.14

FF46532PU L3m x W2m Purple £166.14


Soft Furnishings

Carpets & Mats

1

NEW

1

2

NEW NEW

1. NEW Eco Friendly Throw

Beautiful range of throws made

100% from recycled plastics salvaged

from land and the ocean. Warm and

cosy, these throws are great for use

all around your nursery or school,

you can even take them outside on

those warm summer days. W1300

x L1800mm. Made from recycled

plastic.

FF45797GY Grey £55.37

FF45797GR Green £55.37

FF45797GO Gold £55.37

FF45797NA Natural £55.37

FF46596EC Dark Grey £55.37

3

NEW

2. NEW Eco Friendly

Diamond Rug

Beautiful range of rugs made 100%

from recycled plastics salvaged from

land and the ocean. The woven

rug is designed in the UK and the

recycled PET fabric is woven in India.

They look and feel like wool and are

mould, mildew and moth resistant

which means they stay fresher for

longer. W800 x L1500mm. Made

from recycled plastic.

FF46599GY Grey £102.01

FF45022 Green £102.01

FF45025 Gold £102.01

FF45028 Natural £102.01

FF45019 Dark Grey £102.01

3. NEW Large Eco Friendly

Diamond Rug

Beautiful range of rugs made 100%

from recycled plastics salvaged from

land and the ocean. The woven

rug is designed in the UK and the

recycled PET fabric is woven in India.

They look and feel like wool and are

mould, mildew and moth resistant

which means they stay fresher for

longer. W1600 x L2300mm. Made

from recycled plastic.

FF11451 Grey £291.49

FF11454 Green £291.49

FF11457 Gold £291.49

FF11460 Natural £291.49

FF46593 Dark Grey £291.49

136


1. NEW Small Eco Friendly

Rug and Cushion Set

Buy a set of our Eco friendly rugs

and cushions together for a great

saving! Set includes: 1 x Small

Diamond Rug 800 x 1500mm , 1 x

Pattern Cushion, 1 x Plain Cushion.

Made from recycled plastic.

FF46597GY Grey £160.31

FF46597GR Green £160.31

FF46597GO Gold £160.31

FF46597LW Natural £160.31


A beautiful range of soft furnishings made 100% from recycled plastics

salvaged from land and the ocean. This new range includes cushions, rugs

and throws and bundle sets offering you some great savings!

1 1

Cushions & Mats

Soft Furnishings

2. NEW Large Eco Friendly

Rug and Cushion Set

Buy this set of our Eco friendly rugs

and cushions together for a great

saving! Set includes: 1 x Large

Diamond Rug 1600 x 230mm,

1 x Plain Cushion, 2 x Diamond

Cushions. Made from recycled

plastic.

FF46594GY Grey £364.32

FF46594GR Green £364.32

FF46594GO Gold £364.32

FF46594LW Natural £364.32


2

NEW

1

NEW


Soft Furnishings

Carpets & Mats

1

1. NEW Essentials Rainbow

Geometric Carpet

A versatile essentials range carpet

with 16 multicoloured geometric

placement shapes. Featuring light

and durable Tuf-Loop pile, making

the carpet easy to roll and move.

Also features an anti-slip backing

to ensure the carpet is safe. Basic

shapes aid shape and pattern

identification making it the perfect

carpet to tie into the EYFS and KS1

curriculum. W2 x L2m.

2

3

FF45782 £145.74


Spots Carpet

Features 24 multicolured placement

spots, and made from durable Tuf-

Loop pile. Light and durable making

the carpet easy to roll and move.

Also features an anti-slip backing to

ensure the carpet is safe. W2 x L3m.

FF45783 £198.21


Squares Carpet

A grey Tuf-Loop carpet featuring 24

multicolured placement squares.

Versatile and light, allowing the

carpet to be easily moved. Also

features an anti-slip backing to

ensure the carpet is safe. W2 x L3m.

FF45784 £198.21


Stars Carpet

A grey carpet with 24 multicolured

placement stars. Made from a light

and durable Tuf-Loop pile. Includes

an anti-slip backing which ensures

the carpet is safe for use on any

indoor surface. W2 x L3m.

FF45785 £198.21

4

138


• Heavy duty Tuf-Pile for

long lasting wear

• Crease resistant with

unique anti-skid latex

safety backing

• Abrasion resistant, tested

to heavy duty standards

• Tightly bound edges to

prevent fraying

1

Carpets & Mats

ONLY

£517 .40

Soft Furnishings

1. Back to Nature Square

Bug Placement Carpet

A thick and soft carpet featuring

30 bug placement areas designed

to seat a full class. Ideal for reading

and play areas. A substantial carpet,

manufactured from extra thick

nylon twist, with a comfortable long

lasting finish. L3 x D3m.

CE00272 £517.40

2. Back to Nature

Minibeasts Indoor Rug

A fun and interesting rug to

help children learn about insects

found in our environment. The

bright colourful graphics will

engage children and help in group

discussions. Comes with a unique

Rhombus anti-skid latex backing

and tightly bound edges to prevent

fraying. Only suitable to be used

indoors. W2.4 x L2m.

2

ONLY

£262 .34

CE07172 £262.34

3. Back To Nature Children’s

Rug

This thick and soft corner carpet

features 8 bug placement areas

and 1 teacher placement, ideal

for smaller group teaching. This

children’s rug is crease resistant

with unique Rhombus antiskid

Dura-Latex safety backing.

Multicoloured. Made from nylon.

CA00650 L2 x W2m £342.50

CE10456 L3 x W3m £539.13

3


Soft Furnishings

Carpets & Mats

1

1. Sea Life Rectangular

Carpet

A great and functional hardwearing

24 placement carpet

which would brighten up any

room. Manufactured from a heavy

duty pile. A great and functional

hardwearing carpet. Children can

choose a creature to sit on during

reading time and group lessons.

Crease resistant with unique

Rhombus anti-skid Dura-Latex safety

backing. W3 x L2m.

2

3

CE03081 £415.37

2. Back to Nature Alphabet

Caterpillar Carpet

Colourful placement carpet featuring

an engaging design including a giant

alphabet caterpillar and numeracy

ladybirds, ideal for cross-curricular

use. This durable carpet features

thick and soft heavy duty Tuf-Pile.

Perfect for nurseries or classroom,

ideal for use as a placement carpet

during circle time or carpet time.

This rug is designed to encourage

learning through interaction and

play, building confidence and a love

for learning. A safe and sturdy choice

for your setting, this children’s rug

features an Anti-slip Dura-Latex

backing to ensure the carpet is safe

for use on any indoor surface, has

tightly bound edges to prevent

fraying and is easy to spot clean and

stain resistant. We recommend you

avoid vacuuming over binding and

edging to prolong the life of the

carpet. L3 x D2m.

CE05970 £349.79

3. Animals and Places of

the World Mat

A light and durable mat which

includes continents, countries,

climates, animals and multicultural

studies. A fun and engaging design to

help children understand the different

areas of the world. Learn about what

animals live in certain areas and what

type of climate. W2 x L3m.

4

NEW

CE11071 £284.20

4. NEW Small World Road

Map Carpets

Set of 4 road map carpets that

depict different environments,

featuring designs with calming

neutral tones and modern features.

Designed to be placed in any

combination next to each other

or can be used individually. Set 1

features two urban squares and

two country themed squares, all

scaled for use with most model

vehicles. Includes modern features,

such as electric car charging points

and recycling bins. Set 2 design

shows four different environments,

from a traditional urban setting

with roads to a colder arctic setting

with waterways. Great for starting

a discussion around climate and

environments. Mats are 1 x 1m

square.

FF45765 Set 1 £139.91

FF45766 Set 2 £139.91

Set 1 Set 2

140


1. Wild Animals Square

Placement Rug

Featuring clearly identifiable

characters and providing seating

areas for up to 30 children.

Featuring thick, soft textured tufted

Nylon twist pile, this children’s

rug is both comfortable and long

lasting. This classroom rug is ideal

for a variety of areas in your nursery

or classroom. It features easily

identifiable characters such as a

monkey, giraffe, hippo and panda.

Designed for Early Years and Primary

School learning environments, this

is also ideal to be used as a nursery

rug and is designed with longevity

and comfort in mind. Crease and

stain resistant rug can be spot

cleaned with a damp cloth. Tightly

bound edges prevent fraying and

the tuft strands meet heavy duty

use. The base of this carpet has a

specially designed DiamondBack

anti-slip long last Latex safety

backing. L3 x D3m. Made from

nylon.

1

Carpets & Mats

Soft Furnishings

CE11528 £495.54

2. NEW Woodland Animals

Placement Carpet

Large placement carpet with

woodland animal characters.

Features 30 unique placement

spots, made from soft heavy-duty

Tuf-Pile. Animals featured include

owl, dormouse, badger, fox,

squirrel, deer, rabbit, hedgehog,

robin, and frog. Each animal is

shown three times, but each

placement spot is unique as the

background colour differs so no two

placements’ spots are the same.

Perfect for use in any classroom or

nursery setting. L3 x D3m.

2

NEW

FF45777 £466.39

3. Story Time Square

Placement Rug

Brightly coloured childrens rug

providing seating areas for up

to 30 children. This children’s

carpet features easily identifiable

characters which feature in most

traditional fairy tales such as a

prince, frog and princess. Ideal for

use as a nursery rug or classroom

rug as it’s suitable for EYFS and

KS1 curriculum. Helping to inspire

imaginations with this 3m x 3m

rug, it provides sufficient space

and engaging characters. Featuring

extra thick, soft textured tufted

Nylon twist pile and Heavy-Duty

DuraPile designed specifically for

comfort and longevity. Combine

this children’s rug with a variety

of resources to maximise learning

opportunities. Crease and stain

resistant rug can be spot cleaned

with a damp cloth. Tightly bound

edges prevent fraying and the tuft

strands meet heavy duty use. The

base of this carpet has a specially

designed DiamondBack anti-slip

Long Last-Latex safety backing.

L3 x D3m.

3

CE11532 £495.54


Soft Furnishings

Carpets & Mats

1

1. Rainbow Number Mats

Encourage basic numeracy skills

with these colourful number carpets.

These carpets are both light and

durable. Can also be used to support

Communication & Language, as one

of the other key areas of learning

and development. Designed for

indoors only. Choose 1-24 or 1-100

versions, or buy both and save!

Sizes:

• 1-24 Number Carpet - L1.5m x

W1m

• 1-100 Number Carpet - L2m x

W1.5m

CE07243 1-24 numbers £104.93

CE06374 1-100 numbers £141.36

CE07244 Bundle Deal £225.90

2

2. Giant 100 Number

Squares Mat

Encourage numeracy skills with

these thick and soft Counting and

Multiplication carpets. Perfect for

teaching Mathematics and can also

be used to support Communication

& Language, as one of the other key

areas of learning and development.

W2 x L2m.

CE00267 Counting £262.34

CE00268 Multiplication £244.85

3

3. Geometric Shapes

Square Placement Rug

Featuring bright colours and basic

shapes to aid shape and pattern

identification, making this rug

suitable to tie into the EYFS and

KS1 curriculum. This children’s

rug features basic shapes such as

squares, circles and triangles in a

variety of primary and secondary

colours to aid children’s learning

and recognition. Has clear seating

spaces for up to 30 children. W3

x L3m.

CE11530 £495.54

142


1. Fabric Teepee

Quality canvas teepee tent with

traditional style wooden poles.

Quick and easy to assemble, can

be folded down and stored in

coordinating canvas bag. Doorway

includes hook and loop tabs to

close or can be tied back. Feature

window. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. H175 x W200 x D200cm.

1

Nature Print

Soft Furnishings

CE20321 £233.19

2. Giant Pebble Cushions

Help transform your themed

area into a variety of imaginative

environments with these must

have giant cushions. Be it a

woodland, the seaside or even a

lunar landscape, these cushions

will fit right it. Covers can be wiped

clean. Firm filled, covers are non

removable.

Small: L57 x W39 x H27cm

Medium: L70 x W45 x H36cm

Large: L52 x W60 x H43cm. Made

from polyester. Pack of 3.

CE08171 £300.23

2

3


Soft Furnishings

Nature Print

1 2

10 10

1. Lightweight Assorted

Nature Print Cushions

Get closer to nature with this mix

of realistic digitally printed and

natural coloured cushions. Inspire

lessons on nature, lifecycles, natural

materials, forests and more using

these soft cushions as comfy seats

or a teaching resource. Supplied

with a handy holdall for easy

storage and carrying. Includes: 2

x bark print, 2 x grass print, 2 x

dark green, 2 x lime green and 2

x brown. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. W430 x L430mm. Pack

of 10.

CE07509 £288.57

3

4

5

2. Learn about Nature

Tactile Carry Cushions

Inspire lessons on the four seasons,

nature and lifecycles with these

soft cushions. Use as part of a

nature inspired reading corner

to encourage reluctant readers.

Indoor and outdoor use. Comes

with a handy storage bag. W430 x

D430mm. Pack of 10.

CE20126 £279.83

3. Seasons Themed Bean

Bags Floor Cushions

This huge bean bag is large enough

to sit two children comfortably,

while providing seasonal

illustrations. Can be squished into

multiple seating positions making

it the perfect seat for different

activities. W1000 x L1250mm.

CE08030 Summer Meadow £145.74

CE08032 Autumn Leaves £145.74

CE08028 Spring Grass £145.74

4. Nature Printed Children’s

Bean Bag

Encourage children to learn outside

or bring a sense of nature into your

classroom with this realistic printed

bean bag. The classic rounded

shape provides a comfortable and

supportive seat. Waterproof, can be

used indoors or out. Not suitable to

be left outdoors. Diameter 640mm.

Height 630mm.

CE08031 Autumn Leaves £129.70

CE08029 Summer Meadow £129.70

CE08027 Spring Grass £129.70

5. Tree Trunk Quarter Stools

These lightweight, water resistant

stools feature a realistic nature

inspired HD print. Ideal to bring

a sense of nature indoors or take

learning into the great outdoors.

H300 x W440mm. Pack of 4.

CE10790 £625.25

4

144


1. Learn about Nature Tree

Stump Seat

Unique and quirky pack of tree

stump bean bag seat designed to

support a lesson topic around a

nature, wildlife or woodland theme.

Features photographic quality log

and bark print. Waterproof, low

maintenance, wipe clean fabric.

Stackable for easy storage.

Small Size: H200 x Diameter 380mm.

Large Size: H350 x Diameter 450mm.

Not suitable to be left outdoors.

CE07271 3pk Small £189.46

CE07511 2pk Large £174.89

CE10134 4pk 1 Large & 3 Small £262.34

2. Learn about Nature Tree

Log Cushion

Realistic log print designed

soft seating. Ideal for use as an

alternative to classroom chairs in

themed areas, cosy corners or break

out areas. Lightweight which is

easy to move allowing for flexibility

in your setting. H250 x W1000 x

D400mm.

1

Nature Print

Soft Furnishings

CE07510 £279.83

3. Log Carry Cushions

An engaging teaching resource, its

easy to take learning with you using

this handy set of carry cushions.

Use as an inspirational learning aid

for scientific lessons on nature, life

cycles, natural materials, forests,

habitats and more. Diameter

400mm. Height 50mm. Pack of 6.

2

3

CE10138 £275.45

4. Learn About Nature

Toadstool Seats

These unique and engaging

toadstool soft seating bundles will

enhance any lesson about nature

and the environment. A wonderful

addition to any classroom area or

lesson theme. Made from a practical

water resistant and wipe-clean

fabric. Lightweight and portable

these seats are ideal for reading

corners, small teaching groups.

reception or breakout areas. Small

Size: H190mm(h) x Dia 340mm.

Large Size: H330mm x Dia 450mm.

CE11588 3 Small Toadstools £257.96

CE11587 2 Large Toadstools £192.38

CE11589 1 Large & 3 Small Toadstools £311.89

4


Soft Furnishings

Cushions

1

1. Bright Coloured Soft

Cushions

Create an inviting and engaging

sensory learning space with this

pack of soft cushions. Perfect for

stroking, squishing and squeezing.

Colours include: 2 each x blue, lime,

yellow, orange, red. Free storage

bag. W300 x L300mm. Pack of 10.

CE07505 £104.93

2

10

10

2. Mixed Pattern Cushions

A set of nine beautiful cushions in

different shapes, sizes and colours

to brighten up your learning

environment. Different pattern

on each side which complement

each other perfectly. Made from

polyester. Pack of 9.

CE10048 £208.41

3. Mixed Pattern Mustard

and Grey Cushion Set

These cushions are a great way to

mix and match and brighten up a

cosy area or baby room. Different

pattern on each side of the cushion

pack with comfy soft to touch

material. Made from polyester. Pack

of 9.

CE10438 £183.63

3

9

4

4. Mixed Pattern Mustard

& Grey Cushion Set with

Rug

Buy two of our customer favourites

- Mixed Pattern Mustard and

Grey Cushion Set (CE10438) and

our Grey Mini World Cosy Carpet

(CE10444GY) together for a great

saving!

CE11594 £284.20

5. Natural Textured

Cushions

Set of 6 textured natural cushions. A

great way to mix and match a cosy

area. Different pattern and textured,

yet cushions complement each other

perfectly. Super soft, with removable

covers which are wipeable. H100 x

W380 x L380mm.

CE11109 £166.14

9

5 6

6. Geometric Grey and

Mustard Cushions

Set of 6 striking grey and mustard

geometric patterns print cushions.

Plain dark grey on the reverse. Ideal

for break out and reception areas

or baby rooms. Includes: 3 x Large

cushions size 650 x 650mm and 3 x

small cushions size 350 x 350mm.

Removable covers, washable at 30

degrees.

CE10907 £150.11

146


1. Giant Bean Bag Floor

Cushions

A versatile bean bag floor cushion

ideal for children from nursery to

primary school. Offers multiple

seating positions and can sit two

students together comfortably for

group work. W1800 x D1400mm.

CE07265 Blue £196.75

CE07264 Red £196.75

CE07266 Purple £196.75

1

Beanbags

Soft Furnishings

2. Reclining Bean Bag Pod

Chair

Large bean bag chair with a reclining

back support to ease you into the

comfortable seat. Made from an

extremely robust woven fabric and

100% polyester, making it suitable

for indoor and outdoor usage.

H1180 x W660mm. Made from

polyester.

2

CE20118 Purple £145.74

CE20120 Red £145.74

CE20121 Blue £145.74

CE20117 Lime Green £145.74

3. Bean Bag Chairs

Comfortable childrens bean bags

ideal for a variety of uses. Practical

and stylish, these bean bags are

available in an array of bright colours

to brighten up a reading corner or

home corner. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. H560 x W580 x D580mm.

CE10137BL Blue £102.01

CE10137RE Red £102.01


CE10137LI Lime Green £102.01

4. Reclining Bean Bag Pod

Chair 5pk

Great value saving when you

purchase this pack of 5 bean bag

chairs. These large bean bag reading

chairs, offer a supportive back

rest and wide comfortable seat - a

seating position ideal for reading

and studying. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. Diameter 660mm. Height

1180mm. Pack of 5.

3

CE20122 £684.96

SAVE

£43 .73

4

5


Office & Reception Furniture

Office Storage

1

1. Office Filing Cabinets

These cabinets are anti-tilt, fitted

with locks and stylish silver handles.

Accepts hanging foolscap files only

- not designed for bulk storage.

W480 x D655mm. H730, H1045 or

H1360mm. Self Assembly.

CE06805 2 Drawers H730mm Oak £317.72

2 Drawers H730mm

CE06814

£317.72

Beech

2 Drawers H730mm

CE20280

£317.72

Walnut

3 Drawers H1045mm

CE06806

£392.05

Oak

3 Drawers H1045mm

CE06815

£392.05

Beech

3 Drawers H1045mm

CE20281

£392.05

Walnut

4 Drawers H1360mm

CE06807

£400.80

Oak

4 Drawers H1365mm

CE06816

£400.80

Beech

4 Drawers H1360mm

CE20282

£400.80

Walnut

Colours available

OA

BE

WA

H723 x W478 x D650mm H1038 x W478 x D650mm H1353 x W478 x D650mm H1353 x W478 x D650mm

Colours available

OA

BE

Choice Beach Oak Price

2 Drawers CE11471BE CE11471OA £346.87



2. Filing Cabinet

Fully lockable drawers with ball bearing

runners and anti-tilt mechanism. 45kg weight

loading per drawer with 100% drawer

extension. Sturdy 18mm melamine with a

choice of matching desks and pedestals.


148


1. Storage Cupboards

Lockable cupboards, ideal for school

offices and general use. Useful

storage with adjustable shelves

that can be positioned at 32mm

intervals. Solid full height, lockable

doors with 18mm backs and 25mm

thick tops, in various heights. W80

x D47cm. Co-ordinates with other

office furniture available, e.g. desk

pedestals, filing cabinets, bookcases,

cupboard combination units and

Maestro, Vivo and Momento desks.

Colours available

OA

2. Wooden Bookcases

Durable, stylish bookcases, ideal

libraries, classrooms the school

office or staff rooms. Useful for

various storage with adjustable

shelves that can be positioned

at 32mm intervals. Solid 18mm

back panels and 25mm thick

tops. W80 x D47cm, various

heights. Co-ordinates with other

items including: Lockable Storage

Cupboards, Cupboard and Shelving

Units, Office Wooden Filing

Cabinets, Office Wooden Desk

Pedestals, plus Maestro, Vivo and

Momento desks.

1

2

Office Storage

Height Oak Beech Price

740mm CE06808 CE06817 £308.98

1090mm CE20129 CE20130 £325.01

1440mm CE06809 CE06818 £467.84

1790mm CE20131 CE20132 £517.40

2140mm CE06810 CE06819 £582.99


Cupboard & Bookcase

shelving:

H740mm - 1 adjustable

H1090mm - 2 adjustable

H1440mm - 1 fixed,

2 adjustable

H1790mm - 1 fixed,

3 adjustable

H2140mm - 1 fixed,

4 adjustable

3


740mm CE06811 CE06820 £230.27

1090mm CE20133 CE20134 £287.11

1440mm CE06812 CE06821 £317.72

1790mm CE20135 CE20136 £441.61

2140mm CE06813 CE06822 £499.91

3. Cupboard Combination

Units

Ideal if space is limited providing

open shelving and cupboard

storage. A great addition to the

office with easy access shelving

which could also be used to display

items. 18mm solid MFC backs and

25mm tops. Cupboard doors are

lockable. W80 x D47cm, various

heights. Shelving is adjustable.

Cupboard in units with height

1440mm and 1790mm include

one shelf, cupboard in unit height

2140mm includes two shelves.


Three Shelves CE20198 CE20201 £383.31

Four Shelves CE20199 CE20202 £467.84

Five Shelves CE20200 CE20203 £483.88



Office Storage

1

1. Stock Cupboards

An essential storage cupboard for

the school office, classroom or staff

room. Essential cupboard with

lockable doors in different heights.

Features versatile shelving options

to cater for different storage

needs. Full Height: L1030 x W477

x H1818mm (1 fixed, 4 adjustable

shelves).

Tall Height: L1030 x D477 x


shelves).

Medium Height: L1030 x W477 x


shelves).

Low Height: L1024 x W4.5 x

H1018mm (2 adjustable shelves).


from mfc.

CE02193 H1018mm £444.52

CE02192 H1268mm £460.56

CE02191 H1518mm £494.08

CE02190 H1818mm £510.11

2

3 4

2. Beech Bookcase

These open bookcases are ideal for

offices, staffrooms, classrooms and

libraries. Choice of four heights.

Matching stock cupboards also

available. All units width 900mm

and depth 320mm. Height 750mm

and 1000mm - 2 adjustable shelves.

Height 1150mm - 1 fixed and 2

adjustable shelves. Height 1800mm

- 1 fixed and 4 adjustable shelves.


from mfc.

CE07590 H750mm £250.68

CE07589 H1000mm £266.71

CE07588 H1500mm £300.23

CE07587 H1800mm £308.98

3. Lockable Mobile

Cupboard

A very useful unit on castors for

storing those items and activities

that you want locked away when

not in use. Comes with 12 clear

trays. The castors, two lockable, are

non-marking. Doors are lockable

and supplied with two keys. H810 x


CA00457 £524.69

4. Value Double Cupboard

Mid height, mobile cupboard

with two doors. Supplied with

one adjustable shelf and lockable

castors. Made from durable 18mm

MDF with robust ABS edging.

Easy to move. Ideal for office,

staff room or classroom. Supplied


D480mm. Made from mfc.

CE10614 £291.49

150


1. Office Tambour

Cupboards

Bisley Tambour Cupboard is a two

door cupboard that retracts its

shutter doors to avoid opening into

floor space. These cupboards provide

a great amount of versatile storage

space, suitable for storing and filing.


CE06089 Grey H1016mm £582.99

CE20137 Black H1016mm £582.99

CE06092 Grey H1651mm £701.04

CE20138 Black H1651mm £701.04

CE06095 Grey H1968mm £750.62

CE20139 Black H1968mm £750.62

CE06096 Steel Shelf £42.25

CE06099 Roll Out Filing Frame £154.48

i

1

Office Storage


• Approved to

BSEN14073 Parts 2&3

and BESN14074

• All tambours are

supplied empty,

accessories available

• Lockable and 3 point

lock for 1968mm high

unit

• Full length hand rail

1

2. Value Contract Double

Door Cupboards

Contract double door cupboards

offering an economical solution

to today’s office storage and filing

requirements. The storage cupboard

has two doors which open through

180 degrees allowing the use of roll

out fitments. Supplied with shelves.

The lock consists of a two point

locking system with a flush twist

handle and two keys. Supplied fully

assembled.

Shelf for Tambour Units

CE06109 Cream H1016mm £349.79

CE06108 Grey H1016mm £349.79

CE20153 Black H1016mm £349.79

CE06113 Cream H1829mm £499.91

CE06112 Grey H1829mm £499.91

CE20152 Black H1829mm £499.91

2

Roll Out Filing Frame

i

• Low unit (includes 1

shelf) W914 x D400 x

H1000mm

• High unit (includes 3

shelf) W914 x D400 x

H1806mm

3. Extra Shelf for Lockable

Metal Storage Cupboard

Additional shelf to fit within the

Lockable Metal Storage Cupboard

(Value Contract Double Door

Cupboard). W345 x L907mm.

CE06114 £36.42



Desking

1

2

Rectangular desks are available in three lengths

1200, 1400 and 1600mm and paired with a

mobile 3 high pedestal drawer. Available in Beech

and desks come with an 8 year manufacturer’s

warranty.

1. Rectangular Desk and 3

High Pedestal Beech

Simple and stylish desk with upright

cantilever legs, paired with a mobile

3 high pedestal. Can accommodate

the under desk pedestal positioned

either left or right. Co-ordinating

storage units also available.

Desk Dimensions: H725 x W800mm.

Pedestal Dimensions: H567 x W426

x D600mm.

CE10784 L1200mm £492.62

CE10785 L1400mm £514.48

CE10786 L1600mm £531.97

2. Radial Office Desk

Traditional style crescent shaped

office desks with large work surface.

This desk works great in corners

or where additional work space is

needed. H725 x D1200mm.

Left Hand W1600mm

CE06627

£383.31

Beech

Left Hand W1600mm

CE06626

£383.31

Oak

Right Hand W1600mm

CE06629

£383.31

Beech

Right Hand W1600mm

CE06628

£383.31

Oak

Left Hand W1800mm

CE06631

£434.32

Beech

Left Hand W1800mm

CE06630

£434.32

Oak

Right Hand W1800mm

CE06633

£434.32

Beech

Right Hand W1800mm

CE06632

£434.32

Oak

Colours available

OA

BE

3

3. Straight Office Desk

Stylish rectangular office desk with

robust silver cantilever frame. H725

x D800mm. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly

Code Length Price

CE1536 L1000mm £220.07

CE1537 L1200mm £233.19

CE1538 L1400mm £257.96

CE1539 L1600mm £275.45

CE1540 L1800mm £300.23

Colours available

OA

BE

4


letters to the end


4. Wooden Desk Pedestal

This low mobile pedestal accepts

both foolscap and A4 files. It

features lockable drawers for

maximum security and castors

for easy manoeuvrability. W426 x

D600mm.

H567 x W426 x D600mm H567 x W426 x D600mm H725 x W426 x D600mm

Colours available

Oak Beech Price

2 Drawers CE07731 CE07732 £174.89

3 Drawers CE07733 CE07734 £174.89

High 3 Drawers CE07735 CE07736 £250.68

OA

BE

152


1. NEW Eco 18 4 Leg

Rectangular Desk

Eco 18 is an affordable office desk

range with a variety of flexible

options. Rectangular desktops are

supported by a h-leg metal frame

and desks are offered in a variety

of sizes and two colour options to

fit into the school office. Includes

18mm thick rectangular desktops

in wipe clean melamine and feature

impact resistant edging. The desk

is supplied with rear and side

modesty panels for stability and to

provide privacy for users. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. Depth

750mm. Height 725mm.

2. NEW Eco 18 Rectangular

Desk 2 Drawers

















Desk 3 Drawers




supported by a H-leg metal frame


of sizes and two colour options

to fit into the school office. D750

x H725mm. Includes 18mm thick

rectangular desktops in wipe clean

melamine and feature impact

resistant edging. The desk is

supplied with rear and side modesty

panels for stability and to provide

privacy for users. Supplied flat

packed for self-assembly.

1

2

3

Desking

Code Width Price

FF45475 W1200mm £262.34

FF45476 W1500mm £276.91

Code Width Price

FF45482 W1200mm £343.96

FF45483 W1500mm £362.90

FF45481 W1800mm £381.85



Desk 2 & 3 Drawers
















4

Code Width Price

FF45518 W1200mm £343.96

FF45520 W1500mm £362.90

FF45521 W1800mm £381.85

Colours available

BE

OA



code e.g. FF45475OA

Code Width Price

FF45522 W1500mm £510.11

FF45523 W1800mm £539.26



Visitors Chairs

1

2

3

1. Stackable Upholstered

Meeting Chair

The Meeting Chair with a classic

construct provides great value

and comfort. The sturdy frame of

the chair embodies a clean design

suited for easy and simple stacking,

up to a total of 8 chairs. Supplied


D550mm. Seat height 485mm.

CE11647BL Blue Blаck Frame £83.06

Charcoal Grey Blаck

CE11647BK

£83.06

Frame

CE06127 Blue Chrome Frame £83.06

Charcoal Grey Chrome

CE06128

£83.06

Frame

2. Curved Wooden Side

Chairs

A beech wood stacking chair

suitable for training rooms,

reception areas and other

communal areas. Traditional in

design, the chairs provide comfort

through its cushioning and waterfall

shaped seat to alleviate pressure on

thighs. H850 x W520 x D600mm.

Seat height 480mm.

CE11649BL Blue Without Arms £166.14

CE11648BL Blue With Arms £166.14

CE11648BK Charcoal With Arms £166.14

CE11649BK Charcoal Without Arms £166.14

3. Puffin Chair

A stylish choice for reception areas,

staff rooms and libraries. A modern

and comfortable design with deep

supportive upholstery. Supplied with

Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame

paint. Supplied fully assembled.

H730 x W540 x D600mm. Seat

height 410mm.

CE10576RE Red £422.66

CE10576BK Black £422.66

CE10576BL Blue £422.66

4. Meavy Reception Seating

A strong and modern reception

seating solution in contemporary

colours. Solid beech wood frame.

Woven wool mix upholstered seat

and back. Deep seat foam for

added comfort. Overall size: H940

x L720 x D720mm. Seat Height:

470mm. Item is made to order

and non-returnable. Supplied fully

assembled.

CE20170 Charcoal Fixed Arms £441.61

CE20169 Charcoal Without Arms £422.66

CE20166 Blue Without Arms £422.66

CE20167 Blue Fixed Arms £441.61

4

154


1. Bilbao Operator Chairs

These high back operator chairs are

the perfect addition for any office.

The Bilbao Operator Chairs have a

five star black nylon base, 50mm

twin wheel castors and a manual

height adjustment (seat height

425 - 535mm, back height 550mm).

W480 x D605mm. Supplied fully

assembled.


CE20183

Charcoal Grey Without

Arms

£134.08

CE20182 Blue Adjustable Arms £183.63

CE20185

Charcoal Grey Adjustable

Arms

£183.63

2. Bilbao Lumbar Operator

Chairs

High back operator chairs that offers

maximum lumbar support. Comes

with a waterfall sculptured foam

seat and manual height adjustment

(seat height 425 - 535mm, back

height 550mm). Available with no

arms, fixed arms and adjustable

arms. Supplied fully assembled.

W480 x D605mm.

1

2

Office Chairs

High back operator chair that

is shaped to offer maximum

lumbar support



CE20189 Black Without Arms £134.08

CE20187 Blue Fixed Arms £174.89

CE20190 Black Fixed Arms £174.89

CE20188 Blue Adjustable Arms £192.38

CE20191 Black Adjustable Arms £192.38

3. Vantage Swivel Desk

Chairs

An economically priced, fully

adjustable office chair. Features a

contoured high back with comfortable

waterfall shaped seat. Includes gas

seat height adjustment, manual back

height adjustment and the Asynchro

version includes seat tilt adjustment.

Seat height 460 - 570mm. Back

height 530mm. Overall width 480mm

and depth 605mm. Supplied fully

assembled. Seat height 570mm.

3

Adjustable Arms No Arms Fixed Arms

FROM

£134 .08

Blue Black Red Price

Permanent Contact Back CE06115 CE06116 CE20172 £134.08

Asynchro Mechanism CE06117 CE06118 CE20174 £153.02

Fixed Arms CE07715 CE07716 CE20176 £166.14

Adjustable Arms CE07717 CE07718 CE20178 £208.41

4. Aurora High Back Mesh

Office Chair

High back mesh operator office

chair with headrest for comfort

in the classroom or school office.

Designed with durability and

comfort in mind with an internal

steel frame and deep padded

black air mesh seat. Seat height:

440-560mm. Gas seat height

adjustment, weight tension control,

standard tilt lock, 5 star chrome

base. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

CE10133 £188.00

4

i

• Gas seat height

adjustment

• Weight tension

control

• Standard tilt lock

• 5 star chrome

base



Sofas & Arm Chairs

1

2

Grey

Blue

1. Giant Patchwork

Furniture Range

Quirky, oversized sofa, chair and

ottoman, in a vibrant patchwork

design. Make a stunning statement

in breakout and reception

areas, libraries and reading

corners.Durable fabric and wipe

clean to meet the busy education

environment. For safety in your

school or nursery the range is also

fire retardant. The storage ottoman

has slow close hinges to help

prevent finger trapping. Offering

a great storage capacity for books,

cushions or lots of other things.

Sofa size: H670 x W680 x L2200mm.

Chair size: H1280 x W840 x

L1380mm.

Ottoman size: H430 x W520 x

L1500mm.

CE10758 Chair £1,082.93

CE10428 Sofa £1,333.62

CE10429 Ottoman £750.62

CE10430 Sofa And Ottoman £1,999.69

2. Loose Cover Sofa

Sofa made with a solid wooden

frame construction for extra

strength. The loose cover supplied

with the unit can be machine

washed at low temperature. Foam

padding is fire retardant to UK

standards. Available in four colours.


W1600 x D750mm. Seat height

440mm.

CE10455 Grey £1,285.52

CE07349 Teal £1,285.52

CE07347 Mink £1,285.52

CE07348 Red £1,285.52

Mink

Red

156


1. Formal Reception Area

Seating

These attractive tub chairs and sofas

will enhance any reception, lounge,

informal meeting area or even your

staff room. Stylish and comfortable,

with a black faux leather finish.

Supplied with a two year guarantee.

Chair size: H700mm x W670mm

x L670mm. Two Seater Sofa size:

H700mm x W670mm x L1185mm.


CE06226 Chair £291.49

CE06227 Sofa £392.05

2. Wonderland Range

Adult’s Chair and Sofa

Add some style into your reception,

lounge or staffroom with these

funky tub chairs and sofas. These

attractive tub chairs and sofas will

help you add a modern edge to

your school office furniture. They’re

comfortable and feature a unique

design. Made from fabric. Seat

height 490mm.

1

Sofas & Arm Chairs


CE06878 Chair £959.04

CE06879 Sofa £1,043.57

3. Wonderland Furniture

Range

A set of quirky furniture which

will create a focal point in any

reception area. Choose from a sofa,

chair or footstool, all covered in a

fire retardant sumptuous, tactile

Chenille material. Ideal for nursery

age children. Sofa size: H950 x

W680 x L1650mm. Chair size: H950

x W680 x L1280mm. Stool size:

H150 x W430 x L390mm. Supplied

fully assembled. Made from

polyester.

2

CE05934 Chair £883.25

CE05895 Sofa £1,091.67

CE05953 Stool £134.08

3


Display

Noticeboards

1

1. Tamperproof Lockable

Noticeboards

Decorative noticeboards with anodised

aluminium frames with rounded corners and a

protective, locking cover. Felt finish suitable for

pins and staples. Locking, hinged PETG door or

double doors on the two largest sizes.

Code Choice Price

CE1026 H900 x W600mm £134.08

CE1027 H900 x W1200mm £167.60

CE1024 H1200 x W1800mm £329.38

CE1025 H1200 x W2400mm £333.75

Colours available

RE BL GY

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the

end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE

2

2. FlameShield Tamperproof

Noticeboards

Fire retardant noticeboards featuring a satin

silver anodised aluminium frame. Designed to

last and meet the required standards, these

notice boards are heavier, robust and more

dense than a standard noticeboard.

Code Choice Price

CE1030 H900 x W600mm £174.89

CE1031 H1200 x W900mm £275.45

CE1028 H1200 x W1800mm £533.43

CE1029 H1200 x W2400mm £631.08

Colours available

BL GY RE



CE10610RE

3. FlameShield Tamperproof

Corridor Noticeboards

This natural tricord hessian noticeboard is

ideal for creating a calming and relaxing

classroom environment. The noticeboards are

fire retardant and with clear secure doors for

safety and security.

3

Code Choice Price

CE11604 H600 x L900mm £202.58

CE11605 H1200 x L900mm £313.35

CE11606 H1200 x L1800mm £534.89

CE11607 H1200 x L2400mm £628.17

NA

158


Noticeboards

Decorative Noticeboards

A range of high quality noticeboards, with a variety of styles, colours and sizes to choose from. Ideal for

displaying work and notices. Felt fabric cover which is suitable for pins and staples.

Display

1. Decorative Aluminium Framed

Noticeboards

An attractive noticeboard for use in unregulated or nonsensitive

locations. Framed in anodised aluminium with

concealed corner fixings. Rounded corners allow for an

extra level of safety, and concealed corner fixings give a

clean and tidy look.

1

Colours available

RE BL GY



Code Choice Price

CE1156

CE1157

CE1158

H600 x

W900mm

H900 x

W1200mm

H1200 x

W1800mm

£40.80

£53.91

£87.44

2. Decorative Unframed Noticeboards

High quality school noticeboards available in a variety

of colours and sizes. Pinnable noticeboard covered with

traditional felt cloth. Board can be fixed either portrait

style or landscape.

2

Colours available

RE BL GY



Code Choice Price

CE1154

CE1153

CE1155

H900 x

W1200mm

H600 x

W900mm

H1200 x

W1800mm

£84.52

£53.91

£102.01


Display

Noticeboards

1

1. WeatherShield Outdoor

Noticeboard Showcase

Display information outdoors

to visitors, staff and pupils with

this outdoor noticeboard. The

noticeboard has a double seal and

fully enclosed case which protects

from the elements and is IP55

certified.Virtually shatterproof

glazing and double locking systems

ensure the enclosed framed

noticeboard is a secure way of

displaying information at your

educational establishment.

Dimensions Red Blue Grey Price

H1031 x W1005mm CE06193 CE06194 CE06195 £499.91

H1031 x W1220mm CE06196 CE06197 CE06198 £568.41

H1031 x W1423mm CE06199 CE06200 CE06201 £575.70

H1031 x W780mm CE06190 CE06191 CE06192 £409.54

H555 x W742mm CE06187 CE06188 CE06189 £284.20

RE

BL

GY

2

2. ColourPlus Frameless Noticeboard

These pinnable boards are ideal for use

within busy public spaces, learning and office

environments. Eco-Colour is a self-coloured

pinnable board made from recycled and

recyclable materials and is available in a selection

of 6 popular colours to suit any environment.


Code Dimensions Price

CE1526 H1200 x W2400mm £136.99

CE1525 H1200 x W1800mm £123.87

CE1524 H1200 x W1500mm £100.55

Colours available

CE1523 H1200 x W1200mm £87.44

CE1522 H1200 x W900mm £67.03

CY

GR

LL

OR

CE1521 H600 x W900mm £53.91


3

3. Eco Frameless Noticeboard

These pinnable boards are ideal for use within busy

public spaces, learning and office environments.

Eco-Colour is a self-coloured pinnable board made

from recycled and recyclable materials and is

available in a selection of 6 popular colours to suit

any environment.Boards have been independently

tested and classified as class B according to

European Reaction to Fire test BS EN 13501-1 to

meet public area building regulations for mounting

in sensitive areas such as corridors, stairways and

entrances.


CE10160 H1200 x W2400mm £166.14

CE10159 H1200 x W1800mm £141.36

CE10157 H1200 x W1500mm £116.59

Colours available

BK BL GR OR PU

RE

CE10158 H1200 x W1200mm £94.72

CE10156 H900 x W1200mm £75.78

CE10155 H900 x W600mm £55.37


160


1. Accents Mobile

Noticeboard

Make a statement with this bold and

vibrant noticeboard and brighten

up any office space or environment.

Double sided noticeboard with

a satin silver aluminium frame

which features locking castors

and a stability bar. Supplied fully

assembled.

1

Noticeboards

Display

Code Choice Price

CE11034 H1200 x W900mm £262.34

CE11035 H900 x W1200mm £262.34

CE11036 H1200 x W1200mm £319.18

CE11037 H1500 x W1200mm £349.79

CE11038 H1200 x W1500mm £349.79

CE11039 H1200 x W1800mm £380.39

2. Accents Unframed

Noticeboards

Unframed noticeboard with vibrant

colourful felt cover for information

and displays. Boards can be butted

together to show off art projects

and large school presentations.

Suitable for pins and staples. Can

be mounted portrait or landscape.

Fixings supplied.

Code Choice Price

CE11040 H600 x W900mm £58.29

2

CE11041 H900 x W1200mm £78.69

CE11042 H1200 x W1200mm £96.18

CE11043 H1200 x W1500mm £110.76

CE11044 H1200 x W1800mm £119.50

CE11045 H1200 x W2400mm £139.91

3. Accents Framed

Noticeboard

A noticeboard with classic frame

and felt fabric board. Satin silver

anodised aluminium frame with

rounded safety corners and

concealed corner fixing for safety

in schools. Suitable for pins and

staples. Mount either portrait or

landscape. Wall fixings included.

Code Choice Price

CE11046 H600 x W900mm £67.03

CE11047 H900 x W1200mm £100.55

CE11048 H1200 x W1200mm £128.25

3

CE11049 H1200 x W1500mm £145.74

CE11050 H1200 x W1800mm £163.23

CE11051 H1200 x W2400mm £195.29

Colours available

BL GR NA PU



Display

Whiteboards

1

1. Coloured Edge Wall Mounted

Whiteboard

Practical, wall mounted whiteboards with an attractive

coloured edge trim. Non-magnetic, double sided with a

modern coloured curve. Colour co-ordinated fixing kit

included. Supplied fully assembled. Made from plastic.

Colours available

BK

BL

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end



CE1006 H900 x W1200mm £58.29

CE1007 H1200 x W1500mm £77.23

CE1009 H1200 x W2400mm £123.87

CE1010 H600 x W900mm £39.34

2

3

2. Magnetic Whiteboards

Magnetic whiteboard constructed from coated steel

with a satin silver anodised aluminium frame. Fitted with

rounded safety corners and concealed corner fixings to

ensure safety as a classroom whiteboard. Pen ledge for

storage of whiteboard pens and erasers. All wall fixings

included.


EE01462 H600 x W900mm £62.66

EE00596 H900 x W1200mm £93.27

EE01463 H1200 x W1200mm £106.38

EE01464 H1200 x W1500mm £134.08

EE00597 H1200 x W1800mm £157.40

EE00598 H1200 x W2400mm £198.21

3. Non Magnetic Whiteboard

Non-magnetic, double sided whiteboard with an

aluminium frame. Feint grid on one side and plain on

reverse. Grid guide of 25mm is ideal for neater writing

and charting. Pen ledge and wall fixings included. 5 year

surface guarantee.


EE01461 H1200 x W1500mm £103.47

EE00594 H1200 x W1800mm £112.21

EE00595 H1200 x W2400mm £135.53

4

4. Perpetual Magnetic Whiteboard Wall

Planners

Weekly, monthly and annual wall planners on a

magnetic whiteboard to allow for perpetual use. Make

note of the busy classroom schedule utilising the

drywipe surface and aluminium frame for ease and

continuous use. H600 x W900mm. Magnetic.

Code Type Price

CE10497 Weekly Planner £80.15

CE10498 Monthly Planner £80.15

CE10499 Annual Planner £80.15

Annual Planner

Monthly Planner

162


1. Rotating Magnetic

Whiteboard

Magnetic mobile whiteboard which

can rotate 360° through either the

vertical or horizontal axis. Locking

pivot mechanism and castors. Both

sides plain.

1

Whiteboards

Display

CE11019

CE11020

CE11021

CE11022

CE11023

Magnetic Portrait

H1200 x W900mm

Magnetic Landscape

H900 x W1200mm

Magnetic Square

H1200 x W1200mm

Magnetic Landscape

H1200 x W1500mm

Magnetic Landscape

H1200 x W1800mm

£355.62

£355.62

£444.52

£470.76

£518.86

2. Large Mobile Whiteboard

These double-sided, mobile

whiteboards are easy to manoeuvre

between classrooms. Non-magnetic

whiteboard is plain on one side with

a feint grid on the reverse. Magnetic

whiteboard is plain on both sides.

Height adjustable by 210mm.

CE06705

CE06706

CE06707

CE06708

CE06709

CE06710

CE06711

CE06712

Non-Magnetic

H1200 x W900mm

Non-Magnetic

H1200 x W1200mm

Non-Magnetic

H1200 x W1500mm

Non-Magnetic

H1200 x W1800mm

Magnetic

H1200 x W900mm

Magnetic

H1200 x W1200mm

Magnetic

H1200 x W1500mm

Magnetic

H1200 x W1800mm

£204.04

£230.27

£266.71

£284.20

£230.27

£266.71

£303.15

£355.62

3. Mobile Rotating

Horizontal Whiteboard

Mobile whiteboard that rotates

360° through its horizontal axis.

Contemporary lightweight stand

with a locking pivot mechanism

which can lock into any position.

Supplied complete with pen tray

and stability bar. Feint grid on one

side of the board with grid size

25mm x 25mm, plain on the other

side. Easy to manoeuvre on locking

castors. 5 year surface guarantee.

CE10487

Non-Magnetic

H600 x W900mm

£209.87

CE10489

Non-Magnetic

H900 x W1200mm

£244.85

CE10488

Non-Magnetic

H1200 x W1200mm

£230.27

CE10492

Non-Magnetic

H1200 x W1500mm

£266.71

CE10490

Non-Magnetic

H1200 x W1800mm

£275.45

CE10493

Magnetic

H900 x W600mm

£301.69

CE10491

Magnetic

H900 x W1200mm

£291.49

CE10494

Magnetic

H1200 x W1200mm

£320.64

CE10495

Magnetic

H1200 x W1500mm

£355.62

CE10496

Magnetic

H1200 x W1800mm

£402.26

3

2


Display

Flipcharts & Easels

1

2 3

1. UltraMate Magnetic

Flipchart Easel

UltraMate is a lightweight all in one

double sided flipchart easel. No

assembly required. Easy to adjust

to your preferred height. Stable

loop leg base incorporates stability

foot bar. Supplied fully assembled.

H1000 x W700mm.

CE07845 Black £160.31

CE07843 Blue £160.31

CE07846 Grey £160.31

CE07844 Green £160.31

CE07842 Red £160.31

CE07847 White £160.31

2. Ultramate Mobile Easel

Use as a mobile whiteboard or

mobile easel, this is ideal for display

or presentation purposes. Providing

a magnetic, dry wipe surface and

flip chart clamp for standard A1

flip chart pads, this is a versatile

product ideal for classrooms, offices

or school receptions. H1000 x

W700mm.

CE07841 White £201.12

CE07840 Grey £201.12

CE07836 Red £201.12

CE07839 Green £201.12

CE07838 Black £201.12

CE07837 Blue £201.12

3. Basic A1 Flipchart Easel

Basic flip chart easel, easy to move.

Ideal for meeting rooms, staff

rooms and break out areas. Free

standing and height adjustable with

drywipe magnetic or non-magnetic

surface. Flip chart clamp to take

standard A1 flip chart pads. One

year surface guarantee. Magnetic -

W750 x H1065mm. Non magnetic -

W600 x H900mm Made from metal.

CE07835 Non-magnetic £102.01

CE07834 Magnetic £103.47

164


1

Panels & Partitions

Display

1. Busy Screen Divider

This range of free standing screens are perfect for sectioning out areas

of your school. Supplied with two stabiliser feet designed to prevent

twisting and rounded upper corners so you don’t need to worry about

sharp edges. Item is non-returnable.

Available in a range of 6 colours

Purple, Green, Orange and Cyan are available in a Loop Nylon Material

Royal Blue and Red are only available in a Woven Cloth Material


CE20111 Cyan H1200 x W1000mm £233.19

EE01592 Orange H1200 x W1000mm £233.19

CE20308 Royal Blue H1200 x W1000mm £233.19

EE01590 Purple H1200 x W1000mm £233.19

EE01591 Bright Green H1200 x W1000mm £233.19

CE20309 Red H1200 x W1000mm £233.19

CE20112 Cyan H1200 x W1200mm £250.68

EE01595 Orange H1200 x W1200mm £250.68


EE01593 Purple H1200 x W1200mm £250.68


CE20312 Red H1200 x W1200mm £250.68

CE20113 Cyan H1600 x W1200mm £284.20

EE01598 Orange H1600 x W1200mm £284.20


EE01596 Purple H1600 x W1200mm £284.20


CE20315 Red H1600 x W1200mm £284.20


CE20115 Red H1800 x W1600mm £308.98

Colours available

CY RB PU

GR RE OR


Outdoor

Outdoor Active World

2

1

3

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£29 .15

4

1. Metal Tilted Tray Trolley

with Trays

Robust outdoor metal trolley,

complete with Gratnells trays. Heavy

duty, lockable wheels designed for

outdoor terrain. Trays positioned

for easy access to resources. Trays

supplied as shown, size: W310 x

L430 x D150mm. Outdoor cover

also available to help protect

from the elements if left outside.

Cover colour may vary. Supplied



D420mm.

CE11386 Green Trolley £437.24

CE10161 Cover £120.96

CE10162 Blue Trolley £437.24

CE11387 Green Trolley and Cover £529.05

CE10340 Blue Trolley and Cover £529.05

2. Mini Shed




resources. This is an extremely

sturdy unit that will stand the

test of time. Ideal for storing PE

equipment, mark making materials

or other outdoor curriculum

resources. Two fully opening doors.

Fixed shelving. Can be secured

with a padlock (not included).

Made from quality pre-treated



infestation for 10 years. Supplied


D630mm.

CE10043 £501.37

5 6

3. Hanging Storage Buckets

Hanging metal buckets for handy

storage inside or out. Buckets can

hang on doors, storage units, or

anywhere to provide easy access

to their contents. Metal frame also

available to hang multiple buckets

on in one go. Set includes eight

buckets (four large, four small).

Ideal for providing children with

easy access to small resources such

as mark making materials or loose

parts.

CE10421 Frame £96.18

CE10899 Set of 8 Buckets £36.42

CE10900 Pack of 8 Bucket Covers £14.56

CE10903 Buckets, Frame & Covers £131.16

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£43 .73

4. Portable Storage Caddy

Deep multipurpose caddy with carry

handles. The caddy comes with a

sizable handle that can easily be

held by adults and children alike.

Additionally, there’s an integral

divider to keep contents separate.

H280 x W360 x D300mm.


5. Active World Tuff Tray

Outdoor Table

Designed to hold our Active World Tuff

Tray this wooden outdoor table is ideal

for a whole host of outdoor learning

opportunities. Includes integral

storage underneath. Active World

Tray sold separately. Made from pretreated

Scandinavian Redwood which

is guaranteed against rot and insect


fully assembled. Suitable to be left

outdoors. H550 x W1000 x L1000mm.

CE06868 £947.38

6. Wooden Active World

Tuff Tray Stand

A wonderful outdoor wooden

stand for an Active World Tuff Tray.

Attractive alternative to a metal

stand, with a natural, rustic finish.

Complete with shelf, handy for

locating resources whilst in use.

Made from pre-treated Scandinavian

Redwood which is guaranteed

against rot and insect infestation for

10 years. Supplied fully assembled.

H750 x W550 x L550mm.

CE10025 Single £306.06

CE10699 3pk £874.46

166


7 8

Outdoor Active World

Outdoor

9

7. Green Double Sided

Metal Wellie Rack Stand

Providing storage for up to 30 pairs

of wellies, allowing easy access

by children from both sides. This

welly rack is mobile and sits on

lockable castors allowing for easy

transportation if required. Height

1000mm. Length 1100mm. Made

from metal. Width 300mm.

CE10995 £364.36

11. Plastic Active World Tuff

Tray

These durable tuff trays have so

many amazing uses, from small

world to messy play and sand and

water. The Active World Tuff Tray

(also known as a tuff spot) provides

children with an ideal area for

collaborative play. Suitable to be left

outdoors. D60mm.

8. Outdoor Wooden Loose

Parts Trolley

This outdoor wooden trolley

with tilted access to trays is a

great way to keep your outdoor

area organised. Room to fit four

Creative Crates or nine Deep

Gratnells Trays (not included, but

available separately). Supplied


D430mm.

CE10982 £566.95

9. Adjustable Active World

Tuff Tray Stand

Help children self-access from

different heights with this Adjustable

Active World Tuff Tray Stand,

designed to fit an Active World

Tuff Tray. Buy a pack of 3 Tuff Tray

Stands (all in same colour) and save!


CE10938 Cream Single £116.59

CE11385 Green Single £116.59

CE00202 Blue Single £116.59

CE11470 Cream 3pk £335.18

CE11469 Green 3pk £335.18

CE00704 Blue 3pk £335.18

10. Wheelchair Accessible

Active World Stand

This height adjustable Active World

Tuff Tray Stand has been specifically

designed to be wheelchair

accessible. The stand can be set at 4

different heights: 700mm, 750mm,

800mm and 850mm. Encourage

inclusive play and exploration!

W870 x L870mm.

CE10944 £167.60

TUFFB Blue Tray Single £23.31

TUFF Black Tray Single £23.31

TUFFG Green Tray Single £23.31

CA02699 Blue Tray 3pk £65.54

TUFF3 Black Tray 3pk £65.54

CA02700 Green Tray 3pk £65.54

CA00779 Multicoloured Tray 3pk £65.54

CA01034 Active World Tuff Tray Cover £32.05

CA04335

Active World Tuff Tray

Cover 3pk

£88.86

11

10


Outdoor

Shelters & Playhouses

1

1. Mini Triangular Rainbow

Room

A cosy outdoor den with magical

rainbow coloured windows. A

quiet, calming sensory retreat

with the added effect of coloured

light beams that shines through

the windows. Ideal in any outdoor

space, especially where if space is

limited. Features a wooden base so

can be used all year round without

worrying about ground conditions.

Position on flat ground. Does not

require installation. Made from

Pressured Treated Wood (which

is guaranteed for 10 years) and

coloured safety Perspex. Please

note equipment would be required

to lift it over a gate or a fence due

to its size and weight. Supplied



L1000mm.

CE10346 £1,095.00

2

3

2. Outdoor Rainbow Tunnel

Wooden pyramid shaped tunnel

with rainbow effect coloured

windows. A stunning feature in

any outdoor space. Use as a trike

ride through, a cosy nook for small

groups, or just to play in. Wooden

base so it can be used all year round

without worrying about ground

conditions. Position on flat ground.

Does not require installation into

the ground and is feasible to move.

Made from coloured safety Perspex

and pre-treated Scandinavian

Redwood, which is guaranteed

against rot and insect infestation

for 10 years. Delivered in two

parts. Will require two people for

straightforward assembly. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. H1600

x L1890 x D1400mm.

CE10416 £2,495.00

3. Outdoor Rainbow Stage

Ideal for outdoor role play and

pretend play scenarios, this

colourful stage is a truly open

ended item. With coloured Perspex

windows and a truly unique design,

this is an ideal focal point in your

outdoor school space. Great

for adding some fun into your

outdoor school playground, this

fabulous unique outdoor stage can

accommodate groups of children

so it’s perfect for putting on plays

or musicals. Could also be used

at break time for somewhere to

sit or to use as a reading area.

Must be installed on flat ground.

Made from a pre-treated, premium

grade Scandinavian Redwood. Age

3-11 years. Supplied flat packed



L3100mm.

CE06860 £2,475.00

168


1

Physical Development

Outdoor

i

• The climbing holds

present different

degrees of challenge.

• Get comfy inside and

set up a hard to find

getaway.

1. Wooden Climbing Prism

Outdoor free standing climbing

structure presenting lots of interest

and challenge. Each side of the

prism presents confident climbers

with a different kind of challenge,

including climbing holds or ropes.

Must be installed on a level surface

at least 2m from any other outdoor

equipment. Standard delivery is

kerb side drop only. If you require

the item to be positioned in your

outdoor area, please order assisted

delivery. Assisted delivery is a two

person service, positioning your

resource where you need it. This

resource is self-assembly. Supplied



W150 x L200cm. Suitable for age 3

years and up.

CE06658 Standard Delivery £2,186.25

CE10353 Assisted Delivery £2,477.75

2. Climbing Frame Tower

with Slide

This play tower provides an escape

from the hustle and bustle of the

playground. Built to encourage

children to learn and develop from

an early stage whist having fun and

being active. Featuring a slide, a

climbing wall and a hideaway hole

at the back. Made from pre-treated



infestation for 10 years. Platform

Height: H90cm Price includes

delivery and assembly. Suitable to

be left outdoors. W130 x L250cm.

Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

CE10485 £4,955.50

2


Outdoor

Tables & Seating

1

Child

Adult

2

2

1. NEW Picnic Bench

An attractive yet durable wooden

Picnic Bench that will compliment

your outdoor break or play area.

Available in both adult and child

sizes and made from high-quality

treated timber, they are designed

to comfortably seat 6 people.

Child Picnic dimensions: H570 x

W1310 x D1200mm. Adult Picnic

dimensions: H700 x W1650 x

D1800mm. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly. Suitable to be left

outdoors.

FF45741 Child £480.96

FF45740 Adult £582.99

2. NEW Outdoor Table &

Benches

Attractive outdoor table and

freestanding benches. Well finished

design with rounded corners on

the table and benches. Position

the benches where you like as not

fixed to the table. Table provides

a sizeable work area - ideal for

younger children to stand to.

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable to

be left outdoors.

FF46620 £582.99

Table Dimensions: H500 x W600 x L1300mm.

Bench Dimensions: H300 x W240 x L1000mm.

170


1

Tables & Seating

Outdoor

Three different stool designs

Ideal for both children and adults

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£72 .88

Perfect for role play scenarios

Use to create an inspiring and engaging outdoor reading area

1. Storytellers’ Wooden

Seating Collection

Transform story time and children’s

imaginations like never before with

this Storytellers Outdoor Wooden

Seating Collection. Made from

quality pre-treated Scandinavian


against rot and insect infestation

for 10 years, this is the perfect

statement to add interest, intrigue

and improved imaginations to

your outdoor learning space. Items

within this range are perfect to

be used individually or combined

together to create a larger outdoor

learning space. Chair: W880 x D800

x H1600mm. Seat Height 440mm.

Stool: Diam approx.300mm, Height

320mm.

CE11015 Storytellers’ Chair £1,093.12

CE11016 6 Storytellers’ Stools £619.42

CE11017 Storytellers’ Chair & 6 Stools £1,639.69

2. Freestanding Wooden

Story Chair & 8 Stools

Manufactured from high quality

timber, take story time outside

with this Story Circle and Reading

Chairs. The set includes one Reading

Chair and 8 Mini Stools, that

allows you to make story time even

more magical with the wonders

of outdoor. Chair: W700 x D800 x

H1500mm.

Stools: W320 x D290 x H400mm.

Made from pre-treated Scandinavian




Suitable to be left outdoors.

CE10080 £1,850.00

2


Outdoor

Water Units

1

1. Large Double Sided

Water Channelling Wall

A large, double sided water

channelling wall perfect for

exploring water flow and

experimenting with direction.

Enrich your outdoor area with

this wonderful water wall, ideal

for supporting collaborative play.

Water is held in the troughs at the

top. All the accessories are loose

which means the children can

decide where they want to position

the guttering and tubing as they

investigate. Water is collected in

removeable troughs at the bottom,

so no puddles, and children can

have fun scooping water back to

the top again! H1200 x W800 x

L1800mm.

CE10021 £1,749.00

Contents

4 x troughs

2 x set of 3 funnels

4 x funnels with spout

4 x funnel holders

4 x clear pipes

4 x large guttering

4 x medium guttering

16 x guttering hooks

4 x colanders

2

2. Low Double Sided Water

Channelling Wall

Double sided water channelling

wall at a lower height, ideal for

younger children. Freestanding unit,

with access on both sides so lots

of children can enjoy investigating

with water at the same time. Four

taps, plus enough guttering, hooks,

funnels and tubes (all included)

to share around. Accessories can

be positioned on the wall where

children see fit, enabling them to

experiment. Water is collected in

removable troughs and can be

easily scooped back to the top.

Taps are lever based and easy for

small hands to handle. Made from






x D600mm.

CE10422 £1,457.50

Contents

4 x troughs

4 x colanders

12 x guttering hooks

3 x medium guttering

3 x large guttering

3 x clear pipes

3 x clear funnels

3 x funnel holders

1 x set of 3 funnels

172


1. NEW Outdoor Raised

Sand Pit

This freestanding sandpit is a fun

addition to any outdoor play area.

Designed to encourage children

to explore and play with sand

while standing. Supplied with a

wooden lid to keep sand dry and

clean. Made from pressure treated

timber. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly. Suitable to be


D560mm.

1

Sandpits

Outdoor

FF45790 £466.39

2. Small World Wooden

Sandbox

A sand box with a difference, lift the

lid to uncover a world of exploration

possibilities! With removable dividers

(four sections), it can be filled with

different materials. With the lid

on it doubles up as a small world

play table. Supplied flat packed



D1500mm. Made from wood.

2

CE06861 £1,093.12

3. Roadway Play Mat

Helping to stimulate imaginations,

this busy city scene will provide

hours of fun-filled small world play.

Fits perfectly inside the lid of our

Small World Sandbox. Rolls up for

easy storage. W1000 x L1500mm.

Made from polyester.

CE06995 £80.15

4. Outdoor Wooden Sand

Wall

A fantastic addition to any outdoor

play area, a brilliant resource for

investigation and outdoor play. Fill

up your buckets then tip the sand

into the funnels and investigate

what happens as it travels down the

various chutes, changing direction

and spinning around the wheel.

Price includes delivery and assembly.


W1500mm. Made from wood.

3

CE07818 £3,133.63

4


Outdoor

Planters & Grow Beds

1

1. Wooden Sand Boxes and

Planters

Versatile wooden frame ideal for

use either as a planter in your

school garden or as a sand pit.

Incorporates an integral seating area

(width approx. 140mm) to enable

children to sit on the edge during

activity. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly.

CE02831 Hexagon £218.03

CE02674 Square £241.35

CE02832 Hexagon Cover £36.42

CE02824 Square Cover £36.42

Hexagonal - Dia320mm

Square - L1850mm

Height - 320mm

2

2. Wooden Mini Square

Sandbox and Planter

A traditionally styled raised wooden

bed, ideal for creating an instant

garden. The same quality and

design as its big brother, this smaller

version is ideal for areas with less

space. Integral seating area. No

cover available for this sandbox/

planter. Made from pre-treated



infestation for 10 years. Supplied flat



D1150mm.

CE02843 £174.89

3

3. Wooden Hexagonal

Planter

A fantastic addition to your school

garden, the lip of the unit has a

seat running along it so children

can sit while planting. Our planter

is designed for small groups to

study growing plants and mini

beasts. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

Diameter 1550mm. H320

x L800mm.

CE06331 £312.48

174


1. NEW Outdoor Wooden

Planter

Robust, well-built raised planter,

ideal for creating a gardening

area or vegetable growing patch.

Available in a selection of choices,

the planters feature clever partitions

which allow them to be divided

into different growing areas.

The Timber is pressure-treated

Scandinavian Redwood and is

guaranteed for 10 years against

wood rot and insect damage.

Two bed planter dimensions:

H480 x W810 x D620mm. Three

bed planter dimensions: H480

x W1180 x D620mm. Four bed

planter dimensions: H480 x

W1080 x D1080mm. Supplied


outdoors.

ODP2227 2 Bed £275.00

ODP2228 3 Bed £324.50

ODP2229 4 Bed £385.00

2. Veg Trug Planter

Enough room to grow up to 30

salads and vegetables at any one

time, with this great space-saving

growing solution. The easy build

design means it arrives to you

in one box with easy to follow

instructions. Made from sustainable

sources, comes with a purpose built,

replaceable fitted membrane liner.

Please note that the cold frame

shown in the image is available to

purchase separately. Small planter

H80 x L103 x W76. Medium planter

H80 x L183 x W76. Supplied flat


be left outdoors.

CE10736 Small £219.99

CE10737 Medium £329.99

3. Wallhugger Planter

Natural Wood

Ideal for narrow spaces and can be

placed in front of a wall or fence

for vertical growing. A comfortable

working height with easy wheelchair

access. Keeps produce away from

slugs and animals. A unique V shape

allows deep rooted produce. Small

Wallhugger takes up to 170 ltr of

compost and Medium WallHugger

takes up to 310 ltr of compost.

Small Wallhugger H800 x L1030

x W460mm. Medium Wallhugger

H800 x L1830 x W460mm. Supplied



CE10738 Small £219.99

CE10739 Medium £285.99

Planters & Grow Beds

1

2 Bed 3 Bed 4 Bed

2

Medium

Small

3

Outdoor

Medium

Small


Outdoor

Habitats

1

2

1. Outdoor Wooden

Crittacabin

Free standing unit, ideal for

studying minibeast activity through

every season. The multi-habitats

allow children to monitor the habits

of insects and mammals. Locate in

a sunny position preferably close

to flowering plants and shrubs.

For security and safety, there are

pre-drilled holes on rear bracket

to secure the unit to a supporting

structure. It is recommended that

there is a clear space of 1.5m

in front of the unit. Supplied



L1200mm.

CE07397 £801.63

i

• Features multihabitats

for different

insects, hedgehogs &

mammals

• Ideal for studying

minibeast activity

through every season

• A great feature for a

wildlife garden

3

2. Bugs Life

Study minibeast activity throughout

the seasons, with this attractive,

durable and sturdy unit. Consists

of multi-habitats, allowing children

to monitor different spiders and

insects, Made from pre-treated





L500mm.

CE10483 £445.00

3. Wooden Bug City

There’ll soon be lots of creepy

crawlies hiding in this quirky,

natural environment for children to

observe and learn about. Complete

with viewing window, it’s a great

addition to any nature corner. Must

be placed on a flat surface. Made

from pre-treated Scandinavian




Suitable to be left outdoors. H1000

x W500 x L1000mm.

CE05961 £595.00

176


TOP TIP!

Read our blog:

‘Over 150 ideas for using

your Active World

Tray’

For more great ideas and

inspiration for education

visit creative-activity.co.uk

1. Adjustable Active World

Tuff Tray Stand

Help children self-access from

different heights with this

Adjustable Active World Tuff Tray

Stand, designed to fit an Active

World Tuff Tray. Buy a pack of 3

Tuff Tray Stands (all in same colour)

and save! The tuff tray stand can

be set at 4 different heights: 20cm,

30cm, 40cm and 50cm, ideal for

different age children and different

activities. This tuff tray stand is

easy to assemble, or disassemble

to pack away. Active World Trays

are not included, but are available

separately. Suitable for 3 to 11

years. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

CE10938 Cream Single £116.59

CE11385 Green Single £116.59

CE00202 Blue Single £116.59

CE11470 Cream 3pk £335.18

CE11469 Green 3pk £335.18

CE00704 Blue 3pk £335.18

2. Plastic Active World Tuff

Tray

These durable tuff trays have so

many amazing uses, from small

world to messy play and sand

and water. The Active World Tuff

Tray (also known as a tuff spot)

provides children with an ideal

area for collaborative play. Made

from recycled plastic, these great

Active World Tuff Trays store easily,

are easy to carry and they are

extremely durable making them

the best tuff trays. Why not fill it

up your tuff spot with sand and

hunt for squidgy sparkle letters, fill

it with water and sail a boat you

made yourself, or use it as a giant

inspection tray for minibeasts? The

possibilities are endless! Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Suitable to be

left outdoors. D6cm.

TUFFB Blue Tray Single £23.31

TUFF Black Tray Single £23.31

TUFFG Green Tray Single £23.31

CA02699 Blue Tray 3pk £65.54

TUFF3 Black Tray 3pk £65.54

CA02700 Green Tray 3pk £65.54

CA00779 Multicoloured Tray 3pk £65.54


CA01034

£32.05

Cover


CA04335

£88.86

Cover 3pk

3. Wheelchair Accessible

Active World Stand

This height adjustable Active World

Tuff Tray Stand has been specifically

designed to be wheelchair

accessible. The stand can be set at 4

different heights: 70cm, 75cm, 80cm

and 85cm. Encourage inclusive play

and exploration! W870 x L870mm.

CE10944 £167.60

Active World

Used in settings for many years, the Active World Tray offers a flexible contained space for

open-ended play. The octagonal shape is ideal for an individual child, or a group of children

to play together. The raised sides are perfect for containing sensory materials, messy play,

small world scenes and much more. Team with a height adjustable stand and you’ve got

a flexible unit that can be used with babies and children of all ages. Now with new colour

combinations too, to suit different environments whether inside or outdoors.

1

2

3

Early Years


Early Years

Dens

1

Now available in cream

The Play Pod Den coordinates

with items in the

Rooms Scenes range see

pages online for details.

1. NEW Play Pod Den

Arch shaped canopy with wooden

frame creates a wonderfully cosy

indoor den. Frame is freestanding

and easy to move if need be.

Available with two pairs of curtains,

to hang front and back, one pair,

or without curtains. Curtains are

removable. Canopy fabrics are

made from polyester and can be

wiped clean. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly. H1200 x L1800 x


Code Choice Price

CE10241 No Curtains £514.48

CE10242 1 Set of Curtains £566.95

CE10243 2 Sets of Curtains £606.31

2

Colours available

CR LI BK



code e.g. CE10243CR

2. Dome Den

Beautifully shaped structure, ideal

for making indoor play dens and

framing cosy spaces. Transform

your Dome Den with a myriad of

different fabrics, decorations and

weaving options. Supplied flat


x W1200 x L1200mm. Made from

mdf.

CE10418 £626.71

178


1

Dens

Early Years

1. House Den Frame

Wooden den frame shaped like a

house. Really useful open ended

structure. Dress and theme in lots

of different ways. Bring structure

to home corners and role play.

Portable and lightweight. Suitable

from birth. Supplied flat packed


L1200mm. Made from wood.

CE10425 Den Frame £335.21

2

2. Indoor Two Floor Role

Play Loft

Ideal unit to help you transform

your learning environment into an

array of different role play scenarios.

Durable structure made from solid

beech. Anti-slip staircase leads to an

upper viewing gallery. Supplied flat


W2700 x D2700mm.

CE05904 £6,192.92


Early Years

Dens

1

Includes two sets of curtains

2

1. Wooden Framed Playtent

with Book Storage

Create your own role play,

reading or cosy space with this

multi-purpose wooden framed

tent. Made from beechwood ply,

complete with a set of red covers

and curtains. The sides of the arch

feature two shelf storage units.

Bookshelves each measure L1775 x

W935 x H1175mm. Arch measures

W1220mm x H1110mm. Suitable

for 3 to 11 years. Supplied flat



plywood.

CE00248 £553.84

2. Millhouse Den Cave Set

Taupe Roof

Millhouse den cave set with two

shelving units and roof. Use to

create cosy reading corners, quiet

play areas or to divide areas.

Features 2 x maple melamine

Open Storage Units with Den Cave

Roof add-on (both also available

separately). The Open Storage Units

are made from maple melamine

and are delivered fully assembled.

The Den Cave Roof is be attached

to the units using the Allen key and

bolts supplied. Baskets and tubs

available separately. H1140 x W2250

x D900mm.

CE11136 Tall with Blue Roof £1,144.14

CE11135 Tall with Taupe Roof £1,144.14

180


1. NEW Grey Walk Up

Changing Unit

Our versatile changing unit with

steps for toddlers to make their own

way to the top, is now available in

grey. Steps can be positioned to the

left, right or front of the unit to suit

your space and practitioners’ needs.

Steps help reduce repeated lifting

for staff, and are easily removed

by an adult when not in use. Made

from highly durable MDF with wipe

clean laminate finish. Includes a

soft, comfortable, vinyl mat that’s

easy to keep clean. Maximum

recommended user weight: 22kg.

Mobile on durable, lockable castors

enabling you to reposition the

unit. Features a lockable cupboard

with shelving and a series of

compartments, ideal for organising

nappies. The unit is delivered

fully assembled so it’s good to

go as soon as it arrives. Supplied


D590mm.

1

Baby Changing

Early Years

EL45241 £858.47

2. Walk Up Change Unit

with Antibac Mat

Versatile baby changing unit with

steps for toddlers to make their

own way to the top. Steps can

be positioned to the left, right or

front of the unit to suit your space

and practitioners’ needs. The steps

help reduce repeated lifting for

staff, and are easily removed by an

adult when not in use. Includes a

changing mat, which is available

in a choice of 3 colours to suit

your settings colour scheme. The

storage cupboard underneath

ensures that all your essentials can

be easily accessed whilst using it.

Featuring two lockable doors, the

unit has two shelves as well as 6

individual compartments at the top

purposefully designed for storing

nappies by size order. Shelves are

the ideal place to store wipes, hand

sanitiser, sanitising sprays and

all other essential items for baby

changing. Supplied fully assembled.


from mdf.

2

CE10941 With Cream Mat £858.47

CE10942 With Grey Mat £858.47

CE10940 With Lime Green Mat £858.47


Early Years

Millhouse Range

1

2

9

5

4

7

3

8

6

SAVE

£364 .38

2 3 4

5

6

1. Millhouse BIG DEAL

Under 3’s Role Play Zone

The Millhouse Under 3’s Role Play

Zone, has a wonderful selection

of height appropriate furniture,

aimed at supporting role play and

developing communication skills.


CE11775 £3,349.34

2. Low Storage Shelving

Corner Unit

H430 x W500 x D500mm.

CE08215 £341.04

3. Millhouse Beech Stacking

Chairs


CE11432 Seat Height 210mm £320.64

4. Millhouse Natural

Storage Dresser

H806 x W350 x D320mm.

CE11743 £378.94

7

8

5. Mini Mobile Dressing Up

Unit

Charming double-sided dressing up

unit. H930 x W700 x D400mm.

CE11342 £459.10

6. Millhouse Natural

Kitchen Set of 4

Made from birch plywood.

CA11415 £714.16

Contents

1 x Low Level 90 Degree Corner Unit

1 x Beech Stacking Chair - Pack of 4 (Seat H210mm)

1x Natural Storage Unit (H806mm)

1 x Mini Mobile Dressing Up Unit

1 x Natural Kitchen Set of 4 - Cooker, Fridge,

Washer, Sink (H400mm)

2x Low Level Storage Bench with 3 Baskets

1 x Theatre Add on with Taupe Curtains

1 x Square Table 560mm(w)

x 560mm(d) x 400mm(h)

9

7. Large Hall Bench with

Storage

H430 x W900 x D400mm.

CE08212 with 3 Baskets £534.89

8. Millhouse Square Table


Depth 560mm. Width 560mm.

CE11826 Height 400mm £230.27

9. Top Add-Ons for

Playscapes Base Units


CE11710 Theatre with Taupe Curtains £201.12

182


1. Explorer Zone Room Set

Save over £276.93 when you purchase this

Explorer Room Zone. Featuring a variety of easy

access and low level storage units, this explorer

zone allows children to select their own resources

which promotes independent learning. Supplied

fully assembled. Maple.

1

8

7

Millhouse Range

Early Years

CE11134 Wicker Baskets £3,446.99

CE08159 Clear Tubs £3,226.91

Contents

1 x Clear View Low Browser

1 x Low Mirror Play Unit with 3 Clear Tubs

or 3 Baskets

1 x Low Level Storage Bench with 3 Clear

Tubs or 3 Baskets

1 x Mobile Mirror Storage Unit with 3 Clear

Tubs or 3 Baskets

1 x Shelf Unit with Display/Mirror Back with

6 Clear Tubs or 6 Baskets

1 x Mobile Tiered Shelf Unit with Mirror Back

1 x Low level 90 degree Corner Unit

5

2

SAVE

£145 .75

4

3

6

2. Millhouse Clear View Low Height

Book Browser


H360 x W395 x D255mm.

CE08210 £425.58

3. Large Hall Bench with Storage

H430 x W900 x D400mm.

CE08211 with 3 Clear Tubs £496.99

CE08212 with 3 Baskets £534.89

4. Low Mirror Play Unit


H430 x W900 x D400mm.

CE08213 with 3 Clear Tubs £466.39

CE10605 3 Wicker Baskets £575.70

5. Low level mobile storage unit with

display and mirror back

H800 x W900 x D400mm.

CE08214 Clear Tubs £609.22

CE08219 Wicker Baskets £609.22

6. Low Storage Shelving Corner Unit


H430 x W500 x D500mm.

CE08215 £341.04

7. Tall Unit with Display & Mirror Back

H660 x W900 x D400mm.

CE08216 Clear Tubs £510.11

CE08220 Wicker Baskets £582.99

8. Mobile Storage Trolley with Display

and Mirror Back

H800 x W900 x D400mm.

CE08217 Mirror Back £524.69

2 3

4 5

6 7

8

9

Free delivery to the room

of your choice

Unpacking and removal

of packaging

3D CAD room layout

drawing available

9. Millhouse Panel Connector

Enabling you to refresh your space and configuration time

after time to keep toddlers and children engaged with their

environments. Connectors allow you further flexibility with

your role play, pretend play and learning zones.

CE08232 Room Divider Panel Connector £72.86


Early Years

Early Years Tables & Chairs

1

1. Half Circular Solid Beech

Table

Classic tables in solid beech, ideal

for Early Years. These tables blend

effortlessly into any Early Years

setting. Robust and durable, solid

legs ensure stability and won’t

wobble. Rounded, smooth corners.

To assemble, just add legs. Supplied


CE20304 H460mm £434.32

CE20306 H530mm £434.32

CE20267 H400mm £434.32

2

2. Trapezoidal Solid Beech

Table

Classic tables in solid beech, ideal

for Early Years. These tables blend

effortlessly into any Early Years

setting. Robust and durable, solid

legs ensure stability and won’t

wobble. Rounded, smooth corners.

To assemble, just add legs. Supplied


CE20307 H530mm £434.32

CE20268 H400mm £434.32

CE20305 H460mm £434.32

3. Horseshoe Beech Table

Horseshoe shaped table ideal for a

teacher and small group of children.

Made from quality solid beech with

45mm legs. Solid frame on the

underside for strength and stability.

Useful for teacher led group activity

or during mealtimes. Supplied flat


W1520 x D760mm.

CE10524 £483.88

3

4. Classic Beech Stackable

Chairs 4pk

The simple styling ensures these

chairs will look good in your

classroom for years. Quality design,

made from solid beech with sturdy

legs and ergonomic backrest. Chairs

are robust yet easy to lift and stack.

Pack of 4. Supplied fully assembled.




5. Wooden Armchairs 4pk

With rounded backrest, this armed

Captain’s Chair comes in three seat

heights. Small seat height 20cm;

medium seat height 28cm; large seat

height 32cm. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly. Pack of 4.

FCAPCHS Small £365.82

FCAPCHM Medium £365.82

FCAPCHL Large £365.82

4

4

4

5

184


1. Classic Beech Veneer

Rectangular Table

Beech veneer top and solid beech

legs. L1200 x W600mm Supplied flat


CE03219 H530mm £325.01

CE03217 H400mm £325.01

CE03218 H460mm £325.01


Square Table

Can seat up to four. L750 x

W750mm. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly.

CE03213 H400mm £266.71

CE03215 H530mm £266.71

CE03214 H460mm £266.71


Circular Table

Can seat up to four. Supplied flat

packed for self-assembly. Diameter

900mm.

CE03210 H460mm £333.75

CE03211 H530mm £333.75

CE03209 H400mm £333.75

4. Classic Solid Beech

Rectangular Table

L1200mm x W600mm Supplied flat


CE06551 H460mm £450.35

CE06552 H530mm £450.35

CE06550 H400mm £450.35

TOP TIP!

These tables & chairs

coordinate with the

Room Scenes Range,

see online for details.

2

3


These classic tables will blend effortlessly into any classroom. Choice of beech veneer or

solid beech top. Legs are 4.5cm solid beech, ensuring stability. Tables require simple leg

assembly only. Coordinating chairs also available, see page 184.

1

SAVE

SAVE

£14 .58 £14 .58

Early Years


Rectangular Table

A smaller rectangular table made

from solid beech which can seat up

to four pupils. L960 x W600mm.


CE06561 H530mm £400.80

CE06560 H460mm £400.80

CE06559 H400mm £400.80


Square Table

Square table with solid beech top

and legs. Can seat up to four pupils.

L750 x W750mm. Supplied flat


CE06558 H530mm £284.20

CE06557 H460mm £284.20

CE06556 H400mm £284.20


Circular Table

Circular table with solid beech

top and legs. Can seat up to four

pupils. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

Diameter 1000mm.

CE06554 H460mm £409.54

CE06553 H400mm £409.54

CE06555 H530mm £409.54

8. Beech Veneer Rectangular Table

L1200mm and Chairs Offer




10. Solid Beech Rectangular Table L960mm

and Chairs Offer




9. Beech Veneer Circular Table and Chairs

Offer

CE08056 H400mm £647.11

CE08058 H530mm £647.11

CE08057 H460mm £647.11

SAVE

£14 .58 SAVE

£14 .58

11. Solid Beech Circular Table and Chairs

Offer





Early Years


1. Toddler Low Circular

Table

Durable round table, designed

for younger children. Table height

380mm, ideal for use with the

200mm seat height Toddler Chairs.

Height suitable for children aged

2 - 3 when sat to the table on these

chairs. Wipe clean. Simply attach

legs to complete assembly. Supplied


Diameter 1000mm. Height 380mm.

CE00776 Single Table £199.66

1 2

3 4

5

4

2. Toddler Low Square Table

Durable table, designed for younger

children. Table height 380mm, ideal

for use with the 200mm seat height

Toddler Chairs. Height suitable for

children aged 2 - 3 when sat to the

table on these chairs. Wipe clean.

Simply attach legs to complete

assembly. Supplied flat packed


L800mm.


3. Toddler Wooden Chair

Specifically designed for younger

children, a practical, robust, wooden

chair. Supportive sides with rounded

edges help younger children to feel

secure. Stackable, lightweight and

easy to carry. Seat height 130mm

ideal for toddlers, seat height

200mm ideal for age 2-3 years, and

seat height 250mm ideal for age 3-4

years. Supplied fully assembled.

CE11492 Seat Height 130mm 4pk £247.76

CE05885 Seat height 200mm 4pk £306.06

CE07957 Seat height 250mm 4pk £335.21

4. Teacher’s Birch Ply Wood

Chair

No more bending over and

uncomfortable knees! Manufactured

from solid Birch wood ply, the

wider base allows adults to sit at

the same height in a comfortable

position. Designed to complement

our Toddler Chairs. H570 x W400 x

L530mm. Seat height 300mm.

CE00778 300mm £65.57

5. Rectangular Toddler Low

Table

Durable table, designed specifically

for younger children. Table height

380mm, ideal for use with the

200mm seat height Toddler Chairs.

Height suitable for children aged

2 - 3 when sat to the table on these

chairs. Wipe clean. Simply attach

legs to complete assembly. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. H380 x

W610 x L910mm.


186


1. Natural Wooden Folding

Early Years Table

Low tables at the ideal height

for toddlers and young children.

Featuring a heavy duty top which

is easily wiped clean making

these folding tables ideal for

playtime activities, snack times and

lunchtimes Available in two heights

400mm (ideal for age 2 - 3) and

460mm (ideal for age 3 -4). Easy

to fold - safety hinge on table leg.

W1200 x D800mm. Supplied fully

assembled. Width 800mm.

1


Early Years

CE06843 H400mm £233.19

CE08163 H460mm £233.19

2. Circular Folding Natural

Wooden Table

Bring children together around

this circular folding table. Easy to

fold with safety hinge on table leg.

Store away for extra space saving.

Wipe clean, suitable for a variety of

activities including messy play and

meal or snack times. Height ideal

for age 3 - 5 years. Heavy-duty table

top, perfect for the busy nursery

setting. Supplied fully assembled.

CE08165 £284.20

2

3. Large Natural Wooden

Table

Comfortably seats up to eight

children within your primary

school or nursery setting. Create

a communal area with this table,

allowing a larger group of children

to sit together, making it ideal for

both lunchtimes or table based

activities. Ideal for use with our

Toddler Wooden Chairs. The height

is suitable for children aged 2 - 4

years when sat to the table (with

seat height 210mm). Supplied


L1600mm.

3

CE05703 £400.80


Early Years

Essentials Range

1

3

2

4

Contents

1 x Mobile Clear View Browser

1 x Mobile Book Display Unit

1 x Classroom Tidy Storage Unit

1 x Display Unit

1 x Essentials Low Single Box Store

1 x Low Mirror Store

Starter Set contents as pictured

1. NEW Essentials Starter

Set

Set of Furniture items that neatly

combines practical storage with

space for role play. Furniture is

freestanding and can be positioned

as shown, or configured to suit your

needs. Supplied flat packed for


outdoors.

FF46608 £2,171.60

SAVE

£145 .75

2. NEW Essentials Mobile

Clear View Browser

Easy access storage unit with three

compartments to help orgnaisation.

Clear perspex sides make resources

clearly visible. Easy to manoeuvre

on lockable castors. Use for storing

books, construction materials and

other resources. Includes castors

with the option to fit. Supplied flat


H650 x W960 x D400mm.

FF46071 £378.94

3. NEW Essentials Mobile

Book Display Unit

Mobile unit with built in storage

for forward facing books. Easy to

manoeuvre on locakble castors.

Forward facing book storage

compartments enable to children

to seen book covers and encourage

more independent selection. Ideal

for book corners, reading areas, and

to help zone a space. Supplied flat


H800 x W960 x D400mm.

FF46145 £437.24

4. NEW Essentials Low

Single Box Store

Low level unit for small world

play and display. Three handy

compartments for easy access

storage. Use with various add-ons

in this range, including the Theatre

add on for role play, or double sided

felt/dry wipe or mirror/dry wipe.

Includes castors with the option to

fit. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

H430 x W960 x D400mm.

FF45840 Unit £291.49

FF45841 Unit with Trays £320.64

FF45842 Unit with Baskets £378.94

188


Essentials Range

Early Years

5

6

7

5. NEW Essentials Classroom

Tidy Storage Unit

Handy unit with 9 baskets or trays

presented at 45 degrees. The

angled baskets or trays are ideal

for providing continuous provision

of resources. Includes lockable

castors for easy manoeuvrability.

Use for a variety of reosurces such

as, loose parts, construction and

creative materials. Ideal for Early

Years. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

H800 x W960 x D400mm.



6. NEW Essentials Display

Unit

Mobile unit with shelving, ideal for

child self access and displays. Easy

to manoeuvre on locakble castors.

Shelves can be used for a variety

of things, and are deep enough

for use with baskets or other

containers. Ideal for book corners,

reading areas, and to help zone a

space. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

H800 x W960 x D400mm.

FF46143 £364.36

7. NEW Essentials Low

Mirror Store

Low level mirror topped unit with

storage. Acryrlic safety mirror. Ideal

for exploring reflection,constructing

with metallics and small world

play. Three handy compartments

for easy access storage. Includes

lockable castors with the option to

fit. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

H430 x W960 x D400mm.

FF46079 Unit £335.21



Co-ordinate with our

new range of Eco Soft

Furnishings made

100% from recycled

plastics salvaged

from the land and

ocean, see online for

more details!


Early Years

Crates Collection

Inspired by natural materials, this collection of beautiful crate storage helps give your setting a

touch of rustic charm. Well finished, quality items, made with early years children and

practitioners in mind. Practical, versatile and with a choice of colours to mix and match as you like.

1

1

Change compartments to a flat position

2

1. NEW Continuous

Provision Unit

Easy access unit with individual

compartments to help organise

resources. Position against a wall

or in the middle of a room for easy

access. Compartments can fixed

in a tilted or flat position. A flat

position makes it easy to access

the compartments from both

sides. Ideal for loose parts, creative

materials, or to create a literacy or

maths station. Easy to manoeuvre

on lockable castors. The unit has

been finished to a high standard so

it is tactile to touch. Compartment

L330 x W260mm. Supplied fully

assembled. Depth 380mm. Height

1150mm. Width 1190mm.

FF45655 £655.86

190


2. NEW Double Sided 6

Crate Mobile Unit

A versatile, mobile unit with 6 rustic

crates complete with carry handles.

Easy to manoeuvre on lockable

castors. Position against a wall or

in the middle of a room for access

from both sides. Crates are easy for

children to handle and have nylon

feet underneath to aid movement.

Highly versatile, six crates provide

maximum storage, use with three

crates and gain a shelf, or remove

all the crates for a mobile shelving

unit. Crates can also be used

separately. Depth 40mm. Height

640mm. Width 940mm.

1

Crates Collection

Early Years

FF45652 £582.99

2

2 2

Remove all crates for shelves


Early Years

Jolly Back

Improving posture and health for teachers and children

Posture affects physical and mental wellbeing, as a result it directs affects learning.

Correctly supporting children’s posture through an understanding of ergonomics and the

use of well designed classroom furniture and spaces, improves concentrationand productivity,

reduces discomfort and importantly helps future proof children’s health. Postural

health is equally important for education professionals as it lessens and prevents pain,

improves morale and energy levels. Jolly back furniture has been proven to reduce absence

from back pain, bring benefits to teachers, employers and students.

1

Lorna Taylor (Physiotherapist and Founder Jolly Back

Colours available

BL GY RE

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to

the end of your order code e.g. FF10627BL

1. Jolly Back Chair

Innovative chair designed to

promote natural upright posture.

Large and medium height chairs are

fitted with lockable castors. Small

chairs are fitted with non-scratching

glides. Height adjustable back

rest and cushioned wedged seat

support. Compact for use in limited

spaces. Featuring a cushioned seat

and tall backrest handle for safe

moving. Teachers can remain seated

at child height to engage learners,

and children don’t overstrain their

necks by looking up too high.

Designed to reduce awkward

bending and kneeling.

Can be used at KS1 and KS2 tables.

Weight tested to 110kg (17.3 stone).

FF10627 Small Fabric £333.75

FF10629 Medium Fabric £333.75

FF10631 Large Fabric £333.75

FF10628 Small Vinyl £333.75

FF10630 Medium Vinyl £333.75

FF10632 Large Vinyl £333.75

2. Jolly Back Pull Up Table

Thanks to the lightweight design,

the Pull Up Table is a practical and

convenient table solution, whilst also

helping to support good posture.

Compact design that works perfectly

with laptops and A4 sized books.


W480 x D450mm. Made from wood.

FF10543 £250.68

2

192


early years

contents

194-215 outdoor

216-235 sand, water & messy play

236-237 steam

238-255 construction

320-323 understanding the world

324-339 small world

340-356 role play

256-257 loose parts

258-269 maths

270-277 technology

278-287 communication & language

288-295 literacy

296-311 physical development

312-317 sensory & dens

318-319 psed


Outdoor

Outdoor Learning Collections

1

SAVE

£21 .66 78

1. Construction & Loose

2

Parts Outdoor Learning

Collection

A collection of engaging bricks and

blocks, ideal for supporting children

to design, construct and build

their very own structures outdoors.

Explore size, weight and shape as

children work together to create

imaginative constructions with this

wonderful selection of construction

loose parts. Mini Shed sold

separately. This carefully selected

collection of construction and

loose parts resources is ideal for

sparking imaginations as children

create structures, design buildings

and work together to stack, sort

and construct! With everything you

will need to create an engaging

outdoor construction space,

children will love using this versatile

collection as they use mathematical

language and develop critical

thinking skills. This collection fits

perfectly in our Mini Shed (sold

separately) and can be stored away

neatly when not in use. Set includes

78 pieces. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 78.

Construction &

CA12248 Loose Parts Learning £577.45

Collection

2. Mini Shed









resources. Supplied fully assembled.

Suitable to be left outdoors. Depth


1320mm.

CE10043 Mini Shed £620.80

Each collection

fits perfectly

into our Mini Shed

194


Outdoor Learning

Collections

Complete collections

for outdoor learning.

Each collection

covers a range of

skills, includes

downloadable activity

cards, and has been

designed to fit into

one of our versatile

sheds which can be

purchased separately

for easy storage.

1

SAVE

£93 .84

Outdoor Learning Collections

143

Outdoor

1. Physical Development

Outdoor Collection

Support physical development

outdoors with this engaging

and versatile collection, ideal for

collaborative play and developing

gross motor skills. Encourage

children to throw, jump, balance

and much more with this collection

of diverse resources, perfect for

supporting a range of physical

development skills. Mini Shed sold

separately. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 143.

CA12249


Learning Collection

£376.63


2

2. Sand & Water Play

Outdoor Learning

Collection

A wonderfully engaging collection

of sand and water resources, perfect

for enriching outdoor play. This

versatile collection will encourage

exploration and experimentation

as children scoop, tip, pour and

sieve sand, water and messy

play ingredients. Mini Shed sold



Sand & Water Learning

CA12247

£434.50

Collection


SAVE

£72 .19

114

3. Calming & Wellbeing

Collection

A collection of multi-sensory

resources designed to promote

calmness, wellbeing and selfregulation

to enable children to

engage in outdoor play. It includes

carefully selected resources perfect

for use during play and lunch

times, to ease anxieties for children

who find unstructured activities

overwhelming. Will help children

to relax, reduce stress and sensory

overload. Suitable for age 3 years


3

SAVE

£173 .25

SD10632

Calming & Wellbeing

Learning Collection

£769.95


154


Outdoor

Buy all three kits and save £433.13 with

CA11610 or receive a free Mini Shed with

CA11074. Head online for more information.

180

Steam starter Kit Kit 1

Kit 2

STEAM Stack

and Build

A wonderful introduction to STEAM learning and outdoor construction.

An engaging and innovatively engineered loose parts that can be

manipulated, maneuvered, joined and stacked together to create all

kinds of imaginative designs. Suitable for age 3 years and up..

Starter Kit

CA11071 £1,650.00

86

Kit 1

CA11072 £1,512.50

43

from

£1,512 .50

KEY

BENEFITS

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

• Supports critical thinking and problem

solving skills through play

• STEAM is at the heart of this unique product

• Loose parts play enables independent and

collaborative learning

51

Kit 2

CA11073 £1,650.00

Free Shed with all 3 sets

CA11074 £5,053.12

Buy 3 Kits & Save Bundle Deal

CA11610 £4,620.00

SAVE

£433 .13

196


1. White Foam Bricks

Take a trip to the North Pole and

build a chilly ice cave with these

white, tough foam bricks. They are

lightweight so will not hurt fingers

and toes if they fall down. Use

indoors and out. Suitable for age

3 years and up. White. H9 x L20 x

D6cm. Made from foam.

1 2

Construction

Outdoor

CA00926 25pk £103.11

CA00967 75pk £268.08

2. Stone Wall Foam Boulder

Brick Blocks

Realistic pretend rocks in a mix of

three different colours. Children will

love stacking and building walls.

Perfect for role play indoors or out

and can be used with wet sand for

‘cement’. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Brown. H12 x W15 x L18cm.

CA12241 9pk £51.41

CA01169 25pk £116.86

CA02756 75pk £316.21

3. Role Play Foam Breeze

Blocks

Whether you’re building walls, a

home for the Three Little Pigs or

constructing towers, children will

have fun with these role play breeze

blocks. Lightweight and safe if they

topple, and wipe clean so they go

well with wet sand. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Grey. H16 x L19 x

D12cm.

3 4

SAVE

£21 .66

CA12205 10pk £61.86

CA01170 20pk £109.98

CA02943 60pk £316.17

4. Bricks Multi Buy Offer

95pk

A large set of 95 realistic, foam

covered bricks. Lightweight and

realistic, this assorted set of bricks

allows children to design and build

using realistic materials. Includes

House, Breeze, Ice and Stone Wall

Bricks. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Made from foam. Pack of 95.

CA02757 £399.99

95

5. Giant Outdoor Wooden

Hollow Building Blocks

A set of quality, hollow blocks

made from treated wood. Includes

a variety of shapes to select and

stack, including cuboids and planks.

Suitable for age 3 years and up.

5 6

CA04171 15pk £329.99

CA03345 30pk £544.50

6. Wooden Plank Collection

12pk

Perfect for enriching loose parts

play or construction, these Wooden

Planks are open-ended and versatile!

Use to create large structures or

experiment rolling objects down

them, these Wooden Planks are

perfect for outdoor learning.


Made from wood. Pack of 12.

CA04715 Large 12pk £214.50

CA06068 Mini 12pk £137.49

SAVE

£72 .19

12


Outdoor

Outdoor Activity Stations

1

NEW

Add guttering to create a

sand and water channelling

station

1. NEW Wall Mounted

Activity Station

Get busy exploring, investigating,

constructing and enhancing learning

with this outdoor station. This

wonderful multi-functional outdoor

station offers children opportunities

to discover and expand on all areas

of learning. Children are able to

explore areas like role play, small

world, mathematical and literacy

principles, construction, sand and

water, messy, STEAM and Loose

Parts. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. H52 x W113 x D50cm.

FF11398 Wall Mounted Unit £721.86

FF11406

Wall Mounted Station

3pk Bundle

£2,021.25

2

NEW

Featuring easy-to-remove

trays

Transform outdoor learning

with these multi-functional

pieces, specifically designed to

support all areas of development,

whatever your space.

With options for a space-saving

wall-mounted or a free-standing

unit, these activity stations

are flexible and can be adapted

to follow your children’s

interests and extend learning

opportunities.

2. NEW Freestanding

Activity Station

Get busy exploring, investigating,

constructing and enhancing

learning with this outdoor station.

This wonderful multi-functional

outdoor station offers children

opportunities to discover and

expand on all areas of learning.

Children are able to explore

areas like role play, small world,

mathematical and literacy

principles, construction, sand and

water, messy, STEAM and Loose

Parts. Suitable for age 3 years and

Perfect for creating an up. H80 x W80 x L117cm.

outdoor construction, small FF11399 Free Standing Station £721.86

Free Standing Station

world, STEAM or messy FF11405

£2,021.25

3pk Bundle

play station

3. NEW Outdoor Activity

Cube

NEW

3

Get busy constructing, playing

and exploring with this multifunctional

wooden outdoor unit.

This fantastic multi-functional

SAVE

£43 .32 outdoor piece offers opportunities

to explore all areas of learning and

development. Children can explore

construction, sand and water,

messy, role play, small world, mark

making, mathematical principles,

social skills, STEAM and Loose Parts

all in a single unit. Crates and Crate

Tops sold separately. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. H69.5 x W74.7

x D54cm.

FF11404 Activity Cube £721.86

CA07241 Crate Single £24.53

CA06813 Crates 4pk £83.68

CA10914 Crates 8pk £152.92

EL46625 Crate Tops 4pk £137.10

198


1. NEW Hive Working Pod

A beautiful outdoor learning

location that supports all areas of

learning. This fantastic multifunctional

outdoor pod offers

children opportunities to explore

and extend on all areas of learning.

Children can explore areas such as

role play, small world, mathematical

and literacy principles, construction,

sand and water, messy, STEAM

and Loose Parts all in a single pod.

Whether being used as a single

pod or as a multi pod location, this

enables children to explore all areas

of the early years. Children can learn

through their interests and have

the ability to independently access

their outdoor environment. This pod

can be used as a cosy space, sand

and water station, messy station,

construction and loose parts, mark

making, mathematical and literacy

principles, small world and role

playing. Made from Scandinavian

Red Wood. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. H113 x W110.8cm.

1

Outdoor Activity Stations

NEW

Outdoor

FF11400 Hive Single £1,010.63


Outdoor

Outdoor Dividers

1

2

SAVE

£90 .24

1. Free Flowing Transparent

Curtains

The perfect solution for allowing

free flow play between your in and

outdoor areas. Available in four

standard widths, the curtains are

supplied ready for easy installation

and include the curtain strips,

hanging plate and rail. Help prevent

heat loss and insect intrusion and

ensure good visibility between

areas. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

Made from pvc.

CE03034 W1968mm £388.36

CE03031 W984mm £252.65

CE03032 W1230mm £275.75

CE03033 W1476mm £288.74

2. Outdoor Room Dividers

Lightweight, portable wooden

fences designed to offer a flexible

solution to zoning your outdoor

area. Each panel includes a latch

on each end so they can be

fastened together in a straight

line if required. This is made from



and insect infestation for 10

years. H80 x L100cm. Made from

sustainable wood.

Fence Panels & Room

CA03285 £404.24

Dividers x 4

CA04100 Room Divider x 3 & Gate x 1 £404.24

Buy and Save with Multibuy

CA04365 Bundle Deal £736.29

3. Toddler Fence Panels

A range of smaller panels made

from outdoor treated wood,

designed with toddlers and babies

in mind. These lower height fences

3

are great for designating specific

areas. This is made from pre-treated



SAVE

£54 .14 infestation for 10 years. H50 x

W110cm. Made from sustainable

wood.

4

CA05585 3 panels and 1 gate £329.99

CA05432 4 panels £329.99



4. Outdoor Fence Panels

Portable wooden divider panels

for outdoor learning spaces. These

dividers can create spaces where

children can focus and concentrate.

A robust solution that keeps

children safely contained and

allows easy division of play areas.

Light enough to move around

easily and designed at a low height

so younger children can watch

activities going on around them.

H60 x W40 x L110cm. Made from

sustainable wood.

CA11317 Fence Panels 4pk £418.67

CA11324 Fence Panels 8pk £794.04

• Each panel measures H60 x W40 x L110cm

200


1. Outdoor Creative

Painting Window

Support creativity with this

acrylic painting window, perfect

for developing fine motor skills.

Suitable for 10 months and up.

Allow children to express creativity

outdoors as they paint on this

easy clean acrylic panel. Ideal for

encouraging collaborative play.

H1300 x W870 x L1400mm.

1

Outdoor Dividers

Outdoor

CA04534 £490.86

2. Outdoor Wooden

Chalkboard

Take mark making outdoors with

this large, robust, wooden-framed

chalkboard, available on sturdy legs

or in a wheelie version. Suitable

for 10 months and up. A superlarge

writing surface that will add

excitement and creativity to any

outdoor area for many years. The

wheelie chalkboard has lockable

wheels and legs; the standard has

legs. This is made from pre-treated



infestation for 10 years. Supplied flat

packed for self-assembly. Suitable

to be left outdoors. Depth 15cm.

Height 86cm. Made from sustainable

wood. Single. Square shaped. Width

120cm.

2

CA07466 Wheelie £469.21

CA05338 Standard £433.11

3. Outdoor Weaving Net in

Wooden Frame

Improve fine motor skills with

this sturdy wooden frame with

a weaving net. Suitable for 10

months and up. Can be used

with other panels to make an

enclosed, sectioned off zone or

used independently. Accessories

not included. This is made from




years. Supplied fully assembled.


10cm. Height 120cm. Made from

sustainable wood. Single. Width

87cm.

3

CA05233 £299.99

4. Outdoor Activity Panel

Multi Buy 3pk

Arrange together to create a series

of activity panels or use separately.


These panels have sturdy legs to

maintain stability, great for weaving,

writing, mark making or messages.

This is made from pre-treated



infestation for 10 years. Suitable

to be left outdoors. Made from

sustainable wood. Pack of 3.

4

SAVE

£153 .40

CA05573 £995.00


Outdoor

Mud Kitchen Accessories

1. Messy Play WOW Pack

1 SAVE

2

£18 .05 Enhance your mud kitchen and

create remarkable potions with this

messy play selection. This interesting

and engaging WOW Pack and

activity cards encourages children

to investigate, explore and discover,

either through non-directed play

or as part of an adult led activity.


Made from metal, plastic and wood.

Pack of 15.

CA12244 £164.89

15

3 4

5 6

15

12

3

2. Value Concoctions Kit

A selection of messy play accessories,

perfect for creating magical potions.

Suitable for age 3 years and up. Pack

of 12.

CA07477 £192.49

3. Mud Kitchen Accessory

Set

A durable, quality range of versatile,

messy play receptacles and utensils.

This set of open-ended resources is

designed to develop key physical,

mathematical and communication

skills. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 18.

CA07958 £181.49

4. Pestle and Mortar Set

Children will enjoy mixing up

creative concoctions in these

wooden containers. Use with petals,

leaves, snow and other interesting

items. A set of 3, varying in size.

Made from Olive wood. Suitable for

10 months and up. Pack of 3.

CA07170 £52.79

5. Outdoor Metal Utensils

This enormous utensil set consisting

of a giant spoon, shovel and sieve

makes a great addition to your

outdoor area. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. Height 105cm. Pack of 3.

CA07879 £76.99

7 8

3 6

6. Metal Cans and Tubs

This set of sturdy metal cans and

tubs will make a lovely addition to

your outdoor area. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Suitable to be left

outdoors. Made from metal. Pack

of 6.

CA06673 £54.99

7. Metal Jugs 3pcs

These delightful metal jugs will make

a great addition to your outdoor

setting. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Suitable to be left outdoors.


CA06674 £38.49

202

8. Assorted Metal Messy

Play Scoops

A set of metal scoops that is a great

addition to messy play activities,

children will enjoy scooping

counters, stones and sand. Suitable

for 10 months and up. Metallic

silver. Made from metal.

CA12215 2pk £19.79

CA06744 4pk £35.19


1. Babies & Toddlers

Outdoor Crawl Up Range

Babies and toddlers that are

beginning to crawl and are learning

how to coast need opportunities

to explore these skills, the Outdoor

Crawl Up Range supports their

development and encourages them

to further their independence.

These beautiful pieces are made

from durable and lightweight

wood that is immune to fungal and

insect attacks making it perfect for

outdoor use for little ones. Made

from wood.

1

Mud Kitchens

Removable lid

Outdoor

CA11875 Pull Up Bar £461.99

CA11873 Messy Station £606.36

CA11874 Posting Station £606.36

2. Outdoor Messy Play

Wooden Mud Kitchen

Get busy mixing, blending and

creating concoctions at this robust

wooden unit. Ideal as a mud kitchen

or for an outdoor home corner.

With added shelving underneath

and hooks along the top ledge

there is plenty of space to store

all of your messy play containers,

ingredients and utensils that add

to the excitement and versatility

of this fantastic open-ended

resource. Made from pre-treated



infestation for 10 years. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Supplied fully

assembled. H98 x W117 x D50.5cm.

Made from sustainable wood.

CA07521 £577.49

3. Outdoor Wooden Corner

Kitchen Unit

This high quality, sturdy kitchen unit

fits perfectly into a corner. Featuring

a large surface area for a group of

children to collaborate and create

together! Watch as they slosh, mash

and stir their mixtures in the large,

removable sink. The wood is made

from Scandinavian Redwood and is


damage for 10 years.

CA07735 Standard Delivery £2,021.25

2

3

CA11873 Messy Station - specifically designed

to be lower for babies and toddlers


Outdoor

Channelling

1

2

3

4

5 6

7

4

1. Cascading Bowls Messy

Station

Explore direction and flow as

3. Water Discovery Tubes

An exciting addition to water play

that children can explore tipping,

4. Natural Wooden Water

8

5. Water Channel Stands

These robust and sturdy metal

frames are perfect for supporting

channels during water play.


Pack of 4.

6

SAVE

£18 .05

children fill the bowls and watch

as sand or water pours to the bowl

below. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Height 76cm. Length 43cm.

Made from metal. Width 37cm.

CA06740 £274.30

2. Channelling & Cascading

Water Play Unit

An engaging and interactive

platform allowing children to

experiment with materials and

liquids in various ways. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Supplied flat


to be left outdoors. Depth 54cm.

Height 76.5cm. Made from metal

and steel. Width 125cm.

CA10563 £288.74

pouring and funneling. Place the

tubes into the bars and pour water

into them. Watch the water spout

in all different directions. Children

will have great fun filling the tubes

and trying to collect the water as it

gushes out. Can you collect more

as a team? How many buckets can

you fill? Use a variety of containers

to fill, pour and collect the water.

Please note tray and accessories

are not included. Suitable for 10

months and up. Made from plastic.

CA10019 £115.49

Channelling 8pk

Natural wooden guttering channels,

ideal for water play or experimenting

with forces. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. Diameter 9cm. Length

95cm. Made from wood. Pack of 8.

CA04952 £144.36

CA01150 Mini £64.95

FWCFRAME Large £86.61

6. Plastic Water Channelling

Guttering

This set of 6 sturdy plastic guttering

is a great addition to water

channelling play. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Length 1m. Made

from plastic. Pack of 6.

FWCASD-GUTTER £47.63

7. Outdoor Jumbo Guttering

and Channelling Set

A set of jumbo sized, deep guttering

for use in your Sand and Water play.

Suitable for age 3 years and up. H86

x W19 x L10cm.

CA07267 Stands 4pk £108.27

CA06698 Guttering 5pk £122.71


CA06904

Guttering & Stands

Bundle Deal

£216.52

204


1. Sand and Water Play

Tables

A sturdy, versatile tray unit that can

be easily moved about your setting.

Fill with messy materials, sand,

natural materials and so much more.

These portable tray and table sets

can be used for a variety of learning

opportunities. Trays measure H25.5 x

L112 x W62cm. Stand heights 40cm

or 58cm. The flat, wide rim allows

for placing accessories allowing

extra play value. The lightweight

tray features handle slots and base

blocks, allowing it to be easily lifted

out to use on the floor or fill with

materials. An attached plug valve

provides simple and easy drainage.

Anti-scratch, breathable lid is

included. Castors lock into place.

Please note both translucent and

blue trays fit both stand heights.

1

Water Play

Outdoor

Breathable lid and plug

for drainage

Height 58cm

Height 40cm

Choose the table to suit your requirements Code Description Price

Set includes 1 x stand and 1 x tray CA10393BL Blue Single H40cm £216.55

CA10393CL Translucent Single H40cm £216.55

CA10396BL Blue Single H58cm £216.55


Set includes 2 x stands and 2 x trays (same height & colour) CA10394BL Blue 2pk H40cm £389.79

CA10394CL Translucent 2pk H40cm £389.79

CA10395BL Blue 2pk H58cm £389.79


Set includes 2 x stands (same height), 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10394BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40cm £389.79

CA10395BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H58cm £389.79

Set includes 1 x 40cm stand, 1 x 58cm stand, 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10397BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40/H58cm £389.79

Set includes 2 x 40cm stand, 2 x 58cm stand, 2 x blue tray and 2 x translucent tray CA10398BQ Blue/Translucent 4pk H40/H58cm £721.82


Outdoor

Outdoor Role Play

1

2 3

4 5

1. Outdoor Wooden Role

Play Shop

Engage children in fun

mathematical role play with this

beautifully crafted outdoor shop.

A lovely, multi-functional resource.

Use the mini chalkboard to name

your shop. This is made from




Suitable from birth. H120 x W90

x D50cm. Made from sustainable

wood. Single.

CA04204 £519.74

2. Outdoor Role Play Shop

and Theatre

Take role play outdoors with this

double-sided wooden market stall

and theatre! Enrich imaginative

play with this versatile stall that can

also be used as a theatre. Featuring

waterproof curtains, this stall is

perfect for outdoor play. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. H1270 x

W910 x D440mm.

CA05453 £519.74

3. Outdoor Role Play Dress

Up Panel


wonderful Wooden Dress Up Panel.

Allow children to explore role play

outdoors as they independently

access accessories, dress-up

costumes, fabrics and much more.


H128 x W90 x D10cm. Made from

wood. Weight 30kg.

CA12060 £692.99

4. Outdoor Wooden

Adventure Boat

Outdoor wooden boat with an

open-ended adventures This boat

has a simple design so it does not

restrict the imagination, it could

be a pirate ship, a fishing boat or a

Viking longboat! This is made from




Accessories not included. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Supplied


outdoors. Depth 106cm. Height

80cm. Made from sustainable

wood. Width 185cm.

CA07737 £895.00

5. Outdoor Economy

Corner Kitchen

A quality, affordable kitchen, ideal

for use in a variety of messy play

and role play scenarios. Large bench

space enables collaborative play.

Featuring a removable sink, a handy

shelf to store your ingredients and

hooks to hang your utensils. Use

the chalkboard for mark making or

creating your menus. A truly versatile

resource. Made from Scandinavian

Redwood, which has a 10 year

guarantee against rot and insect

damage. Supplied fully assembled.


W100 x L100 x D40cm. Made from

sustainable wood.

CA10379 £974.53

206


1

Small World

Outdoor

1. NEW Outdoor Wall Dolls

House

A beautiful multi-storey house

for small world exploration and

to inspire conversation and

collaboration. This wooden building

has removable floors so the child

can turn this into any small world

location from their imagination.

From a garage, construction site,

fairy world to a superheroes cave.

This is a fantastic way to create

narratives and storylines. With

the chalkboard back, it offers

possibilities for children to mark

make. Suitable for 10 months and

up. H 80cm x W 40cm x D 12cm.

H80 x W40 x D12cm.

EL45045 £317.61

2. Outdoor Wooden Dolls

House

A beautifully crafted, open-ended

dolls house to allow children’s

imaginations to flourish. It can be

a house, a shop, a hotel or a home

for elves. Furniture and figures

not included. This is made from




Suitable for 10 months and up. H92

x L96 x D50cm.

CA06034 £350.00

2

NEW

3. Outdoor Wooden

Enchanted House

This two story house is a wonderful

way to inspire conversation and

collaboration. A beautifully simple,

open-ended resource which will

delight and engage. Suitable for

age 10 months and up. H89 x W94

x D48cm.

CA05045 £324.50

3


Outdoor

Outdoor Soft Furnishings

1

2 3

4

5

1. Baby Outdoor Soft

Furnishings

A charming collection of nature

themed outdoor soft furnishings

in sage green and white. Create a

comfortable outdoor environment

for babes and toddlers with this

easy-to-clean collection.

CA11883 Square Mat £194.90

CA11881 Bolster Cushions £101.05

CA11880 Square Cushions £122.71

CA11882 Round Mat £180.46

CA11884 Canopy £101.05

SAVE with Multi-Buy

Buy and save!


2. Outdoor Showerproof

Nylon Padded Mat

A showerproof nylon padded mat,

ideal for taking outdoors. The 2.5cm

thick foam ensures that there will be

no numb bottoms! Mat is striped in

red, yellow and green. Wipe clean

only. Cushions ordered separately.

Length 138cm. Single. Width 138cm.

CA01046 Mat £259.86

CA01047 Cushions £288.74

3. Artificial Grass Mats

Versatile mats ideal for both indoor

or outdoor use, these artificial

grass mats are realistic looking and

features a mix of both green and

brown tufts. Non abrasive grass,

with a soft texture, comfortable to

sit on and ideal for laying on hard

floors. Suitable to be left outdoors.

CE10364 Square Mat 1m x 1m £46.19



CE10301 Rectangle Mat 3m x 2m £228.10

CE05815 Rectangle Mat 1.2m x 2m £181.90

CE06853 Corner Grass Mat 2m x 2m £181.90

CE06921 Circle Mat Diameter 2m £181.90

4. Outdoor Waterproof

Cushions

A perfect set of waterproof cushions

to create welcoming outdoor

reading areas in your school. The

removable covers are wipe-clean

and great for every day use. Height

35cm. Length 35cm. Pack of 10.

CA01047 £288.74

5. 3 Section Folding PVC

Mat

Our 3 section folding mats are ideal

SAVE for a range of activity games. Shockabsorbent

and covered with soft

£18 .05 waterproof PVC, with sealed edges.

Set of four comes in red, yellow, blue

and green. Multicoloured. Depth

1cm. Length 90cm. Width 45cm.

KMAT Single £28.86

CA00760 4pk £101.00

208


1. NEW Mushroom Reading

Nook

A beautiful and cosy outdoor

wooden reading environment. This

enchanting barn is the perfect place

for children to snuggle into and

read in their outdoor environment.

Children are able to easily store

books away from the elements and

stay dry from rain as it wont stop

their play. With small world nooks,

children can enhance and enrich

their literacy development. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. H118.5 x

W120 x L120cm.

1

Outdoor Playhouses

NEW

Outdoor

EL11300 £1,443.75

2. Outdoor Wooden Sensory

Cube

An exciting way to add colour to

your outdoor space! Create a cosy

reading corner or outdoor sensory

space, children can explore how light

and shadows are created through

each coloured panel. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. H1000 x W1040

x D1020mm. Made from perspex

and wood.

CA12063 £1,314.50

3. Mini Triangular Rainbow

Room

A cosy outdoor den with magical

rainbow coloured windows. A

quiet, calming sensory retreat

with the added effect of coloured

light beams that shines through

the windows. Ideal in any outdoor

space, especially where if space is

limited. Features a wooden base so

can be used all year round without

worrying about ground conditions.

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable to


L1000mm.

CE10346 £1,095.00

4. Outdoor Mini Rainbow

Den

All the awe and wonder of our

original Rainbow Den but in a

miniature version. Features an open

doorway, five coloured windows and

bench seating on each side. Must be

installed on flat ground. Suitable for

24 months to 11 years. Supplied flat



L1750mm.

CE06919 350mm £3,294.50

5. Outdoor Rainbow Den

with Wheelchair Access

An outdoor retreat with a wide

enough entrance for wheelchair

users to access and enjoy.

Can accommodate up to four

wheelchairs (depending on size),

with two stools for children or

adults to comfortably sit on. Suitable




D2400mm.

CE10943 £4,995.00

2

4

3

5


Outdoor

Outdoor Den Making

1

22

2

23

1. Forest School Den Making

Kit

Enhance forest school learning with

this engaging outdoor den making

kit, specifically created to support

with early years in mind. Support

collaborative play, critical thinking,

observational skills and much more

with this engaging collection.

Suitable for 3 to 4 years. Pack of 22.

CA12005 £194.90

2. Cottage Garden Outdoor

Den Making Kit

A wonderful and unique outdoor

den making kit, specifically created

with early years in mind. Encourage

children to construct their very own

cottage garden hideaways with this

collection of den making tools and

equipment. Suitable for 3 to 4 years.

Pack of 23.

CA12004 £158.80

3. Outdoor Pirate Den

Making Kit

This specially designed outdoor den

making kit is perfect for taking role

play outdoors. Featuring wooden

mallets, eye patches and everything

else you need to create the perfect

outdoor pirate hideaway. Suitable

for 3 to 4 years. Pack of 18.

CA12003 £158.80

These outdoor den kits

have been carefully crafted

specifically for early years

and are perfect for taking

creative thinking and

collaborative play out into

nature. Featuring handy

backpacks, these grab and

go den kits are ideal for

creating a hands on outdoor

experience as children

explore, manage risks and

overcome challenges while

constructing their very own

den creations.

3

18

210


1. Classic Wellies

Long-lasing and sturdy wellies,

perfect for forest school and

outdoor activities! An essential for

outdoor learning, these wellies are

designed to be slightly taller to

minimise mess and protect more of

your leg.

1 2

Outdoor Clothing

Outdoor

CA12151 Infant Size 3 £20.20




CA12156 Child Size 4 £20.20






CA12142 Child Size 10 £20.20

CA12143 Child Size 11 £20.20

CA12144 Child Size 12 £20.20

CA12145 Child Size 13 £20.20




CA12139 Adult Size 4 £24.53



2. Pack Away Waterproof

Collection

A lightweight, waterproof jacket

that packs away in its own mesh

carry bag. The jacket is easy to

store and perfect for those puddle

jumping days. Suitable for age 3

years and up.

CA03665 5 - 6 years Waterproof Jacket £25.97

CA03664 3 - 4 years Waterproof Jacket £25.97

CA03668 5 - 6 years Overtrousers £20.20

CA03667 3 - 4 years Overtrousers £20.20

3 4

3. Kids Waterproof

Collection

This kids waterproof collection is

a useful addition to the outdoor

classroom and allows children to

experience all weather play. Made

from 100% waterproof material

with tape welded seams to provide

extra protection. Suitable for age 4

years and up.

CA00727 Jacket 5 - 6 years £18.76

CA00728 Jacket 7 - 8 years £18.76

4. Outdoor Clothing

Waterproof Jacket and

Trousers

A waterproof outdoor clothing

set made from EVA and phtalate

free. Consists of a hooded jacket

(elasticated cuffs) and trousers

(elasticated waist). Hook and loop

fastenings mean they are easy to

put on and take off. Wipe clean.


CA02720 H100cm Single £25.97

CA02721 H110cm Single £25.97

CA02722 H120cm Single £25.97


CA03091 H110cm 10pk £216.43

CA02940 H100cm 10pk £216.43

CA02942 H120cm 10pk £216.43

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£72 .19


GETTING STARTED WITH

LEARNING THROUGH RISKS

Learning through risk can come in many guises,

from using scissors, climbing trees to riding a bike,

all are activities that could lead to physical injury

and include an element of risk. It is however an

important part of a child’s development with the

benefits often outweighing the risks. Children can

develop skills such as motor control, balance, an

awareness of one’s body and the ability to assess

risks while not forgetting to mention, the fun and

memorable learning experiences gained.

Tools

Giving children the opportunities to use ‘real tools’

under adult supervision is another aspect of learning

through risk. When trusted with tools, children

develop physical skills whilst building self-esteem

and concentration.

Personal protective equipment is an essential part

of exploring ‘real tools’ too, as children develop

skills to protect themselves and others from injury.

1. Busy Bench Builders Tool Kit 17pcs

CA04956 £79.40

2. Forest Schools Kit

CA04957 £166.02

NEW

3. NEW Outdoor Mallets

EL46276 £86.61

4. Goggles and Gloves 9pcs

CA04978 £79.40

212


Learning Through Risk

in the Great Outdoors

The great outdoors provides the perfect

playground for taking risks. Jumping off logs,

swinging in the trees and using nature’s natural

materials for obstacle courses.

These activities form unforgettable childhood

memories whilst allowing children to test their

limits in a safe and controlled way. We have

a wonderful collection of resources from rope

ladders to fire starting kits to support children

in learning through risk in the great outdoors.

“The goal is not to

eliminate risk, but to

weigh up the risks and benefits.

No child will learn about

risk if they are wrapped in cotton

wool”

Children’s Play and Leisure

– Promoting A Balance

Approach, HSE

2. NEW Outdoor Pocket Swing

EL46391 Single £28.86

EL46392 4pk £108.23

Risk Assessments

Risk assessments are an essential part of

learning through risk. Before using any new

piece of equipment, you must carry out an

in-depth risk-benefits assessment and check

that safety provisions are up to date.

Remember that part of the process is to encourage

children to think about risks too. We

can do this by asking questions such as, are

you feeling safe? Does that feel stable? What

is your plan?

Use positive language that is encouraging

and allows the children time to reflect.

Information can be found in the Early Years

Statutory Framework and from the Health

and Safety Executive. These resources must

always be used under adult supervision.

1. NEW Fire on a Plate Starter Kit

EL46273 £144.36

3. NEW Outdoor Rope Ladder

EL46393 Single £25.97

EL46394 4pk £96.68


Outdoor

Outdoor Literacy & Communication

1 2

1. Wooden Writing Boards

4pk

Take mark making outdoors with

this beautiful set of four Wooden

Writing Boards. Suitable for 3 to 7

years. Made from wood. Pack of 4.


CA06692 Large £57.74

3 4

4 2

26 4

52

2. Outdoor Chalkboard

Alphabet Line

Practice letter formation with this

outdoor chalk board. Suitable for

3 to 5 years. Depth 6mm. Height

34cm. Length 100cm. Made from

melamine faced mdf. Pack of 2.

CA06293 £122.71

3. Giant Outdoor Alphabet

Mats

These tactile, wipe-clean tiles are

perfect for all kinds of outdoor

alphabet and word games. A great

way to engage children in letters

and literacy, each tile features a

lower and uppercase letter.Suitable

for 3 to 11 years. Length 25cm. Pack

of 26. Width 25cm.

CA06716 £105.38

4. Outdoor Alphabet Eggs

A great addition to outdoor

learning, these Outdoor Matching

Alphabet Eggs are perfect for early

letter recognition. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Diameter 25cm.

Pack of 52.

CA05357 £108.27

5 6

NEW

5. Talking Tubes Telephone

Exchange

The ultimate conversation starter!

Encourage communication and

language development. Suitable for

3 to 5 years.

CA03645 £82.28

7

3

6. NEW Wooden Chalk

Boards

These open-ended wooden boards

are ideal for drawing and writing

on. Suitable for age 3 years and up.

Pack of 3.

SS45515 £33.20

7. Outdoor Recordable

Talking Daisies 10pk

Support speaking and listening

outdoors with this great interactive

resource. Depth 8cm. Height 73cm.

Width 42cm.

CA05469 £155.13

214


1

Outdoor ICT

Outdoor

SAVE

£27 .07

1. NEW Light Up Collector’s

Buckets

Enrich learning with these

Imaginative, stacking, rechargeable,

transporting containers that light

up maths, messy play, water,

sand, STEAM and sensory learning

experiences in an illuminating,

magical way. Captivate children

with these glow vessels. Explore,

collect, build and count. Robust,

for indoors and out, dry and wet

materials, sandpits, with water

channeling, construction materials,

on the STEAM centre, or on a mud

kitchen. Available from April 2023.


CA11868 Single £50.52

EL45002 2pk £101.03

CA11705 4pk £180.41

2. Recordable Magnifying

Glasses

Colourful voice recorder magnifying

glasses with a record time of up

to 30 seconds. Each recordable

magnifying glass features a dual

lens for 2x and 4x magnification

and is perfectly sized for a child’s

hand. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Multicoloured. Diameter 9cm.


SC00596 Single £27.42

SC00553 6pk £137.15

Coming April 2023. These

buckets are not limited

to indoor experiences as

they are waterproof. Use

them in waterplay, measuring

liquids or messy

play materials.

2

3

NEW

3. Rechargeable Metal

Detectors 4pk

These rechargeable metal detectors

for children are a great way to

incorporate ICT outdoors. These

children’s metal detectors come with

a rechargeable docking station so

no need to replace batteries. Battery

life is up to 8 hours. Suitable for age

3 years and up. W8 x L20cm. Made


CA04176 £238.21

4


Sand, Water & Messy

Messy Play Kits

1

12

1. Value Concoctions Kit

A selection of messy play

accessories, perfect for creating

magical potions. This fantastic

value set includes a range of our

favourite potion making resources.

Why not try creating a mud pie

for a giant. The large spoon and

metal containers will really provoke

wonder. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 12.

CA07477 £194.90

2. Mud Kitchen Accessory

Set

A durable, quality range of versatile,

messy play receptacles and utensils.

This set of open-ended resources is

designed to develop key physical,

mathematical and communication


up. Pack of 18.

CA07958 £194.90

3. Creative Concoctions

Accessory Kit

Inspire creativity with this magical

set of potion and concoction

accessories. This lovely range of

resources will encourage your

children to experiment and create.

Mix, mash, pour and swish your

concoctions. Watch imaginations

soar as they develop a range of


up. Pack of 32.

CA07511 £252.65

2 3

5 x nesting bowls

3 x metal pestle & mortars

6 x fine metal spoons

4 x assorted wooden cups

Contents may vary.

18

32

216


1. Metal Messy Play Set

A fantastic set that will transform

your outdoor area. Children will

love the engaging metal resources.

Important Information: Unlike other

metal ranges you might see around,

these metal pots and pans are

extremely safe and are of the highest

quality! Beware of cheap imitations.

Featuring smooth edges and finish,

no cuts for little hands. Extra coating

to make them hard-wearing, durable

and fit to last. Open-ended and

versatile. Ideal for every setting!



1

Messy Play Kits

Sand, Water & Messy

CA06678 £259.86

2. Experiment and Explore

Messy Play Kit

This zone supports experimentation

by encouraging children to mash,

whisk, stir, pour, crush and mix.

Children can engage in problem

solving as they decide and test

out which tools are best to use

for their task at hand. Encourage

children to make predictions and

test their ideas as they witness the

physical effects of their actions and

make consequent changes. They

can hypothesise and use sensory

investigation to come up with new

ideas and begin to understand new

concepts. Contents may vary.Suitable

for 3 to 5 years.

2

25

CA10962 £346.49

3. Messy Play WOW Pack

Enhance your mud kitchen and

create remarkable potions with this

messy play selection. This interesting

and engaging WOW Pack and

activity cards encourages children

to investigate, explore and discover,

either through non-directed play

or as part of an adult led activity.

This unique range inspires children

and allows their imaginations to

flourish. From collecting treasures

in the different vessels to scooping

and measuring their ingredients,

children will have all they need to

create magical potions and culinary

delights. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Made from metal, plastic and

wood. Pack of 15.

CA12244 £173.14

4. NEW Natural Potion

Making Kit

An engaging collection of messy play

ingredients and essentials, perfect

for natural potion making. Featuring

natural ingredients such as lavender,

beetroot and turmeric children

can mix, sieve and concoct as they

explore their senses through messy

play. Suitable for age 3 years and up.

Pack of 59.

3

4

15

NEW

SAVE

£18 .05

EL46263 £202.11

59


Sand, Water & Messy

Messy Play Accessories

1 2

1. Creative Crate Mark

Making and Messy Tops

Extend the learning opportunities

of our amazing Creative Crates

with these open-ended crate tops.

Featuring either a black chalkboard

surface, or a basic bench with sink.

Build a concoctions centre, a home

corner or a mark making zone.

Colours may vary. Suitable for age 3

years and up.

CA10350 Chalkboard £33.20

CA10351 Sink top £31.75

SAVE with Multi-Buy

Buy all and save!


MULTIBUY

SAVING

£9 .02

3 4

5 3

5 6

8 4

2. Mark Making Kit

A fantastic mark making resource

ideal for indoor and outdoor

activities. Great to use with paint,

dough and sand. Young children will

love choosing from these painting

and pattern making tools to explore

mark making on a grand scale!


CA10774 £86.61

3. The Rolling Pin Collection

A delightful collection of wooden

rolling pins in varying sizes for

creative and messy experiences. Roll

out a variety of ingredients from

natural materials, to clay or oats.

Select the size for the job at hand.

Children will enjoy the tactile feel

as they squish and roll. Largest

measures L22cm x D3cm. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Not suitable


wood. Pack of 5.

CA10645 £21.99

4. Natural Wooden Scoops

3pk

A set of 3 ascending sizes of

handcrafted, natural scoops

for an assortment of learning

opportunities. A versatile set with

a lovely finish, children will simply

love to scoop collections of different

items into various receptacles.



CA11599 £43.30

5. Miniature Metal Tongs

Practice selecting, sorting and

transporting materials with these

metal tweezers. Develop hand

and arm strength whilst carefully

selecting a variety materials. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Made from

metal. Pack of 8.

CA10800 £21.99

6. Multi Style Tweezer Tong

Set 4pk

Scoop, sift, transport and release

materials with these colander style

tongs. Practice opening, closing and

carrying materials . Children will

work their arms and shoulders whilst

practicing hand-eye coordination. In

four different styles. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Pack of 4.

CA10266 £21.99

218


1. Metal Cans and Tubs

This set of sturdy metal cans and

tubs will make a lovely addition

to your outdoor area. There is

something appealing about mixing,

mashing, and squashing concoctions

together in a metal can. Includes

three cans and three tubs. Our

metal cans and tubs have all been

designed for educational use.


Suitable to be left outdoors. Made

from metal. Pack of 6.

CA06673 £54.85

1 2


Sand, Water & Messy

2. Metal Creative Tubs

Jumbo sized tubs, great for stirring,

mashing and swishing mighty

concoctions. Children will love filling

them with sand, water, mud or

twigs. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Suitable to be left outdoors.


CA06672 £57.74

3. Metal Jugs 3pcs



setting. Fill them up and get busy

pouring. Use in open-ended play

activities, in the home corner or for

watering plants. Set includes two

medium jugs and one large. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Suitable to

be left outdoors. Made from metal.

Pack of 3.

CA06674 £38.97

4. Metal Buckets and Pans

4pcs

A beautiful collection of metal

buckets and pans with leather

handles. Stir, mash, empty and

fill. It is a delightful, practical and

appealing set. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Made from metal.

Pack of 4.

CA06676 £54.99

5. Metal Churns

Place different things inside these

sturdy metal churns and ask the

children to lift the lids and peer

inside to see what’s there. Set

includes three churns (one medium,

two large). Suitable for age 3 years



CA06675 £54.99

6. Metal Fence Caddy Set

Set of useful metal fence caddies,

ideal for outdoor storage. There is a

hook to help you hang the caddies

from fences. Children can then select

their own items to facilitate their

learning. Made from zinc and then

powder coated. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Made from metal.

Pack of 6.

CA06671 £38.49

6 3

3 4

63 34

5 6

3 6


Sand, Water & Messy


1 2

4

1. Giant Traditional Water

Scooper

A large teak traditional water scoop.

This scoop can be a gigantic spoon,

a role play sauce pan or an extra

large wooden ladle. Big enough

to create a splash or a big stir, this

tool can encourage lots of gross

motor activity and imaginative play.


Diameter 14cm. Length 31cm. Made

from wood.

CA11333 £27.49

2. Assorted Sizes Wooden

Cup Collection

A set of varying sized, beautifully

crafted cups. This open-ended

collection can be used in an array

of learning scenarios. Use in mud

kitchens, sand play, maths activities,

potion making, role play and so

much more. Suitable for 10 months

and up. Made from wood.

CA12219 2pk £27.49

EL11436 4pk £53.89

3 4

43

6

5 6

3. Woodland Cup Set

Scoop and pour your mixtures

with these delightful, chunky cups.

A rustic set that can be used in a

variety of scenarios. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Height 6cm. Length


Width 9cm.

CA07216 £57.74

4. Rustic Sand and Water

Bowls 3pk

Set of three tactile nesting bowls.

Use with Sand, Water or Mud. These

rustic bowls can be used for mixing,

weighing and comparing volumes.

Shaped for small hands, they can

also be part of a collecting task for

natural materials. Suitable for 10

months and up. Pack of 3.

CA11261 £36.08

5. Metallic Goblets

A set of four shiny metal goblets for

use in various imaginative role play

scenarios and messy play contexts.

Include in your metal treasure

collections or use as a pirate’s hoard.


Diameter 5.5cm. Height 14cm. Made


CA10801 £17.18

6. Metal Tea Cup Set 4pk

A set of four miniature cups and

saucers. The steel material makes

the set really engaging and tactile

and is sure to bring excitement into


Made from steel. Pack of 4.

CA10272 £50.52

4 4

220


1. NEW Messy Play Teak

Bubble Stirrers

This set of beautifully crafted

bubble wands are perfect for

inspiring engaging messy play.

Use to mix, stir, blend and blow as

children explore these magical teak

stirrers in the mud kitchen or home

corner. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 5.

EL46509 £17.31

2. NEW Large Wooden Beach

Boards

A beautiful set of three handpainted

wooden beach boards.

These wonderful boards are perfect

for exploring playdough, messy

play, loose parts and much more.

Pack of 3.

EL46111 £129.92

3. Wooden Spoons

A hand carved collection of wooden

spoons and scoops. Enjoy playing

in the sand or serving customers in

your role play shop. Please note that

designs may vary. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Pack of 12.

CA02749 £46.19

1 2

5

3

3

NEW


NEW

Sand, Water & Messy

4. NEW Curved Wooden

Board

A beautifully crafted set of wooden

curved boards, a great addition to a

messy lay station or role play home

corner. Use for playdough, loose

parts or in the home corner, these

wooden boards are open-ended and

can be used in sand and water play.

Pack of 2.

12

4

NEW

5

EL46170 £36.29

5. Wooden Spoon

Collection

A set of different sized spoons for

use indoors and out. Large (40cm),

medium (30cm) and small (20cm)

spoons. Suitable for age 18 months

and up. Made from wood. Pack

of 3.

CA07215 £6.55

6. NEW Natural Teak Bowls

A selection of beautifully crafted

wooden natural teak bowls, perfect

for messy play, loose parts and role

play. Explore potion making or use

to sort natural loose parts, these 3

natural teak bowls are sure to add

awe and wonder to play. Diameter

10cm. Height 8cm. Made from teak.

Pack of 3.

EL46162 £43.99

6

3

NEW

23

3


Sand, Water & Messy

Potions & Concoctions

1 2

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£9 .02

1. Messy Maths Measuring

Bottles

A wonderfully vibrant set of potion

bottles, perfect for measuring and

mixing potions and concoctions!

Introduce volume and weight

as children fill and empty the

bottles. Ideal for messy play while

supporting early maths skills.


Made from plastic.

CA10343 Mini Bottles £35.19

CA10020 Full Size £43.99

CA10361 Multibuy £71.49

2. Cauldrons and

Concoctions Kit

Children will love incorporating this

messy play kit within role play, using

their imagination to conjure up

all kinds of stories as they become

scientists, perfumers or wizards for

the day Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

CA03468 £109.99

3 4

3. Plastic Messy Play Potion

Bottles

What potion will you mix in these

appealing, magical potion bottles?

They may look like glass but they

are made from a tough, safe plastic.

Ideal for using indoors or out. This

engaging resource will really excite.


Diameter 9cm. Made from plastic.

CA12223 Multicoloured 3pk £27.49

CA12221 Clear 3pk £27.49

CA06701 Multicoloured 6pk £47.29

CA07120 Clear 6pk £47.29

5 6

4. Giant Potion Bottles

Make marvellous mixtures with

these supersized ornate containers.

Imagine your mud kitchen, home

area or concoctions corner adorned

with these beautiful, practical

and safe bottles. What magical

ingredients will you add? Suitable

for 10 months and up. H31cm.

CA12224 Single Green £20.89

CA12225 Single Blue £20.89

CA12226 Single Purple £20.89

CA07350 3pk Assorted £52.79

5 4

5. Plastic Assorted Sizes

Bottles

This versatile set of multi-sized bottles

will inspire creativity and curiosity.

Suitable for age 3 years and up. Not

suitable to be left outdoors. Made


CA10275 £20.89

6. Cauldrons

A set of four cauldrons, perfect for

creating messy mixtures. What will

you create? Perhaps a potion for the

fairies or even a batch of dragons

strew with found materials. A truly

open-ended resource. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Diameter 24cm.

Height 15cm. Made from plastic.

Pack of 4.

CA03509 £41.85

222


1. Giant Metal Whisk 3pk

Develop gross motor skills whilst

swishing and mixing your messy

concoctions with these jumbo metal

whisks. This large, assorted size

set of whisks will encourage large,

swirling movements when creating

muddy mixtures. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Not suitable to be

left outdoors. Made from metal.

Pack of 3.

CA10281 £25.97

2. Giant Wooden Spoon

Children will love using this

enormous spoon as they create

inspiring recipes. What will it be

today? A potion for a princess or

a dish to use in the mud kitchen?

Accessories not included. Made

from beech wood. Occasionally treat

wood for good condition. Store in

a dry place. Suitable from birth. Not

suitable to be left outdoors. Length

84cm. Made from wood. Single.

Width 17cm.

CA07214 £64.95

1 2


Sand, Water & Messy

3. Soup Ladle Scoop Set

Mix, scoop, transport and pour your

magical concoctions with these

giant metallic ladles. Ideal for messy

play, sand and water play and much

more. Ladle style may vary. Suitable



metal. Pack of 5.

CA10267 £38.97

4. Outdoor Metal Utensils

This enormous utensil set consisting

of a giant spoon, shovel and

sieve makes a great addition to

your outdoor area. Children will

love stirring, sieving and mixing

wonderful concoctions. This unique

set will also enhance communication

starters. Did they come from a

giant? Or have they been shrunk

down? Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Not suitable to be left outdoors.

Height 105cm. Pack of 3.

CA07879 £79.40

3 4

3

5. Magical Ingredients

Storage Jar

A magical looking storage jar made

from plastic with the appearance

of glass. There is something truly

magical about these large, detailed

jars. You could use them to mix all

sorts of concoctions and potions.

Use the containers for natural

materials. Use as a provocation for

storing interesting items. Ideal in

messy play activities or for maths

counters. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.

Clear. Diameter 23cm. Height 30cm.

Made from plastic.

CA12227 Single £21.65

CA07411 4pk £79.40

5

5 3


Sand, Water & Messy

Messy Play Ingredients

1 2

1. Food Colouring

Jumbo 500ml bottles of food

colouring. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Single. Volume 500ml.

FOODCO2 Green Single £10.84

FOODCO3 Blue Single £10.84

FOODCO4 Red Single £10.84

FOODCO1 Yellow Single £10.84

CA04775 Multi 4pk £37.52

2. Food Aromas 500ml

Enhance your play with these

magnificent food aromas. Suitable

for age 3 years and up.

FFLAV4 Peppermint £10.84

CA04774 Mixed 3pk £25.27

FFLAV5 Strawberry £10.84

FFLAV3 Lemon £10.84

3 4

5 6

7 8

3. Insta-Snow Powder

An amazing super absorbent

powder that looks like real snow

when you add water. Creates a super

fluffy, non-toxic ‘snow’ right before

your eyes! Expands up to 100 times

its original volume and even feels

cold.Suitable for age 3 years and

up. White.

FSNOW Single £12.28

CA00285 3pk £32.49

CA02012 6pk £66.42

4. Messy Play Soap Flakes

Perfect for sensory exploration, these

soap flakes are the ultimate tactile

ingredient for all of your messy play

activities. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

LUX 3pk £15.87

CA05557 6pk £27.42

5. Messy Play Jelly Crystal

Flakes 3.5kg

Squeeze, drip and scoop the jelly for

fun tactile exploration. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Single. Weight

3.5kg.

FJELF £27.42

6. Cornflour

From exploring mark making to

creating ‘gloop’ our bumper pack of

cornflour offers endless possibilities

for learning through sensory play.


Single.

FCORN 3.5kg £17.31

CA05551 10.5kg £43.30

7. Messy Play Grab and Go

Kit

Specially designed to encourage

lots of sensory play, this kit has

everything you need in one box.


Single.

CA03467 £187.67

8. Buff Clay

All purpose easy to use clay ideal

for throwing, sculpting and slab

work. Ideal for exploring modelling

techniques. Buff. Weight 10kg.

A-CLAY £11.54

224


1. Coloured Play Sand

High quality coloured sands ideal for

mark making and sand & water play.

Made using organic dyes for a safe,

environmentally friendly product.


Single. Weight 15kg.

FALSAND Alligator Green £18.76

FEBSAND Elephant Blue £18.76

CA02549 Flamingo Pink £18.76

FORSAND Orang-Utan Orange £18.76

FPASAND Parakeet Purple £18.76

FGYSAND Giraffe Yellow £18.76

1 2

Sand

Sand, Water & Messy

2. Coloured Sand Bulk Buy

This soft, coloured sand has endless

uses in the classroom. Use for mark

making to carve in patterns on

a surface, add to paint to create

sensory paintings or sprinkle over

PVA to make colourful textured

designs. Suitable for 4 to 16 years.


Weight 5kg.

AR01635 £36.08

5

3. Coloured Kinetic Sand

A 2.5kg bag of kinetic sand. Kinetic

Sand is mouldable, and sticks to

itself not hands. It does not dry out,

and can be squished, squashed and

squeezed over and over. Suitable


sand. Weight 2.5kg.

3 4

CA07811 Red £50.52

CA07812 Blue £50.52

CA07813 Green £50.52

4. NEW Messy Play Elasti

Sand

A dry alternative to slime, this

Elasti Sand is perfect for moulding,

stretching and smooshing.

Lightweight and soft, this play

sand feels and acts like slime but

without the mess. Perfect for sensory

activities and enriching messy play.


Single. Weight 2.5kg.

NEW

EL46387GR Green £27.42

EL46387BL Blue £27.42

EL46387RE Red £27.42

5. Smooshy Sand

Smooshy Sand is a magical soft

sand which is fun, mess-free and

hard to put down. Smooshy sand

can be rolled, squished and mould

it into whatever sand creations you

can dream of, the possibilities are

endless. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Natural. Single.

5 6

CA05450 1kg £18.76

CA05451 5kg £57.74

6. Bag of Sand

A versatile bumper bag of safe sand

for sandpits, sand and water trays,

mark making and small world play.

Not only is our sand great value for

money it is also safe and hygienic.

Specially designed for settings and

schools. 12kg bags.

FSANDB Single £10.10

CA11728 5pk £43.24

CA04903 35pk £317.56

CA04904 70pk £418.62


Sand, Water & Messy

Trays & Tables

1

1. Clear Sand and Water

Tray Table

A tinted clear sand and water table

with an innovative multi layered

design and screw-on water valve.

This oval shaped sand and water

table really stands out from the rest.

Promote turn taking and sharing

through sand and water play.


Height 58cm. Length 89cm. Width

63cm.

FSWTB £346.49

2. Circular Sand and Water

Tray

An engaging alternative to a

traditional sand and water tray, ideal

for testing ideas and collaborative

play. Featuring a spiralled slope,

children will love watching as the

sand or water flows into the tray

below! Suitable for age 3 years and

up. H580mm.

CA02398 £230.99

2 3

Height 58cm

4 5

Tallest tray 62cm,

smallest 47cm

Height 58cm

3. Sand and Water Messy

Play Tubs

This sturdy sand and water messy

play tray unit is ideal for hosting

a variety of activities all at once.

Featuring individual steel frames that

can be clicked together to create

your own configuration. Removable

nesting trays included. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Height 620mm.

Made from steel.

CA02531 £375.36

4. Outdoor Nesting Sand

and Water Tables

This great space saving sand and

water table features 2 tables, one

nested snugly under the other to

be wheeled out on castors. The

Outdoor Sand and Water Nesting

Tables will provide children with

hours of sand and water play.


Pack of 2.

CA11208 £649.67


Centre

This heavy duty play centre comes

complete with stand, tray and lid.

With enough room for six children

to play, it features four activity

plates and a perimeter roadway. Fill

the bottom shelf with an array of

accessories for children to choose

from. Foldaway design for easy

storage. Height adjustable to 50 or

71cm. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Made from plastic. Single.

FPALMA £324.83

2

Large height 70cm.

Small height 51.5cm

Height adjustable

50cm to 71cm.

226


1

Trays & Tables


Tables

A sturdy, versatile tray unit that can

be easily moved about your setting.

Fill with messy materials, sand,

natural materials and so much more.

These portable tray and table sets

can be used for a variety of learning

opportunities. Trays measure H25.5 x

L112 x W62cm. Stand heights 40cm

or 58cm. The flat, wide rim allows

for placing accessories allowing

extra play value. The lightweight

tray features handle slots and base

blocks, allowing it to be easily lifted

out to use on the floor or fill with

materials. An attached plug valve

provides simple and easy drainage.

Anti-scratch, breathable lid is

included. Castors lock into place.

Please note both translucent and

blue trays fit both stand heights.

Sand, Water & Messy

Height 58cm

Breathable lid and plug

for drainage

Height 40cm

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£144 .38

Choose the table to suit your requirements Code Description Price

Set includes 1 x stand and 1 x tray CA10393BL Blue Single H40cm £216.55


CA10396BL Blue Single H58cm £216.55


Set includes 2 x stands and 2 x trays (same height & colour) CA10394BL Blue 2pk H40cm £389.79


CA10395BL Blue 2pk H58cm £389.79


Set includes 2 x stands (same height), 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10394BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40cm £389.79

CA10395BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H58cm £389.79

Set includes 1 x 40cm stand, 1 x 58cm stand, 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10397BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40/H58cm £389.79

Set includes 2 x 40cm stand, 2 x 58cm stand, 2 x blue tray and 2 x translucent tray CA10398BQ Blue/Translucent 4pk H40/H58cm £721.82


Sand, Water & Messy

Trays & Tables

1

1. Outdoor Wooden Water

Pump Station

Explore and investigate with this

wonderfully crafted outdoor water

pump station! Children will love

pumping the water to fill the tray as

they explore channelling, scooping,

pouring and splashing! Perfect

for collaborative play. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Price includes

delivery and assembly. H100 x W77

x D140cm.

CA05103 Standard Delivery £845.00

2

3

4

2. Wooden Tray Activity

Centre

This compact wooden unit with

removable trays is ideal for smaller,

compact spaces. Featuring a low

shelf for extra storage, this sturdy

unit is ideal for exploring materials,

mark making, water play and

creating messy mixtures. This is

made from pre-treated Scandinavian



10 years. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Supplied fully assembled.


50cm. Height 60cm. Length 107cm.


CA10784 £568.47

3. Outdoor Wooden Sink

Unit

Ideal for small outdoor areas, this

compact sink unit is perfect for

water and messy play. Featuring

a water pump, children can

independently access their own

water and use it create their own

concoctions! Great for gross motor


up. Depth 57cm. Height 90cm.

Made from wood. Width 67cm.

CA07551 £866.24

4. Outdoor Wooden Water

and Sand Table with

Pump

Explore multiple sand and water

mixtures on three different levels

in this cascading, wooden table

set. Change the layout to create

exciting pathways. The tables can be

easily moved into different orders

and configurations. Add different

products to the water tables. With a

water pump for independent access

to water, this set provides endless

experimentation opportunities

and can be used to develop

understanding of water flow. Watch

the water flow easily from the high

level table down each of the three

levels. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Suitable to be left outdoors.


34cm.

CA07590 £2,255.87

228


1. Wooden Outdoor Sand

and Water Tray Unit

This chunky unit with ledges

combines the fun and learning

opportunities of water play with a

table. Ideal for providing endless

exploration and investigation

opportunities. Encourage children to

engage in collaborative messy play!


x W130 x D83cm.

CA04213 £812.12

2. Outdoor Low Sand and

Water Tray Table

A super low, versatile table with

a plastic inner tray perfect for all

children to access. This open-ended,

robust design features a removable

tray for simple filling or cleaning.

Fill with wet or dry materials and

explore! Suitable for age 3 years

and up

CA10071 £631.62

3. Outdoor Wooden Sink

This robust sink unit is a versatile

addition to your outdoor

environment. Press the side pump

and the water will flow. Children can

self access the water and experiment

with filling containers and mixing

ingredients. The wooden sink unit

comes with containers and a pump

with an easy to remove detachable

filter. Fill the containers with sand

and transport easily around your

outdoor area. A perfect addition

to your sand & water, messy and

outdoor play. Made from pre-treated



infestation for 10 years. Accessories

not included. Please note you have

two options on delivery. ‘Standard’

is delivered to your door and

‘Assisted’ is a two person service who

will position your resource where

you need it. Suitable for age 3 years




sustainable wood. Single. Width

76cm.

1

Trays & Tables

Sand, Water & Messy

2

CA07878 Assisted Delivery £1,714.46


3


Sand, Water & Messy

Channelling

1

2

Great for extending

outdoor water

channelling play

1. Water Channel Stands

These robust and sturdy metal

frames are perfect for supporting

channels during water play. Use on

the ground or in Active World trays.

These stands have various levels to

adjust the pipes to different heights.

Mini H450mm Large H1000mm.


Pack of 4.

CA01150 Mini £64.95

FWCFRAME Large £86.61

2. Outdoor Jumbo

Guttering and

Channelling Set

A set of jumbo sized, deep

guttering for use in your Sand

and Water play. Ideal for use in

channelling liquids into trays,

or building a water way in your

outdoor area. Jumbo guttering

stands are sold separately. Guttering

L80 x W18 x D11cm, Stands H86cm.


x W19 x L10cm.

CA07267 Stands 4pk £108.27

CA06698 Guttering 5pk £122.71

SAVE with Multi-buy

Guttering & Stands

CA06904

Bundle Deal

£216.52

Children can

adjust the

levels of height

independently

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£14 .44

3. Water Channels and

Stands Multi Buy

Save money when you buy both the

water channel stands and the water

channels together and save! The

perfect set for setting up a water

channelling system. Allow children

to experiment with water using

this sturdy, open-ended structure.

H98cm x L1m. Pack of 10.

CA03185 £122.69

3

SAVE

£11 .55

Light and easy

to manoeuvre

230


1. Natural Wooden Water

Channelling 8pk

Natural wooden guttering channels,

ideal for water play or experimenting

with forces. These beautiful

wooden water channels will make a

fantastic addition to your water play

outdoors. Made from aged wood to

ensure resistance to water. Suitable


to be left outdoors. Diameter 9cm.

Length 95cm. Made from wood.

Pack of 8.

CA04952 £144.36

1 2

Channelling

Sand, Water & Messy

2. Large Flat Wooden Water

Channelling 5pk

A set of waterproof wooden

channels that can be used as

bridges between different areas.

Ideal for using with existing water

channelling accessories, Sand &

Water or Active World trays. These

wooden water channelling pieces

can also be used as bridges between

active worlds. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Not suitable to be

left outdoors. Length 100cm. Made

from sustainable wood. Pack of 5.

Width 10cm.

CA04732 £187.67

3. Creative Crates

These crates are perfect for

supporting outdoor play, their

potential is as limitless as your

children’s imaginations. A fantastic,

open-ended resource. Great for

motor skills, collaborative games,

language activities and so much

more. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. H25 x W35 x L45cm. Made from

plastic.

CA07241 Single £24.53

CA06813 4pk £83.68

CA10914 8pk £152.92

4. Changing Channels Clips

Transform your chain-link fence into

an interactive water wall with these

innovative channel clips. Designed to

fit with guttering up to 11cm wide,

simply hook them onto the fence

and create your own water walls.

Buy clips on their own or buy with

plastic guttering and save! Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Height

14cm. Made from rubber. Pack of

10. Width 12.5cm.

CA05499 Clips 10pk 69.99

SAVE with Multi-Buy

Buy all and save!

Channelling and Clips

CA05513

£141.46

Multibuy

5. Plastic Water Channelling

Guttering

This set of 6 sturdy plastic guttering

is a great addition to water

channelling play. With endless

learning opportunities, watch as

children explore trajectory and

direction as they flow the water

up and down the gutters. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Length 1m.


FWCASD-GUTTER £47.63

3 4

SAVE

5

8

5

6

MULTIBUY

£54 .14 SAVING

£9 .02

10


Sand, Water & Messy

Sand & Water Accessories

1

1. Bio Plastic Sand & Water

Set

These lovely sand and water tools

are made from sugarcane, a

sustainable and renewable source.

Children can scoop, pour, transport,

mark make and more with these

quality tools. The larger size pack

ensures that there are enough tools

to be shared around the setting.



from bio plastic.

CA10850 82pk £209.33

CA10526 50pk £144.36

2

2. Bio Plastic Sand & Water

Activity Kit 62pk

This assorted sand and water kit is

made from sugarcane, a sustainable

and renewable source. Help children

develop mark making, molding,

pouring and scooping skills. Open to

a variety of physical and expressive

movement, and well assorted for

maximum fun with sand and water.

Suitable for ages 10 months and up.


from bio plastic. Pack of 62.

CA11171 £288.74

3. NEW Recycled Plastic Sand

& Water Collection

A large collection of exciting sand

and water tools created with

recycled plastic, perfect for scooping,

sieving and digging. This recycled

sand and water set in neutral tones

is ideal for encouraging exploration

in sand, water and messy play. This

set includes an array of accessories

from a wheelbarrow to boats and

has everything you need to develop

skills and enrich learning. Suitable

for 10 months and up. Made from

recycled plastic. Pack of 80.

EL45916 £187.67

62

3

80

NEW

232


Sand, Water & Messy

Sand and

Water Eco Kit

An innovative collection for messy play that is skills focussed, offering a

rich variety of possibilities and is made from bio materials, in soft, natural

shades. If you want to enliven and refresh your sand and water resources

and activities, then this may just be the collection to do so. Suitable for

10 months and up. Made from bio plastic.

Sand and Water Eco Kit

CA11677 £79.40

KEY

from

£79 .40

BENEFITS

• Made using eco materials

• Unique, skills led, ergonomic design

• A truly interactive set where children can

experiment and explore.

• 4 neutral colours: grey, brown, green and

blue


Sand, Water & Messy

Sand & Water Accessories

1

1. Water Play Accessories

Collection 38pk

Children will have so much fun

investigating and exploring the

properties of water with this

comprehensive kit. Includes

cups, funnels, beakers, spoons,

eyedroppers and much more all in a

mesh bag. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 38.

CA00107 £129.92

2. Giant Sand and Water

Accessories 38pk

A set of 38 brightly coloured giant

sand and water accessories. This

budget set includes spades, rakes,

buckets, water wheels and shape

makers. Suitable from birth. Suitable

to be left outdoors. Pack of 38.

CA02546 £86.61

38

2 3

38 27

3. Classroom Water Play

Tool Set

A large set of sand and water play

tools, perfect for enhancing play.

This superb water play set has a

great selection of tools to help

children explore and experiment.


of 27.

CA05399 £57.74

4. Sand Play Tool Set

A great value sand tool set including

scoops, sieves and moulds. Lots of

variety means this set could also be

used in water. A great resource for

assessing early mathematical skills

as children measure, stack, mix and

pour. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 31.

CA05398 £57.74

5. Large Sand and Water

Play Set 66pk

With everything you need for sand

and water play, this set of 60 pieces

will engage and delight children.

Includes buckets, rakes, spades,

moulds, scoops and more! Support

key skills and enrich sand, water and

messy play. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 60.

CA07413 £129.92

4 5

31 60

234


SAVE

£21 .66

Sand, Water & Messy

Coming April 2023. These

buckets are not limited to

indoor experiences as they

are waterproof. Use them in

waterplay, measuring liquids

or messy play materials.

Light Up

Collector’s

Buckets

Enrich learning with these Imaginative, stacking, rechargeable,

transporting containers that light up maths, messy play, water, sand,

STEAM and sensory learning experiences in an illuminating, magical

way.Captivate children with these glow vessels. Explore, collect, build

and count. Robust, for indoors and out, dry and wet materials, sandpits,

with water channeling, construction materials, on the STEAM centre, or

on a mud kitchen. Available from April 2023.Suitable for 3 to 11 years.

KEY

from

£50 .52

BENEFITS

• Incorporate technology into sand, water and

messy play.

• Perfect for supporting children’s schematic

interests.

• An interactive and immersive way to

explore early maths.

Single

CA11868 £50.52

2pk

EL45002 £101.03

4pk

CA11705 £180.41


STEAM

STEAM Stack & Build

1

i

• An exciting openended

and versatile

resource.

• Strengthen your loose

parts and construction

provision.

• Encourages critical

thinking, problemsolving

and

collaborative learning

with young children.

70

1. STEAM Loose Parts Kit

A beautiful wooden and tactile

collection that can be joined

in a number of ways to create

something new. Support children’s

construction and loose parts play

as they use their imagination to

build roadways, dens, vehicles,

small world locations and much

more! This construction collection

has been specifically crafted for

young hands, to ensure there are

no splinters so play can happen

all day. Can be used indoors and

outdoors, however must be stored

indoors. We have developed

different ways of attaching the

pieces together without the use

of dangerous metal bolts that are

not appropriate for young children,

instead they are learning different

types of joining methods that are

suitable for their developmental

stages. This collection enables

children to manipulate, manoeuvre,

join, and stack to create all kinds

of imaginative designs where they

can embrace STEAM, Loose Parts

and Construction. Suitable for age 3


CA11964 £332.05

236


1

Supporting STEAM

STEAM

NEW

1. NEW STEAM Discovery

Centre

Interact with this giant scales

like structure investigating,

experimenting, manoeuvring,

posting and balancing a range of

materials including glow resources

to make a dramatic, engaging

impact. Children love playing with

this transparent unit that looks

amazing in the light. It has channels

to roll things along, places to hang

and post things. It supports a

STEAM based enquiry approach to

learning as the children problem

solve and employ critical thinking

skills. Suitable for 10 months and

up. H70 x W108cm.

CA11734 £288.74

2. NEW Early Years

Immersive Projector

An awe inspiring, illuminated, safe,

rechargeable dome that transforms

walls and ceilings into a canvas

for magical light and shadows. A

safe, robust device that creates

an atmospheric and immersive

light effect. Place a rich variety of

materials on and around the strong

polycarbonate dome and see the

shimmering shades and shadows

emerge. Experiment, explore,

and discover with this versatile

resource. Suitable for 10 months

and up. Diameter 65cm. Made from

polycarbonate, silicone and wood.

CA11864 £288.74

2

NEW


Construction

Construction Collections

1

SAVE

£14 .44

Contents

Contains:

Role Play Foam House

Building Bricks 10pk

(H6 x W21 x D10 cm)

Role Play Foam Breeze Blocks

10pk

(H16 x W19 x D12 cm)

Role Play Stone Foam

Building Bricks 9pk

(H9 x W9 x D15 cm)

Glacier Effect Clear Plastic

Bricks 10pk

(H7 x W21 x D10 cm)

Activity Ideas Card

Contents may vary

Other items in images are not

included but may be available

separately

2

39

1. Construction WOW Pack

This exciting collection of bricks and

activity cards will encourage children

to design and build using materials

that are representative of the

ones used in real life. From glacier

bricks and breeze blocks to stone

wall boulders, the opportunities

are endless. Construction play is

great for developing skills such as

mathematical thinking and problem

solving, as well as promoting active

learning and resilience. Suitable for

3 to 7 years. Made from foam and

plastic. Pack of 39.

SAVE

£21 .66

CA12243 £200.62

2. Bricks Multi Buy Offer

95pk

A large set of 95 realistic, foam

covered bricks. Lightweight and

realistic, this assorted set of bricks

allows children to design and build

using realistic materials. Includes

House, Breeze, Ice and Stone Wall

Bricks. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Made from foam. Pack of 95.

CA02757 £418.62

Contents

20 x Breeze Blocks

25 x Stone Wall Bricks

25 x House Bricks

25 x Ice Bricks

95

238


1

SAVE

£21 .66

Construction Collections

Contents

Mini Shed sold

separately.

Crates and High

Vis Vests sold

separately.

1 x Role Play Foam

House Bricks 25pk,

1 x Role Play Foam

Building/Stonewall

Bricks 25pk,

1 x Mini Hollow

Blocks Set 20,

1 x Assorted

Outdoor Wooden

Reels 8pk.

Construction

1. Construction & Loose

Parts Outdoor Learning

Collection

A collection of engaging bricks

and blocks, ideal for supporting

children to design, construct and

build their very own structures

outdoors. Explore size, weight and

shape as children work together to

create imaginative constructions

with this wonderful selection of

construction loose parts. Mini Shed

sold separately. Suitable for age 3


Construction & Loose Parts

CA12248

£577.45

Learning Collection


2

78

2. Construction and Loose

Parts Kit

Invigorate children’s play with a

variety of open-ended resources

providing a wealth of creative

opportunities. Children can develop

their critical thinking as they make

decisions about how they want to

use the resources and what they

would like to create. Encourage

children to experiment with the large

scale loose parts, make predictions

and test their ideas. Suitable for age

3 years and up.

CA10956 £1,010.63

Contents

Giant Stack & Build (28pcs), Pretend House Bricks (25pk), Stone Wall Bricks (25pk), Creative Crates

(2pk), Plastic Guttering (6pk), Mini Water Stands (4pk), Wooden Reels (8pk), Mini Hollow Blocks (20pk),

Contents may vary


Construction

Wooden Construction

1

1. Giant Wooden Hollow

Building Blocks

Fantastic quality and lightweight,

children can construct mighty strong

and sturdy empires with these large

hollow blocks. Stack, nest and slope

to create a multitude of different

structures. Children become

architects of their own play as they

select and experiment with the

shapes. Each piece is securely made

of sturdy solid wood with rounded

edges for safety. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Supplied fully

assembled. Made from wood.

CA00880 18pk £303.17

CE00757 36pk £461.99

CA02858 40pk £505.30

2

2. Building Blocks Trolley

Sturdy block trolley, ideal for hollow

block storage. We used our hollow

block set which is made up of 40

pieces but you can use it with the

bricks of your choice. Blocks not

included. Made from Beech Faced

MFC with castors. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Supplied flat packed


D52cm.

CA06513 £317.61

240


1

Wooden Construction

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£72 .19

Construction

1. Giant Outdoor Wooden

Hollow Building Blocks

A set of quality, hollow blocks

made from treated wood. Includes

a variety of shapes to select and

stack, including cuboids and

planks. Build, design and create

your amazing structures with these

beautifully made blocks. Made from

pressure treated timber, enabling

endless outdoor fun. A great,

robust resource for child-initiated

and collaborative play. Block sizes

vary from 10cm - 40cm in length.


CA04171 15pk £288.74

CA03345 30pk £505.30

2

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£43 .32

2. Wooden Mini Hollow

Blocks

These blocks are small enough

for toddlers to handle but tough

enough for every day play. They

come in a range of different

shapes. Rectangle measures 25 x

5cm. Available in a 20 pack or a 40

pack. Suitable from birth. Natural.

Assorted Sizes. Made from wood.

CA07769 20pk £216.55

CA06221 40pk £389.79

3

3. Outdoor Hollow Block

Trolley

Robust wooden trolley for

outdoor use, ideal to store your

hollow blocks. Holds a full set of

30 Outdoor Hollow Blocks (not

included). Children will be able to

select just the right block for their

imaginative construction. Depth

58cm. Height 70cm. Single. Width

88cm.

CA06663 £548.61


Construction

Wooden Construction

1

2

NEW

10

1. NEW Wooden Pattern

Bricks

A beautifully crafted collection of

wooden blocks, each face showing

a different pattern. This charming

collection of patterned bricks is

a great introduction into math.

Children can observe different

patterns, create sequences and look

at simple mathematical principles

whilst being used as a construction.

These bricks are also a wonderful

enhancement to baby and toddler

environments, to support schematic

behaviours and curiosity. Young

children will enjoy stacking these.

Suitable from birth. Pack of 10.

EL11305 £101.05

2. Bamboo Building Blocks

Environmentally friendly building

blocks, crafted from real bamboo!

The pieces are precisely related

in size and come in a variety of

imagination-inspiring shapes,

including columns, roof pieces,

bridges and more. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Made from

bamboo.

CA03864 42pk £108.27

CA03865 80pk £180.46

3. Standard Wooden Unit

Blocks 50pcs

A beautiful set of smooth, naturally

finished hardwood building blocks.

Ideal for building and balancing

as well as some hands-on early

maths learning – understanding

shapes and sizes. These traditional

unit blocks are made to last and

are fantastic value. Style may vary.

Height 19cm. Length 41.9cm. Made

from wood. Pack of 50. Width

35.6cm.

CA06884 £115.49

3

242


1. NEW Wooden Hexagon

Construction

A beautiful collection of natural,

black and white wooden hexagon

pieces, perfect for exploring shape

and pattern. Explore early maths

skills as children create patterns

and sequences with this engaging

collection of rubberwood pieces.


Made from rubberwood. Pack of

45. Hexagon shaped.

EL46116 £115.49

2. NEW Wooden Crosses

Construction

A beautiful collection of wooden

crosses in natural, black and white.

Enrich loose parts and construction

play with this wonderful collection

of wooden crosses, perfect for

exploring patterns and sequencing.


Made from rubberwood. Pack of 45.

EL46120 £115.49

3. NEW Wooden Pentagon

Construction

Create patterns and sequences

with this beautiful collection of

96 wooden pentagon pieces.

With this carefully crafted set of

wooden loose parts, children can

explore shapes, patterns and colour.



96. Pentagon shaped.

EL46122 £144.36

4. NEW Wooden

Quadrilateral Kites


quadrilateral kites in three different

colours, white, black and natural.

Explore shape, orientation,

sequencing and patters with this set

of wooden loose parts. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Pack of 96.

EL46154 £144.36

5. Marvellous Mirror

Construction Blocks 25pk

Build beautiful, reflective towers

with this superb collection of

wooden shapes with acrylic mirrors.

A great open ended activity with a

sensory quality. A selection of cubes,

cuboids, triangular prisms and

cylinders in a wooden tray. Suitable

from birth. H9.6 x W4.8 x L4.8cm.

CA03243 £129.92

1

45

45

3 4

96 96

NEW

NEW

2

Wooden Construction

NEW

NEW

Construction

5

25


Construction

Building Blocks

1

NEW

1. NEW Giant Cork

Construction Blocks

A wonderful collection of jumbo

cork blocks, perfect for large

construction play. Suitable for indoor

and outdoor use, this set of large

construction blocks can be stacked

and balanced to create endless

structures and creations. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Made from cork.

Pack of 28.

EL46069 £332.05

2. Glacier Effect Clear Plastic

Ice Bricks

Make a winter wonderland scene

with these transparent, shiny kids

building bricks. Children will love

stacking them to make houses,

towers, castles or even an igloo.

Imagine building with these giant

play bricks in real or pretend snow.


Height 7cm. Length 21cm. Made

from plastic.

CA12201 10pk £53.41

CA06048 25pk £108.27

CA07280 75pk £295.92

28

3. Eco Building Construction

Blocks

A set of colourful, bio-plastic, giant

building blocks that are lightweight

and easy to manoeuvre. Encourage

imaginative co-operative play, while

enhancing motor skills and coordination.

Ideal for problem solving

and outdoor play. Suitable for 10


2

SAVE

3

£28 .88

CA11792 Blue/Grey £389.80

CA11791 Green/Orange £389.80

4. Giant Foam Coloured

Building Blocks 32pk

A colourful set of giant, soft

foam blocks, ideal for supporting

construction play and gross motor

skills Design a wonderful fort or

simply build a wall - children will

love putting their imagination to use

when building with these blocks.

Suitable from birth. Depth 105mm.

Pack of 32.

CA02859 £274.30

4 5

26

5. Jumbo Rainbow Building

Bricks 84pk

Giant sized, colourful bricks

ideal for supporting imaginative

outdoor construction play. These

soft washable blocks are fully

interlocking and ideal for small

hands. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 84.

FFLEXB £476.42

32 84

244


1. Giant Octoplay

Construction

Ideal for outdoor construction,

children will love creating outdoor

structures with this Giant Octoplay

Construction set! Support shape

recognition and problem solving

skills as children connect the Giant

Octoplay pieces together. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Diameter

240mm. Made from plastic. Width

24cm.

1 2

SAVE

£129 .94

Large Construction

SAVE

£173 .25

Construction

CA06551 20pk Multicoloured £122.71



CA06555 40pk Naturals £223.77

2. Giant Polydron

Giant Polydron is the sensory

construction product from Polydron.

It encourages children to make

and recognise 2 and 3 dimensional

shapes and will encourage children

to develop an awareness of shape

and texture. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 40.

CA02846 40pk £137.15

CA02949 80pk £267.06

CA03233 160pk £360.88

3. Giant Shape

Construction Set

Supersized Polydron for outdoor

and indoor construction fun. Great

for outdoor use and big enough

for dens, houses and castles.

Fully compatible with other Giant

Polydron products. Available in two

pack sizes: Class Set or Super Set.


Made from plastic.

CA04953 Bright 24pk £209.33

CA04954 Bright 36pk £303.17

EL46038 Natural 24pk £209.33

EL46039 Natural 36pk £303.17

3

NEW

24


Construction

Construction Sets

1

NEW

1. NEW Interlocking

Translucent Construction

Leaves

A beautiful set of interlocking

leaves, water droplets and seeds,

inspired by nature and perfect for

engaging construction play. An

exciting addition to loose parts and

construction play as children explore

how each piece interlocks with the

next. A great way to encourage

problem-solving and critical

thinking skills. Suitable for age 3


EL46225 £28.86

2

96

2. Snap Bots Set

Match and sort pieces to create a

variety of robot figures Get creative

whilst developing fine motor skills

to connect and build your design.

Develop shape recognition and

pairing skills. Build up to 6 bots at

once. Suitable for 3 to 4 years. Made

from wood. Pack of 36.

CA10221 £93.83

3. NEW Snap Block Animals

Construction Set

Snap and create wild animals with

this beautiful set of chunky wooden

blocks. With easy-to-hold blocks,

children can follow the activity

cards or create their very own wild

animals. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 33.

3

NEW

36

EL46231 £101.05

4. NEW Eastern Architecture

Construction Tiles Set

An exciting collection of large

construction tiles, inspired by

traditional eastern architecture.

These beautifully designed pieces

slot together with ease to create

endless structures and creations.


of 64.

EL45992 £129.92

33

4

NEW

64

246


1. NEW Notch Blocks

Construction Set Western

Explore architecture from around

the world with this western-inspired

construction set. A unique and

engaging addition to construction

play, this set is great for sparking

discussions about people,

communities and cultures. Suitable


thermo plastic rubber.

1

Construction Sets

Construction

EL46204 85pk £93.83

EL46206 129pk £144.36

2. NEW Notch Blocks

Construction Set Eastern

This eastern-inspired construction

set is perfect for exploring

architecture from around the

world. An engaging addition to

construction and loose parts play,

this set is great for perfect for

supporting learning about people,

communities and cultures. Suitable


thermo plastic rubber.

2

NEW

EL46205 87pk £93.83

EL46207 132pk £144.36

3. NEW Interlocking Block

Construction Set

A colourful collection of openended

interlocking pieces, perfect

for exploring construction and

developing fine motor skills. With

a mixture of vibrant colours, these

chunky pieces are an exciting

addition to construction play

and support children to explore

colour, patterns and sequencing.

Comes with a handy storage box.

Baseplates only included with

EL45981. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

3

NEW

EL45980 200pk £43.30

EL45981 400pk & 10 Baseplates £101.05

4. NEW Interlocking Block

Vehicles Set

A vibrant set of interlocking pieces,

wheels and baseplates perfect for

exploring construction. Engage

children in early problem-solving

and creativity with this wonderful

set of bright construction pieces.


Pack of 225.

NEW

EL46287 £72.17

4

NEW


Construction

Polydron

1 2

1. MegaMag Polydron

The ultimate magnetic construction

set, ideal for exploring geometry

and identifying the properties of

2D and 3D shapes. The easy to fit

together, chunky, bright coloured

squares and triangles can make a

wide range of shapes and models.

Suitable for 3 to 7 years. Height


plastic. Pack of 26. Width 24cm.

CA06604 £202.11

3 4

5

26

36

36

2. Translucent Magnetic

Hashmag 72pk

Discover an exciting new way to

construct with the Translucent

Magnetic Hashmag set. The unique

shapes come in 6 colours. Hashmag

is ideal for developing fine motor

skills and exploring the construction

of 2D nets and 3D models. Suitable


CA11749 £206.45

3. Magnetic Polydron

Sphera Class Set 36pk

Sphera allows children to create

more exciting designs with

cylinders, spheres and circles.

Designed to work with other

magnetic polydron sets, children

will be fascinated with building

towers, wheels and domes. Suitable

for 3 to 7 years. Made from plastic.

CA05428 36pk £144.36

4. Crystal Megamag

Polydron

Explore shape and colour with this

translucent, magnetic construction

set. Ideal for younger children, you

can use on a light table and they

will love to explore shape, colour

and create structures. The pieces

are large and chunky for younger

children to handle. Suitable for 3

to 7 years. Made from plastic. Pack

of 36.

CA11114 £202.11

5. NEW Mirrored Magnetic

Polydron Construction

Set

Introduce reflections and light into

construction play with this engaging

set of mirrored magnetic shapes.

This magnetic Polydron construction

set is perfect for encouraging

children to explore shape whilst

being immersed in sensory play.


Pack of 48.

EL45943 £216.55

NEW

48

248


1. Sensory ICT Glow

Construction Blocks

A set of construction bricks in two

sizes that light up and change colour

when they are turned. Perfect for

using ICT to learn sequencing. Each

cube requires 2 x AA batteries (not

included). Suitable from birth. Made


Suitable from birth

1

Glow Construction

Construction

CA06793 £216.55

2. NEW Glow Stacking Discs

Integrate ICT into children’s

construction play with these light

up rechargeable discs Encourage

children to shake the discs to

light them up, allowing them to

experiment with cause and effect.

The textured design provides an

additional sensory appeal, while

the tactile properties allow children

to grip and manipulate the discs.


CA11965 Glow Discs 5pk £144.36

CA10917 Wooden Pole for Glow Discs £8.65

3. Light Up Glow

Construction Bricks

Illuminate your block play with this

innovative set of 12 rechargeable,

sturdy bricks that will light up when

shaken. Underpin ICT into your early

STEAM play as the children create

glowing towers, constructions and

patterns. Each brick stays illuminated

for 3 minutes, then will need

tapping again to relight. Suitable



12

CA10970 £216.55

4. Light Up Glow Cylinders

A truly versatile and engaging set.

Learn about cause and effect and

stimulus response as you tap the

cylinders and see them light up

(stay lit for 3 minutes). Children

will delight in using this glowing

collection in their schema play as

they roll them and post them. Age

10 months+ L212mm. Pack of 12.

2 3

CA11108 £187.67

5. Stack and Build Glow

Blocks

A set of 9 sturdy, rechargeable bricks

that light up, offering illuminated

possibilities for construction, loose

parts play, number tasks, schema

interests and sensory activities.

Technology really enhances the

learning here as the blocks can be

made to glow by just pressing a

button. See the shapes take on a

magical glow for added engagement

and creativity. The child learns about

cause and effect, stimulus response

and makes key connections. Suitable

for ages 10 months and up. H30 x

W38 x L65cm. Pack of 9.

CA11702 £158.80

4 5

5 12

12 9


Construction

Pebbles & Boulders

1

2

3

1. Eco Balancing Boulders

Grey

Realistic looking eco boulders that

have been inspired by nature that

can be carefully and mindfully

balanced in different configurations

SAVE

to create spectacular towers and

£45 .11 designs. Add something different

to your construction play with these

tactile, multi-faceted boulders.



from bio plastic.

CA11568 20pk £115.49

CA11569 60pk £310.37

2. NEW Glow Pebbles

A set of 12 rechargeable illuminated

pebbles that can be stacked

and rolled for engaging sensory

learning. The pebbles are in three

sizes and are charged via cables.

Choose from static or set to

sequence mode. A great resource

for sensory rooms and a novel

way of encouraging children to

experiment and explore. Suitable for

10 months and up.

CA11966 £216.55

3. Wooden Stacking

Pebbles

Beautifully crafted wooden pebbles

that can be stacked, rolled and

sorted. This open-ended resource

will spark imagination and provide

lots of possibilities for play. Use to

enrich small world or loose parts

play. Suitable for 10 months and

up. Made from wood.

CA12199 4pk £24.53

CA05062 20pk £108.27

4. Wooden Stacking Pastel

Pebbles

Smooth, domed shapes to stack,

balance, roll and explore. Develop

fine motor skills with this engaging

open-ended resource. Subtle pastel

colours lend themselves to sorting

as well as small world activities.


Made from wood. Circle shaped.

CA12198 4pk £24.53

CA06720 18pk £93.83

4

250


1 2

Pebbles & Boulders

Construction

12

15

1. Iridescent Lustre

Boulders

A captivating lustrous collection

of varying sized, multi-faceted,

prismatic boulders for a variety of

play scenarios. Suitable from birth.

Made from abs plastic. Pack of 12.

CA10976 £122.71

3 4

SAVE

£18 .05

2. Iridescent Ornate

Stacking Pebbles

A collection of beautiful pebbles

which have a wonderful lustre and

design elements, the pebbles can

be used in a wide variety of play

possibilities. Suitable from birth.


CA10977 £108.27

3. Radiant Colour Pebbles

A set of beautifully intricate, varying

sized, jewel like pebbles that offer a

rich assortment of play adventures.

Hold the jewel up to the light and

see the vivid light stream through

to create a vibrant colour display.

The pebbles are designed to be

treasure like, with detailed patterns

to provide a sense of awe and

wonder.Suitable from birth. Made

from abs plastic. Circle shaped.

CA12194 3pk £23.09

CA11656 15pk £108.27

5

29

4. Pebble WOW Pack

This open-ended, versatile collection

of different pebbles and activity

cards encourages children to explore

in a variety of ways. Made from

plastic and wood. Pack of 29.

CA12242 £155.83

5. Radiant Colour Boulders

A beautiful collection of transparent

multi-faceted, jewel like boulders,

in vibrant colours offering rich and

varied play possibilities. Suitable

from birth. Assorted. Made from

abs plastic.

CA12220 3pk £33.20

CA11655 12pk £115.49


Construction

Marvellous Metallics

1

1. Sensory Mirrored

Stacking Pebbles

This set of smooth metallic mirror

pebbles will fascinate children as

they stack them or sort them into

size order. Fantastic, open-ended

mirrored stacking stones with a

lovely metallic quality, creating

a real sense of awe and wonder.


Made from plastic. Circle shaped.

CA12196 Metallic Silver 4pk £24.53

CA12195 Metallic Gold 4pk £24.53

CA12197 Bronze 4pk £24.53

CA04238 Silver 20pk £108.27

EL11432 Metallic Gold 20pk £108.27

CA06632 Bronze 20pk £108.27

2

3

2. Marvellous Metallics

Mirror Stacking Donuts

A beautiful set of silver mirrored

donuts perfect for stacking and

sorting. A wonderfully open ended

resource with wow appeal, aligned

to children’s developmental needs

and interests. Donuts range in size

from 8-15cm. Suitable from birth.

Silver. Made from plastic.

CA12232 4pk £28.86

CA06028 16pk £101.05


Silver Boulder Blocks

An appealing, engaging sensory

construction set, finished with

a smooth, shiny, mirror effect.

Designed to challenge, the children

have to determine how to balance

the boulders. 3 sizes (15cm, 12cm,

8cm). Suitable for 10 months

and up. Silver. Made from plastic.

Pentagon shaped.

CA12222 3pk £31.75

CA06069 12pk £122.71

4. Stack & Roll Metallic

Discs

A set of chunky, textured giant

beads that can be rolled, stacked,

sequenced and threaded. Children

will love these appealing silver and

bronze shapes in their open-ended

play. Suitable from birth to 7 years.

Metallic. Diameter 8cm. Height 7cm.

Made from plastic.

CA12238 8pk 8pk £50.52

EL11439 20pk 20pk £122.71

4

252


1


Construction

1. NEW Metallic Distorting

Cubes 12pk

An appealing, engaging sensory

construction set with different

distorting mirrors. Designed for

children to explore distorted

mirrored reflections and to

challenge. Children need to

determine which face fits together

to stack and build. Suitable for 10


CA11992 £115.49

NEW

12

2. Metallic WOW Pack

This engaging new Metallic WOW

Pack provides a rich array of

resources and activity cards that

offer open-ended experiences,

perfect for non-directed free

play and adult led activities. This

medley of metallics will stimulate

interest and engage children in

their learning and play. From

mirrored donuts and metallic discs

to beautifully surfaced blocks, this

treasure trove of resources will

ignite the investigative minds of

children of all ages. Suitable from

birth to 7 years. Metallic. Made


CA12245 £220.12

2

SAVE

£14 .44

42


Construction


1 2

3 4

12 12

12

5 6

1. Metallic Silver Stacking

Arches 12pk

A nest of 12 mirrored half circles

that can be used in a rich variety

of contexts, from construction and

sequencing, to incorporating in

the baby room for discovery based

play. The arches have a lovely visual

and tactile appeal to them as they

reflect the light due to their shiny

quality. Suitable for ages 10 months

and up. H9.5 x W15 x D5cm. Made

from abs plastic. Pack of 12.

CA11842 £108.27


Zig Zags 12pk

A set of 12 silver, shiny, mirror-like

zigzag pieces that can be stacked,

positioned, balanced, patterned

and generally used in a variety of

contexts. Children will love these

shapes as they lend themselves to

so many opportunities and are they

visually exciting. Suitable for ages

10 months and up. H9 x W31 x

D5cm. Made from abs plastic. Pack

of 12.

CA11850 £108.27


Crosses 12pk

Twelve shiny, silver crosses that

stack, nestle and tessellate. They

offer opportunities for construction,

loose parts play, creativity, problem

solving and for use in the baby and

toddler area. Suitable for ages 10

months and up. H13 x W12 x D5cm.


CA11851 £108.27

4. Metallic Assorted Mini

Blocks

These open-ended mini blocks

feature a metallic finish, ideal for

engaging construction play. Light

and easy to hold, the beautiful set

will engage children as they play,

design and construct. Suitable from

birth. Made from plastic.

CA12236 16pk £57.74

CA07486 32pk £108.27


Coloured Boulder Blocks

Blocks with a real treasure appeal,

can be stacked, sorted and rolled.

Great for high level engagement.

Children will enjoy exploring them.

They can be used in a variety of

open-ended learning opportunities.

3 sizes (15cm, 12cm, 8cm). Suitable

from birth. Assorted. Made from

plastic. Pentagon shaped.

CA12228 3pk £31.75

CA06511 12pk £122.71

6. Rose Gold Metallic 3D

Shape Collection

A beautiful collection of rose

gold metallic assorted 3D shapes,

perfect for your construction area.

Perfect for sorting, stacking and

constructing children can explore

the metallic texture as they build.

Suitable from birth. Made from

plastic.

CA12235 16pk £57.74

CA10041 32pk £108.27

254


1. Radiant Stacking Crosses

12pk

Unique, vibrant crosses that stack,

nestle and tesselate offering

absorbing, engaging and versatile

possibilities. Transparent, colourful

manipulatives that will delight,

challenge and offer something

different to construction and loose

parts play. Suitable for ages 10


Pack of 12.

1

Radiant Range

Construction

CA11953 £108.27

2. Radiant Stacking Arches

12pk

A colourful collection of arches

which can be manipulated and

manoeuvred for building, sorting,

patterns, transient art, supporting

schemas and so much more.

Children will really explore and

experiment with these arches,

finding out that there are so many

possibilities. Suitable for ages 10

months and up. H9.5 x W18 x

D5cm. Pack of 12.

CA11952 £108.27

3. Radiant Stacking Zig

Zags 12pk

A unique zig zag collection made

from vibrant, clear materials offering

a wealth of possibilities from loose

parts play, light work to maths

activities. Use as construction pieces,

on light panels, with the projector

and for supporting schematic

behaviours. Suitable for ages 10


Pack of 12.

CA11954 £108.27

2 3

12

4. Eco Activity Stacking

Cones 20pk

Engage and enthral inside and out

with these simple, yet versatile

and creative, eco cones, that lend

themselves to so many exciting

learning possibilities. Suitable for

ages 10 months and up. From

stacking, threading and sorting,

to using in physical development

activities, small world and

construction play, you really can

do so much with them. What will

you create? Specifically designed

for breadth of use and in subtle,

earthy tones. Imagine them with

your wooden blocks and natural

materials. H22 x W20 x D19cm.

Made from bio plastic. Pack of 20.

CA11876 £79.40

5. Radiant Activity Stacking

Cones 20pk

Introduce these versatile, vibrant,

colourful cones to different learning

environments for children to stack,

post, roll and explore. Add them

to your construction area and see

them build and create. Suitable for

ages 10 months and up. Made from

polypropylene. Pack of 20.

CA11877 £67.85

4 5

12 12

20 20


Loose Parts

Loose Parts

1

420

1. Wooden Treasures Super

Set

A generous set of beautiful smooth

wooden shapes inspired by nature

and discovery. Each treasure shape

comes in 3 shades of 7 organic

colours symbolising emotional

characteristics and the senses.


Diameter 35mm. Made from wood.

Pack of 420.

CA12007 £259.86

2

84

2. Rainbow Wooden Loose

Parts Super Set

A beautiful collection of smooth

loose parts in pastel rainbow

shades, enhanced by the natural

grain finish of solid beechwood.

A set of 84 pieces in appealing

colours and 7 different shapes, all

in a cotton drawstring bag. Perfect

for loose parts play, construction

and role play, encouraging sensory

collaborative play and building

motor skills. Young learners will

enjoy holding, rolling, manipulating,

spinning and balancing these tactile

resources. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Made from wood. Pack

of 84.

CA11893 £202.11

3 4

5

120 168

3. Wooden Treasures

Natural Set

A beautiful set of smooth undyed

wooden treasures inspired by

nature and discovery. There are

12 different forms designed to

stimulate the imagination, engage

logic, discover creative ability,

develop coordination and enhance

fine motor skills. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Diameter 35mm.


CA12009 £69.29

4. Wooden Treasures

Starter Set

A beautiful set of smooth wooden

shapes inspired by nature and

discovery. Each treasure shape




There are two colour versions of

mushrooms / nelsons and stones /

tokens. The treasures will stimulate

the imagination, engage logic,

discover creative ability, develop

coordination and enhance fine

motor skills. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Diameter 35mm. Made


CA12008 £98.16

5. Wooden Sorting Tray

Beautifully constructed beechwood

tray divided into sections which

can be used for sorting and display.

Ideal for organising loose parts by

colour or shape. Suitable for ages

10 months and up. Height 75mm.

Length 500mm. Made from wood.

CA11995 7 way £38.97

CA11996 14 way £50.52

256


Build-A-World

86

Loose Parts

Alice Sharp’s

Eco Build a

World

A beautifully crafted and collated collection of open-ended,

environmentally conscious loose parts for a plethora of STEAM,

construction, small world, inventive and imaginative play

scenarios. Suitable for age 3 years and up. Made from bamboo,

paper and recycled plastic. Pack of 86.

CA11634 £230.99

KEY

from

£230 .99

BENEFITS

• Developed with award-winning and

internationally respected early years

specialist Alice Sharp.

• A beautiful, engaging and open-ended

addition to small world play.

• Created using eco materials.


Maths

Sorting & Matching

1 2

3

4

5

6

84 420

168

120

1. Rainbow Wooden Loose

Parts Super Set

A beautiful collection of smooth

loose parts in pastel rainbow

shades, enhanced by the natural

grain finish of solid beechwood.



CA11893 £202.11

2. Wooden Treasures Super

Set

A generous set of beautiful smooth

wooden shapes inspired by nature

and discovery. Each treasure shape






Pack of 420.

CA12007 £259.86

3. Wooden Treasures

Starter Set

A beautiful set of smooth wooden

shapes inspired by nature and

discovery. Each treasure shape






Pack of 168.

CA12008 £98.16

4. Wooden Treasures

Natural Set

A beautiful set of smooth undyed

wooden treasures inspired by

nature and discovery. There are

12 different forms designed to

stimulate the imagination, engage

logic, discover creative ability,

develop coordination and enhance

fine motor skills. Suitable for age



CA12009 £69.29

5. Wooden Sorting Tray

Beautifully constructed beechwood

tray divided into sections which

can be used for sorting and display.

Ideal for organising loose parts by

colour or shape. Suitable for ages

10 months and up. Height 75mm.


CA11995 7 way £38.97

CA11996 14 way £50.52

6. My Rainbow Globe

This multifunctional set is ideal

for recognising colours, sorting,

designing patterns as well as

developing fine motor skills. As

children become more confident,

this can be used to help children

develop early maths skills such

as counting, pattern making and

fractions. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Diameter 58cm. Made from

felt and wood.

CA12029 £115.49

258


1. NEW Gemstone blocks 40

Piece Set

A set of 40 solid blocks made of

Beech Wood wood. Suitable for

3 to 7 years. H4 x W43 x L43cm.


from acrylic and beech. Weight 5kg.

Width 43cm.

1

Trays

NEW

Maths

EL46424 £202.11

2. NEW 1-5 Gemstone

Counting Bars

A set of 1-5 counting bars

embedded with colourful carylic

gemstones in 5 colours. Suitable

for 24 months to 7 years. Depth

2.6cm. H28 x L28 x D2.6cm. Height


acrylic, beech and plywood. Pack of

12. Weight 1kg.

EL46427 £47.63

3. 10 Frame Number

Sorting Tray

A beautifully crafted wooden tray,

perfect for exploring counting up to

10! Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Beech.

Depth 155mm. Height 20mm. Made

from beech. Width 380mm.

NEW

CA10188 £28.86

2

3

4. Earth Loose Parts Set

A beautiful collection of small loose

parts, featuring lovely shapes in soft,

natural colours. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Made from wood.

Pack of 72.

CA11346 £353.71

5. Domino 10 Frame

This engaging wooden tray offers

a different representation of a

10-frame enabling children to

explore number patterns to 10 in a

new way. Suitable for 18 months to

5 years. Length 315mm. Made from

beech. Width 160mm.

CA12106 £33.20

6. Natural Flower Tray

This natural wooden tray made from

beech is a versatile learning tool.

Suitable for 18 months to 5 years.

Height 220mm. Length 240mm.

Made from beech. Weight 300g.

Width 25mm.

CA12107 £33.20

7. Natural Tinker Tray

This extremely versatile wooden tray

will quickly become an essential

resource. It features nine differently

sized compartments just waiting

to be filled with treasures.Suitable

for 18 months to 5 years. Height

240mm. Length 240mm. Made

from wood. Weight 440g. Width

25mm.

CA12108 £33.20

12

4 5

72

6 7

Nine compartments


Maths

Shape

1 2

NEW

NEW

1. NEW Wooden Hexagon

Construction

A beautiful collection of natural,

black and white wooden hexagon

pieces, perfect for exploring shape

and pattern. Explore early maths

skills as children create patterns

and sequences with this engaging

collection of rubberwood pieces.



45. Hexagon shaped.

NEW

45

3 4

NEW

96

EL46116 £115.49

2. NEW Wooden Pentagon

Construction

Create patterns and sequences

with this beautiful collection of

96 wooden pentagon pieces.

With this carefully crafted set of

wooden loose parts, children can

explore shapes, patterns and colour.



96. Pentagon shaped.

EL46122 £144.36

3. NEW Wooden Crosses

Construction


crosses in natural, black and white.

Enrich loose parts and construction

play with this wonderful collection

of wooden crosses, perfect for

exploring patterns and sequencing.


Made from rubberwood. Pack of 45.

45 45

5 6

EL46120 £115.49

4. Rose Gold Metallic 3D

Shape Collection

A beautiful collection of rose gold

metallic assorted 3D shapes, perfect

for your construction area. Perfect

for sorting, stacking and constructing

children can explore the metallic

texture as they build. Suitable from

birth. Made from plastic.

CA12235 16pk £57.74

CA10041 32pk £108.27

5. Size Sorting Peg Puzzles

A set of 3 shape puzzles, in

ascending sizes. Suitable for ages

up to 5 years. Made from mdf.

Pack of 3.

4

CA11130 £37.52

6. Shape Drive Arounds

Introduce early mathematical

language with this set of four

geometric shapes. Suitable for age


7 8

CA11915 £122.71

7. Solid Wooden Shapes

Geometric solid shapes in smooth

hardwood. Shapes measure

between 5 and 7.5cm. Set of 12 in a

plastic storage tub. Suitable for 5 to

11 years. Length 7.5cm. Made from

wood. Pack of 12.

GSOLID £28.86

8. Lightbox Acrylic Shape

Sorting board

An engaging shape puzzle and

discovery board, ideal for use

on a light panel for illumination.



acrylic.

CA07282 £67.85

260


1. NEW Little Looking

Shapes Set 1

What can you see when you look

through the shapes? Clouds,

flowers, sand or sea? Buildings,

cars, people or planes? These

versatile Little Looking Shapes give

children a fresh view of their world.

1 2

Shape

Maths

EL46267 £28.86

2. NEW Little Looking

Shapes Set 2

What can you see when you look

through the shapes? Clouds,

flowers, sand or sea? Buildings,

cars, people or planes? These

versatile Little Looking Shapes give

children a fresh view of their world.

Pack of 4.

NEW

NEW

EL46268 £28.86

3. NEW Shape Mirrors

Beautifully crafted wooden mirrors

that are perfect for small hands to

explore reflections. Each mirror is

a different shape: square, circle,

triangle and hexagon. Suitable for

12 months to 5 years.

3 4

NEW

EL46281 £53.41

4. Magnetic Polydron Sets

Magnetic Polydron combines the

fun of construction with the wonder

of magnetism. A brightly coloured,

fun set of magnetic shapes. Ideal

for teaching early shape recognition

and the concept of magnetism.


Multicoloured.

NEW

CA03231 32pk £72.17

CA03232 96pk £173.21

5. Giant Linking Shapes

This wonderful set of Giant

Linking Shapes is perfect for shape

recognition and supporting gross

motor skills. Encourage exploring

sequencing and patterns as children

link the giant shapes together.

Ideal for outdoor maths learning.

Suitable for age 24 months and up.

Pack of 16.

5 6

CA11176 £86.61


Mathematics Set

A set of colourful magnetic shapes

that are easily joined to create a

variety of shapes and patterns in 2D

and 3D. Children will love exploring

and sorting the different shapes and

making 3D creations such as cones,

spheres or pyramids. Suitable for


CA06872 £303.17

7. Shape Sorting Bags

Perfect for encouraging exploration

and collecting, children can learn

shapes with these sturdy tote style

bags. Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

Pack of 4.

16

7 8

118

CA11177 £38.97

8. Giant Outdoor Weaving

Shapes

A set of large, tactile, seagrass

weaving shapes, great for

developing fine motor skills.



4

4

CA01156 £56.30


Maths

Forming Numbers

1 2

3 4

5 6

Number Line

This set of two outdoor chalkboards

are a great way to learn about

numbers and to practice the

formation of the numeral.

Numbered 1 to 10 and 11 to 20,

with faint guidelines and arrows to

guide you. Wipe clean. Made from

6mm MR MDF. Suitable for 3 to 7

years. H34 x L100cm. Made from

melamine faced mdf.

CA06294 £144.36

2. Mini Illuminated Mark

Making Boards

A set of portable light up boards

that will bring awe and wonder

to mark making and writing. The

children can simply press the button

on the front to illuminate their

creations in 8 different coloured

lights. Suitable for 3 to 11 years.


148mm.


6

10 10 6

SAVE

£9 £7 .22 .02 SAVE

20

£36 £45 .11 .09

CA10006 Six Boards £122.71

CA10426 Six Boards and 6 Pens £125.51

3. Feels-Writing Sensory

Number Stones

These beautiful stones offer a tactile

and visual way for children to

develop number formation. Children

will enjoy tracing each number with

their finger, repeating the action to

build motor memory skills. Contains:

10 stones (0-9). Suitable for age 3


CA06314 £41.85

4. Number Rubbing Plaques

A lovely, rustic-style set of numbered

boards suitable for hanging

outdoors with the numerals and

amounts featured in a raised relief

pattern Place paper over the number

and using a wax crayon make a relief

pattern. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

H30 x W20cm. Pack of 10.

CA03251 £144.36

5. Wooden Tracing Numbers

Trace along the dotted lines of these

giant hardwood numbers for handson

printing practice. Each number

has coloured dots showing where

to start/stop and numbered arrows

to encourage proper formation.

Includes numbers 1-20. Suitable


wood. Pack of 20.

CA04780 £57.74

6. BIG DEAL Mini Illumi

Board Card Inserts

Buy all and save with this collection

of card inserts specifically designed

for the Mini Illuminated Mark

Making Boards (CA10426). Support

fine motor skill development with

this set featuring letters, numbers

and pre-writing patterns. Suitable

for ages up to 11 years.


CA10427 £184.72

262


1. Messy Maths Measuring

Bottles

A wonderfully vibrant set of potion

bottles, perfect for measuring and

mixing potions and concoctions!

Introduce volume and weight

as children fill and empty the

bottles. Ideal for messy play while

supporting early maths skills.


Made from plastic.

1

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£7 .22

Size and Measure

Maths

CA10343 Mini Bottles £36.08

CA10020 Full Size £43.30

SAVE with Multi-buy


2

8

3 4

5

5

£9 .02 Over 10

2. Large Dinosaur Bones

Match and Measure Bones

Set

Encourage children to be

archaeologists as they examine the

different lengths of these Dinosaur

Bones! Perfect for early maths skills,

children can classify, sort and collect

based on size. A great activity for

sand play.

CA06863 £57.74

3. Plastic Assorted Sizes

Bottles

This versatile set of multi-sized

bottles will inspire creativity and

curiosity. Fill with your favourite

ingredients, store your marvellous

mixtures or why not experiment with

potions or perfumes. Open-ended

and engaging. Colours may vary.


suitable to be left outdoors. Made


CA10275 £18.76

4. Big Chunky Wind Up Tape

Measure

The tough plastic tape, an easy-grip

handle and a fun, wind-up design

make this jumbo tape measure ideal

for the classroom! With centimetre

and inch marks up to 160cm.


Made from plastic.

CA03728 £20.94

5. Liquid Measure Set

Great for young children to estimate,

count, measure and pour. A

colourful measuring set including

four jars with lids, five measuring

spoons and eight measuring cups

with easy-pour spouts - with both

imperial and metric measurements.

Suitable for 3 to 6 years. Made from


6

CA03780 £82.28

6. Water Play Measure Set

A colourful water play set designed

to support mathematical literacy

and understanding. Explore capacity,

size, weight and volume through

filling, transporting and pouring.


Made from plastic.

CA10788 £17.31

17

pieces in

set


Maths

Weights and Scales

1 2

3 4

5 6

1. Giant Wooden Outdoor

Learning Scales and

Bucket Set

Children will love experimenting

with these giant outdoor wooden

weighing and measuring scales

and buckets. A super addition to

the outdoor learning environment,

enhancing provision and inspiring

curious minds. Includes 2 large

buckets. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. H94 x W160cm.

CA05291 £225.00

2. Outdoor Wooden Scales

and Bucket Set

A large set of wooden measuring

scales with metal buckets, for indoor

or outdoor use. Children will love

using the wooden learning scales

to initiate their own learning and

investigations. Suitable for age

3 years and up. H143 x W400 x

D793mm.

CA04163 £209.33

3. Discovery Wooden Scales

A beautifully crafted set of

balancing scales for children to

explore materials. Use in various

learning contexts, from role play to

mathematical concepts. Please note,

these scales are not mathematically

accurate. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

CA10621 £115.49

4. Rocker Scale

The Rocker Scales include

transparent tubs marked with 100ml

graduations. They are sensitive

enough for 1g to register a positive

movement. The tubs are designed

to give accurate readings even when

products are placed off centre.

Suitable for 4 to 7 years. Single.

250021 0.5l £17.69

TSCALE-C 1l £28.86

5. 1/2 litre Plastic Bucket

Balance

A durable plastic balance, designed

for learning weight and handson

measurement. Features clear

removable graduated buckets which

hold solids or liquids up to 500ml.

Sliding compensator allows for

level and accurate measurements.


14.5cm. Made from plastic. Single.

Volume 500ml. Width 39.5cm.

MA0974 £20.94

6. Wooden scales and

Weights

A strong and sturdy set of

beechwood scales, pans and

weights. The set comes complete

with easy-grip, plastic weights in

varying sizes which are stored in

two solid beechwood blocks. Ideal

for learning about non-standard

weights and measurements. Suitable


CA04785 £114.05

264


1. 12 Hour Time Clock Kit

This large, bright geared clock is

perfect for time demonstration

purposes. Suitable for 5 to 11 years.


1

2

Time and Money

Maths

MA03350 £67.85

2. Rechargeable

Stopwatches

No more need for batteries! Simply

store in the docking station and

plug in when a recharge is needed.

Pack of 12.

SC00945 £166.02

3. Mega Sand Timer

Brightly-coloured, giant-sized sand

timers, perfect for groups. Allow the

children to use in play and explore

time whilst also developing their

understanding. Suitable for 3 to 11

years. Diameter 15cm. Height 30cm.


3

25

4

12

CA07107 1 minute £43.30

CA07109 3 minutes £43.30

CA07110 5 minutes £43.30

CA07111 Buy All & Save £101.01

4. Bulk Value Money Pack

Coins (400) & Notes (80)

Bumper value pack of plastic coins

and notes. Ideal for whole class

money role play ‭activities. Includes

20 of each sterling ‭note from £7.22

to £72.19 and 50 of each ‭sterling

coin denomination from 1p ‭to

£2.89 Pack of 480.

MA03373 £64.95

5. Plastic Money Class Coin

Set

Make learning fun with these plastic

play money pieces, which can be

used both as a class resource and

for play. Suitable for 3 to 11 years.


MA03308 Class Coin Set £44.01

6. NEW Sit on Sand Timer

Enormous and robust school sand

timers, in three durations, designed

to withstand the rigours of the

classroom.

SAVE

£28 £36 .88 .09

5

SAVE

£9 £7 .22 .02

7

750

6

480

MT45540 Sit on Sand Timer 1 minute £115.49

MT45965 Sit on Sand Timer 3 minutes £115.49


7. Write on Wipe Off Clock

Dial

Brightly coloured 12 hour clock can

be written on and manipulated for

all time based learning. Suitable for

3 to 11 years. Pack of 10.

MA03353 £19.49

8. Real-Working Cash

Register

This ingenious calculator cash register

is perfect for all money topics and

shopping scenarios. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Made from plastic.

10

8 9

NEW

MA03342 £38.97

9. Plastic Money Coins

(160) and Notes (32)

Give money solving activities a sense of

realism with this set of indestructible

play notes and ‭coins. Suitable for age


MA03372 £37.52

192


Maths

Numeral and Amount

1 2

1. Maths Mastery Collection

A collection of resources to enhance

the maths found in the natural

world. The resources have been

selected to help children count,

collect, compare, calculate, and

compute. Continuous provision is

an important aspect of effective

teaching and learning. This selection

has been put together with this in

mind. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

CA11757 £267.08

3

4

2. Wooden Rustic Number

Stacker

A beautiful, rustic set of large

stacking wooden discs featuring

the numeral and dots. Place the

numbered boards onto the pole

to create a stacking number line.

Use with a write on/wipe off pen

(water based) and clean with a cloth.


x W18 x L30cm.

CA10092 £93.83

3. 1-10 Natural Number

Stacker

A beautiful wooden number stacker,

ideal for teaching early number

concepts by helping children to

make connections within and

between numbers to ten. The bases

measure 50mm and show four

different representations for each

number: numeral, standard 1-5

dice array, random dot array and

10-frame pattern. Suitable for 3 to 7

years. Made from sustainable wood.

CA11756 £79.40

4. Wooden Number

Stacking Sparkle Bricks

10pk

A collection of numbered wooden

bricks with clear acrylic panels

showing a treasure trove of beads,

sequins and sparkles within. The

blocks are perfect for children to

stack, sort and sequence. Suitable

for 3 to 7 years. Made from wood.

Pack of 10.

CA01138 £137.15

5 6

10

10

5. Early Mastery Number

Trays

Children will enjoy collecting and

counting with these beautifully

crafted beech wood trays. Ideal for

exploring counting, number bonds

and the mathematical language of

more and less. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. Made from beech.

CA11283 £129.92

6. Wooden Number Trays

Count, collect or sort with these

beautiful wooden number trays.

Ideal for exploring counting, number

bonds and mathematical language

of more than and less than. Tracing

the routed number supports early

writing skills. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. Length 100mm. Made from

wood. Width 140mm.

CA10765 £122.71

266


1. Talking Frogs

Ten delightful, recordable frogs

that may be used in water, indoors,

outdoors and in messy play, lending

themselves to lots of engaging

learning activities with a focus on

speaking and listening. Simply

press a button and speak into them

as they can record a 30 second

message. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm. Pack

of 10.

1 2

Numerals

Maths

CA11005 £158.80

2. Wooden Number

Collection

A set of ten beautifully crafted large

wooden numbers. The smooth finish

makes them a lovely tactile resource.

Size of numbers range between

10-15cm. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.

Made from wood. Single.

3

10

CA01235-N £53.41

3. Fine Motor Weaving

Numbers 0-9

These wonderful seagrass numbers

are ideal for supporting fine motor

skills as children carefully weave

and thread around the frames.

Develop number recognition as

children while encouraging handeye

coordination. Suitable for age 3


CA01157 Giant £72.17


4. Number Pebbles

Build a fascination for numbers

with these popular pebbles that

will appeal to children’s natural

instinct to explore, investigate, sort

and collect. Perfect for use in sand,

water and small world play. Suitable


10

4

CA03750 Sum Building Set £43.30

5. Number Bond Pebbles

A tactile way of introducing

numbers through play. The number

pebbles are made from a stone and

resin mix and are engraved with a

number. Ideal for use in sand and

water and outdoor play. Suitable for



CA03750 Sum Building Set £43.30

CA06463 Jumbo £43.30

22

5

22


Maths

Counting

1

2 3

1. Let’s Boost... Early Maths

Outdoor Kit

There is so much maths to be

found in the natural world and

now even more, with this bumper

kit of resources especially designed

to be taken outdoors! All these

resources work well independently

or alongside each other and other

natural materials, encouraging a

range of collecting, counting and

comparing activities. 3-4 years.

Suitable for 3 to 5 years

CA12103 £411.46

2. Natural Counting Log

Pick up sticks and start counting!

A smooth wooden log with equalsized

holes which will encourage

children to count out the correct

number of sticks from a pile, and

then count in the correct number for

each section. Suitable for 18 months

to 6 years. Height 55mm. Length

465mm. Made from beech. Weight

750g. Width 65mm.

Suitable for 18 months to 6 years

CA12105 £64.95

3. Counting Cars

A set of ten toy cars numbered from

1-10, each seating a specific number

of passengers. Children will love

counting and sorting the passengers

into the cars and racing them. Both

the figure and the number word are

on each car. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.

Made from plastic.


CA07491 £86.61

4. 1-5 Irregular Array Stones

This set of 15 irregular number array

stones shows numbers from 1 to

5, using three different patterns of

indented circles to represent each

number. They are tactical which

makes them ideal for sensory maths

investigations and can be used

outdoors, including in sand, water or

mud. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. Made

from plastic. Width 55mm.


CA12104 £47.63

4

5

5. Tactile Counting Stones

A beautiful set of smooth, tactile

pebbles featuring grooves to display

amounts from one to ten. The

unique resin stone material enables a

multi-sensory experience and can be

used both indoors and out. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Pack of 20.


CA10305 £47.63

20

268


1. Number Building Rocket

Set

A set of 20 rockets, each made of

three interlocking pieces featuring

numerals, written numbers and a

variety of visual representations of

the amount. Match the pictures,

numbers and amounts and fit them

together. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.


1 2

Counting

Maths

CA10211 £111.16

2. Learn to Count Dough

Mats

A great value set of 20 durable

mats with vibrant illustrations

corresponding to a number from

one to twenty, which children fill

in with dough shapes. Dough not

included. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

Pack of 20.

CA10210 £20.20

3

60

20

3. Squeeze, Scoop & Count

Ice Cream Shop

A deliciously themed set for

counting to ten, featuring two

banana split trays, easy grip scoops

and 30 foam balls of “ice cream”

for scooping. Children will love

scooping, counting and sequencing

the balls of ice cream into the

numbered trays. Includes an activity

guide. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

CA10101 £43.30

4. Touch and Match Maths

Cards - Counting

Explore counting and numeral &

amount with these simple tactile

cards. Each child can select a

textured picture card and touch each

animal to count to 20, then find the

matching number card to show their

answer. Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

Made from laminated card.

CA12044 £53.41

4

5. Alice Sharp’s Gingerbread

Family Early Years Maths

Kit

A gingerbread themed early

years maths scheme by early

years specialist Alice Sharp

featuring characters, counters and

more, presented in a delightful

gingerbread house. We have worked

with Alice Sharp to develop this

complete early maths resource.

Featuring a huge variety of

appealing gingerbread characters,

counters, sorting tins, cookie cutters

and activities. Activities include

sorting, sequencing, counting

games, storytelling and even cooking

activities to truly master all of the

early maths concepts. Presented in a

delightful fabric gingerbread house.


CA07392 £144.36

5


Technology

Light Up Learning

1

1. Early Years Projector

An exciting new and unique

projector, designed by specifically

to enable children to independently

and safely create, build and explore

whilst engaging with magical, awe

inspiring shadow and light scenarios.

Simply switch on the projector and

place it wherever you wish to create

a light effect on the wall. It can be

positioned on blocks, a table and

on the floor, depending on the size

of the light space you wish to work

with. Children can place, balance,

position and build all kinds of

art pieces and then see how they

are transformed into imaginative

shadow works. Suitable for age 3

years and up. H21 x W28.6 x D21cm.

CA11674 £173.24

2 3

12 12

4 5

12 20

2. Radiant Stacking Arches

12pk

A colourful collection of arches

which can be manipulated and

manoeuvred for building, sorting,

patterns, transient art, supporting

schemas and so much more.

Children will really explore and

experiment with these arches,

finding out that there are so many

possibilities. Suitable for ages 10

months and up. H9.5 x W18 x D5cm.

Pack of 12.

CA11952 £108.27

3. Radiant Stacking Crosses

12pk

Unique, vibrant crosses that stack,

nestle and tesselate offering

absorbing, engaging and versatile

possibilities. Transparent, colourful

manipulatives that will delight,

challenge and offer something

different to construction and loose

parts play. Suitable for ages 10


Pack of 12.

CA11953 £108.27

4. Radiant Stacking Zig Zags

12pk

A unique zig zag collection made

from vibrant, clear materials offering

a wealth of possibilities from loose

parts play, light work to maths

activities. Use as construction pieces,

on light panels, with the projector

and for supporting schematic

behaviours. Suitable for ages 10


Pack of 12.

CA11954 £108.27

5. Radiant Activity Stacking

Cones 20pk

Introduce these versatile, vibrant,

colourful cones to different learning

environments for children to stack,

post, roll and explore. Add them

to your construction area and see

them build and create. Suitable for

ages 10 months and up. Made from

polypropylene. Pack of 20.

CA11877 £67.85

270


1. NEW Early Years

Immersive Projector











emerge. Experiment, explore,

and discover with this versatile

resource. Spark their curiosity

and learn through a multitude of

investigations. Manipulate objects

and see what surprising effects can

be created. Enrich vocabularies,

create catalysts for STEAM based

learning and inspire imaginations

to soar. This is such an open ended

and versatile resource. It can be

used independently by the children

or for collaborative tasks. Imagine

a starry constellation, under the sea

or other amazing locations reflected

on the walls. Perhaps you will

wander amidst dinosaurs. Consider

light as part of your creative

explorations. It can be incorporated

into construction, loose parts, small

world play, collage, etc. Create an art

gallery inspired by a particular artist.

They can select from a plethora of

materials and investigate the effects

they have when casting a shadow.

In doing so they are learning about

properties, textures, patterns, etc.

Children can move and dance freely

in this magical environment. They

can blow bubbles and see them

soar in an illuminated landscape. It

is a great way of using repurposed

and recycled materials and of giving

objects a new life and focus. Imagine

learning about numbers, letters,

shapes and sequences through

this engaging approach. Perhaps

you will explore a number in all its

permutations, numeral, amounts,

etc. Diameter 65cm. Made from

polycarbonate, silicone and wood.

1

2

Light Up Learning

NEW

Technology

CA11864 £288.74

Contents

Made from Polycarbonate, wood

and a soft silicone edge. A touch

on/off button. It has a USB

charging system. Charge time is

6-8 hours. Full charge lasts for

2-3 hours. Suitable for 10mths+.

2. NEW Shadow Cube

Piece these sturdy cylinders together

in different configurations to make

various shapes in construction

activities and with the projectors

for shadowy effects. A bumper set

of connectors and tubes which can

be pieced together and used for an

array of activities. Make frames and

utilise with the Immersive projector

to make the walls your canvas for

patterns and shadows. Suitable


plastic.

NEW

CA11847 £79.40


Technology

Light Up Learning

1

9

1. Stack and Build Glow

Blocks

A set of 9 sturdy, rechargeable bricks

that light up, offering illuminated

possibilities for construction, loose

parts play, number tasks, schema

interests and sensory activities.

Technology really enhances the

learning here as the blocks can be

made to glow by just pressing a

button. See the shapes take on a

magical glow for added engagement

and creativity. The child learns about

cause and effect, stimulus response

and makes key connections. Suitable

for ages 10 months and up. H30 x


CA11702 £158.80

2

12

3

12

4

2. Light Up Glow

Construction Bricks












CA10970 £216.55










10 months+ Diameter 33mm. Length

212mm. Pack of 12.

CA11108 £187.67

4. Light Up Tactile Glow

Spheres

A set of light-up, textured balls

with intricate designs, that can be

used for mark-making, fine motor

skills, and calming activities. The

spheres are rechargeable and are in

3 different designs. They are a great

resource for improving hand-eye

coordination as children manipulate

the spheres around. Simply tap the

spheres to transform them into

illuminated globes of light, that will

stay lit for 60 seconds. Suitable for

10mths+. Diameter 84mm. Pack

of 6.

CA10974 £122.71

6

272


1. NEW STEAM Discovery

Centre

Interact with this giant scales

like structure investigating,

experimenting, manoeuvring,

posting and balancing a range of

materials including glow resources

to make a dramatic, engaging

impact. Children love playing with

this transparent unit that looks

amazing in the light. It has channels

to roll things along, places to hang

and post things. It supports a

STEAM based enquiry approach to

learning as the children problem

solve and employ critical thinking

skills. Suitable for 10 months and

up. H70 x W108cm.

1

Light Up Learning

Technology

CA11734 £288.74

2. NEW Light Up Collector’s

Buckets

Enrich learning with these

Imaginative, stacking, rechargeable,

transporting containers that light

up maths, messy play, water,

sand, STEAM and sensory learning

experiences in an illuminating,

magical way. Captivate children

with these glow vessels. Explore,

collect, build and count. Robust,

for indoors and out, dry and wet

materials, sandpits, with water

channeling, construction materials,

on the STEAM centre, or on a mud

kitchen. Available from April 2023.


NEW

CA11868 Single £50.52

EL45002 2pk £101.03

CA11705 4pk £180.41

3. Rechargeable Easi-Torch

The rechargeable handheld LED

torches are simple to use and

come with a useful charging hub

for storage. The LEDs provide a

constant brightness for up to 2

hours, recharge in the hub once the

battery is low. Pack of 6.

SC00117 £129.92

2 3

SAVE

£21 .66

NEW

6


Technology

Light Up Accessories

1 2

1. Squidgy Sparkle Letters

Make learning the alphabet

fun with these beautiful tactile,

coloured lowercase letters. Run your

finger over the letter to move the

glitter and transparent liquid inside.

A lovely multi-sensory approach to

learning the alphabet. Suitable for

3 to 11 years. Height 14cm. Made


LSQUIL Lower Case £47.63

CA04133 Upper Case £53.41

SAVE with Multi-buy


2. Squidgy Sparkle Letters

and Numbers

Tactile letters, ideal for engaging

children’s interest in early literacy

and developing letter formation.

Run your finger over the shape of

the letter, moving the glitter and

liquid inside. Available in lower and

uppercase letter sets. Suitable for

3 to 11 years. Made from plastic.

Pack of 36.

CA03037 £67.85

SAVE

£7

26

.22

3 4

5

36

3. Squidgy Light Box

Accessory Kit

Explore light, colour and shape

with this kit for your light box.

This fantastic light box kit is full of

accessories to add extra excitement

to your light box activities.

Experiment with colour, shapes and

sizes with this versatile set. Suitable

for 3 to 11 years.

CA02037 £144.36

4. Light Box Light Panel

Starter Kit 300pcs

This fantastic kit has over 300

great resources for your light

box. Includes sea and land

themes, animals, coloured rings,

translucent buttons, flower & leaf

transparencies, coloured sheets

as well as opaque and reflective

materials. Suitable for 4 to 11 years.

CA05425 £69.29

5. Lightbox Acrylic Sorting

Domes

Three different sets of brightlycoloured,

translucent cloches. Hide

objects underneath and lift to reveal

the objects beneath. Available as

numbered, alphabet or plain set.

Suitable for 3 to 11 years. Diameter

10cm. Made from acrylic.

CA07317 Number Sorting Domes 1-20 £57.74

CA07559 Plain Sorting Domes £57.74

274


1. Mini Light Panel Table

A wonderful mirrored unit including

a slimline light panel and 3

mirrored “walls”. Suitable for 3 to

11 years. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly. Not suitable to be

left outdoors. Depth 50cm. Height

96cm. Made from wood. Width

64cm.

1 2

Light Up Learning

Technology

CA07544 £332.05

2. Medium Light Panel for

Table

A mini, slimline light panel that

can be used to illuminate a variety

of learning opportunities. Simply

press the switch and the unit lights

up. A compact size which can be

incorporated into any space. Sits

in the Mini Light Panel Table or use

alone. Mains operated. Accessories

not included.Suitable for 3 to 11

years. Length 60cm. Made from

plastic. Rectangle shaped. Width

35cm.

CA07400 £144.36

3. Round Glow Table

Add light, colour and wonder to

activities with this inspiring glow

table. Suitable for age 3 years


Multicoloured. Diameter 80cm.


3 4

CA07231 £483.65

4. Light Up Cube

This mood cube is strong and

lightweight and can be used as a

seat or a low table in a sensory area.



40cm.

CA07230 £166.02

5. Rectangular Light Panel

Slim light panels which provide a

wealth of versatile glowing learning

experiences in a variety of subjects.

Suitable for 3 to 11 years. Made

from plastic.

CA10189 A3 £109.71

SC10019 A2 £199.22

5 6

6. Low Level Light Box Table

At a lower height to enable younger

children to access, the lightbox

is great for observation and

exploration. Suitable for 18 months

to 4 years. Height 50cm. Length

75cm. Made from wood. Single.

Width 75cm.

CA01179 £437.46


Technology

Mark Making

1 2

SAVE

£2 .89

3

4

4

1. Illuminated Writing

Boards

Support early mark making skills

with this wonderful set of 4

Illuminated Mark Making Boards.

Weave technology through various

aspects of learning as children use

the boards to explore number,

letters, colours, shapes and much

more. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Height 26cm. Length 35cm.


CA06939 4 Boards £187.67

CA07941 4 Boards & 6 Pens £194.88

2. Sensory Illuminated

Writing Board

Encourage children to practise

their writing in a fun way with

this glowing writing board. The

illumination makes the LED board

an extremely engaging way of

teaching children to write and draw,

whilst providing sensory and visual

stimulation. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Height 26cm. Length 35cm.

Made from plastic.

SD10331 Sensory Writing Board £57.74

SD10522 Sensory Writing Board & 6 pens £64.95

3. Giant Illuminated Mark

Making Board

A huge, rechargeable, A1 size

writing board that lights up in

seven different colours for engaging

and collaborative mark making

activities. Press the button and see

your writing glow. There are two

buttons so each half of the board

can be operated independently,

ideal for multiple children to work

on together. Suitable for 3 to 11

years. A1.

CA10425 £332.05

4. Mini Illuminated Mark

Making Boards

A set of portable light up boards

that will bring awe and wonder

to mark making and writing. The

children can simply press the button

on the front to illuminate their

creations in 8 different coloured

lights. Suitable for 3 to 11 years.


148mm.

CA10006 Six Boards £122.71

CA10426 Six Boards and 6 Pens £125.51

6

276


1. Glow and Go Bot

A multi-sensory, rechargeable

robot, which will captivate young

children’s interests as they plan its

illuminated journey, whilst laying

firm technological foundation

skills. This highly engaging robot

has simple, clear and literal button

controls that are, when pressed,

textured and colourful. They also

illuminate and create sounds,

enabling the child to explore cause

and effect. Suitable for ages up to 5

years. H10 x W27 x L28.5cm.

1

Glow and Go Bot

Technology

CA10564 £166.02

2. Glow & Go Bot Mirror

Spots

A set of flexible, mirrored-surface

floor spots that are great for using

with the Glow and Go Bot, as

well as in sensory areas. See the

floor reflect and light up as the

illuminated robot travels over the

shiny circles. These can be used in

a variety of contexts. Made from

plastic. Pack of 7.

CA11865 £38.97

2

7


Communication & Language

Language Development

1 2

NEW

NEW

1. NEW Self-confidence Set

of 6

A set of 6 books that model good

self-confidence and encourage

children to appreciate just how great

they are! Many of the characters in

these stories overcome challenges to

achieve their goals and learn to feel

more confident in their own abilities.

EL46270 £69.29

2. NEW Travellers’ Tales Set

of 5

A set of 5 picture books written

by renowned Romani storyteller

Richard O’Neill. These titles provide

a window into nomadic cultures and

celebrate the traditional Traveller

virtues of resilience, adaptability,

loyalty and independence!

EL46254 £57.74

3 4

6 5

3. NEW Closing the Word

Gap Set of 6

These 6 engaging picture books

are a great way to introduce

children to words that they might

not encounter in everyday life. The

illustrations also provide plenty of

details to inspire questions and

stimulate conversations. Pack of 6.

EL46197 £69.29

4. NEW Valuing Our Planet

Set of 6

Set of 6 books engaging books

about the importance of the

environment. These books contain

messages about the importance

of preserving the environment and

provide ideas for how we can make

greener choices!

EL46189 £69.29

5 6

NEW

NEW

NEW

6 56

5. NEW Empathy Set of 10

Empathy is a powerful skill that can

be developed by using it often! This

set of 10 books model ways of using

empathy and show the benefits

of putting yourself in someone

else’s shoes. Some of these books

cover topics such as bereavement

and dementia, offering children

the opportunity to discuss and

explore complex emotions in a safe

environment. Suitable for 3 to 6

years. Pack of 10.

EL46169 £115.49

6. NEW Wooden Story Teller

Wooden toy set ideal for telling

children enchanting stories and

adventures or for them to tell you

theirs. This wooden set includes

a double-sided base designed to

set the scene for either an ocean

pirate theme or a grassy farm

theme. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.

Depth 40mm. H248cm x W248cm x

D40mm. Height 248cm. Made from

beech and wood. Width 248cm.

EL46435 £43.30

10

NEW

278


1. Alphabet Objects

Collection

A collection of 26 appealing, plush

objects that correspond to each

initial sound. A fun way to engage

in early phonics activities. Meet

Freda the flamingo who dances

the flamenco, Terry the tortoise or

the big, beautiful butterfly. Design

of contents may vary. Box sold

separately. Suitable from birth to 11

years. Assorted Sizes. Made from

fabric. Pack of 26.

CA10095 £105.38

2. Enriching Language Big

Book

A practical book bursting with

ideas on how to tune children

into sounds and have fun with

language. This flip book has

one side dedicated to practical,

engaging ideas and alliterative

rhymes and the other has beautiful

illustrations and photographs to

initiate conversations. Can be used

with or without the alphabet bags.

Suitable for ages up to 5 years. A3.

Height 420mm. 56 pages. Width

297mm.

1

2


26


CA10328 £38.97

3. Language Enrichment

Alliteration Character

Cards

A collection of alliterative fun

sentences aimed at tuning children

into sounds. A great way of

engaging children in a fun approach

to phase one phonics. The contents

support the Alice Sharp Enrichment

Range and relates to characters in

the big book. Suitable for 3 to 5

years.

CA10433 £21.65

3




1

1. Alice Sharp’s Language

Enrichment Bags 26pcs

A beautifully crafted set of 26

alphabet bags, designed in

partnership with Alice Sharp,

offering a complete, experiential

approach to Phase one phonics.

Each fabric bag comes in a specific

design to represent a letter of

the alphabet. Extend and enrich

children’s use of language. Multibuy

option includes 26 soft toys and

a book written by Alice packed

with ideas. Buy the bags as a

key resource or choose the Bags,

Alphabet Objects and Language

Enrichment Big Book to save. Size

approx. H25cm. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. Multicoloured. Made from


CA07406 26 Bags £317.61

CA10381

Bags, Objects & Big

Book offer

£422.97

26

• Supports phonics in a fun,

experiential and handson

way

• A play-based approach

for early language skills

• Provides rich language

experiences

The bags can be used

in a variety of contexts.

26

Each fabric bag comes in a

specific design to represent

a letter of the alphabet.

280


1. Light Up Phones

A set of 4 rechargeable, tactile

phones that feature touch

activated number buttons,

incorporating technology and

communication skills to encourage

lively conversations and role play

scenarios. Who will you call? Will

it be the garage, the dentist or

the queen? A great resource for

experimenting, exploring and

making connections. Age: 10

months+ Pack of 4.

CA10980 £144.36

2. Alice Sharp’s Telephone

Talk Kit

Provide reasons to talk as the

children find a telephone number

for various characters and then tap

the relevant numbers into their

mini phones. A fun way to learn

about numbers, whilst involving

the children in role play scenarios.

Imagine calling the plumber, the

optician or the taxi company.


1

4



CA10613 £72.17

3. Curious Key

Conversation Collection

This eclectic assortment of keys,

varying in size, shape and detail

can be used as a catalyst for

conversation Encourage observation

skills as well as comparing and

contrasting. This set includes ideas

cards that illustrate how to provoke

mathematical literacy and enrich

language opportunities. Suitable

for 3 to 5 years. Made from metal.

Pack of 50.

2

Contents

Includes 6 telephone directories

with corresponding numbers

and 6 fabric phones for role

play scenarios. Includes a

collection of ideas for promoting

communication skills

CA10617 £43.30

3

50




1 2

3 4

• Great for

understanding roles

in our community.

5 6

7 8

4 4

1. Wooden Theatre

This versatile wooden floor standing

theatre is useful for puppet play and

story time. Write the name and time

of your show on the chalkboard,

and keep the curtains closed until

the next performance. Suitable for

age 4 years and up. Depth 30cm.

Height 115cm. Made from beech,

mdf and plywood. Width 71cm.

CA02228 £101.05

2. Forest Family Finger

Puppets

This lovely set of gnomes and fairies

are an ideal addition to small world

scenarios, but are fantastic for

enhancing communication. Create

stories and adventures for these

beautiful characters, and allow the

children to lead their own play and

watch the language that follows.


felt. Pack of 4.

CA11235 £28.86

3. Occupation Hand

Puppets

Beautifully designed fabric hand

puppets that represent different

careers in our community! Suitable


CA00062 £62.07

4. Farm Puppets

Explore the farm with these animal

themed hand puppets. Suitable for

24 months to 5 years. Made from

fabric. Pack of 4.

CA06827 £38.97

5. Palace Puppets

Create new adventures with these

palace themed hand puppets.

Inspire creativity and take the

imagination to a fairytale kingdom.

Designed to encourage role play

and communication. Made from

brightly patterned, washable

fabrics. Suitable for 24 months to 5

years. Made from fabric. Pack of 4.

CA06826 £38.97

6. Zoo Puppets

Bring the jungle to life with

this set of four quality glove

puppets. Perfect for developing

communication skills and increasing

motor skills. Made from brightly

patterned, washable fabrics.


Made from fabric. Pack of 4.

CA06825 £38.97

7. Carry Along Puppets Set

A fantastic selection of 14 top

quality puppets complete with a

convenient carry bag. Suitable for 4

to 5 years. Pack of 14.

CA04832 £137.15

8. Farm Animal Hand

Puppets Set

Sing Old Macdonald, play farm

yards or make up your own stories

with these delightful hand puppets.


CA02353 £43.30

6

282


1. Nursery Rhyme Role Play

Finger Puppet Set

This beautifully boxed set contains a

book and finger puppets depicting

the main characters from nursery

rhymes. These puppets are a

great reminder for children when

re-telling/singing nursery rhymes.

Suitable from birth. Suitable for 4 to

5 years. Pack of 6.

LNUPUP £33.20

2. Finger Puppets Sea Life

This set of 5 finger puppets contains

a dolphin, shark, orca whale, clown

fish and crab. Enhancing children’s

vocabulary as they share stories and

discuss these lovely under the sea

creatures. Suitable for 12 months

to 5 years. Made from polyester.

Pack of 5.

1


2

6 5


CA12073 £27.42

3. My First Puppets - Farm

A charming set of 5 farm-themed,

hand puppets. Children can create

stories and adventures or act out

voices for the animals, ideal for

encouraging speech and vocabulary

development. Suitable for 12

months to 5 years. Made from


3

4

CA12069 £36.08

4. My First Puppets - Wild

Create adventures and stories for

this set of 5 wild themed animal

puppets. Ideal for enhancing

communication through role play.


Made from polyester. Pack of 5.

5 5

CA12070 £36.08

5. Finger Puppets Farm

Animals

A charming finger puppet set

containing 6 farm animals: sheep,

horse, cow, pig, hen and a duck.

Perfect for enhancing language skills

and encouraging conversations as

the children speak for the animals.


Made from polyester. Pack of 6.

5

6

CA12071 £31.75

6. Finger Puppets African

Animals

A set of 6 African animal finger

puppets that include a crocodile,

giraffe, lion, chimp, elephant

and a zebra. Use as a prompt for

stimulating conversations around

the animals, their homes or the

adventures they get up to. Suitable

for 12 months to 5 years. Made from


7

6 6

CA12072 £31.75

7. Role Play Wildlife Puppet

Set

This quality set of realistic hand

puppets will help bring storytime

to life. Set of five assorted animal

designs. Suitable for ages up to 5

years. Length 25cm. Pack of 5.

CA04419 £53.41




1

SAVE

£36 .09

• Developed by speech

and language therapists

• Offer repeated exposure

to sound targets

• Give language skills a

boost

• Targets speech sound

awareness

1. Early Soundplay Speech

Booster Bundles

A collection of books and user

friendly resources, brought to life

with key character wooden figures

and audio content, narrated by

British actor Sophie Thompson.

These sets are designed to support

children’s developing speech

sound awareness and vocabulary

knowledge, and so boost early

language and literacy skills. Suitable

for ages up to 6 years.

CA11224 Set 1 - Jake’s Cakes £122.71

CA11225 Set 2 - Trish Fish £122.71

CA11226 Set 3 - Digby Dog £122.71

CA11227 Set 4 - Sally Sea Lion £122.71

CA11228 Set 5 - Shelley Sheep £122.71


3

• Ideal for classroom story

sessions and encouraging

imaginative play.

• High Quality Puppets and

Toys help children take an

active part in the story.

• Engage children in

storytelling and spark

imagination.

2

2. The Gruffalo Toy Bag

Based on the award winning

modern classic ‘The Gruffalo’ by Julia

Donaldson, this Toy Bag is bound

to be a favourite. These fantastic

range of Puppets and Character Toys

are great for enhancing classroom

storytelling sessions, helping children

develop language, listening and

attention skills and are also great

fun! Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

LI10602 £163.13

3. Rumble in the Jungle Toy

Bag

Come into the Jungle for a noisy,

rhyming animal romp. Our fantastic

range of Puppets and Character Toys

are great for enhancing classroom

storytelling sessions, helping children

develop language, listening and

attention skills and are also great

fun! Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

• Encourages audience

participation with great

sound words.

• Helps strengthen listening

skills and vocabulary

development.

• Follow the story and

introduce each animal with

a high quality puppet.

LI10604 £163.13

4. The Very Hungry

Caterpillar Toy Bag

Eric Carle’s beloved classic tells

the story of one of nature’s most

marvellous transformations.

Our fantastic range of Puppets

and Character Toys are great for

enhancing classroom storytelling

sessions, helping children develop

language, listening and attention

skills and are also great fun! Suitable

for 3 to 6 years.

LI10603 £166.02

4

• Resources suitable for

a cross-curricular story

telling session.

• A great opportunity

to listen, discuss and

express views on the text,

characters and story.

• Encourages audience

participation.

284


1. Soft Role Play Minibeast

Basket

A beautifully handcrafted collection

of minibeasts, designed for

interaction and to support the

schema of emptying and filling.

Surface wipe clean. Includes one

each: basket, ladybird, flower, leaf,

caterpillar, butterfly, spider, bee.

Suitable from birth to 5 years. Pack

of 8.

CA04126 £64.95

2. Basket of Soft Farm

Animals

An engaging set of soft farm

animals, housed in a beautiful bag.

These beautifully detailed animals

are great for encouraging young

children to engage in language

activities. Includes one each: Basket,

Horse, Cow, Sheep, Hen, Cat, Rabbit,

Pig. Suitable from birth to 5 years.

Pack of 8.

1



CA04249 £64.95

3. Picnic Basket

Enjoy realistic tea party role play

with this lovely collection, designed

to inspire a rich use of language.

Each item is handcrafted in soft,

textured fabric. Surface wipes clean

with a damp cloth. Suitable from

birth. Pack of 21.

CA04246 £25.77

4. Positional Words

Resource Box

Help children learn to recognise and

understand positional words as they

move these manipulatives from one

position to the next. Set includes

4 pairs of manipulatives, plus 24

instruction cards. The children can

follow the instructions to move the

objects into place, and then flip

the cards over to check their work.


CA11765 £57.74

5. Early Language Boxes

Explore language and problem

solving with these activity mats and

miniature objects. The children can

use the spaces on the mats to sort,

compare or classify. Children can

build comparison skills, vocabulary,

visual discrimination and much

more. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

CA11754 Comparing Sizes £41.85

CA11755 What Goes Together £43.30

8

2 3

8 21

4 5

• Includes

useful

activity cards



Terrific Talking Frogs

Ten delightful, recordable frogs that may be used in water, indoors, outdoors

and in messy play, lending themselves to lots of engaging learning activities

with a focus on speaking and listening. Simply press a button and speak into

them as they can record a 10 second message. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 10.

EL46408 £158.80

• Can be used in sand, gloop, and other

messy concoctions

• Ideal for number lines or phonics activities

• Simply press a button and record your 10

second message

KEY

from

£158 .80

BENEFITS

• Can be used in sand, gloop, and other

messy concoctions



second message

286


1. Talking Tubes Telephone

Exchange

The ultimate conversation starter!

Encourage communication and

language development. Encourage

collaboration and build confidence

with the opportunity for up to 8

children to chat! Suitable for 3 to

5 years.

CA03645 £82.28

Contents

8 x handsets (4 red, 4 blue).

3 x 3 metre lengths

12 x 1 metre lengths of strong

yellow, hollow flexible tubing.

6 x in-line connectors

6 x ‘Y’ connectors

1

Speaking and Listening


2. Hear Myself Sound

Phone

Develop speaking and listening skills

with this fun sound phone. Children

can hear themselves speak, focusing

on every sound they make. Perfect

for taking outside. Made from

lightweight plastic with easy grip

handle. One phone supplied. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. L20cm.

FHMSP £12.98

3. Talking Tubes Set

A great way to support speaking

and listening skills while building

confidence! These Talking

Tubes are ideal for promoting

communication and language as

well as collaborative play. Featuring

two phones and a 3m flexible tube.


2

CA03718 £25.97

4. Who’s Speaking, Who’s

Listening Telephone set?

Hollow tubes and telephone

handsets connected to a central

hub, promotes conversations

between up to six children. When

one speaks everyone else can hear

them. Includes six each colour

coded hollow tubes, handsets and

blindfolds. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Single.

CA04808 £90.95

3 4

• Support speaking and listening skills.

• Perfect for outdoor communication and

language activities.

• Promote collaborative play.



Rhythm and Rhyme

1

1. Alice Sharp’s Pond of

Poetry

Immerse children in a rich variety

of language with this engaging

approach to poetry. Invite children

to experience rolling rhymes and

enriched language. The provocation

for learning is a beautiful pond

of poetry mat, complete with

hidden pockets and accessories.

Hide treasures and encourage

children to use their imaginations.

Sharing poetry and rhymes can help

children develop a love of language.

With thanks to Alice Sharp from

Experiential Play for this lovely idea.

Machine Washable. Suitable for 3 to

5 years. Length 150cm. Made from

velour. Width 90cm.

CA10650 £122.71

• Lift the lily pads to

reveal secret pockets

• Includes movable objects

such as frogs, fish, logs

and pond plants.

• Ideal for enriching

language and creating

rhymes

2. Rhyme Houses Sorting

and Posting Game 60pcs

A set of rhyming houses with

sorting tiles to post through the

magnetic roof. Pop the cards

through the window, then lift

the magnetic roof and check the

answers against the word family

printed on the back. Suitable for 3

to 5 years. Pack of 60.

CA01683 £57.74

3. Sing It Bag Song and

Rhyme Activity Set 44pcs

A canvas bag containing beautifully

illustrated wooden tiles, each

depicting a well known song or

rhyme. The set includes favourites

such as Polly Put the Kettle On,

Incy Wincy, 10 Fat Sausages and so

much more. The set also contains

a set of 22 word cards and notes.


CA00290 £64.95

2 3

60

44

288


1

Rhythm and Rhyme


Each bag includes a Rhyme Time

Activity Book and plush toys.

SAVE

£43 .32

10

1. Alice Sharp’s Take Home

Rhyme Time Bags

Develop language at home with

this collection of five bags, each

containing rhyme-themed plush

resources and practical ideas for

parents to share with their children.

Children can learn as they sing

along with parents and join in with

the actions. Two sets to choose

from. Each bag includes a Rhyme

Time Activity Book and plush toys.

Suitable for ages up to 4 years.

Early Years. Pack of 10. Suitable for

Reception.

CA06260 Set 1 £209.33

CA06261 Set 2 £209.33

SAVE with Multi-buy


Each bag includes a Rhyme Time

Activity Book and plush toys.

10


Literacy

Alphabet

1 2

26

3 4

NEW

1. NEW ABC Blocks

These open-ended play cubes

will delight children as they learn

through play. A deserted island,

colourful rainbows and a fantastic

fox are just some of the beautiful

illustrations you’ll find on these high

quality, wooden blocks. Each cube

includes illustrations, lower case

and upper case letters. A fun way

to practice letter recognition and

sounds. These blocks are perfect for

stacking and improving hand-eye



EL46289 £38.97

2. ABC Word Building Party

Cup Cake Toppers

Explore letters and word building

with these fun cupcake letter

toppers. Children can decorate

each of the 6 cupcakes with any of

the 56 letter and picture toppers,

giving unlimited combinations and

building their vocabulary. Height

6.5cm. Made from plastic.

CA11928 £31.75

3. Learning Locks Padlock

and Keys Matching

Correspond the set of keys with

the correct numeral or picture on

these engaging colourful padlocks.


8cm. Made from plastic.

CA07614 Numbers 1-20 £67.85

CA07538 Alphabet £79.40

5 6

78

26 52

4. Alphabet Matching

Rockets

A set of double sided capital and

lower case rocket pieces. The pieces

feature pictures that represent the

letter sound. Each rocket features

3 easy fitting pieces. Watch as

children build the letter rockets

whilst exploring sounds and

boosting letter recognition. Suitable

for 12 months to 11 years. Height

13cm. Made from plastic. Pack of

78.

CA10140 £125.60

5. Float & Find Alphabet

Bubbles

A set of watertight, plastic bubbles

with letters and letter sounds from

A-Z. This fun resources can help

incorporate language into water

play. Select a floating bubble from

the water, peek inside to see an

upper and a lowercase letter, then

flip the bubble over to see an

image representing the matching

beginning sound. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Diameter 5.7cm.

Pack of 26.

CA11547 £62.07

6. Outdoor Alphabet Eggs

A great addition to outdoor

learning, these Outdoor Matching

Alphabet Eggs are perfect for early

letter recognition. With images to

match, children will love exploring,

connecting and matching the eggs

together! Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Diameter 25cm. Pack of 52.

CA05357 £108.27

290


1. NEW Alphabet Rhyme Time

Characters

These beautifully crafted beech wood

shapes are printed front and back

with characters from the nursery

rhymes. Set 1 has 8 objects: a bicycle,

five ducklings, a bus and a spider.

Enabling children to re-enact the

rhymes for the letters d, q, v and i.

1

NEW

Alphabet

Literacy

EL46283 Set 1 £28.86

EL46285 Set 2 £28.86

2. Rustic Letters

A set of letters with all the appearance

of a wooden surface but with the

practicality of Foamex. They can be

used in phonics activities, treasure

hunts or hung from trees, fences

and mobiles. A practical, appealing

collection. Suitable for 3 to 11 years.

Made from foamex. Pack of 26.

CA10647 £28.86

3. Alphabet Pebbles 26pk

These alphabet pebbles are ideal

for use in sand and water trays

and are a fun way of introducing

the alphabet and early phonics.

Pebbles are engraved with letters

and hand-painted for contrast, great

for an additional sensory experience.


2

3

LI00584 Standard £47.63

CA06462 Jumbo £43.30

4. Resin Alphabet Pebbles

These durable, resin pebbles are

suitable for use in sand, water

and other environments, both

indoors and out. Each pebble is

engraved with a lowercase letter

and measures between 3-4.5cm,

providing a lovely multi sensory way

to teach the alphabet and phonics.


LI00585 £53.41

5. Feels-Write Alphabet

Letter Stones 26pk

These beautiful stones offer a tactile

and visual way of introducing letter

formation. Children will enjoy

tracing each letter with their finger,

repeating the action to build motor

memory skills. Suitable for 3 to 7

years. Pack of 26.

26

26

4

5

CA06313 £76.51

6. Alphabet Wooden

Matching Pairs

This set of 52 wooden discs is

printed with letters of the alphabet

- 26 uppercase letters, 26 lowercase

letters. The discs are blank on one

side to flip over the discs and match

the upper and lowercase letters.


Diameter 5cm. Made from beech.

Pack of 52. Circle shaped.

50 26

6

7

CA12021 £21.65

7. Alphabet Rhyme Time

Learning traditional nursery rhymes

by heart supports children’s speech

and language skills. This delightfully

illustrated book is bursting with

inspirational ideas to enable children

to learn through play. Whilst singing

and story-telling, small, big and

even bigger children will develop

phonological awareness, recognise

lowercase letter shapes and make

physical connections with the

grapheme representation. Related

to traditional nursery rhymes to

support memory recall. Suitable for

3 to 5 years.

52

CA11829 Book £43.30

CA11830 Cards £31.75


Literacy

Phonics - Phase 1-4

1

1. Phonics Phase 1 Kit

A bumper collection of resources

specifically developed to help teach

Phase 1 of Letters and Sounds. This

kit provides the essential resources

that are needed for learning

activities associated with this phase.


LI00600 £360.92

2 3

2. Initial Sounds Bag

A collection of 70+ brightly

illustrated wooden pieces to

represent different initial sounds.

Each letter is represented by

a selection of objects with

very different initial sounds.

Recommended in Phase 1 and 2 of

Letters and Sounds.


LI00230 £129.92

3. Letters and Sounds Book

Collection Phase 1

Ideal for teaching initial

understanding of sounds in words

and phonemic awareness, with

text that can be read encouraging

children to use their phoneme

sounds. Support Phase 1 Letters and

Sounds by introducing 8 different

phonemes. Pack of 12.


LI10087 Fiction £34.64

LI10094 Non Fiction £34.64

4. Tune into... Animal

Sounds

A great way to support speaking

and listening skills, what animals

can you hear? Support children’s

understanding of the world around

them by listening to these animal

sounds. Great for provoking

discussions, where do the animals

live? Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

CA03746 Animal Sounds £24.53


CA03742 Environmental Sounds £24.53

CA03745 Initial Sounds £27.42

CA03744 Nursery Rhymes £24.53

CA03743 Instrumental Sounds £24.53

4

12

5

5. 44 Sound and Spelling

Phonics Tubs

Teach the different sounds and

spellings of the 44 sounds in the

English Language with this set of

plastic object pieces. Each tub has

items representing a particular

sound, showing how different

spellings can create the same sound

Suitable for 5 to 11 years. Pack of

44.

LI00769 £180.46

292


1

Phonics - Phases 2-4

SAVE

£14 .44

Literacy

Phase 2

1. Decodable Phonic

Readers

Step into the Phonic Forest, a

magical place to learn to read! A

set of beautifully illustrated fully

decodable books ranging from

Phonic phases 2-5. Each book

includes extra text for adults, or

more experienced readers, for

a truly collaborative experience.


LI10601 Phases 2-5 £135.65

LI10596 Phase 2 £31.75

LI10597 Phase 3 Fiction £36.08

LI10598 Phase 4 £31.75

LI10599 Phase 5 £50.52

2. StoryTime Phonics

Our very own Systematic Synthetic

Phonics scheme! StoryTime Phonics

is a fully immersive classroom

experience for Early Years and

KS1 children that teaches phonics

following the Letters and Sounds

Framework. Suitable for 3 to 11

years.

LI02321 £3,609.38

Phase 4

2

Phase 3

• Complete phonics

programme following

letters & Sounds.

• Proven significant impact

on children’s attainment.

• Interactive, Visual and

practical.


Literacy

Books

1 2

1. Early Sound Play Digital

Audio Collection

Award winning series of 15 books

and USB audio files, designed to

develop all children’s speech and

language skills. The stories are

expertly crafted to support children’s

developing speech sound awareness

and vocabulary knowledge. These

are key foundation skills for success

with phonics, early reading and

spelling. Suitable for ages up to 6

years. Pack of 15.

CA11231 £187.67

15 6

3 4

15 68

5 6

2. Foundation Stage Book

Collection

A collection of books to support

children learning to read, including

memorable text and repetition.

This selection of popular titles, with

engaging and strong illustrations

positively reflect children’s interests,

and draw attention to written

language and the ways books work.

Please note: titles may vary. Suitable

for ages up to 5 years. Pack of 6.

CA10839 £67.85

3. Toddler Books

Capture toddlers’ interest in books

with this expertly selected set chosen

to appeal and engage this age

group. Titles may vary. Suitable for

18 months to 5 years. Pack of 15.

CA00775 £173.24

4. Nursery Rhyme Book Pack

8pk

A fantastic set of eight rhyming

books. This set includes classic, well

loved nursery rhymes which are

fantastic for communication and

language development as well as

early numeracy skills. Each book has

bright, colourful illustrations. Please

note: titles may vary. Suitable for 18

months to 5 years. Pack of 8.

CA04809 £72.17

5. Traditional Tales Story

Book Set

Explore language and structure with

these beautiful traditional story

books. The rhythm and rhyme holds

children’s interests, helping them to

learn story language and structure

whilst the colourful illustrations

bring the story to life. Suitable for

3 to 5 years. Height 21cm. Length

21cm. Pack of 6.

CA05356 £38.97

6. Touch and Feel Baby

Books

A collection of books with different

textured inserts for babies to touch.

Includes lots of friendly animal

characters and a variety of textured

panels for a sensory experience.

Titles may vary. Suitable from birth

to 36 months. Pack of 6.

CA04886 £67.85

6 6

294


1. NEW Pegs to Paper

Exercises for Handwriting

Set

The all-in-one early years resource

designed to establish the

fundamental skills which underpin

handwriting and literacy, build

solid foundations and develop fine

motor skills through exploratory

play. Targeted for ages 3-5 years,

plus extension SEN activities for

ages 5+ years. Suitable for 3 to 10

years. Depth 455mm. H275 x W595

x D455mm. Height 275mm. Made

from polypropylene and wood.

Weight 12.56kg. Width 595mm.

1

Writing

Literacy

EL46503 £577.49

2. Talk Time Cards

Record and play back in high audio

quality with these fantastic Talk-Time

cards. Features 60 seconds recording

with record locking feature,

replaceable batteries and quality dry

wipe fascia. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Made from abs.

EL00538 3pk A6 £31.75

EL00540 30pk A6 £281.39

IT01154 3pk A5 £41.85

IT01155 10pk A5 £129.76

IT01156 30pk A5 £360.37

IT01150 3pk A4 £50.52

IT01151 10pk A4 £165.81

IT01152 30pk A4 £468.57

3. Set of Double Sided

Whiteboards

This rigorously tested set of

A4 laminated whiteboards on

toughened card are lined one

side and blank on the other. The

whiteboards, which have rounded

corners for safety, are stiff and won’t

flex, eliminating annoying sounds.

Each board is 2.25mm thick. The

lines allow for perfect hand writing

practise. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.

Depth 2.25mm. A4.

2 3

SAVE

£36 .09

NEW

L3BRD 150pk £165.96

L-BRD 30pk £50.52

4. Magnetic Write and Wipe

Tablet 6pk

A set of magnetic writing boards

that can be written on and wiped

clear with the attached pen. No

additional pens or wipes are

required. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.

Pack of 6. A4.

150

CA10114 £54.85

5. A5 Plain Whiteboards

A set of 30 A5 blank write and wipe

boards. Made from high quality ‘no

tear’ plastic which will accept a dry

wipe or wet marker pen. Pens sold

separately. Suitable for 3 to 7 years.

Length 21cm. Pack of 30. A5. Width

14.8cm.

4 5

CA05414 £27.42

6 30



Gross Motor - Climbing

1

If we provide opportunities for our children to engage in physical activity, we set

them on a path of a lifelong love of movement which improves emotional, mental

and physical wellbeing. Take the physical action of climbing, there’s so much

more that climbing can contribute to child development.

Fine and gross motor skills encourage hands to grip, grasp, grab as well as

hold on to and release. Social skills can support independent play, self-reliance,

turn taking, trust and communication. Developing cognition decision making,

evaluating, reviewing, planning: climbing helps all of these. Language Development

let’s not forget opportunities for both directional and positional language

development as well as descriptive language.

2

1. NEW Pikler Inspired Nursery Climbing Set

This modular design climbing set develops children’s

motor skills, balance and confidence, by encouraging

them to explore and move in a variety of ways. Children

will learn to stand, slide and climb whilst overcoming

fears at their own pace. It encourages physical activity

and promotes physical development whilst stimulating

children’s imagination and creativity.

CA12115GY Pastel Grey £661.18

CA12115NT Natural Wood £632.35

CA12115RW Pastel Rainbow £704.50

2. NEW Pikler Inspired Climb & Slide

The slide is double sided with a smooth slide finish on

one side and kidney bean shaped climbing holds on

the other. Designed to connect to the Pikler Inspired

triangle or arch. This reversible and versatile piece of

equipment provides the opportunity for safe and selfpaced

exploration whilst developing balance and agility.

CA12123 Nursery £144.36

CA12124 Reception £187.67

3

3. NEW Pikler Inspired Nursery Play Triangle

This Pikler Inspired triangle not only develops

children’s motor skills, physical strength and agility

but encourages children to challenge themselves, with

confidence being gained on each rung. Can be used on

its own or as part of the Pikler inspired range to create a

larger and more challenging climbing experience.




4

4. NEW Pikler Inspired Nursery Play Ladder

A ladder that works particularly well with the Pikler

inspired range to build and create obstacle courses for

abilities. Suitable for ages up to 36 months. H110 x

W375 x L950mm. Made from birch plywood. Weight

3.05kg.




296


1. NEW Pikler Inspired

Reception Climbing Set

This modular design climbing

set develops children’s motor

skills, balance and confidence, by

encouraging them to explore and

move in a variety of ways. Children

will learn to stand, slide and climb

whilst overcoming fears at their

own pace. It encourages physical

activity and promotes physical

development whilst stimulating

children’s imagination and

creativity. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Made from birch plywood

and wood. Pack of 4. Weight

28.5kg.




Reception Play Arch

This versatile arch can be turned

upside down to be used as a rocker

or attached to other modules to

create a range of climbing frames.

Ideal for developing skills such as

balance, agility and coordination.

From a climbing frame that

supports children in learning new

movements to a rocker that can

be used as a seesaw, this multifunctional

arch will provide hours

of activity and fun. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. H455 x W800

x L1170mm. Made from birch

plywood.

1

2

Contents

1x triangle

1 x ladder

1 x climb & slide

1 x arch


Each component

can be bought

separately so you

can expand or

change the design





Reception Play Triangle

This Pikler Inspired triangle not only

develops children’s motor skills,

physical strength and agility but

encourages children to challenge

themselves, with confidence

being gained on each rung. Can

be used on its own or as part of

a set to create a larger and more

challenging climbing experience.


Made from birch plywood and

wood. Weight 8.25kg.

3



4. NEW Pickler Inspired

Reception Play Ladder

A Pikler inspired ladder that works

particularly well with the Pikler

Inspired triangle and other modules

within the range. An ideal addition

when creating assault courses,

labyrinths, castles and dens.


H110cm x W375mm x L1190mm.

Made from birch plywood. Weight

3.75kg.

4






1

11

2

3

4

19

16

1. Soft Play Circuit

This soft play set will encourage

gross motor movement as well as a

safe environment for exploring. The

11 pieces link together in a 2.4m

square, or alternatively can be used

individually or in smaller groups.

All mats are extra thick at 4cm.

Calm colourway is exclusive to TTS.

Suitable for 10mths+. Wipe clean.

Made from foam. Pack of 11.

CA11301 Calm £1,371.57

CA11302 Neutral £1,371.57

CA11303 Primary £1,371.57

2. Portable Pack Away Soft

Play Set

This soft play set is Ideal for

constructive play, helping develop

balance and motor skills. Watch as

children roll, build and create with

this versatile set. Suitable for ages

up to 5 years. Pack of 19.

FSPLAY £808.49

3. Rainbow Soft Play

Activity Set

A versatile collection of bright

and colourful soft play shapes,

perfect for safely exploring physical

development. Encourage children

to develop gross motor skills as they

climb, roll and crawl on these soft

play shapes. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

CA06503 £483.65

4. Soft Play Roley Poley

Circular Block and Ring

Children can crawl through the

tunnel or roll on their tummy’s with

this circular soft play set. Great

for developing gross motor skills.

The pieces fit together to make

one compact circular block for

easy storage. Surfaces wipe clean.


CA04799 £314.72

2

Contents

Set includes 1 x Tube: 60

x 60cm, 1 x Cylinder: 60 x

36cm diameter

298


1. Soft Play Corner

Challenge movement and the use

of imagination with this soft play

set. Careful crawling, stepping,

balancing, and working through

obstacles independently or in

groups will help develop confidence.

Suitable for 10mths+. Designed to

sit in a corner or in the centre of a

room. Calm colourway is exclusive to

TTS. Wipe clean. Made from foam.

Pack of 6. Set includes: 6 pieces,1 x

60cm cube tunnel, 1 x steps 60cm

sq x 30cm high, 1 x ramp 60cm sq

x 30cm high, 3 x 60cm sq x 40mm

thick pads

CA11293 Calm £808.50

CA11294 Neutral £808.50

CA11295 Primary £808.50

2. Toddler Bumps and Tunnel

Soft Play Set

This versatile soft play set includes

9 400mm square connecting pieces

which can be placed in many different

configurations. Babies will love how

this soft play set can change each

time they use it, keeping physical

development fresh. This delightful

soft play set features an impact

resistant, shatter resistant, flexible

mirror sewn in for safety and the

covers are durable with non-split

seams. The covers of this soft play

set are also waterproof, wipe clean

and anti-bacterial for added hygiene.

Pieces connect at the base using a

hook and loop fastener. Made from

foam. Set contains: 2 x double bumps,

2 x tunnels (400mm high), 4 x 40mm

thick pads, 1 x mirror pad

1

2

3

6

9



CA10256 Woodland £418.67


3. Mirrored Soft Play Set

These mirrored soft play sets will

encourage self-awareness and fun

by interactions with the reflections.

These curves and convex’s will help

children explore and develop body

strength as they move themselves

around. Each piece connects to

other with hook and loop fastener.

Wipe clean Made from foam. Pack

of 4.

CA11290 Calm £447.55

CA11291 Neutral £447.55

CA11292 Primary £447.55

4

4. Soft Play Caterpillar

Bumps

Support early gross motor

development as babies climb and

crawl over these soft and chunky

Caterpillar Bumps! Featuring 6

bumps and a safety mirror on one

side, babies will love to explore and

manoeuvre along the soft, non-slip

surface. Suitable for age 10 month

and up. With an impact resistant

safety mirror and a water proof, wipe

clean surface this set of soft play

bumps is perfect for supporting early

physical development. The bumps can

be folded together for easy storage.

H300 x W400 x L1600mm. Pack of 6.

4


6




1

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£541 .41


Outdoor Offer

Encourage the development of

gross motor skills and balance with

this collection of active play units.

Children can create balance trails,

climb, scale and crawl through the

wooden units. The mini adventure

trail can be set out in different ways,

allowing children to create their own

balancing paths. This is made from






Dimensions are: Prism, H150 x L200

x W150cm, Trail, longest plank

is 120cm, shortest plank is 60cm,

Bridge H92 x L100 x W98cm

CA10875 £3,573.28

2 3

2. Large Outdoor Wooden

Climbing Prism

Outdoor free standing climbing

structure presenting lots of

interest and challenge. Each side

of the prism presents confident

climbers with a different kind of

challenge, including climbing holes

or ropes. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly. Suitable to be left

outdoors. H150 x W150 x L200cm.

CE06658 Standard Delivery £2,165.62

CE10353 Assisted Delivery £2,454.38

4

3. Outdoor Wooden Hill

Climb

Young children love to climb,

and now they can on this sturdy

wooden structure covered with

artificial grass. Children will enjoy

climbing their way to the top and

down again. Great for developing

gross motor skills and exploration.


to be left outdoors. H92 x W100 x

L120cm.


CE07831 £895.0

4. Up and Over Step Bridge

A sturdy wooden structure which

children will love exploring. Develop

gross motor skills as you climb over

the stepped bridge. Children will

enjoy making their way to the top

and down again. The steps can

also be used as a useful seat and a

place to sit and read. Simply add

soft furnishings and the structure

can be a super bench. Supplied




CA07026 £764.50

300


1



NEW

1. NEW Children’s Clamber

Tower

This open-ended play tower will

provide lots of fun for children

whilst being outdoors. As they run

up and down the ramp and climb

the steps to find their way over

the tower. Suitable for age 3 years



outdoors. Depth 1120mm. Height


EL45945 £2,021.25

2

2. NEW Physical

Development Clamber

Unit

Enhance early years physical

development. Children can climb,

clamber and crawl as they build

on important muscle groups and

engage in physical fitness. Suitable

for 10mths+. Supplied flat packed


outdoors. Depth 800mm. Height


EL45944 £1,010.63

NEW



1

1. Wormy Play Tunnel

A vibrantly coloured play tunnel

for creating a fun environment

for younger children. This fun

character will encourage children to

climb, slide and crawl, developing

gross motor skills. It can be used

indoors or out. Made from strong

roto moulded plastic. Comes with

detachable head and tail. Suitable


W100 x L217cm. Made from plastic.

Single.

CA00417 £249.95

2

2. Pop Up Tunnel

A colourful crawl tunnel, perfect for

building upon gross motor skills.

Made from tough, shower proof

polyester this tunnel is designed for

indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Length 150cm.

FPTUN £51.96

3

4

3. Rainbow Toddler Crawl

Tunnel

An easy to set up, bright, cheerful

pop up tunnel. Remove from the

bag and it pops up to create a lovely

rainbow space to crawl through.

The base is lined with a removable,

soft fabric mat. Children will love

exploring this colourful space.

Suitable from birth. H60 x W60 x

L180cm. Single.

CA06237 £60.49

4. Zig Zag Play Tunnel

This tunnel can be bent in any

direction and has a mesh side for

children to peer through. Great for

indoor and outdoor play. Made

from durable waterproof nylon.


L2800mm.

KZTU £77.95

5 6

5. Weplay Bridge Rock and

Climb

The Bridge offers an array of

challenges for children! It serves

as a bridge to climb over, a flying

carpet to rock on, and a tunnel to

crawl through. These fun activities

support development of gross

motor skills and collaborative play.


H65 x W56.2 x L100cm. Made from

polyethylene and polypropylene.

CA12036 £288.74

6. Weplay Over the

Mountain

Designed to be children’s first jungle

gym. With different placements of

the wide and narrow boards, you

can create various combinations

which allow children to develop

crawling, climbing and stepping

skills. Suitable for age 10 months

and up. H56.2 x W65 x L100cm.

Made from polyethylene and

polypropylene.

CA12042 £483.65

302


1. Gonge Air Boards

Balancing boards with a soft inflatable

base. Sit, rock and step on. Exercise

control and strengthen muscles in

the ankles and legs. Diameter: Giant

58cm, Set of 3, 39cm. The hard

surface offers a safe grip for the feet

while the inflatable base ensures

smooth and gentle movements.


CA11307 Single Giant Board £144.36

CA11309 Set of 3 £180.46

CA11367 Giant + Set of 3 £310.38

2. Tactile Discs Set

A tactile discovery for little hands

and feet, these versatile and

inviting discs offer five different

colour-coded tactile structures.

Ideal for memory games, matching,

throwing, balance, exciting PE and

so much more! Suitable for age 24


SD07210 Multicoloured £93.49

EL46021 Pastels £93.49

1 2

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£18 .05

3 10


3. Round Seesaw

This seesaw helps to develop

children’s balance and co-ordination

by allowing movement in all

directions. Can be used by one or

two children simultaneously. Suitable

for 3 to 6 years. H60cm. Single.

FRSAW £186.99

4. Weplay Pedal Roller

Press down on the peddles and

be jet propelled. The faster you

peddle the faster you move. Develop

balance and coordination in a fun,

challenging way. The pedal roller

has two detachable handrails to

increase the skill level required as

appropriate. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. H50 x W35 x L40.5cm.

FPEDR £175.99

5. Floor Balance Surfer

Stimulates the senses, enhances

balance and strengthen core muscles

with this Floor Balance Surfer.

This Floor Balance Surfer will help

promote spatial awareness and is

great for play therapy and physical

development. Suitable from birth.

H140 x W370 x L560mm. Made from

eva foam, metal and plastic.

CA05222 Lime Green £120.99

EL46056 Light Grey £131.99

6. Weplay Wobble Balance

Board

Sit, rock or crawl, use in multiple

ways to help activate children’s

motor and reaction skills. This

rocking board will encourage

balancing skills via core control and

strengthen motor coordination.


H17 x W39.5 x L62cm. Made from

plastic.

CA11329 £109.93

3 4

5 6



Gross Motor Skills

1

Children will

learn how

to spin and

manoeuvre their

body weight.

1. Whizzy Dizzy

Support gross motor development

with this exciting and sturdy Whizzy

Dizzy! Improve children’s hand eye

coordination, while strengthening

their core muscles as they grip and

spin. Fun, engaging and great for

physical development. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Diameter 55cm.

Height 30cm.

CA07414 £137.15

2. Giant Balance Top

This giant balance top is designed

to help children develop physical

coordination Children will enjoy

the sensation of rocking from side

to side or spinning and the top

can even be used for den making.


Diameter 800mm. H440mm.

FTOP £72.17

3. Sit in Rocking Balance

Shell

A fun and simple resource to

improve gross motor skills, balance

and co-ordination. Sit inside and

rock or turn upside down to make

a den or a crawl through tunnel.

Designed not to roll over or trap

fingers. Suitable for age 10 months

and up Diameter 58cm. Height

44cm. Weight 3.5kg.

CA06125 £96.72

2 3

4. Sit in Wobble Shell

The design of this shell enables

young children to develop physically

and have fun. Sit, spin, balance and

wobble on it. Colours may vary. H22

x W39 x L39cm. Single.

FWOBS £49.07

5. Junior Yoga Mat

This smaller sized yoga mat is ideal

for use with younger children.

Develop motor coordination,

balance and muscle strength, or

use for relaxation purposes. Nonslip

and wipe clean. Green. W50

x L140 x D1cm. Made from foam.

Rectangle shaped.

CA10297GR £17.31

4 5

304


1. Motor Skills Development

Set 56pcs

This classroom set of resources is

great for encouraging development

of gross motor skills. Designed

to encourage a wide range of

movements, children can develop

balance and coordination, as well as

using different groups of muscles.


suitable to be left outdoors. Pack of 56.

CA10519 £678.55

1

Gross Motor Skills

56



Outdoor Collection

Support physical development

outdoors with this engaging

and versatile collection, ideal for

collaborative play and developing

gross motor skills. Encourage

children to throw, jump, balance

and much more with this collection

of diverse resources, perfect for

supporting a range of physical

development skills. Mini Shed sold



2

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£117 .30

CA12249


Learning Collection

£376.63

3. Mini Shed









resources. Supplied fully assembled.

H1270 x W1320 x D630mm.


143

3



Trikes, Bikes & Scooters

1 2

3

1. Twin Wheel Children’s

Scooter

This Winther children’s scooter

offers an excellent opportunity

for collaborative play and sharing.

The non-slip foot plate and twin

wheeled design of this twin wheeled

children’s scooter offers extra

stability for young children. Suitable

for age 10 months and up. L800mm.

FSCOOT £137.49

2. Three Wheeled Children’s

Scooter

A great three wheeled scooter for

kids, that offers additional stability

due to two rear wheels. This exciting

three wheel scooter features a non

slip standing plate for even more

stability while enjoying active play.


L590mm.

CA02377 £129.95

4 5

6 7

SAVE

£14 .44

3. Circline Children’s

Scooter

This sturdy Winther scooter will

help develop a child’s sense of

co-ordination and balance while

encouraging physical wellbeing. This

scooter for children offers a strong

physical challenge as they learn to

balance and co-ordinate. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. W450 x

L1010mm.

CA02374 £194.90

4. Viking Scooter Maxi

This Winther scooter is robust and

sturdy, and is designed for slightly

older children. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Suitable to be left


CA03542 £274.99

5. 3 Wheeled Widebase

Scooter

This robust, three-wheeled scooter,

by Rabo, has an 18 inch rear

wheel base and wide tyres making

it extremely safe and stable.

Suitable for age 10 months and

up. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

H60 x L61cm. Made from

steel. Weight 6.2kg.

CA03055 £238.21

6. Rabo Maxi Scooter

Featuring tall handle bars, this large

Rabo scooter is ideal for practicing

balance. With broad, stable wheels

and a robust frame, children can

move and turn at a variety of speeds.

Includes a rear brake. Suitable to be

left outdoors. H85 x W13 x L109cm.

Made from steel.

CA10237 £288.74

7. 2 Wheeled Childs

Standing Scooter

A sturdy Rabo standing scooter

ideal for helping children to develop

strong balancing skills. Suitable


L970mm.

CA03058 Single £223.77

CA07048 2pk £433.10

306


1. Two Seater Taxi

A solidly constructed Rabo vehicle

for two, its superb stability makes

it an ideal vehicle for carrying a

passenger safely. Suitable for age


L1100mm.

CA03060 £433.11

2. Chariot Trike

An engaging and exciting Rabo trike

with a sturdy chariot extension on

the back. Suitable for two children

to play at once, making it ideal for

co-operative and imaginative play.

Seat height 400mm Suitable for

age 3 years and up. H650 x W540 x

L1070mm.

CA03059 £402.80

1 2

Trikes, Bikes & Scooters


3. Taxi and Chariot Multi Buy

An extremely tough trike with a sturdy

chariot and a taxi vehicle for two.

Encourage group play, communication

and gross motor skills development.




CA04993 £821.47

4. Rabo Mini Runner Chariot

A mini low seated Rabo chariot

runner. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

Made from steel.

CA11218 £411.46

5. Winther BobKart

An interactive, robust tricycle with

rest pedals and push bars. With

one child steering and the other

pushing, this trike is ideal for

collaborative play and encouraging

communication. Low and wide

for extra stability. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Suitable to be left


CA10100 £483.65

6. Rabo Trike and Sidecar

This Rabo sidecar helps promote

spatial awareness and co-ordination

skills. Design requires more space

on the right than the left when

negotiating playground obstacles.


x W78 x L90cm. Weight 16.6kg.

CA03557 £419.09

3 4

SAVE

£14 .44

5 6

7. Winther Circleline Twin

Taxi Trike

This Winther design features a front

driver seat with pedals, and seating for

two children in the rear. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Suitable to be left

outdoors. H63.5 x W63.5 x L105cm.

CA06976 35mm £483.65

8. Rabo Mini Runner Taxi

This Rabo mini runner has been

developed with dual low seating,

and without pedals to encourage

an exciting and fun first runner

experience. By working together,

an understanding of direction,

speed and special awareness can be

gained. Suitable for age 10 months


self-assembly. Made from steel.

CA11221 28mm £398.13

7 8



Fine Motor Skills

1

3

2

Enrich and enhance your environment with these intereractive and

stimulating treasure like resources. Designed to support and develop

motor skills and encourage a sense of curiosity and discovery.

Children will be fascinated by this calming, absorbing sparkly range.

Simply stroke the material using fingers or tools to flip sequins and

create beautiful patterns.

3 4

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£18 .05

3

3

1. Mark Making Sequin

Giant Dinosaurs

These tactile dinosaurs, with a

sparkly and engaging surface, will

delight and engage children in your

setting. The surface encourages a

sense of wonder and curiosity whilst

supporting fine motor skills. Suitable


CA11049 £339.27


Long Boards

Long, tactile sequin boards that

encourage children to use fine and

gross motor skills as they sweep

along the surface. Each board has

a unique colour that is revealed

when stroked. Children can use

their fingers or tools to make marks.


Made from fabric and wood.

CA11104 Single Aqua Blue £64.95

CA11105 Single Purple £64.95

CA11106 Single Silver £64.95



Stripe Board

Mark make on this colourful and

engaging board to reveal the new

sequin colours underneath. The

board has a different band of

sequins for children to discover.

Great for fine motor skills as well

as being a really engaging and

absorbing activity. Some children

will find this a calming and

soothing experience. This resource

is pre-drilled and needs to be wall

mounted. Fixings not included.

Suitable for age 3 years and up. W50

x L50 x D1.5cm. Made from fabric

and wood.

CA11006 £57.74

4. Mermaid Sequin Motor

Skills Frames

Beautiful wooden, wall mountable

frames enclosed with tactile, sequin

fabric that changes colour when

moved around. Great for sensory

and fine motor skills activities. A

sparkly yet practical addition to your

environment. Suitable for age 3

years and up.

CA12211 Single Gold Gold £21.65

CA12212 Single Blue Silver £21.65

CA12210 Single Red Red £21.65


308


1

Fine Motor Skills

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£72 .19


1. Mark Making Sequin and

Mirror Daisy Frames

Children will be drawn to these

tactile flowers as they experiment

with the engaging surface and peer

into the reflective mirror petals.

Enrich your setting whilst supporting

motor skills and a sense of discovery

and curiosity. Suitable for age 3

years and up. H77 x W55 x D2.5cm.

Made from acrylic.

CA11067 Red £122.71

CA11551 Silver £122.71

CA11068 Yellow £122.71

CA11069 Blue £122.71

SAVE with Multi-Buy

CA11070 Multicoloured £433.07

2


Butterflies and

Dragonflies

A delightful and interactive set of

creatures that will enhance your

environment and support key skills.

Stroke the butterflies and dragonflies

wings to reveal a beautiful new

colour. Enhance fine motor skills and

hand-eye coordination. Suitable for


D15mm. Pack of 4.

CA11364 £122.71

4


Grass Board

A sparkly flourish of vegetation to

add to your displays, whilst the

interactive surface aids fine motor

skills. Stroke to reveal a new colour.

This board is a great addition to

your, spring, autumn, rainforest and

bear hunt displays. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Green. H33 x W60 x

D1.5cm. Pack of 2.

CA11363 £101.05

3

• Provides a soothing experience which can

be both calming and restorative

• Enrich a corridor where children can easily

access them as they queue.

• Make a sparkly interactive scene in your

setting

• Stroke the sequins and reveal another

colour

2



Fine Motor Skills

1 2

3 4

16 16

16 16 16

16

1. Tactile Threading Pebbles

A beautiful tactile collection

of threading stones, great for

developing fine motor skills.

Develop early counting, sorting and

hand-eye coordination, as children

sort and sequence the stones by

shape, colour and texture. Suitable

for age 10 months and up. Pack

of 16.

SD10090 £31.75

2. Wooden Threading and

Lacing Fruit

These threading fruits promote

hand-eye coordination and

sequencing skills. Made from wood.

CA07386 £62.07

3. Wooden Nature

Threading Boards

Get busy threading in and out

with this natural collection. The six

circular boards depict objects/mini

beasts. Great for fine motor and

hand-eye co-ordination skills. Made

from wood with etched images.

Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Diameter


CA03244 £72.17

4. Wooden Threading Trees

Beautiful chunky trees for threading

and lacing. Great for fine motor

development! Suitable for age 3

years and up. H27 x W15cm. Made


CA05292 £93.83

5

6

5. Wooden Threading

Cotton Reels

A great set for improving children’s

fine motor skills and creativity.

Children will love to use the reels for

stacking and building games, and

threading and lacing. Suitable for

age 10 months and up. Made from

wood. Pack of 40.

CA12030 £56.30

3

6. Shape Lacing Boards 3pk

Promote fine-motor and sequencing

skills with this geometric shaped

lacing set. Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

H14.75 x W3.75 x L10cm. Made

from wood. Pack of 3. Mixed

shaped.

CA11186 £62.07

7 8

7. Metallic Beads Threading

and Lacing Set

Thread, sort and stack this sparkling

set of shiny resources. Children will

learn about sequencing and develop

fine motor skills as they use the

laces to make their own patterns.

Suitable for 3 to 6 years. H23cm.


CA06730 £93.83

8. Wooden Sewing Blocks

Three wooden blocks with holes and

wooden threader. Suitable for 3 to

5 years. W65 x L60mm. Made from

wood. Pack of 4.

CA07387 £36.08

310


1. Eco Tweezers

Help develop fine motor skills,

transfer, sort and classify with

this ergonomically designed,

environmentally considered

collection. Help children develop

their pincer grip with these tweezers,

as they sit between the thumb and

first finger. The considered design

has a ridged, internal face for easy

gripping of small components.


Brown. H13 x W3.7 x D2.7cm. Made

from bio plastic. Pack of 10.

CA11955 £20.20

1 2

Fine Motor Skills


2. Handy Scissor Grip

Scoopers

Set of colourful scoops with scissor

grip. These easy hold, clear scoops

are perfect for transporting and

sorting activities. The scoops feature

small holes in both sides to add

an extra challenge when scooping

materials like sand etc. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Length 17cm.


3

4

CA07815 £17.31

3. Sand & Water Fine Motor

Tool Set

Encourage fine motor skills with this

4 piece set. These hardwearing sand

and water play tools are perfect for

development of fine motor skills. Suitable


CA11938 £24.53

4. Helping Hands Fine Motor

Tool Set

This colourful set features a selection

of the most popular Fine Motor Skills

Tools. This tool collection is ideal for

improving hand and finger strength

and fine motor skill development.


10

4 5

4

CA11936 £12.98

5. Tri-Grip Tongs

These Tri-Grip Tongs are designed

to support the development of

correct pencil grip with their intuitive

design. An engaging, fun way for

children to develop hand muscles

required to hold a pencil. Suitable


CA11890 £21.65

6. Squeeze and Tweeze Fine

Motor Tool Set

A versatile set of 16 tools for all your

fine motor development needs!

Scoop, sort, tweeze and transport a

great selection that will benefit all

children. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 16.

CA07833 £64.95

7. Fine Motor Plastic

Grasping Tweezers

This set of tactile tweezers is

perfectly sized for children’s hands.

Develop fine motor skills and pincer

grip by adding these colourful

tweezers to a range of activities,

from sorting and counting to

transient art. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 12.

CA07825 £17.31

6 7

16

4 6


12

Sensory & Dens

Dark Den Accessories

1 2

3 4

5 6

6 12

10 6 12 2

1. Dark Den Light up

Accessories

Bring calming lights into your dark

den to stimulate your sensory needs.

The resources in both of these sets

have been specifically chosen due to

their slower moving lights, therefore

giving more of a calming effect.

Contents may vary. Suitable for age


CA10861 £173.24

2. Sensory Light-Up Kit 12pk

This light accessory kit is a perfect

solution for sensory dens or other

dark areas to provide visual stimulus

for children. The mixture of lights

for children to explore and touch

like the plasma ball and textured

bouncing light up ball. Suitable for


SD10642 £79.40

3. Dark Den Accessory

Sensory Kit

A versatile set of carefully chosen

items with sensory and motor skills

in mind. Add these captivating,

manipulative resources to your dark

den or your sensory area. Contents

may vary. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. Pack of 10.

CA02737 £122.71

4. Light up Cushions

These sensory cushions will help to

create a calming environment for

children to sit and relax. The gentle

stream of light is also a great way to

encourage concentration, focus and

visual processing. White. Pack of 2.

SD10087 Bolster £122.71

SD10088 Square £72.17

5. Glow in the Dark

Cushions

This set of cushions is a practical

addition to any classroom reading

corner, sensory space or play area.

The double sided plush material

cushions provides a calming and

tactile sensory experience. The

printed patterns glow in the dark,

when the cushion has been exposed

to light during the day. Made from

velour. Pack of 2. Square shaped.

SD10359BK Black £105.38

SD10359GY Grey £105.38

6. Glow in the Dark Bean

Bag

Use these beanbags to create a

cosy place for children to curl up

and read or to sit and relax. Perfect

for reading corners or in a sensory

space, the super soft glow material

will provide visual stimulation for

sensory seekers. H62 x W62cm.

Made from velour.

SD10358BK Black £105.38

SD10358GY Grey £105.38

2

312


1. Rechargeable Sensory

Hurricane Tube

Our waterless hurricane tube

provides many of the benefits of

bubble tubes but without all the

maintenance. The adjustable speed

fan drives a current of light beads up

and down the tube, providing visual

stimulation. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Diameter 150cm. Height

109cm. Made from plastic. Weight

5.25kg.

SD10375 £324.83

2. Fibre Optics and Light

Source Kit

Create a calming, sensory

environment with our sensory

lighting fibre optic kit. Fibre optics

provide a unique opportunity to

get light close to an individual.

They offer relaxing and calming

benefits as well as bright, colourful

and stunning effects to aid the

understanding of cause and effect.


SD10631 £368.13

3. NEW Giant Spinning Top

An amazing, mesmerising

rechargeable resource that when

spun creates a myriad of light

patterns and a gentle soothing

sound to captivate, calm and

engage. Children will love to rock

the spinner back and forth whilst

others use gross motor skills to twist

and turn it in captivating, sensory

environments. Simple switches and

made from a robust material for

engaging play experiences. Suitable

for age 18 months and up. Made

from abs.

CA11701 £158.80

4. NEW Glow Stacking Discs

Integrate ICT into children’s

construction play with these light

up rechargeable discs Encourage

children to shake the discs to

light them up, allowing them to

experiment with cause and effect.

The textured design provides an

additional sensory appeal, while

the tactile properties allow children

to grip and manipulate the discs.


CA11965 Discs Glow Discs 5pk £144.36

Wooden Pole for

CA10917 Pole

£8.65

Glow Discs

5. Light Up Glow Balls 4pk

A delightful set of four glow balls.

The textured surface and glowing

lights provide a multisensory

experience. Suitable for age 3 years


outdoors. Made from plastic. Pack

of 4.

CA02615 £79.40










10 months+ Diameter 33mm. Length

212mm. Pack of 12.

CA11108 £187.67

1 2

NEW

3 4

5 6

4 12

Dark Den Accessories

SAVE

£43 .32

NEW

Sensory & Dens


Sensory & Dens

Light Up Learning

1 2

1. Glow and Go Bot

A multi-sensory, rechargeable robot,

which will captivate young children’s

interests as they plan its illuminated

journey, whilst laying firm

technological foundation skills. This

highly engaging robot has simple,

clear and literal button controls that

are, when pressed, textured and

colourful. They also illuminate and

create sounds, enabling the child to

explore cause and effect. Suitable for

12 months to 5 years. Height 10cm.

Length 28.5cm. Width 27cm.

CA10564 £166.02

3 4

5 6

NEW

7

712

2. Glow & Go Bot Mirror

Spots

A set of flexible, mirrored-surface

floor spots that are great for using

with the Glow and Go Bot, as well as

in sensory areas. See the floor reflect

and light up as the illuminated robot

travels over the shiny circles. These

can be used in a variety of contexts.


CA11865 £38.97

3. NEW Glow Pebbles

A set of 12 rechargeable illuminated

pebbles that can be stacked and

rolled for engaging sensory learning.

The pebbles are in three sizes and

are charged via cables. Choose from

static or set to sequence mode. A

great resource for sensory rooms

and a novel way of encouraging

children to experiment and explore.

CA11966 £216.55

4. Light Up Glow

Construction Bricks












CA10970 £216.55

5. Sensory ICT Glow

Construction Blocks

A set of construction bricks in two

sizes that light up and change colour

when they are turned. Perfect for

using ICT to learn sequencing. Each

cube requires 2 x AA batteries (not

included). Suitable from birth. Made


CA06793 £216.55

12 6

6. Illuminated Glow Rollers

These metallic cylinders illuminate

when rolled, shaked, stacked or

turned. Provides an engaging and

visual multi-sensory experience.


up. Suitable from birth to 5 years.


Length 14cm. Pack of 6.

CA07202 £216.55

314


1

Dark Dens

Sensory & Dens

1. Pop-Up Sensory Space

A calming, safe sensory space

for children to relax, unwind or

explore. This lightweight pop-up

area can be used anywhere, takes

seconds to erect and quickly folds

down. Perfect as a relaxing, quiet

or calm zone, away from noise and

distractions for children to chill

out. Alternatively, use with lighted

objects and UV equipment for

sensory exploration. Suitable for


D142cm. Made from polyester.

SD10015 Black £144.36

SD10060 White £144.36

2. Mini Pop-Up Sensory Pod

Provides a calming, safe sensory

space to relax, unwind or discover.

Easily set up with its pop-up

construction, this dark den/sensory

space is ideal to have in a classroom

or for use at home. Designed to

provide a safe place or cool down

spot for children who become easily

overwhelmed by sensory stimuli.

The den can act as a calming space

when coping with new routines,

during one to one time or as a

resting area. H1 x W1 x L1m.

SD10393 £83.72

2


Sensory & Dens

Wooden Dens

1

2

1. Super Seat Indoor

Wooden Den Structure

A fantastic, cosy seat where children

can sit and chat or read a book.

The versatile seat can be decorated

and accessorised to reflect different

themes. Made from solid beech,

plywood and MFC. Accessories not

included. H200 x W175 x D115cm.

CA06745 Wooden Den Structure £1,732.50

CA07268 Mat and Bumper Set £360.92

2. Lightcatcher Rainbow

Centre

Children will enjoy exploring this

delightful, arched roof environment.

A versatile, cosy space with partial

overhead blue and purple acrylic

panels and handy storage units on

each side. The posts are made from

solid Beech, the coloured panels are

acrylic and the shelves are Beech

faced MFC. Supplied flat packed


L167cm.

CA06959 £2,526.57

3. Lovely Learning Location

Wooden Play Structure

A beautifully crafted, solid

wooden structure to create a

cosy environment in your setting.

This open ended, sturdy piece of

furniture can be transformed into

all manner of themes for young

children. Suitable from birth. H200

x W168 x D165cm. Made from birch

plywood.

CA06046 £902.34

4. House Den Frame

Wooden den frame shaped like a

house. Really useful open ended

structure. Dress and theme in lots

of different ways. Bring structure

to home corners and role play.

Portable and lightweight. Suitable

from birth. Supplied flat packed



CE10425 Den Frame £332.05

CE10419 Cream Fur Mat £54.85

3 4

316


1. Portable Cave Frame

Portable, strong and easy to

assemble cave frame and covers

ideal for creating special places. Use

our easy to construct frame to make

a versatile ‘den’ children will love to

explore. Cover with material or our

ready made canopy set. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Height 141cm.

Width 150cm.

1 2

SAVE

Wooden Dens

£28 .88 SAVE

Sensory & Dens

AR10286 Frame set £187.67

AR10292 Frame covers £129.92

SAVE with Multi-Buy

Buy all and save!

AR10372 £288.72

2. Lovely Learning Location

Wooden Pyramid Den

This beautiful pyramid shaped

wooden den is ideal for small

children. Three sides are decorated

with mirrors and cut out shapes,

creating an area where children can

explore their reflections, rest a while

or enjoy other activities. Suitable

from birth. H130 x W150 x D150cm.

CA06780 £1,155.00

3. Indoor and Outdoor

Folding Children’s Play

Den

This sturdy, open ended structure

makes an great portable children’s

play den for both indoor and

outdoor use. Portable Den comes

supplied with a 100% cotton

fabric cover. Can be folded up for

convenient storage when not in

use.Suitable for age 3 years and up.

H1160 x W1700 x D1120mm.

CA04827 £476.42

4. Folding Den and

Accessories

Buy the play den and accessory kit

together and save. The den can be

opened and folded for convenient

storage. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

CA05493 Rainbow Set £765.16

3

4

5. Wooden Framed Playtent

with Book Storage

Create your own role play, reading or

cosy space with this multi-purpose

wooden framed tent. Suitable for

3 to 11 years. Supplied flat packed



CE00248 £548.61

6. Toddler Curiosity

Crawling Triangle

A wooden sensory tunnel with

mirrors for exploration. There are

peep holes to peer through and a

lovely cosy mat to cushion the base.

It can be easily moved to different

areas. Mat is included. Made from

MFC and Beech wood. Suitable from

birth to 36 months. H80 x W100 x

D75cm.

6047 £563.05

5 6

£28 .88


PSED

Feelings & Emotions

1

1. Mindful Maze Set

Introduce children to mindfulness

with these tactile and calming

boards. Support self-management

skills and breathing techniques as

children follow the unique pattern

on each maze. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Length 18mm. Pack of

3. Width 18mm.

CA11920 £31.75

2

3

4

3

2. Calming Cat

Our mental health and wellbeing

programme, helps children to talk

about their feelings, thoughts and

behaviours, as well as offering

coping strategies. The engaging,

huggable, tactile cat can help to

facilitate conversations and can also

be used as a worry aid. Made from

fabric and velour.

Calming Cat &

PS10105

£79.40

Coaching Cards

SD10362 Calming Cat £33.20

3. Light Up Tactile Glow

Spheres

A set of light-up, textured balls

with intricate designs, that can be

used for mark-making, fine motor

skills, and calming activities. The

spheres are rechargeable and are in

3 different designs. They are a great

resource for improving hand-eye

coordination as children manipulate

the spheres around. Simply tap the

spheres to transform them into

illuminated globes of light, that will

stay lit for 60 seconds. Suitable for

10mths+. Diameter 84mm. Pack

of 6.

CA10974 £122.71

4. Mark Making Sequin and

Mirror Daisy Frames

Children will be drawn to these

tactile flowers as they experiment

with the engaging surface and peer

into the reflective mirror petals.

Enrich your setting whilst supporting

motor skills and a sense of discovery

and curiosity. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Depth 2.5cm. Height

77cm. Made from acrylic. Width

55cm.

CA11067 Red £122.71

CA11551 Silver £122.71

CA11068 Yellow £122.71

CA11069 Blue £122.71

CA11070 Multicoloured £433.07

318


1. Emotions Wooden Pebble

Family

A charming, tactile pebble family,

each representing a different

emotion. A great addition to small

world and imaginative play whilst

providing opportunities to learn

about and relate to different feelings

and emotions. Suitable from birth.

Made from mdf. Pack of 5.

1

Feelings & Emotions

PSED

CA10608 £57.74

2. Photographic Feelings

and Emotions Puzzles

A set of puzzles showing real images

of children’s feelings and emotions.

Each has 16 interlocking pieces

with a matching picture. A great

collection of puzzles for supporting

PSED and discussions about

managing feelings. Suitable for age


CA00742 £79.40

2

5

3. Emotion Pebbles

These tactile pebbles are perfect for

PSED, allowing children to explore

emotion. Enrich messy play, sand

and water activities or a mud kitchen

with these beautiful emotion stones.

Encourage children to examine the

engraved faces! Suitable for age 3

years and up. Diameter 45mm. Pack

of 12.

CA07471 Standard 12pk £36.08

4. Learn a Lot Avocados

Support fine motor skills, colour

recognition and understanding

emotions with these Learn-A-Lot

Avocados. These 4 avocados improve

hand strength as they pop apart

and encourage coordination as they

click shut. Suitable for 18 months

to 5 years. Length 10cm. Pack of 4.

Width 7cm.

3

6

CA11923 £15.87

12

4

4


Understanding the World

People, Culture & Communities

1

1. Children of Our

Community Cultural

Diversity Dolls Bundle

Deal

A beautifully contemporary

collection of soft dolls reflecting

cultural diversity. Children will

love these beautiful dolls, which

have skin tones reflecting different

ethnicities and are dressed in

bright, modern outfits that can

be removed. Hand wash to clean.

Suitable from birth. Height 36cm.



CA06754 Jasmine £28.86

CA06752 Jon £28.86

CA06750 Max £28.86

CA06749 Millie £28.86

CA06753 Sonny £28.86

CA06751 Anya £28.86

CA06748 Lily £28.86

CA06747 Louie £28.86

SAVE

£14 .44

2

8

8

2. Mini Children of Our

Community Dolls Bundle

Deal

These beautifully made fabric dolls

are a mini version of our original

Children of our Community Dolls.

They are all dressed in similar

contemporary fabrics and designs.

Hand wash only. Suitable from birth.

Height 23.5cm. Pack of 8.


CA10597 Mini Max £23.09

CA10593 Mini Louie £23.09

CA10590 Mini Jon £23.09

CA10596 Mini Lily £23.09

CA10592 Mini Anya £23.09

CA10594 Mini Sonny £23.09

CA10591 Mini Jasmine £23.09

CA10595 Mini Millie £23.09

3. Wooden Small World

Diversity Family

Create your own family and

represent people, communities

and cultures with this wonderful

collection of wooden figures.

Enrich small world play and explore

diversity with this set of wooden

dolls. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Made from wood. Pack of 16.

CA06025 £72.17

3

16

320


1. Diversity and Inclusion

Book Pack 20

A selection of high quality fiction

and non-fiction titles promoting

diversity and inclusivity. Including

picture books with multi-ethnic

characters as protagonists. Content

may vary. Pack of 25.

CA12055 £339.27

2. Early Years Multicultural

Music Set

A full collection of Early Years

instruments complete with tidy

storage stand. Get the whole class

involved with this multicultural pack

of engaging musical instruments.

The set comes complete with a tidy

stand for easy storage. Suitable for


CA04481 £360.92

3. Diwali Basket

This plush basket contains an array

of resources to celebrate the Festival

of Lights. Bring the story to life with

the beautifully made characters

of Rama, Sita, Hanuman, Ravana

and La Lakshman. Size of basket:

H20cm. Suitable from birth to 5

years. Pack of 8.

CA05080 £108.27

4. Chinese New Year Basket

Explore and learn about Chinese

New Year celebrations with this

delightful fabric basket featuring

the twelve animals, lantern and

book. Re-tell the story of the twelve

animals. Activity cards also included.

Size of basket is 20cm. Suitable

from birth to 5 years. Pack of 16.

CA05081 £111.16

5. Children Of The World

Figures

From a Japanese girl in a kimono

to a Ghanaian boy in a dashiki, this

set features children from around

the world. These authentically

detailed dolls show traditional

attires. Durable, vinyl, free-standing

figures. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.


Pack of 12.

CA00110 £64.95

6. Children of the World 5 x

Piece Puzzle

A wooden multicultural puzzle with

five removable faces. The puzzle is

great for young children with its

paper laid surface and easy to place

pieces. Suitable for age 10 months

and up. H6mm x W20cm x L50cm.


CA04317 £27.42

1

2 3

4 5

6 7

People, Culture & Communities

25

31 12

8

16 12


7. People Who Help Us Set

Of 4 Jigsaws

This pack of four photographic

puzzles features the four main

emergency services. Each jigsaw

contains 12 hand-made wooden

pieces. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

W30 x L20cm. Made from wood.

Pack of 4.

CA02470 £43.30

5

4



Exploring the Natural World

1

1. Wooden Bug City

There’ll soon be lots of creepy

crawlies hiding in this quirky,

natural environment for children to

observe and learn about. Complete

with viewing window, it’s a great

addition to any nature corner.

Must be placed on a flat surface.



x L1000mm.

CE05961 £595.00

2. NEW Outdoor Foraging

Pockets Set

Explore, collect and forage for

natural materials with these

beautiful foraging pockets. Perfect

for outdoor play and observing the

natural world, children can head out

on an expedition for leaves, sticks,

and flowers as they collect their

findings in the soft pockets. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. H45 x W10 x

L38cm. Pack of 6.

EL46284 £202.11

3. NEW Natural Potion

Making Kit

An engaging collection of messy play

ingredients and essentials, perfect

for natural potion making. Featuring

natural ingredients such as lavender,

beetroot and turmeric children

can mix, sieve and concoct as they

explore their senses through messy


Pack of 59.

EL46263 £202.11

2 3

NEW

NEW

4. NEW Weaving Discovery

Shape Frames

Made from recycled plastic, this

set of weaving frames are perfect

for taking outdoors to explore

threading and weaving. Create

patterns, explore materials and

develop fine motor skills with this

wonderful collection of weaving

shapes. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Made from recycled plastic.

Pack of 3.

EL46247 £50.52

4 5

NEW

6 59

5. Outdoor Ingredients

Centre

Collect, sort, transfer and mix natural

materials in this sturdy, wooden

unit. Featuring 9 cubicles and a

storage shelf for accessories. Plant

herbs, create messy mixtures or sort

by attribute. A versatile resource for

messy play, outdoor maths or your

school garden. This is made from





x L109.5 x D44cm.

CA10309 £335.00

3

322


1. NEW Early Years Immersive

Projector











emerge. Experiment, explore, and

discover with this versatile resource.

Suitable for 10mths+. Diameter

65cm. Made from polycarbonate,

silicone and wood.

1

Technology


CA11864 £288.74

2. Kidizoom Twist Plus

Digital Camera

Get snapping with this 2 MP camera

using the twisting lens, great for

encouraging observational skills.

Encourage the children to take

pictures around the setting to

display and talk about. A simple

introduction to technology and

understanding the world. Suitable

for 3 to 7 years. Made from plastic.

CA04633 Blue £82.28

CA04634 Pink £82.28


Detectors 4pk

These rechargeable metal detectors for

children are a great way to incorporate

ICT outdoors. These children’s metal

detectors come with a rechargeable

docking station so no need to replace

batteries. Battery life is up to 8 hours.

Suitable for age 3 years and up. W8 x

L20cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 4.

2 3

NEW

CA04176 £238.21

4. Light Up Twist and Turn

Spinning Tops

Children of all ages will enjoy using

this innovative, rechargeable and

fascinating collection of three rotating

tops, which illuminate when spun.

Underpin a range of key skills as

children experiment, explore and make

discoveries about how they can get the

tops to light up, whirl and twirl. Tops

illuminate when rotated and change

colour depending on direction. Great

for curious and investigative babies

& toddlers, and for developing their

motor skills. Simply twist the tops on

a hard surface, and see the resource

glow. To charge spinning tops, place on

the included docking station. Suitable

for age 10 months and up. H150mm.


4 5

4

CA10972 £158.80

5. Light Up Twist & Turn Cog

Board

Watch the cogs light up and glow

as you twist and turn! Perfect for a

sensory room or dark den. Capture

children’s imagination with this

wooden board, while promoting handeye

coordination and fine motor skills.


H250 x L880mm. Made from wood.

CA10971 £134.25

CA11519 £206.43

3


Small World

Enchanted Worlds

1

2 3

86

1. Alice Sharp’s Eco Build a World

A beautifully crafted and collated collection of openended,

environmentally conscious loose parts for a

plethora of STEAM, construction, small world, inventive

and imaginative play scenarios. The various pieces can

be configured, placed and joined in different ways to

create all kinds of locations, constructions, sculptures,

pathways and so much more. The sets include a

detailed, comprehensive booklet, brimming with

ideas, scenarios and possibilities, all underpinned with

the child being able to develop key skills. Sets can be

purchased in different configurations. The bases are

made from bamboo, a fast growing crop, known for

its durability and strength. It is a renewable source. The

tubes are made from a wooden pulp mixture and the

joiners are from recycled plastic. The notes are printed

on recycled paper. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Not

suitable to be submerged into water. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Made from bamboo, paper and recycled


CA11634 £230.99

2. Eco Small World House Set

A charming collection of beautifully crafted,

environmentally friendly bamboo little houses that will

support and enrich a variety of small world scenarios.

Create your own mini locations with these delightful

little houses. Imagine the stories that will unfold. Add

accessories to create a rich variety of possibilities. Each

house has a separate roof which can also be used

independently. Imagine them as top floors, attics,

or even tents. Great care has been taken to select

materials such as bamboo and wood pulp to be as

environmentally conscious as possible. They have a

beautiful finish and are very robust. Made from bamboo

with wood pulp connecters. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

CA11093 £108.27

4

5

18

3. Small World Ladders

A set of sturdy click together pieces that form ladders

of varying lengths ideal for an array of small world

scenarios. Children will love weaving these ladders into

their miniature locations. The ladders easily join together

to make a lovely addition to your accessories collection.

Made from eco wood pulp with PVC connectors. How

tall will it have to be to reach the top of the castle or

the top of the tree? Will the ladder reach the rooftop of

the dolls house? Suitable for age 3 years and up. W5 x

L10cm. Pack of 18.

CA11041 £31.75

4. Metallic Small World Fairy House

Create an enchanted garden with these shiny, appealing

mini cottages. A lovely house for elves or fairies. Great

for encouraging communication skills. In gold, silver and

bronze, faceted with intricate detail. Suitable for age 10

months and up. Accessories not included. H24cm.


CA12233 Single Metallic Gold £33.20

CA12231 Single Metallic Silver £33.20

CA12230 Single Bronze £33.20

5. April Mini Wooden Cottage

An appealing and beautifully crafted small world abode

where perhaps elves and fairies dwell. Incorporate this

mini location into imaginative play and set the scene for

an adventure. Please note bridge and other accessories

are not included. Suitable from birth. H17 x W15 x

D10cm. Made from wood.

CA11506 10pk £259.73

CA10471 3pk £85.14

CA10469 Single £33.20

324


1

Figures

Small World

NEW

1. NEW Small World

Woodland Elves and

Fairies 10pcs

Create a realistic enchanted world

with this set of 10 woodland elves

and fairies. With three different

skin tones, a wooden body and

distinctive fabric accessories and

clothing, these six elves and four

fairies will inspire magical small

world play. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. H10cm. Made from wood.

Small World Woodland Elves

EL46563

£53.41

and Fairies

2. NEW Small World Rainbow

Wooden Felt Elves

A set of ten wooden elves, each

dressed in felt cloaks and hats. Each

elf has a different skin tone, a plain

face, and a different coloured outfit

to allow children to feel included

and enhance their imagination

during small world play. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. H12cm. Made

from felt and wood.

Small World Rainbow Wooden

EL46564

£49.07

Elves

2

NEW


Small World

Dolls Houses & Accessories

1

40

2

1. Bulk Furniture Set

A traditional set of dolls house

furniture pieces. Add realism to your

small world play. No dolls house

is complete without the essential

pieces for each of your rooms.

Children will love manipulating this

large wooden set, containing all

you need to outfit your dolls house.


wood. Pack of 40.

CA02248 £173.24

2. All Season House and

Accessories

Ideal for imaginative and

collaborative play, this house is also

perfect for promoting story telling

and creativity. Its 6 rooms include

4 room sets, movable stairs and a

reversible winter/summer-themed,

solar-panelled roof. Figures not

included. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

H60 x W30 x L73.4cm. Made from

wood.

CA07370 £230.99

3. Dolls House and

Furniture Set

A quality wooden dolls house

complete with its own range

of furniture, ideal for building

imaginative story lines and acting

out real life scenarios. It has

two open sides, windows and

doors, making it easily accessible

for children and keeping those

little details. Ideal for increasing

communication skills. Suitable for

3 to 5 years. H54 x W38 x L46cm.

Made from wood.

CA05012 £173.24

3

326


1. Diverse Chunky Plastic

Toddler Figures Bundle

Deal

Help children understand

different cultures, abilities and the

community through small world

play. The large chunky figures

are perfect for smaller children.

Can you relate to any of them?

A fantastic resource to aid small

world provision. Suitable for age 10

months and up. Height 12.7cm.

Plastic Toddler Figures

CA11527

£225.18

Bundle Deal

CA10791 Occupation £62.07

CA10793 Families £144.36

CA10794 Disabilities £47.63

2. Small World Plastic

Community Block People

A set of 12 people in a variety of

occupations. Occupations include:

firefighter, surgeon, teacher, chef

etc. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Height

12cm. Made from plastic.

1

Figures

SAVE

£28 .88

Small World

FBCOMM £57.74

3. Wooden Community

Figures

Wonderfully tactile characters in solid

beechwood perfect for small world

play. These natural finish community

figures are a delight to handle

whilst discussing their similarities

and differences. Suitable for age 10

months and up. Height 78mm. Made


CA11913 £43.30

4. Small World WOW World

People Figure Set 26pcs

A large set of multicultural figures.

They are dressed in national and

modern dress, reflecting the

diversity of today. Suitable for ages

10 months and up. Height 5cm.


2 3

CA07446 £53.41

5. Small World WOW

Occupation Figure Set

22pcs

A set of plastic, colourful figures,

ideal for toddlers and small world

play. This set features a collection of

working people, dressed in uniform.


up. Height 5cm. Made from plastic.

Pack of 22.

CA07447 £50.52

12 10

4 5

26 22


Small World

Animals

1

2

3 4

5 6

6

6 8

1. Animals and Their Young

Collection

A detailed collection of African and

farmyard animals and their young.

Enhance your small world play with

this beautiful mixed set of wild

African and farmyard animals. A

fantastic set for enriching a variety

of your small world locations.



CA02643 £79.40

2. Wooden Woodland

Animal Set

A bright set of chunky wooden

woodland animals. Perfect for tiny

hands, these small world creatures

are sure to entice young children

and inspire play. 25mm thick.



CA11432 £24.53

3. Jumbo Small World Safari

Animals

These engaging giant wild animal

figures are sure to bring your animal

topics to life. Spark discussions

about animals and their habitats, or

create a zoo scene with these highly

detailed, jumbo safari animals.


CA12066 £288.74

4. Tactile Play Animals

These wonderfully tactile small

world animals will inspire children’s

imaginative small world play ideas.

The stone small world play animals

are beautifully sculpted and can be

used both indoors and out with a

range of materials. Suitable for age

10 months and up. Pack of 8.

CA07388 £33.20

5. Wooden Animal Friends

A wonderful collection of wooden

animal friends, ideal for small world

play! A beautifully made set of solid

beechwood animals from around

the world, with simple printed

features and faux leather detailing

for children to explore. Suitable for

3 to 5 years. Made from wood. Pack

of 10.

CA12079 £40.41

6. Jumbo Small World Arctic

Animals

A wonderful collection of 3 jumbo

small world arctic animals! Explore

animals and their natural habitats

with these highly detailed arctic

animals who come from different

poles. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

Pack of 3.

CA11962 £144.36

10 4

328


1. Small World Giant

Dinosaur Set 12pcs

A set of highly detailed large

dinosaur models. Inspire children to

explore what it may have been like

when dinosaurs roamed the Earth.



Pack of 12.

1

Dinosaurs

Small World

FDL £64.95

2. Dinosaur Figure Set 7pk

This set of detailed and realistic

Dinosaurs are perfect for supporting

children’s interests. Enrich small

world play with this set of 7

Dinosaurs. Suitable for 3 to 5 years.

Pack of 7.

CA04880 £129.92

3. Wooden Dinosaur Set

A collection of 10 different doublesided

wooden dinosaurs. These

dinosaurs make the prehistoric

period accessible to younger

children who may have an early

interest in dinosaurs. Suitable for


wood. Pack of 10.

2

12

CA11435 £38.97

4. Jumbo Small World

Dinosaurs

These chunky prehistoric animals

are a unique and engaging addition

to small world play. Made from a

vinyl type material, and packed with

stuffing, these jumbo dinosaurs are

soft and squishy, whilst retaining

incredible detail in their face and

skin. Children will enjoy their lifelike

features and interesting textures.


CA12068 £317.61

7

3 4

10 8


Small World

Ocean Animals

1 2

3 4

NEW

7 510

5

1. NEW Stacking Coral Reef

See how many sea creatures can be

stacked together with this beautiful

Coral Reef Stacker. Including a large

piece of wooden sea coral, children

will be able to enjoy playing with

the various characters that come

alongside it.

EL46228 £64.95

2. Small World Marine

Animal Set

Encourage imagination with this

detailed set. Creativity will flourish

as children add to their small world

play and build deep sea locations.


Made from rubber. Pack of 5.

CA07823 £50.52

3. Small World Ocean Life

Set 10pcs

This bright and colourful set of

ocean animals will provide hours

of fun. The chunky creatures are

realistically painted and detailed.


3 years and up. Length 12cm. Made


FOLIFE £27.42

4. Small World Ocean

Animal Collection 21pcs

A superb set of sea life creatures.

Includes pieces like the hump back

and blue whales, lobsters, pelicans,

a manta ray and more! Suitable



CA02598 £79.40

5. Detailed Sea life

Collection

An exquisitely detailed set of small

world sea life figures. The detail

of these hand painted sea life

creatures will inspire the use of rich

descriptive language in an attempt

to relay the intricacies of each

animal. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 7.

CA07205 £64.95

6. Jumbo Small World Sea

Life Animals

A wonderful collection of jumbosized

small world ocean animals.

Featuring 5 classic sea creatures

found in any ocean or aquarium,

this set will encourage immersive

imaginative play. Suitable for age 3


CA12067 £288.74

5 6

21 5

330


1. Wooden Pirate Ship

This Wooden Pirate Ship is perfect

for engaging children in imaginative

small world play... ready to set

sail! Featuring a crew, captain and

treasure chest, this pirate ship is

a fun and stimulating addition to

your small world area. Suitable

for 3 to 5 years. H480 x W180 x

D590mm. Pack of 25.

1

Ocean Adventures

Small World

CA02877 £72.17

2. Classic Wooden Noah’s

Ark Small World Set

A great hand crafted rubberwood

small world ark with 11 animal

pairs, Noah and his wife. Children

will love taking the animals onto the

ark 2 by 2. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. H375 x W550 x D260mm.


2

25

CA07196 Natural £252.65

3. Pirate Dolls

A high quality set of movable,

wooden pirate figures. Incorporate

this motley crew in to small world

play. Why not create a pirate

themed Tuff Tray and fill with

hidden treasures to discover.


Height 11cm. Made from wood.

Pack of 6.

FPID £33.20

4. Toddler Wooden Small

World Pirate Ship

This magnificent vessel is ideal

for encouraging story telling and

conversation. Navigate your way

through the seven seas, fire the

cannons and discover hidden

treasure. Set includes ship, people

and accessories. Suitable for age 10

months and up. H34 x L43 x D15cm.

Made from wood.

3

24

CA07566 £108.27


Treasure Island Mat

A beautifully designed pirate theme

mat, perfect for use in our Active

World Tuff Trays. Explore the jungle

ruins, hide in the smuggler’s cave

or search the beach with this Active

World Tuff Tray Mat. Suitable for

age 10 months and up. Diameter

860mm. Made from plastic.

CA06098 £33.20

6

4 5


Small World

Farm Adventures

1 2

1. Wooden Farm Buildings

Collection

Play out familiar farm activities with

this versatile set of two wooden

farm buildings and fences. H27 x

W16 x L32cm.

CA06803 £129.92

3 4

5 6

7 8

6

24

14

2. Small World Farm

Animals Set

A beautifully detailed set of 24 small

world farm animals. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Made from plastic.

Pack of 24.

FANIM £79.40

3. Giant Soft Farm Animals

6pk

Soft and safe large rubber farm

animals. Create opportunities for

children to live out real-world

farming scenarios and care for

commonly found livestock with

these giant small world farm

animals.Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Made from rubber. Pack of 6.

CA11431 £86.61

4. Oldfield Farm

Children will love placing animals

and farm workers in this beautiful

wooden farmyard set. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. H47 x L62.5cm.

Made from wood.

CA02572 £93.83

5. Small World Cobblestone

Farm

A classic wooden farm with habitats

for all of your favourite farmyard

animals. Suitable for age 3 years


Made from wood.

CA11418 £101.05

6. Detailed Parent and

Babies Farm Animals

These beautifully detailed, hand

painted farm animals will enhance

any small world farm. Suitable for


CA04885 £115.49

7. Small World Tub of Farm

Animals 144pcs

A fantastic, large tub of versatile

farm yard friends. Suitable for age



CA06545 £57.74

8. Natural Wooden Barn

and Farm Set

Encourage communication,

storytelling and small world play

with this fantastic wooden farmyard

set. Suitable for age 3 years and up.


CA06832 £216.55

144

36

332



Castle Set

Explore this beautifully crafted small

world castle and inspire story telling.

Ignite imagination and conversation

as the children enact the royal

family ruling the kingdom from this

impressive structure. Accessories not

included. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. H18 x W30 x L40Inch. Made

from wood.

1

Fantasy Adventures

Small World

CA07613 £324.83

2. King Arthur’s Small

World Castle

Imagine the medieval adventures of

knights in their castle with this high

quality wooden set. This delightful

castle provides the perfect backdrop

for fighting dragons, rescuing

royalty and acting out your favourite

fairy tales. Suitable for age 3 years


Made from wood.

2

FMEDC £129.92

3. Small World Knights and

Dragons Set 48pcs

From armoured knights to ferocious

dragons, children can create their

own epic adventures. Lower the

drawbridge and charge out onto the

fields of your imagination! Suitable



CA06422 £57.74

4. Wooden Small World

Fairy Tale Characters

A superb set of high quality Fairtrade

wooden figures. Mix and match this

adaptable set of fairy tale figures to

re-enact traditional tales and bring

them to life. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Height 7cm. Made from

wood. Pack of 29.

3 4

FTFIG £101.05

5. Fairy Tale and Medieval

Small World Figures

Magical wooden characters to

enhance small world fairy tale

play. This beautiful set includes a

royal family, wizards, fairies and

knights. Everything you could need

for enchanting small world play.



CA04361 £53.41

5

48 29

12


Small World

Emergency Services

1

1. Fire Station, Firefighters,

Truck and Accessories

A fantastic fire service collection

including the Fire Station,

Fire Fighters, Fire Engine and

accessories. Choose from a fire

station with a ‘working’ fire door

and a pole for the firefighters to

slide down, a high-quality wooden

fire engine with rotating ladder and

removable hose, and a set of four

wooden firefighter figures with all

the accessories they’ll need to fight

fires. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. H57 x W59 x D31cm. Made

from wood.

CA05041 Fire Station, Firefighters, £223.74

Truck and Accessories

041912 Fire Station and Accessories £158.80

CA01440 Fire Engine £64.95

CA01441 Fire Fighters £28.86

2

3

2. Police Station and

Accessories

The police station will ignite

hours of imaginative play and will

encourage conversations around

the emergency services and their

role within the community. Comes

complete with police car and four

figures. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Made from wood.

Police Station and

CA04619

£144.36

Accessories

CA03710 Police and Prisoner Figures £28.86

CA03708 Police Station £86.61

CA03709 Police Car £43.30


Hospital Set

Engage in small world play with

this fantastic hospital set. With

accessories ranging from an

MRI scanner to a helipad for the

helicopter, privacy screens to a

clicking elevator and equipment to

deal with any emergency! Suitable

for age 3 years and up. H46 x W55 x

D46cm. Made from wood.

CA06902 £144.36

334


1

2

Transport

Small World

48

20

1. Small World Diecast Car

Set 48pcs

A value pack of die cast cars for use

with play mats or sandpits. Fantastic

and highly detailed, this pack has

a mixture of assorted designs and

each car is brightly coloured. Ideal

for small world imaginative play.




3 4

FCAR £72.17

2. Tiny Bio Fun Cars 20pk

A set of chunky bio plastic cars

perfect for your small world area.

This bumper set of bio plastic cars

has been specially designed for

small hands to hold. Eco friendly

and excellent for young children

who enjoy pushing and rolling.

Suitable from birth. Pack of 20.

CA11785 £64.95

3. Small World Vehicle

Collection 19pcs

Have hours of fun in small world

play with this fantastic selection

of vehicles. A collection of

designs varying from construction

vehicles to planes, there’s lots of

opportunities to expand play. Can

be used with standard train tracks.

Vehicles styles may vary. Suitable


wood. Pack of 19.

CA06945 £93.83

4. Small World Die Cast Car

Set 75pcs

A bumper set of 75 assorted die

cast cars, ideal for small world play.

Each car is realistic, highly detailed

and a great replica of the real thing.

Designs may vary. Suitable for age



CA02609 £98.16

5. NEW Smart Car Set

The future is here with this set of 3

smart cars and their charging point.

Children can enjoy hours of fun with

this set of wooden smart cars, as

they roll along the road. Whilst one

is charging in the pretend charging

port, the others can race to see who

is the fastest. Please note, cars and

accessories are not battery powered.

Suitable for 3 to 6 years. H7 x W8

x L15cm. Made from metal, nylon,

plastic and rubberwood. Pack of 4.

EL46200 £20.20

5

19 75

NEW

3


Small World

Construction

1

SAVE

£43 .32

2

22


Construction Site Set

Bundle Deal

Dig it, lift it, drill it and flatten it

with these wonderful wooden

construction toys. You can be

confident that while they play,

children are developing sorting,

motor and counting skills! Buy

individual items Built to the highest

quality, we are confident that

children will come back to playing

with them time and time again. It

will also stimulate discussion around

teamwork as the vehicles have to

work together to build. Suitable


wood. Pack of 22.


CA02629

Construction Site

Equipment

£46.19

CA02628 Dump Truck £46.19

CA02626 Front End Loader £46.19

CA02624 Digger £46.19

CA02627 Crane £62.07

CA02625 Road Roller £46.19

CA02623 Bulldozer £46.19

CA01442 Workers £28.86

2. Small World Construction

Site Vehicles

A set of brightly coloured

construction vehicles. With lots

of exciting moving parts and

interactive elements, children will

love to imagine and play out a day

at work on the construction site.



CA11483 £33.20


Builder’s Yard Mat

This waterproof PVC mat with its

delightful illustrations helps children

immerse themselves in the builder’s

yard. A great opportunity for using

‘real world’ items to create a realistic


months and up. Diameter 860mm.

Made from plastic.

AW3 £33.20

7

3

336


1. Little Lands Construction

Build stories with this charming set

of eight stone construction people,

props and vehicles. Suitable for 10

months and up. Length 75mm.

Pack of 8.

CA12092 £33.20

1 2

Small World Accessories

Small World

2. Little Lands: Vehicles

Put your children in the driving

seat with this set of everyday and

emergency vehicles that are a

perfect fit for little hands. Suitable

for 10 months and up. H50 x W110

x L180mm. Pack of 8.

CA11905 £33.20

3. Little Lands: Houses

Build great stories and invent

exciting narratives with this set of

houses. Suitable for 10 months and

up. H50 x W110 x L180mm. Pack

of 8.

CA11904 £33.20

4. Little Lands Polar

A wonderful collection of eight

polar creatures, great for storytelling

and creating icy small world scenes.


H61mm. Pack of 8.

CA12096 £33.20

5. Little Lands Farm

This set of tactile play stones are

ideal for creating an immersive

farmyard small world scene! Created

from a durable stone mix, they are

designed to be used in outdoor

or messy play environments and

can easily be cleaned afterwards.

Suitable for 10 months and

up.L75mm. Pack of 8.

CA12093 £33.20

6. Little Lands Woodland

If you go down to the woods today,

why not take these delightful

woodland animal sculptures with

you? Suitable for 10 months and

up. H61mm. Pack of 8.

CA12095 £33.20

7. Little Lands Enchanted

World

Create an enchanted and immersive

world with this set of eight beautiful

stones, perfect for small world play.


H74mm. Pack of 8.

CA12094 £33.20

8. NEW Monster Stacker

A set of six monsters with a

drawstring bag for easy storage.


H42.8 x W32 x D8cm. Made from

magnets, mdf, metal, plastic,

plywood and rubberwood.

EL46261 £33.20

3 4

8 8

8 8 8

8

5 6

7 8

8 8

NEW


Small World

Active World Tray Mats

1

2

1. Dinosaur Tuff Tray Mat

An amazing and detailed dinosaur

themed tuff tray mat, perfect for

incorporating messy play into small

world. Use the mat with wet or dry

materials for multi-sensory small

world play. Suitable for age 10


AW8 £33.20


Builder’s Yard Mat

This waterproof PVC mat with its

delightful illustrations helps children

immerse themselves in the builder’s

yard. A great opportunity for using

‘real world’ items to create a realistic



Made from plastic.

AW3 £33.20

3 4

3. Farmyard Tuff Tray Mat

This tuff tray farmyard mat features

a classic farmyard scene, complete

with farmhouse. This amazing tuff

tray accessory can be used wet

or dry. Use materials from your

classroom or setting to enhance your

small world farm play. Suitable for



AW2 £33.20


Treasure Island Mat

A beautifully designed pirate theme

mat, perfect for use in our Active

World Tuff Trays. Explore the jungle

ruins, hide in the smuggler’s cave

or search the beach with this Active

World Tuff Tray Mat. Suitable for



CA06098 £33.20

5 6

5. Arctic Tuff Tray Mat

Explore frozen arctic landscapes

with this beautifully detailed arctic

tuff tray mat. Use this tuff tray mat

with wet and dry materials to create

a truly realistic small world play



AW7 £33.20

6. Transport Tuff Tray Mat

A beautifully illustrated transport

themed tuff try mat which can be

used with wet or dry materials.

This great tuff tray accessory is a

wonderful base for small world

imaginative transport play. Suitable

for age 10 months and up. Diameter


CA00257 £33.20

338


Outdoor Small World

1 • Wall mounted for

space saving

• Removable floors

and chalkboard walls

• Supports

independence and

exploration.

Small World

NEW

1. NEW Outdoor Wall Dolls

House

A beautiful multi-storey house

for small world exploration and

to inspire conversation and

collaboration. This wooden building

has removable floors so the child

can turn this into any small world

location from their imagination.

From a garage, construction site,

fairy world to a superheroes cave.

This is a fantastic way to create

narratives and storylines. With

the chalkboard back, it offers

possibilities for children to mark

make. Suitable for 10 months and

up. H 80cm x W 40cm x D 12cm.

Small world can encourage children

to develop their communication

and language skills by creating

narratives and storylines. This

dolls house can be placed on a

wall, supporting with space in the

outdoor environment. Dependent

on the ages of children, it can go

at different heights to support

their outdoor learning. Fittings and

fixtures not supplied. Made from

Duraply and Chalkboard. H80 x

W40 x D12cm.

EL45045 £317.61


Role Play

Kitchens

1

SAVE

£72 .19

2

SAVE

£43 .32

NEW

1. NEW Boston Kitchen and

Console Table

Bring any role play area to life with

this delightful kitchen and console

table. This set is ideal for creating a

home from home space that can be

configured to suit different spaces.

The kitchen comes with an oven,

hob, sink and shelves so children

can prep and cook their meals all

in one place, and even clean up

afterwards. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

Boston Kitchen and

EL46580

£1,153.56

Console Table

EL46581Boston Kitchen £792.62

EL46582Console Table £431.68

2. NEW Dining Table and

Benches

A simple country style wooden table

and benches set. A great addition

to any home corner, where children

can gather round for mealtimes or

use as an extra worktop in a busy

kitchen. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

EL46584 Dining Table and Benches £1,007.74

EL46579 Set of 2 Benches £388.37

EL46583 Dining Table £662.68

NEW

340


1

Kitchens

Role Play

1. NEW Tub Chair and Sofa

Create a cosy and inviting home

corner with this beautiful chair

and sofa set. Children can use for

a quiet place to sit with a book or

talk with friends Suitable for age 3

years and up.

EL46589 Blue Tub Chair and Sofa £906.68

EL46590 Blue Tub Chair £431.68

EL46591 Blue Tub Sofa £547.18

SAVE

£72 .19

2. NEW Role Play Fireplace

A beautifully crafted, country style

fireplace, complete with a wide

mantelpiece and six shelves. Children

can gather themselves around and

read books or play games as they

warm themselves by the fireplace.


H800 x W1120 x D400mm.

EL46585 £763.74

NEW

3. NEW Kaleidoscope Corner

Display

A sturdy wooden corner display,

with four shelves, each complete

with mirrors This corner unit is

the perfect addition to enhance

any home corner, as it can nest in

a corner and provide opportunity

to display items while making the

most of your space. Suitable for age


D480mm.

EL46586 £705.99

2 3

4. NEW Five Cubby Storage

This storage unit provides a beautiful

display solution while also offering

storage opportunities within the

home corner. It features two larger

spaces on top and three small spaces

below, with soft curved design and

a neutral maple colour. Suitable for


D400mm.

EL46587 £619.37

5. NEW Wall Mirror with

Hooks

This simple wall mirror comes

complete with four hooks and a

shelf, providing a handy storage or

display solution. Ideal for storing

dressing up clothing, scarves or hats,

children can self access and utilise

as part of their play in the home

corner, while also practising the skills

required to get themselves ready.


H840 x W680 x D160mm.

EL46592 £417.24

4

NEW

5

NEW

NEW

NEW


Role Play

Kitchens

1

SAVE

£57 .75

1. Role Play Wooden

Kitchen Unit Collection

Bundle Deal

A beautifully crafted, high quality

kitchen set, with contemporary

silver accents at a fantastic price.

There’s a sink, a washing machine,

a cooker and a fridge - perfect for

creating a familiar environment.

Some easy assembly required.


x W40 x D35cm. Made from wood.

Pack of 4.


CA03335 Sink £144.36

CA03332 Cooker £144.36

CA03333 Fridge £144.36

CA03334 Washing Machine £144.36

2

SAVE

£72 .19

2. Country Style Role Play

Kitchen Bundle Deal

A beautiful set of cream coloured

kitchen units perfect for enhancing

role play. Encourage collaborative

play and communication as the

children emulate real life scenarios

in play. Each unit features wooden

handles and grey printed detailing,

easy to open doors and moveable

dials. Sink, cooker, washing machine

and fridge: H54 x W40 x D35cm.

Microwave: H24 x W35 x D26cm.


Made from wood.


CA07851 Microwave £72.17

CA07848 Cooker £144.36

CA07849 Washing Machine £144.36

CA07850 Fridge £144.36

CA07847 Sink £144.36

342


1. NEW Working Kitchen

Sink

Create a home from home feeling

with this fully functional kitchen

sink. This neat little sink has a pump

and extendable dish rack that will

provide children with hours of fun.

Complete with a soap dispenser,

crockery and cutlery, children will

enjoy bringing their home corner

to life as they wash and dry their

dishes after having dinner or a cup

of tea with their friends. Or they

may decide to replicate members of

their family as they wash vegetables

before preparing dinner. The

opportunities are endless. Suitable


1

Home Corner Accessories

NEW

Role Play

EL46367 £38.97

2. NEW Kitchen Bowls

Bring your home corner to life with

this delightful set of kitchen bowls!

These realistic kitchen bowls are a

great way for children to explore

measurements and weights. Each

bowl is a different colour and when

nested together, they create a

beautiful rainbow. Suitable for age 3


EL46368 £17.31

3. Toddler Role Play Table

and Chairs

A set of two chairs and a table from

the Heart of the Home Kitchen

Collection. Ideal for encouraging

role play and enacting real life

scenarios. Table measures: W60

x D60 x H42cm. Chair measures:

H45 x W28 x D28cm. Height to

seat 21cm. Supplied flat packed for


outdoors. Made from wood.

CA07398 £223.77

2 3

NEW

4. NEW Kitchen Utensils

Create a realistic home corner

with this set of six kitchen utensils,

complete with a stand. From a

ladle for spooning out stews and

soups to a spaghetti server to dish

out pasta, these utensils will have

children working together to plate

up a meal. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 7.

EL46366 £17.31

9

5. NEW Kitchen Utensils

A minimalistic set of kitchen utensils

to suit all the children’s needs in

the kitchen. Consisting of a large

cooking spoon, a draining spoon, a

pasta server, a meat tenderiser, and

a fork, this set will provide children

with hours of fun as they use each

utensil to cook something delicious.


Pack of 5.

EL46369 £43.30

4 5

NEW

NEW

7 5


Role Play

Food

1 2

NEW

NEW

1. NEW Supermarket

Grocery Set

A set of groceries, that children may

often see in their daily lives. Each

item of food comes with a simplistic

label for children to understand

whilst cooking or role playing their

weekly shop. Suitable for 3 to 7

years. Made from cotton, felt, mdf,

plastic and rubberwood.

EL46379 £54.85

2. NEW Pizza

A tasty pizza cut into slices for

children to enjoy with friends.

Consisting of twelve different

toppings, children can now pick

and choose their favourite toppings

to put on their slice. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. W19 x L22.2

x D3.5cm. Made from mdf and

rubberwood.

EL46384 £36.08

3. NEW Charcuterie Basket

A continental set of meats sat in a

rustic wicker basket. Consisting of

a slice of ham and egg pie, a ham

hock, Spanish chorizo, salami, black

sausage, butcher’s sausages and a

rasher of bacon, children can now

have fun with different meats they

may have eaten previously. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. W15.5 x

L15.5 x D5.5cm. Made from cotton,

plastic rattan and rubberwood.

EL46385 Charcuterie Basket £31.75

4. Role Play Picnic Basket

and Accessories.

Anyone for a picnic? Lay down a

blanket and use a make-believe

picnic as the perfect arena for

communication. Suitable for age 3

years and up. H12.5 x W28 x L21cm.

CA11421 £53.41

3

4

NEW

344


1. Bulk Role Play Food Set

93pk

A 93 piece collection of realistic,

durable role play food. Includes a

broad range of food items from

different world cultures. The next

best thing to real food! Crates and

plates not included. Suitable for



1

Food

Role Play

CA10033 £144.36

2. Breakfast Food Set

A selection of breakfast food items.

Baskets and plates not included.



CA10346 £47.63

93

3. Role Play Lunch Food Set

30pk

A selection of role play lunch foods

to wet every appetite. Provoke open

and honest conversations about

many different types of food with

the children in your setting. Help

them understand how to make

healthy food choices through play.



2

CA10348 £57.74

4. Role Play Multicultural

Food Set 30pk

A collection of detailed foods from

around the world. Provoke open and

honest conversations about many

different types of food with the

children in your setting. Help them

understand how to make healthy

food choices through play. Suitable

for age 10 months and up. Made


CA10345 £60.62

3

32

30

4

30


Role Play

Tableware

1

1. Bio Plastic Role Play

Dinner Set 22pcs

A beautiful set of neutrally coloured

sugarcane dinnerware. With the

durability of plastic, but the benefits

of being made from a sustainable

source, this set is a fantastic

addition for every setting. What

real life scenarios will you rehearse?


up. The Bio Plastic Role Play Dinner

Set can be cleaned with denatured

alcohol, is dishwasher safe and can

be washed in hand with water and

soap. This resource can be washed

again and again, providing children

with safe and consistent daily play

opportunities. Suitable to be left

outdoors. Made from bio plastic.

Pack of 22.

CA10548 £33.20

2

3

22

22

2. Green Bean Recycled Role

Play Dinner Set

A great role play dinner set made

from 100% recycled eco-labelled

plastic. Use this set inside and

out. Because of the unique

recycling process used to make this

dinnerware set, each one is unique

in pattern and colour. Suitable for

age 10 months and up. Introduce

the topic of sustainability into role

play using this delightful dinnerware

set. Children will be intrigued by the

different feel of this new recycled

material and the patterns and

colour differences. The set is bound

to spark a whole range of curious

questions. Pack of 22.

CA11790 £20.20

3. Plastic Role Play Kitchen

Dinnerware Set 78pcs

A fantastic bumper set of brightly

coloured and robust everyday

kitchen accessories. This large set

is perfect for use in a home corner.

It is great for role play and sorting

activities. Watch as the children

create a cafe or restaurant with this

brightly coloured set. The Plastic

Role Play DInnerware Set can be

cleaned with denatured alcohol,

is dishwasher safe and can be

washed in hand with water and

soap. This resource can be washed

again and again, providing children

with safe and consistent daily play

opportunities. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Suitable to be left

outdoors. Made from plastic. Pack

of 78.

CA00013 £50.52

78

346


1. Outdoor Wooden Corner

Kitchen Unit

This high quality, sturdy kitchen unit

fits perfectly into a corner. Featuring

a large surface area for a group of

children to collaborate and create

together! Watch as they slosh,

mash and stir their mixtures in the

large, removable sink. The wood is

made from Scandinavian Redwood

and is guaranteed against rot and

insect damage for 10 years. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. Supplied flat




wood.

1

Outdoor Kitchens

Role Play



2. Wooden Outdoor Messy

Mud Kitchen

Children will love creating their

magical concoctions at this versatile

outdoor kitchen. Featuring a

removable rubber sink and shelving

for ingredients, encouraging

exploration and experimentation

with different materials. Suitable for

age 10 months and up. H110 x W50

x L90cm. Made from wood.

CA07545 £345.00

3. Outdoor Economy

Corner Kitchen

A quality, affordable kitchen, ideal

for use in a variety of messy play

and role play scenarios. Large bench

space enables collaborative play.

Featuring a removable sink, a handy

shelf to store your ingredients and

hooks to hang your utensils. Use

the chalkboard for mark making

or creating your menus. A truly

versatile resource. Made from

Scandinavian Redwood, which

has a 10 year guarantee against

rot and insect damage. Suitable



left outdoors. H90 x W100 x L100


wood.

CA10379 £974.53

4. The Outdoor Kitchen

These four units are ideal for

outdoor role play, whatever the

weather. Get busy cooking in the

great outdoors! Designed to be

left outside, they are made from

tanalised timber for robustness.

Designs may vary. Made from




years. Suitable for age 10 months





2 3

4

CA04218 £1,082.82


Role Play

Outdoor Kitchen Accessories

1 2

NEW

NEW

1. NEW Curved Wooden

Board

A beautifully crafted set of wooden

curved boards, a great addition to a

messy play station or role play home

corner. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 2.

EL46170 £36.08

2. NEW Natural Teak Bowls

A selection of beautifully crafted

wooden natural teak bowls, perfect

for messy play, loose parts and role

play. Suitable for age 3 years and

up. H8cm. Made from teak.

3 4

NEW

2

NEW

3

EL46162 £43.30

3. Metal Jugs 3pcs



setting. Suitable for age 3 years



CA06674 £38.97

4. Metal Pestle and Mortar

Set

Mix and mash ingredients in this

set of 3 metal pestle and mortars.


Pack of 3.

CA07703 £53.41

2

3 3

5 6

7 8

NEW

15 8

NEW

5. Mud Kitchen Pizza

Topping Stones

Create your own pizza with these

realistic ingredient stones. H50 x

W110 x L180mm. Pack of 15.

CA11895 £34.64

6. Mud Kitchen Breads Of

The World

Explore the culinary world with this

realistic bread selection. Outside

in the mud kitchen or inside in

the bakery, these breads are made

from a stone mix that makes them

durable and easy to clean. Suitable

for age 10 months and up. H50 x

W110 x L180mm. Pack of 8.

CA11896 £34.64

7. NEW Messy Play Teak

Bubble Stirrers

This set of beautifully crafted bubble

wands are perfect for inspiring

engaging messy play. Use to mix, stir,

blend and blow as children explore

these magical teak stirrers in the

mud kitchen or home corner.Suitable


EL46509 £17.31

8. NEW Large Wooden Beach

Boards

A beautiful set of three hand-painted

wooden beach boards. Suitable for


EL46111 £129.92

5 3

348


1. Outdoor Market Stall

An open ended, multi-functional,

robust wooden stall suitable

for different role play scenarios.




x D94cm.


CA06631 Standard Delivery £866.25

2. Outdoor Wooden Role

Play Shop

Engage children in fun

mathematical role play with this

beautifully crafted outdoor shop.

Suitable from birth. H120 x W90


wood. Single.

CA04204 £519.74


Register

This ingenious calculator cash

register is perfect for all money

topics and shopping scenarios.


Made from plastic.

MA03342 £38.97

4. Wooden Till

A beautifully made till, ideal for

mathematical role play. Busy

shopkeepers will love this wooden

till. It has a small drawer for notes

and coins (not included). Made

from Poplar Wood and can be

used indoors and out. Suitable

from birth. Not suitable to be left


CA04744 £64.95








coin denomination from 1p ‭to £2.89


Pack of 480.

MA03373 £64.95

6. Plastic Money Coins

(160) and Notes (32)

Give money solving activities a

sense of realism with this set of

indestructible play notes and ‭coins.

Covering all coin denominations

up to £2.89 and notes £7.22 up to

£72.19 Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 192.

MA03372 £37.52

7. Mobile Wooden Role

Play Market Stall

This mobile wooden market stall

with locking castors is perfect

for supporting collaborative play.


H1300 x W1200 x D420mm. Made

from melamine.

CA04821 £404.24

8. Outdoor Role Play Shop

and Theatre


double-sided wooden market stall

and theatre! Suitable for age 3 years


CA05453 £519.74

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

Shopping

480 192

Role Play


Role Play

Dressing Up

1

1. Traffic and Emergency

Dress Up Tabards 5pk

A set of tabards, the perfect

addition to your dressing up box.

These tabards include traffic and

roadwork signs and emergency

service workers. 3-6 years. Pack

of 5.

CA04378 £72.17

2

5

6

2. People Who Help Us Role

Play Tabards 6pcs

A set of tabards, each reflecting

familiar key roles. Act out real life

scenarios and become a Fire Fighter,

Doctor, Dentist, Police Officer,

Paramedic or Crossing Patrol person.

Made from washable polycotton

Children will love to use these

tabards during role play activities.

3-6 years. Pack of 6.

CA01227 £53.41

3. Multicultural Dressing Up

Clothes Bundle Deal

A set of beautifully made clothes

inspired by fabrics, patterns and

materials from different cultures.

Explore themes of community and

commonality and develop cultural

awareness whilst playing together.

All clothes are easy to put on and

take off and are made from heavyduty,

durable materials ideal for

lots of play. Travel the world and

expand children’s knowledge of

different cultures and communities

with our beautifully made dressing

up clothes.

3

SAVE

£27 .07 4. Animal Capes 4pk

6

£21 .66

4

Perhaps discuss the similarities

between aspects of the children’s

own clothes and the clothes in

these sets, encouraging them to

find other beautiful things which

may have been inspired by different

cultures. 3-5 years. Made from

cotton.

CA05387 Buy All and Save £238.14

CA02186 Chinese Boy £43.30

CA02183 African Boy £43.30

CA02189 Japanese Girl £43.30

CA02184 African Girl £43.30

CA02187 Indian Boy £43.30

CA02188 Indian Girl £43.30

A set of animal capes for your

dressing up area. Available in two

sets of four, in a soft fabric. Jungle

set contains a monkey, elephant,

tiger and crocodile. Farmyard set

contains a pig, cow, chicken and

fox. 3-5 years. Made from cotton.

Pack of 4.

CA03690 Farmyard £86.61

CA03689 Jungle £86.61

4

350


1

1. In the Community

Outfits

A great value set of role play

outfits. Create a community in the

classroom with these Police, Fire

Fighter, Postie, Crossing Patrol, Pilot

and Chef outfits. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. Made from fabric. Pack of 6.

CA10935

In the Community

Outfits 6pk

£191.94

CA07570 Pilot £33.20

FCHEF Chef £33.20

CA02174 Crossing Patrol £33.20

CA02175 Fire Fighter £33.20

CA02180 Post Person £33.20

CA02179 Police Officer £33.20

2. Occupational Outfits

A fantastic, money-saving set of

role play outfits. Children can help

both animals and people with this

fantastic set of outfits, including

Paramedic, Doctor, Nurse, Surgeon,

Dentist and Vet. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. Pack of 6.

CA10936

Occupational Outfits

6pk

£180.39

FDOCT Doctor £33.20

CA02177 Nurse £33.20

CA07569 Dentist £33.20

CA02181 Surgeon £33.20

CA02182 Vet £33.20

CA02178 Paramedic £33.20

2

Dressing Up

SAVE

£7 .22

SAVE

£23 £18 .77 .46

6

Role Play

6


Role Play

Dressing Up Furniture

1

1. Outdoor Dress Up Unit

A great outdoor storage solution

for dress up, with plenty of space

to store accessories and a long

mirror to view your costume. Fill

with all your favourite fancy dress

and role play outfits. The storage

shelves are great for adding baskets

to fill with accessories. The unit

comes complete with hooks and

a mirror. Made from pre-treated

Scandinavian Redwood which

is guaranteed against rot and

insect infestation for 10 years.

With lockable castors. Supplied


D58.5cm. Made from sustainable

wood.

CA06095 £721.88

2. Outdoor Role Play Dress

Up Panel


wonderful Wooden Dress Up Panel.

Allow children to explore role play

outdoors as they independently

access accessories, dress-up

costumes, fabrics and much more.


H128 x W90 x D10cm. Made from

wood. Weight 30kg.

CA12060 £692.99

3. Mobile Cloakroom Unit

With twenty double hooks and a

deep storage tray, this portable

cloakroom is perfect for small

spaces. Easy for children to

independently access, this mobile

cloakroom is perfect for storing

outdoor clothing, aprons or

lunchboxes! Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly.

FMOBCL £106.82

2 3

352


1 2

Role Play Accessories

Role Play

4 5

1. Light Up Phones

A set of 4 rechargeable, tactile

phones that feature touch activated

number buttons, incorporating

technology and communication skills

to encourage lively conversations

and role play scenarios. Who will

you call? Will it be the garage,

the dentist or the queen? A great

resource for experimenting,

exploring and making connections.

Age: 10 months+ Pack of 4.

CA10980 £144.36

2. Mini Microphones

Support children’s speaking

and listening skills with this

set of recordable talking Mini

Microphones! A great way to

build children’s confidence, record

a message for 40 seconds and

playback with the option to use a

fun voice changer. Suitable for age

10 months and up. H12cm. Made


CA07203 £129.92

3. Rechargable Mobile

Phones 6pk

A set of 6 modern mobile phones

which can telephone each other up

to 50 meters away. Unlike traditional

walkie talkies these rechargeable

mobile phones allow for two way

simultaneous conversation. Suitable

for age 3 years and up. W6.5 x L12.5

x D1.5cm. Made from plastic. Pack

of 6.

CA04195 £216.55


Detectors 4pk








3 years and up. W8 x L20cm. Made


CA04176 £238.21

3

4

6

4


Role Play

Construction Site

1 2

3 4

5

25

5 6

1. Real Mini Bricks L12 x

D3.5cm 25pk

Get busy building with these mini

bricks, made from real clay and

ideal for construction sites, counting

and much more. With all the same

properties as house bricks, children

will love ‘cementing’ them together

with wet play sand. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Depth 3.5cm.

Length 12cm. Pack of 25.

CA04523 £151.58

2. Role Play Foam House

Building Bricks

Bring realistic building to your

setting with these high-quality, soft

and safe foam bricks. These building

bricks are the size and colour of

real house bricks. However, unlike

real building bricks, they are made

from strong, plastic covered foam.


CA12203 10pk £43.30

FPREHB 25pk £93.83

CA00968 75pk £245.39

3. Wooden Tool Collection

5pk

A great set of wooden tools to

help budding builders. Create an

inviting workshop for children to

explore their own capabilities and

imagination. Suitable for age 3

years and up. Made from wood.

Pack of 5.

CA11445 £57.74

4. Assorted Wooden Tool

Collection 5pcs and

Caddy

A beautifully made wooden

collection of traditional tools

housed in a handy tool caddy.

The tools are chunky and robust.

Children will enjoy being in the role

play workshop, the garage, the

building site or just generally fixing

things. Suitable for age 10 months


outdoors. Length 30cm. Made from

wood. Pack of 6.

Contents

1 x Caddy

1 x Screwdriver

1 x Hammer

1 x Spanner

1 x Pliers

1 x Saw

CA04704 £72.17

5. Role Play Foam Breeze

Blocks

Whether you’re building walls, a

home for the Three Little Pigs or

constructing towers, children will

have fun with these role play breeze

blocks. Lightweight and safe if they

topple, and wipe clean so they go

well with wet sand. Suitable for age

3 years and up. Grey. H16 x L19 x

D12cm.

CA12205 10pk £64.95

CA01170 20pk £115.48

CA02943 60pk £331.98

354


1

Dolls

Role Play

1. Soft Bodied Dolls

Beautifully designed, soft bodied

dolls. Dolls can be washed in a

pillowcase at 30 degrees. Suitable

from birth. Length 40cm. Made



CA04877 Harper £40.41

CA04875 Hope £40.41

CA04873 Sanjay £40.41

CA04878 Mia £40.41

CA04871 Oliver £40.41

CA04876 Bella £40.41

CA04874 Leigh £40.41

CA04872 Benji £40.41

2. Anatomically Correct

Baby Doll

These anatomically correct realistic

baby dolls are available in black and

white skin tones for both boys and

girls. Children will love playing with

these realistic baby dolls. Suitable

from birth. Length 40cm. Made

from plastic.

CA02396

Anatomically Correct Baby

Doll Bundle Deal

£56.25

FEMG Girl - White £15.87

CA02235 Boy - White £15.87

CA02236 Girl - Black £15.87

FEMB Boy - Black £15.87

3. Hard Bodied Dolls

These , anatomically correct, hardbodied

dolls are an ideal way to

expand your role play area. All dolls

feature a moveable head, limbs and

realistic hair. Height 42cm. Made



FDOLL5 Ava £38.97

FDOLL7 Jade £38.97

CA02232 Buddy £38.97

FDOLL2 Beau £38.97

FDOLL4 Hugo £38.97

CA02233 Zoe £38.97

CA02231 Funmi £38.97

CA02234 Duke £38.97

2

3

SAVE

SAVE

£14 .44

SAVE

£14 .44

£7 .22


Role Play

Dolls Accessories

1

NEW

2

NEW

1. NEW Car Seat & Carrier

Set

A unique set including a doll carrier

and a car seat. Watch children’s

imagination grow wild as they carry

their babies close to their hearts

and make sure they are safe and

comfortable whilst travelling in a

car. Suitable for age 3 years and up.

EL46234 £43.30

2. NEW Doll Stroller

A modern multifunctional pram

and pushchair all rolled into one.

Consisting of a stroller, a removable

carrycot, a nursery bag, storage

space beneath the pram and an

adjustable handle, children can

spend hours taking their babies on

adventures. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

EL46229 £108.27

3 4

NEW

3. NEW Moses Basket with

Bed Set

A woven wicker role play Moses

basket with a floral bed set.

Children will now be able to take

their sleeping baby with them

anywhere with this moses basket

and be happy that they are kept

cosy and warm by the floral cushion

and duvet. Suitable for age 3 years

and up.

EL46278 £36.08

4. Wooden Dolls Pram

A beautiful wooden pram in grey,

white and natural wood. Tuck baby

up and take it for a stroll while

playing families. Suitable for age


L56cm. Made from wood.

CA11417 £166.02

5

5. Role Play Doll’s Rocking

Cradle

A versatile cradle that can stand still

or rock. Simply turn upside down to

choose a rocking bed or a standing

cot. Includes a pillow and quilt

cover. H34 x W40 x L53cm.

CA10294 £82.28

356


english & literacy

contents

360-361 literacy essentials

362 alphabet

363-381 phonics

382-392 reading

393-394 reading comprehension

395-399 spelling, punctuation & grammar

400-403 writing

404-405 language development

406 eal

407 speaking & listening

408 outdoor literacy

409-410 dicontionaries


Phonics

StoryTime Phonics

What is

Systematic

Synthetic

Phonics?

Systematic Synthetic Phonics (ssp)

continues to be the number one method

for teaching early reading. Children learn to

recognise the individual sounds of spoken

language (phonemes) and connect them to

the written letters (graphemes). The letters

are then blended together (synthesised) to

make words. Children are taken through all

the alphabetic sounds in a systematic way.

DfE Accreditation

The DfE are accrediting schemes that meet

a strict set of criteria, and the full list will

be published in 2022. This, however, is

not statutory. If schools are happy with

their phonics provision, they need not

change anything.

A fresh and joyful approach to Phonics

StoryTime Phonics

Introducing our own SSP Scheme!

StoryTime Phonics is a holistic whole class

approach to learning to read. Its systematic

approach uses real books to teach and

contextualise each phoneme, ensuring high

level engagement right from the start.

See pages

378 & 379

for more

information

Buy here

LI02321

£3,437.50

358


Reading:

Supporting Children’s

Emotional Literacy

LI10637 – Outdoor

Learning Collection

See page 150 for

more information

By Rachel Clarke, Director of Primary

English Education Consultancy.

With emotional literacy being a combination of recognising your own emotions,

noticing emotions in others and having the words to express those feelings, there

are many ways reading can help.

Let’s consider each of these points in turn:

Recognising your own emotions

Use books that mirror how the children in your class may be feeling at key times to allow them to find a better way to

express how they feel.

Noticing emotions in others

Make time for discussion about the feelings and emotions of the characters in books. This could be as a class or with the

children talking amongst themselves.

Language for expressing emotions

Reading is one of the best places to start. From an early age, we need to introduce books that use a wide range of

emotional language. When you’re reading with children, ask open-ended questions that help them step into the shoes

of a character or person. Say, ‘How do you think that made him feel?’ or, ‘How would you feel if that happened to you?

Books to suit

Emotional

Literacy…

1. NEW Big Words for Little

People

An exciting new series that supports

grown-ups to talk about feelings

and how to express them with

children. Each picture book contains

carefully-chosen feature words that

are woven into a flowing narrative.

These are combined with fun

illustrations to create supportive

and engaging picture books that

are perfect for sharing and reading

together. Pack of 6.

LT46005 Set 1 £49.49

LT46006 Set 2 £49.49

Set 2

Set 1

2. NEW TreeTops Reflect Reading Packs

These emotionally powerful books to make your children think are a great

addition to any classroom. These thought provoking books have been

written by top children’s authors and developed by Literacy expert and series

editor Nikki Gamble. Pack of 8.

LT46008 Set 1 £96.24

LT46009 Set 2 £100.36


Essentials

360

Essentials

1 2

Easy to take learning outdoors

with all of the required essentials.

3 4

Build reading skills with hands-on

literacy resources that help children

practice and learn at home.

5 6

7 8

Ideal for handwriting

and phonics practice.

SAVE

£41 .25

A2 and A1 are also supplied

with wall fixings and pen tray.

Perfect for sounding out

and blending sounds.

SAVE

30

£123 .75

SAVE

£48 .13

Large measures 109.5cm x 112.5cm,

small measures 67.5cm x 73cm.

1. NEW Outdoor Learning

Essentials Collection

Essential resources for recording

learning whilst outdoors . This

collection of outdoor learning

essentials are great for recording

your outdoor learning activities,

whilst also making it quick and easy

to take learning outdoors, with all of

the essentials you need.

LI10638 £181.40

2. NEW Magnetic Dry-Wipe

erase board set

This Dry-erase board with a built-in

slider helps build phonological

awareness. The built-in slider on

these durable, easy-to-use, dry-erase

boards provides a tactile element to

sounding out and blending sounds.

LT45267 £63.24

3. NEW Literacy

Manipulatives at home Kit

The ideal solution for children who

need to engage in hands-on literacy

practice at home. This kit includes

some of our most popular and

commonly used hands-on literacy

resources.

LT45266 £34.36

4. Wedge Whiteboards

The Wedge is a great value original

multi-purpose resource for all

teachers. A great value resource

with a double sided, dual purpose

surface both magnetic and dry-wipe.

MWEDGE A3 £123.74

047774 A2 £130.61

5. Show-Me Magnetic

Framed Large Portable

Whiteboards

Show-me high quality magnetic

drywipe boards are ideal for portable

use or if no desk surface is available

Larger portable sizes that are great

for creating class mind maps in

a wide range of environments.

Magnetic.

LI00236 A3 £22.69

LI00238 A2 £34.36

6. Wipe Clean Whiteboard

Class Kit

A great value complete whiteboard

class set, including all necessary

accessories to get your class writing..

A4.

L-KIT 30pk £96.24

L3KITBP 150pk £357.43

7. Double Sided Magnetic

Boards

These magnetic boards are perfect

to use with magnetic letters and

word tiles, whilst also being dry wipe

for every day use. Great for children

to demonstrate their understanding,

making use of the magnetic surface.

Ideal for handwriting and phonics

practice. Suitable for 5 to 11 years.

Made from magnets. A4.

LI00545 6pk £23.36

LI00779 30pk £68.68

8. Word Pocket Chart

These durable pockets are ideal

for presenting words, pictures,

deconstructing sentences and

playing games. Single.

LWPOC Medium £30.24

LLPOC Large £32.99


1. NEW Dry erase joined up

Handwriting boards

Encourage letter formation with

these versatile double sided dry

erase handwriting boards. Features

numbered sequences and guide

lines to encourage letter formation

in both joined Cursive and Upper /

Lower Case Alphabet. Pack of 30.

1

2

SAVE

£68 .75

Essentials

Essentials

LT45496 £64.61

2. Easi-View Visualiser

Ideal for all sorts of applications,

from sharing work to animation.

Easi-View brings together all the

most popular features of a visualiser

at a fraction of the price. Developed

from teacher ideas we have created

a simple to use device which is

useable by both teachers and

children. Suitable for 5 to 16 years.

30

EL00460 Single £171.86

EL00461 6pk £962.42

3. Colour Book band labels

Save time and money on organising your

books with this handy, self-contained

set of colour-coded labels. The perfect

solution for organising your school library.


3

4

LI00793 £61.86

4. Phoneme Frame Whiteboards

A useful every day resource for

practising blending and segmenting

exercises in phonics lessons. Suitable

for use throughout all the different

phonics phases. These write on wipe

off, double-sided boards feature

either a two and three phoneme

frame or a four and five phoneme

frame. Suitable for 5 to 11 years.

Pack of 6. A4.

LI00313 4/5 frames £27.49

LI00312 2/3 frames £26.11

4250

5

7

6

5. Budget Whiteboards

Great quality budget whiteboards,

durable for every day use in all

classrooms throughout school.

These boards have rounded corners

for safety and are lined on one

side, blank on the reverse. Use with

dry wipe pens in a wide range of

curriculum areas. Made from 650

micron gloss, white PVC. A4.

LBBRD1 150pk £261.18

LBBRD 30pk £64.61

6. Dry Wipe Boards With

Handwriting Guidelines

A4 whiteboards with three sets

of handwriting guidelines clearly

printed on one side and plain

whiteboard for general use on the

reverse. Perfect for guided letter

formation work in a group without

needing to rule lines in books or use

large quantities of paper. Pack of 6.

6

LDRY £23.36

7. Large Book Bags

With a full length index strip, the contents

of each bag can be clearly marked or colour

coded, great for organisation in your school

library. Made from tear-proof material, each

bag has a carrying capacity of up to 10 kilos.

Length 360mm. Pack of 10. Width 660mm.

LBAG £54.99

6 10


Alphabet

Alphabet

1

• The consonant

counters are

blue, and the

vowel counters

are red.

1. NEW Lowercase Alphabet

counters

Use these letter counters for early

years literacy activities including

learning lowercase letters, building

long and short words, and more.

The counters have a metal ring on

the outside and can be used with

the Colourful Magnetic Wands

(sold separately) to add a handson,

interactive element to literacy

activities in the classroom.

LT45964 £34.36

• Includes 6 sets

of 26 lowercase

alphabet

letters.

2. NEW Alphabet Rhyme

Time Characters Set 1

These beautifully crafted beech

wood shapes are printed front

and back with characters from the

nursery rhymes. Set 1 has 8 objects:

a bicycle, five ducklings, a bus and a

spider. Enabling children to re-enact

the rhymes for the letters d, q, v

and i.

EL46283 £27.49

156

2 3

3. NEW Alphabet Rhyme

Time Characters Set 2

These beautifully crafted beech

wood shapes are printed front

and back with characters from the

nursery rhymes. Set 2 has 7 objects:

a cow, a cat, two birds, a pie, a

teapot and a cup. Enabling children

to re-enact the rhymes for the letters

c, p, x and t.

EL46285 £27.49

Enables children to re-enact the

rhymes for the letters d, q, v and i.

Enables children to re-enact the

rhymes for the letters c, p, x and t.

4. Alphabet Threading

Beads

Bright and colourful chunky beads of

lower and uppercase letters, perfect

for reinforcing letter recognition,

alphabet sequencing and spellings.

Includes 6 laces and 76 beads which

measure 2.5 cm.

LGAB £54.99

5. Playground Flowers

These playground signs are a great

way to help teach the alphabet

outdoors. The brightly coloured

flowers show 26 alphabet letters and

six digraphs. Great to attach to the

wall as reminders or to simply use in

playground games. Suitable for 3 to

7 years. Pack of 32.

LPLAP £247.49

4 5

• Great for reinforcing

letter recognition,

alphabet sequencing

and spellings.

• Includes upper and

lowercase letters.

• Perfect for fine motor

skills.

32

362


1. NEW Free Flow Phonics

Kit 1

Our new Phonics kit provides you

with the essentials needed to teach.

Contains a wall frieze, phoneme

frames for phases 2-5 of phonics,

CVC magnets as well as foam

magnetic letters from phase 2-5.

1

Phonics Kits

Phonics

LT45277 £148.40


Kit 2

These bright and colourful resources

allow for engaging, fun phonics

learning. Contains our best selling

multi-sensory phonics resources such

as Alphabet Silicon Mats, Phonics

Silicon Mats and 44 sound and

spelling bags.

LT45278 £206.18

The magnetic word strips are

ideal for CVC word building.

SAVE

£41 .25


Kit 3

A complete Phonics kit full of

natural, wooden resources and

a lovely addition to any Literacy

collection. Contains some of our best

selling natural resources; wooden

writing boards, alphabet discs,

wooden 44 sounds, wooden tricky

words and wooden high frequency

words.

2

SAVE

£48 .13

LT45279 £199.31


Kit 4

A bright, colourful set of cards

for use in teaching the letters and

graphemes. These hard-wearing

cards, suitable to display and use

in any learning environment, act

as a useful every day resource for

blending and segmenting exercises.

3

Contains all phonemes from each

Letters and Sounds phonic phase.

LT45280 £121.63

• A multi-sensory resource

to develop blending and

segmenting skills.

• A multi-sensory resource

to develop blending and

segmenting skills.

• The magnetic word

strips are ideal for CVC

word building.

The natural writing boards are a

lovely yet different approach to

recording and creativity.

SAVE

£27 .50

4

These hard-wearing cards,

suitable to display and use

in any learning environment,

act as a useful every

day resource for blending

and segmenting exercises.

SAVE

£48 .13


Phonics

Phonics Kits

1

SAVE

£41 .25

Contents

Includes: ‘Rhyming Bag’

containing over 40 wooden

rhyming pieces, ‘Initial

Sounds Bag’ containing

over 70 illustrated wooden

pieces representing different

initial sounds, ‘Sing it Bag’

containing 22 laminated cards

and wooden pieces from

popular nursery rhymes, a

simple, rhyming bingo game,

10 double-sided mirrors,

a collection of musical

instruments for musical

matching activities, includes

triangle, bells, egg shakers,

drums and maracas



specifically developed to help teach

Phase 1 of Letters and Sounds. This

kit provides the essential resources

that are needed for learning activities

associated with this phase.


LI00600 £343.74

• Fun, engaging resources to support early phonic learning

• Resources support aspects of rhythm, rhyme, and sound discrimintation

• Everything you need in one complete kit!

• Strengthens provision for EAL children

2

Phonics kits are

the perfect way

to resource your

phonics lessons. Each

kit contains a wide

variety of resources

that can be used in

many different way,

either by the teacher

or by the children for

independent learning.

Contents

1 x set of 44 sounds stickers

Transparent pockets wall

chart with 2 object cards per

pocket and 48 object pieces

18 x phoneme fans

1 x set of 23 A4 double sided

mnemonic flashcards

1 x phoneme frieze

1 x buried treasure activity

1 x decodable and tricky

• Fun, engaging resources to support early phonic learning

• Resources support aspects of rhythm, rhyme, and sound discrimintation

• Everything you need in one complete kit!

• Strengthens provision for EAL children

2. Phonics Phase 2 kit


specifically developed to help you

teach Phase 2 of Letters and Sounds.

This kit provides a range of resources

that will help children extend their

phonics learning through fun,

engaging activities.


LI00602 £268.11

364


Contents

1 x transparent pocket wall

chart with 2 objects pieces

per pocket and 56 object

pieces

24 x Phase 3 magnetic high

frequency words

18 x phoneme fans

1 x set of 26 A4 double

sided illustrated mnemonic

flashcards

1 x phoneme frieze

1 x buried treasure act

1

Phonics Kits

Phonics

• Developed in line with

Phase 3 of Letters and

Sounds.

• Expands children’s

knowledge through a

variety of resources

• Consolidates learning

from previous phase






that can be used by the teacher and

pupils to support Phase 3 phonics

learning. All resources provided in a

sturdy, wicker basket. Suitable for 3

to 8 years.

LI00604 £329.99

Contents

240 double sided cards

A set of 19 illustrated cards

A decodable and tricky word

talk ball

A set of 10 A5 illustrated

pictures with corresponding

sentence strips

An ‘I Can’ book for practising

reading

A set of 15 illustrated A5

flashcards and corresponding

flashcards depicting CVCC

words

Buried treasure activity

2

• Help children to read

and spell CVC, CCVC

and CVCC words

• Practise reading tricky

words

• Ideal resources for

independent and group

learning

2. Phonics Phase 4 kit.





that can be used by the teacher and

pupils to support Phase 4 phonics

learning. All resources provided in a

sturdy, wicker basket. Suitable for 3

to 8 years.

LI00750 £137.49


Phonics

Letters and Sounds - All phases

1

1. Mini Phonics Mats

These bright and colourful mats


learning. With different colours

representing different phases, they

create the perfect multi-sensory tool

for children to engage with phonics!


LI02314 £92.11

73

• Can be used for many different activities within your

setting.

• Versatile resouce that can be used in water, sand and

outdoors

• Colour-coded by phonic phase for easy access and storage

2

2. Magnetic Phonics

Simplistic, re-usable and easy to use,

these magnetic pieces provide a

fantastic learning tool for children.

Covering phases 2-5, they create

a visually appealing way to learn

phonics.


LI02354 £68.74

68

• Can be used for many

different activities within

your setting.

• Versatile resouce that

can be used in water,

sand and outdoors

• Colour-coded by phonic

phase for easy access

and storage

366


1


Phase 2 Phase 3

Phonics

SAVE

£13 .75

Offers fully decodable

text for children

and separate text for

an adult or a more

experienced reader

to read along.

Phase 4

Phase 5

1. Decodable Phonic

Readers







more experienced readers, for a truly

collaborative experience. Suitable for

3 to 8 years.

LI10598 Phase 4 £30.24

LI10596 Phase 2 £30.24

LI10597 Phase 3 £34.36

LI10599 Phase 5 £48.11

LI10601 Phases 2-5 £129.20

2

• Helps to develop

essential reading skills.

• Perfect for

independent learning

or small-group

instruction,

• Helps children to

master 3 levels of

sight-words and build

words with blends and

digraphs.

2. NEW Reading Skills

magnetic library

These magnets help to develop

essential reading skills—and

make them “stick.” Perfect for

independent learning or small-group

instruction, the magnets are colorcoded

within each set.

LT46020 Reading Library £75.61

LT46022 CVC Words £13.74

LT46101 Vowel sounds £13.74

LT46103 Word families £13.74

LT46119 Blends & Digraphs £13.74

LT46114 Prefixes & Suffixes £13.74

LT46115 Sight words £13.74

3. Word for Word® Phonics

Game

Players race to create the most

words in this fast-paced Reading

Rods game! All sides of the Reading

Rods can be used as players build as

many words as they can see within

the two minute time limit. Pack of

112.

LI10593 £41.24

3

112 10

• Encourages

collaborative learning.

• Reading Rods feature

word families, two

and three letter word

endings and blends.


Phonics


1

1. Letter & Sounds Outdoor

Stars

Bring phonics into your outdoor

space with these bright, colour

coded stars. Ideal for building

words, visual reminders or outdoor

letter and word games. Suitable for


LI01422 £274.99

• Perfect for playing

outdoor phonics games.

• Written in a child friendly

font.

• Pre-drilled for quick

hanging.

2

68

2. Outdoor Sound Stars -

Phase 3


space with these Phase 3 sound

stars. Following Letters and sounds,

it includes the phonemes introduced

in phase 3. They are colour coded

to match many of our other phonics

resources.

LI10497 £41.24

• Colour coded to match

many of our other

resources.

• Pre-drilled for easy

attachment.

• Wipeable - easy to clean.

26

3 4

SAVE

£13 .75

3. Outdoor Sound Stars -

Phase 2


space with these Phase 2 sound

stars. Following Letters and sounds,

it includes the phonemes introduced

in phase 5. They are colour coded

to match many of our other phonics

resources.

LI10496 £41.24

4. Phonics Outdoor Mats

Make learning phonics fun and

interactive with these brightly

coloured mats, perfect for both

indoor and outdoor use! Non-slip so

children play safely whilst learning

the 44 sounds linked to Letters and

Sounds (each phase is a different

colour). Depth 2mm. Diameter

25cm. Made from silicone.

LI02318 Phase 2 £89.36

LI02319 Phase 3 £103.11

LI02320 Phase 5 £89.36

LI02156 All Phases £268.08

• Covers all 44 sounds

• Colour coded and

differentiated by phase

• Wipe clean silicone, dirt

and rain won’t hurt!

• Promote crosscurricular

and active

Literacy

23

Full set includes

72 sound mats.

368


1


Phonics

1. 44 Sounds and Spelling

Bags

Ready to use double sided phonic

pieces that are the perfect, no-prep

addition to your phonics resources.

Each phase set contains 5 double

sided image pieces for every

phoneme. Each piece has a brightly

coloured illustration on one side with

the grapheme on the reverse. There

are pieces for all of the phonemes in

each phonic phase.

LI10490 Phase 2 £39.86

LI10491 Phase 3 £39.86

LI10492 Phase 5 £39.86

2. Outdoor Wooden 44

Sounds Pieces

Take Phonics outside with these

wooden discs showing the sounds

from all of the phonic phases.

Perfect for phoneme recognition,

blending and segmenting and when

introducing your focus phoneme.

LI10487 £54.99

Contains all phonemes from each

Letters and Sounds phonic phase.

2

• Appealing and

motivating for outdoor

learning.

• Environmentally friendly.

• Use to revise all phases

or separate out to teach

each one.

69


Phonics


1

1. Letters & Sounds Phonic

Readers

Learn to read, write and spell at

home or at school, all while having

fun! These workbooks work together

to form the Letters & Sounds

workbook programme. Split down

by each phase: Phase 1 - Phonemic

Awareness, Phase 2 - Letter Sounds,

Phase 3 - Phonics, Phase 4 - Blends,

Phase 5 -Vowel Sounds and Phase

6 - Spelling. Pack of 6.

LI10579 £85.16

2

3

6

67

SAVE

£20 .62

88

• Fits in line with the Letters

& Sounds systematic

phonics programme.

• Develop skills in reading

and spelling, whilst

having fun at the same

time.

• Bright and child friendly

illustrations.

2. 44 Sounds and Spelling

Bags Bundle Deal

Ready to use double sided phonic

pieces that are the perfect, noprep

addition to your phonics

resources. Each phase set contains

5 double sided image pieces for

every phoneme. Each piece has a

brightly coloured illustration on

one side with the grapheme on the

reverse. There are pieces for all of

the phonemes in each phonic phase.

Made from foamex. Pack of 67.

Buy all and

LI10493

£98.96

Save

LI10490 Phase 2 Phase 2 £39.86



• Contains all phonemes

from each Letters and

Sounds phonic phase

• Versatile resource for

activities that use the

sound, the image or both

• Includes five image

pieces for each phoneme

all contained within a

colourful organza bag

• Available as separate

phonic phases or as a

complete set.

3. Rhyme & Sort Rockets

Let rhyming skills “lift off” with

these charming rockets and sorting

cards. Children place a card in the

rocket’s doorway and sort the

remaining cards that rhyme. Pack

of 88.

LI10590 £38.49

• Reinforces early

Literacy skills.

• Contains 8 colourful

rockets and 80 picture

cards

• Enhances rhyming

skills.

370


1


Phonics

1. Phonics Super Sentence

Tub Phase 2-3

These foam pieces are great

for building sentences and

understanding sentence structure.

Features tricky words, high

frequency words and words

containing graphemes that are

focused on in Letters and Sounds.

Pack of 115.

LI01708 Phase 2-3 £68.74

LI01709 Phase 4-5 £68.74

• Colour coded according to

word type.

• Contains high frequency

words and tricky words.

• Ideal for activities that put

childrens phonics learning

into practice.


Tub Phase 4-6








Pack of 115.

LI01709 Phase 4-5 £68.74


word type

• Create simple and

complex sentences

• Ideal for activities that

put children’s phonics

learning into practice

• Durable Foam Pieces

2

115

55


Phonics

High Frequency Words

1

1. NEW Tower of sight words

This fun-filled games help children

master sight-words! Develops skills

in building vocabulary, reading highfrequency

words, and recognizing

and reading grade-appropriate

words.

LT45949 £116.86

2. Wooden 100 High

Frequency Word Pieces

These 100 HFW’s on rustic discs

are perfect for creating motivating

activities. This collection, taught

in phonic phases 1-5, makes up a

high proportion of both the words

children will read in everyday text.

LI10523 £72.86

2

Develops skills in building vocabulary, reading

high-frequency words, and recognizing and

reading grade-appropriate words.

• Multi-sensory way to

teach high frequency

words.

• Use in outdoor word

hunts & walks.

• Can be separated out

into individual phases.

3. Sight Word Swat

Swat up on your sight word

knowledge with this fun, fly-themed

sight word game! This game features

300 high frequency words from

phases 2-6 of the government Letters

and Sounds phonics framework.

LI10585 £21.32

• A visual, tactile and

auditory learning

resource.

• Aids with Vocabulary

building.

• Encourages


100

3

300

372


1. Wooden 100 High

Frequency Word Pieces

These 100 HFW’s on rustic discs

are perfect for creating motivating

activities. This collection, taught

in phonic phases 1-5, makes up a

high proportion of both the words

children will read in everyday text.

LI10523 £72.86

1


• Multi-sensory way to

teach high frequency

words.

• Use in outdoor word

hunts & walks.

• Can be separated out

into individual phases.

Phonics

2. Phonics Threading beads

- HFW

Phonics threading beads are the

ultimate learning resource for

children to create all manner of

words from CVC to more complex

CCVCC words. With high frequency

word cards and beads, the resource

provides a fun and creative activity.

LI02398 £72.86

3. First 300 High Frequency

Words Flashcards

With a multitude of uses, these

cards are an invaluable classroom

resource to strengthen reading

skills. The double-sided cards feature

all of the first 300 high frequency

words taught in Letters and Sounds,

presented in a clear font. Pack of

300.

LI02063 £41.24

4. Phonics Outdoor Mats

Make learning phonics fun and

interactive with these brightly

coloured mats, perfect for both

indoor and outdoor use! Non-slip so

children play safely whilst learning

the 44 sounds linked to Letters and

Sounds (each phase is a different

colour). Depth 2mm. Diameter

25cm. Made from silicone.

100

2 3

LI02318 Phase 2 £89.36

LI02319 Phase 3 £103.11

LI02320 Phase 5 £89.36

LI02156 All Phases £268.08

• Can be used for many

different activities within

your setting.

• Versatile resouce that can

be used in water, sand

and outdoors

• Colour-coded by phonic

phase for easy access and

storage

300

5. Mini Phonics Mats

These bright and colourful mats


learning. With different colours

representing different phases, they

create the perfect multi-sensory tool

for children to engage with phonics!

Depth 2mm. Diameter 10cm. Made

from silicone. Pack of 73.

4 5

LI02314 £92.11

• Covers all 44 sounds

• Colour coded and

differentiated by phase

• Wipe clean silicone, dirt

and rain won’t hurt!

• Promote crosscurricular

and active

Literacy

73

SAVE

£13 .75


Phonics

44 Sounds

1


Phonics Tubs







spellings can create the same sound

Suitable for 5 to 11 years. Pack

of 44.

LI00769 £171.86

44

2

60

• Teaches the 44 sounds

of the English language.

• Covers initial sounds,

long and short vowels

and split diagraphs.

• Easily enables children

to ‘see’ and hear sounds

within a word.

2. NEW Vowel Sound

teaching tubs

These teaching tubs provide the

extra reinforcement kids need to

understand vowel sounds and helps

to develop word recognition and

decoding skills Each tub is filled with

miniature objects whose names

contain one of 10 major vowel

sounds…with separate tubs for

long and short vowels so children

can focus on one sound at a time.

Pack of 60.

LT45941 £144.36

3. NEW Blends & Diagraphs

teaching tubs

As children explore these skillbuilding

tubs, they learn to identify

initial blend and digraph sounds,

and fine-tune decoding skills as

they play. Each terrific tub is packed

with lots of adorable miniatures

for children to explore. Each tub is

labeled with the appropriate blend

or digraph sound, so kids can sort

the objects into the tubs as they

sound them out. Pack of 60.

LT45942 £144.36

3

60

374


1. Vowel Phoneme Frieze

Use this Vowel phoneme Frieze as an

attractive wall display to consolidate

spellings and vowel sounds. This

beautifully illustrated frieze contains

30 picture/sound examples. Single.

1 2

44 Sounds

Phonics

LVPFZ £18.57

2. Vowel Sound Directory

This unique flipbook has a tabbed

design making it easier to find words

and sounds quickly. Vowel sounds

can be spelt in many different ways

and children can find it difficult to

learn the spelling patterns of each

vowel.

LI00103 £23.36

3. Phonics Ping Pong Balls

This set of ping pong balls features

all of the different Letters and

Sounds learnt in Phases Two-Four.

A great resource for children to fish

out of either water or sand and to

use to practise blending. Over 45

balls in total.

It can be wall mounted as a wall

chart, cut into separate tiles or joined

together as a wall frieze.

LI00347 £50.86

4. 44 Sounds Chart

A useful tool to have at hand during

writing. These individual desktop

charts enable children to quickly

access the various spelling patterns

of the 44 phoneme sounds. Made

from paper.

3 4

SD07238 Desktop A4 £18.57

SD07235 Wall Chart £38.49

• Helps children learn

to sound out whilst

reading and writing.

• Quick access to various

spelling patterns of

the 44 sounds.

• Quick to hand - desk

top size.

5. 6 Letter Sound Games

This set of educational games and

activities is designed for introducing

children to letter sounds and how

they can make up words. The games

follow a systematic synthetic phonics

approach. Letters and Sounds Phase

2.

45

5 6

6

SD12335 £24.74

6. Decodable Word

Dominoes Full Set Phases

2-5

A fun and enjoyable way to check

that children understand what is

meant by the worlds they can now

read at each phase of letters and

sounds. The self-checking element

lets children feel empowered by

checking their own work.

LI10383 £144.36

• Instant feedback during

the game enables

children to keep trying if

they get it wrong.

• Perfect for individual

and small group work

as well as a whole class

activity.


Phonics

Value Essentials

1

1. A4 Phoneme Drywipe

Frames

These 35 whiteboards each feature

a six cell phoneme frame across

the top and handwriting guidelines

below. Ideal for progressing to to

CCVCC and CVCCV words, each

whiteboard has a plain reverse side

for standard activities.

LI00689 £119.61

2

The pack include whiteboards, medium tip pens

and erasers and a FREE Teacher Resources

Booklet, packed full of ideas, tips and games.

2. Phoneme Frame

Whiteboards









frame. Suitable for 5 to 11 years.

Pack of 6. A4.

LI00312 2/3 frames £26.11

LI00313 4/5 frames £27.49

3

6

3. Jigsaw Whiteboards

These double sided, wipe-clean

jigsaw pieces are ideal for both

word blending in phonics lessons

and creating simple sentences.

Jigsaw pieces to add extra fun

and motivation to learning about

sentence structure when writing

sentences. Pack of 30.

LI01430 £61.86

4. A4 Magnetic Phoneme

Frame Whiteboards

A high quality, ready-made, time

saving resource, perfect for use

in daily phonics lessons. These

attractive, double-sided whiteboards

are a perfect resource for blending

and segmenting exercises. Pack of

6. A4.

LI00561 2/3 Frames £27.49

LI00562 4/5 Frames £27.49

30

4

Offering versatility, they can

be used with dry-wipe markers

or magnetic letters and

are an essential addition to

classroom phonics resources.

6

376


1. Magnetic Alphabet

Letters

A functional set of uppercase

magnetic letters. Ideal for letter

recognition and word building

activities. Made from plastic. Pack

of 286.

1

Value Essentials

Phonics

L-UPLET Tub of Uppercase Letters £24.74

LI02024 Tub of Lowercase Letters £30.24


Boards








practice. Suitable for 5 to 11 years.

Made from magnets. A4.

LI00545 6pk £23.36

LI00779 30pk £68.68

3. Clever tiles - Pack of 10.

Record, sequence and playback your

own sounds, words or sentences.

Record up to 10 seconds on each

tile, click together and press play on

the first tile to hear your recordings

played in sequence. They can also be

played individually. Pack of 10.

LI10003 £137.49

i

• Each tile records for

10 seconds.

• Play individually or

click together to play

in a sequence.

• Sequence stories or

blend sounds.

4. Magnetic Phonemes And

Letters Set

An ideal resource to support the

teaching of systematic synthetic

phonics. The letters are all one

colour so that the pupils can

concentrate on the letter shapes

without being distracted by different

colours. Suitable for 5 to 11 years.

Green. Height 56mm. Made from

foam. Single.

LMPLS £61.86

5. Magnetic Phoneme

Frame Whiteboard Strips

Durable magnetic frames that can

be used for building words from

2 to 6 phonemes in length with

magnetic letters. The frames provide

an outline so children can see that

words are made up of different

phonemes and that phonemes can

be represented by one letter or in

the case of digraphs more than one

letter.

LI00438 £27.49

286

2 3

SAVE

£48 .13

6 10

4 5

i

• Tubs feature a handy carry handle

Includes 22 magnetic

strips of different sizes.

Play individually or click together

to play in a sequence


Phonics Schemes

StoryTime Phonics

Structured, planned and systematic,

yet fun, creative and adaptable

Is it possible to have all of this in one phonics programme?

YES... with StoryTime Phonics!

Buy here

LI02321

£3,437 .50

What is Story Time Phonics?

StoryTime Phonics is a holistic, whole class approach

to teaching phonics and

learning to read. Its

systematic approach

uses real books to teach

and contextualise each

phoneme, ensuring high

level engagement right

from the start.

Request

a FREE trial

pack online!

Each sound is introduced by the Phonic Fairy as she flies into a carefully

chosen well-loved book. You may already have many of these books within

your school, but the phonic fairy also reads and shares every one of the

books in her wonderful videos.

Children learn and practice the Caption Action linked to each story

decodable readers are also

available to complement the

StoryTime Phonics programme.

See pages

380 & 381

for more

information

Daily Lesson Plans are full of engaging activities for all types or learners at all

levels. They follow the letters and sound format and are linked to the story

or stories.

Phase 2

High frequency words are systematically introduced by phase within each

lesson and regularly reviewed over the weeks that follow. The Tricky Troll

likes to get involved and help children with his Tricky Words!

Talking bookmarks are full of carefully thought out discussion points to aid

deeper comprehension.

Children will want to revisit the stories and videos again and again.

Teachers can use any of the filmed lessons to see exactly how a session

might be organised. The films quickly demonstrate how the programme

works, as well as how much fun the lessons can be.

Phase 3

378


help

help

just

lamp

wind

sink

nest

lost

bank

champ

thank

went

it’s

from

said

have

like

so

do

some

come

Set 1

s

a

t

p

i

n

m

d

Set 3

g

o

c

k

Set 4

ck

e

u

r

Set 5

h

b

f

f

l

l

ss

a

an

as

at

if

In

Is

It

on

o f

can

had

I

Read the

to

Read

Read

Say

Say

Spe l

Say

Spe l

Spe l

shelf

paint

toast

frog

grab

flag

clap

treetop

children

just

help

out

were

there

li tle

one

when

what

Write

back

and

get

big

him

his

not

got

up

mum

dad

of

no

Read go

into

Read

Read

Write

Write

he

she

we

you

a l

my

Write

wi l

see

that

for

this

now

Write

j

v

w

x

y

z

zz

qu

ch

sh

th

ng

ai

ee

igh

oa

oo (long)

oo (short)

ar

or

ur

ow

oi

ear

air

ure

er

Spe l

Spe l

Read

Read

Spe l

Spe l

Spe l

then

down

them

look

with

too

me

be

was

they

are

her

Read

Read

Spe l

Spe l

StoryTime Phonics Kit and Digital Platform

include

• 60 Beautifully Produced Story Videos

• 60 Example Lesson Videos (ideal for teacher training)

• Detailed Daily Lesson Plans in a 215 page Teacher’s Guide

(also available digitally on the StoryTime Phonics

• 2x 60 Caption Action Cards

• 2x 100 High Frequency Word Cards

• 2x 53 Tricky Word Cards

• Decodable sentences to use in every lesson

• Letter formation downloads

• Tricky Troll Puppet

• Extra downloadable cards and activities for every GPC

• StoryTime Phonics Book Bag

• 60 x Reading Comprehension cards

PACK OF

60

StoryTime Phonics

Phonics Schemes

Includes Reading Comprehension cards for every story.

Schools and teachers

love StoryTime Phonics

…

WHAT THE EXPERTS SAY

Our phonics results have been amazing. The whole

class approach to teaching phonics means that nobody

gets left behind, and every child has exposure

to all taught content. The magic that STP brings to

our school, phonics and reading, has been amazing.

Megan Aldhouse, Willingham Primary School

Our StoryTime

Phonics platform

offers 120 videos

and all resources

available digitally

Sparkle Mark Sayings for s . . .

Includes Sparkle

mark sheets to help

with handwriting

Take Jake the Snake

around the lakes.

Practise writing the letter ‘s’ and say the Sparkle Mark Saying as you write it.

s

S

My pet snake

Phase 2 Assessment Sheet Name

Say the sound of the given Recognise the le ter on

grapheme

hearing the sound

Set 2 Say


Phase 4 Assessment Sheet

Tricky Words

Common Examples


Tricky Tro l Words

Recognise

Recognise

Recognise

Recognise

lower/capital

Say le ter name

Phase 3 Assessment Sheet

Read Spe l Read

Spe l

Name

lunchbox

shampoo


Tricky Words

Name

Say Recognise Write Say le ter name/s

Assessment

sheets available

for each phase


We have never seen such improvement in children’s

reading, writing and most importantly love for

books in such a short period of time.

Danielle Clare, Aberdour School

PACK OF

106

High Frequency

Word cards

split down per

phase.

The programme is so well planned and is easy for

teachers to understand and apply within their classroom

environments. Data isn’t everything but that

cohort of reception children got 82% in their ELG

and 92% in the phonics screening check.

Ella Quinn


Tricky Word

cards provided

in joined

and un-joined

fonts.

PACK OF

200

See online for full details and to request a

free trial pack


Phonics

Phonic Readers


Introducing

our NEW

Decodable

Reader

Range

Schools should “ensure that children practise their reading

from books that match their phonics knowledge.”

School Inspection Handbook, Ofsted, 2019

What are decodable books?

Decodable books, also known as phonic readers,

are books that contain either decodable or

common exception words, meaning that children

can read them using just their phonic skills and

knowledge.

They introduce the graphemes, high frequency

words and tricky words in a step by step

progression that should reflect the sequence of

sounds and words taught in school.

Why are they important?

Children are only introduced to books that have

familiar letters and sounds so they can practise

their phonic skills and gain greater fluency in

decoding.

As children have the skills they need to read the

book, they are more likely to experience success,

which will build their confidence and enjoyment

of reading.

Our new range of fully decodable phonic readers will

be sure to inspire and motivate children.

1

Phase 2 Phase 3

SAVE

£13 .75

Phase 4

Phase 5

• All books are fully decodable and follow a SATPIN

progression of sounds.

• Bright, detailed illustrations feature throughout all of the

books for children to explore and discuss.

• Dyslexia friendly, with a cream background on all pages.

Offers fully decodable text

for children and separate

text for an adult or a more

experienced reader to read

along.

1. Decodable Phonic

Readers







more experienced readers, for

a truly collaborative experience.


LI10596 Phase 2 £30.24

LI10597 Phase 3 £34.36

LI10598 Phase 4 £30.24

LI10599 Phase 5 £48.11

LI10601 Phases 2-5 £129.20

380


Let’s take

a look

inside the

books

On the inside cover…

Phonic Readers

• You will find tricky words and an overview of sounds that are

perfect for a quick recap and review before you start reading.

Phonics

• A list of tricky words that

feature within the book

• An overview of the sounds

covered so far with the new

sounds highlighted.

• Dyslexia friendly with cream

colour paper.

On each page you will

find 2 parts of text …

• At the top of the page, the bold text is

fully decodable for a child to read.

• At the bottom of the page, the

smaller text is for an adult or more

experienced reader. As the child reads,

they can share this part to add detail

and interest, support vocabulary

development, and make reading more

interactive and collaborative.

• Identify the

phase of the

book from

the different

coloured

flowers.

Plus... on the back

cover, you can quickly

find the sounds covered

in the book.

On the

inside back

cover…

You will find a

selection of activities

or talking points that

will help to embed

phonics learning.


Reading:

Supporting Children’s

Emotional Literacy

LI10637 – Outdoor

Learning Collection

See page 150 for

more information

By Rachel Clarke, Director of Primary

English Education Consultancy.

With emotional literacy being a combination of recognising your own emotions,

noticing emotions in others and having the words to express those feelings, there

are many ways reading can help.

Let’s consider each of these points in turn:

Recognising your own emotions

Use books that mirror how the children in your class may be feeling at key times to allow them to find a better way to

express how they feel.

Noticing emotions in others

Make time for discussion about the feelings and emotions of the characters in books. This could be as a class or with the

children talking amongst themselves.

Language for expressing emotions

Reading is one of the best places to start. From an early age, we need to introduce books that use a wide range of

emotional language. When you’re reading with children, ask open-ended questions that help them step into the shoes

of a character or person. Say, ‘How do you think that made him feel?’ or, ‘How would you feel if that happened to you?

Books to suit

Emotional

Literacy…

1. NEW Big Words for Little

People

An exciting new series that supports

grown-ups to talk about feelings

and how to express them with

children. Each picture book contains

carefully-chosen feature words that

are woven into a flowing narrative.

These are combined with fun

illustrations to create supportive

and engaging picture books that

are perfect for sharing and reading

together. Pack of 6.

LT46005 Set 1 £49.49

LT46006 Set 2 £49.49

Set 2

Set 1

2. NEW TreeTops Reflect Reading Packs

These emotionally powerful books to make your children think are a great

addition to any classroom. These thought provoking books have been

written by top children’s authors and developed by Literacy expert and series

editor Nikki Gamble. Pack of 8.

LT46008 Set 1 £96.24

LT46009 Set 2 £100.36

382


1. NEW Finger Focus

highligher follow along

friends

Use these colour overlay for kids

reading windows to help emerging

readers track text as they learn to

read. Young readers will love using

the bookworm or caterpillar ring to

help them track along and focus on

a line of text or an image. Pack of 6.

1

• Made from flexible, rubberised

plastic and are adjustable and

comfortable to wear.

• The 3 tinted colour overlay

for kids reading wands can

be used to help children with

visual stress and dyslexia.

Colour Book Bands

Reading

LT45994 £16.49

2. Colour Book band labels

Save time and money on organising

your books with this handy, selfcontained

set of colour-coded labels.

The perfect solution for organising

your school library. Suitable for 5 to

11 years. Pack of 4250.

LI00793 £61.86

3. Reading Planet Lift-Off

Lilac Complete Pack

Get all children hooked on reading

through relevant stories, characters

and themes that truly reflect their

world Reading Planet is a fresh and

modern scheme for Reception to

Year Six that will transform your

school’s approach to reading.

Pack of 12.

LI10563 £130.61

4. Levels 0 - 16: Lilac to

Black Book Bands

A bumper pack of 300 books.

Refresh your entire book band

range with this pack of titles

covering Lilac through to Black

Bands. Titles may vary. Pack of 300.

LI10442 £1,375.00

5. FingerFocus Highlighters

Small Group Set

The perfect tool to support

developing readers to easily track

and follow words as they read.

FingerFocus Highlighter is a wearable

ring highlighter that helps children

to follow along with texts by clearly

framing the words on a page.

Pack of 30.

LI10586 £32.99

2 3

6

4250

12

• See-through window in

each wand allows children

to track text and images.

• Can be used for reading

activities across the

curriculum.

• Perfect for a take home

reading resource.

4 5

300

30


Reading

Colour Book Bands

1

1. White Lime Book Band

Pack

Expertly selected titles appropriate

for white and lime band readers

who possess high interest level but

low reading level. Pack 1 contains 22

books. Titles may vary. Paperback.

LI00808 Pack 1 £215.86

2

22

2. Gold Purple Book Band

Pack

Great value book packs for KS2

readers, each offering a selection of

books from gold and purple band to

cover a number of different levels of

reading. Pack 1 contains 22 books,

Pack 2 contains 22 books. Titles may

vary. Paperback. Pack of 22.

LI01523 Pack 2 £199.36

LI00807 Pack 1 £210.36

Purple and Gold

Multi-Banded Packs

These packs have

been specially collated

for KS2 pupils and

reluctant readers. They

feature titles that have

a high interest level but

are written at a lower

reading level (HiLo

readers). Pupils will

be encouraged to read

if they can find books

that not only suit their

reading ability, but

also suit their interest.

Suitable for Reading

Recovery levels 19-12.

22

Pack 1

384


1. Red Yellow Blue Book

Band Pack


readers, each offering a selection

of books from each band to cover

a number of different levels of




1

Colour Book Bands

Reading

LI00805 £192.49

2. Gold, White, Lime Book

Band Collection

A collection of books covering the

gold, white and lime book band

levels (Levels 9 to 11). Each book has

the correct coloured sticker attached.

Contains 30 different titles, including

classic and contemporary stories,

high-interest themes and diverse

genres. Titles may vary. Pack of 30.

LB00734 £137.49

3. Green Orange Turquoise

Book Band Pack


readers, each offering a selection

of books from each band to cover

a number of different levels of




22

2

LI00806 Pack 1 £199.36

LI01522 Pack 2 £192.49

Multi-Banded Packs

If you have pupils who

are reluctant readers

because they read at a

level below and can’t

find books at their

interest level, then

these book packs are

perfect. These packs

have been specifically

selected for KS2 pupils

and reluctant readers.

They feature titles that

have a high interest

level but are written at

a lower reading level

(HiLo readers). Pupils

will be encouraged to

read if they can find

books that not only suit

their ability but are also

interesting.

30 22

3

22

Pack 1


Reading

Colour Book Bands

1

• Supports a consistent approach to

reading comprehension questions

• Offers Before, During and After

Reading question ideas

• Reading strategy being developed

highlighted on each question,

such as retrieve, explain, interpret

• Includes a summary of each stage

of reading

2

• Perfect for keeping

track of pupils’ reading

progress.

• Great value, saving

photocopying and staff

time.

• Enough for all of the

class.

1. Colour Banded Reading

Comprehension

Bookmarks

These bookmarks provide a

consistent approach to reading

comprehension questions They

can be kept inside children’s books

and offer ready-to-use prompts to

help when talking about the child’s

reading.

LI10476 £107.24

2. Reading Diary pack of 30.

Keep track of pupil’s reading

progress and achievements with

these straight forward reading

record books. All pages have

columns for the pupil, teacher, carer

or volunteer to add the date, book

title, page number and comments.

Yellow. 36 pages. Portrait. Pack of

30. A5. 75gsm.

LI10524 £23.36

30

386


1. NEW Tales from the Pitch

Pack

This reluctant reader series offers a

fresh take on the familiar football

biography format. This series offers

a fresh take on the familiar football

biography format and focuses

on one up-and-coming football

superstar players who are still to

reach the summit of their career.

Pack of 8.

1

Struggling Readers

Reading

LT46258 Book pack £76.99

LT46259 Book pack and goal kit £141.61

• Dyslexia Friendly.

• Meet the fresh young

talent behind the iconic

tackles and goals.

• Inspiring stories to inspire

and motivate children.

2. Library Non Fiction KS2

Book Pack Collection

There’s something to engage every

reader with this excellent collection.

These colourful and beautifully

illustrated non-fiction books cover

a range of topics and themes,

guaranteed to interest your older

readers. Pack of 30.

LB00774 £412.49

• A fantastic addition to

your school library

• Promote reading for

pleasure with engaging

non-fiction titles

2

8

Can also be purchased as a book pack and football goal kit

30


Reading

Cross-Curricular Books

1

1. Mayan Book Pack

Learn all about The Mayan

civilisation in this exciting book

collection. Filled with fun facts and

visually engaging content to support

learning. Find out what made them

a great civilisation and what is left

behind today. Pack of 6.

LI10192 £104.49

2. Plant Life Cycle Book Pack

These fascinating titles cover the life

cycle and different varieties of plants

from all over the world. The vibrant

images and accessible text explore

what plants require for growth and

how they change through their life

cycle. Contents may vary. Pack of 10.

LB00564 £188.36

2

6

3. The Ancient Greeks

The fearsome Ancient Greeks are

the focus of these boldly illustrated

titles that explore battles, lifestyle

and sport. Perfect for topic work

and giving pupils a more detailed

understanding of this ancient

civilisation. Titles may vary. Pack

of 10.

LB00584 £151.24

10

3

10

388


1. Childrens Mental Health

Story bookpack

An inclusive and engaging collection

of picture books and non-fiction

to help support children’s mental

health. Themes include self-worth

and confidence, feelings and extreme

emotions, anxiety, mindfulness, times

of change, bereavement and hope.

Titles may vary due to availability.

LI10622 £151.24

1


Reading

2. Mental Health and

Mindfulness Book Pack

Help develop children’s mental

health knowledge with this unique

selection of knowledgeable

books. Give children an insight,

understanding and awareness into

mental health for the whole school.

LI02391 £153.99

3. Philosophy and Thinking

Skills Whole School Book

Pack

Stories to stimulate discussion, talk,

thinking skills and philosophical

information within the classroom.

This complete collection enables

children to discover and build on the

deeper depths of their thinking skills.

LI02392 £222.41

9

i

• Heartfelt and comforting stories to help children talk about difficult topics.

• Stories to help children understand the many reasons to love themselves.

• Helps to practice mindfulness.

2 3

11 19

i

• Enable children to build on their thinking skills

• Guaranteed to spark up discussion and

personality building for all children.


Reading


1

Pack 1

1. NEW TreeTops Reflect

Reading Packs

These emotionally powerful books

to make your children think are a

great addition to any classroom.

These thought provoking books

have been written by top children’s

authors and developed by Literacy

expert and series editor Nikki

Gamble. Reflect aims to develop

children’s higher-level reading and

comprehension skills through books

that engage, entertain and support

children’s well being. Pack of 8.

LT46008 Set 1 £96.24

LT46009 Set 2 £100.36

• Underpinned by Oxford

Assessment and Oxford

Reading Levels, to

carefully match every child

to books with the right

depth and complexity, and

support them to progress.

8

2. British Values Book Packs

These packs contain both fiction

and non-fiction stories with

topics including right and wrong

and tolerance of other cultures.

They help embed the values of

democracy, rule of law, individual

liberty and mutual respect and

tolerance. Titles may vary. KS1 titles

include: I Don’t Care - learning

about respect, But Why Can’t I?

- A book about rules, We Are All

Different, We Are All Born Free.

KS2 titles include: The Election,

What Religions are in our

Neighbourhoods?, Belonging,

The Accidental Prime Minister.

Pack of 12.

PS00909 KS1 £169.11

PS00910 KS2 £169.11

2

Pack 2

KS1

KS2

12

390


1. Stories From Around the

World

Engage your class with tales, stories

and re-telling’s from different

cultures around the globe. This

educational set keeps children

switched on and enthusiastic about

understanding cultures through

the use of well illustrated, carefully

selected titles. Paperback. Pack of

10.

1

Multicultural

Reading

LI02384 5-6 years £130.61

LI02385 7-8 years £130.61

LI02386 9-10 years £130.61

KS1

10

LKS2

UKS2

10 10


Reading

Guided Reading

1

1. NEW Author Reading

Packs

Take the hassle out of selecting the

very best titles with our popular

author pack. A fantastic addition

to your library with titles to engage

every reader.

KS1

2

i

• Packs suitable for Key

stage 1, Lower Key

stage 2, and Upper Key

stage 2.

• Keep the focus on book

within Reading corners.

Pack 1

LKS2

UKS2

LT45268 KS1 £107.24

LT45269 LKS2 £107.24

LT45270 UKS2 £107.24

2. Guided Reading Packs -

Dark Blue Band

A whole class guided reading set.

Each pack contains three titles, with

six copies of each title. Contents

may vary. Paperback. Pack of 18.

LI01572 Pack 1 £199.36

3. Guided Reading Packs -

Burgundy Band

A whole class guided reading set,

ideal for your burgundy readers.

Each pack contains three titles, with

six copies of each title. Contents

may vary. Paperback. Pack of 18.

18

Pack 2

i

• Popular authors and illustrators.

• Encourages reading for pleasure.

• Engage both boys and girls.

LI01667 Pack B £146.09

LI01573 Pack A £199.36

4. David Walliams UKS2

Guided Reading Pack

A selection of David Walliam’s most

popular titles plus teacher’s guide,

designed to be used for guided

reading sessions. Great for engaging

children of all reading abilities and

developing reading proficiency.

Comes with teacher book and CD.

Pack of 36.

3

LI02273 £460.61

i

• Benefits both good and

struggling readers

• Builds fluency

• Expands vocabulary

knowledge

18

Pack A

Pack B

4

KS1LKS2

UKS2

LKS2

36

392


1. PM Benchmark Kit 1

The PM Benchmark Reading

Assessment Resources have been

designed to explicitly assess students

instructional and independent

reading levels using unseen,

meaningful texts. Provides accurately

levelled fiction and non-fiction texts.

034167 Kit 1 £430.36

034168 Kit 2 £430.36

2. PM Benchmark Kit 2

The PM Benchmark Reading

Assessment Resources have been

designed to explicitly assess students

instructional and independent

reading levels using unseen,

meaningful texts. Provides accurately

levelled fiction and non-fiction texts.

034168 Kit 2 £430.36

3. Comprehension

Strategies

The Comprehension Strategies

Box is a set of six boxes suitable

for children aged 5-11+. Each

box contains a set of full-colour

differentiated literacy cards designed

to support the teaching and learning

of nine different comprehension

strategies.

LI10605 5-6 years £306.61

LI10606 6-7 years £306.61

LI10611 7-8 years £306.61

LI10608 8-9 years £306.61

LI10609 9-10 years £306.61

LI10610 10-11 years £306.61

• Designed to be used

with small groups in the

classroom.

• Extensive support

through a comprehensive

Teacher Guide

• Ideal for teachers

who want to organise

differentiated Literacy

stations.

1 2

3 4

Reading Comprehension


4. FingerFocus Highlighters

Small Group Set

The perfect tool to support

developing readers to easily track

and follow words as they read.

FingerFocus Highlighter is a wearable

ring highlighter that helps children

to follow along with texts by clearly

framing the words on a page.

Pack of 30.

LI10586 £32.99

• See-through window

in each wand allows

children to track text and

images.

• Can be used for reading

activities across the

curriculum.

• Perfect for a take home

reading resource.

Ideal for teachers who want to

organise differentiated Literacy

stations.

Build children’s confidence with this

supportive reading tool by enabling

them to experience reading success.

30




1

210

2

24

Reading strategy being developed highlighted on

each question, such as retrieve, explain, interpret.

Curriculum

Quote

Good comprehension draws

from linguistic knowledge (in

particular of vocabulary and

grammar) and on knowledge

of the world. Comprehension

skills develop through pupils’

experience of high-quality

discussion with the teacher,

as well as from reading and

discussing a range of stories.

1. Colour Banded Reading

Comprehension

Bookmarks

These bookmarks provide a

consistent approach to reading

comprehension questions They

can be kept inside children’s books

and offer ready-to-use prompts to

help when talking about the child’s

reading. Support carers, volunteers

and teachers who hear children

read with these questions for verbal

comprehension development,

arranged by colour book band.

The questions are arranged by

colour book band to help find ideas

appropriate to each child’s reading

level.

LI10476 £107.24

2. 6 Comprehension Games

Children will love using their

comprehension skills to complete

each activity and win the game.

Topics include comprehension with

questions and sentences relevant

to Letters and Sounds Phase 6

and beyond. Includes: two board

games, two matching games, 20

sentence puzzles, die, counters and

game guide with instructions for all

games. Made from laminated card.

Pack of 24.

SD12334 £30.24

3. Reading Comprehension

Cards

A first step from teacher directed

questions to reading written

questions. Based on who, what,

when, where, why and how,

covering both fiction and non

fiction text. Includes teacher’s guide

with answer booklet. Each pack

contains 54 write-on, wipe-off cards

with either fiction or non-fiction text

and questions. Set one contains 15

non-fiction and 39 fiction cards, set

two contains 25 non-fiction and 29

fiction cards. Answers given in full

sentences for ease of checking.

LI00895 Set 1 £32.99

LI00967 Set 2 £32.99

3

54

394



Phonics Tubs







spellings can create the same sound.

LI00769 £171.86

1

Spelling, Punctuation and Grammar

SPAG

2. Flip-It®

Flip-It is an exciting way to develop

key skills across the curriculum.

Simply pick a card, place it on the

device, decide on your answer and

then ‘flip-it’ to see if you’re right! .

LI01001 Single £12.36

LI01000 6pk £68.74

3. NEW Vowel Sound

teaching tubs

These teaching tubs provide the

extra reinforcement kids need to

understand vowel sounds and helps

to develop word recognition and

decoding skills Each tub is filled with

miniature objects whose names

contain one of 10 major vowel

sounds…with separate tubs for long

and short vowels so children can

focus on one sound at a time.

2

44

LT45941 £144.36

4. NEW Blends & Diagraphs

teaching tubs

As children explore these skillbuilding

tubs, they learn to identify

initial blend and digraph sounds, and

fine-tune decoding skills as they play.

Each terrific tub is packed with lots

of adorable miniatures for children to

explore. Each tub is labeled with the

appropriate blend or digraph sound,

so kids can sort the objects into the

tubs as they sound them out.

LT45942 £144.36

3

4

60

60


SPAG


1

115

2

i


word type.


complex sentences.

• Improve writing skills.

1. Super Sentence Tub

Get to grips with grammar and

construct sensational sentences with

these sets of foam jigsaw pieces

Children will have fun constructing

simple or complex sentences whilst

building their writing skills and

knowledge of vocabulary.Each word

is colour coded according to its

word class, covering nouns, verbs,

adjectives, adverbs, prepositions,

pronouns, conjunctions, determiners

and punctuation. All stored in a

handy tub.

LI01434 115pk £68.74

LI02155 52pk £41.24

2. Super Sentence Tub

Grammar Booster Kit

Improve writing skills and practise

using grammar in context with

this great new booster kit. Colour

coded and covering all parts of

speech, these foam pieces are great

for learning about and exploring

sentence structure. Pack of 66.

LI02352 £11.31

i

• Supports children’s

understanding of

sentence structure

• Create words with

prefixes and suffixes

• Durable foam pieces

66

396



Tub Phase 2-3






containing graphemes that

are focused on in Letters and

Sounds.Covering phase 2-3,

each word is colour coded

according to its word class,

covering nouns, verbs, adjectives,

adverbs, prepositions, pronouns,

conjunctions, determiners and

punctuation. All stored in a handy

tub.

LI01708 £68.74


Tub Phase 4-6








Pack of 115.

LI01709 £68.74


Tub Booster Kit

Booster kits designed to supplement

the original Phonics Super Sentence

Tubs, containing additional words

from Phases 2-3 and 4-6 of Letters

and Sounds. Sets include foam

pieces covering nouns (blue),

verbs (red) and adjectives (green)

specifically to suit either Phases 2-3

or 4-6. Made from foam. Pack of 55.

1

115

2


i

• Colour coded according

to word type.




put childrens phonics

learning into practice.

i


to word type


complex sentences


put children’s phonics

learning into practice

• Durable Foam Pieces

SPAG

LI02247 £26.11

115

3

i


to word type.




put childrens phonics

learning into practice.

55


SPAG


1

2

1. NEW Magnetic Story

Board

Inspire creative sentence building

with magnetic words and

punctuation marks that are colorcoded

by part of speech! This

sentence building board includes

loads of magnetic words that stick

to the board with ease, allowing

children to create sentences and

entire stories.

LT45954 £48.11

2. No Nonsense Grammar

A complete grammar programme

designed to meet the needs of

the new National Curriculum in

a manageable way. Focusing on

children in years 1-6, this programme

provides sufficient guidance to

implement an effective and fresh

way of teaching.

LI02368 £457.86

3. Shaping Grammar

An outstanding multi-sensory

resource intended purposely as

support for teaching and learning

of grammar and punctuation. The

distinctive shape and dry wipe

material of each tile assists children

to see, manipulate, read and

hear words as well as build new

sentences.

LI01994 Year 3 and 4 £116.86

4. Grammar Activity Cards

Easy-to-use write and wipe activity

cards, great for grammar and

punctuation revision. On each of the

cards, a simple explanation of the

focus term is provided, and on the

reverse side, a fun activity relating to

that term.

LI10080 £38.49

3 4

50

398


1. Sentence Building

Dominoes

This set of 114 brightly coloured

sentence building dominoes will help

children identify and learn sentence

construction with ease. This set is

ideal for sentence formation games

and other literacy activities. Length

2cm. Pack of 114.

1


SPAG

LI10594 £27.49

• Colour coded to

nouns, pronouns,

verbs, adjectives,

adverbs, conjuctions

and prepositions.

• Encourages children

to create simple or

complex sentences.

2. Learning Resources

Word On The Street

Answer the category questions

correctly and capture consonants

as you go in this tug-of-words

board game. Teamwork is the key to

winning as players build vocabulary,

spelling and communication skills in

this fast-paced literacy game.

114

2

LI10589 £34.36

• Helps to build

vocabulary, spelling and

communication skills.

• For 2-8 players (two

teams).

3. Outdoor Punctuation

Signs

Detailed with different punctuation

and their definitions, these full

colour outdoor signs will brighten

up your outdoor area. Great for

reminders and active learning,

ensuring all children are confident

in literacy.

LI01741 £109.99

• Perfect prompts for

punctuation!

• Use indoors or take

learning outdoors

• Discuss good grammar

3

13


Writing

Sentence Building

1

• Includes a four

page activity

guide.

• A creative way to

build sentences.

1. Big Box of Sentence

Building

Improve sight word recognition,

build vocabulary, increase fluency,

teach punctuation, and introduce

grammar with the Big Box of

Sentence Building. The pieces are

colour coded by the part of speech

it represents.


100

LI01477 £50.86

2. Sentence strips

Sentence strips ideal for whole or

group sentence writing. Printed

guidelines to show upper and lower

case letter sizes.


L-STRIP £13.74

2

3. Sentence flip stand

This unique flip stand provides the

ideal way to teach children about the

structure of sentences. The book is

double-sided with different themes

and sentence structure on each side.


LI00736 £24.41

4. Sentence Building

Dominoes


sentence building dominoes will help

children identify and learn sentence

construction with ease. This set is

ideal for sentence formation games

and other literacy activities. Length

2cm. Pack of 114.

100

LI10594 £27.49

3

4

114

400


1. Creative Writing Tubs

A kit packed full of unique, engaging

objects, artefacts and characters

to inspire both fiction and non

fiction writing. Designed to link with

popular school topics, these tubs are

ideal for stimulating creative talk.

LI01010 £158.11

1

Creative Writing

Writing

2. Pie Corbett’s Talk For

Writing Box

Let imaginations run wild with this

fun filled box of ideas and activities

for enhancing creative writing

skills. Contains 35 games with

photocopiable resources and many

ideas to get your story telling and

writing off to a great start.

LI00472 £53.61

3. Story Spinners

Enthuse young writers with this

simple yet effective idea! Inspire

storytelling ideas and creative writing

by simply spinning one or more of

the spinners that cover: Who, what,

where, when and why, plus settings,

characters and plot lines.

LI01281 £18.57

2

• Developed with Pie

Corbett

• Perfect for generating

ideas for creative

writing

• Contains 35 games with

photocopiable resources

3

6


Writing

Handwriting

1

1. A4 Phoneme Drywipe

Frames

These 35 whiteboards each feature

a six cell phoneme frame across

the top and handwriting guidelines

below. Ideal for progressing to to

CCVCC and CVCCV words, each

whiteboard has a plain reverse side

for standard activities.

LI00689 £119.61

2. A4 Magnetic Phoneme

Frame Whiteboards

A high quality, ready-made, time

saving resource, perfect for use

in daily phonics lessons. These

attractive, double-sided whiteboards

are a perfect resource for blending

and segmenting exercises.

LI00561 2/3 Frames £27.49

LI00562 4/5 Frames £27.49

2

4

The pack include whiteboards, medium tip pens

and erasers and a FREE Teacher Resources Booklet,

packed full of ideas, tips and games.

3

6 6

5

3. Phoneme Frame

Whiteboards









frame.

LI00312 2/3 frames £26.11

LI00313 4/5 frames £27.49

4. Budget Whiteboards

Great quality budget whiteboards,

durable for every day use in all

classrooms throughout school.

These boards have rounded corners

for safety and are lined on one

side, blank on the reverse. Use with

dry wipe pens in a wide range of

curriculum areas. Made from 650

micron gloss, white PVC.

LBBRD 30pk £64.61

LBBRD1 150pk £261.18


Boards








practice

LI00545 6pk £23.36

LI00779 30pk £68.68

30 6

402


1. Cursive Writing Boards

These whiteboards are great for

practising cursive letter formation.

The fonts used feature an approved

style indicating entry and exit strokes

and direction. Double sided (plain on

reverse). Pack of 5. A4.

1

Handwriting

Writing

SD11069 £17.86

2. Wipe Clean Whiteboard

Class Kit

A great value complete whiteboard

class set, including all necessary

accessories to get your class writing.

Intended for everyday use, this pack

includes everything needed for

whole class whiteboard work in a

whole range of curriculum areas. A4.

L3KITBP 150pk £357.43

L-KIT 30pk £96.24

3. Dry Wipe Boards With

Handwriting Guidelines

A4 whiteboards with three sets

of handwriting guidelines clearly

printed on one side and plain

whiteboard for general use on the

reverse. Perfect for guided letter

formation work in a group without

needing to rule lines in books or use

large quantities of paper. Pack of 6.

2

5

LDRY £23.36

4. Double Sided

Handwriting Board

A4 whiteboards showing an

approved font on one side and

three sets of handwriting guidelines

boldly printed on the other. The

starting point and direction for the

correct formation of each letter

allows children to trace each letter

carefully, whilst the wipe clean

handwriting guidelines on the

reverse mean children can practice

specific letters to perfection. Pack

of 6. A4.

LI00308 £24.74

150

3 4

6 6




1

Contents

Caterpillar 26 cm toy

and Butterfly 35cm

Hand Puppet

VHC Book and CD

Caterpillar to

Butterfly Non fiction

book

VHC 24piece Floor

Puzzle

VHC Wooden

Domino set

VHC Memory Card

game

Soft Sack

• Resources

suitable for a

cross-curricular

story telling

session.

The importance of oral

storytelling

Oral storytelling encourages

the development of empathy

and self-awareness as we

learn to embrace the world

from a range of diverse

perspectives. It helps people

to locate themselves within

each other’s experiences,

allowing them to demonstrate

deeper compassion through

listening and building shared

stories from what is heard, felt

and experienced.

- Richard O’Neill, Sue

Egersdorff and Liz Ludden -

Dukes and Duchess Nursery

and Ready Generations.

2

3

Contents

Gruffalo 40cm toy

Mouse 6inch Toy

Gruffalo Book and CD

Books x 3

Who Lives Here Lift

the Flap Book

Look what I found

in the Woods Non

fiction book

ABC Walk through

the Countryside Book

Gruffalo 4 in 1 Jigsaw

Puzzle

Soft Sack

Contents

10 finger puppets

Who’s in the Jungle

25 piece Jigsaw

Jungle Snakes and

ladders mini game

Books x 3 including

sing along CD

Rumble in the Jungle

Book

Down in the Jungle

Book and singalong

CD

Peep Inside Jungle

non fiction book

Soft sack

1. The Very Hungry

Caterpillar Toy Bag

Eric Carle’s beloved classic tells


marvellous transformations.

Our fantastic range of Puppets

and Character Toys are great for




skills and are also great fun! Share


marvellous transformations, whilst

having all of the resources needed

for a memorable storytelling

session. Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

LI10603 £158.11

2. The Gruffalo Toy Bag

Based on the award winning

modern classic ‘The Gruffalo’ by

Julia Donaldson, this Toy Bag is

bound to be a favourite. These

fantastic range of Puppets and

Character Toys are great for




skills and are also great fun! These

Toy Bags will help to capture

Children’s attention, strengthen

their listening skills and vocabulary

development. Suitable for 3 to 6

years.

LI10602 £155.36

3. Rumble in the Jungle Toy

Bag

Come into the Jungle for a noisy,

rhyming animal romp. Our fantastic

range of Puppets and Character

Toys are great for enhancing

classroom storytelling sessions,

helping children develop language,

listening and attention skills and are

also great fun! Ideal for classroom

story sessions and encouraging

imaginative play. Puppets and toys

help children take an active part in

the story. Suitable for 3 to 6 years.

LI10604 £155.36

404


1



1. NEW Travellers’ Tales Set

of 5

A set of 5 picture books written

by renowned Romani storyteller

Richard O’Neill. These titles provide

a window into nomadic cultures and

celebrate the traditional Traveller

virtues of resilience, adaptability,

loyalty and independence!

EL46254 £54.99

2. The Roald Dahl Language

Pack

A full range of Roald Dahl word

and language titles. Includes the

best selling Oxford Roald Dahl

Dictionary and companion Roald

Dahl Thesaurus.

LI10618 £50.86 • Anarchic ways for Children to learn about language.

• Quentin Blake’s black and white illustrations with an added second colour throughout.

• Celebrate Roald Dahl Day with fresh content.

2

5

6


EAL

EAL

1

1. New to English EAL Kit

A mix of resources particularly

suitable for encouraging and

developing the spoken language of

pupils new to learning English. Help

EAL pupils speak English confidently

by using this group set together

with peer support to grasp both

phonic and word understanding.

LI02463 £247.49

This carefully chosen kit includes sufficient

materials for a group of children to grasp

and reinforce the fundamentals of English.

2. EAL Book Packs

A great book pack consisting of

lovely stories to use specifically in a

linguistically diverse environment.

Purposely selected to aid EAL

children, the pack includes both

fiction and non-fiction books,

ideal for language development.

Paperback. Pack of 12.

LI02116 £156.74

2

• Engage EAL children

through exciting books

and illustrations

• Includes both fiction

and non-fiction text

• Expose EAL learners

to new words and

stories

12

406


i

Mastering Effective

Communication and

Language Skills

Here are some top speaking

and listening tips:

• Consider and plan specific

times when children will

be taught these skills. Just

as we teach reading and

writing, we also need to

teach speaking and listening.

• Immerse children in a

language rich environment

with lots of games and

fun activities, so that

language learning is always

happening.

• Giving children a purpose

to talk is essential. Provide

them with a real-life context

beyond the classroom to

apply their newly learnt

skills.

• Provide talking frames to

scaffold and support children

with their interactions. This

could be sentence starters,

word maps, question

prompts or listening

checklists.

• Give children the

opportunity to practise,

practise, practise in a wide

range of contexts. Times of

the day such as lining up

or the end of the day, are

great times for speaking and

listening activities, such as

tongue twisters.

1. 6 Speaking and Listening

Board Games

By using drama and role play, these

board games encourage children

to listen carefully and speak clearly

whilst developing their ideas, thinking

skills and vocabulary. Appeals to all

children through child friendly images

and content. Pack of 6.

LI00435 £41.24

2. NEW Terrific Talking Frogs

Ten delightful, recordable frogs

that may be used in water, indoors,

outdoors and in messy play, lending

themselves to lots of engaging

learning activities with a focus on

speaking and listening. Simply

press a button and speak into them

as they can record a 10 second

message. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm. Made


1

2

3

Speaking & Listening

6

10

• Can be used in sand,

gloop, and other

messy concoctions

• Ideal for number lines

or phonics activities

• Simply press a button

and record your 10

second message

• Each tile records for

10 seconds.

• Play individually

or click together to

play in a sequence.

• Sequence stories or

blend sounds.


EL46408 £151.24

3. Clever tiles

Record, sequence and playback your

own sounds, words or sentences.

Record up to 10 seconds on each

tile, click together and press play on

the first tile to hear your recordings

played in sequence. They can also be

played individually. Pack of 10.

10

LI10003 £137.49


Outdoor

Outdoor

1

1. NEW Outdoor Reading

Collection

An Interactive storytelling and

reading resource collection, perfect

for keeping children engaged and

igniting a passion for reading,

storytelling and immersive role-play

in an outdoor setting. Powerful

resource kit for evoking emotions,

insights, learning life lessons and

developing a sense of empathy

through interactive role play via

enriching outdoor learning activities,

stories or narratives.

LI10637 £625.56

2

Great for pairing with our Mini

Shed, which is sold separately.

SAVE

£41 .25

• Helps children to develop

their imagination and

interests. Encourages

creativity.

• Improves focus, problem

solving and listening

skills.

• Can help children to

understand different

social situations and build

empathy.

2. NEW Outdoor Learning

Essentials Collection

Essential resources for recording

learning whilst outdoors . This

collection of outdoor learning

essentials are great for recording

your outdoor learning activities,

whilst also making it quick and easy

to take learning outdoors, with all of

the essentials you need.

LI10638 £181.40

• Children can access and

organise materials from

easily accessible storage

containers.

• Offers a range of different

writing resources.

• Easy to take learning

outdoors with all of the

required essentials.

3

3. NEW Lets boost letters &

sounds outdoor kit

This bumper selection of tactile

stone resources is perfect for

outdoor literacy provision. All these

sets are tough enough to be used

outside and in sand, water, mud, soil

and messy play, over and over again!

LT45961 £378.11

• Use them in different

environments across your

setting.

• Introduce them in all your

outdoor play set ups to

extend the learning

• All these sets are tough

enough to be used outside

and in sand, water, mud,

soil and messy play.

408


1. Oxford School Dictionary

The perfect dictionary for primary/

secondary school transition. Our

bestselling school dictionary

supports students with their

language and spelling skills. Perfect

for enhancing dictionary skills and

looking up spellings and word

definitions. Hardback. A5.

1

Dictionaries

Dictionaries

L3OXDPK 6pk £94.79

L3OXDI Single £19.24

L3OXD15 15pk £267.92

2. Oxford Junior Illustrated

Dictionary

This edition of the Oxford Junior

Illustrated Dictionary, suitable for

7 years and upwards, features

thousands of entries in alphabetical

order together with clear illustrations

and photographs in a modern and

easy-to-use design. It incorporates

clear and simple entries with

numbered meanings, word classes,

inflections and example sentences.

Paperback. Portrait.

LI00524 15pk £230.32

LI00353 Single £18.57

SAVE

3. Oxford First Dictionary

The ideal first dictionary for pupils

aged 5 and above, with full colour

pictures and clear, simple word

definitions Designed to help ignite

an early love of the English language

this dictionary contains 1000 simple,

easy-to-read entries. Paperback.

2 3

LFDICT15 15pk £171.67

LFDICTP 6pk £76.91

LFDICT Single £15.11

4. Oxford First Thesaurus

A highly innovative reference book

that will help young children as they

begin to write independently. With

bright and colourful illustrations, it

includes more than 100 entries with

over 1000 synonyms. Paperback.

LFTH15 15pk £171.67

LFTHE Single £15.11

5. Collins Primary Dictionary

For children aged 7 and over,

this dictionary contains up-todate

coverage of a wide range of

everyday and curriculum vocabulary.

It offers additional language tips

and carefully selected and annotated

illustrations to help students with

more complex language Portrait.

LI00151 Single £18.57

LI00527 15pk £223.44

Curriculum

Quote

‘Learning new

vocabulary, relating

it explicitly to known

vocabulary and

understanding it with

the help of context and

dictionaries’.

£20 .62 SAVE

£48 .13 SAVE

£55 .00

4 5

SAVE

£55 .00 SAVE

£55 .00


Dictionaries

Dictionaries

1 2

1. NEW Oxford English

Dictionaries for Schools

Extensive and accessible secondary

school dictionary for curriculumfocused

language support Ideal

support at school and home for

GCSEs and Controlled Assessments.

LT46191 Single Single £17.86

LT46192 6pk 6pk £100.29

LT46193 15pk 15pk £240.42

SAVE

£27 .50 SAVE

£27 .50

3 4

5 6

2. NEW Oxford English

Thesaurus for schools

Extensive secondary school thesaurus

for complete and accessible writing

support. Ideal support at school

and home for GCSEs and Controlled

Assessments.

LT46237 Single Single £17.86

LT46238 6pk 6pk £100.29

LT46239 15pk 15pk £240.42

3. Collins Paperback

Dictionaries and

Thesaurus

The ideal paperback dictionary book

for schools. Language notes help to

choose the right word and the easyto-use

layout allows students to find

words quickly and easy. Made from

paper. Single.

019038 Dictionary £12.03

019089 Thesaurus £12.36

4. Pocket English Dictionary

Collins Pocket English Dictionary

is the most up-to-date and

information-packed dictionary of

its size available. Provides spelling,

grammar and pronunciation help,

plus a handy supplement. Made

from paper. Single.

019088 £13.41

5. Collins Primary Thesaurus

Build confidence and writing skills

with example sentences and full

definitions for every synonym.

Improve vocabulary with antonyms,

pictures pages and word lists. Age: 6

years+. Paperback, 184 pages.

027565 £15.11

6. Collins Primary illustrated

Dictionary

Collins Primary Illustrated Dictionary

contains full sentence definitions,

example sentences, parts of

speech (noun, verb, etc) as well as

synonyms, word histories, crossreferences

and pronunciation.

Designed for 8 years and over.

Single.

019062 £18.22

410


maths & numeracy

contents

412 new for 2023

413-418 teaching for mastery

419-437 number

438-444 place value

445-448 reasoning & problem solving

449-453 calculation

454-456 fractions, decimals & percentages

457-463 measurement

464-467 geometry

468-469 algebra & statistics

470 assessment & intervention

471-472 enrichment

473-480 outdoor maths


New for 2023

New for 2023

1

2

SAVE

£7 .22

1. NEW 10 x 10 Frame

Poppit

The 10 x 10 Maths Poppit offers

a new multisensory approach to

learning mathematics

Distinctive, fun and tactile approach

to learning mathematics

A unique media that addresses

teaching counting, multiplication,

number bonds, ordinality and

cardinality.

Supporting guidance and activity

suggestions from a mathematics

specialist and advisor

MT45283 15pk £144.36

MT45284 30pk £281.50

2. NEW Ten Frame Poppit

The Tens Frame Maths Poppit offers

a distinctive, fun and multisensory

approach to learning mathematics

Unique, exciting and tactile


Addictive media that addresses

teaching 10 frames, counting,


cardinality.



specialist and advisor

MT45449 15pk £27.42

MT46534 30pk £40.40

3 4

5

SAVE

£14 .44

30

3. NEW Five Frame Poppit

The 5 Frame Maths Poppit offers

a distinctive, fun and multisensory


Unique, exciting and tactile


An engaging media that addresses

teaching counting, 5 frames,


cardinality.



specialist and advisor Part of a wider

range of maths Poppit resources

and created to support the

Rekenrek model of teaching.

The three key areas of maths the 5

Frame Maths Poppit is powerful in

teaching are:

Numbers from 1 to 5

Adding and subtracting within 5

Number bonds to 5

MT45287 15pk £24.53

MT45286 30pk £34.63

MT46626 Poppit Pack Bundle Deal £181.86

4. NEW Tackling Add and

Subtract (Class Set)

Tackling add & subtract is the fun

cards game to boost mental maths

fluency in children aged 5+.

Tackling Add and Subtract

MT46064 £103.94

(Class Set)

5. NEW Hands-On Data

Handling Trays - Complete

Set

A bright and colourful bumper pack

of sorting trays to develop sorting

and classification skills alongside

relationships in number.

Hands-On Data Handling

MT46223

£122.71

Trays - Complete Set

412


Teaching for Mastery

White Rose

Maths Essentials

Kit - KS1

Essential manipulatives to help pupils in KS1 understand methods

and concepts across the maths curriculum. Using the CPA approach,

this kit provides concrete resources to help pupils see connections, and

strengthens their mathematical understanding. Contents may vary. Used

daily, this kit will support pupils to help them understand methods and

concepts across the curriculum. This kit was created in collaboration

with White Rose Maths, to be used alongside their training programs.

Includes FREE Gratnell’s storage trays.

from

£721 .86

BENEFITS

• Created in collaboration with White Rose

Maths

• Uses the CPA approach to maths

• Created to support KS1 curriculum

objectives

• The whole class can get involved

MA10582 £721.86



White Rose

Maths Essentials

from

£721 .86

Kit - KS2

Manipulatives in the kit cover Numbers, Place Value, Four Operations,

Fractions, Decimals, Percentages and more. This kit was created in

collaboration with White Rose Maths, to be used alongside their

training programs. Includes FREE Gratnell’s storage trays.

MA10583 £721.86

KEY

BENEFITS


Maths

• Whole class set

• Created to support KS2 curriculum

objectives

• Helps strengthen mathematical

understanding

414



White Rose

Maths Essentials

from

£324 .83

Kit - KS3

Concrete manipulatives to help bring maths to life for your entire KS3

class.Following the CPA method, pupils in KS3 still benefit from being

able to hold and work with concrete resources, to understand maths

concepts. Place value, geometry, algebra and more - these essentials

can be used for multiple topics. Contents may vary.

Key Stage Three

MA10589 £324.83

KEY

BENEFITS

• Whole Class Solution

• These essentials can be used for lessons in

multiple areas of mathematics


Maths for use with their programme



Power Maths

1

1. Power Maths Starter Kit

- Year 1

Year 1 manipulatives for the whole

class to use throughout the year.

Created in collaboration with

Pearson, this starter kit supports

the Power Maths programme with

manipulatives to use throughout

Year 1. Contents may vary.


MA10497 £443.22


- Year 2









MA10498 £476.42

2

416



- Year 3









MA10499 £476.42


- Year 4

Get your manipulatives for Power

Maths in Year 4! Created in

collaboration with Pearson, this

starter kit supports the Power Maths

programme with manipulatives to

use throughout Year 4. Contents may

vary. Suitable for 8 to 9 years

1

Power Maths


MA10500 £483.65

2



Power Maths

1


- Year 5

A Kit of most used manipulatives

in Power Maths Year 5. Created in

collaboration with Pearson, this

starter kit supports the Power Maths

programme with manipulatives to

use throughout Year 5. Contents may

vary. Suitable for 9 to 10 years

MA10501 £483.65


- Year 6

Maths manipulatives for the entire

Year 6 class! Created in collaboration

with Pearson, this starter kit supports





MA10502 £451.88

2

418


1. Transport Counters

A tactile manipulative, ideal for the

learning of number concepts. These

soft rubber counters are great for

sorting, counting and imaginative

play. Includes familiar transport

methods from boats to trains.


1

Sorting & Classifying

Number

NMMCOU £19.49

2. Farm Animal Counters

A great resource to help with

learning number concepts.

These rubber counters are ideal

for patterning and sequencing

activities. Contains familiar farmyard

favourites, to keep children engaged.

Includes activity guide and storage

tub. Multicoloured. Pack of 72.

72

NFFCOU £24.53

3. Little People - Bumper

Play Set

These charming little people have

been created to invite imaginary

play. These earthy looking characters

offer many attributes which makes

them the perfect resource for sorting

and classifying. Pack of 24.

2

MA10234 £83.72

4. NEW Hands-On Data

Handling Trays - Complete

Set

A bright and colourful bumper pack

of sorting trays to develop sorting

and classification skills alongside

relationships in number. Help

children take their very first steps

into algebra and mathematical

expression by exploring pattern,

sequence and sorting, with these

sturdy and classroom resistant trays.

Presented in a variety of shaped trays

from venn diagram to numbered

and blank table grids.

Challenge your class to create the

simplest or most complex patterns,

count, order and sort before they

venture into recording their data

handling adventures.

3

72

MT46223

Hands-On Data Handling

Trays - Complete Set

£122.71

24

4

5


Number

Counters

1

Curriculum Quote

Given a number, identify one more

and one less. Use the language

of: equal to, more than, less than

(fewer), most, least

1. Two Colour Counters

These double-sided counters are

an easy way to teach addition and

subtraction, multiplication and

division, fractions, place value and

algebra. Counters are a versatile

manipulative, ideal for exploring

concepts of number. Made from


MA10267 Multicoloured £17.31

MA00485 Red/Yellow £17.31

MA10166 Black/White £17.31

MA10070 Blue/Red £17.31

200

2. Magnetic Two Colour

Counters

Front of class, demonstration

counters. Colour matched to

desktop version. Perfect for sorting,

counting, algebra and probability

exercises in group or whole class

activities. Made from foam and

magnets.

MA10080 £20.94

2

3

3. Re-Plastic Two Colour

Counters

Eco-friendly counters that are easy

for children to grasp and use.

Counters come in two colours (red

& blue) and are made of RE-Plastic.

400 counters in the pack means

there’s enough for the class to use.

Blue/red.

MA10593 £30.31

Magnetic

200

4. NEW Neighbourhood

Wheels Counters


maths counters are ideal for

a variety of early years maths

activities including counting,

grouping, patterning, sorting,

adding, subtracting, and more.

The set’s scooter, bike, roller, skate,

tricycle, skateboard, and wagon

counters each come in 6 different

fun colours. Multicoloured. Height

16.5cm. Length 12.7cm. Made from

plastic. Pack of 72. Weight 58g.

Width 11.7cm.

4

EL46265 £24.53

72

420


1. Linking Cubes

Cubes in 10 colours link together on

all sides so students can easily build

and explore spatial relationships.

Cubes feature geometric shape cutouts

for more complex patterning

activities.

1

Sorting & Classifying

Number

029828 100pk £13.72

MA00134 1000pk £144.36

2. Interlocking Cubes

Explore various concepts of maths

with these concrete manipulatives.

These interlocking cubes can be used

for sorting, ordering, classification

and comparison. Cubes come in 10

different colours, all contained in

a handy storage tub. Height 1cm.

Length 1cm. Made from plastic. Pack

of 1000. Width 1cm.

MA00394 £37.52

3. NEW Maths Counters

Library

A bonanza set of 726 counters,

with hundreds of child-pleasing

objects for students to count,

measure, compare and sort! This

library includes all 6 sets shown, for

a total of 762 counters; with each

set presented in a sturdy plastic jar

and includes an activity guide, to

supplement your lesson plans.

2 3

100

MT46216 Maths Counters Library £324.84

4. Number Frames Snap

Cubes

Explore complex patterning and

spatial relationships with these

geometric shapes. In 10 different

colours, incorporates the same

colour scheme as our Number

Frames series. They can link together

on all sides. Height 2cm. Length

2cm. Pack of 1000. Width 2cm.

MA03161 £144.36

5. Red/White Snap Cubes

A special pack of red and white snap

cubes. Ideal for using alongside bead

strings as they connect together to

make different length stacks in 1s,

2s, 5s etc. Contained in a handy

storage jar. Height 2cm. Length 2cm.


Width 2cm.

1000

1000

MA00817 £59.18

4

5

100

500


Number

Numberblocks

Numberblocks are the fun-loving characters from the

award-winning CBeebies TV series that show children how

numbers really work. Now Learning Resources help schools

bring the on-screen learning magic of the series to life in

the classroom with our range of award-winning official

licensed Numberblocks maths teaching resources.

Based on the series itself, these innovative resources are

developed in collaboration with the series’ creators, as

well as teachers and education professionals to support

learning by offering pupils hands-on ways to engage with

the concepts shown in the episodes. They are ideal for

supporting the EYFS and National Curriculum frameworks.

“We love Numberblocks in

my class. The children relate

so well to the characters,

and I have found it has

really supported their understanding

of number to a

deeper level more than any

resources I have ever used in

the past.”

Reception Class Teacher

For more information please visit:

www.creative-activity.co.uk

“The children LOVE Numberblocks,

so this set makes them

so excited about numbers. It

supports their understanding

and learning as they can play

with the numbers, manipulate,

and explore with them. The

mathematical possibilities

are endless!”

Reception Class Teacher

MathLink® Cubes Numberblocks 1-10 Activity Set

EY11853 £33.20

MathLink® Cubes Numberblocks 11-20 Activity Set

EL45242 £43.30

MathLink® Cubes Numberblocks Classroom Set

EL45246 £360.92

Numberblocks Class Bundle

EL45247 £430.22

422


1

2

Number Frames

Number

30

1. Ten Frames Write & Wipe Flash Cards

Write and Wipe ten frames for early number work. Use with counters for an

alternative, visual representation of number and to deepen knowledge. Pack

of 30.

3

MA10083 £38.97

2. 10 Frame Number Sorting Tray

A beautifully crafted wooden tray, perfect for exploring counting up to

10! Explore number bonds with loose parts or natural materials, as well as

counting, sorting and sequencing. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Beech. Depth

155mm. Height 20mm. Made from beech. Width 380mm.

EY10188 £28.86

3. Giant Magnetic Ten Frame Set

Demonstrate number concepts with these giant magnetic ten frames. Ideal

for front of class modelling and for children to show their understanding.

Made from magnets. Mixed shaped.

MA10077 £36.08

4. Early Mastery Number Trays

Children will enjoy collecting and counting with these beautifully crafted

beech wood trays. Ideal for exploring counting, number bonds and the

mathematical language of more and less. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Made

from beech.

EY11283 £129.92

5. NEW Skill Builders Maths Activity Set

Everything you need to prepare young learners for a lifetime with numbers!

These robust kits feature guided instructions for step by step support

when exploring counting, basic calculation and patterns in number. This kit

comes complete with calculation cards, tens frames, multilink, counters and

activity cards. Ideal for developing critical thinking skills in mathematical

development.

MT46091 £28.73

6. 50 Ten Frame Activity Cards

50 double-sided activity cards for teaching maths skills with ten frames. The

front of the Ten Frame Activity Cards feature procedures, resources used and

the teaching objectives. The reverse provides visual examples.

MA10113 £24.53

7. Honey Bee Number Stones

A set of colourful and tactile bee counters for the development of early

mathematical sills. Use alongside the activity cards to help children to

reinforce their understanding. Suitable for age 3 years and up. Stone.


MA10230 £28.86

6 7

4

5

30

30

20


Number

Number Frames

1

1. NEW Pegs to Count Up

Complete Set

The most open ended maths

manipulative, developed from

the original Pegs to Paper for

handwriting. Now features new

components, including 70%

recycled wood pulp pegs and

pegboards, a double sided 100

square printed insert and a set of

10 sided dice. Suitable for 3 to 11

years. Depth 85mm. H500 x W500

x D85mm. Height 500mm. Made

from bamboo, pvc and wood.

Weight 7.22kg. Width 500mm.

EL46502 £360.92

2

• Multisensory resource to

support a range of mathematics

from 3 to 11 years old

• Explore linear patterns,

counting, subitising, matching

and comparison of number

• Compare and order numbers

from 0 up to 100, explore

operations, check calculations

and solve number problems

2. Tens Frame Numeration

Boards

These foam 2x5 frames into which

thick, 2-coloured counters are

placed, perfectly show numbers less

than or equal to ten. They enable

children to automatically think of

numbers less than ten in terms of

their relationship to ten. Made from

foam.

MA03106 Group Pack £22.74

MA03189 Class Pack £108.27

3. Magnetic Tens Frames

Explore the properties of the

number 10, from counting through

to number bonds. Multiple boards

can extend the learning to 20 or

beyond. Provides an engaging visual

aid for early learning. Teaching notes

included. Made from foam.

MA03105 Group Pack £47.63

MA03188 Class Pack £209.33

4. Ten Frames and 2 Colour

Counters

Inspire children to demonstrate their

number recognition. Designed to

allow the counters (supplied) to fit

snuggly in place so the children can

hold up without losing counter With

100 double sided counters. Height

1.5cm. Length 16cm. Made from


MA03052 £47.63

15

3 4

15 10

424


Introducing the Maths Poppits

Number Frames

Number

Rebecca Hanson, Maths expert and

consultant, shares her thoughts on

the Poppits:

Our 10x10 poppit does everything the

well-respected 10x10 rekenrek (bead

frame) does, but is:

• more fun for children

• more ‘square’ and so it is easier to

clearly ‘see’ the maths

• much easier to store

• much more affordable and it is therefore

much more realistic for schools to

purchase and use in class sets.

The three key areas of maths this poppit

is powerful in teaching are:

1. The numbered 1-100 square

2. Adding and subtracting within 100

3. Multiplication up to 10x10

The 5x5 squares provide children with

support as they try to think about where

numbers are?

For example, 7 = 5 (red) +2 (white).

Counting 7 objects of the same colour is

much harder! This structural understanding

of the numbers from six to ten is very

important.

SAVE

£7 .22

1. NEW 10 x 10 Frame Poppit

The 10 x 10 Maths Poppit offers a new multisensory


Distinctive, fun and tactile approach to learning

mathematics. A unique media that addresses teaching

counting, multiplication, number bonds, ordinality and

cardinality. Supporting guidance and activity suggestions

from a mathematics specialist and advisor Part of a wider

range of Maths Poppit Resources, and designed strongly

to support the Rekenrek model of teaching.

Three key areas of maths the 10 x 10 Maths Poppit is

powerful in teaching are:

The 1-100 square


Multiplication up to 10 x 10

MT45283 15pk £144.36

MT45284 30pk £281.50

2. NEW Ten Frame Poppit

The Tens Frame Maths Poppit offers a distinctive, fun and

multisensory approach to learning mathematics

Unique, exciting and tactile approach to learning

mathematics

Addictive media that addresses teaching 10 frames,

counting, number bonds, ordinality and cardinality

Supporting guidance and activity suggestions from a

mathematics specialist and advisor Part of a wider range

of maths Poppit resources and created to support the

Rekenrek model of teaching.

The three key areas of maths the Tens Frame Maths Poppit

is powerful in teaching are:

Numbers from 1 to 10


Number bonds to 10

MT45449 15pk £27.42

MT46534 30pk £40.40

SAVE

£14 .44

3. NEW Five Frame Poppit

The 5 Frame Maths Poppit offers a distinctive, fun and

multisensory approach to learning mathematics

Unique, exciting and tactile approach to learning

mathematics. An engaging media that addresses teaching

counting, 5 frames, number bonds, ordinality and

cardinality. Supporting guidance and activity suggestions

from a mathematics specialist and advisor Part of a wider

range of maths Poppit resources and created to support

the Rekenrek model of teaching.

The three key areas of maths the 5 Frame Maths Poppit is

powerful in teaching are:

Numbers from 1 to 5


Number bonds to 5

MT45287 15pk £24.53

MT45286 30pk £34.63

MT46626 Poppit Pack buy all and save £181.86


Number

Number Frames

1

SAVE

£216 .57

1. Giant Outdoor Number

Frames

Take learning outdoors with these

colourful, giant number frames!

Develop mathematical fluency and

reasoning. Perfect for working in

groups to learn number recognition,

show instant recall of number,

counting, sequencing, and number

bonds. Length 90cm. Width 35cm.

MA03117 10pk Silicone £166.02

SD12075 10pk Foam £166.02

MA02689 48pk Foam £577.49


2

2. Magnetic Number

Frames

Develop mathematical fluency

and reasoning with these versatile

frames. The visual aspect helps

develop a practical understanding of

number and can be used to support

development of mathematical skill,

from counting to problem solving.

Length 16.25cm. Made from foam

and magnets. Pack of 80. Width

6.5cm.

MA02690 £54.85

3. Desktop Silicone Number

Frames

Support development of

mathematical skill in an array of

areas, from counting to problem

solving. Soft and larger than typical

frames, these non-slip and wipe

clean frames are ideal for younger

children and those with SEN. Length

16.25cm. Made from silicone. Pack

of 80. Width 6.5cm.

MA03216 £64.95

80

3

80

426


Bead Strings

Maintaining pupil interaction is vital when using any resource. Bead strings can be very

useful in independent or teacher-led group work, as a kinaesthetic resource to encourage

systematic problem solving and exploration of number. Use the strings to strengthen

estimation skills, number ordering and ratio, and more.

It is important pupils are clear about the distribution of beads on these different strings

(e.g. on a 10 bead string there are 5 red and 5 white beads, whereas on a 100 bead string,

there are alternate groups of 10 red and 10 white beads).

Number

1. 1-10 Bead String

Great for small hands to easily

manipulate. Each bead string

consists of five red and five white

beads. Suitable for 5 to 7 years

MA00171 Single £3.25

MA02036 30pk £90.24

2. 20 Bead String

This pupil version bead string is

ideal for demonstrating jumps,

bonds etc. 20 beads alternating

between red/white every five beads.

Enabling children to deepen their

understanding and fluency with

number. Suitable for 5 to 7 years

M20B Single £3.62

M20B30 30pk £101.07

3. 50 Bead String

A great way of building children’s

confidence, especially those who

are not yet ready for handling 100

beads. 50 beads alternating between

red and white every ten beads.


M-BEAD50 Single £4.69

M-BEAD50PK 30pk £126.34

4. 100 Bead String

An alternative 100 line, that is easy

to manipulate. 100 beads alternating

between red and white every ten

beads. An ideal concrete resource

for early exploration of number.

Great for counting, addition and

subtraction and place value.


M-BEAD Single £6.50

M-BEAD30 30pk £166.03

5. Red and Blue Bead String

The perfect partner to our red and

blue two-colour counters (product

MA10070). These strings, in an

alternative colour combination,

coordinate with other resources

pupils may come across in the

classroom. A consistent colour way

may benefit some children’s ability

to understand maths concepts.


MA10487 20 Bead String Line £4.69

MA10488 100 Bead String Line £9.75

5

1

Available in different sizes. See descriptions to the right for choices.

SAVE

£7 .22

The ideal resource for counting, addition, subtraction and place value

SAVE

£7 .22

SAVE

£28 .88

Red and blue beadstrings available in certain sizes


Number

Counting Frames

1

1. NEW Colour Changing

Abacus

Children learn to visualise numbers

and count with this one of a kind

colour changing Abacus. Multicoloured

beads change to white as

children slide them across each rod,

helping them practise counting and

subtraction. The Getting started

guide includes 6 teacher-developed

activities.

MT45968 Single £36.08

MT45969 4pk £137.10

2

Ideal to show partitioning numbers up to 100

2. Wooden Demonstration

Counting Rod 0-100

100 Beads alternate 10 red and 10

white on wooden frame. Ideal for

demonstrating counting on or back

and partitioning numbers up to 100.

Easy to hang up and display at the

front of the class (includes fixings).

Length 145cm. Made from plastic

and wood. Single.

MCR100 £64.95

3. Wooden Two Colour

Abacus

This abacus is ideal for use in

conjunction with bead bars,

bead strings and other counting

resources. Consists of 5 red and 5

white beads per row. This sturdy

wooden frame is ideal for teacher

demonstration or individual/group

use. Height 18cm. Made from plastic

and wood. Single. Width 25cm.

MA00411 £20.94

4. Individual Counting

Frame to 100

Explore numbers and groups up to

100. Whether you call it a counting

frame, a rekenrek or two-colour

abacus, this frame is a great visual

tool. Ten rows, each with 10 beads

- 5 red and 5 blue. Height 17cm.

Single. Width 26cm.

MA10486 £20.94

3 4

Use with red and blue double-sided counters

428


1. Washable 1-100 Wall Pocket Chart

Washable pocket chart includes 100 numbered cards

to fit into 100 clear plastic pockets. Teaching guide

included. Cards are coloured differently on the reverse

side to highlight number patterns. With reinforced holes

for hanging. Height 70cm. Made from plastic. Single.

Width 66cm.

1

Number Grids & Squares

Number

NPOCCH £24.53

2. Magnetic Hundred Square Board and

Numbers

101 magnetic, reversible number tiles accompany this

large 10 x 10 grid. Each tile has the same number on

the front and back in different colours to vary how they

are displayed. With handy storage case. Tile size: W5 x

H5cm. Height 60cm. Single. Width 60cm.

MA00557 £96.72

3. NEW Counting Class Pack

A bumper and versatile pack which includes both pupil

and teachers double sided dry erase boards. Printed on

both sides for added value. Counting on to 120 with

counting back from 100 to minus 19 on the reverse.

read numbers in words. Pupil 1/2 A4 Number Line

horizontal counting from minus 20 to plus 20. Vertical

counting on the reverse. Lines with 100 divisions. Blank

lines for estimation. Teachers version is the same as pupil

but 77cm x 25cm. Both are made from durable plastic.

MT46078 Counting Class Pack £144.36

4. 0-100 Digit Playing Cards

This pack of number cards includes 0 through 100,

and is ideal for a variety of maths activities, including

number and calculation. Save your lesson prep time.

There’s no need to print and cut digit cards - these are

ready to use! Pack of 101.

2

3

CAR100 £7.94

5. Dry Wipe 1-100 Number Boards

Develop a great understanding of number with these

reversible dry wipe 100 boards. Drywipe, hundred

boards that are numbered 1-100 on one side and have

100 blank squares on the reverse. Length 28cm. Made

from laminated card. Width 28cm.

MA00839 10pk £7.94

MA10047 30pk £16.61

6. Write and Wipe Boards to 100 (6pk)

A great resource for exploration of number, using these

double -sided, laminated whiteboards. The write and

wipe boards feature three different areas to work on:

blank lines, a number line, and a 100 square board on

the reverse side. Height 25cm. Length 30cm. Pack of 6.

MA10480 £16.24

4

5 6

SAVE

£7 .22

101

6


Number

Counting Sticks

1

2

1. Counting Stick for

Teachers

Demonstration-sized counting stick,

for whole-class mental arithmetic.

This versatile 1 metre counting stick

is printed on three sides: 1-100;

sectioned into 10, and sectioned into

4. Made from plastic. Single.

M-T4 £20.94

6

2. Counting Sticks for Pupils

Printed like the teacher’s counting

stick, the pupil version does not

include any numerals. This versatile

counting stick is printed on three

sides: 1-100; sectioned into 10,

and sectioned into 4. Depth 20mm.

Height 20mm. Length 250mm. Pack

of 6.

MA02592 6 pack £25.97

430


1 2

Number Lines

Number

1. Dry Wipe Double Sided

Number Line

Develop a deeper understanding

of number with these double sided

number lines. The front features

number line 0-20 and the reverse is

left blank for you to add numbers of

your choice. Length 29.7cm. Made

from plastic. Pack of 30. Width

10.5cm.

MA02590 £33.20

2. Numbered Line/Track to

100

0-100, double sided numbered

track, illustrated with beads on one

side and a numbered line on the

other. The track has a write on, wipe

off surface to allow multiple use.

30

3 4

MA10277 Teacher’s Version £12.28

MA10278 Child’s Version 6pk £14.42

3. Dry Wipe -10 to +10 Table

Top Number Lines

These table top number lines

alternate decades between red and

blue and flow vertically. Dry wipe

and durable and come in a handy

box. Length 40cm. Made from

laminated card. Pack of 10.

MA00836 £14.42

4. Dry Wipe Table Top

Number Lines

Dry wipe number line with numbers

graduated at 1cm intervals.

Alternate decades in red and blue.

Number lines feature a peelable

sticker on the reverse to enable

you to fasten them to the desk or

displays etc. Length 1m. Made from


5 6

10 5

NLNE50 Positive/Negative +50 to -50 £16.24

NLT100 0-100 £14.42

5. Blank Table Top Number

Lines 0-100

Blank number lines to 100.

Alternating blue and red every 10

sections with black graduations.

Length 100cm. Pack of 5. Width

6cm.

MA00797 £16.24

6. Double Sided Desk Top

Number Line

Number lines for all! A class set

of desktop number lines for each

individual. With numbers on one

side and a blank graded line on the

reverse. White. Length 42cm. Made

from laminated card. Pack of 32.

Width 7cm.

MDT1 £14.79

5 32


Number

Playing Cards & Dominoes

1

1. Coloured Dominoes

A well-known and fun resource to

practice basic Maths and mental

computation. The wooden dominoes

set includes sets in six different

colours. There are 28 pieces per

pack. Made from wood. Pack of 6.

NDOMIN £24.53

2. NEW Educational Playing

Cards

Help children develop numeracy

and fluency skills with our School

Friendly Playing Cards. The four basic

shapes (circle, square, rectangle and

triangle) and four different colours

can help children use these cards

easily. Deck of 56 school friendly

playing cards with 4 coloured shapes

set in standard subitising patterns,

and 14 numbers (0 -13)

2

6

SAVE

£7 .22

MT46243 Single £20.20

MT46244 6pk £113.96

3. Giant Outdoor 1-6 Spot

Dominoes

Take this popular, classic game

outdoors with these tactile, 1 to 6

spot dominoes. Different colour dot

patterns allow younger players to

match the colours.

MA02122 £47.63

4. Traditional Playing Cards

These excellent quality cards provide

you with a multitude of different

games in one box. Plastic coated

cards for longevity, which rounded

corners. Height 8.7cm. Made from

laminated card. Width 5.7cm.

M-TCARD Single £2.17

MA0761 30pk £50.53

5. Blank Playing Cards

Use your imagination to create

countless games and teaching

resources with these blank playing

cards. Whether you use them for

digit cards, playing cards, flash cards

or something else, you can create

your own bespoke maths resource.

Pack of 200.

3 4 5

CBLANK £4.69

SAVE

£14 .44

28 30 200

432


1. Jar of 100 Dice

Enable a deeper understanding of

number with these mixed dice sets.

Explore a range of maths concepts

from random number generation,

probability and statistics.

1

Dice

Number

M-J6 Numbers 1-6 £22.39

M-JSPOT Spot £20.94

M-J10 10 Sided £28.86

MJMIX Mixed £30.31

2. Giant Rubber Dots Dice

With Indented Dots

This chunky giant 6-sided dice is

produced from heavy duty rubber.

Ideal for group work and counting

activities.

MGD £14.42

3. Silent Dice

Ssshhhh, no more clattering noise

with these multi-coloured, tough

foam dice. Choose from -

• Numbers 8pk

• Operations 8pk

• Spots 8pk

Why not take advantage of our bulk

pack - Consisting of 16 each of

numbered, dot and operation dice.

MSILENT1 Numbered Dice £9.75

MA0929 Operation Dice £9.75

MSDICE Spot Dice £11.19

MA0758 Class Set £23.46

100

2

3


Number

Calculators

1

• 36 good quality

calculators

• Solar and battery powered

(batteries included)

• Shaped to be easy to hold

• Sturdy carry case complete

with handle and lid

1. Basic Calculators 36pk

Kit your whole class out with this

bulk value set of calculators, with

storage case and lid. Each calculator

includes an 8 digit LCD display, 3

key memory, 4 functions. Solar and

AA battery powered, with batteries

included.

MA00452 £86.61

2. Big Button Calculator

Ideal for beginners, this calculator

has well spaced colour coded keys

and is dual powered. There is space

to mark the class name or pupil’s

name on the calculator alongside

the display.

FCAL-X Single £3.25

FCAL6 6pk £19.49

EY05534 12pk £38.98

MA00488 30pk £90.24

3. Texet Educ-8 Calculator

The TEXET EDUC-8 calculator is

sturdy for classroom use, with

Biomaster antibacterial protection.

This basic calculator is dual powered

(L1154 battery included), features

8-digit display, square root, and

percentage key.

061515 Single £5.76

250066 30pk £158.82

2 3

SAVE

£36 .09

6 6

434


1. Coloured Number Rods

Wonderfully bright plastic coloured

rods, perfect for small group use

or the whole class. Truly open

ended resource that can be used to

reinforce everything from addition

and subtraction to patterns and

algebra. Colours may vary.

1

Number Rods

Number

MA03341 155pk £40.41

MA03356 444pk £108.27

2. Connecting Cuisenaire®

Rods 155pk

Help pupils make connections in

math with these colorful, engaging

manipulatives. Plastic rods snap

together to clarify addition,

subtraction, multiplication, division,

fractions, decimals, geometry,

measurement, patterns, algebra and

probability concepts in a visual and

tactile way. Pack of 155.

MA10603 £28.86

2

155 444

3. Connecting Cuisenaire®

Rods Classroom Multi-

Pack

This connecting Cuisenaire Rods

set has enough rods for 12-18

individuals to use together. Rods

come in ten different sizes from 1cm

to 10cm and feature ten different

colours. Each colour represents a

different length. Pack of 444.

MA10602 £86.61

4. NEW Cuisenaire® Rods

Demonstration Clings

Brighten any classroom with these

beautiful visual aids that reinforce

work with Cuisenaire rods on almost

any flat surface in your classroom.

No more magnets! Made from an

innovative substance that adheres

to almost any smooth flat surface in

the modern classroom, won’t leave a

sticky residue, and can be used over

and over again. Maths lessons with

Cuisenaire® Rods are an engaging

way to teach students number

sense, measurement, fractions, ratios

and more. Demonstrating is even

easier with these clings. Made from

an innovative material that won’t

leave a sticky residue, they can be

used over and over again.

3

155

MT46058 £28.16

5. Foam Number Rods

Reinforce all aspects of number work

with this concrete resource. Colour

matched to support your other

number rod resources. Enhance your

children’s learning, giving them the

ability to demonstrate their level of

understanding. Pack of 492.

4

5

444

MA10042 £77.95

155

492


Number

Numicon

1 2

80

3 4

5 6

1. Numicon Shapes

Contains 80 shapes designed to be

used alongside the Numicon range.

Ideal for completing or adding to

any apparatus pack.

MA10325 £67.85


Number Rods offer learners another

structured image that can enrich

number understanding. The rods are

not graduated, so that they can be

seen to represent different numbers

in different situations. Pack of 306.

MA10336 Coloured Number Rods £105.38

MA10335 Number Rod Small Set £53.41

3. 30 boxes of Number

Frame Shapes 1-10

Boxes of Numicon shapes for

individual use by each pupil in a

classroom setting. Designed so that

each child can have a set of shapes

to lay out in front of them and then

use to respond to questions in class

teaching. Pack of 30.

MA10323 30 Boxes £237.79

MA10322 1 Box £8.65

4. Numicon Number Rod

Track

Ideal to help embed the number

facts to 100, decade sections fit

together to total 100 cm. Useful for

teaching place value, partitioning,

multiplication and division. Length

61mm. Width 212mm.

MA10343 £17.69

5. Numicon Display Number

Line

Clearly marked 0-21 number line

with actual sized Numicon Shapes

and number word. Printed on card

and laminated. Supplied in three

sections. Length 286cm.

MA10320 £25.97

6. Numicon 10 Shape

Ideal for place value and other

activities when working with larger

numbers. Also useful to replace any

missing pieces. Length 125mm. Pack

of 10. Width 51mm.

7 8

10

MA10330 £10.46

7. Numicon 1 shape

Useful for place value and other

activities. Also useful to replace any

missing pieces. Pack of 20.

MA10327 £7.21

8. Numicon Table-Top

Number Lines

A smaller version of the Display

Number Line for individual use.

Perfectly sized for small hands,

showing 0-20 marked with the

Numicon Shape and number word.

Height 40mm. Length 210mm. Pack

of 5. Weight 30g.

MA10339 £6.50

436


1. Numicon 1st Steps in the

Nursery Training Kit

This Nursery kit supports children

and practitioners in developing

maths understanding in nursery. The

kit supports practitioners’ subject

knowledge and helps give children

a firm foundation to their maths

understanding.


MA10296 £226.66

2. Numicon Starter

Apparatus Pack A

This Starter Pack A contains all

essential Numicon apparatus to

teach children at ages 5 to 7.

This pack is suitable for teaching

number and geometry in the Maths

Curriculum.


MA10316 £548.61

3. Numicon Firm

Foundations Starter

Apparatus Pack

The Firm Foundations Starter

Apparatus Kit contains all essential

apparatus to teach children at

ages 3 to 5 and supports the Firm

Foundations Teaching Pack. Embed

a deep understanding of maths

through an active, multi-sensory

approach.


MA10298 £539.95

1

Numicon

Number

2

3


Place Value

Place Value

1

SAVE

£7 .22

1. Wipe Clean Place Value

Slider

A fundamental maths resource

for underpinning place value,

with opportunities for greater

depth investigation. Use the Place

Value slider to explain place value,

multiplication, division and fractions.

MA10409

1000s to 1/1000s Slider

- 18pk

£105.35

MA10406 Th, H, T, O - 6pk £33.20

MA10407 Th, H, T, O - 18pk £92.36

MA10408 1000s to 1/1000s - 6pk £37.52

2

18

2. NEW Outdoor Place Value

Slider

Take learning outdoors with this

fundamental resource to underpin

mathematical understanding in Place

Value, with chance to take pupils

into greater depth. Wall mountable.

Use to explain a range of

maths concepts, in place value,

multiplication, division and fractions

Our much-loved, versatile resource

has been updated to encourage

taking mathematics outdoors!

Framed and wall mountable.

Encourage Mathematics Mastery

as well as independent and


MT45292 £108.27

3. Dry Wipe Place Value

Slider

A blank, unprinted version of our

popular slider to help your teaching

of place value, multiplication &

division and fractions. Left blank for

ultimate versatility, the grids give the

option of exploring whole numbers,

decimals or a mixture of both.

The dry-wipe blank grid (in either

4-space or 7-space format) stays in a

fixed position.

MA10404 4 Space Slider 6pk £36.08


MA10410

7 Space Slider Teacher

Version

£36.08



3

SAVE

£14 .44

6

438


1

Place Value

Place Value

1. Coloured Plastic Place

Value Counters

The Place Value Counters are a great

way for children to practise their

skills with numbers up to five digits,

as well as decimals. The decimal

counters show their fraction

equivalent on the reverse. Diameter


2

MA02670 990pcs £93.83

MA02722 2475pcs £166.02

2. Foam Place Value

Counters Teacher Version

Demonstrate place value from

thousands to hundredths, with the

teacher’s set. These foam magnetic

counters are an easy way to teach

place value to children using

physical and visual representations

of number. Diameter 9cm. Made

from foam. Pack of 120.

MA02773 £101.05

Ideal for front of class demonstrations of place value

80

3

3. Outdoor Place Value

Foam Counters

The perfect tool for teaching place

value on a larger scale. These foam

counters are ideal for teaching place

value outside of the classroom.

Enable children to build up to 4

digit numbers, with each value

given a different colour. Diameter

19cm. Made from foam. Pack of 80.

MA02674 £161.69

Perfect for using

outdoors!

80


Place Value

Place Value

1150

2875

1. Singapore Colours Place Value Counters Expansion 1750pk

Expand knowledge of place value up to 1,000,000, and decimals, with this

expansion pack. Use this pack as an addition to the 100s, 10s and 1s pack. Included

are decimals to thousandths, and also 1000s to 1,000,000s. These Place Value

Counters use the Singapore Maths Colours. Diameter 25mm. Made from plastic.

i

• Counters have a diameter of 25mm

• Single-sided, to support reasoning

and problem solving skills

• Numbers now through to millions.

Code Set No. of

Counters

Price

MA10186 Decimals, Thousands & Up 1750pk £115.49

MA10190 Multibuy 1125pk + 1750pk £176.10

MA10189 Multibuy 400pk + 700pk £90.93

MA10187 100s, 10s, 1s 1125pk £89.50

MA10185 100s. 10s. 1s 400pk £40.41

MA10188 Decimals, Thousands & Up 700pk £57.74

440


1. Re-Plastic Two Colour

Counters

Eco-friendly counters that are easy

for children to grasp and use.

Counters come in two colours (red

& blue) and are made of RE-Plastic.

400 counters in the pack means

there’s enough for the class to use.

Blue/red.

MA10593 £30.31

2. RE-Wood Dienes Base Ten

Set - 5 Colours

Pupils can learn maths and be kind

to the planet at the same time, with

this eco-friendly base ten set. Made

of Re-Wood, the dienes base ten

set has 141 pieces, which include

five different colours. The orange

rods enable children to also work

with fives.

MA10597 £43.30

3. Recycled Place Value

Counters

An eco-friendly set of 352 place

value counters, made from

recycled cardboard. The 2.5cm

diameter counters include place

value counters ranging from

0.001 through 1,000,000. Decimal

numbers are also expressed as

fractions.

MA10594 £34.64

4. Re-Wood Number Rods

Can maths help save the planet?

They might, when using our ecofriendly

number rods! Lightweight

and able to withstand use, children

can count, and discuss number

relationships.The single cube is 1cm.

MA10596 £34.64

i

Eco-Friendly

• We are fully committed to improving our sustainability. As such we have responsibly sourced a

recycled plastic and utilised recycled wood waste, avoiding the use of virgin wood materials to

produce some of your best loved Maths resources, featured on this page.

Place Value

1 2

3 4


Place Value

Base Ten

1

1. Singapore Colours Base

Ten Set

Empower a deeper understanding

of place value through the use

of manipulatives. Through using

physical representations of

number, enable children to model

mathematical calculations in an ideal

learning environment. Made from

plastic. Mixed shaped.

MA10074 121pk £43.30

MA02806 755pk £173.24

2. Re-Plastic Base Ten Class

Set

Eco-friendly 184-piece base ten

set for the entire class. Made from

RE-Plastic® material. This sustained,

pollution-free and carbon-neutral

RE-Plastic® material consists of 184

pieces of 100% recycled plastic.

MA10595 £64.95

2

121

121

3. Singapore Colours Place

Value Ten Frames

Visual learning helps to develop

concepts like number and place

value. Demonstrate principles such

as sharing and exchange with this

front of class apparatus. Utilises the

singapore maths colour scheme.

Numbers from thousandths to

millions. Diameter 4.5cm.

MA10078 £47.63

4. NEW Connecting Base

Ten Set

Designed to connect together for

children to more easily understand

the relationship between ones,

tens, hundreds and thousands. Set

includes 3 red cubes, 20 blue flats,

200 green rods, 600 yellow units,

25-sheet base ten pad, and an

activity guide, in a durable plastic

container for easy storage. Book is

included.

Size : cube is 10 x 10 x 10cm

Set includes : 823 pcs, 25-sheet base

ten pad, activity guide and 1 book

in plastic containe Pack of 131.

Connecting Base Ten Set

MT46235

£17.31

(131 pcs)

3 4

131

442


1. Multi-Coloured Base 10

Group Set

Use this Base 10 Set to really bring

to life the relationships between

ones, tens, hundreds and thousands.

Linking directly to the decimal

system, Base ten also helps to

develop children’s knowledge of

multiplication and division by 10.

Pack of 184.

1

Base Ten

Place Value

MA00135 £93.83

2. Base 10 Hands on

Student Pack

It’s easy to demonstrate and

reinforce place value concepts with

our hands-on teaching kit! The

student packs contain 20 ones, 15

tens, and 9 hundreds blocks. The 20

pack includes teacher’s guide and

reproduceable activity mats. Height

13cm. Length 37.4cm. Made from

cardboard. Width 25.4cm.

2

184

MA10630 Single £12.98

MA02659 20pk £216.27

3. Interlocking Base Ten

Explore concepts of place value

hands-on with this interlocking

base ten. Enable children to model

mathematical calculations with this

tactile resource. Each piece is formed

so that they click together, allowing

children to see how the physical

representation of number is created.


MA02620 £24.53

4. Weighted Base Ten Class

Set

Our Singapore colours, weighted

base ten set also helps develop the

relationship between number and

weight. This engaging Base Ten

resource enables more learning

outcomes than a typical base ten

set. Made from plastic. Pack of 184.

Mixed shaped.

SAVE

£43 .32

20

MA10022 £49.07

3 4

121 184


Place Value

Bar Model

1

2

1. Foam Magnetic Bar Model

Pupil

From addition to algebra, bar

modelling is a visual structure that

helps children develop a conceptual

understanding of the maths needed

to solve a problem. The Bar Model is

flexible enough to use from Year 1

through Year 6 and beyond.


MA02768 Foam Magnetic Bar Model £161.69

Pupil Version

MA02767 Foam Magnetic Bar

Model Teacher Version

£64.95

2. Bar Model Activity Cards

Years 2-6

Build a solid mathematical

foundation and improve conceptual

understanding from their very

first maths lesson. By solving the

problems, children will learn how

to use bar models to solve complex

problems and master mathematical


MA02746 Years 2-6 £238.15

MA02741 Year 2 £53.41

MA02742 Year 3 £53.41

MA02743 Year 4 £53.41

MA02744 Year 5 £53.41

MA02745 Year 6 £53.41

3. Introduction to Bar

Modelling Set

From addition to algebra, the bar

model is the go-to resource for

developing mastery and used widely

throughout Singapore methods. Your

first step into bar modelling begins

now with this captivating and tactile

maths resource.


MA03310 £148.70

4. Silicone Bar Model

Help children to develop a

conceptual understanding of

maths structures with these tough,

colourful and wipeable silicone bar

model pieces.

MA03243 £144.36

3

4

444


1. Can You Convince Me?

Activity Cards Multi Pack

These Maths activity cards are perfect

to encourage discussion, deliberation

and reasoning in each year. Children

often know an answer is right or

wrong, but not why! Ask them for

their reasoning on the answer; if it is

correct, why?

MA02682 Year 1 £53.41

MA02683 Year 2 £53.41

MA02684 Year 3 £53.41

MA02717 Year 4 £53.41

MA02718 Year 5 £53.41

MA02719 Year 6 £53.41

MA02966 Year 6+ £53.41

MA02685 Multi Pack £330.52

2. Always, Sometimes,

Never Activity Cards

Perfect for developing a pupil’s

depth of knowledge, and going

beyond the surface of memorised

facts. Do all prime numbers only

have two factors? When you have

decided on your answer, what is your

reasoning? With stackable storage tin.

1

2

SAVE

£43 .32

20

Reasoning & Talking

Reasoning & Problem Solving

MA02822 Set 1 - KS1 £31.75

MA02823 Set 2 - LKS2 £31.75

MA02824 Set 3 - UKS2 £31.75

MA02828 Activity Cards Bundle Deal £80.81

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£NaN

3. What If Maths Activity

Cards

Deepen the understanding of maths

concepts for Yr 3 pupils. It all starts

with ‘What if…’. Each card takes

one starting point, and extends

ideas, skills and concepts through

three more progressive ‘What if…’

questions.

MA10546 Year 3 £49.07

MA10547 Year 4 £49.07

MA10548 Year 5 £49.07

MA10549 Year 6 £49.07

MA10574 Years 3-6 £167.42

80

3

SAVE

£28 .88




1

SAVE

£14 .44

81

2

SAVE

£28 .88

1. Reasoning Activity Cards

Activities to test children’s critical

thinking skills. Quick fire reasoning

questions, to develop children’s

mathematical knowledge and

depth of understanding. Question

on one side, answer on the back,

differentiated by year group.


MA10144 £176.06

2. Graded Maths Problem

Solving Cards Multi Pack

A complete set of Problem Solving

Cards tailored to each year group.

Children can choose the most

appropriate methods and equipment

to solve the problems. When you see

the ‘Talk’ logo, encourage children to

solve problems with others.


MA00472 Multi Pack £203.47

MA00468 Set 1 £33.20

MA00469 Set 2 £33.20

MA00474 Set 3 £33.20

MA00475 Set 4 £33.20

MA00476 Set 5 £33.20

MA00477 Set 6 £33.20

MA02965 Set 6+ £33.20

446


1. KS1 Maths Book Pack

This collection of books looks at

maths problem solving in fun and

engaging ways. Covers number,

shapes and time using entertaining

titles including ‘Centipede’s 100

Shoes’, ‘Using Subtraction at the

Park’ and ‘Sorting in the Kitchen’.

Pack of 15.

MA02490 £164.57

2. Counting Songs and

Rhymes Book Pack

A lovely selection of fiction and

non-fiction books that introduces

early maths. Makes learning fun with

counting rhymes that children will

enjoy joining in with. Pack of 9.

MA00827 £99.61

1

Problem Solving through Stories


15

2

9



Reasoning & Talking

1

SAVE

£7 .22

2

SAVE

£14 .44

1. Real World Maths Activity

Cards

These cards show that maths is in

everyday places and encourages

pupils to think about maths

differently. Each activity is relevant

to the image – chosen to specifically

suit the tasks given and represent

real world scenarios.

MA02678 Years 1-2 £53.41

MA02679 Years 3-4 £53.41

MA02680 Years 5-6 £53.41

MA02681 Bundle Deal £152.99

2. What’s The Same, What’s

Different? Activity Cards

Encourage children to look beyond

what they first see and to think

about less obvious differences

between number, shape and pattern.

100 activity cards in each set in a

handy, stackable storage tin.

MA02855 Set 1 - KS1 £33.20

MA02856 Set 2 - LKS2 £33.20

MA02857 Set 3 - UKS2 £33.20


448


1. Number Fishing Game

Children will have great fun whilst

learning to identify numbers from

1 to 10, calculate and improve their

fine motor skills. The 4 doublesided

game mats offer a number

identification game, and addition

and subtraction game

1

Addition & Subtraction

Calculation

MA02191 £72.17

2. Addition Dominoes

Help develop fluency in addition

to 20 with this colourful dominoes

set. Each calculation has a

visual representation to support

understanding, with the written

calculation underneath. Made from


MA10245 £19.49

3. Subtraction Dominoes

Help develop fluency in subtraction

within 20 using this colourful

dominoes set. Pupils solve each

subtraction calculation, shown either

pictorially or as an equation, and

find the answer to win the game.

Includes 28 dominoes in an easy to

use storage tin. Made from plastic.

Pack of 28.

2

MA10246 £19.49

4. Monkey Math

Addition is fun with Monkey Math!

When the monkey has equal number

of bananas on each hand, he will

look straight ahead, with arms

perfectly balanced. Single.

MA10483 £28.86

5. NEW Tackling Add and

Subtract (Class Set)

Tackling add & subtract is the

fun cards game to boost mental

maths fluency in children aged 5+.

Another high energy mental maths

challenge, which is ideal to dip in

and out of whenever there’s a spare

minute. This play-based approach

is ideal for use in the classroom to

build number sense and confidence

in early years maths concepts.

28

3

MT46064 £103.94

28

4 5


Calculation

Addition & Subtraction

1

1. Ten Frame Magnetic

Answer Boards

Enable children to demonstrate

their understanding and write

simple calculations easily. Develop

skills in understanding of number

and adding and subtracting within

10 or 20. Pack of 4.

MA10253 £64.95

2. NEW Ten-Frames Class Set

A whole class set of durable and

versatile tens frames with counters,

which will help children explore and

practice a range of mathematical

skills. Children can visualize a

variety of maths concepts with these

skill-building trays and counters.

Each tray has raised grid lines that

keep counters in place as kids

practice addition, subtraction and

more.

MT46226 Ten-Frames Class Set £70.73

2

4

3. Ten Frames Hands-on Kit

Encourage children to practice key

maths skills with these hands on

ten frames kits. Develops skills in

counting, skip-counting, composing

and decomposing numbers,

addition (adding to 20) and

subtraction (subtracting within 20).

MA10250 £77.92

3

450


1. NEW Multiplication Maths

Machine

A quick fire self checking

multiplication game is perfect for

independent and collaborative

games. The Multiplication Machine

makes maths so simple, children

can teach themselves! Simply just

press the equation buttons…and

the answers pop up for immediate

reinforcement!

Multiplication Maths

MT46198

£50.52

Machine

1

Multiplication & Division

Calculation

2. NEW Division Maths

Machine

An ideal, high speed games which

encourages enquiry is suited to both

independent and energy driven

collaborative games. The Division

Machine makes maths so simple,

children work autonomously. Simply

just press the equation buttons…

and the answers pop up for

immediate reinforcement!

MT46202 Division Maths Machine £50.52

3. The 24 Game

Three levels of difficulty and various

strategies make this game a flexible

way to challenge any class. The aim

is to make the number 24 using all

four numbers on a game card. Add,

subtract, multiply and divide using

each number once. Length 10.2cm.

Made from laminated card. Pack of

96. Width 10.2cm.

M-SD £37.52

4. Multiplication Dominoes

Four sets of ‘tables’ dominoes in

one box. Each set can be played

as a separate game or the sets can

be combined. Each set contains

24 dominoes that are durable and

washable. Each set is contained in

a strong plastic tidy box. Length

80mm. Pack of 4. Width 40mm.

2 3

MA00905 £40.41

5. 0-20 Maths Counters and

Symbols 4pk

Versatile counter set for hands-on

maths activities - no preparation

needed! Each handy box comes

with 4 sets of 0-20 counters and 4

sets of maths symbols, to facilitate

quick, varied maths activities.

MA10391 4pk £31.75

MA10392 16pk £119.78

96

4 5

SAVE

£7 .22

4 4


Calculation


1

1. Giant 100 Number

Squares Mat

Encourage numeracy skills with

these thick and soft Counting and

Multiplication carpets. Perfect for

teaching Mathematics and can also

be used to support Communication

& Language, as one of the other key

areas of learning and development.

W2 x L2m.

FU00267 Counting £259.86

FU00268 Multiplication £242.54

2. 12x12 Multiplication

Squares

Printed with the tables on one side

and blank on the other, ideal for

front of class and group activities.

Sizes:

• Child’s version - 15 x 17cm

• Teacher’s version - 50 x 55cm.


MA02702 Single Teacher’s Version £14.42

MA02701 Child’s Version 6pk £12.98

2 3

3. NEW Dry Erase - Pupils A4

Stepping Stone Boards,

PK 30

A great way of developing and

reinforcing multiplication and

division skills, with this use and reuse

resource. Illustrates the idea of

the remainder, round up and down

after calculation. Use reverse side for

a random timed activity. Made from

durable plastic.

MT46067 £76.51

452


1


Calculation

SAVE

£7 .22

10

1. Times Tables Mastery

Keyrings

Build multiplicative fluency AND

understanding, with these dual

representation cards. Pupils can see

the structure of each times tables

as they work through the keyring,

offering opportunities to study

patterns and connections between

them. Suitable for 6 to 11 years

MA10381 10pk £24.53

MA10382 30pk £66.36

2. Multiplication Wristbands

Motivate pupils to learn their

times tables, with these collectable

multiplication wristbands. The

wristbands are colour co-ordinated

to allow games and activities, based

on seeing patterns and connections.


MA10387 SET 2 - 3x 4x 8x £64.95

MA10386 SET 1 - 1x 2x 5x 10x £86.61

MA10388 SET 3 - 6x 7x 9x 11x 12x £106.82


2

SAVE

£36 .09


Fractions, Decimals & Percentages


1

1. Building Fractions

Activity Center

Give pupils a concrete understanding

of how to build fractions—with

a hands-on fractions centre that

makes difficult concepts easy to

grasp! Our centre includes a tray

with 250 labelled fraction pieces,

plus 22 activity cards that prompt

children to build a variety of

fractions from halves to twelfths.


MA10616 £89.50

2. Foam Magnetic Fraction

Action Bar

Engage children with fractions by

using our magnetic backed fraction

bar. Easily compare fractions by

laying them side by side, the bar

format shows that fractions aren’t

always represented by circles and

pie charts. Length 30cm. Made from

foam. Pack of 123. Width 3cm.

MA02747 £50.52

2

3. Foam Magnetic

Percentage Action Bar

Be 100% confident when teaching

percentages. Percentage Action Bar

helps children to see percentages

as fractions of one whole and see

the relationships and equivalences

between fractions, percentages and

decimals. Length 30cm. Made from

foam. Pack of 122. Width 3cm.

MA02748 £50.52

3

122

4. NEW Rainbow Fraction

Measuring Spoons

Introduce measures and volume

to the very young and consolidate

understanding in older children’s

understanding of measures with

these easy to use bright measuring

spoons. These colourful, foodsafe

measuring spoons are ideal

for learning about fractions and

measurements through hands-on

activities. Spoons nest together for

easy storage. Also ideal for role play

as well as real life mathematical

explorations. Not suitable to be left

outdoors. Pack of 4.

MT45272 £15.87

4

454


1. White Rose Maths

Fractions, Decimals &

Percentages

Help your class break down

misconceptions and build a good

understanding of basic fractions.

This is the perfect kit for any teacher

who wants to build their confidence

in teaching fractions so that their

class is more confident too.

MA10584 £433.11

2. Foam Magnetic Bar Model

From addition to algebra, bar

modelling is a visual structure that

helps children develop a conceptual

understanding of the maths needed

to solve a problem. Flexible enough

to use from Year 1 through Year 6

and beyond. Suitable for 5 to 11

years

1

2



MA02767 Teacher Version £64.95

MA02768 Pupil Version £161.69

3. Bar Model Activity Cards

Years 2-6

Build a solid mathematical

foundation and improve conceptual

understanding from their very

first maths lesson. By solving the

problems, children will learn how

to use bar models to solve complex

problems and master mathematical

ideas.


MA02746 Years 2-6 £238.15

MA02741 Year 2 £53.41

MA02742 Year 3 £53.41

MA02743 Year 4 £53.41

MA02744 Year 5 £53.41

MA02745 Year 6 £53.41

3

5




1

2

324

1. Magnetic Tiles Multi Buy

Pack

Get children exploring the

concepts of equivalency with these

lightweight, colour-coded magnetic

tiles. Displays percentages in a

circular and rectangular format.

Work well alongside the Magnetic

Fraction and Magnetic Decimal Tiles.

MA02187 Multi Buy £93.83

MA02192 108 Pack £31.75

2. Magnetic Fraction

Builders

Children can build fraction and

equivalency skills with this resource.

Circular pieces show how fractions

can describe part of a group.

Rectangular pieces show how

fractions can describe part of a

length.

MAGFRAC £36.08

3. Magnetic Decimal Builder

Pieces

Explore equivalency with these

colour-coded magnetic pieces, in

circle and bar forms. Pupils can

combine the pieces to create a

whole, mix and match pieces to

compare parts of a whole.

MA02190 £31.75

Curriculum

Quote

324

Continue to recognise fractions

in the context of parts of a

whole, numbers, measurements,

a shape, and unit fractions as a

division of a quantity.

3

108

456


1. Counting Stick for

Teachers

Demonstration-sized counting stick,

for whole-class mental arithmetic.

This versatile 1 metre counting stick

is printed on three sides: 1-100;

sectioned into 10, and sectioned

into 4. The Teacher’s Counting Stick

is 1m long, scratch resistant high

quality plastic. One side is also blank

for estimation tasks. Made from

plastic. Single.

1

Estimating and Comparing

Measurement

M-T4 1m £20.94

MA02592 6pcs £25.97

2. NEW Measurement Class

Pack

This cross curricular versatile class

kit comprises Teacher and pupil

plastic dry wipe boards, suitable for

measuring, comparing, adding and

subtraction temperature, weight

and time.

MT46090 £216.55

2 3

6

3. Tape Measure

This handy tape is made from a

flexible, non stretch and washable

material. Chunky and easy to hold,

the tape measure has bold 1cm

markings and 10cm increments.

Made from nylon reinforced plastic.

Width 3cm.

STAPE 10pk £17.69

MA00490 30pk £45.84

SAVE

£7 .22

4. Early Stage Rulers

Our great value basic ruler is ideal

for Foundation Stage and KS1.

Numbers are clearly marked on

the lines to avoid confusion when

reading a measurement. Each 10cm

section is coloured to help when

counting in blocks of ten. Depth

2mm. Length 30cm. Made from

plastic.

4

SAVE

£14 .44

5

610

SAVE

£7 .22

MA00436 6pk £6.86

MA00663 36pk £26.72

5. Wind Up 10 Metre

Measuring Tape

Indestructible, high quality,

fibreglass tape in a wind-up

case. This tape displays clear cm

increments. Ideal for use outdoors.

Length 10m.

MA0766 10pk £108.14

TAPE10 Single £11.54

6. Retractable Tape

Measure

This flexible, easy to use tape

measure is clearly graduated in

mm and cm. Ideal for measuring

on both flat and curved surfaces.

Length 150cm. Made from

fibreglass tape and plastic. Pack

of 10.

Retractable Tape Measure

MA10270 £20.00

10pk

2 Pack sizes

available

6

10

10


Measurement

Money

1 2








coin denomination from 1p ‭to £2.89


of 480.

MA03373 £64.95

3

4

6

480

192

5

SAVE

£7 .22

2. Plastic Play Money Coins

Realistic coins for Maths activities

and role play. Use them to sort

and count, add and subtract. When

learning about money, physical

money coins and notes offer a much

more relatable experience, over

printed play money. Made from

plastic.

MA03228 1p - 100pk £5.41

MA03233 2p 100pk £5.41

MA03229 5p 100pk £5.41

MA03230 10p 100pk £5.41

MA03236 20p 100pk £5.41

MA03237 50p 100pk £5.41

MA03232 £1.44 100pk £11.54

MA03235 £2.89 50pk £7.21

MA03308 Class Coin Set £44.01

3. Plastic Money Coins (160)

and Notes (32)

Give money solving activities a

sense of realism with this set of

indestructible play notes and ‭coins.

Covering all coin denominations

up to £2.89 and notes £7.22 up to

£72.19 Suitable for age 3 years and

up. Pack of 192.

MA03372 £37.52


Register

This ingenious calculator cash

register is perfect for all money

topics and shopping scenarios.

Register comes with digital display,

large buttons and can hold life size

money. Made of durable plastic for

continuous use by children. Suitable


plastic.

MA03342 £38.97

5. Play Money Sterling

Notes Pack

Encourage financial awareness

through role play and other moneyrelated

activities. These bank notes

are an essential maths resource for

money and calculation activities. Pair

them with play money coin sets for a

full experience.

MA03234 £13.72

6. Magnetic Money

Imitation sterling notes and coins

are reversible and magnetic so

ideal for use on a whiteboard The

jumbo design means they are ideal

for front of class demonstration.

Ideal for counting, equivalency

and calculating change in real life

situations. Made from magnets.

MA03302 £41.85

458


1

Time

Measurement

25

2

10

1. 12 Hour Time Clock Kit

This large, bright geared clock is

perfect for time demonstration

purposes. Engage with children and

collectively discuss and measure

various time concepts. Great

for classroom interaction and

involvement.


MA03350 £67.85

2. Write on Wipe Off Clock

Dial

Brightly coloured 12 hour clock can

be written on and manipulated

for all time based learning. With

rotating hands and space for digital

time representation, these dry wipe

boards are a very versatile resource.


MA03353 £19.49

3. 12 Hour Individual Clocks

These brightly coloured, small geared

clocks are perfect for individual

or group work. Improve pupil’s

understanding and measurement of

time with this delightful clock face,

measuring just 10.5cm in diameter.


MA03347 £9.75

4. Advanced Numberline

Clock

Help pupils calculate intervals of time

and solve elapsed time problems.

Simply unfold the number line

chains, snap them together, and

you’ve created a number line out of

a clock face.

MA10612 £17.69

3

4


Measurement

Sand Timers

1

SAVE

£7 .22

1. Large Sand Timers

Large glass sand timers encased

in hard plastic, able to withstand

the knocks and bumps of the

classroom. Perfect for use in

games, accurate event timing and

experiments. Each timer has the

time embossed on the top. Height

14.5cm. Made from plastic. Width

8cm.

MA0998 30 seconds £18.76

MA00090 1 minute £18.76

MA00043 2 minutes £18.76

MA00033 3 minutes £18.76

M5TIME 5 minutes £18.76

MA00041 10 minutes £18.76

MA0997 15 minutes £18.76

MA00130 1-10 min 5pk £86.56

MA0999 30 Sec -15 min 7pk £119.72

2

• Large glass sand timers

encased in hard plastic

• Each time denomination

has different coloured

sand

• 30 second to 15 minute

timers

• Great value class packs

3

1 minute

5 minutes

3 minutes

2. NEW Sit on Sand Timer 1

minute

Enormous and robust school sand

timers, in three durations, designed

to withstand the rigours of the

classroom. Ideal for improving

concentration & time keeping in all

environments. These sand timers

will ensure complete focus when

completing tasks, making learning

fun, and helping children develop a

sense of time.

MT45540 Sit on Sand Timer 1 minute £115.49



3. Small 1 Minute Sand

Timers

Help children grasp a sense of time

with these classroom essentials sand

timers. Alternative to stop clocks

for a demonstration of the passing

of time. Height 7.6cm. Made from

plastic. Pack of 10. Width 2.4cm.

MSAND £19.49

Ideal for

tabletop

460


1. Rechargeable

Stopwatches


store in the docking station and plug

in when a recharge is needed. Make

age and stage appropriate by setting

the watches to show minutes/

seconds, minutes/seconds/tenths or

minutes/seconds/tenths/hundredths.

SC00945 £166.02

2. Rechargeable

Stopwatches with Lap

Function

An uncomplicated set of

stopwatches with no need to

change fiddly, expensive batteries!

Specifically designed for primary

schools, each set of stopwatches

are supplied with a plug in docking

station that doubles as a lockable

storage unit.

1

Time

• An essential resource

for the whole school

• Rechargeable - includes

docking station

• 3 stopwatches in

1 - make key stage

appropriate

• will last 10 hours -

auto sleep mode

Measurement

PE00992 £166.02

3. Battery Stopwatch

Simple stopwatch with large screen

which can be made age and key

stage appropriate. Changeable

settings, so that the timer will show

either minutes only or with seconds

or tenths.

12

SC01219 6pk £54.85

SC01220 30pk £259.81

2

16

3

SAVE

£14 .44

16


Measurement

Scales

1

1. Nestable Bucket Balance

Set of 4

The Nestable Bucket Balance is a

fun and engaging way to explore

measurement and weight. Children

can compare quantities, find

equivalences, begin to explore mass

and volume, count, add and subtract

as they learn early mathematical and

scientific concepts.

MA10606 £101.05

2. Mathematical Balance

Count and perform all four

mathematical functions (+ - x ÷),

with immediate visual and physical

verification on this easy-to-use

balancing scale. Height 655mm.

Made from plastic. Width 210mm.

MA03348 Single £16.24

MA03280 10pk £83.02

SET OF

4

3. Nestable Pan Balance Set

of 4

The Nestable Pan Balance is ideal

for exploring measurement and

weight. Students will learn early

mathematical and scientific concepts

such as inequalities, mass, volume,

operations, counting, subtracting,

and adding. Includes 4 Nestable

Pan Balance Bases each with 2 pans,

1 space-saving storage base, and

Activity Guide.

2

SAVE

£79 .41

MA10607 £101.05

4. Combined Rocker Scale

This Combined Rocker Scale has 1/2

litre and 1 litre clear containers for

liquid measurement, and bevelled

lids for platform weighting. The

scale is fitted with a liquid leveller for

accuracy. The containers have 100ml

graduations.

MA0976 £46.19

3

4

462


1

i

• Class set of 17 pieces of measuring equipment

• Easy-to-read blue graduations

• Made from tough, hard-wearing plastic

• Great for science experiments and maths investigations

• Robust and long lasting for the primary classroom

Volume/Capacity

Measurement

17

1. Plastic Measuring

Beakers, Cylinders and

Jugs Class Set 17pk

Made from a tough, long lasting,

heard-wearing plastic, the

measuring equipment is designed

to withstand life in a classroom.

Translucent and featuring easyto-read

blue graduations and a

pouring spout.

2

SC10235 £57.74

2. Measuring Beakers

Strong, unbreakable, plastic

beakers, with easy-to-read blue

scales. Available in 7 different sizes.

SC10236 Class Set £19.49

SC10209 50ml £1.80

SC10210 100ml £2.17

SC10211 200ml £2.53

SC10212 250ml £2.87

SC10213 300ml £3.25

SC10214 500ml £3.62

SC10215 1000ml £3.97

3. Measuring Jugs Set

Translucent, with an easy-to-read

blue scale. High quality measuring

jugs made from a hard-wearing

plastic. Translucent, with an easy-toread

blue scale. Includes 1 of each

volume: 250ml, 500ml and 1000ml.


SC10216 250ml £2.87

SC10217 500ml £3.62

SC10218 1000ml £4.32

3


Geometry

Properties of Shapes

1

1. Small Solid Shapes

Empower your children with deeper

understanding of geometrical

shapes. Give children the skills

to explore and investigate the

properties of 3D shapes. How many

faces does a triangular prism have?

Length 3.2cm. Made from plastic.

Pack of 96. Width 3.2cm.

MSSS £72.17

2. Large Shapes

Set of brightly coloured, plastic,

geometric 3D shapes. The shapes

have a common 8cm dimension

allowing exploration of the

relationships between area, volume,

shape, form, size and pattern. Made

from plastic.

MA03355 17pk £40.41

MA03430 51pk £114.02

2

SAVE

£7 .22

96

3. 2D and 3D Geometric

Shapes

Easy to fold plastic shapes to fit

into clear geometric forms. Helps

visualise the differences between

2D and 3D shapes. The Geometric

shapes are ideal for geometry,

measurement and problem solving.


MFGS £50.52

4. 3D Foam Geometric

Shapes Bag

A fantastic and versatile resource

that looks at 3D geometric shapes.

Included in the bag are 8 assorted

3D foam shapes, 10 labels and

activity sheets. Bag size: 30cm.

Length 30cm. Made from foam.

Single.

M3DSB £44.75

3 4

12

464


1. XL Giant Super

Construction Class Set

This giant set of 160 pieces will

be an engaging addition to

your construction area. Support

early shape recognition and

creative thinking as children work

collaboratively to create giant

structures! Suitable for age 24

months and up. Height 210mm.

Length 210mm. Pack of 160.

EY03233 160pk £360.88

1

SAVE

£173 .25

Properties of Shapes

Geometry

2. Giant Polydron

Giant Polydron is the sensory

construction product from Polydron.

It encourages children to make

and recognise 2 and 3 dimensional

shapes and will encourage children

to develop an awareness of shape

and texture. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 40.

EY02846 40pk £137.15

3. Giant Polydron Class Set

Polydron encourages children to

make and recognise shapes and are

designed so they are easy for small

hands to manipulate. There are

textures on one side to help children

recognise different shapes and are

also marked with Braille. Suitable for

age 24 months and up. Pack of 80.

2 3

160

EY02949 80pk £267.06

4. Magnetic Polydron Sets

Magnetic Polydron combines the

fun of construction with the wonder

of magnetism. A brightly coloured,

fun set of magnetic shapes. Ideal

for teaching early shape recognition

and the concept of magnetism.


Multicoloured.

EY03231 32pk £72.17

EY03232 96pk £173.21


Platonic Solids

Explore the worlds of shape, space

and magnetism, combining the fun

of construction with the lessons

of polarity. Build and explore the

five platonic solids with this set.

Includes 18 squares, 96 equilateral

triangles and 36 pentagons. Height


plastic. Pack of 150. Weight 0.96kg.

Width 19cm.

MA02805 £321.95

Contents

40 piece set includes: 20 squares and 20

equilateral triangles

80 piece set includes: 40 squares and 40

equilateral triangles

Square piece size: 200mm x 200mm

40

• Great for early maths

• Encourages spatial awareness

• Supports creative thinking

80

Curriculum

Quote

Make 3-D shapes using

modelling materials;

recognise 3-D shapes

in different orientations

and describe them.

4 5

96


Geometry

Position and Direction

1 2

Contents

6 x Blue-Bots®

1 x Rechargeable

Docking Station

Contents

18 x Blue-Bots

3 x Rechargeable

Docking Stations

1. Blue-Bot® Classroom Pack

Get the whole class programming

with the Blue-Bot® Class Bundle! You

can program Blue-Bot® with a wide

range of tablets, a PC, Mac, or our

very own TacTile Reader.

EL00515 £736.22

2. Blue-Bot School Pack

A class bundle containing 18 Blue-

Bots and 3 rechargeable docking

stations. Bluetooth enabled which

means you can control the Blue-Bots

with your tablet or PC.

3

Contents

1 x Tactile Reader

25 x Pieces

1 x charging cable

EL00516 £2,064.29

3. Tactile Reader

A unique and extremely fun way

to program Blue-Bot. Place your

instructions on the tile reader, press

go and see Blue-Bot complete the

program!

IT01118 Single £166.02

IT01146 3pk £425.87

4. Blue-Bot® TacTile Reader

Tiles Extension Pack

The TacTile Extension Pack introduces

extra functionality to the standard

pack. Including 45° turns and

repeats. Using these, children

can program Blue-Bot® to explore

geometry and also create efficient

algorithms. Pack of 25.

EL00546 £25.97

4 5

Contents

Pack of 25

Contains:

45° Left x 4

45° Right x 4

Repeat start x 3

2x Repeat x 2

2x Repeat x 1

4x Repeat x 2

6x Repeat x 2

8x Repeat x 2

Repeat end x 3

Pause x 2

25

5. Blue-Bot® and Mat Pack

Save time and money when you

buy six Blue-Bots®, a docking station

and three mats together. Can the

children program Blue-Bot® to make

its way from the forbidden swamp

to the cove?

EL00517 £835.79

Contents

6 x Blue-Bots®

1 x Rechargeable Docking

Station

1 x Farm Mat

1 x Treasure Island Mat

1 x Fairytale Mat

466


1. Bee-Bot® Programmable

Floor Robot

Bee-Bot® is a perfect starting point

for teaching control, directional

language and programming. Along

with a memory of 200 steps, Bee-

Bot® can detect another Bee-Bot®

or Blue-Bot® and say hello. Height

7cm. Length 13cm. Width 10cm.

1

SAVE

£144 .38

Position and Direction

Geometry

IT10077 Single £93.83

IT10078 4pk £360.88

IT10079 6pk £562.98

IT10219 18pk £1,544.54

2. Bee Bot Maths Activity

Cards

A set of 30 Maths-related activity

cards for Bee-Bot, containing 60

activities. Maximise Maths exposure

with this set of cards; designed

to get the most of our maths

when using the popular Bee-Bot

programmable floor robot.


IT10159 £28.86

2


Algebra & Statistics

Algebra

1


Wonderfully bright plastic coloured

rods, perfect for small group use

or the whole class. Truly open

ended resource that can be used to

reinforce everything from addition

and subtraction to patterns and

algebra. Colours may vary.

MA03341 155pk £40.41

MA03356 444pk £108.27

2. Show-Me Magnetic

Framed Large Portable

Whiteboards

Show-me high quality magnetic

drywipe boards are ideal for portable

use or if no desk surface is available

Larger portable sizes that are great

for creating class mind maps in

a wide range of environments.

Magnetic.

LI00236 A3 Single £23.83

LI00238 A2 Single £36.08

155

3. Show-me Magnetic

Framed Whiteboard

Magnetic drywipe boards in your

pupils’ hands, for endless activities

across the curriculum. These boards

are both magnetic and drywipe on

both sides to give pupils more space

to work. White. Magnetic.

MA10535 £70.73

2

3

10

468


1. Algebra Tiles

Colourful, plastic algebra tiles are

a wonderful open-ended resource.

Allow students to build geometric

models of polynomials and increase

their understanding of algebraic

concepts, with these double-sided

tiles. Each individual pack contains 5

large squares, 10 long flats and 20

small squares. Made from plastic.

Pack of 15.

MA03282 £101.05

2. Algebra Tiles and

Activities Pack

Algebra activity cards covering Y6

objectives together with 15 sets of

algebra tiles. Download our free

‘Getting started with Algebra Tiles’

guidance as an introduction. Using

the tiles can substantially improve

pupils understanding of algebra. The

cards extend pupils knowledge and

understanding in accordance with

Y6 curriculum requirements.

MA10588 £105.38

1

Algebra

15

Algebra & Statistics

2

i

• A natural next step from using counters

• Enables pupils to visually work through

each step

• Supports talk and exploration

• Helps pupils discuss their process of

thinking


Assessment & Intervention

Assessment & Intervention

1

Maths Recovery is a system of diagnostic interview assessments and teaching based on a

clear understanding of the conceptual stages by which young children acquire knowledge and

understanding of number. The rigour of the knowledge that underpins Maths Recovery allows

teachers to make classroom learning and teaching more effective at all ages. It is very useful for

‘recovering’ children who are failing to grasp number, and it can also be used to develop number

knowledge and strategies in average and able children. It is not limited just to the early years of

learning, nor to one-to-one teaching. The teaching principles can be applied to group settings

and whole classes.

1. Intervention and

Recovery Maths Kit

A kit to support teachers who

have graduated through the

Maths Recovery training and are

using the programme in school.

Contains a vast array of supporting

resources for chapters 5 to 9

from the Maths Recovery book

‘Teaching Number’. Also contains

the majority of resources required

to support the ‘Every Child Counts’

programme and would be the ideal

‘one-stop-shop’ for your school

to help support the programme.

Thanks to Advisors and the Maths

Recovery Council for all of their help

with this product’s development!

Everything is contained in a durable

storage container to keep all of your

resources in one place! (Please note

that the contents may vary slightly

from that listed). Single.

MA00456 £386.91

470


1. NEW Manipulative Maths

Help children with maths learning

outside the classroom with this

home learning maths set. Includes

6 of our most popular and versatile

hands-on maths manipulatives.

Ideal for ages 5-7, the set comes

with an easy-to-follow guide that

explains how each resource can

be used.

Take-Home Manipulative

MT45271

£44.75

Maths

1

Enrichment

Enrichment

2. Times Tables Mastery

Keyrings

Build multiplicative fluency AND

understanding, with these dual

representation cards. Pupils can see

the structure of each times tables

as they work through the keyring,

offering opportunities to study

patterns and connections between

them. Length 10cm. Width 10cm.

MA10381 10pk £24.53

MA10382 30pk £66.36

3. Multiplication

Wristbands

Motivate pupils to learn their

times tables, with these collectable

multiplication wristbands. The

wristbands are colour co-ordinated

to allow games and activities, based

on seeing patterns and connections.

Made from silicone.

MA10386 SET 1 - 1x 2x 5x 10x £86.61

MA10387 SET 2 - 3x 4x 8x £64.95

MA10388 SET 3 - 6x 7x 9x 11x 12x £106.82

2

SAVE

£7 .22

30

3


Enrichment

Enrichment

1

1. NEW Versatiles Learn at

Home Reading and Maths

Set 1

A hands-on skills practise and selfchecking

system for independent

learning. Maths and Literacy set

for ages 3+ includes 2 full colour

workbooks. Select the correct

answer and place the tile with the

matching number in the case. Select

the correct answer from the maths

or literacy question book and place

the tile with the matching number

in the answer case.

Turning the answer case over reveals

a pattern that matches for selfcorrecting.

Includes 8 numbered tiles, an

answer case, and 2 books - 1

featuring maths and literacy

questions.

Versatiles Learn at Home

MT46059

£38.97

Reading and Maths Set 1

2

2. NEW Versatiles Learn at

Home Reading and Maths

Set 2

A hands-on skills practise and selfchecking

system for independent

learning. This literacy and maths set

for ages 5+ includes 2 workbooks.

Select the correct answer from

the book and put the tile with the

matching number in the case. This

reading and maths set for ages 5+

is ideal for use at home for skills

practise.

Select the correct answer from the

maths or literacy question book and

place the tile with the matching

number in the answer case.

Includes 8 numbered tiles, answer

case and 2 books - for maths and

literacy.

Versatiles Learn at Home

MT46060

£38.97

Reading and Maths Set 2

3

SAVE

£43 .32

3. Dip and Pick Problem

Solving Cards

Challenge children to develop a

deeper understanding of maths

at different levels. The breadth

of difficulty across the range of

problems will require increasingly

more sophisticated problem solving,

reasoning and strategies skills. Made

from laminated card. Pack of 20. A4.

MA03174 Year 1 £53.41

MA03175 Year 2 £53.41

MA03176 Year 3 £53.41

MA03177 Year 4 £53.41

MA03178 Year 5 £53.41

MA03179 Year 6 £53.41


20

472


1

Outdoor Maths

Outdoor Maths

22


A tactile way of introducing numbers

through play. The number pebbles

are made from a stone and resin mix

and are engraved with a number.

Ideal for use in sand and water and

outdoor play. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. Pack of 22.

2

EY03749 Standard £28.86

EY03750 Sum Building Set £43.30

EY06463 Jumbo £43.30

2. Giant Foam Numbers

These multi-coloured, huge numbers

are a great maths resource. Use

them for making physical number

lines, number recognition and

ordering or hanging from fences and

walls to create playground displays.

Colours may vary. Suitable for 3 to

7 years. Height 50cm. Made from

foam. Pack of 10.

EY00265 £67.85

3. Mirror Numbers

Collection

A beautiful set of mirrored numbers,

perfect for supporting early maths

skills and number recognition. With

a 3mm hole in the top making them

great for hanging outdoors to create

shimmering numerical displays.

Made from acrylic. Pack of 14.

MA00538 H168mm £28.86

MA00556 H70mm £14.42

10

3

14


Outdoor Maths

Terrific Talking

Frogs

Ten delightful, recordable frogs that may be used in water, indoors,

outdoors and in messy play, lending themselves to lots of engaging

learning activities with a focus on speaking and listening. Simply

press a button and speak into them as they can record a 10 second

message. Suitable for age 3 years and up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm.


EL46408 £158.80

from

£158 .80

KEY

BENEFITS

• Can be used in sand, gloop, and other messy

concoctions



second message

474


1. Outdoor Place Value

Foam Counters

The perfect tool for teaching place

value on a larger scale. These foam

counters are ideal for teaching place

value outside of the classroom.

Enable children to build up to 4 digit

numbers, with each value given a

different colour. Diameter 19cm.


1 2

Outdoor Maths

Outdoor Maths

MA02674 £161.69

2. Number Cones

These yellow cones have clear red

numbers for easy visibility. Can be

used as a teaching aid for a number

of different number-based activity

games indoors or outdoors. Height

230mm. Pack of 10.

80

10

MOPCO £17.31

3. Outdoor 100 Mat

Let children explore their knowledge

around number sense with this

hundred mat. Great for developing

simple maths concepts from

addition and subtraction through to

number patterns and beyond.

3 4

MA03249 £43.30

4. Number Bean Bags 1-20

Use the number bean bags for

Maths fun! Ideal for making

number lines, counting and number

recognition. Each bean bag features

the numeral, and bags 1-10 also

include a pictorial representation.

Width 10cm.

EY10135 20pk £38.98

MA00114 10pk £19.49

20

5. Inflatable 0-9 Numbers

Super-sized numbers 1-10 in 5

vivid colours. Perfect for number

recognition, counting and

sequencing games. Comes with

loops and wire to hang on washing

lines and for use outside. Height

36cm. Pack of 10.

5

MLNNUM £25.97

10


Outdoor Maths

Outdoor Maths

3

1 2

1. Outdoor Wooden Scales

and Bucket Set

A large set of wooden measuring

scales with metal buckets, for

indoor or outdoor use. Children

will love using the wooden learning

scales to initiate their own learning

and investigations. Suitable for age


D793mm.

EY04163 £209.33

2. Giraffe Chalkboard

Height Chart

Giraffe character chalkboard board,

for measuring height. Supplied in

two pieces, the chart has 10cm

interval markings from 10-160cm.

Pre-drilled with fixings. Height

180cm. Width 80cm.


FU02755 £166.02

3. Outdoor Rainbow Ruler

Great outdoor ruler for your

playground wall, colourful and ideal

to encourage pupils to measure

different objects outside. Each panel

is pre-drilled and supplied with a

fixing pack. Shows cm increments

and metre marker points. Length

4m. Made from foamex. Single.


MA0988 £219.44

4. 5-in-1 Outdoor Measure

Mate

This versatile five-in-one tool is

the perfect way to introduce the

concept of measurement to young

learners in an outdoor setting.

Whether you use it for non-standard

measuring or the introduction of

standard units, the primary aim

of the Measure-Mate is for young

learners to have fun exploring and

measuring the natural landscape.

MA10605 £51.96

4

476


1. Real World Maths Activity

Cards

These cards show that maths is in

everyday places and encourages

pupils to think about maths

differently. Each activity is relevant

to the image – chosen to specifically

suit the tasks given and represent

real world scenarios.


MA02678 Years 1-2 £53.41

MA02679 Years 3-4 £53.41

MA02680 Years 5-6 £53.41


1

Outdoor Maths

Outdoor Maths

2. Outdoor Maths Problem

Solving Cards

Take problem solving outside! These

A5 activity cards are tailored to Year

1 and link to the National Numeracy

Framework. Each card has a starting

visual on the front, with an activity

on the reverse to get your Yr 1 pupils

thinking!

MA10173 Year 1 £33.20

MA10174 Year 2 £33.20

MA10175 Year 3 £33.20

MA10176 Year 4 £33.20

MA10177 Year 5 £33.20

MA10178 Year 6 £33.20

MA10192 Group Set £177.50

3. Beanbag Target Mat

Consolidate understanding of

multiples of 10 and improve fluency

in addition with this fun game.

Includes a double-sided mat, single

digits on one side and multiples of 10

on the other.

MA10269 £57.74

2

SAVE

£7 .22

3

3

• Great for practicing

calculation

• High Energy Maths activity

• Ideal for collaborative play

30


Outdoor Maths

Outdoor Maths

1

i

• Lightweight and easy to move

• Can be attached to a wall or fence

10

SAVE

£216 .57

1. Giant Outdoor Number

Frames

Take learning outdoors with these

colourful, giant number frames!

Develop mathematical fluency and

reasoning. Perfect for working in

groups to learn number recognition,

show instant recall of number,

counting, sequencing, and number

bonds. Ideal for the outdoors the

visual aspect of the number frames

help children to develop a practical

understanding of number and can

be used to support development

of mathematical skill in an array of

areas, from counting to problem

solving. The large size makes the

number frames ideal for younger

children and those with SEN.

Single Pack, 1 x 1 Frame,

1 x 2 Frame, 1 x 3 Frame, 1 x 4

Frame, 1 x 5 Frame, 1 x 6 Frame,


Frame, 1 x 10 Frame,

Class Pack, 6 x 1 Frame, 6 x 2 Frame,


Frame, 3 x 6 Frame, 3 x 7 Frame,


Frame. Length 90cm. Width 35cm.


SD12075 10pk Foam £166.02

MA02689 48pk Foam £577.49


i

• Won’t blow away in the wind!

• Flexible and durable

• Weatherproof - great for outdoors

• Wipe clean and non-slip

478


1

Outdoor Maths

Outdoor Maths

22


A tactile way of introducing numbers

through play. The number pebbles

are made from a stone and resin mix

and are engraved with a number.

Ideal for use in sand and water and

outdoor play. Suitable for 3 to 5

years. Pack of 22.

2

EY03749 Standard £28.86

EY03750 Sum Building Set £43.30

EY06463 Jumbo £43.30

2. Giant Foam Numbers

These multi-coloured, huge numbers

are a great maths resource. Use

them for making physical number

lines, number recognition and

ordering or hanging from fences and

walls to create playground displays.

Colours may vary. Suitable for 3 to

7 years. Height 50cm. Made from

foam. Pack of 10.

EY00265 £67.85

3. Mirror Numbers

Collection

A beautiful set of mirrored numbers,

perfect for supporting early maths

skills and number recognition. With

a 3mm hole in the top making them

great for hanging outdoors to create

shimmering numerical displays.

Made from acrylic. Pack of 14.

MA00538 H168mm £28.86

MA00556 H70mm £14.42

10

3

14


Outdoor Maths

Outdoor Maths

1


Number Line

This set of two outdoor chalkboards

are a great way to learn about

numbers and to practice the

formation of the numeral.

Numbered 1 to 10 and 11 to 20,

with faint guidelines and arrows to

guide you. Wipe clean. Made from

6mm MR MDF. Suitable for 3 to 7

years. Height 34cm. Length 100cm.

Made from melamine faced mdf.

EY06294 £144.36

2

2. Outdoor Number

Chalkboard Tracks 1-20

A set of four outdoor chalkboards

featuring numbers, dots and words

from 1-20. The foam design means

these chalkboards are easily cleaned

and can be left outside. A practical

outdoor mathematics resource.

Suitable for 3 to 7 years. Supplied


outdoors. Height 25cm. Length

75cm. Made from foam and pvc.

Pack of 4.

EY07482 £129.92

3. Giant Outdoor 1-6 Spot

Dominoes

Take this popular, classic game

outdoors with these tactile, 1 to 6

spot dominoes. Different colour dot

patterns allow younger players to

match the colours.

MA02122 £47.63

Set of four, featuring numbers,

dots and words from 1-20

4. Wooden 4 in a Row

Build skills in pattern-making,

reasoning, and concentration, whilst

playing this loved game! A large

wooden version of the traditional 4

in a row game with a sturdy frame

and smooth finished wooden black

and red counters. Depth 220mm.


MA10617 £64.95

3 4

480


science & investigation

contents

482-487 measurement

488-492 observation

493-497 gardening & plants

523-527 electricity

528-532 light & sound

533-534 class kits

498-504 living things

505-507 climate change

508-513 the human body

514-515 rocks & fossils

516-517 materials

518-519 forces & motion

520-522 magnetism


481

Measurement

Bluetooth

Data Logger

SAVE

£71 .61

from

£125 .60

Compatible with tablets and featuring five sensors including

light, sound, infra-red and ambient temperature and an external

temperature probe. With a configurable display, readings can be

viewed live or data can be downloaded. Readings can be broadcast

to multiple tablets and are easy-to-view.

Single

SC01000 £125.60

4pk

SC10077 £466.27

KEY

BENEFITS

• Includes light, temperature and sound

sensors

• Readings can be viewed live or at a later date

• Includes external temperature probe

• Broadcast data to multiple tablets

6pk

SC10078 £681.36

482


1

Data Logging

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£43 .32

Measurement

6

• Built in temperature,

light and sound sensors

• Features a pulse meter

• Connect 3 external

temperature probes

• Remote working or

accessible via an app

1. NEW Log-Box Data Logger

Easy-to-use data logging device

featuring built in temperature, light

and sound sensors and a pulse

meter. All of the sensors are clearly

labelled to avoid confusion and up

to 3 external temperature probes

can be connected for comparison

exercises.

Recordings are easy to view in real

time, via the large LCD screen or

the logger can be connected via

Bluetooth to an app, to view the

data and operate remotely. The

software allows children to choose

how data is displayed in graph, bar

chart or table formats. Simple to

use, the tough, durable casing also

features lights around the outside,

enabling children to easily see

whether the logger is in Bluetooth

mode (blue lights) or actively

logging (red) or in standby mode

(green).

Rechargeable device via USB, the

data logger is supplied with one

external temperature probe.

2

Built-in

pulse meter

Compatible with 3 external

temperature probes

SC10193 Single £144.36

SC10194 4pk £555.79

SC10195 6pk £822.86

2. NEW Temperature Probe

External temperature probe to

accompany the Log-Box Data Logger.

SC10205 £40.41


Measurement

Stopwatches

1

2

• Child friendly size

• Features large buttons for ease of use

5 3

3

4

SAVE

£28 .88

• Child friendly size

• Features large

buttons for ease

of use

• 1 second increments

1. Dual Power Timers

Handy sized timers with dual power

functionality means that they are

always ready to use. The timers can

time up or down to 99 minutes and

59 seconds and have push buttons

which have been designed for ease

of use. Made from plastic.

SC01178 5pk £47.63

SC01172 30pk £238.21

2. Sand Timer Set

A selection of three chunky sand

timers with varying times, great for

science experiments. Designed with

an 80mm square base and top to

prevent rolling, each sand timer has

the time embossed on the top and

colour-coded grains. Multicoloured.

Pack of 3.

310647 1 min, 3 min, 5 min £43.30

310645 30 secs, 1 min, 5 min £43.30

310646 Giant Sand Timer Set 6pk £82.28

3. Jumbo Timer

Large clear digital display makes this

timer easy to view. With a simple

stop/start function, it times up or

down in 1 second increments. With

a maximum time of 99 minutes and

59 seconds. Includes an integral

stand and magnet mount.

SC01170 £17.31

4. Value Battery Stopwatch

Features: 1/100th second stopwatch,

split and lap time, alarm function,

and a clear 10mm LCD display.

Capacity of 23hrs 59mins 59secs.

A basic quality watch with all the

functionality you could ever need.

Depth 20mm. Height 70mm. Width

70mm.

TSTOP-W Single £10.84

TSTOP-10 10pk £79.41

012413 4pk £25.97

484


1. Rechargeable

Stopwatches








The on/off button is contained at the

top so that children cannot easily

reset the watches. The stopwatches

have an auto sleep mode after

5 minutes of inactivity. Brightly

coloured to ensure easy classroom

management, the set comprises

12 rechargeable stopwatches, safe

lanyards and a rechargeable/docking

station. Will power for 10 hours

without needing a recharge, due to

power saving mode.

SC00945 £166.02

1

Stopwatches

• An essential resource for

the whole school

• Rechargeable - includes

docking station

• 3 stopwatches in 1 - make

key stage appropriate

• will last 10 hours - auto

sleep mode

Measurement

2. Rechargeable


Function








storage unit.Features a lap storage

function to allow up to 40 lap times

to be stored at once.

PE00992 £166.02

12

2

3. Battery Stopwatch

Simple stopwatch with large screen

which can be made age and key

stage appropriate. Changeable

settings, so that the timer will

show either minutes only or with

seconds or tenths.The on/off button

is contained at the top so cannot

be easily reset. Battery powered.

Each stopwatch requires 1 x coin cell

battery.

SC01219 6pk £54.85

SC01220 30pk £259.81

16

3

SAVE

£13 .86

6

• Make age and key

stage appropriate

• Simple to use - easy

functionality

• Large, clear

configurable display


Measurement

Measuring Equipment

1

• Easy to read, blue

graduations

• Made from tough,

hard wearing plastic

• Pouring spout

17

2

3

• Easy to read blue scale

• Hard wearing

polypropylene

• Ideal for the

primary classroom

environment

1. Plastic Measuring

Beakers, Cylinders and

Jugs Class Set 17pk

Made from a tough, long lasting,

heard-wearing plastic, the

measuring equipment is designed

to withstand life in a classroom.

Translucent and featuring easyto-read

blue graduations and a

pouring spout.

SC10235 £57.74

2. Measuring Cylinders Set

With an easy-to-read, graduated

blue scale, these unbreakable plastic

cylinders are especially hard wearing

to withstand the primary classroom.

Translucent, the set features a

cylinder of each capacity.


SC10219 10ml £1.80

SC10220 25ml £2.17

SC10221 50ml £2.87

SC10225 100ml £4.32

SC10224 250ml £5.06

SC10222 500ml £7.21

SC10223 1000ml £7.94

3. Measuring Jugs Set

Translucent, with an easy-to-read

blue scale. High quality measuring

jugs made from a hard-wearing

plastic. Translucent, with an easy-toread

blue scale. The set includes 1

of each volume: 250ml, 500ml and

1000ml.


SC10216 250ml £2.87

SC10217 500ml £3.62

SC10218 1000ml £4.32

• Easy-to-read blue scale

• Translucent

• Made from hardwearing

plastic

486


1. Greenfill Thermometer

Pack

A safe alternative to traditional

mercury filled thermometers.

These greenfill thermometers are

environmentally friendly if broken.

Scale -10°C to 110°C. Length 20cm.

Pack of 10.

1 2

Thermometers

Measurement

SGRTH10 £36.08

2. NEW Boiling Point

Thermometers

Durable, safe to use, non-toxic

thermometers measuring from -30°C

to 120°C and from 22°F to 240°F.

Mercury free, they can be used to

measure the boiling points of various

liquids. Pack of 10.

SN45500 £21.65

3. Multi-Purpose Encased

Thermometers 10pk

Class pack of thermometers with

a measurement range of -30ºC -

110ºC. Each thermometer has six

different coloured indicators on the

casing, so that children can easily

compare measurements. Easily

removed from the case.

3 4

10 10

SC00776 £62.07

4. Primary Thermometers

This exclusive set offers a smooth

progression through scales to

enable you to build upon skills in

measurement. Each thermometer

has every degree marked, but the

graduation varies from 1, 5 to every

10 degrees. Length 20cm. Made

from glass. Pack of 5.

THERM1

0ºC to 40º

by 1 Degree Intervals

£21.65

THERM2

-10ºC to 110ºC


£21.65

THERM3

-10ºC to 110ºC


£21.65

5. Primary Greenfill

Thermometers

Environmentally friendly if broken,

these greenfill thermometers

also offer a smooth progression

through scales. With the graduation

varying from 5 to 10 degrees it

enables children to build upon their

measurement skills. Length 150mm.

SC10091 1 Degree Interval £33.20

SC10093 5 Degree Intervals £33.20

SC10092 10 Degree Intervals £33.20

5 6

10 10 5

6. Digital Min Max

Thermometer

Robust, digital thermometer with

triple display which simultaneously

shows maximum, current and

minimum temperature. With high

accuracy and clear, easy to read

LCD. Also includes a hanging hook.

With a switchable temperature

range of -20°C to 50°C/°F and a

sampling rate of every 10 seconds.

Requires 1 x AAA battery.

SC10329 £36.08

10


Observation

Microscopes

1

£20 .79

SAVE

2

SAVE

£71 .61

• Specifically designed

for use by primary

children

• Up to 43x magnification

• Features LED lights

• Single button for

capturing images

1. Easi-Scope Microscope

With up to 43x magnification, this

simple plug and play device attaches

to your computer via USB. Hold over

objects and focus by turning the

top. Features LED lights to illuminate

objects close up and still images can

also be taken.

IT01121 Single £72.17

IT01122 4pk £267.04

2. Easi-Scope - Wireless

Be amazed by how easy it is to use

this hand held digital microscope

that can be controlled through your

tablet! Watch the awe and wonder

as children see a bug magnified up

to 43 times on screen! Attaches to

a computer via USB and includes its

own LED lighting system. Take videos

or still images, using the single

control button.

EL00470 Single £144.36

EL00471 4pk £505.25

3. Easi Scope - Rainbow

A set of colourful hand-held

microscopes to see everyday items

close up. Easy to operate, student’s

hold the Easi-Scope over the object,

focus by turning the top then take

videos or still images using the

single control button. Simply plug

into a laptop or PC. Windows and

Mac compatible software provided.

Features 43x magnification and an

LED light.

IT01120 £339.27

• 10 metre range

• Compatible with iOS

and Android tablets

• Up to 43x

magnification

• Rechargeable

3

6

• Brightly coloured

for easy classroom

management

• Simple plug and play

design


• 2Mp sensor provides

even sharper images

488


1. Handheld Microscopes

Magnify specimens up to 120x

with this set of brightly coloured

microscopes. With 2x optical zoom,

the microscopes are illuminated

with a bright LED, giving a crisp,

sharp image. Pocket sized, they

are convenient for outdoor field

work. Requires 1 x AA battery per

microscope.

SC01155 £101.05

1

Microscopes

Observation


• Pocket sized

• Ideal for outdoor

investigations

• Features an LED providing

a clear sharp image

6

2. Easi-Scope with Screen

Handheld, portable and with a

built-in screen, children can easily see

their magnified images through this

simple to use device. Ideal for use in

the classroom or out in the school

gardens. Rechargeable via USB and

with up to 43x magnification, simply

focus on the object that you wish

to magnify and the image can be

clearly seen on the screen. Wireless,

it can also be connected to a tablet

via USB, so that children can take

still images of their magnified object,

using the single control button on

top of the microscope.

SC10202 Single £144.36

SC10204 4pk £555.79

SC10203 6pk £822.86

2

SAVE

£42 .74

• Built-in Screen


• Rechargeable


Observation

Magnification

1

6

2

1. Magnifying Glasses with

Stand

Brightly coloured, handheld

magnifying glasses. Includes

a handy stand for keeping the

magnifying glasses safe and secure

when not in use. Made from plastic.

Pack of 6.

SC01203 £36.08

2. Class Pack of Magnifiers

Set of 35 assorted optical lenses

and magnifiers. Inspire the next

generation of scientists, allow

children to hunt for bugs, examine

materials and explore their school

and playground, inspiring their

natural curiosity.

3

SC01177 £57.74

3. Jumbo Magnifier and

Tweezer Set

Magnifier features 4.5x

magnification and unique flip-out

stand for hands-free viewing.

Tweezer has ergonomic depressions

to guide a correct grip. Suitable for

ages 3+

SC10319 £12.98

4. Large Sheet Magnifier

Frame

A magnifier held in a rigid frame,

which features 3 x magnification.

Very easy to use, this is ideal for

small hands. The slim format ensures

this magnifier is easy to store in the

classroom. Length 16cm. Width

27cm.

SHEMAG £8.30

4

490


1. Recordable Magnifying

Glasses

Colourful voice recorder magnifying

glasses with a record time of up

to 30 seconds. Each recordable

magnifying glass features a dual

lens for 2x and 4x magnification

and is perfectly sized for a child’s

hand. The recordable function of

these magnifiers makes for easier

assessments and allows children to

easily capture their thoughts and

observations while encouraging

vital technology skills. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Multicoloured.

Diameter 9cm. Length 22cm. Made

from plastic.

1

2

Magnification

Observation

SC00596 Single £27.42

SC00553 6pk £137.15

• 30 second record time

• Record your findings

easily while exploring

nature

• Dual lens (2x and 4x

magnification)

2. Magnifiers in Stand

Brightly coloured magnifiers with 3x

magnification. A great resource for

introducing young children to using

magnification, these magnifiers

have a longer style handle, so are

perfect for smaller hands to easily

manage. Pack of 12 magnifiers, in

6 colours, which can be tidied away

into the included stand when not in

use.Height 15.3cm. Length 20.3cm.


Width 8.3cm.

SC10115 £33.20

3. Primary Science Jumbo

Magnifiers

Observe on a grand scale with these

extra large jumbo magnifiers! Ideal

for taking a closer look at plants,

animals and insects. The plastic

lenses have a 4.5x magnification.

Assorted colours. Multicoloured.

Pack of 6.

310562 £27.42

4. Magnifying Glasses

A practical, acrylic magnifier for use

with children. 3x magnification.


TMG-B-30 £43.30

3 4

12

• 3x magnification

• Handy storage

stand

• Great for introducing

young children to

magnification

6

30


Observation

Magnification

1

• Perfect for encouraging

speaking and listening

• Binoculars with voice

recorder

• 30 second recording time

• 4 x magnification

6

2

6

3

4

10

1. See and Speak Recordable

Binoculars 6pk

With a 30 second voice recording

function, pupils can make their

observations without having to

put the binoculars down to make

notes. Great for assessment with 4x

magnification,. Requires 2 x AAA

batteries per set (not included).

Includes 2 of each colour,.

SC00748 £135.70

2. Value Binoculars Pack

Lightweight and easy to carry or

hold, these binoculars are great

for exploring the outdoors. Each

pair comes in their own carry case

and have eyepieces with rubber

cushions for comfort and safety. 3x

magnification. Made from plastic.

Pack of 6.

SC00388 £72.17

3. Handheld Microscope

This microscope is specially designed

for small hands, with big, chunky

handles and easy-focus dials.

Children simply point and focus to

get a close up view. It features 30x

magnification. Pack of 10.

SC00384 £108.27

4. Junior Binoculars

Encourage children to observe the

natural world with these junior

binoculars. Sturdy and great for

enriching outdoor learning.

016663 £18.05

492


1. Young Gardener Grab and

Go Kit

A fantastic self contained kit which

is ideal for the young gardeners

in school. Includes trowels, forks,

gardening gloves, watering cans,

packs of seeds and many more, all

contained in a storage box. Contents

may vary.

EC00219 £169.99

2. Gardening Hand Trowel

and Forks Sets

A robust and chunky garden set

designed to be safer and lighter to

use. Well made, strong and durable.

Set of 5 hand trowels and 5 garden

forks. Length 260mm. Made from


1

Light and sturdy equipment,

suitable for use by all ages

Gardening Equipment

Gardening & Plants

SGARSET £49.99

3. Mini Gardener Set

A delightful mini gardener kit all

stored in a fabric bag. Includes a

rake, trowel, fork, spade, water spray

and scoops. Average size of each

item is approx. 20cm. Pack of 7.

EC00060 £39.99

4. Kneeling Pads 5pk

These soft foam pads will keep

children comfortable and their

school uniforms clean! Ideal for

gardening clubs, a real school

gardens essential. Length 40cm.

Made from foam. Pack of 5. Width

20cm.

EC00444 £33.20

5. Child Size Gardening

Gloves

Good quality, material gloves,

perfect for protecting little hands

from those sharp garden objects or

just keeping hands clean. Non-slip

grip makes them safer to wear.


2 3

SGGKS5 £34.99

4

10

5

5 5


Gardening & Plants

Gardening Equipment

1

2

• Hard-wearing gloves to

provide protection from

bacteria in the soil

• Sturdy kneeling pads to

protect knees and keep

clothes clean

• Durable and light weight

- ideal for use by all ages

3

1. Gardening Essentials Kit

Bumper collection of essentials for

any school gardening club. Includes

durable trowels and forks, watering

cans, kneeling pads and gardening

gloves. Ideal for use by all ages, all

tools are lightweight. Multicoloured.

Made from multi.

EC00615 £219.99

2. Gardening Tools Kit

Provides all the quality of adult

equipment in a child-friendly size.

Lightweight with metal heads and

comfortable grips, the kit includes:

garden brush, shovel, spade, Dutch

hoe, leaf rake, soil rake, fork, hand

rake, trowel and fork.

EC00670 £189.99

4

3. Wheel Barrow

This durable and easy to manoeuvre

wheelbarrow is the perfect tool to

encourage children to get involved

in the garden! Great for moving soil

and other gardening tools around.

Length 100cm. Made from metal.

Width 44cm.

EC00590 £79.99

3

4. Hand Tool Set

High quality, durable hand tools

ideal for your young gardeners.

Small, lightweight, hand trowel, fork

and rake, perfect for children to use

to move soil around in plant pots

and grow beds. Pack of 3.

EC00657 £34.99

494


1. Child Size Gardening

Tools Set

Specially designed and made in the

UK, this is a great range of tools for

any school gardening club. Good

quality and sturdy, the wooden

handles are 75cm long. Suitable for

5 to 11 years

SGARD-SET £63.51

2. Garden Tools - KS2

A selection of sturdy, top quality

gardening tools in a traditional adult

design. Ideal for use by KS2 pupils,

each tool features a wooden handle.

Great for use in school gardening

clubs.

EC00186 Spade £31.99

EC00273 Rake £31.99

EC00268 Hoe £31.99

EC00187 Fork £31.99

EC00260 Hand Trowel £9.85

EC00261 Hand Fork £9.85

3. Gardening Tools

Collection

This bumper collection of high

quality, sturdy, gardening tools is

ideal for equipping your school

gardening club. Set includes:

• 2 x spades

• 2 x rakes

• 2 x forks

• 2 x hoes

• 5 x sets of trowels and forks


EC00567 £349.99

1

Gardening Equipment

Gardening & Plants

2

6

• Traditional adult design

• Sturdy construction

• Features wooden

handles

• Ideal for KS2 pupils

3

18


Gardening & Plants

Grow Beds & Planters

1

i

• Supplied with trellis

• Castors ensure planter can be easily

moved around the playground

• Separate planting tubs enables

more than one crop to be grown at

the same time

2

3

1. Garden Planter

Garden without huge amounts of

soil or space! Sow, plant and grow

a host of flowers, vegetables and

plants. Removable planting tubs

make it easy to separate crops,

allowing individual children to

tend to them. The garden planter

is supplied with a trellis, allowing

you to grow a variety of climbing

plants. Lockable castors make it

easy for you to move your outdoor

garden planters whenever needed.

A chalkboard to the front of the

planter can be used to indicate

what the children are growing,

which children are looking after

the planter and more. Made from






wood. Width 80cm.

EC00612 4 Tub Planter £529.85

6 Tub Planter with Rear

EC00505

£707.42

Trellis

6 Tub Planter With

EC00614

£688.65

Central Trellis

8 Tub Planter with Rear

EC00613

£866.25

Trellis

2. Cross Shaped Grow Bed

This unique design is great for

sectioning off growing areas. The

cross shaped design enables four

children to reach each section

with ease. Includes: panels,

wooden corner posts, fixings and

instructions. Supplied flat packed


left outdoors. Height 43cm. Length

90cm. Made from wood. Width

90cm.

EC00315 £230.99

3. Raised Wooden Grow Bed

This large rectangular garden bed

has been designed with children in

mind so it is just the right height

for pupils to work at. Ideal for deep

rooted vegetables and flowers,

children can sow and grow all year

round. Height 43cm. Length 120cm.


EC00323 £223.77

496


1. Plant Life Cycle Book Pack

These fascinating titles cover the life

cycle and different varieties of plants

from all over the world. The vibrant

images and accessible text explore

what plants require for growth and

how they change through their life

cycle. Contents may vary. Pack of 10.

LB00564 £197.78

2. Plant Wall Hanging

This fabric plant contains

detailed embroidery which clearly

demonstrates the internal structure

of a flower, including stamen and

stigma. Includes eight moveable

plant parts, a fabric background and

a set of 8 labels. Length 23cm. Made

from fabric. Width 40cm.

1

Plants

Gardening & Plants

PLTPKT £49.07

3. Flower Wall Hanging

A brilliant visual resource for

teaching about flower parts and

their functions. The included insects

can be used to demonstrate how

pollination occurs. Includes fabric

background, removable plant and

flower pieces, pollen grains, insects

and labels.

10

SFLW £75.06

4. 3D Flower Model

Hands-on 3D way to show children

the essential parts of a flower. Parts

are numbered and detachable from

the base. The flower comes with

a key card so children can number

and name parts of the plant such

as stigma, stamen, petal, etc. Made

from plastic.

2 3

SC00449 £99.61

5. Flower Fabric Wall

Hanging

Effectively demonstrates the basic

elements of a plant, promoting

discussion about the different

components and their function.

Includes: 10 removable plant pieces,

a background with embroidered

root system and 4 hook and loop

labels. Length 23cm. Made from

fabric. Width 40cm.

• Learn about the structure of flowers

• Demonstrate how pollination

occurs

FOLDFWR £38.97

4 5


Living Things

Life Cycles

1 2

3 4

1. Class Life Cycle Bag

Learn about the different stages

of various animal and minibeast

life cycles. Includes eight different

lifecycles (butterfly, frog, chicken,

flower, dragonfly, mouse, tree and

ant) all with four stages and labels.

The embroidered bag comes with

a useful reference sheet identifying

the different stages of each lifecycle.

Length 41cm. Made from fabric.

Width 46cm.

SC00019 £72.17

2. Life Cycle Sequencing Bag

Visually demonstrate the life cycle

sequence of a frog, butterfly, chicken

and flower, using this tactile, fabric,

life cycle bag. Each set contains 16

images to represent the 4 stages of

the different life cycles and 4 labels.

SBAG £51.96

3. Butterfly Life Cycle Kit

Observe the life cycle of a Painted

Lady from caterpillar to fully

grown butterfly in their own

garden environment. The reusable

observation chamber features a

see-through mesh net and zippered

entry to allow easy access for

feeding.

GARD £33.20

• Observe the life cycle

of a butterfly up close

• Mesh net can be easily

folded away when not

in use

• Includes redeemable

vouchers for caterpillars

5 6

5

6

4. Refill Caterpillars for

Butterfly Kits

Refill caterpillars for the butterfly kit.

Includes caterpillars and the correct

nutrition for feeding and caring

for them. Customers will receive

a redeemable voucher in order to

obtain this product through a third

party.

SBUFV 5pk £23.09

350036 33pk £37.52

5. Life Cycles Magnetic

Pieces

Set of full colour pieces which

illustrate the different stages in the

life cycle of a chicken, a butterfly

and a frog. Includes corresponding

words. Largest piece measures

approx. 9cm. Made from magnets

and vinyl.

SC01162 £36.08

6. Life Cycles Book Pack

Learn about the life cycles of the

plants and animals that live in our

world. A perfect introduction for

young readers, each book contains

easy-to-read text and informative

diagrams. With titles focusing on a

frog, butterfly, chicken, sheep, bee

and sunflower. Pack of 6.

SC10049 £129.92

498


1. NEW KS1 - Living Things

and their Habitats - Book

Pack

A simple introduction for KS1 pupils

to the animals, plants and insects

that live in our world. Where do

animals live? What do animals eat?

How do they move and grow? Learn

the answers though easy to read text

and informative diagrams. Pack of 6.

1 2

Animals

Living Things

SN45901 £132.81

2. Animal Habitats Game

A fun game for learning about

contrasting habitats and the animals

that live in them. Play as a bingo

game, placing the correct animal

in its corresponding habitat. Ideal

for teaching about animals found

in less familiar habits. Made from

laminated card.

SC01181 £38.97

3. Life Cycle Jigsaws

Beautifully made hand cut jigsaws

demonstrating the basic lifecycles

of a frog, duck, butterfly and a tree.

In brightly coloured designs, each

jigsaw has nine pieces. Length 20cm.

Pack of 4. Width 20cm.

6

3 4

FLIFE £25.63

4. Animals In Their Habitats

Book Pack

Each book looks at a particular

habitat, introducing early readers to

the animals that can be found there.

Habitats include the desert, the sea,

rock pools, mountains, grasslands

and the jungle. Includes engaging

photos and very simple repeated

text. Paperback. Pack of 6.

SC01127 £69.29

5. Animal Life Cycle

Sequencing Cards

This set of 20 photo cards can be

sequenced by animal, showing their

individual life cycles, or by stages

of growth. Animals featured are a

butterfly, sheep, frog and chicken.

Includes teachers’ notes and

photocopiable labels. Made from


SC01188 £22.39

64 6

5 6

6. KS2 Life Cycles and Food

Chain Books

This book pack considers differences

in life cycles and offers comparisons

between plants and animals on

a local and global scale. Contains

information on plant and animal

life cycles, animals that live in

grasslands, deserts, rainforests etc.

and food chains. Pack of 15.

SC01040 £284.41

Sequence the life cycles

20 15

of various animals


Living Things

Birds

1

• Wi-Fi HD live view

• 24/7 day and night

vision

• View on phone,

tablet and laptop

• Motion recording

1. Wi-Fi Bird Box Camera

System

High quality camera kit which will

enable you to watch birds nesting

in the bird box. Watch and share

every movement, either live, or

recorded from this plug in and

play technology. Simply, set up the

box, connect to Wi-Fi and watch

the action. Watch every detail, up

close in full HD 5MP colour. Features

crystal clear night vision with audio

adjustment for best picture. Built in

SD card record, motion or scheduled

recording with remote retrieval.

The camera can be used as wired or

wi-fi to school network. The footage

can be viewed on any device (Mac,

PC and smart screens that can run

apps).

SC10309 £314.72

2 3

2. NEW Artisan Bird Nester

Offers a small cavity perfect for

species of small garden birds who

roost alone. Offers a cosy place to

roost during harsh winter months

and springtime. With a sturdy inner

fame for support, it has strong metal

hooks at the rear and a long loop

at the top to ensure you fasten the

nester securely. The nester has a

small round entrance reinforced with

steel, which is slightly protruding to

make it easy for birds to land and

perch on. Handmade from natural

seagrass and recycled saris, therefore

colours will vary as each item is

unique.

SN45626 £21.65

3. NEW Window Bird Feeder

Providing a clear view of birds, the

feeder can be attached to your

windowpane using the rubber

suckers. Made from clear Perspex for

unobstructed views of birds dipping

in and out of the feed for food.


Width 135mm.

SN45614 £21.65

4 5

4. NEW Bird Box

Nesting box designed to attract

small specifies of bird such as blue

tits. A delightful addition to your

school garden, the house features

a real shingle roof, lapboard sides

and silvered hole protector. Depth


215mm.

SN45625 £28.86

5. NEW Eco Bird Feeder

Made from recycled plastic, this is

ideal for attracting small birds such

as tits, nuthatches and bullfinches.

With a see-through hopper to

monitor food levels, it is suitable for

seeds and kibbled nuts which can be

added via the roof. Light and easy to

hang from the integral loop, it can

be cleaned easily with warm water.


Width 200mm.

SN45612 £14.42

500


1

Minibeasts

Living Things

1. Plant and Bug Hunting Kit

This huge set is ideal for exploring

and investigating minibeasts and

plants outdoors. A great addition

to any forest school or school

playground, contents include over

40 magnifiers, bug viewers, nets and

powerscopes. Contents may vary.

SC00865 £288.74

2. Fine Motor Plastic

Grasping Tweezers

This set of tactile tweezers is

perfectly sized for children’s hands.

Develop fine motor skills and pincer

grip by adding these colourful

tweezers to a range of activities,

from sorting and counting to

transient art. Suitable for age 3 years

and up. Pack of 12.

3. Two Way Magnifying Jar

This magnifier allows you to see

the object from above and below.

Comes in three parts: A vertical

viewer, a part where the object to be

viewed sits and a horizontal viewer.

TMG-W £15.17

4. Plastic Tweezers

These inexpensive plastic tweezers

are easy to grip items with. The

tweezers can be used to handle

plant and minibeast specimens.


Pack of 10.

TWEE £13.72

2 3

12

4 5

• Ideal for investigating minibeasts

• Scoop and observe safely

• Sturdy equipment for use in

primary schools

5. Class Pack of Magnifiers

Set of 35 assorted optical lenses

and magnifiers. Inspire the next

generation of scientists, allow

children to hunt for bugs, examine

materials and explore their school

and playground, inspiring their

natural curiosity.

SC01177 £57.74

10

Contents

24 x 35mm Hand Magnifiers

5 x 50mm Detail Magnifiers

2 x 63mm Clarity Magnifiers

4 x 70mm Intermag Viewing Boxes


Living Things

Minibeasts

1

Contents

3 x Magnifying Bug Viewers

3 x Clear Buckets

6 x Child Sized Trowels

3 x Shallow White Trays

6 x Magnifiers

6 x A5 Clipboards

6 x Pairs Binoculars

6 x Pond Nets

1 x Sturdy Folding Box

1. Minibeasts Experiments

Grab and Go Kit

A great resource to take outdoors

and explore the fabulous world of

minibeasts. Contents may vary. The

magnifying glasses have a stand so

you can leave them set up and the

shallow trays provide great contrast

for studying minibeasts. Pack of 40.

FMINGRAB £202.11

2. NEW Solitary Bee flip Top

Hive

Bee nester constructed in durable

timber with additional stacking

trays and an opening lid for both

observation and cleaning. The holes

are designed at a specific size in

order to attract non-swarming bees,

which are safe around children.


Width 180mm.

SN45611 £50.52

3. NEW Butterfly House

Provide a safe shelter for butterflies.

The door allows access to the

nesting compartment for cleaning

and observing during cooler

weather. For feeding, simply fill the

bottom reservoir with a butterfly

food or sweet over-ripe fruit. Depth

105mm. Height 170mm. Length

205mm.

SN45623 £28.86

2 3

4. Minibeasts Pack

A broad selection of realistic

looking minibeasts. Each minibeast

is brightly coloured and highly

detailed. The collection of butterflies,

insects, caterpillars and spiders

includes a range of species, ideal for

introducing children to bugs from

around the world. Length 3cm.

Made from plastic.

CA05548 96pk £53.41

FMININ 48pk £33.20

5. Replica Minibeast Insects

20pk

This set of replica creatures

provides a stimulating resource for

introducing children to bugs. Each

insect is brightly coloured and highly

detailed. Suitable for 5 to 11 years.


SBIGBUG £47.63

4 5

96 20

502


1

Minibeasts

Living Things

18

• Ideal for investigating

natural resources

• Scoop and observe

minibeasts safely

• Brightly coloured for

classroom management

• Class pack of 18

pieces of observation

equipment

2

1. Rainbow Observation Kit

Great for investigating natural

resources and minibeasts close

up, this bumper set of exploration

equipment includes brightly

coloured magnifiers, viewers and

tongs. The magnifiers and viewers

both feature 3x magnification. Pack

of 18.

SC10247 £82.28

2. Insect Viewers

These clear, plastic viewers, enable

children to observe minibeasts easily

and safely. The bug viewers are

ventilated with a removable lid and

micro ruler. Diameter 75mm. Height

65mm. Made from plastic. Pack of 3.

BUGVIEW £18.05

3

3

3. Rainbow Viewers - 6PK

Set of brightly coloured observation

pots featuring a 3x magnifier in

the push on lids. A great resource

for investigating natural resources

and minibeasts close up. Diameter

80mm. Made from plastic. Pack of 6.

SC10108 £36.08

4. Rainbow Tongs - 6pk

Each large, brightly coloured scoop

has a clear top and features scissor

handles for safely capturing, holding

and investigating minibeasts. Easy to

grip items with, the scoop tweezers

can also be used for inspecting

plants, leaves and flower specimens.

In six different colours, each child

can quickly identify which scoop

they have been using, ensuring

simple classroom management for

the teacher. Height 50mm. Length

180mm. Made from plastic. Pack of

6. Width 35mm.

SC10109 £17.69

4

6

6


Living Things

Observation

1

1. NEW Science & Nature

Investigation Kit

Set of observational devices, for

exploring the natural world, ponds

and habitats. Includes binoculars

with 10 x 25x magnification, digital

camera with photo, video and time

lapse features and a waterproof

endoscope with photo and video

capability.

SC10365 £288.74

2

Includes a range of activities

written by a nature specialist

• Waterproof, observational devices

• Explore the natural world

• Includes a range of activity ideas

2. Observation Kit

Bumper kit of observation

equipment for use in school

gardens. Includes a set of 6

binoculars, with 3x magnification,

6 rainbow coloured tongs for the

safe collection of minibeasts and

2 observation containers. The

binoculars are lightweight and

include their own carry case. The

eyepieces feature rubber cushions

for comfort and safety. The rainbow

coloured tongs have a clear top and

feature scissors handles for the safe

capturing, holding and investigating

of minibeasts. The observation

containers enable minibeasts to

be viewed easily. They feature a 2x

magnification lid, with an additional

3.5x magnification viewer through a

fold-over lens.

SC10272 £125.60

3. Observation Station

Enable children to explore the world

around them, whilst at play. This

playground signboard features

hooks for you to display observation

and science equipment, encouraging

children in self-led investigations.

SC10229 £95.27

• Collection of observation resources for use in school gardens

• Scissors handled tongs for the safe collection of samples

• Observation containers with dual magnification

• Binoculars with rubber eye cushions for comfort and safety

3

• Encourage scientific

exploration whilst

children are at play.

• It features both a chalk

board and dry wipe

area to mark make.

• Includes measurement

scale across the bottom.

504


1. NEW KS1 - Climate Change

Book Pack

Selection of high-quality, non-fiction

books suitable for KS1 classrooms.

Titles examine the environmental

issue of climate change and how

we can work together to create a

greener and safer future. Contents


1

Climate Change

Climate Change

SN45898 £158.80

2. NEW KS2 - Climate Change

Book pack

Book pack focusing on climate

change and environmental

issues. Chosen specifically for KS2

classrooms, these titles examine

the effect on the Earth and its

inhabitants as well as looking at

what we can do to help. Contents


SN45899 £158.80

3. NEW Human Impact on the

Environment - Book Pack

Collection of titles which focus

on the human impact on climate

change. With topics focusing on

pollution, weather patterns, habitat

destruction, plastics and pesticides.

Ideal for KS1 and KS2 classrooms.

Contents may vary. Pack of 10.

9

SN45900 £163.13

2

11

3

10


Climate Change

Climate Change

1

1. NEW KS2 - How Humans

Can Save the World - Book

Pack

A great addition to school libraries

and classrooms this book pack

focuses on the different areas

which can be used to tackle climate

change. Topics include energy

efficiency and usage, rubbish and

recycling, sustainable living and

animal conservation. Suitable for

KS2 pupils. Contents may vary. Pack

of 10.

SN45904 £194.90

10

2

5

3

2. NEW The People Behind

Climate Change - Book

Pack

Featuring a range of highquality

texts which focus on the

conservationists working towards

raising the awareness of climate

change. Learn about the important

figures in the fight against climate

change, both historical and current.

Suitable for KS1 and KS2. Pack of 5.

SN45897 £86.61

3. NEW KS1 - Looking After

Our World Book Pack

Collection of fiction and non-fiction

titles which demonstrate how we

can look after our world. Great

resource for tackling climate anxiety

and for demonstrating that children

themselves can have a positive

impact in tackling climate change.

Pack of 10.

SN45903 £148.70

4. NEW KS1 - How Humans

Can Save the World - Book

Pack

Selection of titles focusing on

different themes which can help

fight climate change. Topics include

recycling, water use, energy

efficiency and many more. A great

addition to classrooms and school

libraries. Suitable for KS1 pupils.


SN45902 £158.80

5

4

10

506


1. Renewable Energy Class

Kit

A cross-curricular STEM kit to

use solar renewable energy to

power motors, LEDs and buzzers.

Children will use these in designing

their own working models, e.g.

fairground rides, pedestal fans, sun

alarms, spinners and fan boats. This

kit is enough for 30 pupils working

in groups of 6.

1

Renewable Energy

Climate Change

TE10030 £161.69

2. Solar Cell 0.45v

A single, encapsulated solar cell

measuring W60 x L90mm. The solar

cell yields 100 mA in direct sunlight.

TSOL-CELL £12.28

3. Solar Educational Kit

Learn the basics of solar panel

electronics. This kit can be assembled

in parallel or series to make different

output panels to power electronics

such as a calculator or radio.

SC10298 £33.20

4. Practical Action Solar Kit

Electricity components which can

be used to teach pupils about the

use and benefits of solar power.

Includes batteries, bulbs and bulb

holders, round buzzers, crocodile

leads, meagre motors and solar cells.

Can be used alongside the Solar

Challenge downloadable resource

from Practical Action.

TE10025 £176.12

5. K’NEX® Education

Renewable Energy Kit

This set allows students to compare

and contrast the power and

efficiency that can be realised

from wind, solar and water power

machines. Students generate

electricity to operate models as they

experiment with renewable energy

systems.

2 3

TE01001 £316.17

4

5


The Human Body

Skeletons

1

1. Child Size Anatomy

Poster Set

A set of two child sized anatomy

figures with resource guide. Great

for classroom display and for

reinforcing scientific vocabulary on

the human body.

SC10034 £28.86

2. Desktop Human Skeleton

Model

Accurate replica of a human

skeleton, ideally sized for use on

desktops. Enables children to easily

identify the location of different

bones within the human body.

Attached to a sturdy stand, the

skeleton features moveable parts.

SC01176 £28.86

2 3

• Desktop sized

• Features

moveable parts

• Accurate

replica

4 5

3. Fabric Skeleton Wall

Hanging

Discover how your skeleton is built

with this life-size chart. It has 44

detachable pieces (bones and name

labels), each label has a number on

the reverse side which corresponds

with the number stitched on the

chart. Height 100cm. Made from

fabric. Pack of 44. Width 50cm.

SSKELE1 £89.50

4. Human X-Rays

Hold these life-size human x-rays up

to the light or use them on a light

table and see every authentic detail

of a real skeleton. Use to name and

identify the position of the different

bones in the human skeleton. The

teacher guide includes reproducible

artwork and information on

radiography. Arrange the 18 bone

images together to reproduce the

entire body of a young adult approx.

1.5m tall. Pack of 18.

XRAY2 £64.95

5. Human Anatomy, Skull,

Heart And Eye Models

Set of highly detailed pieces which

can be used to construct models

of the human anatomy, skull, eye

and heart. Ideal for use on desktops

when complete, each model

measures between 10 and 14cm in

height. Height 14cm. Made from

plastic.

SC01009 £49.07

• Recreate a

human skeleton

• Identify the

bones and their

position in the

human body

• Includes

teacher guide

18

Ideal for use on desktops

508


1. Boney Tony Half Sized

Human Skeleton Model

A half-scale, realistic model of the

human skeleton with movable

shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, knee,

jaw and ankle joints. The bones are

made from lightweight, durable

synthetic material and a stand is

included.

S-SK £82.28

1 2

Skeletons

• Accurate lifesized

replica

• Mounted on

a roller stand

• Includes a

dust cover

The Human Body

2. Life Size Human Skeleton

Model

Accurate, life sized model. Features

a detachable skull with full set

of permanent teeth, removable

cranium and movable joints.

Easy to assemble, the skeleton is

mounted on a roller stand. Bones are

recreated from hard wearing plastic.

SC00277 £324.83

3. Foam Skeleton Floor

Puzzle

At 122cm tall this skeleton floor

puzzle is life size for children.

Encourages discussion around

the human body as children piece

together this large soft foam jigsaw

and learn all the major bones.

SC10322 £47.63 • Accurate half-sized

4. Learning Resources

Complete Anatomy

Models

Give children a deeper

understanding of how organs and

internal systems interact by allowing

them to manipulate the inner

workings of the human body. Set

includes heart, brain, human body

and skeleton anatomy models. Each

realistically detailed plastic model

includes a stand and a fact guide.

Great for desktops.

SC10324 £124.15

5. Broken Bone X Rays

Real X Rays reveal a detailed look

at common breaks to a variety of

human bones. Hold up to the light

or use on a light box. An informative

guide is included. Length 210mm.

Made from cardboard. Pack of 15.

A4. Width 297mm.


SC00314 £57.74

3

replica of a human

skeleton

• Easy to assemble

• Features moveable

joints

• Includes a stand

4 5

• Realistically

detailed

anatomy models

• Ideal for handson

learning


15

The Human Body

Anatomy

1

2

1. Quarter-Scale Anatomical

Torso

Desktop sized, dissectible, eight

piece, anatomical torso featuring

detailed body parts in the correct

location and proportion.The body

parts are realistically coloured and

detailed. A great resource for pupils

to learn about the major organs and

the physical relationship between

them. Comes complete with a

photocopiable key to parts. Height

270mm.

SC10245 £47.63

2. Human Anatomy Tunic

Fantastic visual resource to identify

the major organs in the human

body, complete with 3D rib cage

and unravelling intestine! Includes

8 removable hook and loop organs

and a reference sheet for guidance.

Each organ can be attached and

labelled, prompting discussion on

their function and position..

SC00737 £151.58

3

• Dissectible torso with

removable organs

• Pieces are accurately

sized and located

• Includes a key and

guide for teacher

4

• Includes all the major organs

• Attachable organs

demonstrate their position in

the body

• Unravel the intestine to

demonstrate its long length!

3. Human Body Anatomical

Torso

Realistically coloured, 11 piece,

dissectible anatomical torso with

removable detailed body parts

in the correct proportion and

location. Comes complete with

a key to each of the major parts.

With a height of 500mm, this is an

ideally sized model for classroom

demonstrations. Removable pieces

include a sectioned brain, two

piece heart and head, lung halves,

stomach and intestine. A fantastic

tool for learning about the major

organs and the physical relationship

between them.

HTORSO £96.72

4. Human Anatomy Apron

This apron will help children to

understand where the nine main

organs are in the body. The names

and positions of the organs are

printed on the apron. Fabric organs

are detachable so pupils can learn

about their size and length. Made

from fabric.


SC00997 £64.95

510


1. Pulse Meter

Measuring pulse rate and oxygen

levels, use as a stand alone device or

as a data logger when connected to

a PC. Get clear and accurate heart

rate readings, or use the included

software to track pulse fluctuations.

The software enables children to

input their name, weight, date of

birth and height as well as print

off their results gathered over a

specified time period. Requires

2 x AAA batteries. Includes a pulse

meter, USB lead, software and user

manual. Height 2.5cm. Length

7.5cm. Width 5cm.

1

The Heart

The Human Body

SC00642 Single £72.17

SC00643 3pk £202.08

• Measure oxygen levels

and pulse

• Use as a stand alone

device or connected to

a PC

• Observe results over a

time period

2. Coloured Pulse Meters

- 6pk

Simple pulse meters, which can

monitor pulse rate and oxygen

levels. Easy to use, simply insert

your finger. The colourful selection

ensures that classroom management

is made easy as teachers can monitor

which coloured meter each child has

used. Requires 2 x AAA batteries.

Pack of 6.

SC10107 £259.86

3. Pulse and Oximeter

Simply put the pulse meter on the

end of a finger and you can clearly

monitor pulse rate and oxygen

levels. Easy to use and with accurate

results, it enables children to

observe how readings will change

dependent on exercise. Can also be

used to demonstrate how readings

will vary between children. Requires

2 x AAA batteries. Height 2.5cm.

Length 7.5cm. Width 5cm.

2 3

SC00832 £47.63

4. Big Heart Wall Hanging

A colourful, hands-on resource

that will stimulate interest, attract

the attention of the class and

create part of an eye-catching wall

display. Includes: full set of labels,

detachable heart chambers, fabric

arrows and teacher’s notes. Length

50cm. Made from fabric. Width

50cm.

4 5

6

SC00800 £69.29

5. Pumping Human Heart

Model

3D working model which clearly

demonstrates basic heart and

pulmonary blood flow, through the

use of a simple hand pump. Features

clearly labelled main artery, veins,

lungs and heart chambers. Mess

free, the liquid is sealed within.

Single.

SC01168 £26.72

Demonstrate the workings

of the human heart


The Human Body

Health & Nutrition

1

2

1. Healthy Eating Shopping

Bags Game

A fun shopping game in which

children have to match real life images

of food, to their correct food group.

Each food group is represented by

a shopping bag. Can be used to

teach about healthy eating, food and

nutrition. Contents include an Eatwell

guide, 46 double sided cards, 5

shopping bags and a 12 page booklet

of notes for the teacher.

SC10054 £62.07

3

2. Set of Teeth Dental Model

An engaging way to demonstrate

and discuss the human mouth and

the importance of teeth hygiene

with your pupils. This dental model is

1.5x larger than normal adult teeth,

so enables children to see the shape

and structure in larger, clearer detail.

Realistically shaped, the model has

a hinge so that the mouth can be

opened. Made from plastic.

SC01010 £20.94

3. Traffic Light Food Game

Build your pupils’ awareness of

nutrition and healthy eating. This

wall game uses the traffic light

system to educate children about

food they should eat and how to

classify them into three groups - red,

amber and green. Pack of 30.

TE00371 £57.74

4. Set of Teeth Model

Set of anatomically correct, fully

adjustable, hard wearing model

teeth. The model teeth come with

a large toothbrush to demonstrate

good oral hygiene. Width 16cm.

5

• Covers a

wide range of

PSHE topics

• Hands-on

activities

30

4

6

SECONT £36.08

5. Healthy Living PSHE

Activity Set

The set covers topics such as the

human body, nutrition, teeth, effects

of smoking, danger of drugs and

alcohol, exercise and more. Great for

providing students with fun, thoughtprovoking

activities that encourage cooperation.Comprehensive

teacher and

student notes are included to provide

background information, hands-on

activities and lesson planning.

SC00862 £282.96

6. Healthy Living Book Pack

KS1

This collection considers the different

parts of a happy and healthy

lifestyle. Covering nutrition, exercise

and cleanliness, these books will

help pupils understand how choices

they make have a positive/negative

impact on their health. Contents


SC01029 £166.02

10

512


1. Giant Teeth and

Toothbrush Model

Large, anatomically correct, rubber

teeth model and giant toothbrush.

Ideal for encouraging children to

brush their teeth properly, as well

as for prompting discussions on

healthy eating and hygiene. Model

can be manipulated manually. Use

the model to discuss how eating

too much sugar reacts with bacteria

and produces acid in the mouth or

point out the position and uses of

different teeth. Comes with notes

for the teacher.

1 2

Teeth

6

The Human Body

SJAWS £33.20

2. Giant Sized Human Teeth

Models

These giant-sized human teeth

demonstrate how different teeth

are used for chewing, biting and

gnawing. Models include: molar

(L15 x W12 x D12cm), canine (L18 x

W9 x D9cm) and incisor (L18 x W6 x

D9cm). Teacher’s notes included.

STOT Single £28.86

STOT6 6pk £118.37

4

3

3. Disposable Dental Mirrors

Children can look into each others

mouths, or their own, using these

disposable dental mirrors. The high

quality mirror housed in a plastic

handle makes an excellent tool for

oral inspection. Pack of 10.

SHU030 £16.24

5

110

4. Dental Hygiene

Demonstration Kit

Teach children all about healthy

dental hygiene with a range of

useful demonstration models.With

useful guidance for the teacher,

the demonstration kit can be used

to show children how long they

should clean their teeth for. Includes

a model of a giant set of teeth,

oversized toothbrush, 2 minute sand

timer, 24 plaque disclosing tablets

and 10 dental mirrors.

SC10110 £77.95

• Desktop models to demonstrate

how to clean teeth

• Enable children to examine their

own teeth

• Includes guidance for the teacher

5. Big Tooth Wall Hanging

A great cross-curricular resource

for demonstrating the parts of a

tooth and discussing their types

and function. Ideal for emphasising

the importance of dental hygiene.

Length 50cm. Made from fabric.

Width 50cm.

6

SC00851 £70.73

6. Disclosing Tablets

These pleasant tasting disclosing

tablets are an excellent way to

demonstrate the importance of

dental hygiene. Their special nontoxic

blue colouring does not linger

on the tongue or gums and can be

easily rinsed away. Pack of 48.

SHU031 £12.28

48


Rocks & Fossils

Rocks & Soil

1 2

1. Rock Samples From The

UK

Boxed set of rocks, all sourced in

the UK. Includes: basalt, chalk,

granite, oolitic limestone, sandstone,

shale, slate, fossiliferous limestone,

obsidian, pumice, granite adamellite,

new red sandstone, schist,

conglomerate and marble. Contents


ROCKS-UK £49.07

15 8

3

4

5

12

Sedimentary

2. Sedimentary Rocks

Collection

A collection of 8 examples

of sedimentary rocks with

accompanying notes for the teacher.

Samples include sandstone, coquina,

coal, halite, geyserite, dolomite and

conglomerate. Pack of 8.

SC01217 £27.42

3. Soil Samples

Investigation Kit

Five different types of soil presented

in A5 bags. The soils are clay, sandy,

chalk, clay loam, and a chalky loam.

SOILKIT1 5pk £33.20

SSOIL 25pk £128.48

4. Soil Samples From The UK

Class Pack

Pack of 12 UK soil types in 15ml

containers. Each type is labelled and

includes examples of sandy, silt, clay,

chalk, gravel, loam and silt soil.

SC01150 £112.60

5. Igneous Rocks Collection

A collection of 8 examples of

igneous rocks with accompanying

notes for the teacher. Samples

include basalt, pumice, welded ash,

rhyolite, obsidian, volcanic cinder,

andesite and quartz monzonite.

Pack of 8.

SC01216 £27.42

6. Metamorphic Rocks

Collection

A collection of 8 metamorphic

rocks with notes for the teacher.

Samples include schist, slate, marble,

soapstone, quartzite, phyllite and

gneiss. Pack of 8.

SC01218 £27.42

5 6

8 8

Igneous

Metamorphic

514


1. Complete Rock Collection

Students can dig up some exciting

learning fun with this fascinating

rock and fossil collection! Each

individual set includes a selection

of hand picked specimens including

igneous, metamorphic, sedimentary,

minerals and fossils.

SC10313 £101.05

1 2

Rocks

8

Rocks & Fossils

2. Rock Samples

Class set of rock samples, ideal

for examining the simple physical

properties of rocks. Includes

samples of igneous, metamorphic

and sedimentary rocks. Rock sizes

may vary, but 1kg of each type is

provided. Pack of 8. Weight 1kg.

SROCKSET £62.07

3. Rock Samples Class Pack

Class set of 11 metamorphic,

igneous and sedimentary rock

samples in a handy tray. Includes:

sandstone, limestone, chalk, gabbro,

granite, basalt, slate, garnet-gneiss,

marble plus two samples of sandy

and clay soil. Made from stone. Pack

of 11.

Collection of 5 different rock sets

SC01141 £64.95

4. Rock Collection

This collection provides an

introduction to basic rock types

and formations. Includes five

each of igneous, sedimentary and

metamorphic rock samples. Comes

with activity guide, magnifying glass

and storage box.

3 4

310327 £47.63

5. NEW KS2 - Rocks, Soils,

Minerals and Fossils -

Book Pack

Class collection of titles focusing on

different types of rocks, soil, fossils

and minerals. Using a variety of

detailed images, infographics and

diagrams these are a great addition

to school libraries. Pack of 10.

11

SN45905 £148.70

5

10


Materials

Properties of Materials

1

Includes different materials and corresponding picture cards

2

3

4

10

6

32

1. Investigating Materials

Activity Bag

This is an ideal resource for

exploring everyday materials as

children are challenged to match

cards to the corresponding textures

of the materials within the bag.

Great for exploring the senses and

encouraging group discussion.

Contents may vary.

SEAM1 £108.27

2. Matching Pairs Texture

Blocks

Dip into the feely bag and discover

the pairs of blocks by matching up

the two different textures. With

32 pieces and 16 pairs to discover,

encourage sensory recognition and

different materials, as you match

the blocks by touch alone. Made

from beech and cotton. Pack of 32.

FLTS £56.30

3. Exploring Materials - KS1

Building on previous knowledge,

this selection includes a wide range

of everyday materials and considers

key properties. Encourages

children to compare and contrast

different materials and extend

their understanding through

investigations. Ideal for KS1.

Pack of 10.

LB00568 £186.23

4. Exploring Materials Book

Pack

This set of books introduces readers

to a range of different types of

materials. Each title focuses on a

specific material, exploring what it

is, how it is made, where it comes

from, its properties and what it is

used for.

SC01137 £85.17

516


1

Changing Materials

Materials

• Investigate

characteristics of

materials

• Includes book of

experiment ideas

• Class set of equipment

• Contained in a sturdy box

1. Science Changing

Materials Activity Kit

Bumper kit of resources for use

in lessons on changing materials.

Suggested activities include mixing,

separating and changing materials,

comparing solids and liquids and

examining what happens when

materials are heated, as well as

defining solids, liquids and gases.

SC00756 £194.90

2. Magnetic and Non

Magnetic Materials

Samples

Set of 20 examples of magnetic and

non magnetic materials. Stored in

a handy chart, the samples can be

used to teach about magnetism,

the properties of different types

of materials and for sorting and

classification exercises.

SC00760 £43.30

3. Assorted Metal Testing

Strips

Excellent for studies on different

metals and magnetism. Includes

examples of soft and hard

aluminium, brass and copper, mild,

zinc plated and galvanised steel,

magnetic and non-magnetic stainless

steel, phosphor bronze, nickel silver

and zinc. Each plate is marked with a

code letter corresponding to a list of

metals supplied with the set. Suitable

for 5 to 11 years Length 50mm.

Made from metal. Pack of 12. Width

25mm.

MAG-MET £16.61

2

• Use to investigate

magnetism

• Explore the properties of

different types of materials

• Great for sorting and

classification exercises

3

12


Forces & Motion

Slopes & Ramps

1

SAVE

£79 .41

• Features 4 different surfaces - sandpaper,

plain, wood and carpet underlay

• Stand features five height settings

• Alter gradient of ramp to variety of

angles

• Use for forces, motion, friction, distance

and speed experiments

1. Wooden Forces Slope Kit

Sturdy ramp kit for use in forces

investigations. Includes 2 reversible

slopes which feature sandpaper,

carpet underlay, plain wood and a

foam surface. The different height

settings ensure that the gradient of

the ramp can be altered to a variety

of angles. Sturdy and safe, the stand

and ramps will not tip over and are

great for use in accurate and safe

science experiments on forces, motion

and friction. Also includes a stand

with five height settings and a ruler

printed on the side. Length 70cm.


SSLKT Single £72.17

SSLKT5 5pk £281.46

2. Multi Surface Friction

Blocks

Children will be able to appreciate

how a force such as friction can slow

down moving objects with these

multiple surface blocks. Includes

two each of the following surfaces:

sandpaper, carpet, foam, rubber,

smooth wood. Height 28mm.



FRICTBL £60.62

3. Four Lane Multi Surface

Slope

Use to compare, the movement of

items, on four different surfaces.

The ramp features a lane containing

wood, foam, sandpaper and

carpet surfaces. Great for compare

and contrast exercises and for

investigating the effects of friction.

SC00381 £72.17

2

3

10

4 5

4. Slope Car

A basic vehicle which can be used

with ramps and slopes for forces

investigations. The ‘well’ in the top

allows weights to be added. Made

from wood.

CAR £15.17

5. Bag of Marbles 80pk

Perfect for enriching small world

play, marble runs or loose parts.

Made of glass in varying sizes and

colour. Pack of 80.

80

022110 Marbles £9.39

518


1

Springs & Weights

• Full class kit of equipment

• Experiment ideas focusing

on forces and motion

• Detailed notes for

the teacher and

photocopiable worksheets

Forces & Motion

1. Science Forces and

Motion Activity Kit

A bumper kit of resources for

investigating forces and motion.

With a booklet full of worksheets

and experiments, pupils will learn all

about gravity, friction and inertia.

Includes: assorted pulleys, weights,

force meters and more!

SC00732 £194.90

2

2. Weight Set with Tray

A combined set of accurate steel and

brass weights that are housed in a

sturdy blue moulded tray. Provides

for weighing objects from 10g to

1990g in 10g increments. 3 steel

weights and 6 brass weights.

SWS £53.41

3. Metal Weight Set

Set of metal weights in a small

plastic storage box. Contents include

2 x 200g, 2 x 50g, 2 x 20g and 1

x 10g weights. Each weight has a

small hook on the end for use in

forces experiments.

SC00773 £16.96

3


Magnetism

Magnets

1 2

1. Mighty Magnets

Brightly coloured horseshoe-shaped

magnets made from durable plastic.

Each is magnetically correct, one

foot north, one south. In a set of

6 different colours. Experimenting

and playing with these super strong

child-friendly magnets is an easy,

fun introduction to early scientific

concepts. Magnets measure 12.5cm

H. Suitable for ages 3+. Magnetic.

Pack of 6.

3 4

6

SC10320 £31.75

2. Assorted Magnetism Kit

Selection of different types of

magnets and materials in a handy

storage tray. Contents include

Alinco bars, button magnets,

horseshoe magnet, ferrite blocks

and rings, chrome steel horseshoe

magnets and rods, coloured squares

of magnetic rubber, 19mm plotting

compasses, 14.5mm plotting

compasses and Lodestone piece.

SC01140 £60.62

3. Magnets Investigation

Kit

A hands-on way to investigate

magnets and magnetism. Includes a

variety of magnetic wands, marbles,

bar and horseshoe magnets.

Teacher’s notes included. Contents

may vary. Includes: 1 butterfly

sculpture, magnetic sticks and

balls, sticky stones, 1 pair of super

magnets, 20 magnetic marbles, 6

magnet wands, 1 giant horseshoe

magnet, magnetic discs and a

compass magnet.

5

6

5

SMAGS33 £101.05

4. Floating Coloured Ring

Magnets

Pack of plastic coated ring magnets,

that can be flipped over to attract

and repel. These can be used in

demonstrations to show how

magnets attract and repel. Diameter

32mm. Made from ceramic. Pack

of 5.

SCOLFLO £9.39

5. Deluxe Magnetism Kit

A comprehensive 42 piece set of

magnets and materials, great for

magnetism experiments. In a range

of styles and sizes and made from

a variety of different materials,

the magnets are stored in a handy

box. Use to investigate which

magnet is the strongest and which

everyday objects are magnetic/nonmagnetic?

Use the compasses to

explore magnetic poles and give the

children hands on experience of an

important real life use for magnets.

• Storage box included

• Wide range of magnets in

different shapes and sizes

• Use to investigate which

magnet is the strongest

40

SC10027 £96.72

6. Magnetic Marbles

Pack of colourful magnetic marbles

which attract and repel each

other. Can be used to demonstrate

magnetism or to create interesting

games. Pack of 40.

MAG-MARB2 £11.54

520


1 2

Magnets

Magnetism

1. Bar Magnets Set

Painted red/blue, this bulk set of

20 solid bar magnets are supplied

in a handy snap top case. Great for

use in exploring magnetism, the

magnets are colour coded for easy

identification. Pack of 20.

SC01171 £43.30

2. Horseshoe Magnets

Set of 3 horseshoe magnets in a

plastic wallet. Includes: 1 x 7.5cm, 1

x 10cm, 1 x 12.5cm. Pack of 3.

THM £33.20

3. Colour Coded Magnets

Ideal for younger children, the

magnets are colour-coded red

(North) and blue (South) which can

be used to easily demonstrate that

magnets have two poles. Great for

experiments on magnetic attraction,

they will not demagnetise in pairs.

Pack of 2.

3 4

20 3

TPCM £10.84

4. Colourful Horseshoe

Magnets

Strong and sturdy, chunky horseshoe

magnets, made from plastic. These

are a great size for young children

investigating magnetism. Colours

may vary.

SC01212 £36.08

5. Super Magnet Lab Kit

Everyone gets hands-on exploration

with this complete 224-piece

classroom set for 25 students. This

kit includes everything you need to

conduct a range of activities.

SC10321 £40.36

6. Magnetic Rubber Tape

Magnetic tape which can be cut

with scissors and stuck on to the

back of pictures or objects. Ideal for

use on magnetic boards. Length

10m. Single. Width 8mm.

SMAGAD £8.65

5

202

6

6


Magnetism

Magnets

1

2

1. NEW Colourful Magnetic

Wands

Easy for younger hands to grip,

these magnetic wands can be used

for learning the basic principles of

magnetism. Includes 6 wands in 6

bright colours. Length 18.5cm. Pack

of 6.

SN45505 £18.76

2. Magnetic Materials

Testing Kit Set of 20

Set of magnetic and non-magnetic

objects, great for prompting

discussion about which materials

may or may not be magnetic.

Includes two magnetic wands for

testing experiments and objects are

sealed into clearly labelled plastic

pots.

SC00825 £47.63

3

6

4

3. Magnetic and Non

Magnetic Materials

Samples

Set of 20 examples of magnetic and

non magnetic materials. Stored in

a handy chart, the samples can be

used to teach about magnetism,

the properties of different types

of materials and for sorting and

classification exercises.

SC00760 £43.30

4. Assorted Metal Testing

Strips

Excellent for studies on different

metals and magnetism. Includes

examples of soft and hard

aluminium, brass and copper,

mild, zinc plated and galvanised

steel, magnetic and non-magnetic

stainless steel, phosphor bronze,

nickel silver and zinc. Length 50mm.

Made from metal. Pack of 12. Width

25mm.

MAG-MET £16.61

5

6

12

5. Assorted Metal Discs

A set of 25mm metal discs each

stamped with the metal type.

Ideal to use to test for magnetic/

non-magnetic properties. Diameter

25mm. Made from metal. Pack of 8.

SDISC £12.28

6. Magnetic Field Pattern

Window

A very clear illustration of the

formation of magnetic fields. The

iron filings are suspended in liquid

and sealed in a clear frame; place

a magnet on the frame and watch

the fields appear. Can also be used

with an overhead projector. Height

15mm. Length 225mm. Made from

plastic. Width 130mm.

PATT £56.30

8

522


1. Science Electricity

Activity Kit

A bumper kit of resources which

can be used for investigating

electricity. Packed in a colour-coded

tray, the kit includes: batteries,

battery holders, bulb holders,

buzzers, bulbs, wire, wire strippers

and much more. With a booklet full

of worksheets, pupils will develop

an understanding of how electricity

can be used and its dangers and

benefits to us. The 14 suggested

experiments will help pupils gain an

understanding of what electricity is

and where it comes from.

1

Electricity Kits

Electricity

SC00757 £194.90

2. Beginners Electricity Kit

A great value set of 18 component

modules, ideal for group work. Each

component module clearly displays

the name and electrical symbols.

031460 £205.00

3. Electricity Kit Plus

Understand and build simple circuits

with this great value kit, with its

simple ‘plug and play’ design. Each

module clearly displays the name

of the component and its electrical

symbol, making it easy to learn.

031458 £311.84

• Bumper kit of resources for

electricity investigations

• Booklet full of worksheets

and experiment ideas

• Includes notes for the teacher

• Suitable for KS1 and KS2

2

3

Contents

1 x digital multimeter

1 x magnetic switch

1 x variable resistor

1 x flashing LED

1 x white LED

1 x light dependent resistor

5 x battery holders

5 x bulbs

2 x toggle switches

2 x push switches

2 x buzzers, 2 x motors,

1 x two-pole switch, 10

x stacking leads, 2 x test

probes, 2 x crocodile

adaptor leads, 1 x teachers

resources CD.

Contents

5 x battery holders

5 x bulbs

2 x buzzers

2 x motor fans

2 x toggle switches

2 x push switches

2 x crocodile adapter

clips

10 x stacker leads

1 x teacher guide

CD-ROM

Supplied in a sturdy

storage box


Electricity

Components

1 2

1. Batteries

Save money when stocking up

with our quality range of AA, AAA

and C batteries. These batteries are

suitable for use in a wide range of

electronic resources, and can be

used as a power supply in D&T and

Science circuits.

IT10056 4pk AAA £5.41

IT10057 20pk AAA £22.39

IT10058 40pk AAA £28.16

IT10053 10pk AA £5.41

IT10054 50pk AA £22.39

IT10055 100pk AA £28.16

IT10059 4pk C £5.41

4 5

6 7

3

2. Electrical Components Kit

Basic assortment of components

including crocodile leads, cell

holders, lamps and bulbs and many

more. Suitable for introductory

electronics lessons.

SC10301 £60.62

3. Electrical Components Kit

Comes complete with all

components needed to enable

children to investigate electricity.

Includes batteries and holders, bulbs

and holders and multi core wire.

SHWELEC £112.60

4. Battery Holders 1 x AA

10pk

Each battery holder can hold 1 AA

battery to give 1.5 volts output.

The use of Alkaline, Lithium or

rechargeable batteries can in some

cases cause high temperatures.

Please use Zinc Chloride batteries

only.

TBA-1-10 10pk £3.97

SC10083 30pk £10.10

5. AA Snap Battery Holders

10pk

High quality battery snap connectors

to use with AA batteries. Includes

press stud (snap) terminals. To be

used with snap connectors and zinc

chloride batteries only.

TBH-2-10 2 x AA 10pk £3.62

SC10081 2 x AA 30pk £9.39

6. 2 x AA Battery Holders

with Leads

Holds 2 ‘AA’ size batteries and comes

with leads fixed. Modern alkaline

batteries can produce high currents

if a short circuit occurs. Therefore

we recommend using zinc chloride

batteries for circuitry work.

TBE-2-10 10pk £5.41

SC10082 30pk £13.72

7. Battery Snaps

Ideal component for use in simple

series circuits, these snaps can be

used for connecting battery holders

to motors and bulbs. Comes with

150mm, colour coded, red and black

leads. Pack of 50.

TS-50 £7.21

50

524


1. Crocodile Leads

A set of 10 leads with plastic

insulated miniature crocodile clips

at each end. Ideal for connecting

components together to create an

electrical circuit in both Science and

D&T lessons. Multicoloured. Made

from pvc.

1 2

Components

Electricity

TCL 10pk £8.65

TE00820 50pk £15.87

2. Double Ended Crocodile

Leads

These crocodile leads are super

strong and tough. Long lasting and

durable, these leads are useful for

assembling circuits and connecting

components to wires. Double ended,

each lead is approx. Length 30cm.


10

SC01115 £10.84

3. Meagre Motor and Pulley

Pack

Add movement and control the

speed of your moving model. The

20pk contains 10 motors and 10

pulleys and the bulk pack of 300,

includes 150 motors and 150

pulleys. Please note: the motors are

forward direction only.

3 4

SAVE

£28 .88

TMOTPK 20pk £12.98

TE00523 300pk £165.81

4. Meagre Motors

Make your vehicle move or your

model light up using these motors.

Will work from 1.5v - 4.5v and

are an essential for your resource

cupboard.

SAVE

£6 .93

10

10

TM-10 10pk £10.10

TM-60 60pk £53.33

5 6

5. Connecting Wire

Reel of multi-core wire available

in either black or red. An essential

resource for all your electricity kits.

Length 100m. Made from wire.

Width 2mm.

TW-BLA Black £12.28

TW-RED Red £12.28

6. Automatic Wire Strippers

This functional tool strips wires from

0.2mm to 0.6mm in diameter. The

self adjusting mechanism allows for

easy stripping. Manufactured from

pressed steel and plastic with a built

in cable cutter. Single.

TAWS £11.91

7. Self Adhesive Motor Clips

10pk

These clips hold components

between 19-25mm in position. They

are self adhesive making them easy

to stay in place. Made from plastic.

Pack of 10.

7 8

TM-CLIP £5.41

8. High Resistance Wire

Nichrome wire to make dimmer

switches for low voltage bulbs. Make

circuits incorporating a length of this

nichrome wire and use a crocodile

clip to connect any-where along the

length to create a variable dimmer

switch. Length 10m.

10

HRWIRE £12.28


Electricity

Components

1

2

1. 8mm LEDs Mixed

Coloured 30pk

Light emitting diodes are an

alternative to bulbs and are useful

for adding colour to models. Pack of

8mm LEDs in yellow, green and red.


TC-LED £13.72

5

2. Miniature Electronic

Buzzer 6v 5pk

Pack of miniature, transistor

oscillator 6v buzzers with flying

leads. With a single tone output,

these create a loud ‘buzz’ and

feature 100mm red and black wire

leads. With an operating range of

4-8v. Pack of 5.

TPB-5 £10.10

30

30 30 5

4 5

3

3. Round Buzzer 3v-6v

Pack of round buzzers, which emit

a high pitched, continuous ‘beep’

3v - 6v - each buzzer has 150mm

wire leads. Diameter 23mm. Height

10mm. Pack of 5.

TB-5 £13.35

4. MES Bulbs

A set of 50 bulbs, available in

different voltages. These solid state

bulbs have a lifespan of up to 8

times that of conventional filament

lamps, as well as being more robust,

making them the ideal choice for

your school. Pack of 50.

TB1.5R-50 1.5V, 0.2amp £8.65

TB2.5R-50 2.5V, 0.2amp £8.65

TB3.5R-50 3.5V £8.65

055434 6V, 0.06amp £8.65

5. M.E.S Lens End Bulb 2.2v

The style of this 2.5V bulb makes it

less likely to break even if dropped.

2.5v bulbs, suitable for use with 1 or

2 batteries. Pack of 25.

TB2.5L-25 £5.41

6. Simple Bulb Holders

Great for circuit work in Science

or lighting it up projects in D&T.

Easy-to-use.

TSBH 10pk £4.32

TSBH100 100pk £28.73

50

6 7

7. NEW MES Batten Bulb

Holders

Sturdy bulb holders for MES bulbs.

Screwdriver required to make

connections to this bulb holder.

TBH-10 10pk £6.50

TBH-60 60pk £30.68

526


1. Basic Switch

A simple plastic disc with spring

type, easy wire connectors and a

pivoting brass arm which makes or

breaks a connection. This is also a

very useful teaching aid to show

how a switch works. Single.

1 2

Components

Electricity

TSW-BASIC £7.21

2. Slide Switch

A simple slide switch with a centre

off position. This simple slide switch

can be used to reverse a meagre

motor in circuitry experiments.


10

TSS-10 £5.76

3. Switch Pack

Bumper collection of useful switches.

Includes:

• 20 x reed switches

• 10 x square magnets

• 5 x toggle switches

• 5 x push to make switches

• 5 x basic switches

• 1 x box of paper fasteners (200)

• 1 x box of paper clips (100). Pack

of 345.

3

TSW-PACK £43.30

4. Electricity Components

Starter Kit

A complete kit with all the

components you need to enable

children to investigate electricity.

Includes everything from bulbs and

bulb holders to motors and switches.

SC10302 £28.86

345 1

5. Push Button Switch

Use to demonstrate how a switch

opens and closes a circuit. Working

in a similar way to a door bell, this

is an ideal component for use in a

simple series circuits. Pack of 5.

4

TSW-PLUS-5 £4.32

6. Toggle Switch

Designed to fit through a 1.2 cm

hole in a panel if required but may

be used unmounted in simple

circuits. Features a clearly marked

on/off. Pack of 5.

TTOGSW-5 £10.10

5 6

105

5


Light & Sound

Torches

1

1. Handheld Torches

Class set of torches, ideal for basic

light experiments. Each torch

requires 2 x AA batteries. We have

included a set of 30 x AA batteries to

help get you started! Multicoloured.


Pack of 12.

SC00815 £40.41

2

3

• Essential

classroom resource

• Batteries Included

• Great for

investigating

shadow formation

12

2. LED Colour Mixing Torches

These light sources can be used for

a variety of experiments, as well

as together for colour mixing. In

red, blue and green with magnetic

backs, they can be attached to a

whiteboard. Each device requires 2 x

AA batteries. Length 11cm. Pack of

3. Width 12cm.

SC00772 £33.20

3. Colour Changing Torches

Wear and experiment with these take

anywhere, colour changing torch

heads. A simple to use resource,

great for experimenting with colour

mixing and for investigating shadow

formation. Magnetic backed, the

torch heads can be attached to

magnetic surfaces. Each torch

requires 2 x AAA batteries. Attach to

the included wrist and head bands

to allow hands free exploration. A

button on each torch, will change

the LED from white to red, blue or

green. Pack of 10.

SC10000 £67.85

4. Light and Colour

Experiments Grab and

Go Kit

This kit is designed to help children

explore and discover colour and

light in lots of intriguing ways whilst

developing some key skills. Packed in a

sturdy folding box. Contents may vary.

Great for colour

mixing

3

10

FCLGRAB £207.89

5. Mini Light Meter

Hand held mini light meter which

can be used to measure illuminance.

Features include max min recording

and user selectable units. Measuring

range 0 to 200Klux.

SC10052 £83.72

4 5

528


Torches

Light & Sound

Rechargeable

Easi-Torch

The rechargeable handheld LED torches are simple to use and

come with a useful charging hub for storage. The LEDs provide a

constant brightness for up to 2 hours, recharge in the hub once the

battery is low. These delightful handheld torches are the perfect size

for children’s hands and will provide hours or sensory play while

encouraging confident technology skills. Pack of 6.

SC00117 £129.92

KEY

only

£129 .92

BENEFITS

• Rechargeable - 6 ultra-bright LED torches

with constant brightness

• Battery life up to 2 hours and battery life

indicator

• Recharges in 3-4 hours

• Large easy to use on/off switch


Light & Sound

Light Panels

1

• 8 colour

changing settings

• 3 brightness

settings

• Mains operated

1. Colour Changing Light

Panels

Slimline light box, with 8 different

colour changing options for

the background and 3 different

brightness settings. Ideal for

illuminating activities and for

experimenting with colour

changing. Mains operated, supplied

with a 12v main adaptor and lead.

SC10095 A2 £245.42

SC10096 A3 £144.36

2. Ultra-Bright LED Light

Panel

LED light panel with 3 settings

which provide a bright and clear

illuminated background. Portable,

easy to clean and with safe rounded

edges, this is a versatile resource for

use in cross curricular investigations

of colour and light. Simple lock

function prevents the panel from

being turned off unintentionally

and it is supplied with a 12v main

adapter and lead. Typical life span

of LEDs is approx. 50,000 hours.

Made from plastic.

CA07121 A1 £397.02

CA07122 A3 £122.71

SC01101 A2 £202.11

2

• Portable and easy to

clean

• Ultra-bright LEDs with

3 different settings

• Sturdy and safe for

classrooms, with

rounded edges

530


1

Mirrors

Light & Sound

• Ideas on colour mixing

activities

• Investigate shadow

formation

• Explore how light

travels

• Make periscopes,

pinhole cameras and

many more

1. Science Light Activity Kit

This kit brings together all the

resources you’ll need to teach

about light. Packed full of prisms,

torches, convex and concave lenses,

mirrors, tea lights and many other

components.Includes a teacher’s

guide full of experiment ideas on

shadow formation, how light is

reflected and much more.

SC00734 £194.90

2. Double Sided Plastic

Mirrors

A pack of double sided, plastic

mirrors with peel off protective

covering. Length 100mm. Made

from plastic. Width 150mm.

TMIR 10pk £14.42

SC10080 30pk £43.30

3. Small Mirror Assortment

Assortment of double-sided plastic

mirrors in three different sizes.

Contains: 8 mirrors measuring 75 x

25mm. 4 mirrors measuring 100 x

75mm and 4 mirrors measuring 190

x 145mm. Pack of 16.

SC10029 £20.94

4. A4 Sized Mirrors

Class set of plastic mirrors. These

plastic mirrors have self adhesive

backs so can be set in place if

required. Height 297mm. Pack of 10.

A4. Width 210mm.

SC00794 £28.86

5. Convex and Concave

Mirrors 10pk

Set of double-sided, unbreakable,

convex and concave, plastic mirrors.

Ideal for scientific enquiries, the

mirrors are protected with a peel off

film. Pack of 10.

SC00796 £12.98

2 3

4 5

16

10 10


Light & Sound

Sound

1 2

• Booklet of activity

ideas included

• Make a telephone and

a guitar

• Measure sound levels

• Investigate materials

which sound can

travel through

2

1. Science Sound Activity

Kit



about sound. Activities focus on

measuring sound levels, finding out

what happens to sound as you get

further away and examining what

materials sound can travel through.

Contents include pack of 30mm

wooden balls, cardboard tubes,

plastic tubing, funnels, wind up

tape, tuning forks and much more.

Contents may vary.

3

4

SC00736 £194.90

2. Tuning Forks

Use to demonstrate how sounds

are made, how vibrations produce

sound and the relationship between

frequency and wavelength. Tuned to

C (256Hz) and B (480Hz). Pack of 2.

TFORK £21.65

3. Handheld Sound Meter

(Decimeter)

Easy to use electronic meter ideal for

investigating how sounds get fainter

as the distance from the sound

source increases. It has a background

noise absorber to filter ambient

sounds and a max min record and

max hold function. Also features a

measuring level range of 40dB to

130dB, a 4 digit digital display and

an auto power off switch.

SDEC2 £89.50

5

6

10

4. Light and Sound Book

Pack

This collection of books covers

everything from pitch and vibrations

to shadows and reflection. An array of

books that will help children to work

scientifically while having fun! Ideal

for classrooms and school libraries.


SC10039 £151.58

5. Boomwhackers

Brightly coloured, tuned percussion

tubes that are easy to play and

lots of fun. Sound is created by

whacking the tube against any

number of surfaces. Multicoloured.

Made from plastic.

BW100 8 Note C Major Diatonic Set £28.86

BW101 5 Note Chromatic Set £20.20

8

8

6. Tuning Fork Set

High quality aluminium plain shaft

tuning forks, with frequency in

Hertz marked on each one. An eight

piece set supplied in a wooden

storage box. They are tuned C-C.

Pack of 8.

055054 £80.84

532


1

• Investigate

characteristics of

materials

• Includes book of

experiment ideas

• Class set of

equipment

• Contained in a

sturdy box

Class Kits

Classroom Resources

1. Science Changing

Materials Activity Kit

Bumper kit of resources for use

in lessons on changing materials.

Suggested activities include mixing,

separating and changing materials,

comparing solids and liquids and

examining what happens when

materials are heated, as well as

defining solids, liquids and gases.

SC00756 £194.90

2. Science Sound Activity

Kit



about sound. Activities focus on

measuring sound levels, finding out

what happens to sound as you get

further away and examining what

materials sound can travel through.

Contents include pack of 30mm

wooden balls, cardboard tubes,

plastic tubing, funnels, wind up

tape, tuning forks and much more.

Contents may vary.

SC00736 £194.90

3. Science Light Activity Kit



about light. Packed full of prisms,

torches, convex and concave lenses,

mirrors, tea lights and many other

components. Includes a teacher’s

guide full of experiment ideas on

shadow formation, how light is

reflected and much more.

SC00734 £194.90

4. Properties Of Materials

Kit

Huge collection of resources,

especially selected to investigate

materials and their properties.

Includes magnets, magnifying

glasses, thermometers, balloons,

fabric samples and many more.

The teacher’s guide includes

activities and experiments focusing

on magnetic, waterproof and

flammable materials.

SC00755 £194.90

2

3

4

• Booklet of

activity ideas

included

• Make a telephone

and a guitar

• Measure sound

levels

• Investigate

materials which

sound can travel

through

• Ideas on colour

mixing activities

• Investigate

shadow

formation

• Explore how light

travels

• Make periscopes,

pinhole cameras

and many more

• Full class kit of

equipment

• Experiment ideas

• Detailed notes

for the teacher

• Photocopiable

worksheets


Classroom Resources

Class Kits

1

1. Science Magnetism

Activity Kit

This bumper kit of magnetic

resources enables pupils to discover

how magnetism works and what

it is used for. The accompanying

book includes support materials,

ideas for magnetic experiments and

worksheets for pupils.

SC00735 £194.90

• Investigate which objects

are magnetic

• Experiment with

compasses to learn about

poles

• Compare the different

strengths of magnets

• Investigate magnetic

fields

2

2. Science Forces and

Motion Activity Kit

A bumper kit of resources for

investigating forces and motion.

With a booklet full of worksheets

and experiments, pupils will learn all

about gravity, friction and inertia.

Includes: assorted pulleys, weights,

force meters and more!

SC00732 £194.90

• Full class kit of equipment

• Experiment ideas focusing

on forces and motion

• Detailed notes for the

teacher and photocopiable

worksheets

3

3. Science Electricity Activity

Kit

A bumper kit of resources which can

be used for investigating electricity.

Packed in a colour-coded tray, the kit

includes: batteries, battery holders,

bulb holders, buzzers, bulbs, wire,

wire strippers and much more.

SC00757 £194.90

• Bumper kit of

resources for electricity

investigations

• Booklet full of worksheets

and experiment ideas

• Includes notes for the

teacher

• Suitable for KS1 and KS2

534


design & technology

contents

536-543 stem

544-549 d&t consumables

550-552 tools

553 materials

554-556 class kits

557-559 cooking & nutrition


535

Science

STEM

Working with Experts: Caroline Alliston

We have collaborated with Caroline Alliston to create

our STEM class kits. Caroline is a professional engineer

and award-winning STEM educator, best known for her

successful ‘Technology for Fun’ series of books.

After 25 years working in industry, she decided to use her

knowledge and skills to develop fun, exciting design and

build projects to inspire a new generation of scientists and

engineers. Caroline also runs hugely popular workshops for

children, teachers and STEM ambassadors.

1

Programable STEM Kit

Designed for 30 pupils

Contents

10x Crumble controller

10x Light dependent resistor (LDR)

10x Micro-USB cable

10x Motors

10x Corrugated Plastic Sheets

20x Wooden Dowel

10x Motor mounts

10x Battery holders

50x Snap battery connectors

80x Crocodile leads

30x LEDs 8 mm

24x Craft rolls

100x Thick card wheels 51 mm

10x Pulleys 54mm

10x Bulb holder

25x Light Bulbs

10x Motor pulleys

1x 454g of Rubber bands

1x Colourful Gem Stone Collection

1. Crumble Class Kit

A cross-curricular STEM class kit for

30 pupils working in groups of 3

to design, build, test and evaluate

four different computer controlled

working models incorporating

structures, mechanical and electrical

systems. They will apply their

understanding of computing to

programming, monitor and control

their products, which include a

coloured spinner, LED traffic lights,

chair-o-plane and a light which

comes on in the dark. The Crumble

controller is ideal for Key Stage

2 pupils. It is robust and easy to

connect up, uses a simple drag and

drop programming language and

directly drives motors, lamps and

LEDs. The controller unit is re-used

for all four projects in order to keep

costs to a minimum.

TE10001 Crumble Kit £649.67

536


1

STEM Kits

STEM

• Bring cross-curricular

STEM learning to life!

• “How To” instructions,

activity sheets and

extension activities can

be found online

• Enough materials for

30 students

1. Vehicles Kit KS1

Enough materials to design thirty

different model vehicles. Your pupils

could design a space vehicle, a

dune buggy or even a speed boat.

Created by Caroline Alliston, a

mechanical engineer, these kits are

ideal for a class of thirty KS1 pupils.


TE00766 £122.71

2. Motorised Vehicles Kit

KS2

Gives pupils an opportunity to use

their knowledge of electric circuits

and switches to produce a motorised

vehicle. Created by Caroline Alliston,

a mechanical engineer, these kits

make a great STEM activity for 30

KS2/KS3 pupils. Enough materials to

build 30 models. Suitable for 7 to

11 years

TE00778 £288.74

2

• Allows for correct measuring and cutting of main frame material

• Product testing, is it fit for purpose?

• Product evaluation - what worked well, what didn’t and how do I improve it?


STEM

STEM Kits

1

• Focus on circuits and

structures

• Cross- curricular STEM

learning

• Suitable for 30 pupils

Contents

30 x Task boxes

100 x 54mm Diameter wooden wheels

100 x Mixed diameter wooden wheels

10 x Corrugated plastic sheets

50 x Lengths of 8mm square section wood

120 x Mixed plastic pulleys

100 x Cotton reels

30 x DC motors and mounting clips

30 Battery holders

90 Crocodile leads

30 x toggle switches

40 x 600mm lengths of 5mm dowel

500 x Wooden lolly sticks

245g bag of rubber bands.

1. Fairgrounds D&T

Classpack

A cross-curricular STEM kit for thirty

pupils that builds on the knowledge

of circuits, structures and more.

These kits are ideal for a class of

thirty KS1 pupils. Support notes for

the teacher are available online.

TE00777 £274.30

2

Contents

48 x Cardboard craft rolls

100 x Card wheels

30 x MES bulb holders

50 x MES bulbs

60 x Crocodile leads

30 x Battery holders

10 x Push switches

10 x Toggle switches

10 x Slide switches

2. Make your own Light D&T

Class Kit

Enhance your pupil’s knowledge of

circuits using this real world STEM

project Created by Caroline Alliston,

a mechanical engineer, these kits are

ideal for a class of thirty KS2 pupils.

TE00772 £122.71

538


1

STEM Kits

STEM

1. Periscope Class Kit

A cross-curricular STEM kit for 60

pupils to each make their own

periscope and discover how it

works. Children will investigate

the way light behaves as it reflects

down the periscope and then into

their eye, and identify how each of

the materials is used for a particular

purpose.

TE10015 £64.95

2. Balloon Buggy Class Kit

A cross-curricular STEM kit for 60

pupils to each make, test, evaluate

and improve their own balloon

buggies. They will investigate

forces that make things start to

move, speed up and slow down,

understand the use of mechanical

systems in products and calculate

and compare the average speed of

the buggies as they whizz across

the floor.

TE10020 £106.82

2

• Fantastic cross-curricular STEM activity for 60 pupils

• Supported by a lesson plan, PowerPoint, pupil worksheet and ‘how to’ blog

• Once built, students can decorate and personalise their Periscope

• Created by mechanical engineer Caroline Alliston

• Enough material for 60 pupils

• Comprehensive supporting

literature includes a lesson

plan, PowerPoint, pupil

worksheet and ‘how to’ blog

• Ideal for KS2 pupils


STEM

STEM Kits

1

1. Fan Boats Class Kit


30 pupils to each design, build, test

and improve their very own fandriven

model boat. Allowing your

students to apply their knowledge

of electricity, materials and forces.

The fan boat uses a simple series

circuit mounted on a polystyrene

foam base. Comprehensive

supporting literature includes

lesson plan, PowerPoint, student

workbook, question sheet, ‘how

to’ blog and video. Supplied flat


TE10006 £310.40

2

• For use with up to

30 pupils

• Free ‘how to’ blog

and video available

• Apply knowledge of

electricity, materials

and forces

2. Making Alarms Class

Project Pack

Children love experimenting with

electrical components and the use

of buzzers or lights in a simple

alarm circuit. This set will enhance

understanding of different switches

and how they work. Contents may

vary.

4DQCA £129.92

540


1

STEM Kits

STEM

1. Brush Monster Class Kit


30 pupils working in groups of 3

to design, build and test vibrating

brush monsters. Pupils will apply

their knowledge of simple series

circuits to make a working model.

The pupils will construct a switched

motor circuit which rotates an

offset weight, causing vibrations.

They will mount their circuit on

a dustpan brush, so that the

vibrations are transmitted down the

bristles, causing the brush to scuttle

across the floor. The brushes are

then decorated and raced.

TE10019 £122.71

• A STEM resource for

30 pupils

• Each kit is provided with a

lesson plan, PowerPoint,

pupil worksheet and

‘how to’ blog

• The brushes can be

decorated and raced

2. Build-a-House Class Kit

A cross-curricular STEM class kit

for 30 pupils to each design and

make a model house with a working

doorbell and light. Pupils will learn

about simple series circuits including

cells, wires, bulbs, switches and

buzzers, and apply their knowledge

to construct a working model.

The pupils will make their house

from a cardboard box including

door, windows and roof. They will

construct a buzzer circuit with a

push-to-make switch and use this

for the doorbell, and a switched

lamp circuit to use as the light.

And finally, pupils can decorate

and create figures to populate their

houses.

Created by mechanical engineer

Caroline Alliston. Supporting

literature includes a lesson plan,

PowerPoint, pupil worksheet and

‘how to’ blog.

TE10017 £194.90

2

• Working doorbell and

light

• Cross-curricular activity

for 30 pupils

• Created by mechanical

engineer Caroline Alliston

• Pupils can decorate and

create figures to populate

their houses


STEM

STEM Kits

1

1. Practical Action Solar Kit

Electricity components which can

be used to teach pupils about the

use and benefits of solar power.

Includes batteries, bulbs and bulb

holders, round buzzers, crocodile

leads, meagre motors and solar

cells. Can be used alongside the

Solar Challenge downloadable

resource from Practical Action.

A great resource for teaching

STEM, the Solar challenge is a free

downloadable resource available on

the Practical Action website. During

the challenge pupils investigate

how to make different circuits

including solar cells and how to

calculate the power of appliances.

They then investigate what different

people in a village in Zimbabwe

need electricity for and how a fixed

amount of energy from solar cells

could be used.

TE10025 £176.12

• Free downloadable resource available on the Practical Action website

• Great for teaching about sustainable energy

• Real world examples of how this is used

• Created in association with Practical Action

2. Renewable Energy Class

Kit

A cross-curricular STEM kit to use

solar renewable energy to power

motors, LEDs and buzzers. Children

will use these in designing their own

working models, e.g. fairground

rides, pedestal fans, sun alarms,

spinners and fan boats. This kit is

enough for 30 pupils working in

groups of 6.

TE10030 £161.69

2

542


1

Makerspace

STEM

1. Gratnells Makerspace

Trolley

The Gratnells MakerSpace trolley

can be configured with a variety

of tray and storage bin options.

The standard Gratnells trays can be

interchanged with fixed storage to

transport materials and tools to a

work area, and the trolley can also

be used as a standalone workstation,

with ample storage for many

materials and hand tools. Contents

not included.

TE10016 £960.09

• Mix and match tray sizes to

meet your changing needs

• Move trays between fixed

storage, classroom furniture

and MakerSpace trolley

• Many tray inserts available

to sort and segment

different components

2. STEM Makerspace Trolley

A storage and work station for all

your STEM tools and materials.

A handy mobile area, where

children can collaborate, invent,

design and build their own STEM

projects. Includes 15 removable

trays. Features include a dry wipe

whiteboard which children can use

to sketch designs on and a peg

board for the storage of tools. The

lockable castors make it easy for you

to move your Makerspace around

your school whenever needed. Tools

and components sold separately.

SC10233 £664.11

2

• Create a Makerspace in your school

• Features lockable castors for easy

transportation

• Includes dry wipe, whiteboard

• Includes 15 removable trays


D&T Consumables

Wood Packs

1

1. Wooden Wheel Packs

Strict quality controls ensures these

wheels are a tight fit onto 5mm

Dowel. Whether you’re designing

and making vehicles, fairgrounds or

moving toys, pre-drilled holes ensure

a tight fit onto dowel and saves you

time! 6mm thick. Made from wood.

Pack of 100.

TMDF-25 Diameter 25mm £17.31




• Available in different sizes

• Great quality, low price

• Tight fit to 5mm dowel

• Pre-drilled holes

100

2. Mixed Wooden Wheels

These 6mm thick, fibreboard wheels

come with ready-drilled centre holes

enabling a good fit on 5mm dowel.

Packs include: 40 each x large and

medium wheels, 20 x small wheels.

Made from wood.

TMDF-M 100pk £20.94

TE00522 300pk £55.59

2

SAVE

£7 .22

• Available in different sizes

• Great quality, low price

• Tight fit to 5mm dowel

• Pre-drilled holes

100

544


1. Wooden Dowel Packs

Dowel fits tightly onto our wooden

and card wheels, as well as our

pulleys! We have strict quality

control, enabling us to guarantee

our dowel is perfectly round. Every

school should have this dowel in

their cupboards! Length 600mm.

Made from wood.

TE00837 Diameter 4mm 200pk £50.52

TWD Diameter 5mm 20pk £10.84

TWD100 Diameter 5mm 100pk £36.08

TWD200 Diameter 5mm 200pk £72.17

TE00532 Diameter 5mm 300pk £79.40

1

Wood Packs

D&T Consumables

2. Wooden Dowels & Wheels

Pack

A cost saving selection of our most

popular wooden wheel and dowel

packs. Buy your wheels and dowel

together. 2 packs of 100 wooden

wheels with a 5mm diameter

combined with a pack of 100

wooden dowels.

TE10000 £40.41

• A variety of pack sizes

available

• Great value for money!

• Fits our wooden wheels

perfectly

• Best quality - dowel will

not split or splinter

2

• Most popular

wooden wheels

and dowel

• 5mm diameter

• high quality - will

not split or splinter


D&T Consumables

SAVE

£57 .75

Square

Section Wood

Easy to work with, carefully sourced soft wood. The smaller the square

section, the easier wood will give way under pressure. A staple resource

for any D&T cupboard. This wood is sourced carefully and goes through

strict quality control allowing you and your pupils to produce the best

models you can with the best materials. Length 590mm.

KEY

from

£21 .65

BENEFITS

• Strict quality control ensuring the best

quality wood

• Different sized, square sections available

Diameter 6mm 100pk

TWM £36.07

Diameter 8mm 100pk

TWAA £36.07

Diameter 10mm 100pk

TWBB £50.50

Diameter 6mm 200pk

TE00817 £64.91

Diameter 8mm 200pk

TWAA200 £64.91

Diameter 10mm 200pk

TWBB200 £93.79

Diameter 8mm 50pk

TE00807 £21.65

Diameter 10mm 50pk

TE00806 £28.86

Diameter 10mm 600pk

TE00531 £223.61

546


1. Standard Balsa Wood

Pack

A good quality Balsa wood which is

available in a variety of shapes and

sizes. Pieces are up to 458mm long

and between 2mm and 76mm thick.

TBAL-PK 150pk £119.82

TE00510 450pk £316.14

2. Narrow Strip Wood

25mm x 5mm

An easy to work with wood for

younger children. Available in two

pack sizes, this wood is particularly

useful for drilling. Height 5mm.


Width 25mm.

1

Wood Packs

SAVE

£43 .32

D&T Consumables

TWE 25 x 5mm 100pk £64.95

TE00819 25 x 5mm 200pk £108.27

3. Mixed Wood Pack

Our square section wood is the

highest quality. All lengths 590mm

approx. Contains:

• 25 pieces - 8 x 8mm

• 25 pieces - 10 x 10mm

• 25 pieces - 25 x 5mm

• 20 pieces - 5mm dowel Pack of 95.

TWC Mixed Pack £64.95

450

2

• A staple for your

D&T cupboard

• Easy to work with

shapes and sizes

• Great for use with

younger children

• High quality material

3

• High quality

wood

• Multipack of

different sizes

• Great for a variety

of D&T makes

95


D&T Consumables

Wood Packs

1

150

2

170

3

1. School Block Balsa Pack

This pack contains a variety of

widths and thicknesses. Pieces are

up to 305mm long and between

25mm and 76mm thick. Pack of 150.

TBAL-BL £72.17

2. Balsa Wood 170pk

This pack contains a variety of

widths and thicknesses. Pieces are

up to 610mm long and between

2mm and 10mm thick. Pack of 170.

TBAL-EC £173.24

120

3. Balsa Wood 120pk

A good quality Balsa wood which is

available in a variety of shapes and

sizes. Pieces are up to 610mm long

and between 2mm and 10mm thick.

Pack of 120.

TBAL-SS £93.83

548


1. Balsa Wood Pack

Bumper class pack of Balsa wood

for STEM and D&T activities. Balsa

wood is lightweight, which makes

it great for model making and

building structures. Contains over

590 pieces. Pack of 590.

TE10002 £433.11

2. Mega Jelutong Pack

Perfect for model making and

ideal for children just beginning

to experiment with tools as it’s

simple to drill and saw. Known as

a hardwood but its low density

classes it as a light, textured wood,

meaning it’s easy to handle. Made


1

Wood Packs

590

D&T Consumables

TE00738 £223.77

• 5 most popular pack sizes.

• Ideal model making!

• Those less experienced

will find Jelutong easy to

work with.

• Save preparation time and

wastage!

2

900


Tools

Hacksaws & Hammers

1 2

3 4

1. Tenon Saw

A 250mm fine-toothed tenon saw to

be used when cutting larger section

wood. For use by older and more

experienced pupils, 13 teeth per

inch. Single.

TTEN £20.20

2. Junior Hacksaws

With strong, pistol-grip-type plastic

handle this hacksaw is ideal for

cutting wood with a small cross

section, such as 8mm and 10mm

pine. Always ensure children secure

the wood before cutting using a

Bench Hook or Wilson Block. Suitable

for age 7 years and up. Depth 10cm.

Height 12cm. Width 24cm.

TE00787 Hacksaw Stand £40.41

TTH10 10 Hacksaws £27.42

TE00805 10 Hacksaws and Stand £57.74

5

1

5 6

3. Modelling Saw

A fine-toothed saw with a wooden

handle specifically made for cutting

small section wood up to 10mm

thick. This saw is ideal for use with

the bench hook. Pack of 5.

MODSAW5 £54.85

4. Mini Claw Hammer

An excellent tool for small hands,

this hammer can be used with small

nails or panel pins. Removing nails

could be an investigation of levers.

Single.

TTCH £10.81

5. Pin Hammer

Most useful for starting off tacks

and small nails on tasks involving

woodwork. With hardwood handle

and forged head with polished

striking face.

TTPH £11.54

25

6. Sandpaper

High quality sandpaper available

in two grades, fine and medium.

An ideal size for children, great for

finishing off your D&T projects! Pack

of 25. Width 230mm.

SPAPERM Grade M2 Grit 70 £8.65

SPAPERF Grade F2 Grit 100 £3.62

550


1

2

Workshop

Tools

1. Woodwork Class Tools Set

This is a great starter kit or ideal

if you need to replenish some

equipment. Supplied in a sturdy

Gratnell tray. Contents may vary.

Pack of 150.

TE00736 £433.11

2. G-Clamp

Use to clamp bench hooks to tables

for added stability, or to hold work

steady. Made of material glass

filled nylon, it weighs 75g. 75mm

between the jaws, the width of the

jaw is 36mm to the bolt. Made from

metal and plastic. Pack of 10.

TGC10 £31.75

150 10

3 4

3. Bench Hooks

Suitable for straight cutting of

small section wood by experienced

saw users. Suitable for both left

and right-handed people. Length

135mm. Pack of 6. Width 95mm.

4. Double-Sided Bench Hook

With a slot on one side for either

6mm or 8mm wood and on the

other for 10mm, these bench hooks

are suitable for left as well as right

handed children. Each block includes

straight saw guide, 45° and 60°

mitre guides. Length 160mm. Pack

of 10. Width 135mm.

TTDS10 £54.85

5 6

6 10

5. Bench Hook with Cam

This bench hook support has been

designed to support the problem

of holding dowels. The support will

hold all sections of wood tightly.

Designed for right-handed use one

side and left-handed use the other.

G-Clamp not included. Length 17cm.

Made from wood. Single. Width

14cm.

BHKCAM £8.65

6. Lightweight Vice

This durable, lightweight aluminium

vice fits a modern school table, the

jaws are 60mm wide and the clamp

is 30mm deep. It is recommended

that a mitre block is used with this

vice to protect the material being

clamped. Single.

TTLV £23.09


Tools

Workshop

1

1. Hand Drill

With a small single open pinion, this

hand drill will take drill bits up to

6mm. This is a teaching resource as

well as a tool, as bevel gears can be

seen in action changing the direction

of rotation. Single.

TTD £27.42

2. Safety Goggles

Made from a soft plastic on the

outside to ensure a comfy fit, but

feature hard plastic for the lenses,

to ensure maximum safety. These

goggles are compliant with EN166

1B. Not to be used with children

under the age of 14. Made from

plastic.

TEYE-GOG Single £5.76

TE00761 10pk £50.39

2

SAVE

£7 .22

3

3. Paper Drill

For making holes in card or

corrugated plastic where the office

punch and single-hole punch do not

reach! Supplied with 3, 4 and 6mm

cutter. Single.

TTPD-SET £28.86

4. Pistol Grip Drill

Children find this hand drill easier

to use than others, due to its shape.

A pistol grip hand drill, where all

the gears are enclosed. Drill bits can

be stored in the handle. Will take

drill bits up to 8mm. Drill bits sold

separately. Single.

TDD £14.42


This tool will make a hole through

a lolly stick, but does need a

reasonably strong hand. Useful

when making levers for a range of

D&T projects. Single.

THDP £38.97

4 5

552


1. Small Glue Gun

A smaller sized glue gun that is

easy to handle, control and store!

Suitable for use with wood, cork,

cardboard and plastic!

1

Adhesives

Materials

TE01004 £12.98

2. Small Glue Gun Sticks

50pk

Ideal for use with our Small Glue

Gun TE01004. An ideal glue

when working with wood, cork,

cardboard, fabric and more! Due

to hot temperatures, suitable for

teacher use. Pack of 50.

TE01005 £18.76

3. Glue Gun Multistand

A simple but effective stand for

holding up to four glue guns, whilst

they are in use. The holster holds a

disposable plastic cup in the middle

to catch the drips and is also fitted

with a tube to hold a few spare glue

sticks. Single.

G-STAND-S £23.09

4. Teachers Glue Gun

Hot melt glue gives a much better

“stick” than pupil’s low melt glue

guns. The operating temperature of

this gun is 190 degrees making it for

Teacher’s use only.

TE01006 £25.97

• Lightweight and easy-to-use

• Quick warm-up - less than 5

minutes

• Silicon nozzle protection to

prevent the risk of burns

• Removable metal stand,

for better stability when

standing

5. Teacher’s Glue Gun Sticks

50pk

Set of glue sticks for use with the

Teacher’s glue gun. The glue is hot

melt and therefore provides a better

‘stick’ than low melt glue guns. The

operating temperature of the gun is

190 degrees making it for teachers

use only. Pack of 50.

2 3

TE01003 £25.97

50

4 5

50


Class Kits

Class Kits

1

1. K’NEX® Education

Renewable Energy Kit

This set allows students to compare

and contrast the power and

efficiency that can be realised

from wind, solar and water power

machines. Students generate

electricity to operate models as they

experiment with renewable energy

systems. This kit builds nine models,

one at a time. Lesson plans cover

Renewable Energy, solar, wind and

hydro power as well as radiant,

mechanical, electric, potential and

kinetic Energy. Suitable for 6-12

students. It includes a total of

550 pieces. Includes colour coded

building instructions comprehensive

teacher guides and lesson plans.

TE01001 £316.17

2

2. K’NEX Amusement Park

Experience

This K’NEX set allows you to build a

whole amusement park, including 13

different rides! Build ferris wheels,

a pirate ship, chair swing rides and

a rollercoaster. Includes two motors

and a teacher’s guide. Compatible

with Flowgo. Set contains over 2200

parts contained in 3 storage trays.


TKAPM £360.92

554


1. K’NEX Intro to Simple

Machines: Gears

Explore gearing up and gearing down

with a fan, and find out how different

types of gears are used in everyday

objects. This set accommodates

2-3 pupils working as a team and

appropriate for KS2. Teachers guide

and building instructions are included.

The set builds 7 models which

demonstrate spur, crown and sprocket

gear examples.

1

Class Kits

Class Kits

TE10032 £72.17

2. K’Nex Simple Machines

Classroom Pack

Bring the excitement of STEM to your

students with this Classroom Simple

Machines Set. Introduce students

to the scientific concepts associated

with simple machines -levers, pulleys,

wheel & axles, inclined planes, gears,

wedges, screws. Builds 15 fullyfunctioning

simple machines models,

8 of each simultaneously. Supports

16 - 24 students working in teams of

2 or 3. Includes full-colour building

instructions, and a comprehensive

teacher’s guide that provides the

information and resources needed.

Pack of 1188.

2 3

TE10037 £392.69

3. K’NEX Simple Machines-

Bridges

The introduction to Bridges set allows

students to explore the characteristics

and purposes of seven different

bridge types. The kit uses real life

examples to demonstrate the key

features of each type of bridge.

It explores how different types of

bridges hold their load and allows

the evaluation of the strength and

stability of each bridge type through

experimentation. This set builds 13

fully functional bridges including

suspension bridges, arch bridges,

through bridges, baltimore, truss

and more.

TE10033 £66.40

1188

5

4. K’NEX® Real Bridge

Building

This large set builds replicas of real

world bridges. This set is designed

to assist student in their study of the

history, function, structural design,

geometry and strength of bridge.

The models demonstrate seven key

bridge bascule, cantilever, cablestayed,

truss and suspension, arch

and beam. This kit is suitable for 6-8

students to work with at a time.

4

TE00815 £264.20

5. K’Nex Simple Machines -

Levers and Pulleys

Designed to introduce students to

the scientific concepts associated

with two types of simple machines

-levers and pulleys. New skills can be

acquired as students work together

to build, investigate, discuss and

evaluate scientific principles in

action. Set includes 178 K’NEX parts,

which can build 8 fully-functioning

replicas of real-world machines, one

at a time. Pack of 178.

178

TE10031 £64.95


Class Kits

Class Kits

1

1. STEM Exploration Gears

With the 143 assorted parts and

pieces in this set, children can build

three fully functioning, unique

geared models such as a crank fan,

an egg beater, and a car window!

Mix and match all of the parts and

pieces and be amazed at what

you can create with this building

set. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly.

TE10008 £33.20

2

3

2. STEM Explorations

Vehicles

Explore STEM concepts while

building different vehicle models!

This set includes 130+ parts for

a single child or team to build 7

vehicle models with different power

sources, including push power,

rubber band power, wind power or a

spring motor.

TE10007 £40.41

3. STEM Explorations Roller

Coaster

Your students can explore STEM

concepts while building a working

roller coaster with K’NEX Education

STEM Explorations Roller Coaster

Building Set. This K’NEX Education

Set includes over 500 parts, plus a

battery-powered motor, allowing

a single child or a team of two to

three children to build a working

roller coaster. Two additional models

are also included in this set - a ramp

and a half-pipe - which can be built

one at a time. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly.

TE10012 £57.74

4. STEM Explorations Levers

and Pulleys

See science concepts in action

with the K’NEX Education STEM

Explorations Levers and Pulleys

Building Set! This kit contains 139

pieces that students can use to

build three replicas of real-world

simple machines. K’NEX toys don’t

just keep kids occupied - they also

foster their imaginations in creating

designs. Supplied flat packed for

self-assembly.

TE10010 £33.20

4

556


1. Giant Cooking Kit

A comprehensive kit ideal for

cookery clubs and lessons. Catering

for a range of children’s abilities.

Contained in a plastic box for easy

storage. Contents may vary. Includes

saucepans, mixing bowls, jugs,

sieves, peelers, knives, chopping

boards and many more.

TE00455 £433.11

• Over 55 pieces of

equipment

• Come with a handy

plastic box for easy

storage

• Ideal for topping up your

equipment

1

Cooking

Cooking & Nutrition

2. KS2 - Lets Get Cooking!

Helping prepare you for teaching

cooking under the Design and

Technology curriculum. This kit is

designed to be an addition to our

KS1 Kit. Contents and colours may

vary. Contents include mixing bowls,

baking equipment, frying pans,

saucepans,

peelers, scales and many more.

TE00956 £649.67

3. KS1 Preparing Fruits and

Vegetables

This kit contains a range of resources

that are great for a variety of

cooking activities in KS1 including

preparing fruits and vegetables. A

great starter kit for your cooking

club. Contents and colours of

equipment may vary. Made from

multi.

2

TE00955 £252.65

4. Giant Baking Kit

Ideal for cooking lessons and clubs!

Catering for a range of children’s

abilities. Bake a range of recipes

including mini quiches and savoury

flapjacks. Contents may vary.

TE00952 £454.77

3 4

• Ideal for cooking lessons and clubs

• Save time and money by buying your essentials together

• Suitable for KS1 and above

• Allows students to undertake a number of cooking activities

• Over 60 pieces of equipment

• Can be used to make a variety of recipes

• Great for cooking clubs and lessons

• An ideal start up kit


Cooking & Nutrition

Cooking

1 2

1. Electronic Salter Scales

4pk

This scales stainless steel platform,

gives you quick and hygienic

cleaning. Measure multiple liquid

and solid ingredients on one

scale with the “Add and Weigh”

function. The easy to read display

can show both Imperial and metric

measurements to suit your recipe

and enhance maths learning. Colour


TE10022 £115.49

3

4 4

8

4 5

4 6

6 7

2. Fruit And Breakfast Knife

A sharp knife for cutting fruit and for

spreading when making sandwiches.

A multi-purpose knife featuring a

rounded end for safety whilst not

compromising its usefulness in the

classroom kitchen. Pack of 4.

TFRKN £16.24

3. Safety Vegetable Holder

and Knife Set

This safety vegetable holder and

knife set is designed to make the

preparation of food safe and easy.

Set includes: 4 fruit and vegetable

knives and 4 vegetable holders. Pack

of 8.

TE00179 £22.39

4. Speed Peeler

Safe, easy to grip and use when

preparing a range of fruits and

vegetables in your classroom. This

peeler is comfortable for smaller

hands to hold. Great for introducing

fun household jobs like peeling

vegetables! Pack of 4.

TE00173 £10.10

5. Wooden Spoons

Mix ingredients easily with these

budget friendly wooden spoons.

Length: 30.5cm. An essential for

your kitchen, the wooden mixing

spoon is a must have utensil! Pack

of 6.

TWSPN £7.94

6. Pyramid Grater

Pyramid graters are a much safer

alternative for children than flat

graters. A sturdy plastic handle at

the top of the grater makes it easy

to hold and keeps fingers out of

the way of both medium and fine

blades. Dishwasher safe. Made from

metal. Single.

TPYR £4.69

7. Cutting Mats

Want to limit the risk of cross

contamination in your cooking

activities? An inexpensive flexible

cutting mat for use with all food.

Includes 4 different colours.

Multicoloured. Made from plastic.

TFD055 4pk £11.54

TFD055L 12pk £30.27

4

558


1. Oven Trolley

Perfect for moving a small oven or

cooker around classrooms, allowing

it to be a shared resource. Features

four storage areas perfect for pans,

bowls, etc, at the front, plus storage

for smaller cooking utensils at the

back. The shelf on the top of the

trolley is designed to hold up to a 26

Litre Table Top Oven. Height 90cm.

Length 62cm. Made from wood.

Single. Width 58cm.

TE00731 £534.17

2. Table Top Hobs

A great space saver these hobs are

easily cleaned and stored away.

Moving children on to hob work

increases cooking opportunities.

When using hobs adjustable height

tables are ideal, where possible put

the table against walls to ensure hob

flex is not a hazard.

TE00799 Single £47.63

TE00565 Double £69.29

3. Large Trolley With Eight

Lidded Trays

This mobile trolley is ideal to

transport a variety of things such as

fruit, snacks or art materials. Comes

complete with eight clear deep trays

with lids. Can be taken outside but

must be stored inside.

CE07233 Cool Blue £561.61

1

• Perfect for storing your

Tabletop Oven.

• Includes 4 large shelves

to keep all your cooking

equipment in one place!

• Features lockable casters for

safety when in use and for

moving from classroom to

classroom

Cooking

Cooking & Nutrition

2

• A power indicator light helps children

recognise when the hob is in use

• The hob is thermostatically controlled and

has a temperature range of 100-400 degrees

• As with all cooking appliances, adult

supervision is required at all times

3


USING OTI-BOT ACROSS THE CURRICULUM

Oti-Bot allows us to demonstrate to children and young people how we can work alongside

technology and use it to support and facilitate learning across many different areas.

Here are just a few suggestions of ways Oti-Bot could be used across the curriculum:

COMPUTER SCIENCE : COMPUTATIONAL THINKING & PROGRAMMING

Understand what algorithms are and how

they work.

Write and debug algorithms. Develop an

understanding of what they are and how

they are implements as programs on digital

devices.

Create simple programs.

SCIENCE

Detect and debug any errors in algorithms

and programs.

Design, write and debug programs that

accomplish specific goals, including

controlling and simulating physical

systems.

Use logical reasoning to predict the

behaviour of simple programs.

Learn about the human body with Oti-Bot. Draw around someone on a large piece of paper or

use a poster of the human body. You can then take Oti on a journey to discover the different

parts of the body, programme Oti to mark out the different organs, or use Oti’s pen to draw the

path of blood around the body using two different colours.

ENGLISH

Use Oti’s camera to help children develop

their speaking and listening skills. They

could record themselves practising

performances, retelling stories or creating

presentations. Children can then watch and

review the recordings on a computer.

MATHS

Develop children’s knowledge of shapes and

angles by drawing and measuring different

lines and shapes within Oti’s block-based

environment. You could extend by measuring

perimeter and area of the shapes that

children draw.

GEOGRAPHY

Explore the world with Oti by programming

journeys to different continents, countries,

seas or oceans. You could encourage children

to measure the distances on a large world

map (such as the Bee-Bot mat), to increase

their accuracy.

HISTORY

Using Oti’s built-in camera, capture and

record children’s learning by, for example,

creating news reports about historical events

or even a brand new documentary.

ART AND DESIGN

Create artwork with Oti by programming and

drawing lines, shapes and patterns. Children

could finish their masterpiece by colouring,

painting or shading. You could take

inspiration from different types of art such as

abstract or line drawings.

EMOTIONAL WELLBEING

Use Oti to explore, discuss and learn about different emotions. With children, talk about the

different things that can make us change emotions, look at their own facial expressions and

then represent these with Oti’s programmable moods.

MUSIC

Create music with Oti-Bot by programming

the wide range of pre-recorded sounds or

sounds you record yourself. Children could

also use instruments to play along with Oti’s

new tune!

560


computing & ict

contents

562-584 programming

585 audio visual

586-594 speaking & listening

595 ict accessories

Centred around life and learning +44 (0) 28 7134 6767

561

Programming

Bee-Bot Accessories

SAVE

£137 .50

Bee-Bot ®

Programmable

Floor Robot

Bee-Bot® is a perfect starting point for teaching control, directional

language and programming. Along with a memory of 200 steps,

Bee-Bot® can detect another Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot® and say hello.

They will play a default sound or the students can record their own.

Students can also record audio to play back when each button is pressed,

making it more accessible to all students, including those with auditory

or visual processing needs. With a wide range of cross curricular mats

and activity tins to program with, and fun accessories to personalise.

KEY

from

£89 .36

BENEFITS

• Interact with other Bee-Bots® and Blue-

Bots®

• Record audio to play back to confirm when

commands are entered

• Audio playback when Bee-Bot® follows

commands

• Memory of up to 200 steps

Single

IT10077 Single £89.36

4pk

IT10078 £343.69

6pk

IT10079 £536.17

18pk

IT10219 £1,471.00

562


1. Bee-Bot® and Blue-Bot®

Classroom Pack

Receive a FREE upgrade of 1 Bee-

Bot®, up to a Blue-Bot®. Buy this

set of Bee-Bots® and get your 6th

Bee-Bot® upgraded to a Blue-Bot® for

free! Set includes 5 Bee-Bot®, 1 Blue-

Bot® and a docking station.

IT01243 £549.92

1

Bee-Bot Accessories

Programming

2. Bee-Bot® Starter Set

Everything you need to hit the

ground running with Bee-Bot®!

Bee-Bot’s simple and child friendly

layout is a perfect starting point

for teaching control, directional

language and programming.

EL00399 £224.73

3. Bee-Bot® Classroom Set

All the Bee-Bot® kit you need to

get your class up and running! The

perfect programming kit for any KS1

classroom. Along with 6 Bee-Bot’s®

and a docking station, this kit comes

with a selection of mats to make

lessons cross-curricular.

IT10218 £672.21

Contents

1 x Rechargeable Bee-Bot® and

lead

1 x Treasure Island

1 x Busy Street Mat

2 x Transparent Grid

49 x Sequence cards

10 x White clip-on shells

3

Contents

6 x Rechargeable Bee-Bot’s®

1 x Bee-Bot® Docking Station2

1 x Coin mat

1 x Busy Street Mat

2 x Transparent Grid Mat

1 x Market Place Mat


Programming

Blue-Bot Accessories

Don’t forget to try the Blue’s Blocs app!

SAVE

£137 .50

Blue-Bot ®

Blue-Bot® can detect another Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot® and

say hello. They will play a default sound or the students can

record their own. Students can also record audio to play back

when each button is pressed, making it more accessible to all

students, including those with auditory or visual processing

needs. The Blue-Bot® programmable floor robot is the perfect

place to start for teaching control. The Bluetooth functionality

means you can wirelessly control it with your tablet or PC.

Single

IT10082 £116.86

6pk

IT10080 £701.16

4pk

IT10081 £453.70

18pk

IT10220 £1,966.00

KEY

BENEFITS

• Interact with other Bee-Bots® and Blue-

Bots®

• Record audio to play back to confirm when

commands are entered

• Audio playback when Bee-Bot® follows

commands

• Bluetooth controlled

from

£116 .86

564


1. Blue-Bot® and Mat Pack

Save time and money when you

buy six Blue-Bots®, a docking station

and three mats together. Can the

children program Blue-Bot® to make

its way from the forbidden swamp

to the cove?

EL00517 £795.99


Programming

2. Blue-Bot School Pack

A class bundle containing 18 Blue-

Bots and 3 rechargeable docking

stations. Bluetooth enabled which

means you can control the Blue-

Bots with your tablet or PC.

EL00516 £1,966.00

3. Blue-Bot® Classroom Pack

Get the whole class programming

with the Blue-Bot® Class Bundle!

You can program Blue-Bot® with a

wide range of tablets, a PC, Mac, or

our very own TacTile Reader.

EL00515 £701.16

4. Bee-Bot®/ Blue-Bot®

Docking Station 2

A mains rechargeable docking

station for up to six rechargeable

Bee-Bot’s® or Blue-Bot’s®. This

docking station is not only easy to

carry around your setting, but is an

excellent storage device for a class

set of Bee-Bot’s® or Blue-Bot’s®.

You’ll be able to charge your

Bee-Bot(s)® within half a day for

approximately 4 hours of normal

use. Wall mountable.

IT10213 £54.99

2

Contents

6 x Blue-Bots®

1 x Rechargeable Docking Station

1 x Farm Mat

1 x Treasure Island Mat

1 x Fairytale Mat

Contents

18 x Blue-Bots

3 x Rechargeable

Docking Stations

3 4


Programming


SAVE

£27 .50

Tactile Reader

A unique and extremely fun way to program Blue-Bot. Place your

instructions on the tile reader, press go and see Blue-Bot complete the

program! The tiles can be placed either portrait or landscape depending

on how the child wants to lay out their program and if they want to

debug their program, simply swap the tiles and press ‘go’ to try their

program again.

Single

IT01118 £158.11

3pk

IT01146 £405.58

KEY

from

£158 .11

BENEFITS

• Debug sequences and algorithms

• Connect up to 3 units together

• 25 TacTiles included

566


1. Blue-Bot® TacTile Reader

Starter Pack

All you need to start programming

with Blue-Bot® in a tactile way. A

unique and extremely fun way to

program Blue-Bot®t, place your

instructions on the tile reader, press

go and see your robot complete the

program!

IT01147 £274.96

2. Tactile Reader Class

Bundle

Everything you need to get started

with the Tactile Reader and Blue-

Bot. Save money when you buy

your Tactile Readers and Blue-Bots

together. Contains 3 Tactile Readers,

3 sets of Extension tiles and 3 Blue-

Bots.

IT10192 £893.75

1

Contents

1x TacTile Reader

1x Blue-Bot®

25x Standard TacTiles

Programming

3. Blue-Bot® TacTile Standard

Tile Pack

If you need to replace some TacTiles

or you just want to have a larger

selection, this pack of 25 is perfect!

A unique and extremely fun way to

program Blue-Bot® or Rugged Robot.

IT01172 £34.36

Contents

Contents:

8 x Forwards

8 x Backwards 8

4 x Left (90°)

4 x Right (90°)

1 x Pause

2

Contents

3 Blue-Bots

3 Tactile Readers

3 Sets of Extension Tiles

3


Programming

Bee-Bot Accessories

1

1. Bee-Bot® Zoo Mat

Take Bee-bot on a trip to the zoo!

Familiarise children with different

animals and practise their coding at

the same time.

IT10156 £30.24

2. Bee-Bot® Fairy Tale Mat

An enchanting way to introduce

controls. Children will enjoy

programming Bee-Bot to visit

characters from familiar fairy tales

including Goldilocks and the Three

Bears, Jack and the Beanstalk and

The three Little Pigs.

IT10121 £31.61

3. Bee-Bot® World Bundle

A set of 4 Bee-bot World Mats with

associated activity Tins. Included

is the Countryside, Transport and

Industry, Our community and

Seaside Bee-Bot Mats and Activity

Tins.

IT10199 £233.64

2

3

Contents

1 Countryside Mat

1 Countryside Activity Tin

1 People Who Help Us Mat

1 People Who Help Us Activity Tin

1 Transport and Industry Mat

1 Transport and Industry Tin

1 Seaside Mat

1 Seaside Activity Tin

SAVE

£27 .50

568


1. Robot Sensor

Use this Robot Sensor to add

interactivity and engagement to your

programming challenges. The sensor

will detect movement up to 15cm

in front of it and play audio which

can be pre-recorded by the students.

Movement will also trigger an LED

to turn on which is on an extended

stalk to act as a street light.

IT10101 Single £10.67

Bee-Bot Accessories

Programming

2. Robot Sensor Fronts

Transform your Robot Sensor into a

market stall or a shop with this pack

of sensor fronts. Designed to make

your programming challenges more

interactive, these fronts are ideal to

be used alongside your range of Bee-

Bot/Blue-bot Mats.

IT10132 £16.49

• Add a 3D dimension

to your programming

activities

3. Bee-Bot® Road Signs

1 Set of road signs to be used

alongside programming activities.

Simply place the signs on the mat

you are using and use them to map

out where the Bee-Bot can, and

cannot go. A great tool to extend

the use of Bee-Bot and Blue-Bot.

IT10120 £15.11

2

4. Bee-Bot® Tunnels

Use these tunnels to add a 3D

challenge to your Bee-Bot® lessons.

With 2 15 x 15cm tunnels and one

30cm x 15cm tunnel, different

routes and obstacles can be easily

mapped out on any of your Bee-Bot®

mats.

IT10116 £41.24

3 4


Programming

Bee-Bot Accessories

1

1. Bee-Bot® Obstacle Course

Challenge students to program

Bee-Bot® through the obstacle

course. Including 10 wall pieces,

6 doorways and 2 arches to allow

for variation and progression from

lesson to lesson.

IT10113 £96.24

2. Bee-Bot® Sequence Cards

Small

Help pupils to organise the route

sequence with this pack of durable

sequence cards. This pack of

durable, laminated sequence cards

are ideal for assisting in program

planning and recording.

IT00654 £15.11

2

3. Bee-Bot pusher

Push objects from one destination

to another with this set of clip-on

Bee-Bot/Blue-Bot Pushers. A set

of 6 rainbow coloured accessories

to extend the use of Bee-Bot and

Blue-Bot.

IT10112 Single £26.11

4. Bee-Bot Pen holder

Now Bee-Bot can draw with this

Bee-Bot pen holder! This set of 6

rainbow coloured shells are made

from a high quality plastic that is

designed to withstand everyday

school life.

IT10114 6pk £27.49

IT10115 30pk £151.17

4

SAVE

£13 .75

6

570


1. Bee-Bot® Marketplace Mat

Take Bee-Bot on an adventure

around the Market Place to visit

different stalls and complete his

shopping list. Activity tin and Bee-

Bot Pushers sold separately.

IT10154 £31.61

1

Bee-Bot Accessories

Programming

2. Bee-Bot® Busy Street Mat

This mat provides a multitude of

activities to suit a variety of learning

objectives. Take Bee-Bot on a journey

and complete his shopping list.

Activity Tin sold separately.

IT10131 £31.61

3. Bee-Bot® Busy Street

Activity Tin

This Busy Street Activity Tin contains

accessories to use with the Bee-Bot

Busy Street mat. Quick and easy to

get started with when planning time

is limited.

IT10142 £27.49

2

3


Bee-Bot Accessories

1

3

2

1. Bee-Bot® Countryside Mat

Take Bee-Bot or Blue-Bot on a

countryside adventure. Introduce

children to different country side

animals and places. The mat forms

part of the Bee-Bot World, where 4

mats can be joined together.

IT10144 £30.24

2. Bee-Bot® People Who Help

Us Mat

Navigate Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot®

around the community. A nice

introduction to Our Community and

People Who Help Us, such as the

hospital, police station and many

more.

IT10145 £31.61

3. Bee-Bot® Countryside

Activity Tin

The Marketplace Activity Tin

contains accessories to use with the

Marketplace Bee-Bot mat. Quick

and easy to get started with when

planning time is limited.

IT10143 £27.49

4. Bee-Bot® Our Community

Activity Tin

This activity tin contains accessories

to use with the People Who Help Us

Bee-Bot mat. Includes 6 character

jackets to transform Bee-Bot into

a range of ‘People Who Help Us’

characters, 20 prop pieces and 10

activity cards.

IT10146 £27.49

4

572


1. Bee-Bot® Transport and

Industry Mat

Navigate Bee-Bot around the town

to discover the different forms

of transport and industry! The

mat forms part of the Bee-Bot

World, where 4 mats can be joined

together. Activity Tin sold separately.

1

Bee-Bot Accessories

Programming

IT10152 £27.49

2. Bee-Bot® Transport and

Industry Activity Tin

This Activity Tin contains accessories

to use with the Transport and

Industry Bee-Bot mat. Quick and

easy to get started with when

planning time is limited.

IT10153 £27.49

3. Bee Bot® Seaside Mat

Take Bee-bot on holiday to the

Seaside. Navigate through this busy

seaside town. Visit the lighthouse,

fish market and get an ice cream to

cool down!

IT10148 £30.24

4. Bee-Bot® Seaside Activity

Tin

The Seaside Activity Tin contains

accessories to use with the Seaside

Bee-Bot mat. Quick and easy to get

started with when planning time is

limited.

2

IT10149 £27.49

3

4


Programming

APPLICATIONS

Our range of free to download apps are available to support your learners in their

Computing learning journey. From building simple algorithms, to iteration, use

of variables and inputs or outputs, our apps have been built to compliment your

learners understanding of control and programming.

Bee-Bot® App

Take BeeBot® on an adventure

through Ancient Egypt, Ancient

Rome, Winter Wonderland and

more! Students will learn to construct

simple algorithms as they take Bee-

Bot® on an adventure. With built in

options for differentiation and multi

language support, this is the perfect

compliment to the use of Bee-Bots in

your EYFS or KS1 classroom.

FREE to

download

apps!

Blue-Bot App

Building on the skills learnt using

a Bee-Bot®, the Blue-Bot®

app is suitable for use with

or without a floor robot.

The BlueBot® app allows

teachers to expand the

capabilities of their Blue

Bot, introducing looping,

easier debugging and a

wider variety of commands.

Paired with our Bee-Bot® and

Blue-Bot® mats, this app is

the perfect tool to progress students from the KS1 to

KS2 curriculum.

Blue’s-Blocs

Expanding the

functionality of your Blue-

Bots and Rugged Robots,

Blues Blocs allows for

extended programming

techniques in a familiar

block based environment.

Blue’s Blocs is perfect

to stretch and challenge

your KS2 students using

Blue-Bot® and Rugged

Robots. Free to download

apps!

574


Applications

Programming

Rugged Robot App

Take your Computing lessons in the great outdoors!

The Rugged Robot app allows teachers to differentiate

when using Rugged Robot. With three distinct

modes; from basic control (EYFS), Simple algorithm

construction and debugging (KS1) to Debugging,

inputs and iteration (KS2). The Rugged Robot app is

the perfect tool to accompany our most versatile floor

robot.

Free To Download Discover More Online

Don’t forget our apps are free to download and can be used to deliver lessons without the

immediate use of our floor robots allowing flexibility when sharing resources with another

group or class. There are more apps which support learning and add additional benefits to

using our product and all are free!

FREE to

download

apps!

Opti-Bot from your iPad. Easily


Programming

SAVE

£68 .75

Rugged Robot

The first programmable robot, specifically designed for outdoor

use!Boasting Bluetooth functionality and designed for robust challenges,

Rugged Robot can be controlled via tablet or the TacTile Code Reader.

With a memory of up to 256 steps, Rugged Robot will be able to carry

out the most challenging of activities. With 3 speeds, students can

set how fast the robot moves. It also boasts an obstacle sensor which

can be turned on and off to prepare students to the more complex

programming that lies ahead.

Single

IT10000 £158.11

6pk

IT10202 639.94

KEY

from

£158 .11

BENEFITS

• Designed for indoor and outdoor use

• Free programming app available for iOS and

Android

• Compatible with the TacTile Code Reader

576


Rugged Robot

1. Rugged Robot Data

Logging Backpack

Add data logging capabilities to

Rugged Robot with this simple to

use data logging backpack. Log

light, sound and temperature and

export the data onto your computer

as a USP keyboard. PC, Mac and

Chromebook compatible. With seven

different memory blocks, data can

be captured at every 1s, 10s,30s or

60 second sample rate. Fits into the

recess on the programmable Rugged

Robot.

1 2

IT10342 Single £48.11

IT10343 6pk £274.92

2. Rugged Robot Activities

Book

Written by an experienced teacher

of Computer Science, this 68 page

book hopes to inspire big projects in

your classroom with Rugged Robot.

Whether you have one Rugged

Robot or a class set, this book hopes

to inspire your computer science

lessons whilst saving you significant

planning time. Contains 7 lessons

worth of photocopiable activities.

IT10259 £41.24

3. Rugged Robot Coral Reef

Mat

Take Rugged Robot for a swim in

the coral reef using this 120cm x

120cm mat. Providing excellent cross

curricular links, this mat includes

a variety of coral fish, examples of

coral bleaching and a broken ship

mast which links to the Treasure

Island mat.

IT10240 £43.99

4. Rugged Robot Lunar Mat

Program Rugged Robot to navigate

through a Lunar Landscape! A 120

cm x 120 cm mat designed to be

used with the Rugged Robot. Ideal

for when you want to use Rugged

robot indoors!

IT10241 £43.99

5. Rugged Robot Treasure

Island Mat

Take Rugged Robot on an adventure

using our new Treasure Island Mat.

Generously sized at 120 x 120 cm

there is enough room for more than

one robot at a time.

IT10242 £43.99

6. Rugged Robot & Tactile

Reader

Save money when you buy your

Rugged Robot and Tactile Reader

together. Student’s will benefit

from being able to program Rugged

Robot in an easy to understand,

tactile way. Teachers will benefit

from the savings!

IT10203 £274.97

3 4

5 6


Programming

Pro-Bot

1

SAVE

£41 .25

1. Pro-Bot

Explore advanced control techniques

and use the screen to program on

the device! Using the on board

screen and buttons, program Pro-

Bot to include various inputs as

triggers such as the sound and light

sensor.

EL00535 Single £151.24

IT01139 4pk £591.20

IT01140 6pk £866.17

2. Pro-Bot® Starter Pack

A fun pack of everything you need

to get programming with Pro-Bot®!

Using the on board screen and

buttons, program Pro-Bot® to

include various inputs as triggers

such as the sound and light sensor.

IT01141 £192.46

3. Probotix Software

Allow children to take complete

control of their programming with

this on-screen logo programming

software. With 3 levels of difficulty,

Probotix is a great tool to allow

progression. Available as a single

licence or site licence.

EL00477 Single Licence £123.74

EL00478 Site Licence £27.49

6

4. Pro-Bot® USB Cable

Specifically designed to allows you

to connect your Pro-Bot® to your

computer. If you need to operate

more than one floor robot at the

same time, these are a must-have.

ITS1CAB £7.57

2 3

5. Pro-Bot® Class Bundle

The perfect package for those using

Pro-Bot® with the whole class. USB

charge strip included to recharge

your Pro-Bots® and ease classroom

management.

IT01143 £902.97

4 5

578


SAVE

£13 .75

Programming

i

Tech Spec

• 8 x RGB LEDs

2 x white LED headlights

Speaker

Compatible with tablets and PCs

Equipped with a range of inputs and

outputs to program

Range finder sensor

4 x corner proximity sensors

Line follower sensors

Clear case to identify components

Rechargeable

Available in single, pack of 4, pack of

6 and pack of 18

InO-Bot

from

£151 .24

Program and control this advanced floor robot, all via the free iOS

& Android InO-Bot app. Children can design and create fun and

challenging activities whilst developing their programming and

debugging skills. InO-Bot has been specially designed to get the

most out of your programming lessons.

Single

EL00483 £151.24

6pk

IT01138 £907.42

4pk

IT01137 £591.20

KEY

BENEFITS

• Compatible with tablets and PCs

• Equipped with a range of inputs and

outputs to program

• Clear case to easily identify components


Programming

i

Tech Spec

• Programmable LEDs

Programmable Motors

Programmable bumper

sensors

Programable Proximity

sensors

Adjustable pen holder

Microphone, Speaker

20 Pre-loaded sounds

Buddy Detection Sensor

Cliff sensor

SAVE

£137 .50

Loti-Bot

Loti-Bot is the newest member of the bot family, featuring

programmable movement, highly accurate drawing capabilities and a

variety of inputs and outputs.Loti-Bot is the prefect bridge from early

programming with Bee-Bot and Blue-Bot to advanced programming

with Oti-Bot.

Using a Bluetooth connected tablet and the Dotti-Bot app, learners

can progress from a control environment, to a junior programming

environment to a block based programming environment - providing

a wide spectrum of differentiation for your classes.

Single

IT10415 £137.49

4pk

AV46629 £522.45

6pk

AV46630 £783.67

18pk

AV46631 £2,213.52

KEY

from

£137 .49

BENEFITS

• Supports learners with computational

thinking skills

• Ideal size to share between 3 learners

• Highly accurate drawing capabilities to

support numeracy curriculum

• A range of inputs and outputs to engage

learners and deepen computational

understanding

580


Loti-Bot Across the Curriculum

Loti-Bot is the perfect robotic device to embed

into your maths lessons. She can be used in a

variety of ways to add a kinaesthetic element

to your learners numeric understanding.

Here are some of the many ways Loti-Bot

can support in the delivery of your maths

curriculum:

Number and Place value

• Loti can be programmed to travel up and down

number lines, using her proximity sensor she

could follow a counter or block when placed on

the number line

• Loti could transverse a timelines to teach the concept of chronology,

she could even dress up to look the part

• Loti can spin on the spot, and as such could be turned into a giant

clock to teach the basics of telling the time

Quantities and measurements

• Loti can be programmed in a variety of units of measure, learners could draw

and compare different lengths of lines created with Loti in different units

• Loti could be used in estimation activities whilst students are acquiring

measurement knowledge – for example learners could estimate a 10cm, 50cm and

1m line, then programme Loti to travel this distance to see how close they were.

• Loti can be programmed to turn in degrees

• Loti can be times when moving to undertake speed calculations

Mathematical Operators

• Using the block based programming environment, learners have opportunities

to further develop their understanding of mathematical operators such as

<,>,+,-,/,*,= in their coding

Space, Shape, Area and Perimeter

• Loti-Bot can be programmed to draw complex 2-D shapes which can be used for

further calculations by learners i.e. calculate the area and perimeter of the shape

Loti has drawn

• Loti-Bot can be programmed to turn in 1 degree increments to create acute, obtuse,

reflex and right angles


Programming

SAVE

£412 .50

Oti-Bot

Oti-Bot is a STEAM robot designed with the future in mind. Suitable

for supporting your learners from KS1 to KS3 across all subject

areas, Oti-Bot is a versatile, social and upgradable humanoid robot

designed for the 21st Century classroom. Oti-Bot can be programmed

by students to support Computing outcomes. He is equipped with

accurate programmable caterpillar tracks, a line follower, colour

sensor, programmable pen holder, programmable LED tummy,

Camera, programable head movement, programmable emotions

programmable capacitive touch sensors, microphone and speaker.

Single

IT10287 £481.24

2pk

IT10290 £948.73

KEY

from

£481 .24

BENEFITS

• Block based programming environment via

the free Oti-Bot app

• Programmable movement and emotions

• Removable tummy for optional upgrades

and updatable firmware

• Colour sensor

4pk

IT10288 £1,787.45

6pk

IT10289 £2,433.67

582


1. NEW Oti-Bot Forklift Arms

Quickly adapt Oti-Bot to achieve

different learning outcomes. A

mechanical, programmable forklift

extension for use with your Oti-Bot.

IT10293 £54.99

2. NEW Oti-Bot Pusher



generous clip on basket to facilitate

Oti’s ability to push items from one

place to another.

1

Oti-Bot

Programming

IT10420 £13.74

3. NEW Oti-Bot Basket



generous clip on basket to facilitate

Oti’s ability to transport goods from

one place to another.

IT10422 £13.74

4. NEW Oti-Bot Pusher and

Basket Tummies (Set of 2)


different learning outcomes. A set

of two clip on tummies to use with

your Oti-Bot.

AV45191 £24.73

5. NEW Oti-Bot Tummies

Bundle


different learning outcomes. A set

of three tummy attachments for

Oti including; Forklift, Basket and

Pusher.

AV45192 £75.58

2 3

5


Programming

Meet Kitt the learning companion

1

SAVE

£137 .50

1. Kitt the Learning

Companion

Kitt enables learners to work

independently, engaging with

the robot to gather evidence of

progress. Teachers can differentiate

effectively using Kitt by personalising

the resources on each device. Height

13.5cm. Width 8cm.

IT10363 Kitt Single £96.24

IT10364 Kitt 3pk £274.96

IT10365 Kitt 6pk £522.42

IT10387 Kitt 30pk £2,474.59

2

3

1

2. Kitt Clothing Pack

Allows students to personalise their

kitt with a pack of three clothing

set. Suitable for imaginative play,

developing social awareness and to

simply enjoy playing with Kitt.

IT10369 Kitt Clothing Pack £27.49

3. Kitt Whiteboard & Pens

Pack

Perfect for reducing paper waste ad

for capturing crystal clear images.

Kitt whiteboards and drywipe pens

are a perfect addition to Kitt in

your classroom. Wipe clean and

with various useful templates thus

classroom set is a fantastic addition

to the Kitt range.

IT10372 £41.24

4. Kitt Docking Stations

The docking stations can be used

both to recharge your tired Kitt

and to add and remove files. The

ambient light displays the charge

level in an accessible, child friendly

manner.

IT10366 Single Dock £30.24

IT10367 3-Way Dock £48.11

4

584


1. Easi-View Visualiser

Ideal for all sorts of applications,

from sharing work to animation.

Easi-View brings together all the

most popular features of a visualiser

at a fraction of the price. Developed

from teacher ideas we have created

a simple to use device which is

useable by both teachers and

children. Suitable for 5 to 16 years.

1

Visualisers

SAVE

£68 .75

Audio Visual

EL00460 Single £171.86

EL00461 6pk £962.42

• Easy connection to computer

and interactive whiteboard

• View A4 documents or books,

share books, use as a webcam or

use for stop framing animation

• Get really close to work or

resources

• Use all over school and

illuminate dark images

2. Easi-View Wireless

Visualiser

A simple to use wireless visualiser

that takes high quality pictures

and video. Wirelessly connect to

tablets and PCs via WiFi in order

to maximise the potential of this

cutting edge visualiser. Capable

of video capture, 10.0MP digital

images and auto focus.

IT10362 Single £302.49

IT10066 6pk £1,512.42

2

• 10MP Camera

• Create stop-frame

animations

• Pupils can easily share

work with the

rest of the class

• Wirelessly connect to

tablets and

PCs using WiFi

SAVE

£302 .50



Recordable Resources

1

1. Mini Microphones

Support children’s speaking

and listening skills with this

set of recordable talking Mini

Microphones! A great way to

build children’s confidence, record

a message for 40 seconds and

playback with the option to use a

fun voice changer. Suitable for age

10 months and up. H12cm. Made


CA07203 £123.74

2. Rainbow Talking Boxes

Record and listen with this set of 6

recordable Rainbow Talking Boxes!

With these Rainbow Talking Boxes,

you can record your own 10 second

message which plays when opened.

Pack of 6.

EL00147 £38.49

5

2

• Promote speaking and

listening skills.

• Great for under

confident speakers.

• Enrich communication

and language.

6

586


1. Easi-Headphones®

Robust headphones with replaceable

parts, designed especially for

schools. After speaking to lots of

teachers, we understand the value

of having robust headphones. To

make them last even longer, the ear

cushions and quick release cable are

replaceable!

EL00356 Single £35.74

EL00410 10pk £350.49

EL00411 15pk £515.42

1 2

Headphones


2. Wireless Headset

Get rid of all those messy wires with

these unique and robust bluetooth

headphones. The bluetooth

technology leaves you completely

free to move around the classroom

with up to a 20 metre range from a

PC or laptop.

EL00463 Single £39.86

EL00475 10pk £357.37

SAVE

£6 .88

10

SAVE

£41 .25

3 USB Headset

These adjustable headphones

with built-in microphone has

been designed especially for the

classroom. Plug the cable straight

into the USB port of your PC or

laptop. Ideal for when children

need to do voice recording work

individually.

3

EL00429 10pk £37.11

4. Value Headphones

Great value audio headphones

which have a reinforced cable and

adjustable headband. Available in

single and 30 packs. Supplied fully

assembled.

IT01234 Single £240.63

IT01235 30pk £8.94

5. Primary Headphones

Stereo headphones with high

frequency response and foam

earpads. Features: 3.5 mm stereo

jack plug with 6.3 mm adaptor.

Cable length 1.2 m.

I-PHONE Single £10.30

IPHONE10 10pk £96.12

IPHONE30 30pk £253.97

6. Robust Headphones

Reliable headphones with a robust

design that includes a rugged

adjustable headband for added

durability and comfort. Designed to

withstand regular classroom use.

044785 Single £10.99

IT10359 15pk £151.04

IT10360 30pk £274.59

SAVE

30 £6 .88 30

3 46

SAVE

£27 .50

SAVE

£34 .38

30

£27 .50



Headphones

1. Easi-Headphones

Classroom Bundle

A fantastic bundle of Easi-

Headphones and its replaceable

items. Easi-Headphones are made

to last in schools, with the robust

headband made from a flexible and

long lasting material.

EL00435 £522.09

Contents

15 x Easi-Headphones

15 x Replaceable cables

Storage Box

2

2. USB Headset Bundle

Buy your USB headset complete with

replacement ear cushions and spare

cables and save money! Comes with

a handy storage box. If like many

schools you are constantly replacing

headphones, then why not try our

long lasting range of headphones

equipped with replacement ear

cushions and cables.

IT01257 £556.67

Contents

15 USB Headsets

15 Replacement Ear Cushions

15 Replacement USB cables

A handy storage box

3

3. Wireless Headset Bundle

Save time and money by buying

the Wireless Headset Bundle.

Supplied in a versatile storage box

with replacement ear cushions and

charging leads, this bundle will be a

great addition to your AV box. The

Bluetooth technology leaves you

completely free to move around the

classroom with up to a 20 metre

range from a tablet or laptop.

IT01256 £549.79

Contents

15 Wireless Headsets

15 pairs of replacement ear

cushions

15 replacement cables

A handy storage box

4

4. Easi-Ears® Digital Audio

System

Listen to audiobooks through one

of the six rechargeable headsets

for a unique storytime experience!

Download audio content or

create your own recordings then

transfer onto the robust wireless

headphones.

EL00295 £653.11

• Set of 6 headphones which can be controlled

by a central remote

• Add or remove tracks on the headphones and

remote control unit via PC

• Durable and long lasting design

• Includes audio content to get started with

588



SAVE

£27 .50

Talk Time

Cards

Record and play back in high audio quality with these fantastic Talk-

Time cards. Features 60 seconds recording with record locking feature,

replaceable batteries and quality dry wipe fascia. Made from abs.

KEY

from

£30 .24

BENEFITS

• Can be used in all subjects and by all ages.

• 60 Second recording time.

• Record locking feature.

3pk A6

EL00538 £30.24

3pk A5

IT01154 £39.86

3pk A4

IT01150 £48.11

30pk A6

EL00540 £267.99

10pk A5

IT01155 £123.57

10pk A4

IT01151 £157.92

30pk A5

IT01156 £343.21

30pk A4

IT01152 £446.26



Talk-Time

1

SAVE

£27 .50

1. Speaking & Listening ICT

Kit

This great selection of resources is

an ideal way to encourage speaking

and listening skills. Enjoy using

products such as the recordable

postcards, our MP3 digital voice

recorder Easi-Speak and talking

photo albums. Contents may vary.

IT00850 £494.99

2. Talk-Time Resources Pack

Turn your classroom into an

interactive one and save on our

Recordable Resources Pack! This

pack offers a great starting point for

all your curriculum needs. Contents

and quantities may vary.

EL00162 £103.11

Contents

10 x A6 Talking postcards

3 x A4 Talking postcards

10 x Mini cards

3 x A6 postcards (30 second

recording time)

1 x Talking Points

1 x Easi-Speak

1 x Chatter-Box

1 x A5 recordable photo

album

1 x Easi-Listener CD player

6 x Easi-Headphones

Storage Box

2

Contents

5 x A6 Cards3 x Mini Cards

1 x A4 Card

1 x A3 Postcard

3 x Recordable Speech Bubble

1 x Recordable Arrow

1 x Recordable Heart

10 x Talk-Time Mirrors

1 x A4 Thought Cloud.

590


1. Recordable Speech

Bubble

Encourage children to enjoy

speaking and listening activities with

these recordable speech bubbles.

Simply write and record your 30

second message, interesting fact

or quote on to the speech bubble.

Write on wipe off surface.

IT10105 3pk £19.24

EL00044 10pk £56.28

EL00045 30pk £164.87

2. Mini Talk-Time Recordable

Cards 30 Seconds

An excellent resource for speaking

and listening exercises, simply talk

and record a 30 second message.

Cards come with a self adhesive

clear pocket so that pictures or clues

can be placed inside. Length 7.5cm.

Width 7.5cm.

1

2

Talk-Time

SAVE

£13 .75


ETTSML10 10pk £61.86

ETTSML30 30pk £171.83

3. Talk-Time Postcards A6 -

30 Second

These postcards contain a voice

recording chip - simply record and

play operation. Display your own

pictures on the postcard or write on

the dry wipe surface. A great way

to encourage children with their

speaking and listening skills.

IT10103 3pk £31.61

EL00022 10pk £130.61

4. Talk-Time A4 Card

Ideal for EAL students, these cards

are interactive, hands-on and

suitable for all ages. Record 30

seconds then press play! Re-useable,

the cards are write-on/wipe-off. With

clear plastic pockets for you to use

your own cards. A4.

SAVE

£27 .50

3

30

• Brings characters to

life in your stories

• Use on a welcome

board next to photos

• Encourage children

to use next to self

portraits

4

30

IT10106 3pk £38.49

ETTLRG10 10pk £144.36

ETTLRG30 30pk £371.12

5. A4 Light Up Talk-Time

Card

A4 light up recordable dry wipe

cards, perfect for supporting your

EFOL or SEND students. With

additional surface area to write and

draw these A4 cards are a valuable

addition to any classroom. Cards

features a subtle inbuilt writing

slope and up to 60 seconds of

record time, which can be used for a

variety of lesson activities. A4.

IT10230 Single £27.49

IT10243 6pk £158.11

5

10 30

• Lights up red when

recording and green

during playback

• 60 seconds record time

• Replaceable AAA

batteries.

• Available individually or

in a pack of six




1

SAVE

£20 .62

1. A4 Talking Recordable

Photo Albums

Ideal for creating talking time tables,

stories or for additional learning

support. Available in two sizes, each

album requires 2 x AAA batteries

(not included). A4.

EL00360 Single £54.99

EL00425 5pk £254.31

2. A5 Talking Photo Album

Combine literacy and ICT with this

talking book. Simply insert drawings

or photographs into the plastic

wallets and record up to a 10 second

message on each button for each

page to support the image/text.

Holds 30 inserts. A5.

EL00359 Single £48.11

IPHOTO5 5pk £226.81

5

• Combine literacy and

ICT

• Record up to 10 second

messages on each page

• Clear output

2

SAVE

£13 .75

592



Detectors 4pk









from plastic. Pack of 4. Width 8cm.

CA04176 £226.86

2. Rainbow Recordable

Talking Photo Albums A5

Combine communication, language

and literacy development and ICT. In

six beautiful colours, these albums

have 15 double-sided pages for

inserts, pictures or photos and 30

recordable buttons for 10 second

messages. Pack of 6.

1



EL00362 £233.74

3. Easi-Listener 2 CD Player

This six port CD player allows

groups of children to listen to music

without interruption. Forget tangled

headphone splitters, just easy

listening with our improved 6 port

multi-listener CD player. The higher

power speakers also make this ideal

for class and assembly activities.

4

EL00381 CD Player £116.86

EL00406 CD Player with 6 headphones £164.99

CD Player with

EL00432

£309.22

6 Easi-Headphones

2

6

SAVE

£20 .62




1

1. Talking-Point Premium

Record and playback two sounds per

Talking-Point. Ideal for a variety of

different situations such as questions

and responses, MFL translations,

Phonics and sentence starters. With

loud and clear audio output our

Talking-Point range provides perfect

in-class support for SEND and EFOL

students. Our Talking-Point Premium

offers two audio outputs per Talking

Point. One 30 second recording is

triggered by the push button action

whilst another recording is triggered

by motion sensor. Suitable for age



Width 82mm.

IT10232 £137.49

2

2. Big Point recordable

button

Big-Point is ideal for speaking and

listening, records and plays back 45

seconds of sound. With a removable

clear top you can create pictures,

symbols, numbers or letters to

match your recording. Height 2.5cm.

Length 8.5cm. Width 8.5cm.

EL00389 6pk £75.61

EL00508 12pk £137.48

EL00390 30pk £343.68

SAVE

£41 .25

594


1. Multi-coloured Lowercase

Keyboard

Multi-coloured antibacterial keys

ensure clear visibility. Perfect to

allow primary aged children to

type with confidence. The coloured

vowels, numbers and symbols

and the lowercase keys ensure

students can easily identify letters.

USB connection. Supplied fully

assembled.

1

Essentials

ICT Accessories

IT01228 Single £18.57

IT01229 15pk £257.82

IT01230 30pk £501.88

2. Wired Optical Mouse

With an antibacterial rubber coating,

this optical mouse offers a stylish

and hygienic touch to your ICT

suite. This mouse is ideal to use in

an education setting and can be

purchased in class packs to offer an

even greater saving Supplied fully

assembled.

IT01231 Single £7.57

IT01232 15pk £99.69

IT01233 30pk £185.63

30

SAVE

£13 .75

2

SAVE

£13 .75


pe & sport

contents

597-609 essentials

610-625 playground

626-651 sport

652-653 storage

654-655 teacher esssentials

596


1. Lionstrike Lightweight

Footballs Size 4

Bundle deal of 10 Lionstrike Footballs

and carry bag at a great price.

Lionstrike Lite footballs are 20%

lighter than standard footballs. They

are designed and built to improve

skills, technique and confidence for

boys and girls aged 7-13 years old.

1 2

Bulk Value

Essentials

PE10607 White £160.31

PE10608 Yellow £160.31

PE10609 Orange £160.31

2. 12 Mitre Sabre Rugby Ball

Bundle Deal

Buy 12 Mitre Sabre Rugby balls

and get a 12 ball capacity Mitre

ball storage sack FREE! A popular

training ball with a deep pimple

emboss.

10 12

112476 Size 3 £145.74

PE01877 Size 4 £145.74

PE02327 Size 5 £145.74

3 4

3. Bumper Netball Bag

Enough size 4 Netballs for a whole

class to develop their passing and

shooting skills before a match.

Netball Pack includes 10 SureGrip

Netballs with ‘Cellular Technology’,

for increased grip and control in all

weather conditions, and 2 Mitre

Netballs. Enough for a whole class

group to develop their passing and

shooting skills!


PE01876 £145.74

4. SureGrip Basketball Pack

With Cellular Grip Technology, this

basketball is ideal for training and

developing passing skills. Provides

the best possible grip and increased

control. Comes in a durable nylon

bag for carrying and storage. Colours

may vary.

PE01878 Size 5 £167.60

PE02385 Size 3 £160.31

12 12

5. Tub of 96 Tennis Balls

A quality tennis ball that’s suitable

for both practice and match play.

Comes complete with their own

storage tub with handy carry handle.


PE01095 £116.59

6. Multi-Coloured Tennis Ball

Bucket

Ideal for tennis practice and team

games that involve throwing,

catching or batting skills but not for

court use. Assorted colours add fun

to your tennis practice or playground

games.

PE02303 £91.81

5

6

96 96


Essentials

Bulk Value

1 2

12

3 4

12 10

SAVE

£10 .19

5 6

110

12 12

1. Bag of Mixed Match and

Training balls

A set of three match and nine

training balls, made from a PVC

leather laminate for durability.

The set caters for all children

at all different stages of skill

development. A strong, durable bag

is included to carry the balls. Size 4.

Made from pu leather. Pack of 12.

PE01875 £132.62

2. Foam Javelins

Foam javelins are ideal for

introducing beginners to the sport

of javelin, an indoor athletics

favourite. Designed to help develop

a good throwing technique. Great

value to practise for the school

games javelin throwing events.

Made from foam.

PE00059 L90cm Single £10.19

PE10169 L90cm 6pk £53.83

3. Molten Basketballs with Bag

Excellent value training ball,

supplied in sets of 10 in robust

carry bag. Highly durable rubber

basketball, patented 12 panel

Giugiaro design - designed

to withstand tough school

environment. Made from rubber.

Pack of 10.

PE10311 Size 3 £204.04

PE10312 Size 5 £204.04

4. Hornet Coated

Dodgeballs

Regulation sized dodgeballs made

from a soft foam with a pick-proof

exterior. They are extremely long

lasting and durable. As they are

made from a soft foam they will not

sting, but they are weighted enough

to have a great flight. Diameter


PE02276 £120.96

5. NEW Masterplay Attack

Hockey Stick w/ Holdall

Excellent value hockey stick

designed to accommodate the

requirements of the school player,

supplied in convenient schools

size packs with robust holdall..

Constructed using graded materials

and has a multi-ply handle for

strength & flexibility, a 1 piece

mulberry blade for control and a

durable comfort grip. Pack of 12.

SP46073 L28in £145.74

SP46074 L30in £145.74

SP46075 L32in £145.74

SP46076 L34in £145.74

6. NEW Aresson Vision X

Tennis Rackets

Excellent quality and well-designed

racket ideal for education, supplied

in convenient school packs with

robust racket holdall. Manufactured

using with a one-piece carbon

aluminum alloy frame with

comfortable PU grip for comfort and

control, the ideal beginner racket for

juniors. Pack of 12.

SP46138 L19in £218.61

SP46139 L21in £218.61

SP46140 L23in £218.61

SP46141 L25in £225.90

SP46142 L27in £291.49

598


1

Playground Favourites

Essentials

6

2

SAVE

£58 .30

6

1. Six Colour Balance Boards

Brightly coloured balance boards

perfect for developing core strength

and improving coordination. These

rugged and resilient balance boards

feature a gently slopping bottom

so balancing is challenging, yet not

extremely difficult.

PE02139 £109.30

2. Rainbow Space Hoppers

A clever, fun way for your children

to exercise a range of major muscle

groups in the playground. A closed

handle really improves grip! Why not

use the Space Hoppers in sports day

races, playground races or as part of

a fitness course?

PE01082 6pk £131.16

PE02209 18pk £335.19

3. Rainbow Saturn Skippers

Great fun! And an excellent balance

workout that improves coordination,

balance and core strength. Children

love hopping around the playground

on these, can be used individually

or with others, excellent playground

fun.

PE01083 £131.16

4. Six Colour Mini Hop

Playground Stilts

Practise stilt walking with this set

of coloured hopper stilts. Features

stable base and anti-slip bottom. The

cords are adjustable, making them

suitable for all ages.

PE02133 £43.71

3

4

6

6


Essentials


1

1. Gross Motor

Development Multi-

Activity Kit

This 84-piece set of versatile,

quality equipment encourages skill

development in younger children.

Each item is supplied in four

primary team colours, making it

easy to distribute and count back in

the equipment over time.

111254 £174.89

2

3 4

2. First-Play Playtime

Games Kit

This 79-piece kit contains enough

equipment for the whole class to

enjoy. Playground games with a

variety of bats, playground balls and

throwing and catching equipment

are great fun and help develop key

fine and gross motor skills.

111250 £153.02

3. Fitness Friends Kit

Make fitness fun with these activity

resources and cards, written to get

children moving whenever possible.

Cards feature action stations with

ideas for individuals, pairs and

teams to try out. Ignite a love for

physical activity in your pupils.

PE10469 £274.99

4. Outdoor & Adventurous

Activities Kit

Equipment package and detailed

teacher notes to engage children

in a range of competitive and cooperative

outdoor games. Develop

communication and collaboration

skills while being active, all through

structured lessons with key

objectives and learning outcomes

written by experienced school sport

advisors.

PE10470 £329.99

5. Playground Cricket

Teaching Pack

Equipment package, selected by

School Sport partnership experts, to

teach the full basics of playground

cricket. Go from simple beginner

striking and fielding games, to a full

match, within a half term.

PE10427 £218.61

5

600


1. Multi-Skill Games pack



teach the core multi-skills for lower

KS2 pupils. Supported by detailed

teacher notes, providing full lesson

plans, including starter, main and

plenary activities.

PE10429 £329.99

2. Early Years Physical

Development Kit

Specially selected kit, with 24

double sided activity cards, by EY &

PE expert Philippa Youlden. Boost

the gross and fine motor skills of

children in reception and LKS1, to

get them physically ready for PE,

Sport and Physical Activity.

PE10233 £384.99

3. Mini Leader Playground

Kit and Activity Cards

A complete starter set of playground

resources and activity cards

written by Derby City School Sport

Partnership. Give children the chance

to be mini leaders and watch their

skills, confidence and well-being

flourish with this complete starter

set of playground equipment and

activity cards.

PE10251 £219.94

4. Agility, Balance and Coordination

Playground Kit



develop fundamental agility, balance

and co-ordination skills. Supported

by detailed teacher notes, providing

full lesson plans and activities.

PE10428 £329.99

5. Jumbo Playground Kit

A selection of playground equipment

chosen to engage children and get

them playing and working together

in the playground. With enough

equipment for over 150 children,

this pack of playground resources is

excellent value for money.

KJPLAYPK £527.99

1

2 3


Essentials

4 5


Essentials


1

2

1. Playground Pack

Supreme

Carefully selected PE equipment to

help improve the basic skills which

are used in many popular sports.

A diverse range of playground

equipment which will entertain

children of all ages and abilities.

Contents may vary.

PE00458 £318.99

2. Playground Pals Kit KS1

and KS2

Contains enough equipment to

occupy at least 40 children with 8

different activities. All the products

have been carefully selected

to develop skills which are the

foundation of the mainstream

sports played in schools.

PE00313 £164.99

3

3. Six Colour Mega Pack

A 129 piece pack of colour coded

playground equipment. The six

colours makes the organisation and

recording of the equipment easier.

Perfect as a whole school lunchtime

physical activity improvement set.

PE01889 £874.50

602


1. Playground Mega Play

Equipment Kit

Every piece of equipment ensures

children develop important skills

such as all over body coordination,

ball and catching skills. A great

way to encourage team work,

collaboration and active play in the

playground.

PE00315 £472.99

1


Essentials

Contents

1 x Catchtail Ball

1 x Heavy Duty Wheelie Bag

1 x Foot Flip Launcher

1 x Pair of Stomper Stilts

1 x Action Beach Talk Ball

1 x Pair Sticky Catch Miand Ball

2 x Throw and Catch Net and

Ball Game

3 x Pom Pom Balls

4 x Hoop and Ball Juggle

4 x Reaction Balls

4 x Foam Flyers

4 x Cheerleader Pom Poms

6 xPlastic Playground

Scoopers

6 x Catch a Cup and Ball

6 x Ankle Skips

6 x Large Handled Skipping

Ropes

6 x Bouncy Play Balls

10 x Plastic Play Bats

12 x Marbled Effect Playballs

12 x Weighted Bean Bags

12 x Coloured Tennis Balls

48 x Training Quality Tennis

Ball

50 x Plastic Cones with Holder

2. Rainbow Playground

Favourites Kit

Plenty of playground favourites to

raise activity levels in your school

and keep your pupils occupied at

lunch and playtimes. Your pupils will

have hours of enjoyment playing

collaboratively with a range of bright

coloured equipment.

PE01836 £494.99

3. Throw and Catch

Playground Equipment Kit

A whopping 70 pieces of throwing

and catching equipment. Brightly

coloured and many soft items makes

it suitable for all ages. Developed

to build the basic multi skills for all

sports. Contents may vary.

KTHRNCAT £208.99

2

3

Contents

6 x Scoopers with Balls

2 x Cannon Stomps with Balls

15 x Rainbow Frisbees

6 x Twirl and Jumps

6 x Speedy Skipping Ropes

6 x Swingz 4

6 x Ankle Skips

6 x Catch a Cups

6 x Rainbow Saturn Skippers

6 x Rubber Playground Balls

6 x Rainbow Space Hoppers

6 x Sequencing Markers

Contents

3 x Ribbon Balls

4 x Reaction Balls

20 x Coloured Bean Bags

6 x Bump Balls

6 x Pom Pom Balls

24 x Tennis Balls

6 x Vinyl Mini Balls

8 x Foam Flyers

1 x Outdoor Chalk Tub

1 x Large Mesh Bag to keep

it all in


Health and WellBeing

Active Playground

1

2 3

123

1. Maths on the Move Kit

Full of fantastic PE and sports

resources which can be used to

teach effective Outdoor Maths

across the key stages. With enough

equipment for the whole class, this

kit will engage and excite children

by presenting kinaesthetic learning.

Pack of 123.

PE00942 £439.99

2. NEW Baden Dodgeballs

Pack

A soft rubber ball which is ideal for

use in Dodgeball, one of the fastest

growing sports in the UK. Ideal for

schools, this ready-made set of four

dodgeballs include 1 of each colour;

Red, Blue, Yellow, and Green. Size 2.

Diameter 22cm. Made from rubber.

Pack of 4.

SP45677 £62.66

3. NEW Positive Playtime

Wall Sign Bully Free Zone

Designed to support a positive

playtime strategy and reduce

bullying. These signs are bright and

fun for children to read and can help

schools to implement visual cues for

children to be reminded of during

play times. Printed onto a durable

board with UV protection for

longevity in sunlight. Height 81cm.

Width 61cm.

4 5

6 7

4

SAVE

£480 .98

112.99

SP46194 £41.79


Wall Sign Playground

Manners

Establish a positive playground

atmosphere and remind children of

good playground manners. Height

81cm. Width 61cm.

SP46196 £41.79


Wall Sign Playground

Rules

Establish common ground with

this playground rules playground

sign to provide visual reminders for

children to follow. Height 81cm.

Width 61cm.

SP46203 £41.79


Wall Sign Our School

Values

Let children be proud of schools

values with a playground sign that

displays them clearly for all at play

times. Height 81cm. Width 61cm.

SP46210 £38.49

7. Activity Fitness Trackers

Child friendly and robust activity

trackers, a pedometer alternative

to encourage and track your pupils

steps and activity throughout

the day. Measure steps, calories,

temperature and distance travelled.

PE10173 10pk £153.99

PE10174 30pk £439.99

PE10380 180pk £2,194.50

604


1. Rechargeable


Function








storage unit.

PE00992 £167.60

1

Teacher Essentials

Essentials

2. Rechargeable

Stopwatches








16

SC00945 £167.60

3. NEW Precision Electric

Air Compressor 12V DC &

230V AC

Multi-function air compressor for

sports balls, bike tyres, cars tyres,

inflatables, air mattresses and more.

Dual power DC/AC for car and

home use, that works with 12V car

cigarette lighter plug or 230V home

socket. An essential sports accessory

that makes inflating a whole bag of

footballs takes seconds.

SP45567 £58.29

2

4. NEW Precision

Rechargeable Electric Ball

Pump

Take the effort out of Inflating

your Sports Balls with the portable

Precision Rechargeable Electric Ball

Pump. With its automatic PSI cutoff

once set PSI pressure has been

reached, you can make sure all the

Balls in the training session or match

are perfectly set to the same PSI.

3

12

SP45568 £36.42

4


Essentials


1

2 x A Frames

1 x 4 sided multi target attachment

1 x 1 min sand timer

1 x Writable whiteboards

6 x Sticky target pyramid bean bags

6 x Sticky target balls

2

3

4

4

1. Terrific Targets

A portable, cross-curricular multitarget

active learning resource,

designed to embed knowledge and

understanding in a variety of subject

areas. Incorporates four different

targets with accessories to provide

various levels of challenge.

PE10617 £218.61

2. Coconut Shy Playground

Target Game

Portable and safe target game ideal

for your playground, PE lessons,

for sports day or your school fair.

Rubber crumb weighted base makes

the game suitable indoors or out.

Perfect to develop hand eye coordination

and throwing skills.

PE10228 £123.87

3. 3-in-1 Collapsible Target

Nets

Set up or pack away these colourful

targets in 3 seconds! Light, portable

and easy to store, they are perfect

for early throwing games. Small set

target holes 60, 27 and 13cm, large

set 70, 40 and 25cm. Made from

nylon. Pack of 4.

PE00941 £48.08

PE02408 £65.57

4. Double-Sided Sticky

Target Game

Portable, double sided target game

for use with hook and loop balls and

bean bags. Designed with different

targets to vary challenge and provide

variety. Suitable for developing early

throwing skills, and great fun too!

Height 1m. Made from felt and

powder coated metal. Width 1m.

PE10240 £182.17

606


1

Active Playground

Health and WellBeing

1. Playground Barriers and

Dividers

A robust solution for the playground

that keeps pupils safely contained

and allows easy division of play

areas. Supplied flat packed for


outdoors. Height 55cm. Length

100cm. Made from plastic. Pack of

21. Weight 8kg. Width 40cm.

PE01104 Blue/White £2,477.74

PE01970 Green £2,477.74

PE01969 Red £2,477.74

PE01967 Blue £2,477.74

PE01106 Black/White £2,477.74

PE01105 Green/Yellow £2,477.74

PE00989 Red/White £2,477.74

2. Playground Zone Barriers

Our colourful zoning barriers are

specifically designed for educational

settings, perfect for creating a safer

and happier playground. Easily

contain various sports, separate play

zones or create a movable MUGA

(Multi-use Games Area).

PE02409 Slate Grey £2,332.00

PE02454 Green £2,332.00

PE02455 Soft Blue £2,332.00

PE02452 Yellow £2,332.00

PE02451 Blue £2,332.00

PE02450 Red £2,332.00

21

2

21


SectionRangeSidebar

Essentials

SectionSubRangeHeading

Teacher Essentials

Portable Light

Up Reaction

Wall Game

Will appeal to children and adults alike, with a difficulty speed gradient

that will allow even the most confident athletes to be challenged. 4 AA

batteries required. Can be played on a flat surface with not slip rubber

buttons to protect floors and tables, or wall mounted via the two rear

eyelets for stand up play.

PE10241£87.44

KEY

from

£87 .44

BENEFITS

• Fantastic use of ICT for fun and physical

development for children of any age or

ability.

• Provide a personal challenge, develop hand

eye co-ordination as well as drive

competition through practice and

achievement.

• Excellent immersive game for SEN children

and those with motor development needs.

608


1. Interlocking Playground

Scooters

Different coloured scooters that can

be connected, ideal for using in the

playground or in the sports hall.

These fun and exciting interlocking

scooters will aid the development of

communication and team building

skills!


PE02104 £164.68

1


Essentials

2. Six Colour Cannon Catch

Set

Brilliantly coloured, this set of

cannon stomps makes for a fantastic

reaction game that can be used for

a number of different activities. Use

for catching, dodging, or simply just

to see how far you can send the ball

flying!

PE01957 £495.54

3. Quad Bounder 4 Sided

Playground Rebounder

The best value for money rebounder,

featuring four playing surfaces,

providing a terrific focus for your

playground or sports area. Use in

different configurations, four sided,

three sided or four individual stations

against walls.

PE00583 £495.54

2

6

4. Disc Target Course Game

Have fun improving a range of

PE and Sport skills including aim,

throwing and catching. Arrange like

a golf course, with long and short

holes, or as a target range, using all

or some of the targets. 10 frisbees

are included but all sorts of balls,

foam frisbees or bean bags could

be used depending on the age and

ability of the children or the school

setting.


PE00573 £291.49

3

6

4


Playground

Storage

1

SAVE

£145 .75

2

4

1. NEW Colourful Outdoor

Storage Bins

The perfect, portable, lockable

and robust school storage option

for all your playground resources,

supplied in attractive team colours.

Manufactured from heavy duty

weather proof high quality grade

LLDPE, this storage bin is an excellent

value school storage solution. Height


plastic. Weight 17kg. Width 78cm.

SP11466BL Blue £291.49

SP11466GR Green £291.49

SP11466RE Red £291.49

SP11466YE Yellow £291.49

SP11466 Multicoloured £1,020.20


Cupboard

Spacious outdoor storage shed

suitable for a wide range of

outdoor resources. Easy access

unit featuring front opening doors,

three adjustable shelves and a bolt

fastening. The felt roof will protect

your items from wet weather.


to be left outdoors. H1920 x W720 x


CE06898 £947.38

610


1. Outdoor Metal Storage

Unit

A quality PVC coated galvanised

steel shed with unique spring

assisted opening action and two

padlock points. Fire-resistant and

robust, but unobtrusive, the unit

comes complete with floor. (Padlocks

and contents not included).

1

Storage

Playground

CE00245 Small £801.63

PE02148 Medium £1,093.12

PE00110 Large £1,457.50

2. Sports Storage Trolley

Comprises a deep, removable

basket ideal for storing cricket bats,

hockey sticks etc. A large basket for

footballs and four deep trays for all

those smaller items. Fitted with two

brakes and two swivel, non-marking

rubber castors. Blue. Height 94cm.

Length 136cm. Made from metal.

Width 66cm.


KSPTROL £685.01

3. Ball Cabinet

The perfect resource for storing up

to 100 footballs and your training

equipment too. Includes lockable

doors with a padlock. Wheeled for

easy maneuverability. Depth 60cm.

Height 150cm. Made from metal.

Width 140cm.


PE02128 £947.38

4. Giant Mobile Storage

Basket

A large and durable storage unit

with the addition of a fifth wheel

in the middle of the wire frame to

provide more support. Assembled

in seconds and packs flat. Perfect

for playground equipment and easy

access for children. Supplied fully

assembled. White. Height 635mm.

Length 940mm. Made from coated

steel. Width 580mm.

2 3

PE00179 Single £167.60

PE01926 3pk £361.42

5. Lockable Storage

This large storage trolley has a

lockable lid and castors for easy

transportation. The drop down front

provides easy access. (Equipment

not included). Epoxy powder coated

steel. Supplied fully assembled.


from metal. Width 61cm.


PE00751 £692.30

4 5


Playground

Throw and Catch

1 2

1. Sticky Catch Miand Ball

Catch the ball with the hook and

loop fastener pad - the ease of

catching allows children to develop

their hand-eye coordination. A

playground favourite, can be played

individually, in pairs or as a group.

PE00035 Single £10.19

015919 12pk £80.17

3

4

4

2. NEW First-Play Flexi Ball

Pack

A pack of 4 balls of different sizes

with inter-connecting holes which

makes it easy for children to catch,

throw and bowl. Made from a

durable rubber compound with

excellent shape retention. Pack of 4.

SP45647 £40.80

3. Catch Net Set

These catch net sets are perfect for

group participation activities. Pull

the handles taut to launch the ball,

and catch in your own net. Length


PE00200 £22.59

5

6

2

6

4. Flexigrab Balls

A truly inclusive set of safe,

flexible grab balls, perfect for skill

development for throwing and

catching. The easy grip design

means these balls are easy to catch,

meaning all levels of children can

play together. There is no right or

wrong way to throw, catch or play.

Multicoloured. Made from rubber.

Pack of 6.

PE01950 Diameter 10cm £65.57


5. Sticky Monster Mitts

A simple throwing and catching

game. The monster hand design

makes them attractive and fun.

2 colourful miwith a large, fabric

adhesive circle to assist catching.

Supplied with 1 ball. Green. Made

from fabric.

PE00370 £10.19

6. Pom Pom Balls

These soft, safe pom pom balls are

amazing fun! They are incredibly

tactile, visually stimulating and

are easy to catch. These fantastic

‘feely’ balls of rubber are a constant

source of fun for all ages. Latex free.

Multicoloured. Diameter 7cm. Made

from rubber. Pack of 3.

FKOOSH £20.39

3

612


1. Cone Catcher Cup and

Ball Game

Develop skills such as hand-eye

co-ordination. Swing the tethered

ball up in the air and catch it in the

cone, a playground favourite! The

catch a cups are attached to the 7cm

diameter airflow ball by a string.

PE00034 6pk £38.49

PE01942 18pk £109.99

1

SAVE

£21 .87

Throw and Catch

Playground

2. Playground Scoopers and

Balls

A playground favourite made even

better! These Scoopers have a string

attaching the ball to the scooper.

Attaching the ball to the string

means the children spend less time

retrieving and more time playing and

improving.

PE01048 6pk £43.71

PE02344 30pk £174.83

3. Scoopers

Colourful set of strong scoopers

and balls. Fantastic for developing

hand-eye co-ordination skills. Pack

of different colours that are soft, yet

durable. Suitable for 5 to 11 years

6

PE00208 £38.49

2

SAVE

£43 .73

6

3

6


Playground

Throw and Catch

1

2

1. Rainbow Foam Flyers

Soft, light and suitable for children

to develop their throwing and

catching skills. Encourage children

to communicate with their peers

and also develop their coordination.

Suitable for indoors and out and

come in bright neon colours.

Diameter 21.5cm. Made from foam.

Pack of 6.


PE02134 £27.49

2. Safe Foam Flyers

Coloured foam Frisbees that are

extra safe in a busy playground.

Colours may vary. Diameter 21.5cm.

Made from foam.


PE00020 4pk £14.29

PE02210 20pk £54.99

3

6

4

4

3. Rainbow Plastic Flying

Discs

A class pack of fantastic value

playground Frisbees! These fun

and colourful Frisbees are made

from strong, long lasting plastic

which makes them perfect for the

playground. Diameter 21.5cm. Made



PE01085 £38.49

615

6

4. Flat Ring Foam Flyers

Soft foam frisbee set, steady flight

and easy to throw and catch, and

won’t hurt if struck. Central hole

allows for easier catching, and also

allows frisbee to be used for target

activities such as ring toss. Diameter


PE10267 £27.49

5

5. Flying Discs Bumper

Value Pack

Colourful collection of fun

playground flyers. Made from

safe, soft materials, ideal for target

games. Contains a mix of foam and

plastic flyers for different indoor and

outdoor games.

PE10477 £126.49

6 7

6. NEW Soft Foam Saturn

Balls Flying Disks

The Saturn foam ball flies like a

flying disk and bounces like a ball

for double the fun. You can catch

and throw a Saturn Ball like a Frisbee

or use two hands and catch it like a

ball, or even shoot it with your feet.

It is softer and easier to catch than

a disk. Diameter 20cm. Made from

pvc. Pack of 6. Weight 170g.

SP45490 £104.49

614

6

7. Discraft 175g Ultra-Star

Sports Disc

The Discraft 175g Ultra-Star features

contoured grip and aerodynamic

engineering and has set the

standard for quality, consistency

and performance. Weight and

construction ensures straight and

flat trajectory. Diameter 27.5cm.

Made from plastic. Weight 175g.

114021 £19.24


1. Rubber Quoits

A fun, traditional product that

develops a range of skills including

throwing, catching and balancing.

Whether you’re balancing them

on your head for a sports day race

or using them as part of a ring

toss onto sticks or cones, quoits

are a classic piece of primary

school playground equipment.




1 2

Throw and Catch

Playground

KQUOIT £17.59

2. Soft Spike Hoop Set

Perfect for playground games and

for developing children’s throwing

and catching skills. This set is durable

yet still soft enough to squash

down! Diameter 15cm. Made from

rubber. Pack of 6.


3

6 6

KSPIKESET £21.99

3. Mega Quoits Bundle

Bundle of resources best suited to

sending and receiving games and

target practice. Includes customer

favourites, with different colours and

shapes to suit all ages.

PE10387 £87.99

4. Squidgy Ring Set

Squidgy and maluable, making

them suitable for younger children.

Ideal for targets and throwing and

catching. They are very durable

and will easily return back to their

original shape. Diameter 18cm.



KSQUIDGSET £20.89

5. Soft Touch Fine Motor

Squeezers

Set of soft quoits with three levels

of resistance allowing children to

progressively strengthen their grip.

Promote flexibility of wrist joints

and strengthen muscles by holding,

squeezing and twisting. Depth

1.3cm. Diameter 6.5cm. Made from

thermo plastic rubber. Pack of 6.

Width 6.5cm.

Suitable for age 6 months and up

PE10444 £25.29

6. Lightweight Activity

Throwing Quoit Rings

You can use these versatile activity

tossing rings in every sport., they

can be thrown, juggled, gripped

with hands and feet, balanced on

the head, or you can tiptoe through

them. You can also use them to

work on colour recognition. Depth

1cm. Diameter 14cm. Made from

pvc. Pack of 10.

PE10543 £26.39

4

5

6

6

46

10


Playground

Balls

1 2

1. Rubber Playground Balls

Lightweight with a soft surface,

these balls are easy to handle and

won’t hurt your pupils should they

get caught in the cross fire. Can

be used for all kinds of playground

fun, from throwing and catching

to football. Durable enough for

everyday outdoor use. Made from

rubber. Pack of 6.


KPLAY Diameter 15cm £46.19

KPLAY2 Diameter 21cm £49.49

6 30

4

3

12

6

5 6

2. Playground Fun Balls

A set of ‘non-threatening’,

wonderfully colourful balls. Made

from a soft plastic so they will not

hurt if they hit any child. Colours

and sizes may vary. Multicoloured.

Assorted Sizes. Made from plastic.

Pack of 30.


PE01084 £93.49

3. Pink No Sting Playballs

Excellent for children to play

volleyball, without them damaging

or stinging their hand from the

impact of the ball. Children can

develop their knowledge of the

sport by learning how to hit the ball

correctly! Diameter 20cm. Made

from vinyl. Pack of 12.


PE02103 £87.99

4. Emotion Balls

Six brightly coloured, vinyl

playground balls showing different

emotions (happy, sad, excited,

amazed, frightened and angry). Soft

and safe, with a consistent bounce.


Made from vinex. Pack of 6.

Suitable for age 3 years and up

PE00002 £27.49

5. Soft Feel Playground

Playballs

A soft and safe ball that is ideal

for the playground environment,

suitable for throwing and kicking.

These balls have a soft touch, so

remain non-threatening but are

weighted enough not to drift when

kicked or thrown. Multicoloured.

Made from vinyl. Pack of 12.

PE00011 Diam 13.5cm £49.54

PE00012 Diam 16.5cm £54.99

PE00013 Diam 21.5cm £65.99

6. Giant Coloured Balloon

Ball

Very light and resistant over sized

balloon ball, ideal for cooperative

games indoors and outside. Its

durable, washable, double-stitched

nylon cover ensures the ball will last

for a long time, even after intensive

use. Diameter 85cm.

PE10547 £142.99

12

616


1. Six Colour Bean Bags

Why not use for Sports Day races,

relay, team games or target games?

Allows children to practice throwing

and catching skills without the risk

of getting hurt. Filled with beans,

double stitched for extra safety and

durability. Colour include red, green,

blue, yellow, purple and orange.

Colour may vary. Length 10cm.

Made from cotton. Pack of 48.

Width 10cm.

1 2

Bean Bags

Playground

PE01853 £65.99

2. Pyramid Bean Bags

Multi-coloured and useful for

a multitude of activities and

games, the pyramid shape makes

the bean bag more likely to stay

where it lands. Carry bag included.

Multicoloured. Depth 10cm. Length

10cm. Made from cotton. Pack of

36. Width 10cm.

48 36

3

PE01860 £49.49

3. Value Bean Bags

These soft, brightly coloured cotton

beanbags are double stitched and

are filled with plastic pellets. The

list of activities they can be used for

are endless. Their soft touch and

durability makes them perfect for

throwing and catching activities and

can be incorporated into a variety

of target games. Made from cotton.

Width 10cm.

PE10040 12pk £16.49

PE00214 20pk £27.49

4. Bumper Play Beanbag

Pack

These natural filled poly cotton bean

bags are an ideal pack to teach

numeracy and literacy through active

curriculum lessons. Also included is a

tie cord bag and collapsible storage

crate. Multicoloured.

4

036344 £87.99

5. Traditional Cotton

Beanbags

Excellent quality polycotton

beanbags, ideal for a range of

throwing, catching and target

games. Bean bags are a highly

versatile resource, useful for a huge

number of PE activities and also for a

number of different sports day races.

Made from polycotton. Pack of 10.

36

078070 Blue £10.99

078072 Red £10.99

078071 Green £10.99

078073 Yellow £10.99

5 6

6. Beanbag Minis

Mini bean bags made from a soft

felt perfect for Early Years and

KS1. These beanbags are ideal for

developing early techniques such as

throwing and catching. All packed

in a drawstring bag. Multicoloured.

Length 6.5cm. Made from fabric.


PE01953 £54.99

10

96


Playground

Hop, Skip and Jump

1

1. Space Hopper Bouncer

Have fun developing movement,

strength, coordination and core

stability! A great addition to

sports day events or for the school

playground to encourage group

play. To inflate to maximum size

we recommend using a stirrup or

electric pump. Colours may vary.




2

3

6

SAVE

£58 .30

2. Rainbow Saturn Skippers

Great fun! And an excellent balance

workout that improves coordination,

balance and core strength. Children

love hopping around the playground

on these, can be used individually

or with others, excellent playground

fun. Diameter 38cm. Pack of 6.

PE01083 £131.99

3. Rainbow Space Hoppers

A clever, fun way for your children

to exercise a range of major muscle

groups in the playground. A closed

handle really improves grip! Why not

use the Space Hoppers in sports day

races, playground races or as part of

a fitness course? Diameter 55cm.

PE01082 6pk £131.99

PE02209 18pk £335.18

4. Hop, Skip and Jump Kit

Get your children hopping, skipping

and jumping all over the playground

with this variety collection of active

playground resources. Featuring

favourites such as skipping ropes

and space hoppers, excellent value

set to enhance lunch and play times.

PE10480 £186.99

6

4

618


Playground

Hula Hoop

Sets

A traditional playground favourite, these hoops are perfect for fun,

engaging games and exercise.The number of games which hoops can be

used for are endless, from skipping and hula to target games and agility

exercises.Pack of 12.

Diam 45cm

PE01060 £29.14

Diam 60cm

KH60S £51.00

KEY

from

£29 .14

BENEFITS

• Super Long Lasting

• Bright and attractive colours

• Ideal for Sports day, PE lessons and the

playground.

Diam 75cm

PE01059 £51.00

Diam 91cm

KH91S £55.37


Playground

Targets

1

1. Double-Sided Sticky

Target Game

Portable, double sided target game

for use with hook and loop balls and

bean bags. Designed with different

targets to vary challenge and provide

variety. Suitable for developing early

throwing skills, and great fun too!

Height 1m. Made from felt and

powder coated metal. Width 1m.

PE10240 £182.17

2 3

2. NEW Hula Hoop Target Set

Transform your hula hoops! If you

have two 76cm hoops, you have two

targets at a price that any budget

can afford. These targets can be

hung on a wall or used on the floor

to teach young children how to

throw underhanded with any soft

ball. It only takes a second to put the

target around the hoop and even

quicker to remove. Diameter 76cm.

Made from polyester.

SP45489 £34.97

3. Coconut Shy Playground

Target Game

Portable and safe target game ideal

for your playground, PE lessons,

for sports day or your school fair.

Rubber crumb weighted base makes

the game suitable indoors or out.

Perfect to develop hand eye coordination

and throwing skills.

PE10228 £123.87

4. Height Adjustable Large

Target Net

This height adjustable plastic target

has a built-in net to catch saucers,

flying discs, quoits, bean bags etc.

Base can be water or sand filled

to provide stability, particularly in

outdoor use. Height 1350mm.

162118 £48.08

5. Double Sided Target Mat

A target game with twice the fun.

Double sided to vary challenge and

made of robust material sure to last.

On one side, a traditional concentric

circle game, and on the other, a

more randomised fairground style

design. Length 1m. Width 1cm.

PE10176 £68.49

4 5

620


1

Targets

Playground

1. Terrific Targets

A portable, cross-curricular multitarget

active learning resource,

designed to embed knowledge and

understanding in a variety of subject

areas. Incorporates four different

targets with accessories to provide

various levels of challenge.

PE10617 £218.61

2 3

2. Foam Quoits Games

Soft and durable quoits and pegged

stand suitable for both indoors and

outdoors. A simple playground

game to encourage throwing

accuracy and fun! Made from foam.

ASFQ £29.14

3. Number Target Boards

Make maths fun by encouraging

children to throw the ball at

numbers on these colourful targets.

This set encourages children to play

games, enhance their mathematical

skills and develop their hand and eye

co-ordination skills. Diameter 45cm.

Pack of 3.

CA05459 £27.68

3

4. Knock Down Foam

Targets

Play the old favourite game of

knock em’ down with these

Carnival Targets. Lightweight cans

and balls make this game suitable

for everyone. Handy storage bag

included. Diameter 10cm. Height

10cm. Pack of 10.

PE02256 £36.42

5. Octopus Target

Traditional game of ring toss with

an amusing looking octopus target!

Six legs that can be bent in all

directions and formations to vary

the challenge. Includes six throwing

rings. Legs L25cm, rings D11cm.

Height 16cm.

PE02259 £29.14

4 5

10


Playground

Games

1 2

1. NEW Play Tunnel

These heavy duty tunnels have

been manufactured to withstand

energetic play both indoors and out.

Excellent fun and will help with the

development of co-ordination skills,

motor skills and strength to hit key

physical development goals. Length

1.83m.

SP46214CL Clear £145.74

SP46214RE Red £145.74

3 4

5 6

7 8

2. Motor Skills Giant

Obstacle Course

The components in this set can

be used separately or combined

to encourage the development of

balance and co-ordination. Different

arrangements can be set up for

varied challenges depending on age

and ability.

FGOC £655.86

3. Obstacle Course Set

Set of 6 geometrical obstacles to

create educational and playful

courses. Perfect for developing

balance, co-ordination and agility

while encouraging creativity with

different course combinations.

PE10542 £167.60

4. Crawl Play Tunnel

Features a heavy duty PVC base

for stability and weight, and

lightweight cover which allows light

through. Length 240cm. Width

132cm.

PE00131 £77.23

5. RampShot Rebound

Playground Game

RampShot is a very interactive game

that develops motor skills, hand-eye

coordination, teamwork and good

fun for four players. Depth 56cm.


PE10546 £123.87

6. Boccia Set

Boccia is a excellent inclusive sport,

playable by competitors with or

without a physical disability.

PE10318 £179.26

7. Portable Light Up

Reaction Wall Game

Highly engaging reaction game,

featuring 10 light up buttons and

two fun game modes, providing a

fun and active physical challenge.

An infinite mode which continues

until failure, alongside a timed 60

second challenge mode, provide

ample opportunity to develop hand

eye co-ordination, speed, skill and

endurance, all while having fun.

PE10241 £462.01

8. New Age Kurling Combo

Bundle

Great value bundle gives you all the

main components together to play

new age kurling!

037289 £462.01

622


1

Games

Playground

1. Playground Games

Strategy Kit

A great way to get your pupils

playing together, incorporating

strategy skills and also boost

inclusion. All these games can be

played by children of all ages either

inside or outside, encouraging group

activities and inclusive play.

PE01900 £947.38

2. Mega 4 in a Line Game

This popular game appeals to

children of all ages and ability.

The classic game of strategy and

intelligence for 2 or more players can

be used outdoors as well as indoors,

as it is waterproof. Height 1.1m.

Width 1.2m.

AS00073 £262.34

2 3

3. Foam Hopscotch Game

Easy to set up and pack away, this

foam hopscotch game is suitable

indoors or out. Develop balance and

co-ordination skills while having fun.

Height 182cm. Made from eva foam.

Width 60cm.

PE10273 £40.80

4. Giant Noughts and

Crosses Game Set

Classic game of Tic Tac Toe, made

from durable and soft foam, for

use indoors or out. Large tactile

pieces present a fun variation on a

paper based game, and makes the

activity more inclusive. Storage bag

included. Height 93cm. Width 93cm.

PE10274 £43.71

4 5

5. Wet Play Board Games

Pack

Essential games for those rainy

days spent inside. Lots of fun

favourites that incorporate working

individually, in pairs or as a group.

PE02311 £145.74


Playground

Balance and Control

1 2

1. Viking Scooter Maxi

This Winther scooter is robust and

sturdy, and is designed for slightly

older children. This scooter is high

quality and great for taking outside.

Children will develop balancing

skills and core strength. Introduce

to your setting and encourage

turn taking with the scooter. The

turning of the handles will also

help children to gain essential gross

motor skills. Supplied flat packed



Made from rubber and steel.

CA03542 £291.49

2. Interlocking Playground

Scooters

Different coloured scooters that can

be connected, ideal for using in the

playground or in the sports hall.

These fun and exciting interlocking

scooters will aid the development of

communication and team building

skills! W30 x L30cm. Made from

plastic. Pack of 6.

PE02104 £164.68

6

3. Scooter Board

Rollerboard Paddles

Bring rowing to the playground, a

fun and safe way to move around

which will also challenge children’s

fitness. The paddles have a soft foam

ball on the end which lends grip

in any weather or on any surface.

Colours may vary. Length 69cm.


PE01064 £29.14

3 4

4. Storage Pole for

Playground Scooters

Finally, a solution for storing away

scooters! The design means the

scooters will be piled up neatly and

able to be moved around using the

wheels of the bottom scooter. The

pole will comfortably store at least

12 scooters. Diameter 2.2cm. Height

83.5cm.

PE02007 £26.22

5

2

5. Sit on Scooters 6pk

Heavy duty, moulded plastic scooters

with contoured handles and 4

non-marking plastic and metal

castors. Great fun and a favourite

with the children. Perfect for indoor

use. Improved castor strength for

durability. Colours may vary. Length

40cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 6.

Width 30cm.

PE00608 £145.74

6

624


1. Balance and Coordination

Class Kit

Large selection of equipment

that can be used for balance and

coordination Trying different core

balancing activities is excellent to

develop core strength and individual

muscle strength in legs as well as

co-ordination.

1

Balance and Control

Playground

PE02326 £204.04

2. Air Cushion Set

These colourful air cushions are an

excellent multi-purpose resource.

An ideal tool for improving balance

and posture, children can kneel or

sit on it while exercising to increase

the challenge of a workout to help

them build core strength and tone

abdominal muscles. Tactile surface

on one side with non slip on the

reverse, can be inflated to suit the

activity. Diameter 30cm. Made from

rubber. Pack of 6.

2

PE10177 £131.16

3. Seesaw Balance

A personal jinky board. This

superb balance board promotes

development of muscular control

and movement. Track design

promotes greater motion control,

balance and fun. Blue. Height 9cm.

Length 59.5cm. Made from plastic.

Width 23cm.

KSEES £43.71

4. Air Cushion

An ideal tool for improving balance

and posture, the inflatable dynamic

balloon mimics movement and

shape. Great for using while sitting

and working at a desk. The cushion

is essentially ‘unstable’, by simply

sitting on it, keeps children’s core

muscles working and their postural

reflexes stimulated . Made from

rubber. Circle shaped.

KAIRC30 Diam 30cm £43.71

KAIRC60 Diameter 60cm £131.16

5. Six Colour Balance Boards

Brightly coloured balance boards

perfect for developing core strength

and improving coordination. These

rugged and resilient balance boards

feature a gently slopping bottom

so balancing is challenging, yet not

extremely difficult. Length 60cm.

Made from plastic. Pack of 6. Width

12.5cm.

PE02139 £109.30

6. WippSider

The WippSider is a stable and

easy-to-use seesaw, which is ideal

for developing balance and sensory

motor skills through play. A new

skill which children will find fun

and challenging! Can take 120kg of

weight and will last for years. Blue.


from plastic. Width 12.5cm.

KWHIP £34.97

6

3 4

5 6

6


Sport

Bulk Value

1 2

4

3

1. Junior Hockey Kit

This fantastic junior hockey set

contains 32 Slazenger hockey sticks

(32”), 50 space markers, 12 swirl

mini hockey balls, 20 medium bibs,

12 whistles and carry/storage bag.

All the basic equipment you need

to introduce field hockey to your

children.

PE00439 £473.67

2. Starter Primary Rounders

Set

Primary Starter set is an excellent

multi skills set for 5-7 year olds

and beginners rounders players.

It contains 4 x sets of everything

so that 4 x games can take place

simultaneously to ensure that a

whole class is active.

PE10133 £247.76

5

3. Tennis Starter Pack

Everything you need to set up your

school for the tennis season! This

bumper tennis kit contains 15 Active

Stinger assorted size tennis rackets

(2 x 21”, 11 x 23” and 2 x 25”) 96

training balls and a carry/storage

bag.

PE00119 £313.35

4. Mini Tennis Development

Kit

Fantastic value set providing all the

essentials for a game of Mini Tennis.

Mini Tennis is a modified version

of tennis aimed at younger, less

experienced players.

PE10478 £255.05

5. Large Primary Agility Set

This huge agility set would make a

superb investment for your school,

a perfect sustainable use for your

school sport premium! Carefully

selected with a view to users being

able to create a maximum number

of different layouts.

PE10020 £4,372.50

626


1. Badminton Class Kit

Great for training and matches

as skill levels progress Contains

everything you need, including a

multipurpose net, to get badminton

started in your school.

1

Bulk Value

Sport

PE02324 £349.79

2. Playground Cricket

Teaching Pack



teach the full basics of playground

cricket. Go from simple beginner

striking and fielding games, to a full

match, within a half term.

PE10427 £175.99

3. Dance Class Kit

This bumper kit contains everything

you need for creative dance lessons.

Essential dance resources selected

by teachers to enhance children’s

dance experience. Enough for over

40 children to be involved at once!

Contents may vary. Multicoloured.

Assorted Sizes.

PE00676 £218.61

4. Primary Athletics

Training Equipment Kit

Comprehensive starter kit for in and

outdoor athletics. Cover everything

from indoor javelin, relay races,

junior hammer, shot and discus, as

well as warm up and down training

equipment.

PE10264 £327.92

5. Starter Table Tennis Pack

Perfect set to introduce table tennis

to children with attractive, child

appropriate equipment. Retractable

nets allow for games to be played

on almost any flat surface. For

beginners, play without the net to

teach the technique of serving and

rallying.

2 3

PE10482 £87.44

4 5


Sport

Athletics

1

1. Primary Athletics Training

Equipment Kit

Comprehensive starter kit for in and

outdoor athletics. Cover everything

from indoor javelin, relay races,

junior hammer, shot and discus, as

well as warm up and down training

equipment.

PE10264 £327.92

Contents

6 x 30cm Hurdles

6 x 15cm Hurdles

1 x Agility Ladder 4m

6 x Foam Javelins

6 x Aluminium Relay Batons

6 x Junior Hammers

4 x Soft Discus

4 x Soft Indoor Shots

50 x Space Markers

1 x Open Reel Measuring

3 4

5 6

2

2. Junior Athletics Pack

Get children excited with this

fantastic value set of athletics

equipment. It’s an ideal introduction

to the different events within

athletics or even create your own

triathlons or pentathlons!

030164 £225.90

3. Sportshall Speed Bounce

Mat

Great for testing speed, agility, coordination

and stamina for all ages.

Participants jump two-footed from

side to side over the foam wedge.


from foam. Single.

KSPEB £120.96

4. Sportshall Athletics

Reversaboards

Multi-coloured board constructed

of solid ply wood designed to be

placed against a wall for indoor

athletics events. Allows runners to

turn quickly and safely against walls.

Used in school games events, as part

of Sporthall Athletics. Depth 17cm.

Length 100cm. Single. Width 80cm.

KRBOAB Blue £349.79

KRBOAR Red £349.79

KRBOAG Green £349.79

KRBOA Yellow £349.79

5. Sportshall Junior

Standing Long Jump Mat

Fully graduated, lightweight,

folding mat for standing long jump.

Children will enjoy trying to improve

their jump length over time as they

improve their athletic ability. Length

3m. Made from foam. Width 50cm.

KJUNM £327.92

6. Junior Jump/Sit and

Reach

Highly versatile piece of equipment

for measuring explosive leg strength

and flexibility. The result takes

height into account, which enables

comparison across a whole class

group. Laminated activity card

included. Length 126cm.

KVJSR £255.05

628


1. Foam Javelins

Foam javelins are ideal for

introducing beginners to the sport of

javelin, an indoor athletics favourite.

Designed to help develop a good

throwing technique. Great value to

practise for the school games javelin

throwing events. Made from foam.

1

SAVE

£7 .29

Athletics

Sport

PE00059 L90cm Single £10.19

PE10169 L90cm 6pk £53.83

2. Bull Nosed Foam Javelin

Weighted for extra flight during

outdoor use. An activity for sports

day and P.E. lessons, javelin throwing

develops core and upper body

strength. Length 78cm. Made from

foam.

KBULLJ £32.05

3. Javelin Trainer Mini

A new unique Javelin, made from

high quality fibreglass and reinforced

plastic. The javelin is extremely

durable while also offers a realistic

feel and similar flight pattern to a

traditional Javelin. Length 77cm.

Pack of 5. Weight 193g.

PE10144 £204.04

4. Vortex Howler

A training aid with hand grip to

help develop throwing skills for a

range of sports including javelin,

tennis and cricket. Its long-distance

tail sends it flying as far as you can

throw it and howls as it flies. Design

may vary. Length 32.7cm.

PE00296 Single £26.22

PE02363 10pk £247.63

5. Whistle Fly ball

Excellent value throw and catch

resource, which also teaches correct

javelin technique. When thrown

properly, will emit a whistling

noise and will spiral through the

air. Suitable indoors or out. Length

22cm. Made from pu.

PE10271 Single £16.76

PE10422 10pk £145.75

6. Open Winder Measuring

Tapes

An open winder style measuring

tape made from fibreglass, with a

dual reading system. Create accurate

measurement for sports competition

such as long jump, during science

experiments, or for outdoor maths

or geography lessons. White. Made

from fibreglass. Single.

PE00139 L50m £29.14

2 3

4 5

SAVE

£14 .58

6 7

15

7. Aluminium Relay Batons

Senior diameter relay baton, for

any athletics relay races and sports

day races. Sturdy and sure to stand

the test of time, even in the tough

school environment. Diameter

3.2cm. Length 29cm. Made from

aluminium. Pack of 6.

PE00065 £14.56

6


Sport

Badminton

1 2

1. Wheelaway Badminton

Posts

A pair of powder coated badminton

posts with 38mm uprights and net

hooks, cleats and grooved tops.

Ideal for school and club use. The

base has built- in weights and is

fitted with rubber pads to protect

the floor. Blue. Height 1.55m. Pack

of 2.

PE00071 £408.09

3 4

5

2

2. Wheelaway Combination

Badminton/Tennis Posts

These posts are ideal for both

badminton and short tennis use in

both school and club settings. Frame

has 12Kg base, with double wheels

for easy and safe movement. Blue.

Depth 40mm. Height 1.55m. Made

from powder coated metal. Weight

12kg.

024842 £349.79

3. Multisport Tennis and

Badminton Net Set

4 in 1, speedy net. Create 4 different

size nets for 3m Tennis, 6m Tennis,

3m Badminton and 6m Badminton

nets. Can be put up in a matter

of seconds, portable, very stable

and very safe for grass or the

playground. Sold as single sets or

a three colour three pack. Height

1.5m. Width 6m.

PE00127 Yellow £131.16

PE01962 Multicoloured £357.04

4. Quick Fit Primary

Badminton Post Net Kit

Introduced by Badminton England,

the quick fit set has everything

contained in a single mid-sized

box and only takes 2 minutes to

assemble. Designed to be totally

portable and allow you to play a

game of Badminton anywhere,

containing outdoor shuttles, rackets

and all packing in to a sturdy carry

box.

PE10522 W3m £116.59

PE10523 W5m £123.87

5. NEW Portable Badminton

& Mini Tennis Net

A lightweight portable badminton/

mini tennis net that can be set on

any flat ground. The net is 5 meters

wide which is the size of a regular

badminton single court. Very easy to

assemble and disassemble. To use for

badminton, just raise the end side

poles. To use for mini tennis, lower it

down. Height 1.55m. Weight 2.5kg.

Width 5m.

SP45527 £131.16

630


1. Badminton Class Kit

Great for training and matches

as skill levels progress Contains

everything you need, including a

multipurpose net, to get badminton

started in your school.

1

Badminton

Sport

PE02324 £349.79

Contents

1 x Large Carry Bag

1 x Speedy Net (4 nets in 1,

either a 3 or 6m net)

5 x Regulation Size Rackets

10 x Short Badminton Racket

24 x Shuttlecocks

24 x Soft Fleece Balls

2. The Racket Pack

Badminton England’s new initiative

to make introducing badminton

simple and easy in schools. Contains

everything you need to get started

on your badminton journey.

2

PE10330 £553.84

Contents

6 x Racket Pack Smash 21”

Rackets

6 x Racket Pack Tink 23”

Rackets

6 x Racket Pack Flo 25”

Rackets

6 x Racket Pack Shuttlecocks

Racket Pack Lightweight Net

& Post set

Racket Pack Holdall with

wheels

3. Badminton Starter Kit

This great value class pack contains

all the equipment needed to help

get your class learning and playing

Badminton. Badminton is a great

game to improve fitness, balance

and co-ordination and can be played

individually or in pairs.

3

031961 Midi £87.44

031962 Maxi £84.52

Contents

10 x Badminton rackets

12 x Shuttlecocks

1 x Holdall

4. Badminton School Starter

Kit

An ideal starter kit for schools and

clubs, looking to introduce children

to badminton. Contains quality

branded rackets and shuttles so you

can be sure the items will last.

4

111939 £182.17

Contents

2 x Carlton ISO Mini-blade 4.3

rackets

10 x Value badminton rackets

24 x C100 white shuttlecocks

2 x Aeroblade 4000 rackets

1 x team holdall


Sport

Basketball

1 2

1. Value Training Basketballs

An excellent value, rubber training

ball, ideal to stock up for PE lessons.

Available in 3 sizes for use with

appropriate ages. Dimple surface

allows for indoor or outside use

without too much surface degradation.

PE10506 Size 5 £8.02

PE10507 Size 6 £8.38

PE10508 Size 7 £7.27

3 4

5 6

7 8

3 3

2. Mini Rainbow Basketball

This colourful rubber basketball is

great for introducing children to

basketball and also for developing

hand eye co-ordination. Made with

high grade rubber making it easy to

grip and durable. Size 3.

PE10503 £10.19

3. SureGrip Basketballs

Size 5

Designer basketballs. Made

with Cell technology providing

these balls with superior grip.



PE00175 £39.34

4. SureGrip Basketballs

These basketballs are perfect for

all hand spans! Multicoloured.

Diameter 17.9cm. Size 3. Pack of 3.

PE00763 £34.97

5. Baden Zone Rubber

Basketball

An all surface basketball suitable for

both indoors and outdoors, with

a durable composite rubber cover

built to withstand the harshest

of playing surfaces, including the

school playground. Single.

PE10524 Size 3 £10.19

PE10525 Size 5 £10.19

PE10526 Size 6 £10.19

PE10527 Size 7 £10.93

6. NEW ECO Basketball Size 5

Basketball convenient for an

intensive outdoor use. This ball

contains around 25% of recycled

materials. Ideal for training. Perfect

for the school playground, sure to

last the test of time. Size 5.

SP45528 £14.56

7. Baden SX Indoor

Coloured Basketballs

A strong, solid, value for money

basketball suitable for indoor

courts and sports halls. Colour coordinated

sizes for easy and quick

identification and distribution.

001206 Size 3 £13.10

001207 Size 5 £13.48

001208 Size 6 £14.21

001209 Size 7 £14.56

8. NEW Midwest League

Basketball

School value performance rubber

basketball, suitable for indoor and

outdoor use. Excellent durability to

withstand the school environment

with dimpled surface for easier grip

and control. Rubber bladder. Made

from rubber.

SP45531 Size 3 £8.73

SP45532 Size 5 £8.73

632


1. NEW Jump Shot

Basketball Unit w/

Backboard & Padding

The 517 Jump Shot is an affordable,

full size basketball goal with

adjustable height setting. The unit can

be set to height setting between 1.5m

to official height of 3.05m making it

ideal for all ages and skill levels.

SP45890 £247.76

2. NEW Pro Just Portable

Basketball Unit w/ Acrylic

Backboard

Ideal for youth players and adults

alike, the Pro Just includes a handle

adjustment system that allows the

height of the backboard and ring to

be adjusted in an easy, convenient

way. This system allows the height to

be set anywhere between 7‘ 5” for

younger players to the official height

of 10’ for adults (2.3m to 3.05m).

i

1 2

Tech Spec

• Removable

backboard and

ring system

• Blow moulded

HDPE to be filled

with 100kg of

sand or 70 litres

of water

• Height adjustable

between 1.5m to

official height of

3.05m

• Solid steel 18”

ring

Basketball

i

Tech Spec

• Superior Glass

Imitation

backboard

• 18” Solid Steel

ring

• Height adjustable

from 2.3m to

3.05m

• Blow moulded

HDPE to be filled

with 200kg of

sand or 150 litres

of water

Sport

SP45893 £699.59

3. NEW Telescopic Portable

Basketball Unit w/

Backboard & Padding

Ideal for youth players and adults

alike; the unit includes a telescopic

pole design that allows the height

of the backboard and ring to be

adjusted between 7’ 6” to official

height of 10”, 2.3m to 3.05m.

SP45891 £327.92

4. NEW Easijust Portable

Unit w/ Acrylic Backboard

& Padding

The 520 Unit is a heavy duty

portable unit designed for use in

schools, Higher Education and

Leisure centres. The U-Just system

allows the height to be set anywhere

up to the official 10 feet.

i

3 4

Tech Spec

• Durable

polypropylene

backboard


ring

• Height Adjustable

2.3m to 3.05m

• Blow moulded

HDPE to be filled

with 170kg of

sand or 115 litres

of water

i

Tech Spec

• Durable acrylic

backboard

• Height

Adjustable 2.3m

to 3.05m


ring

• Blow moulded

HDPE to be

filled with 120kg

of sand or 80

litres of water

SP45892 £459.10

5. NEW Heavy Duty Portable

Basketball Unit w/ Fan

Board & Padding

A heavy-duty basketball hoop and

stand – a full size unit with a U-just

system allowing the height to be set

anywhere up to the official height

of 10’. With a 261 heavy duty ring,

this unit can support a weight up to

a load of 240kg. Including a durable

47” x 35” fan shaped polypropylene

backboard with a stylish black and

white finish with orange details.

SP45894 £728.74

6. NEW Gladiator Ground

Install Outdoor Basketball

Unit & Padding

The Gladiator is a heavy-duty, zinc

finished in-ground unit that includes

a steel backboard with polycarbonate

fascia measuring 47” x 35” with

silver finish and red and blue details.

The unit offers a 48” extension and

comes with a white 12-loop nylon

net and 8 year anti rust warranty.

Pole padding is provided as standard

for added player safety.

SP45895 £2,915.00

i

5 6

Tech Spec

• Durable

polypropylene

backboard

• 18” heavy duty

ring

• 3-piece heavyduty

3.5” (9cm)

pole

• Blow moulded

HDPE to be filled

with 210kg of

sand or 130 litres

of water

i

Tech Spec

• Heavy-duty

steel backboard

• 18” solid

galvanised steel

ring

• 10cm galvanised

square pole with

5mm thickness


Sport

Dance

1

2

4

48

3

5

42

1. Dance Class Kit

This bumper kit contains everything

you need for creative dance lessons.

Essential dance resources selected

by teachers to enhance children’s

dance experience. Enough for over

40 children to be involved at once!

Contents may vary. 8 Tap Sticks

6 Dancing Rings

6 Rainbow Wands

1 Tambourine

10 Glittery Floaty Scarves

12 Sparkly Ribbon Twirls

16 Brightly coloured Pom Poms

1 Storage bag to keep it all in

Multicoloured. Assorted Sizes.

PE00676 £218.61

2. Creative Dance and

Movement Kit

Get your pupils playing and

developing key skills together both

indoors and out. Twist, twirl and

step with this kit which has been

developed to help children learn how

to move in a variety of fun ways. 6 x

Plastic Skittles with 2 x Balls

6 x Dance Streamers

6 x Balance Stepping Stones

6 x Floating Scarves with Bean Bag

6 x Rubber Floor Marker Spots

1 x Pop Up Crawl Tunnel

2 x 1m Parachute

2 x 50cm Space Hoppers

4 x Bump Balls

4 x Plastic Hoops

10 x Glittery Dance Scarves

12 x 7cm Air Flow Balls

36 x Pyramid Bean Bags Pack of 48.

KEYRK £335.21

3. Parachute Pack

Massive kit of equipment for

parachute play. Contents of the pack

include parachute, balls, scarves and

more, along with a mesh holdall to

keep them all in. 1 x Mesh Holdall

1 x Rainbow Ripple Parachute L2 x W1m

2 x Sky Divers

5 x Beach Balls D41cm

12 x Six Colour Airflow Balls D7cm

12 x Ribbon Balls D5cm

12 x Bean Bag Scarves

PE02329 £174.89

4. Movement and Dance

Grab and Go Kit

Grab and go outside! Get active with

this collection of movement and

dance resources. Packed in a sturdy

folding box. Contents may vary. 1 x

Rainbow Ripple parachute kit

1 x Multi ring toss game

6 x Dance rings

6 x Streamers

10 x Scarves

12 x Ankle/wrist bells

FMOVGG £189.46

5. Dance and Movement Pack

A specially selected pack of equipment

that will add both visual effects and

sound to dance and movement

activities. Create visual impact through

dance and movement. Suitable for both

indoor and outdoor use. 8 pom poms

6 dance rings

3 tap sticks (pairs)

6 dance scarves

6 dance wands

6 wrist jingle bracelets

6 ankle jingle bracelets

Drawstring storage bag Pack of 42.

SN210160 £164.68

634


1. Dance Ribbon Rings Pack

Each bangle has lengths of coloured

ribbon attached to create visual

impact. Children will love waving

these ribbons in time to music,

helping them develop their creative

and imaginative skills. Diameter 9cm.


Pack of 6.

1

Dance

Sport

PE00084 £29.14

2. 6 Colour Ribbon Set

This set of ribbons is suitable for

dance and movement activities.

Single ribbon attached to each

wand. Multicoloured. Length

220mm. Pack of 6.

PE00083 £26.22

3. Six Colour Wands

These wands feature multicoloured

streamers which fly behind as

children move them through the air.

The shorter streamers make them

ideal for young children to use, and

also helps prevents tangles and

knots. Multicoloured. Length 23cm.


PE01795 £48.08

4. Holding Streamers

Dance, twirl and swirl with

these brightly coloured nylon

streamers. An excellent resource to

demonstrate gross motor skills and

develop hand-eye co-ordination.

Includes six coloured ribbons. Length

110cm. Pack of 6.

FDRIBS £29.14

5. Music and Dance Wrist

Jingles

Create music through movement

and dance, a great introduction to

percussion instruments. Hold the

bells and shake them, or attach

them round the wrist to add

excitement and energy to music

and dance lessons. Features a fabric

adhesive fastening. Length 23cm.

MES74 2pk £5.82

KBELLPK 6pk £26.22

6

2 3

6 12

4 5

6


Sport

Football

1 2

3 4

5 6

SAVE

£7 .29

1. Super Safe Early Years

Softy Football D15cm

A soft-filled, polyester football with

stitched vinyl outer cover. A perfect

first play football to get very young

children used to kicking a ball.

Yellow. Diameter 150mm.

160379 £6.57

2. Foam Skinned Football

This extra safe football is made from

soft foam and PU coated to give extra

durability. A real favourite for schools.

Perfect as a non-threatening football.

Diameter 215mm. Made from foam.

PE00560 Single £8.73

PE10171 6pk £45.10

3. Recycled Rubber Urban

Playground Football

The Urban Football has been

specifically created for hard surfaces

like playgrounds and inner city areas

where grass is in short supply. Size

4. Made from recycled and rubber.

025661 £14.56

4. Value Footballs

Lightweight, versatile, low cost

football, ideal for children who

are developing new football skills.

Diameter 23cm. Made from plastic.

Pack of 3.

KCFOO £21.14

5. Safe Playground Footballs

This is a dimple style football for

greater control, made of safe

Phthalate free PVC. Suitable for

playground catch and throw or

football games to develop skills.

Colours may vary. Diameter 20cm.

Size 4. Made from rubber. Pack of 6.

PE00624 £58.29

7 8

6

6

SAVE

£7 .29

6. Rubber Football Set

Six, brightly coloured footballs,

nylon wound with a durable rubber

cover, making them suitable for all

surfaces. The six colours are ideal

for organisation and group games.

Designed for both indoor and

outdoor use. Diameter 21cm. Size 4.


KFB £72.86

7. Heavy Duty Nylon Wound

Playground Footballs

Hard wearing playground football

with 32 panels, made from robust

materials built for the tough school

playground. The perfect ball for

inner city schools or schools with

limited grassy areas.

PE02444 Size 4 £24.76

002078 Size 5 £24.76

8. Value Playground

Footballs

A terrific value, robust, 32-panel,

vinyl football. Solid bounce and nosting

surface make these balls ideal

for multi-skill lessons and beginners

football.

PE10509 Size 3 Single £8.73



PE10510 Size 3 12pk £97.48

PE10512 Size 4 12pk £97.48

PE10514 Size 5 12pk £97.48

636


Football

Sport

Precision prides itself on

delivering quality multi-sport

training equipment built over

60 years on a solid foundation

of trusted suppliers, an expert

team and loyal customers.

1. NEW Precision Fusion IMS

Training Ball

The Fusion training ball is made to

International Match ball Standard

(IMS), delivering strength and

durability on a host of different

pitches. Size 3 ball is fluro orange,

size 4 ball is white and size 5 ball is

fluro yellow to allow for easy size

colour differentiation when storing

and collecting balls. Made from pu

leather. Single.

SP45551 Size 3 £10.56

SP45552 Size 4 £10.56

SP45553 Size 5 £10.56

1

2. NEW Precision Fusion

Mini Training Football

Mini version of the Precision Fusion

football, ideal for very young

children as a first football or for skill

development in older age groups.

Size 1 ball is red with black design

feature and size 2 ball is black with

red design feature for easy size

differentiation. Single.

SP45557 Size 1 £8.73

SP45558 Size 2 £9.48

3. NEW Precision Fusion

Indoor Football

Machine stitched quality indoor

football with predictable bounce

and strong shooting power.

Features an acrylic woven felt outer

skin with polyester lining and a

nylon wound butyl bladder. Size 4.

Yellow. Made from felt, nylon and

polyester. Single.

SP45561 £20.39

2 3


Sport

Football

1 2

1. Pop Up Goal Pair

The pop up goal pair set literally

‘pop up’. Ideal for indoor and

outdoor use, they fold down into a

bag for easy storage. Set comprises

two goals and four cones. Depth

85cm. Height 115cm. Pack of 2.

Width 85cm.

KGOAL £68.49

3

2

2. Multipurpose Target

Game

Superb value, pop up multipurpose

target game and goal. Simply pop

up in seconds for a target or a goal.

The huge size provides opportunity

for children of all abilities to get

involved. Height 110cm. Width

80cm.

PE10025 £87.44

3. Football Goal Set

There is hours of fun to be had with

these wonderful Target Goals and

accessories! Small but sturdy, can

be used to improve ball control and

passing skills. Can be used for a

number of different sports. Depth



KTARG £106.38

4

5 6

2

4. 6ft Multipurpose Goal

Two goals in one! This lightweight,

PVC plastic goal, complete with net

is suitable for indoor and outdoor

use. Two sizes of this goal can be

made, L183 x H130 x D110cm or

L183 x H110 x D130cm. Assorted

Sizes. Length 183cm. Made from

pvc.

PE00096 Single £106.38

PE02368 2pk £193.81

5. 8FT Multipurpose Goal

This lightweight 8ft plastic goal is

easily portable and durable. This

goal can be used either way up

which gives you two sizes of goals.

Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.

Complete with net. Suitable to be

left outdoors. Depth 1.08m. Height

1.5m. Length 2.4m.

PE01081 Single £123.87

PE10382 2pk £211.30

6. Foldable Aluminium Goal

Sturdy aluminium goal which can be

assembled in less than 15 seconds.

Suitable for indoor or outdoor use.

Excellent play or training goal. Depth


aluminium. Width 120cm.

PE10452 £204.04

638


1. NEW Precision Match Goal

Posts

Match quality PVC goalposts

available in a range of sizes for

all different football age groups.

Super strong and flexible plastic

composite goals with full locking

system, anchor marks clearly marked

on tubing. Net clips and anchors

included and heavy duty carry bag.

Made from pvc. Single.

1

Football

Sport

SP45570 4x5ft £131.16

SP45571 4x8ft £160.31

SP45572 2x3m £182.17

SP45573 4x12ft £201.12

SP45574 6x12ft £218.61

SP45575 7x16ft £255.05

2. NEW Precision “Fold-a-

Goal” Pair

Quality folding goals pair, perfect for

schools with limited storage space.

Ideal for small sided games, skill

development and coaching, these

convenient folding goal are a must

have. Height 3ft. Width 4ft.

2

SP45576 £65.57

3. NEW Precision Pop-Up

Goals Set

Quick and easy to assemble pop

up goals, perfect for the school

playground or small sided football

matches. Comprises 2 goals, ground

anchor pegs and carry bag. Height

80cm. Width 110cm.

SP45577 £58.29

4. NEW Precision Pro Flexi

Net Goal

Pop up and play in style with these

portable pro flexi net goals that

come in a handy carry bag, ideal

for schools and clubs. The goal is

extremely easy to setup and only

takes one person to assemble with

no tools required. Simply pull it out

of the carry bag, fold out the frame,

slot in the fibre glass poles and

attach the Flexi Net and your ready

to play.

3

SP45578 5x3ft £102.01

SP45579 8x4ft £116.59

4

• Set up in 3 minutes

• Portable goals that

take up minimal

space in the store

cupboard

• All weather design


Sport

Gymnastics

Tumbling Mats

Deluxe Mats

Super Blend Mats

Lightweight Mats

Type Construction Age Range Use Weight

Tumbling Chipfoam 5 - 18 years

Floor exercise, Jumping and Landing,

can be used with Gym Frames

(4’ x 3’ x 2” - 7kg)

(6’ x 4’ x 2” - 14kg)

(8’ x 4’ x 2” - 18kg)

Deluxe Chipfoam 5 - 18 years Floor exercise, Jumping

Super Blend

Chipfoam and

Polyethylene

3 - 9 years Floor exercise, Jumping

Lightweight Polyethylene 3 - 7 years Floor exercise

(4’ x 3’ x 1” - 5kg)

(4’ x 3’ x 1.25” - 6kg)

(6’ x 4’ x 1” - 10kg)

(6’ x 4’ x 1.25” - 12kg)

(4’ x 3’ x 1” - 3kg)

(4’ x 3’ x 1.25” - 4kg)

(6’ x 4’ x 1” - 6kg)

(6’ x 4’ x 1.25” - 7kg)

(4’ x 3’ x 1” - 1.5kg)

(4’ x 3’ x 1.25” - 2kg)

(6’ x 4’ x 1” - 3.5kg)

(6’ x 4’ x 1.25” - 4.5kg)

640


Gymnastics

Sport

We have made selecting the right mat as

easy as possible, decide which type of mat

is best for you with our guide and compare

the prices with our price charts. Go online for

more detailed information about each mat so

you can decide which is best for you.

Yellow

Tumbling Gym Mats

Colour 4’ x 3’ x 2” 6’ x 4’ x 2” 8’ x 4’ x 2”

Red PE01124 PE01127 PE01131

Blue PE01125 PE01128 PE01130

Black PE01123 PE01126 PE01129

Price £102.01 £145.74 £189.46

Lightweight Gym Mats

Red

Colour 4’ x 3’ x 1” 4’ x 3’ x 1.25” 6’ x 4’ x 1” 6’ x 4’ x 1.25”

Red PE01108 PE01111 PE01114 PE01121

Blue PE01109 PE01112 PE01115 PE01122

Black PE01107 PE01110 PE01113 PE01120

Green

PE01119

Yellow

PE01118

Price £72.86 £80.15 £135.53 £141.36

Deluxe Gym Mats

Black

Colour 4’ x 3’ x 1” 4’ x 3’ x 1.25” 6’ x 4’ x 1” 6’ x 4’ x 1.25”

Red PE01133 PE01143 PE01140 PE01150

Blue PE01134 PE01144 PE01141 PE01151

Black PE01132 PE01142 PE01139 PE01149

Green PE01138 PE01148

Yellow PE01137 PE01147

Price £72.86 £87.44 £116.59 £138.45

Linking Lightweight Gym Mats

Blue

Colour 4’ x 3’ x 1” 4’ x 3’ x 1.25” 6’ x 4’ x 1” 6’ x 4’ x 1.25”

Red PE01153 PE01159 PE01156 PE01167

Blue PE01152 PE01160 PE01157 PE01166

Black PE01154 PE01158 PE01155 PE01165

Green

PE01164

Yellow

PE01163

Price £80.15 £87.44 £138.45 £153.02

Super Blend Gym Mats

Green

Colour 4’ x 3’ x 1” 4’ x 3’ x 1.25” 6’ x 4’ x 1” 6’ x 4’ x 1.25”

Red PE01169 PE01183 PE01190 PE01176

Blue PE01170 PE01184 PE01191 PE01177

Black PE01168 PE01182 PE01189 PE01175

Green PE01181 PE01188 PE01174

Yellow PE01180 PE01187 PE01173

Price £80.15 £97.64 £135.53 £138.45


Sport

Gymnastics

1

1. Team Colour

ActivBenches Gym Bench

These brightly coloured balance

benches are manufactured from

timber based material with a very

durable powder coated finish.

The benches have rubber feet and

buttons on the top to provide

stability. The ideal primary school

gym bench

PE00702 2m 4pk £1,457.50

PE00703 2.5m 4pk £1,821.88

2

SAVE

£145 .75

2. Folding Gymnastics

Bench

The world’s only folding gym bench.

Portable, safe and perfect for any

school and nursery, the problem

of heavy, impossible to store

gym benches is solved with this

innovative folding leg design. Can be

set up and packed away in seconds.

Length 1.2m. Weight 7.5kg.

PE10433 Red £313.35

PE10231 Natural £313.35

PE10434 Blue £313.35

PE10435 Green £313.35

PE10436 Yellow £313.35

PE10437 Multicoloured £1,420.99

3

3. NEW Coloured School

Gymnastics Bench

Manufactured with specially selected

hard wearing high quality knot-less

wood fitted with hooks one end, a

great primary school bench. Good

value benches constructed with

steel brackets for added strength

and support and fitted with slip

feet stability. Length 3.35m. Weight

18.6kg.

SP45918BL Blue £619.42

SP45918GR Green £619.42

SP45918RE Red £619.42


4. Value Balance Benches

This fantastic value bench is

designed to be easy to handle and

is manufactured using lightweight

natural timber. Features non marking

rubber feet and hooks at one end

for linking to other gymnastics

equipment. Length 2m.

031489 Natural £291.49

4

642


1. ActivBench Gym Bench

with Castors

The ‘Active’ bench has been

designed to be lightweight for

ease of movement. Featuring non

marking rubber feet, castors at one

end and inverted 10cm wide balance

rail. Height 34cm. Made from

timber. Width 24cm.

1

Gymnastics

Sport

PE00228 L200cm £327.92

PE01981 L250cm £364.36

2. Traditional Balance

Benches

The Traditional balance bench is

made from selected kiln dried pine

with each bench leg jointed into

both the bench top and the bench

foot. The balance rail is dovetail

jointed to the leg, producing

optimum structural stability.

003948 L1.83m £393.51

KB3 L2.67m £546.57

003958 L3.35m Hooks One End £655.86

2

3. Lita Lightweight

Aluminium Gym Benches

Ideal for easy movement and

storage, particularly in primary

schools. The bench can also be used

inverted as the base is fitted with

an unobstructed 100mm carpeted

balance rail. Length 2.4m.

PE00219 Yellow Single £561.14

PE00217 Green Single £561.14

PE00218 Blue Single £561.14

PE00216 Red Single £561.14

PE00220 Multicoloured 4pk £2,186.25

4. Upholstered Steel Balance

Bench

A robust powder coated steel

framed balance bench, with a

comfortable top upholstered and

padded using flame retardant vinyl

and foam. Coated metal hooks at

each end enable the bench to be

attached to climbing frames, trestles,

agility tables. The heavy duty rubber

feet are non marking and provide

stability. Height 37cm. Length 2m.

Weight 17.5kg.

3

PE10587 4pk £1,311.75

PE10588 6pk £1,894.75

SAVE

£58 .30

4

4

4


Sport

Gymnastics

1

SAVE

£364 .38

1. Gymnastics Apparatus

Agility Tables

Niels Larsen agility tables provide

a range of options for use with

linking and bridging apparatus.

Constructed from powder coated

steel frames with colour coded

upholstered platforms. Single.

PE00250 Single 30cm £145.74

PE00221 Single 46cm £167.60

PE00222 Single 61cm £204.04

PE00223 Single 76cm £266.71

PE00224 Single 91cm £306.06

PE00225 Single 107cm £349.79

PE00226 Set 4 30, 46, 61, 76cm £667.48

PE00227 Set 4 61, 76, 91, 107cm £907.96

KATAB Set 6 30, 46, 61, 76, 81, 107cm £1,075.56

2. Agility Trestles

The trestles have bars on three

sides to allow the attachment of a

variety of linking equipment pieces

Manufactured in powder coated

steel, with non marking rubber

feet, The trestles can be stacked for

storage. Made from steel.

2

3 4

SAVE

£211 .34

PE01977 H61cm £160.31

PE01978 H91cm £233.19

PE01979 H122cm £335.21

PE01980 Bundle Deal £612.11

3. Steel Gymnastics Linking

Equipment

Exciting and challenging pieces

of equipment, suitable for many

traversing activities either from

the floor to, or between, various

apparatus. All pieces feature hooks

at each end, and are made from

powder coated Steel. Red. Length

213cm.

PE10016 Pole £145.74

PE10015 Ladder £189.46

PE10014 Cat Ladder £182.17

PE10012 Parallel Tubes £160.31

PE10013 Floor Beam £218.61

PE10017 Bundle Deal £684.96


Vaulting Box

Designed in three pieces to allow

easy variation of height. Suitable for

children of all ages and skill levels.

Handholds make lifting easy. Each

section has firm rubber feet allowing

the vinyl padded top to be used in

any combination. Multicoloured.

Height 63cm. Made from multi.

Weight 40kg. Width 68cm.

PE01809 £823.49

SAVE

£116 .60

644


1

Gymnastics

Sport

1. Spectrum Frame

An important and versatile item

of equipment used within the PE

National Curriculum. Y-hinged

frames provide a space-saving

configuration and a wide variety

of activities. When stored the unit

folds away into a minimal wall area.

Height 3.05cm. Width 2.74cm.

KSPECF £6,558.75

2

2. Double Hinged Gym

Frame

Double-hinged frames, permanently

connected and braced by a rigid bar

that provides a unit of exceptional

stability. One of the most important

and versatile items of equipment

used within the PE National

Curriculum. Height 3.05cm. Made

from timber. Width 2.74cm.

KDOUFR £5,101.25


Sport

Netball

1

2

1. Regulation Freestanding

Wheelaway Netball Posts

10mm Ring

Designed to conform to England

Netball regulations and the ideal

freestanding option for school use.

Triangular solid steel base with

nylon wheels and rubber pads.

Approved by the All England Netball

Association. Nets not included.

PE10136 Pink Posts £437.24

PE00102 Blue Posts £437.24

111087 Replacement Hoops £110.76

3

4

5 6

2

2. Tournament Wheel away

Netball Posts

Wheelaway netball posts made from

tough 63.5mm heavy gauge steel

and approved by the All England

Netball Association. Self weighted

base manufactured from extra heavy

gauge steel, providing stability and

strength. Features double wheels on

each side for easy movement. Height

adjustable from 8-10ft. Nets not

included. Supplied fully assembled.

Not suitable to be left outdoors. Dark

green. Height 10ft. Made from steel.

PE10135 £510.11

3. Netball Post Protector

Protect your netball posts with this

foam filled white nylon cover. Comes

complete with adhesive, fabric

fastener tape strips. Fits posts up

to 50mm diameter. Depth 2.5cm.

Diameter 24.5cm. Height 182.8cm.

Made from foam.

PE00659 £80.15

4. Netball Nets

A pair of traditional, weather

resistant polypropelene netball nets

to fit a regulation size ring. Please

note - rings not included. Made from

polyethylene. Pack of 2.

PE00461 £4.73

5. Sure Shot 510 Telescopic

Netball Unit

A telescopic unit which offers height

adjustment and compact storage.

Wide base for extra stability. Wheels

for easy storage and movement.

003706 £276.91

646

7

6. Regulation Socketed

Netball Posts

Socketed netball goal posts are safer

than the freestanding version and

are the recommended netball post

choice of England Netball. Complete

with 300mm deep ground sockets

with integral hinged flush fitting

lids. Diameter 16mm.

021687 £437.24

024594 £327.92

7. Regulation Freestanding

Wheelaway Netball Posts

16mm Ring

Designed to conform to England

Netball regulations and the ideal

freestanding option for school use.

Features triangular solid steel base

with nylon wheels and rubber pads

for easy movement.

111088 Gold/Silver Netball Posts £485.33


1. Junior Netball Kit

Everything you need to play Netball.

Contains 20 Sure Grip, size 4 net

balls in various colours, all with

cellular grip technology. Also

contains 2 sets of junior bibs, a

pump, a whistle, 2 ball bags and a

set of 50 space markers.

1

Netball

Sport

PE00174 £327.92

2. Bumper Netball Bag

Enough size 4 Netballs for a whole

class to develop their passing and

shooting skills before a match.

Netball Pack includes 10 SureGrip

Netballs with ‘Cellular Technology’,

for increased grip and control in all

weather conditions, and 2 Mitre

Netballs. Enough for a whole class

group to develop their passing and

shooting skills! Size 4. Made from

rubber. Pack of 12.

PE01876 £145.74

3. Molten Netballs with Bag

Excellent value school set of quality

training and match netballs,

supplied in robust storage bag. 18

Panel design, with pimple emboss

surface for extra grip and control.

Colour may vary. Pack of 10.

2 3

PE10310 Size 5 £189.46

PE10309 Size 4 £189.46

4. Netball Starter School

Equipment Kit

This great value netball kit contains

all the kit you need to help get your

class playing netball.

031958 £167.60

5. Mitre Intercept Training

Netball

This 18 panel training and junior

match ball is IFNA approved and

features a soft feel emboss. Ideal for

younger children learning to play

netball. Suitable for both indoor and

outdoor use. Size 4 for under 11s

Diameter 22cm. Made from rubber.

Weight 15oz.

12 10

4 5

SAVE

£7 .29



PE10049 Size 4 12pk £184.93

6. High 5 Training Netballs

The High 5 Netball is an entry level

training netball suitable for indoor

or outdoor use. Featuring a hard

wearing, robust blended rubber

embossed pimple surface for easier

catching for juniors. Size 4. Pack

of 10.

6 7

040596 £204.04

7. Gilbert Blaze Training

Netballs Bundle Deal

Value bundle deal of Gilbert’s

quality Blaze training netball,

featuring durable moulded

construction and a blended rubber

ball surface giving almost perfect

roundness. Pack of 10.

PE10556 Pink Size 4 £152.90

PE10557 Pink Size 5 £152.90

PE10558 Blue Size 4 £152.90

PE10559 Blue Size 5 £152.90

10

10


Sport

Table Tennis

1 2

1. Plastic Table Tennis Bats

Highly durable, large paddled table

tennis bats, perfect for beginners

and sure to last for years. Textured

face of bats give good contact and

large handle provides extra grip for

children. Length 26cm. Pack of 6.

Width 15cm.

3 4

5 6

6 6

6 6

PE10276 £26.22

2. Unbreakable All Weather

Table Tennis Racket

Specifically designed for school use,

this virtually unbreakable, highly

durable table tennis racket has a

good grip and good performance

in play. Weatherproof bat, suitable

for intensive outdoor use. Length

25.5cm. Weight 185g.

PE10551 £10.93

3. Reversed Table Tennis Bat

A strong, 5-ply bat with straight

plain wooden handle. Red and black

pimpled in rubber which offers

great playability.

PE00800 Reversed Sponge

£34.97

4. Starter Table Tennis Bat

Pimples Out

A strong, 5-ply bat with straight

plain wooden handle. Red and black

pimpled out rubber.

PE00800 Reversed Sponge £34.97

PE00501 Pimples Out £5.47

5. NEW Fox TT Practice Table

Tennis Balls & Bag

Value bag of 120 quality Fox

branded practice table tennis balls,

perfect for the whole class to get

plenty of game time with. Supplied

in robust carry bag for easy storage

and portability. Diameter 4cm. Pack

of 120.

SP45583 £36.42

7 8

120 144

6. 144 Bulk Pack of Table

Tennis Balls

Pack of school quality table tennis

balls. Ideal for training purposes.

Hard wearing and good value!

Diameter 40mm. Made from plastic.

Pack of 144. Weight 2.7g.

PE00640 £43.71

7. Practice Table Tennis Balls

& Bucket

Great value table tennis balls in a

handy storage bucket. Perfect for

school use for practice and training

play. Pack of 72.


PE10504 White £26.22

8. Matthew Syed Coloured

Table Tennis Balls

Quality coloured play table tennis

balls, carrying the Matthew Syed

endorsement. Supplied in a sturdy

storage barrel for portability. Pack

of 60.

PE10539 £20.39

60

648


1. Butterfly Compact Junior

Table Tennis Tables

The Butterfly indoor compact table

tennis table is suitable for home and

light school use, featuring a quality

playing surface. Table top protected

by strong steel frame, with

adjustable legs that fold away for

storage. 3/4 size has 12mm top, full

size has 19mm top. Height 77cm.

1

Table Tennis

Sport

PE00663 3/4 Size Green £310.43

032937 Full Size Blue £488.25

2. Butterfly Spirit 19”

Rollaway Table Tennis

Table

The Butterfly Spirit rollaway table

is ideal for use in schools due to

its maneuverability, easy and quick

setup and strong stability with 192

top, designed to last. The centrefold

system makes it quick and easy to

set up and play. Blue. Height 77cm.

Length 275cm. Width 153cm.

2

PE10519 £626.71

3. NEW Playground Outdoor

Table Tennis Table

Elegant outdoor table tennis table

suitable for parks, schools and

gardens, featuring a quality 7mm

melamine playing top providing

good bounce and playability.

Complete with steel net and post

set, corner protectors and height

adjustable legs, the ideal schools

outdoor table.

3

SP45993 £1,457.50

4. Butterfly Ultimate

Outdoor Table Tennis

Table

The Butterfly Ultimate table

tennis table is perfect for outdoor

performance in spaces like school

playgrounds as its sturdy and

durable construction are excellent

even for heavier use. Features longlife

galvanised steel undercarriage

and high-resilience weatherproof

18mm top. Supplied flat packed


left outdoors. Green. Height 77cm.

Length 275cm. Weight 161kg. Width

153cm.

4

PE10538 £2,332.00

5. NEW All Weather Outdoor

Table Tennis Table

A long life and heavy duty table

with playing surface including a

9mm playing top. The Butterfly All

Weather table is a premium model

and suitable for schools looking for a

long lasting solution.

5

SP45997 £3,206.50


Sport

Tennis

1

2

3

4

1. Multisport Tennis and

Badminton Net Set

4 in 1, speedy net. Create 4 different

size nets for 3m Tennis, 6m Tennis,

3m Badminton and 6m Badminton

nets. Can be put up in a matter

of seconds, portable, very stable

and very safe for grass or the

playground. Sold as single sets or

a three colour three pack. Height

1.5m. Width 6m.

PE00127 Yellow £131.16


2. NEW Portable Badminton

& Mini Tennis Net

A lightweight portable badminton/

mini tennis net that can be set on

any flat ground. The net is 5 meters

wide which is the size of a regular

badminton single court. Very easy to

assemble and disassemble. To use for

badminton, just raise the end side

poles. To use for mini tennis, lower it

down. Height 1.55m. Weight 2.5kg.

Width 5m.

SP45527 £131.16

3. Value School Aluminium

Tennis Rackets

Excellent value aluminium tennis

racket, ideal for schools and

beginners. Size appropriate rackets

are important to allow children to

play with confidence and develop

their skills.

PE00124 L19in £14.56

PE00121 L21in £14.56

PE00125 L23in £14.56

PE00123 L25in £14.56

PE00122 L27in £14.56

4. NEW Aresson Vision X

Tennis Rackets

Excellent quality and well-designed

racket ideal for education, supplied

in convenient school packs with

robust racket holdall. Manufactured

using with a one-piece carbon

aluminum alloy frame with

comfortable PU grip for comfort and

control, the ideal beginner racket for

juniors. Pack of 12.

SP46138 L19in £218.61

SP46139 L21in £218.61

SP46140 L23in £218.61

SP46141 L25in £225.90

SP46142 L27in £291.49

12

650


1. Tub of 96 Tennis Balls

A quality tennis ball that’s suitable

for both practice and match play.

Comes complete with their own

storage tub with handy carry handle.

Diameter 6.86cm. Pack of 96.

1

2

Tennis

Sport

PE01095 £116.59

2. Playground Tennis Balls

One dozen yellow playground

tennis balls. Suitable for lots of

fun playground activities. Yellow.

Diameter 7cm. Pack of 12.

PE00559 £11.30

12

3. Tennis Balls and Bag

A bag of 48 standard training grade

tennis balls. This mid quality ball is

ideal for juniors in schools. Yellow.

Diameter 6.8cm. Made from rubber.

Pack of 48.

3

PE00199 £65.57

4. NEW Aresson All Play

Tennis Balls Bucket

Ideal coaching and recreational ball

with durable rubber core covered

with hard wearing polyester felt,

making it suitable for all surfaces.

Lower compression of ball provides

a lower bounce so ideal for younger

children to learn the basics of the

game. Diameter 65mm. Pack of 60.

SP46127 £77.23

4 5

96 48 96

5. Consortium Value Tennis

Ball Bucket

Excellent value assorted balls for

school use. Ideal for play times and

playground games. Supplied in

robust bucket for easy storage. Pack

of 60.

PE10493 £58.29

6. Slazenger Bucket of

Recreation Tennis Balls

Excellent value assorted balls for

school and recreational use. Great

for a range of basic training and

play activities, not recommended for

serious practice or matches. Green.

Pack of 60.

111365 £58.29

60 96

6 7

60

7. Dunlop Trainer Bucket of

Tennis Balls

Top quality, training standard bucket

of 60 tennis balls. Ideal for schools

or clubs looking for high value balls.

Bucket is heavy duty and easy to

move, making it great for storage.

Pack of 60.

PE02255 £145.74

60 60

8. Multi-Coloured Tennis

Ball Bucket

Ideal for tennis practice and team

games that involve throwing,

catching or batting skills but not for

court use. Diameter 6.5cm. Pack

of 96.

PE02303 £91.81

9. Coloured Tennis Balls

These wonderfully coloured tennis

balls are suitable for all playground

games. Multicoloured. Pack of 12.

PE00018 £13.10

8 9

96

12


Storage

Outdoor Storage

1

SAVE

£145 .75

4

2

1. NEW Colourful Outdoor

Storage Bins

The perfect, portable, lockable

and robust school storage option

for all your playground resources,

supplied in attractive team colours.

Manufactured from heavy duty

weather proof high quality grade

LLDPE, this storage bin is an excellent

value school storage solution. Height


plastic. Weight 17kg. Width 78cm.

SP11466BL Blue £291.49

SP11466GR Green £291.49

SP11466RE Red £291.49


SP11466 Multicoloured £1,020.20

2. Outdoor Metal Storage

Unit

A quality PVC coated galvanised

steel shed with unique spring

assisted opening action and two

padlock points. Fire-resistant and

robust, but unobtrusive, the unit

comes complete with floor. (Padlocks

and contents not included).

CE00245 Small £801.63

PE02148 Medium £1,093.12

PE00110 Large £1,457.50

652


1. Mesh Ball Carry Bag

An extra large mesh ball bag suitable

for all your requirements. Holds

approximately 12 size 5 footballs.

(Balls not included). Black. Made

from fabric.

1 2

Bags and Holdalls

Storage

PE00185 £14.56

2. Mitre Mesh 12 Ball

Storage Bag

Durable, polyester sack capable of

holding 12 fully inflated size 5 balls.

Cord closure system and adjustable

shoulder straps.

PE02179 £26.22

3. Multicoloured Ball Sack

A bright and cheerful multi-purpose

ball bag! Manufactured to stand-up

to institutional use. Has a pull cord

opening with locking toggle and

shoulder carrying strap. Holds the

equivalent of 12 size 5 footballs.

(Balls not included). Large. Made

from nylon.

3 4

PE00749 £21.85

4. Zip Through Mesh Ball

Storage Bag

Bag has ventilated panels to assist

drying and comes with a zip-top

closure. Store cupboard essential, a

staple item for any PE co-ordinator,

sports coach or even lunch time

supervisor. Up to 12 ball capacity.

085354 £11.65

5. Lionstrike Football

Storage Bag

This lightweight Lionstrike football

carry bag is an essential requirement

for carrying footballs. Comes in a

bright blue colour and is part-nylon

and part mesh, allowing air to freely

circulate inside. Can carry up to 15

fully inflated footballs. Closes with

a draw string cord. Height 90cm.

Width 45cm.

5 6

PE10614 £24.76

6. Ball Storage Carry Nets

A fantastic value netted ball storage

bag. Can store 12 fully inflated

size 5 balls. Ideal for collecting in

playground balls, or to store your

sports balls such as footballs, rugby

balls, basketballs or netballs. Orange.

085351 £5.10

7. Coloured Mesh Ball Carry

Bags

A set of colourful mesh holdalls each

with two extremely strong, double

stitched handles. Colours: Red, blue,

purple, yellow, green and orange.

Each bag will hold up to around 12

size 5 footballs. (Balls not included).


7 8

PE01087 £65.57

8. Mesh Panel Ball Storage

Bag

Heavy duty nylon bag with draw

cord closure and mesh panels to

allow balls to dry out when wet.

Store cupboard essential, a staple

item for any PE co-ordinator, sports

coach or even lunch time supervisor.

Capacity up to 12 balls. Single.

PE00168 £16.02


Teacher Essentials

Cones

1 2

50 50

1. Sports Marker Cones

PE cupboard essential, these

colourful space markers, complete

with stand are a must have for every

school and sports club. Features 10

each of 5 different colours, allowing

for easy demarcation of team

activities. Diameter 18cm.

PE00554 50pk £20.39

PE10383 100pk £33.50

2. Dome Training Cone

Markers

Plastic dome shaped cones in a

variety of bright colours. With a

concave cut to fit 25mm diameter

poles. With plastic stand. Diameter

19cm. Pack of 40.

PE02036 £16.02

3 4

5 6

7 8

50 50

20 4

3. Mini Dome Cones

Mini plastic cones in a mix of

colours. Big enough to show

demarcation clearly but small

enough to be stored easily. Diameter

14cm. Height 6.5cm. Made from


PE02035 £14.56

4. Soft Cones

Soft plastic cones in a variety of

bright colours. A bumper pack of

marking cones useful for all sporting

activities. Height 16.5cm. Made from


PE02034 £39.34

5. Flexible Cone Set

This set comprises of 20, 9” flexible

plastic cones. Complete with stand

for easy carrying and storage.

Orange. Height 24cm. Made from


KCF £32.05

6. Coloured Skittles Set

Budget set comprising of; red,

yellow, green and blue skittle cones

that can be used for a wide range

of play activities. Set can be formed

into hurdles of different heights by

adding bars (not included). Height

105cm. Pack of 4.

KSKITSET £51.00

7. Cones and Adhesive

Pockets

Set of plastic cones with handy

self-adhesive pockets for numbers,

colours or instructions. Ideal for

obstacle courses or to mark the start

of an activity area. Colours may

vary. Pack includes 10 cones and 20

pockets.

FBCONE £33.51

8. Tall Cones

Set of 4, 18” high cones with a

25mm diameter hole in the top

and rubber base for stability. Useful

where demarcation needs to be seen

from a distance such as marking out

pitches. Very stable. Height 45cm.


PE02033 £43.71

654


1. Action Station Spots

Get active with these throw down

spots. You can jump, hop, skip, star

jump, balance, leap, run or walk on

them. Great for circuit activities or

playground fun. Non-slip. Diameter

23cm. Made from pvc. Pack of 8.

PE00028 £36.42

2. NEW Wilks Flat Marker

Discs

Vinyl rubber markers supplied in 2

colours on a stand for easy storage

and transport. Ideal for floor

marking where a reduced the slip

hazard is required. Use for sports as

bases or even in PE as activity station

markers. Good alternative to cones.

Diameter 15cm. Pack of 24.

1

2

Throw Down Spots

Teacher Essentials

SP46146 £21.85

3. Floor Markers Hands and

Feet

These vinyl hands and feet can be

used for numerous activities and

in all PE curriculum areas. Strong,

durable and slip-proof. Uses include

outlining activities and routes to

follow. Multicoloured. Length 30cm.

PE00965 Feet 12pk £21.85

PE02305 Hands and Feet 24pk £33.51

3

8

4

24

4. Sports Court Marker Set

Flexible vinyl lines and corners

which have non-slip characteristics,

particularly on polished surfaces.

Great for marking out sports courts

such as basketball, netball, tennis or

badminton. Pack of 24.

PE10494 £36.42

5. Line Markers

Six straight line floor markers used

for measuring out spaces, made

using an anti-skid material so they

will stay firmly in space. Particularly

useful for creating small courts.

Length 35cm. Made from rubber.


PE02050 £14.56

5

24

6. Floor Markers Arrows

Made from vinyl these flexible

markings can be used to mark out

courts and areas inside and out,

removing the need for specific courts

to be permanently marked out. Nonslip

and durable. In 2 colours - 6 blue

and 6 red. Length 30cm. Made from

pu. Pack of 12.

PE00982 £24.06

6

7. Sequencing Floor Marker

Spots

This pack of coloured hardwearing

vinyl spots are ideal for positional

instruction and movement control.

Designed to remain in position when

in contact with any polished surface.

Diameter 22cm.

PE02051 6pk £17.48

PE10172 30pk £80.09

6

7

12

SAVE

£7 .29


music

contents

657 rainbow range

658-661 learn an instrument

662 drums

663-664 whole class ensemble

665 outdoor music

656


Learn an Instrument

SAVE

£13 .75

MES Soprano

Glockenspiels

The MES soprano glockenspiel is robust enough for daily use

in the classroom. A moulded carrying case keeps the bars and

beaters safe, and the handle ensures it can be easily transported

between classes or taken home to practise.

Single

MES1009 £35.74

10pk

MES1192 £343.62

KEY

from

£35 .74

BENEFITS

• Robust enough for daily classroom use.

• Carry case keeps the instrument safe!

• Handle allows for easy movement between

classrooms or for home practise.


Learn an Instrument

Recorders

£20 .62

MES Sonata’

Descant

Recorders

An easy to hold, align and clean recorder that produces an excellent

sound quality, the perfect first instrument! MES have developed this

quality, budget friendly three piece recorder with Music advisors and

experts that will last.

Single

MES1147 £5.84

30pk

MES1149 £154.69

KEY

from

£5 .84

BENEFITS

• Easy to hold, align and clean

• An ideal first instrument for children

• Lasts from KS1 to secondary!

658


1. Axus Digital AXP2

Electronic Keyboard

A great value for money electronic

keyboard with touch sensitive, box

style keys. It has 200 voices and 128

rhythms, giving you a big selection of

sounds, as well as vibrato and pitch

bend to twist that sound further.

An Aux In port is ideal for plugging

in your mp3, (cable included) along

with stereo headphones, making it

perfect for the classroom.

MES10132 £185.61

1

Keyboards

ONLY

£137 .49

Learn an Instrument

2. Axus Digital AXP10

Portable Keyboard

Portable keyboard with 61 “box

style” keys. With 255 built in voices

and 255 backing rhythms making it

perfect for learning and educating.

It also comes with a music rest and

headphones making it great for the

classroom.

3. Yamaha PSR-E253 Digital

Keyboard

The Yamaha PSR-E253 portable

digital keyboard is packed full of

great sounds and features. It is ideal

for aspiring musicians who are just

starting out. Use the on-board lesson

feature, Yamaha Education Suite

(Y.E.S.), to learn the 100 built-in

songs, or explore the 385 instrument

voices and 100 styles to create your

own music. The AUX line input turns

the keyboard into a speaker system

for your MP3 player so you can listen

to and play along with your music

collection.

024755 £274.99

2

3


Learn an Instrument

Ukuleles & Guitars

1

ONLY

£24 .74

SAVE

£27 .50

1. MES Ukulele

A great starter ukulele, ideal for

young players. This ukulele is

soprano sized, making it easier for

little hands to hold. Play hundreds of

songs by learning just three chords.

MES10135 Single £24.74

MES10141 10pk £240.48

MES10142 30pk £714.58

2. Octopus Soprano Ukulele

Classpack

Octopus has been providing high

quality beginner ukuleles for almost

a decade, and the new model UK205

is carrying this tradition forward. The

soprano (or standard) is the most

widely used size of ukulele.

It has twelve frets and a total range

between C4 and A5. The tuning pegs

are geared like a guitar meaning the

strings are easier to tighten and will

hold their pitch for longer.

Pack of 12.

MES10188 £384.99

• Ideal starter ukulele for young players

• Geared tuning pegs and soprano sized

• Includes nylon carry bag

2

• A great selection of colours

• Fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard

• Free carry case

12

660


Drums

Gathering

Drum

Celebrate, communicate and make a lot of noise with our gathering

drum.Made from natural materials and sturdy enough to withstand

regular use with lots of children. Can be played with beaters or with

hands. Available individually (90cm diameter) or as a set of 3 (90cm,

60cm and 40cm diameter).Natural. Height 20cm. Made from wood.

Single

MES0874 £384.99

3pk

MES1103 £481.24

KEY

from

£384 .99

BENEFITS

• A great group activity

• Can be played with beaters or with hands

• Made from natural materials


Whole Class Ensemble

Classroom Sets

1

1. Key Stage 1 Set

The whole class can have their own

piece of percussion and take part in

learning how to play. Your pupils will

love to explore and experiment with

this collection of quality tuned and

untuned percussion instruments.


MES247 £247.49

2. Key Stage 2 Set

Expand your range of percussion

with more tuned instruments,

including chromatic notes. Easily

stored away in a sturdy box.


MES248 £288.74

25

Contents

8 x Chime Bars with Beaters

2 x Pairs of Claves

1 x 10cm Triangle

1 x 15cm Triangle

1 x 20cm Cymbals

1 x 20cm Tambourine

1 x Cowbell

1 x 20cm Headless Tambourine

1 x 25cm Hand Drum

1 x Wooden Agogo

1 x Guiro

1 x Woodblock

1 x Pair of Maracas

2 x Finger Cymbals

2 x Castanets

2

Contents

8 x Chime Bars with Beaters

1 x Chromatic Glockenspiel

2 x Pairs of Claves

2 x Wood Blocks

1 x 25cm Tambourine

1 x 20cm Headless Tambourine

1 x 25cm Hand Drum

1 x Wooden Agogo

1 x Guiro

1 x 20cm Cymbals

2 x Pairs of Castanets

2 x Hand Bells

2 x 20cm Triangles

25

662


1. Classroom Percussion Set

A carefully selected range of

instruments for whole class

percussion, practice or performance.

Why purchase everything separately

when we can send you enough

instruments for 35 players, all

packed away in a sturdy plastic box.


RB47 £274.99

2. MES Classroom

Percussion Instruments

A set of our most popular hand-held

instruments in a sturdy box. Includes

a mix of wooden, metal and skin

sounds. The curriculum is covered

and the whole class involved.


1

Classroom Sets

Whole Class Ensemble

MES627 £158.11

Contents

2 x Tom Tom Drums

1 x Pair of Maracas

1 x 12.5cm Cymbal

1 x 18cm Cymbal

3 x 12.5cm Triangles

6 x Sand Blocks

2 x Guiro/Woodblock

4 x Pairs of Rhythm Sticks

4 x Wrist Bells

3 x Jingle Sticks

2 x Snare Drums

2 x Hand Bells

2 x 20cm Tambourine

2 x Castanets on Handle

35

2

Contents

1 x Guiro/Woodblock

1 x Wooden Agogo

1 x Woodblock

1 x 20cm Tambourine

1 x 25cm Tambourine

1 x Tulip Block

2 x 5 Bell Jingles

2 x 4 Bell Jingles

1 x Jingle Stick (plastic)

1 x Jingle Stick (wooden)

3 x Finger Cymbals

1 x Indian Bells

2 x 10cm Triangles

2 x 15cm Triangles

1 x Pair of Claves

2 x Castanets on Handles

2 x Pairs of Maracas

25


Rainbow Range

Rainbow Range

1

1. Boomwhackers

Boomwhackers are a great and

inexpensive way for delivering music

to the whole class. Each colourful

tube is a different note to make

it visibly easier for the children to

learn. Pack of 42.

MES0146 £185.61

2. Rainbow Range Musical

Instruments Pack

Bumper pack of colour-coded

instruments. Making it easier for

your children to see which notes

they are playing. An engaging way

to get the whole class involved and

excited about music.

MES0762 £371.24

42

2

Contents

8 x Diatonic Boomwhackers C-C

400 x Boomwhacker Note

Stickers

1 x Rainbow Mini Steel C Pan

8 x Rainbow Combi Bells

8 x Large Rainbow Chime Bars

8 x Small Rainbow Chime Bars

664


1. Outdoor Music Frame

Set up this portable frame anywhere

and let the children explore a wide

variety of instruments. All except

the Boomwhackers can be removed

and replaced with the children’s

choices. Contents may vary. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. Height

150cm. Made from metal. Width

50cm.


1

Outdoor Music

Outdoor Music

MES0747 £508.74

2. Outdoor Early Years

Music Frame

This easy to move, lightweight frame

includes a set of instruments to hang

up and create different sounds. The

frame can be left outside in your

music area... just remember to bring

the instruments indoors! Height


metal. Width 78cm.

MES0748 £247.49

• Play together in groups

both indoors and out!

• Great for sound effects

and compositions

• Ideal for KS1 and KS2

• Learn to take turns, work

together and listen to

each other!

2


art, craft & design

contents

667-679 paper, card & display

680-683 mark making

684-685 adhesives

686-700 paint & accessories

701-703 easels, drying racks

704-705 block printing

706-709 modelling

710-711 drawing

714-722 collage & craft

723 scissors

724 tissue paper

725 creative papers

666


Paper & Card Thickness Guidelines

GSM Microns Sheet Usage

150 200 2 Sht

175 230 3 Sht

220 280 4 Sht

280 340 6 Sht

560 750 12 Sht

Thin card for general project work. Suitable for

most printers and copiers.

Thin card for folding, modelling and

montage

Medium/thin card for modelling, mobiles,

projects etc.

Medium thickness for modelling and

construction work.

Very thick card for mounting, framing and rigid

modelling structures

Paper & Card

GSM = Grams per square metre - a measure of the weight

of the paper and a general indication of its thickness and

opacity.

Microns = A specific measure of the thickness of the paper.

1 micron is 1/1000th of an inch.

SHT or sheets is an old imperial measure of thickness.

Because of the nature of paper manufacture, the conversion

of weights to thickness is approximate and will vary

between paper types and manufacturers.

Art, Craft & Design

The Environment

We are commited to helping

the environment. Where

possible we buy from British

or local sources to reduce

carbon emissions. Being

a local supplier also helps

you to reduce your carbon

footprint.

100%

Recycling

Many of our papers

and card are recycled as

indicated by the symbol

shown. This includes all

cartridge papers, sugar and

kaleidoscope papers and

black and white cards.

Paint Staining Information

• Paint is designed to stain so it is almost impossible to

make pigments which will wash completely out of fabrics

and at the same time do their job properly.

• Water based paints are generally easier to wash out of

fabrics than acrylic or oil paint but we cannot guarantee

complete removal.

• The best way to remove paint from fabrics is to wash the

stained area with cool running water and household soap.

Rub the fabric and if necessary use a brush to remove

stubborn stains. Natural fabrics tend to stain less than

synthetics.

• Washing machine cycles, hot water, detergents, bleach

or stain removers can fix the stain into the fabric and a

stained article should never be mixed with clean garments

in a washing machine cycle until the paint stain has been

removed sufficiently.

• For a selection of protective aprons and smocks see pages

204-205.

A6

105 x 148

A5

148 x 210mm

A3

297 x 420mm

Paper Sizes

A4

210 x 297mm

A1 594 x 840mm

A2

420 x 594mm

• It is recommended that only finger paints are used for

finger painting as they contain a barrier ingredient and are

less likely to stain children’s skin. The best way to wash

stained skin is with cool water and household soap.

• Often customers find it useful to communicate the above

information to parents in newsletters or by other methods

to prevent possible complaints.

• We advise you not to order more than 6 months’ paint

requirement at a time as deterioration can occur over

longer periods.

If you are uncertain about

any of the paper sizes,

colours, or thicknesses

please phone us for more

details and we will be

happy to send you samples.


Art, Craft & Design

Paper & Card

1

2

1. Newsprint

• Economy art paper

• 49gsm

ANEWS 20” x 30” pk 500 £36.29

2. Junior Art Paper

• Low cost mechanical paper

• Off white

• 80gsm

JART10 10”x 15” (250 x 375mm) pk 500 £16.49

JART15 15”x 20” (375 x 500mm) pk 500 £27.49

JART20 20”x 30” (500 x 750mm) pk 500 £43.99

3

3. Black Card

• 100% Recycled

• High quality matt black board

• Ideal for making models and mounts

230 micron - 3 sheet

BDBK230A4 A4 pk 100 £7.69

BDBK230A3 A3 pk 100 £14.29


BDBK340A4 A4 pk 100 £10.99

BDBK340A3 A3 pk 100 £16.49

BDBK340A2 A2 pk 100 £39.59

07BJ96044 A1 pk50 £38.49


BDBK750A4 A4 pk 50 £21.99

4. White Card

100% Recycled

Wide range of white board for variety of art

• 4 weights available

& craft applications


BDW230A4 A4 pk 100 £6.59

4


BDW280A4 A4 pk 100 £7.69

BDW280A3 A3 pk 100 £14.29

BDW280A2 A2 pk 100 £27.49

BDW280A1 A1 pk 100 £54.99

360 micron

BDW360A4 A4 pk 100 £12.09

5. Coloured Paper & Card Classpack

• Value pack containing large assortment of papers for art lessons

for all ages

• Average pack contents 25kg including:

Black card 340 micron

Coloured card various

White card

Dual board 200 micron

Play paper

• Sheet sizes A4 - A2

CPC25 Paper & Card Class pack £131.95

5

668


1. Pastel 230 Micron

BDECOA4 A4 5 Asst - Pastel pk 200 £12.09



1. Pastel 280 Micron

BD280PA4 A4 5 Asst - Pastel pk 100 £14.29

BD280PA3 A3 5 Asst - Pastel pk 100 £21.99

1

Paper & Card

Art, Craft & Design

2. Vivid 230 Micron

BDVIVA4 A4 5 Asst - Vivid pk 200 £16.49

BDVIVA2 A2 5 Asst - Vivid pk 100 £27.49

2

3. Bright 230 Micron

BDTENA4 A4 10 Asst - Bright pk 200 £16.49

BDTENA3 A3 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £19.79

BDTENA2 SRA2 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £27.49

3 Bright 340 Micron

• Medium thickness board with superb smooth surface

• 340 micron (270gsm)

• Ideal for modelling, construction and mounts

BDBRITEA4 A4 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £12.09

BDBRITEA2 A2 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £32.99

4. Intensive Colourcard

• Superb, truly vibrant assortment of ten colours

• 230 microns

• Green, red, blue, orange, black, yellow, light green, light orange,

light blue, and violet

• SRA2 - 450 x 640mm

3

BDINTA4 A4 10 Asst Intensive pk 200 £17.59

BDINTA2 SRA2 10 Asst Intensive pk 100 £30.79

5

4

Coloured Card

• 100% Recycled with matt finish

• Ideal for card making, folding, collage, projects etc

• 4 weights available

• Colours may vary from those illustrated


Art, Craft & Design

670

Paper & Card

Rosella Red

Robin Red

Fantail Orange

Mandarin Orange

Kestrel Corn

Goldcrest Yellow

Oriole Gold

Canary Yellow

Bunting Yellow

Wheatear Yellow

Eider Vellum

Pintail Cream

Parakeet Green

Woodpecker Green

Barbet Green

Mallard Green

Warbler Green

Leafbird Green

Siskin Green

Merlin Blue

Puffin Blue

Kingfisher Blue

Peacock Blue

Swallow Blue

Skylark Violet

Plover Purple

Bullfinch Pink

Flamingo Pink

Salmon

Nuthatch Brown

Lapwing Brown

Curlew Cream

Sandpiper Beige

Sparrow Grey

Owl Grey

Raven Black

Cerise

Lime Green

Orange

Yellow

KASKAD COLOURED PAPER AND CARD - Kaskad A4 80gsm

KA480BY Kaskad A4 80gsm Bunting Yellow pk 500 £10.55

KA480EV Kaskad A4 80gsm Eider Vellum pk 500 £10.55

KA480FP Kaskad A4 80gsm Flamingo Pink pk 500 £10.55

KA480LG Kaskad A4 80gsm Leafbird Green pk 500 £10.55

KA480PB Kaskad A4 80gsm Puffin Blue pk 500 £10.55

KA480SA Kaskad A4 80gsm Salmon pk 500 £10.55

KP480CC Kaskad A4 80gsm Curlew Cream pk 500 £10.55

KP480MB Kaskad A4 80gsm Merlin Blue pk 500 £10.55

KP480PC Kaskad A4 80gsm Pintail Cream pk 500 £10.55

KP480SG Kaskad A4 80gsm Siskin Green pk 500 £10.55

KP480SR Kaskad A4 80gsm Sandpiper Beige pk 500 £10.55

KP480SV Kaskad A4 80gsm Skylark Violet pk 500 £10.55

KP480SW Kaskad A4 80gsm Sparrow Grey pk 500 £10.55

KP480WY Kaskad A4 80gsm Wheatear Yellow pk 500 £10.55

KB480BG Kaskad A4 80gsm Barbet Green pk 500 £11.43

KB480BP Kaskad A4 80gsm Bullfinch Pink pk 500 £11.43

KB480CY Kaskad A4 80gsm Canary Yellow pk 500 £11.43

KB480KC Kaskad A4 80gsm Kestrel Corn pk 500 £11.43

KB480LB Kaskad A4 80gsm Lapwing Brown pk 500 £11.43

KB480OG Kaskad A4 80gsm Oriole Gold pk 500 £11.43

KB480OL Kaskad A4 80gsm Owl Grey pk 500 £11.43

KB480PK Kaskad A4 80gsm Peacock Blue pk 500 £11.43

KB480PP Kaskad A4 80gsm Plover Purple pk 500 £11.43

KB480SB Kaskad A4 80gsm Swallow Blue pk 500 £11.43

KB480WR Kaskad A4 80gsm Warbler Green pk 500 £11.43

KD480FO Kaskad A4 80gsm Fantail Orange pk 500 £12.31

KD480GY Kaskad A4 80gsm Goldcrest Yellow pk 500 £12.31

KD480KB Kaskad A4 80gsm Kingfisher Blue pk 500 £12.31

KD480MG Kaskad A4 80gsm Mallard Green pk 500 £12.31

KD480NB Kaskad A4 80gsm Nuthatch Brown pk 500 £12.31

KD480PG Kaskad A4 80gsm Parakeet Green pk 500 £12.31

KD480RA Kaskad A4 80gsm Rosella Red pk 500 £12.31

KD480RR Kaskad A4 80gsm Robin Red pk 500 £12.31

KD480WG Kaskad A4 80gsm Woodpecker Green pk 500 £12.31

KK480CE Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Cerise pk 500 £19.35

KK480GR Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Green pk 500 £19.35

KK480OR Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Orange pk 500 £19.35

KK480RB Kaskad A4 80gsm Raven Black pk 500 £19.35

KK480YE Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Yellow pk 500 £19.35

KAS480PA Kaskad A4 80gsm Assorted Pastels pk 500 £14.07

KAS480BA Kaskad A4 80gsm Assorted Brights pk 500 £14.07

KAS480DA Kaskad A4 80gsm Assorted Deeps pk 500 £14.07

Kaskad A4 160gsm

KA4160BY Kaskad A4 160gsm Bunting Yellow pk 250 £10.55

KA4160EV Kaskad A4 160gsm Eider Vellum pk 250 £10.55

KA4160FP Kaskad A4 160gsm Flamingo Pink pk 250 £10.55

KA4160LG Kaskad A4 160gsm Leafbird Green pk 250 £10.55

KA4160PB Kaskad A4 160gsm Puffin Blue pk 250 £10.55

KA4160SA Kaskad A4 160gsm Salmon pk 250 £10.55

KP4160CC Kaskad A4 160gsm Curlew Cream pk 250 £10.55

KP4160MB Kaskad A4 160gsm Merlin Blue pk 250 £10.55

KP4160PC Kaskad A4 160gsm Pintail Cream pk 250 £10.55

KP4160SG Kaskad A4 160gsm Siskin Green pk 250 £10.55

KP4160SV Kaskad A4 160gsm Skylark Violet pk 250 £10.55

KP4160SW Kaskad A4 160gsm Sparrow Grey pk 250 £10.55

KP4160WY Kaskad A4 160gsm Wheatear Yellow pk 250 £10.55

KB4160BG Kaskad A4 160gsm Barbet Green pk 250 £11.43

KB4160BP Kaskad A4 160gsm Bullfinch Pink pk 250 £11.43

KB4160CY Kaskad A4 160gsm Canary Yellow pk 250 £11.43

KB4160KC Kaskad A4 160gsm Kestrel Corn pk 250 £11.43

KB4160LB Kaskad A4 160gsm Lapwing Brown pk 250 £11.43

KB4160OG Kaskad A4 160gsm Oriole Gold pk 250 £11.43

KB4160OL Kaskad A4 160gsm Owl Grey pk 250 £11.43

KB4160PK Kaskad A4 160gsm Peacock Blue pk 250 £11.43

KB4160PP Kaskad A4 160gsm Plover Purple pk 250 £11.43

KB4160SB Kaskad A4 160gsm Swallow Blue pk 250 £11.43

KB4160WR Kaskad A4 160gsm Warbler Green pk 250 £11.43

KD4160FO Kaskad A4 160gsm Fantail Orange pk 250 £12.31

KD4160GY Kaskad A4 160gsm Goldcrest Yellow pk 250 £12.31

KD4160KB Kaskad A4 160gsm Kingfisher Blue pk 250 £12.31

KD4160MG Kaskad A4 160gsm Mallard Green pk 250 £12.31

KD4160NB Kaskad A4 160gsm Nuthatch Brown pk 250 £12.31

KD4160PG Kaskad A4 160gsm Parakeet Green pk 250 £12.31

KD4160RA Kaskad A4 160gsm Rosella Red pk 250 £12.31

KD4160RR Kaskad A4 160gsm Robin Red pk 250 £12.31

KD4160WG Kaskad A4 160gsm Woodpecker Green pk 250 £12.31

KK4160RB Kaskad A4 160gsm Raven Black pk 250 £30.79

KAS160PA Kaskad A4 160gsm Assorted Pastels pk 250 £14.95

KAS160BA Kaskad A4 160gsm Assorted Brights pk 250 £14.95

KAS160DA Kaskad A4 160gsm Assorted Deeps pk 250 £14.95


1 Kaleidoscope Play Paper

This play paper is similar to traditional sugar paper but comes in

darker, richer colours. Easy for younger children to cut but strong

enough for painting and display applications. Terrific value for money.

Available in 4 sizes, and assorted colours

• 100gsm

PLAYA4 A4 pk 250 £5.27

PLAYA3 A3 pk 250 £10.55

PLAYA2 A2 pk 250 £19.35

PLAYA1 A1 pk 250 £36.95

1

Paper & Card

Art, Craft & Design

2. Assorted Sugar Paper

Brightly coloured sugar paper in 100gsm for

• Available in black or assorted colours

a multitude of uses

SUGPA4A A4 Assorted pk 250 £5.27




2

3. Sugar Paper

• Value pack of A4 and A3 sugar paper.

• Contains 2500 sheets of assorted colours A4 and 1250 sheets of

assorted colours A3

SUGP98000 Sugar Paper each £74.79

4. White Cartridge Paper

• Quality white cartridge paper

• Ideal for pen, pencil and pastel work

• Choice of 4 popular sizes in 3 weights

3

100gsm

DCPA1100 A1 pk 125 £19.35

DCPA2100 A2 pk 250 £17.59

DCPA3100 A3 pk 250 £8.79

DCPA4100 A4 pk 250 £6.15

140gsm

DCPA1140 A1 pk 125 £26.39

DCPA2140 A2 pk 250 £24.63

DCPA3140 A3 pk 250 £13.19

DCPA4140 A4 pk 250 £8.79

170gsm

DCPA1170 A1 pk 125 £28.15

DCPA2170 A2 pk 250 £28.15

DCPA3170 A3 pk 250 £14.95

DCPA4170 A4 pk 250 £9.67

4

5. Construction Paper

• High quality activity paper in vivid colours

• Long, strong fibres provide rigidity needed for modelling projects

• Ideal for tearing and scoring

• 50 Sheets 609 x 914mm in 10 colours

5

CP6523 Construction Paper pk £17.59


Art, Craft & Design

Paper & Card

1

2

1. Mounting Paper Assorted Colours

• Brightly coloured mounting paper in 80 gsm

• Standard A sizes plus surrounding border

• Pack 100

MP4864 A2 480mm x 645mm pk 100 £24.63

MP3548 A3 357mm x 480mm pk 100 £14.07

MP2735 A4 270mm x 357mm pk 100 £8.79

2. Inner Mounts - Assorted

• Creates 10mm border

• A4+ size 220 x 307mm

• A3+ size 430 x 307mm

EIMA4 A4+ Size pk 100 £16.49

EIMA3 A3+ Size pk 100 £30.79

3

3. Outer Mounts - Black

• Creates 20mm border

• A4++ size 230 x 317mm

• A3++ size 440 x 317mm

EOMA4 A4+ Black pk 100 £17.59

EOMA3 A3+ Black pk 100 £27.49

4

4. Poster Paper Mounts

• A4 plus size gives 20mm border

(230 x 217mm)

• Super value pack for mounting

• Assorted pack 100 sheets

PPMA4 PP Mounts pk 100 £10.99

5

5. Colourmount Mounting Board

• 1250 micron card

• Available in A1 size packs

• Coloured both sides

• Pack of 20 boards

MBA120BK A1 Black pk 20 £39.59

MBA120WH A1 White pk 20 £39.59

6. Presentation Boards

• An assorted pack of trifold, corrugated display boards ideal for

displaying table top projects

• Pack of 4 contains 1 each of Red, Blue, Green and Yellow

• Recyclable

• Size 1218 x 914mm

TRBD4AS Presentation Boards pk 4 £30.79

6

672


1

Sketchbooks

Art, Craft & Design

2

1. A4 Starter Sketch Book

• Excellent general purpose book at a very economical price.

• 40 pages of 100gsm quality acid free drawing cartridge.

• 280 micron thick black cover

• Standard colour Black.

• Other colours available when ordering large quantities

(Blue, Burgundy and Grey)

SB100A4BK Starter Sketch Book pk 100 £105.59

2. Laminated Sketch Books

• Manufactured with a 380 micron laminated cover for

extra durability.

• 40 pages of 140gsm quality acid free drawing cartridge

• Standard colour Black.

• Other colours available when ordering large quantities (Blue,

Burgundy and Green)

SBL140A4BK A4 pk 40 £43.99

SBL140A3BK A3 pk 40 £96.76

3

3. Value Scrapbooks

• Oversize A4 and A3 scrapbooks (315 x 230mm or 440 x 315mm)

• Made from sugar paper

• Select from black or assorted coloured pages

• Plain 225gsm coloured covers

SCA4B A4+ Black Pages pk 25 £26.39

SCA4C A4+ Coloured Pages pk 25 £26.39

SCA3B A3+ Black Pages pk 25 £65.99

SCA3C A3+ Coloured Pages pk 25 £65.99


Art, Craft & Design

Display

2

3

1

1. Fadeless Extra Wide Art Paper Rolls

• 1218mm extra wide roll to cover walls quickly

• Vibrant colours resistant to sunlight fading

• Quality 85gsm thickness

• Coloured rolls 15m, metallic gold rolls are 7.5m

FR1218SC Scarlet roll £15.83

FR1218FO Fire Orange roll £15.83

FR1218OR Orange roll £15.83

FR1218LE Lemon roll £15.83

FR1218BU Buttercup roll £15.83

FR1218PE Peppermint roll £15.83

FR1218LI Lilac roll £15.83

FR1218LG Leaf Green roll £15.83

FR1218PG Pale Green roll £15.83

FR1218EM Emerald roll £15.83

FR1218AZ Azure roll £15.83

FR1218SB Sky Blue roll £15.83

FR1218UB Ultra Blue roll £15.83

FR1218RTQ Turquoise roll £15.83

FR1218CB Chocolate Brown roll £15.83

FR1218BK Black roll £15.83

FR1218GD Metallic Gold roll £15.83

FR1218SI Metallic Silver roll £15.83

FR1218WH White roll £15.83

FR1218RO Rose roll £15.83

FR1218PK Candy Pink roll £15.83

FR1218PU Purple roll £15.83

FR1218AS1 Assorted 15m pk 10 £96.58

FR1218AS2 Assorted 5m pk 10 £52.67

2. Fadeless 48 Roll Assortment

• 609mm x 3.6m rolls in 10 colours: white, canary,

orange, apple green, purple, azure blue, violet, flame

red, pink and black

• Box of 48

• Good quality 85gsm

FRD57559 Fadeless Assortment pk 48 £140.79

3. Fadeless Extra Wide 24 Roll Assortment

• 1218mm x 3.6m rolls in 8 assorted colours: canary,

flame red, black, orange, pink, azure, violet & emerald

• Quality 85gsm thickness

• Box of 24 rolls

FRD57520 Fadeless Assortment pk 24 £140.79

4. Fadeless® Designs

• Fade resistant display rolls. Ideal for drama productions

and friezes

• 3.6m x 1218mm

Clouds

Brick

4

56468 Clouds roll £13.19

56528 Ocean roll £13.19

56488 Rock roll £13.19

56498 Flagstone roll £13.19

56478 Brick roll £13.19

56228 Night Sky roll £13.19

56388 Winter Time roll £13.19

56258 Tropical roll £13.19

56508 Autumn Leaves roll £13.19

Rock

Flagstone

Ocean

674


1. Warm Bordette® Assortment

• Selection of 6 warm colours of bordette rolls

• 1 each of flame red, canary, black, orange, violet and

metallic card

CWBWM6 Warm Bordette pk 6 £19.35

2. Cool Bordette® Assortment

• Selection of 6 cool colours of bordette rolls

• 1 each of emerald, bright blue, rich blue, nile green, azure

and white

1

Display

Art, Craft & Design

CWBCL6 Cool Bordette pk 6 £19.35

2

3. Winter Bordette® Assortment

• A combination of metallic and icicle rolls

• 2 rolls of white icicles, and 1 each of Metallic Red, Blue,

Gold & Silver

37990 Winter Rolls pk 6 £22.87

4. Stockroom Assortment

• 36 Bordette border rolls in a neat and easily accessible

dispenser box

• 57mm x 7.5m

• 6 rolls of each colour: flame, canary, emerald, rich blue,

bright blue and black

3

CWB37950 Bordette Assortment pk 36 £96.79

5. Safari Print Bordette® Assortment

• An assorted pack of 6 safari prints (tiger, giraffe, zebra,

cheetah, alligator and snake)

• Printed on both the flat and corrugated sides

37940 Safari Rolls pk 6 £22.87

4

6. Design Bordette® Assortment

• Assorted pack of 6 design Bordette rolls as illustrated

37600 Design Assorted pk 6 £21.99

6

5


Art, Craft & Design

Display

1

1. Scalloped Bordette

• Scalloped edge corrugated rolls available in bright colours

• 15m x 57mm

CWB15SC Scarlet each £3.48

CWB15UB Ultra Blue each £3.48

CWB15EM Emerald each £3.48

CWB15PG Pale Green each £3.48

CWB15LE Lemon each £3.48

CWB15WH White each £3.48

CWB15BK Black each £3.48

CWB15PU Purple each £3.48

CWB15CP Candy Pink each £3.48

CWB15SB Sky Blue each £3.48

CWB15LG Leaf Green each £3.48

CWB15OR Orange each £3.48

CWB15SI Silver each £3.48

CWB15GD Gold each £3.48

2

2. Fade Resistant

Border Rolls

• 48mm x 90m extra value length

• Superior quality, textured, strong and fade resistant

• Superior quality border rolls

BR6BK Black pk 3 £14.07

EBR4A Metallic 2 Gold & 2 Silver pk 4 £15.83

3

3. Self Adhesive Scalloped Borders

• 2 x 57mm Strips on each 10m roll

• Assorted colours: red, yellow, green, blue and black

• Metallic colours: 2 each of gold and silver

SABR10 Assorted Colours pk 5 £19.35

SABR4 Metallic pk 4 £20.23

Self

Adhesive

4. Bulletin Scalloped Card Borders

• Fade resistant colours

• Smooth finish, scalloped edge border

• Ideal for bulletin boards, signs, room decoration

• 15m x 57mm rolls

BBMSI Silver roll £6.59

BBMGD Gold roll £6.59

BB6AS Assorted pk 6 £21.99

4

676


1. Clear Wrap Sheets

Perfect for lantern making, this pack contains 48 x A4 translucent

coloured film sheets.

• 8 sheets each of 6 colours

73391 Clear Film Sheets pk 48 £5.49

If you have tried to cut cellophane sheets you will appreciate these A4

sheets which are far easier to handle for smaller projects.

1

Cellophane & Irridescnt Film

Art, Craft & Design

2. Colour Tinted Cellophane Rolls

• 508mm x 4.5m roll

• Available in single colours of violet, yellow, blue, green, red and

orange or assorted

• Non-toxic film with excellent transparent qualities

CELC1VI Violet roll £4.39

CELC1YW Yellow roll £4.39

CELC1BL Blue roll £4.39

CELC1GR Green roll £4.39

CELC1RD Red roll £4.39

CELC1OR Orange roll £4.39

CELC10 50cm x 4.5m Clear pk 10 £21.99

CELC24AS 508mm x 4.5m Asst pk 24 £36.95

2

3. Dual Board

• Double sided 2 colour card

• 200 micron

• 10 sheets of 20 colours (100 sheets) per pack

• For card making, decorations, mobiles and much more

3

BD203A4 A4 Dual Board pk 100 £10.99

BD203A3 A3 Dual Board pk 100 £16.49

BD20364 650 x 460mm pk 100 £27.49

4. Iridescent Film

• A transparent film that reflects light to give a fantastic shimmering

effect

• Can be used for a variety of craft projects to simulate ice, smoke,

or water

4

CI7318 914mm x 3.8m roll £7.69

5. Iridescent Rolls

• Iridescent film in clear, white & blue for stunning iridescent effects

• 70cm x 2m to include clear, white & blue

IR7023 Iridescent Rolls pk 3 £7.91

5


Art, Craft & Design

Metallic Papers & Foil

3

1

2

1. Metallic Card

• A4

• 225gsm

• Available in bronze, gold and silver

• Pack of 20

MC002 Silver pk 20 £4.39

MC001 Gold pk 20 £4.39

MC0124 Bronze pk 20 £4.39

2. Bumper Metallic Textured Card

Assortment

• An amazing selection of A4 metallic card with a

wonderful mixture of colours, surface patterns,

textures and effects.

• Mirror, holographic, glitter and embossed all

included

• These certainly have the WOW factor!

CLP4535 Metallic Textured Card pk £19.35

3. Transparent Foil Rolls

• Multi-pack consisting of: white snow, gold stars

and silver stars

• 70cm x 2m

• Pack of 3

BI0208 Transparent Rolls pk 3 £6.15

4

4. Embossed Foil

• 500mm x 1.5m rolls

• 5 assorted colour rolls in red, blue, gold, silver

and green

EFR50156 Embossed Foil pk 5 £8.79

5. Holographic Card

• An assortment of different colours and designs

of holographic card

• Ideal for card making and crafting

• Colours and designs may vary

5

HC7647 A4 Sheets pk 10 £6.59

6. Paper Backed Foil Rolls

• 500mm x 4.5m roll

• Available in individual colour rolls or an assorted

pack of 6 rolls, one of each colour

6

MFRBL Blue roll £3.95

MFRRD Red roll £3.95

MFRGR Green roll £3.95

MFRSI Silver roll £3.95

MFRGD Gold roll £3.95

MFR6AS Assorted roll £17.59

7

7. Double Sided Foil Rolls

• Gold backed rolls with metallic face

• 500mm x 800mm rolls

• Pack 5 assorted colours

MFRDS Double Sided Rolls pk 5 £9.89

678


1. Day-Glo Poster Paper Rolls

An excellent aid to communication when you

require something eye-catching.

Ideal for creating notices, posters and classroom

displays

• Available in 5 stunning bright colours

• Aurora Pink, Blaze, Flash Green, Sunset

Orange, Saturn Yellow

• Size 760mm x 10m

PPRAP Aurora Pink roll £7.91

PPRBZ Blaze roll £7.91

PPRFG Flash Green roll £7.91

PPRSO Sunset Orange roll £7.91

PPRSY Saturn roll £7.91

1

2

Display Rolls

Art, Craft & Design

2. Pearlescent Display Rolls

Eye catching paper rolls with pearlescent effect to

make your displays stand out

• 700mm x 4m

PDRAS Assorted pk 10 £38.49

3. Poster Paper Sheets

• 20” x 30” (510 x 760mm)

• 18 colours of 95g paper

3

PPS25WH White £7.69

PPS25LE Lemon £7.69

PPS25RS Rose £7.69

PPS25PG Pale Green £7.69

PPS25LG Leaf Green £7.69

PPS25UB Ultra Blue £7.69

PPS25SC Scarlet £7.69

PPS25BR Brown £7.69

PPS25OR Orange £7.69

PPS25PK Pink £7.69

PPS25PR Purple £7.69

PPS25EM Emerald £7.69

PPS25TQ Turquoise £7.69

PPS25SB Sky Blue £7.69

PPS25BK Black £7.69

PPS25GD Gold £7.69

PPS25SI Silver £7.69

PPSA Asst pk 100 £38.49

4

4. Poster Paper Rolls

• 760mm wide rolls in 10m or 50m lengths

Colour 10m Code 10m £55.00m Code 50m £

White PPRWH £4.39 PPJRWH £19.79

Lemon PPRLE £4.39 PPJRLE £19.79

Rose PPRRS £4.39 PPJRRS £19.79

Pale Green PPRPG £4.39 PPJRPG £19.79

Leaf Green PPRLG £4.39 PPJRLG £19.79

Ultra Blue PPRUB £4.39 PPJRUB £19.79

Scarlet PPRSC £4.39 PPJRSC £19.79

Brown PPRBR £4.39 PPJRBR £19.79

Orange PPROR £4.39 PPJROR £19.79

Pink PPRPK £4.39 PPJRPK £19.79

Purple PPRPR £4.39 PPJRPR £19.79

Emerald PPREM £4.39 PPJREM £19.79

Turquoise PPRTQ £4.39 PPJRTQ £19.79

Sky Blue PPRSB £4.39 PPJRSB £19.79

Black PPRBK £4.39 PPJRBK £19.79

Silver PPRSI £4.39 PPJRSI £19.79

Gold PPRGD £4.39 PPJRGD £19.79

Asst pk 10 PPR10AS £38.49

Poster Paper Colour Chart

OR-Orange

PK-Pink

PR-Purple

EM-Emerald

TQ-Turquoise

SB-Sky Blue

BK-Black

GD-Gold

SI-Silver

WH-White RS-Rose

UB-Ultra Blue

CR-Cream PG-Pale Green SC-Scarlet

LE-Lemon

LG-Leaf Green

BR-Brown


Art, Craft & Design

Mark Making

1

2

FROM

£4 .39

FROM

£7 .43

1. Scola Chunki Chalks

Easy grip, hard to break coloured

chalk sticks ideal for young children.

Perfect for large, colourful mark

making activities. Use indoors or

outside on playground floors and

chalkboard surfaces. Wipe away at

the end of the day.

AR0263340pk £4.39

AR1130840pk x5 £20.89

034044160pk £15.39

2. Egg Shaped Chalks

Palm sized chalks moulded into

an easy grip egg shape, ideal for

outdoor mark making activities and

perfect for little artists! 12 pack

supplied in six assorted colours, 2 of

each colour. Multicoloured. Height

6cm.

AR0169612pk £7.43

AR1130912pk x 5 £35.19

3. Giant Pavement Chalk

Sticks

Jumbo pavement chalk that’s pencil

shaped. Washable chalk in a pack

of seven bright colours. Ideal for

giant colourful outdoor art and mark

making activities, perfect for little

hands. Diameter 50mm. Length

190mm.

AR101617pk £4.68

AR113077pk x 5 £21.45

3

FROM

£4 .68

4. Jumbo Playground Chalk

Large round sticks of white or

coloured chalk, great for children

mark making, drawing or colouring

large areas. Colourful, washable

chalk ideal for use outdoors or

indoors on playgrounds, chalkboards

and thick coloured papers.

007227Multi - 52pk £5.23

AR11306 Multi- 52pk x 5 £25.58

FCHALKMulti - 20pk £2.48

FCHALKH Multi - 20pk x 4 £9.89

007228White - 20pk £2.19

600186White - 52pk £4.68

4

FROM

£2 .19

52

680


1. NEW Eco Outdoor Mark

Making Chalkboard

Flowers

High quality, robust outdoor eco

chalkboards designed in calming

pastel shades, transforms dull school

playground areas into fun all year

round mark making spaces. Use

in both the indoor and outdoor

classroom. Suitable to be left

outdoors. Multicoloured. Depth

5mm. Height 93cm. Made from

foamex. Pack of 5. Width 73cm.

1

Mark Making

Art, Craft & Design

AD45174 Multi £219.99

2. NEW Eco Outdoor Midi

Daisy Handheld Mark

Making Chalkboards

Easy for children to hold, ideal for

transportation around the outdoor

classroom these chalkboards

are practical, versatile and eco

friendly. Lightweight, robust and

weatherproof the double-sided

chalkboards are excellent for

individual mark making activities.

Kinder to the planet they contain

up to 80% recycled plastic and are

100% recyclable. Multicoloured.

Depth 5mm. Diameter 28cm.

Pack of 5.

Eco friendly boards made from up to 80% recycled plastic, fully recyclable!

2

AD45175 £49.49

3. NEW Eco Outdoor

Mini Daisy Hanging

Chalkboards

These robust, double-sided mini

eco chalkboards are perfect

for use in both the indoor and

outdoor classroom. Printed one

side, plain chalkboard the other

and pre-drilled for easy hanging.

Made from durable material that

is weatherproof and wipe-clean.

Multicoloured. Depth 5mm.

Diameter 10cm. Made from foamex.

Pack of 30. Daisy shaped.

3

5

30

AD45173 £49.49

4. NEW Outdoor Eco

Chalkboard Flower Mark

Making Playground Pack

Exciting selection of eco chalkboards

in a variety of sizes for use in the

indoor and outdoor classroom.

Inspire outdoor learning and create

opportunities for children to explore

large and small mark making

activities with our assorted pack

of durable, versatile eco friendly

chalkboards. Suitable to be left

outdoors. Depth 5mm. Pack of 14.

4

AD45257 £70.39

ONLY

£70 .39

Contents

Chalkboard pack includes: 1 x large flower, 3 x med

hand held daisies and 10 x mini hanging daisies


Art, Craft & Design

Mark Making

1

1. Giant Outdoor

Chalkboard Caterpillar

This weatherproof giant minibeast

chalkboard is suitable for indoor and

outdoor use. Children can enjoy the

freedom of zooming along the body

of this giant minibeast. Supplied

in two pieces with drill holes for

attaching to walls. Height 1000mm.

Length 2000mm. Made from plastic.

Width 1m.

AR02057 £116.59

2. Giant Chalkboard Daisy

Weatherproof giant daisy chalkboard

suitable for the indoor and outdoor

classroom. Supplied with drill holes

to mount onto walls or cable tie to

fencing. Suitable to be left outdoors.

Height 1.2m. Made from plastic.

Single. Width 1m.

AR02056 £90.19

2

3

FROM

£2 .19

3. Jumbo Playground Chalk

Large round sticks of white or

coloured chalk, great for children

mark making, drawing or colouring

large areas. Colourful, washable

chalk ideal for use outdoors

or indoors on playgrounds,

chalkboards and thick coloured

papers.

007227 Multi - 52pk £5.23

AR11306 Multi- 52pk x 5 £25.58

FCHALK Multi - 20pk £2.48

FCHALKH Multi - 20pk x 4 £9.89

007228 White - 20pk £2.19

600186 White - 52pk £4.68

4. Transport Themed

Chalkboards

Transform you outdoor area into an

exciting, colourful mark making area

whatever the weather. Light weight

and strong, the chalkboards are

easy to hang using the pre-drilled

holes. Black. Height 730mm. Length

820mm. Pack of 5.

AR02966 £125.39

4

ONLY

£125 .39

5

682


1

Mark Making

FROM

£26 .39

Art, Craft & Design

1. Outdoor Mark Making

Chalkboard Daisies

Bright, attractive and weather

resistant these colourful chalkboard

daisies will transform playground

fencing into an exciting and fun

area. With pre-punched holes

and cable ties, the daisies can be

mounted on a wall or tied to a

fence. Suitable for 3 to 11 years.

Made from plastic. Daisy shaped.

AR00805 5pk Multicoloured £120.99

AR11449 Single Red £26.39

AR11448 Single Yellow £26.39

AR11447 Single Orange £26.39

AR11450 Single Blue £26.39

AR11446 Single Purple £26.39

2. Chalkboard Trees

Delightful chalkboard trees

edged with plump, red apples to

engage children and encourage

their creativity. Ideal for indoor

and outdoor signs! Outdoors

simply attach to fencing using

the pre-drilled holes and cable

ties (supplied). Suitable to be left

outdoors. Multicoloured. Height



AR01682 £109.99

2

5

ONLY

£109 .99

3


Art, Craft & Design

Adhesives

1

2

1. Masking Tape

• Ideal for spray paint masking and general studio use

• 24mm x 50mm

01789 Masking Tape pk 12 £17.59

2. Spray Adhesive

• Ideal for repeated mounting of light materials such as film and

acetate

• CFC Free

• Choose from value or 3M branded ‘Spraymount’

QMAD Economy Adhesive 400ml £12.75

3MSPRAY Spraymount 400ml £15.39

3. Adhesive Tape

• Strong polypropylene adhesive tape

• Ideal for packing, sealing and mending

• 24mm x 66m

3

4

27017 Adhesive Tape pk 12 £10.55

4. Double Sided Tape

• Tough vinyl tape with double side adhesive supplied on a liner

• Suitable for holding, joining and mounting

• 25mm x 33m

02221 Double Sided pk 6 £26.39

5

6

5. ClassART High Quality Washable PVA

• The new classART washable PVA has been designed with purely

schools in mind, and offers a superior quality for excellent value

• Also designed to give maximum effect when mixed with readymix

to give body and texture and aid adhersion to smooth surfaces

• 5 litre bottle

PVAW Washable PVA each £8.79

6. Standard Washable PVA

• PVA adhesive reccomended for children

• Formulated to wash out from clothes

• Available in 600ml or 180ml bottles

PVA600BL 600ml each £2.63

PVA180BL 180ml each £1.75

7 8

7. Red Label Multi-purpose PVA Glue

• A multi-purpose PVA adhesive with strong bonding properties

• Can be used as a craft and painting medium

• CE certified

• Aprons should be worn to protect clothing

• Available in 180ml, 600ml or 5 litre bottles

PVA180RD 180ml Bottle each £2.19

PVA600RD 600ml Bottle each £4.39

PVA5LRD 5 Litre Bottle each £17.59

8. Blu-Tack

• The original reusable adhesive

• Available in 2 sizes

BLU120 Economy 120g each £1.49

80108 Economy 120g pk 12 £13.19

BLU60 Handy Size 60g each £1.04

00181 Handy Size 60g pk 12 £10.55

9. Glue Spreaders

GSP12 Glue Spreaders pk 10 £1.40

9

684


1. Quickstick Gluesticks

Premium quality gluesticks specially designed for use in schools and

classroom applications.

• Manufactured using a special PVP formula to give you guaranteed

results

Kid safe – clean, washable, non-toxic and solvent free

• Ideal for sticking paper, card, photos, textiles plus much much

more

• Classpack supplied in free Gratnell’s tray

QUICK40 40g Large each £0.87

CPQUICK40 Classpack 40g + Tray pk 100 £79.19

1

Adhesives

Art, Craft & Design

QuickStick

‘Quickstick gluesticks are an

excellent alternative to the leading

brand. We find them better than

economy gluesticks and certainly a

lot less money than Pritt. With the

rate that our students go through

them, Quickstick has helped us to

cut cost without compromise of

quality. We’d highly recommend

them to every school.’

2. Economy Glue Sticks

• Economical range of gluesticks for quick and easy application

• Solvent free

• Brand may vary from picture shown

2

GS10Q 10g Small pk 12 £5.27

GS20Q 20g Medium pk 9 £6.15

GS40Q 40g Large pk 8 £7.03

3. Adhesive Combination Pack

• Great value combination pack in a handy Gratnell tray with lid

• Includes:

• 50 x 20g Pritt Sticks

• 50 x 40g Quickstick Gluesticks

• 5 x 2 in 1 Power Pritt Gel Sticks

• 12 x Blu Tack

• 1 x 1L PVA adhesive

• 1 x Quick Mount Spray Adhesive

GCCP Combination Pack £149.56

All in a

Gratnell’s tray

with Lid

3

4. Pritt Sticks

• Brand leading gluesticks

PSM24 Medium 22g x 24 £33.43

PSL24 Large 43g x 24 £39.59

PSL34 Large 43g x 34 £48.39

PSL100 Large 43g x 100 £114.39

PSL200 Large 43g x 200 £219.99

CPPSL100 Tray 43g x 100 £123.19

4


Art, Craft & Design

Ready Mixed Paints

BK Black BB-Brill Blue BG-Brill Green BR-Brill Red BY-Brill Yellow BS-Burnt Sienna

BU-Burnt Umber CE-Cerise CB-Cobalt Blue CR-Crimson YO-Yellow Ochre LG-Leaf Green

LE-Lemon OR-Orange OB-Ost. SB-Sky Blue VR-Viridian TQ-Turquoise PE-Peach PBL-Pruss Blue

PR-Purple WH-White

1

1. Ready Mixed Paints

• Quality ready mixed tempera paint for strong opaque colour

• Handy 600ml squeezy bottles in 20 colours

RMP600BK Black £1.09

RMP600BB Brill Blue £1.09

RMP600BG Brill Green £1.09

RMP600BR Brill Red £1.09

RMP600BY Brill Yellow £1.09

RMP600BS Bt Sienna £1.09

RMP600BU Bt Umber £1.09

RMP600CE Cerise £1.09

RMP600LGN Leaf Green £1.09

RMP600CB Cobalt Blue £1.09

RMP600CR Crimson £1.09

RMP600LE Lemon £1.09

RMP600OR Orange £1.09

RMP600PE Peach £1.09

RMP600PR Purple £1.09

RMP600PBL Prussian Blue £1.09

RMP600SBL Sky Blue £1.09

RMP600TQ Turquoise £1.09

RMP600YO Yellow Ochre £1.09

RMP600WH White £1.09

RMP60010 Assorted pk 10 £10.99

RMP60020 Assorted pk 20 £21.99

2. 5 Litre Ready Mix

2

3

RMP5LBK Black 5 litre £8.79

RMP5LBB Brill Blue 5 litre £8.79

RMP5LBG Brill Green 5 litre £8.79

RMP5LBR Brill Red 5 litre £8.79

RMP5LBY Brill Yellow 5 litre £8.79

RMP5LWH White 5 litre £8.79

RMP5LPR Purple 5 litre £8.79

RMP5LOR Orange 5 litre £8.79

3. Metallic Ready Mixed Paint

Ready to use water-based liquid poster paint in shiny metallic colours.

This top grade liquid tempera delivers a lustrous metallic effect.

• Set 6 x 300ml

AR300A6M set 6 £14.95

4. Skin Tone Paints

• Range of 6 paints to create real skin colours

• 500ml bottles

• Pack 6 assorted: black, white, peach, yellow ochre, burnt umber &

burnt sienna

RMPST Skin Tones pk 6 £10.99

5. Pearlescent Paints

• Ready and convenient to use water based liquid poster paint,

which dries to give an attractive pearly lustre

• This top grade liquid tempera delivers a soft and subtle colour

palette, and has a thick texture with good coverage making it a

real pleasure to use

• It is fully inter-mixable and dries into a stunning coloured pearl

finish

• This Ready Mixed Paint can be easily diluted with water or mixed

with Black Label or Red Label PVA medium to achieve thicker

results

• Pack of 6 colours: Blue, Red, Yellow, Green, Pink, Violet

• 300ml bottles with squeeze tops

5

4

6

PP3006AS Assorted pk 6 £8.79

6. UV Glow / Fluorescent Ready Mixed Paint

• Ready to use water-based liquid poster paint in dazzling

fluorescent colours that glow brightly under UV light

AR84 6 x 600ml Set £14.04

686


1. Ready Mix Paint

Great value ready to use water based

poster paint. Fully inter-mixable

and dries into an opaque finish.


Volume 1l.

AR01012 £27.49

2. Washable Ready Mixed

Paint Classpack

They are fully intermixable and

as they are washable you can

have endless amounts of fun.

Multicoloured. Pack of 20. Volume

600ml.

038236 £48.13

1 2

ONLY

£27 .49

16 1

lt 20

Ready Mixed Paint

Art, Craft & Design

3. Ready Mixed Assorted

Classpack

This top grade poster paint is

rich and vibrant in colour. It has a

thick texture with good coverage.

It is fully intermixable so let your

imagination run wild. Multicoloured.

Pack of 24. Volume 600ml.

3 4

ONLY

£24 .19

000018 £24.19

4. People Ready Mixed Paint

Formulated colours that are

intermixable to achieve a diverse

range of skin and hair tones. Easy to

work with in a smooth consistency.


RMPST £8.79

24 16 16 6

5. Ready Mixed Paint

Assorted Pack

Thick, highly concentrated waterbased

liquid paint with a smooth,

creamy consistency, and doesn’t

require water to activate. The paint

is fully intermixable and dries into an

opaque finish. Pack of 20. Volume

600ml.

5 6

ONLY

£17 .59

RMP60020 £17.59

6. Fluorescent Ready Mixed

Paint

Suitable for finger and brush

painting activities. Completely nontoxic.


006185 £12.65

7. Ready Mixed Paint

Assorted Pack

This ready mixed paint can be used

straight from the bottle or diluted

for a wash effect. Try adding a PVA

medium for a gloss finish or add a

fabric medium to make fabric paint.


20 6

7 8

ONLY

£12 .09

005889 £12.09

8. Pastel Ready Mixed Paint

A range of beautiful pastel shades,

suitable for use in a wide range of

activities. Use with art mediums

and PVA glues to produce textured

effects. Pack of 6. Volume 600ml.

005158 £10.18

12

6


Art, Craft & Design

Ready Mixed Paint

1 2

6 12

1. Washable Ready Mixed

Paint Pack

Create endless masterpieces with

these bright colours. As they

are washable, there is no worry

about staining meaning more fun!


600ml.

AR02579 £18.98

2. Ready Mixed Washable

Paint

Suitable for young children, this

paint is specially formulated to

provide superior washability from

skin and clothing. Multicoloured.


AR01971 £28.59

3 4

ONLY

£37 .95

3. Ready Mixed Metallic and

Pearlescent Paint

Create a superb lustre finish on

paper and card using these bright

pearl and metallic ready mixed paint

colours.Multicoloured. Pack of 12.

Volume 300ml.

AR01017 £37.95

12 6 30 6

5 6

4. Ready Mixed Essentials

Tray

High quality fully inter-mixable paint

with a convenient storage solution.

Includes: An assortment of 30 paints

(2 x black, 2 x white, 16 x standard,

6 x metallic/pearl, 4 x fluorescents).

Supplied in a deep Gratnell tray

with lid. Multicoloured. Pack of 30.

Volume 300ml.

AR01662 £70.95

5. Scola Glitter Ready Mix

Paint

High quality glitter paint, perfect for

adding extra sparkle to art and craft

projects! Pack of 6. Volume 300ml.

AR02631 £21.73

6 6

7

ONLY

8

£15 .39

ONLY

£14 .85

6. Scolamelt Paint Set

Offering a realistic metallic lustre

to any craft project this paint

is of exceptional quality, highly

pigmented and water based.


150ml.

AR01907 £16.23

7. Scola Ready Mixed

Assorted Paint

Ready mixed high quality tempera

paint in vibrant inter-mixable

colours. Dries to an opaque finish,

add water for a watercolour effect,

PVA for a gloss finish or fabric

medium to make fabric paint.


600ml.

AR10146 £15.39

688

12

6

8. Scola Pearlescent Paint

This premium paint adds a rich finish

to your work. The vibrant, shiny

pearlescent colours are safe and

non toxic. Add an iridescent glow

to your hobby, craft or artwork.


100ml.

AR03014 £14.85


1

Paints

Art, Craft & Design

1. Watercolour Tablet

Excellent quality, 12 or 18 colour tablet sets for all ages

Supplied in a durable metal tin

2

WCT 12 Colour Tablet each £1.75

WCT18 18 Colour Tablet each £3.08

WCTBK 12 Colour Black Tin each £2.63

2. 12 Colour Round Assortment

Plastic 12-disc colour set with brush

WCP12 Round Assortment each £2.63

3. Replacement Watercolour Blocks,

12 assorted colour ready mixed replacement watercolour

paint blocks Also available in packs containing 12 blocks of

the same colour. For use with 12-block paint tin

3 4

Z1010 £1.75

4. Oil Pastels Set of 12

Ideal introductory set of oil pastels in 12 strong colours

Easy to blend and highly opaque for vivid mark making.

1cm diameter, length approx. 7cm

DAOP12AT £3.51

5. Soft Grey Pastels Set of 12

Soft pastels in assorted shades of grey, black and white.

Ideal for creating striking images on a white or black

background. 1cm square cross section, length approx. 65mm

Z1017 £5.27

5

6. Soft Pastels Set of 24

Soft pastels in 24 assorted colours. 1cm square cross-section

allows a variety of marks to be made, and reduces breakages

from pastels rolling of tables. Length approx. 62mm

Z1018 £8.76

6


Art, Craft & Design

Acrylic Paints & Canvas

1

FROM

£4 .39

1. Acrylic Paint

This acrylic paint is a good quality

water-based liquid acrylic, with a

creamy consistency that dries to

flexible, opaque, silk finish. Excellent

all round performer, producing

fabulous results and suitable for

students and hobbyists.

AR02891 500ml Brilliant Red £4.39

AR02895 500ml Orange £4.39

AR02892 500ml Brilliant Yellow £4.39

AR02894 500ml Brilliant Green £4.39

AR02898 500ml Cyan £4.39

AR02893 500ml Brilliant Blue £4.39

AR02890 500ml Black £4.39

AR02897 500ml Purple £4.39

AR02896 500ml Burnt Sienna £4.39

AR02889 500ml White £4.39

AR02596 2l Red £13.19

AR02594 2l Yellow £13.19

AR02597 2l Green £13.19

AR02598 2l Blue £13.19

AR02599 2l Black £13.19

AR02595 2l White £13.19

000900 Assorted - 8pk £30.25

AR01414 Assorted - 12pk £39.59

AR10174 Assorted - 2l 6pk £74.25

2 3

ONLY

£50 .59

ONLY

£10 .99

2. Mini Canvas Class Pack

Primed and ready to use super-value

stretched canvas classroom pack.

Create a gallery of children’s work

as they enjoy exploring painting and

mark making the crisp white surface.

Perfect for sewing/textile and collage

work too! Height 15cm. Length

15cm. Pack of 30.

AR01363 £50.59

3. Canvas Panels

Good quality primed canvas board

providing rigid support when

painting. Ideal for use with ready

mix, acrylic, oil and mixed media

work. Length 20.3cm. Pack of 12.

Width 15.2cm.

AR02125 £10.99

4 5

30 12

4. Chromacryl Acrylic Paint

Great priced acrylic paint of high

specification and especially designed

for school use. Fully inter-mixable

colours that wash out of brushes,

clothes etc even after having dried.


500ml.

CHAJ12 £50.59

5. Canvas Class Pack

Now a class of children can create a

gallery of original masterpieces using

these stretched, primed and ready

to go canvases. Use with acrylics, oil

paints or ready mixed paint. Length

30.5cm. Pack of 20. Width 25cm.

AR01611 £59.68

12 20

690


1. Splash Mats Class pack

A pack of 4 coveralls featuring striking designs. One each of letters,

Numbers, shapes and Colour Splats.

A super classroom resource!

• Size 1000 x 1500mm

91207 Splash Mats pk 4 £14.07

2. PVC Tablecloths

• Very Heavy Duty PVC

• Rectangular tablecloths

• Durable, washable and indispensable protection for your work

surfaces

• Supplied as a set of 4 in assorted colours

• Size 145 x 89cm

Aprons and Coveralls

1

Art, Craft & Design

STCPVC PVC Tablecloths pk 4 £87.99

We also have circular and large square tablecloths available to

order, and we can have any size of PVC sheeting made to your own

specification. Please ask for details.

2

3. Lightweight PVC Splashmat

• Size 150 x 150cm

• Blue Pattern as shown

• Set of 3

Z1022 Lightweight Splashmat pk 3 £13.19

4. Disposable Aprons

• Child size Plastic Aprons protect clothes from all art and craft, glues

and paints etc.

DA100 Aprons pk 100 £21.99

3

5. Painting Overalls

• Available in red and royal blue

• Keeping children’s clothes paint free

• Sizes 2-4 and 4-6 years

20033081 Red Age 2 - 4 each £6.15

20031081 Red Age 4 - 6 each £6.15

20033091 Royal Blue Age 2 - 4 each £6.15

20031091 Royal Blue Age 4 - 6 each £6.15

6. Teachers Tabards

• Available in black, bottle navy, royal, white, red, dark royal and

burgundy

• Sizes s and x

EYT-M Teachers Tabards each £13.19

4

5

6


Art, Craft & Design

Palettes & Pots

1

2

1. Non-Spill Paint Pots

A paint pot designed to not spill its contents

Removable lid

• 90 x 70mm diameter

if knocked over

NSPOT Non-Spill Pots pk 10 £9.85

2. Large Non-Spill Waterpot

A super stable waterpot with a wide 11cm base

• Ideal for holding water, paint, pens, pencils

brushes

• Accept standard lids and stoppers

and

NSPOTL Large Non-Spill Pot pk 4 £6.55

3. Double Flower Palette

• Set of 2 flower shaped palettes with 6

compartments loosely

fitting together

17.5cm diameter

• Suitable for storage of small items and the two parts can be held

together with a rubber band for overnight storage of non liquid

materials

MB7010 Double Flower each £4.39

3

4. Easel Palette

• A light 29 x 18cm palette

• Contains 6 wells to accommodate size 2 (senior) colourblocks and

one deep well to accommodate a standard waterpot (code NSPOT)

• Grooved edge to hold a paint brush

MB7040 Easel Palette each £4.39

4

5. Finger Bowls

• A set of 4 plastic bowls in assorted colours

• Ideal for mixing/holding paint and for picking sequins/beads etc.

• 13cm diameter, 3cm depth

• Bowls stack for storage

FB2535 Finger Bowls pk 4 £4.36

6. 6 Well Palette

• Holds size 2 colour blocks . Also ideal for readymix and other paints

as well as sharing small quantities of sequins, beads, glitter etc.

PAL6S 6 Compartment each £2.19

5

6

692


1. 6 Pot Paintpot Tray

• 6 small pots fitting in a 17cm x 12cm plastic tray

• Perfect for storage of small items such as sequins or beads as well

as paints

MB7026 6 Paint Pot Tray each £3.84

1

Palettes & Pots

Art, Craft & Design

2. 6 Well Palette

• Holds size 2 colour blocks . Also ideal for readymix and other paints

as well as sharing small quantities of sequins, beads, glitter etc.

2

PAL6S 6 Compartment each £2.19

3. 6-well Block Holder Palette

• A light, durable palette for use with junior and senior paint-blocks

• Also used for mixing paint

• Grooved centre for brush-storage

• 22cm x 16cm, with 58mm diameter wells

3

BHP6W 6-Well Block Holder Pk 10 £14.07

4. 12-Well Mixing Palette

• A 19cm x 12cm mixing palette with 6 round and 6 rectangular

shallow wells

• Ideal for field work

4

MB7002 12-Well Shallow Palette each £2.74

5. Inking Tray

• A simple 25cm x 20cm light, flexible inking tray for ink rollers and

sponge rollers

• Also suitable for paint

5

MB7001 Inking Tray each £3.84


Art, Craft & Design

Paint Brushes

1

1. Hogs Hair Infant Brushes

• Short wooden handles, round

HHBS6A Assorted Sizes, Round pk 6 £3.95

Hog hair brushes are a favourite for all age groups.

The coarse hair is ideal for use with ready mixed and

powder paints, colour blocks, and PVA adhesive.

2. Short Hogs Hair Brushes

• Short wooden handles, coloured

• Assorted Sizes

2

HHSR30

10 each of sizes 8, 12 and 18

HHSR30 Round Tip pk 30 £14.07

Sizes 4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,

HHSR100 Round Tip pk 100 £29.03

• Pack of 150 flat and round tips

• Flat tips have black hair. Round: 20 each sizes 4,8,10,12 +

10 each sizes 14 & 18. Flat”: 10 each sizes 4,8,10,14,18.

HHSRF150 Round & Flat Tips pk 150 £48.39

HHSRF150

3. Long Hogs Hair Brushes

Long wooden coloured handles

10 each of sizes 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 18

HHLF60 Asst Sizes, Flat Tips pk 60 £30.79

HHSR100

10 each of sizes 8, 12, 18

HHLR30 Asst Sizes, Round Tips pk 30 £14.95

3

4. Junior Chubby Brushes

• Soft plastic handles

• Easy to handle and ideal for beginners

• Supplied in a pack of 4 with assorted coloured handles

MB6002 Junior Chubby Brushes pk 4 £3.95

5. Starter Brush Set

• A terrific set of 25 brushes in a variety of shapes and sizes

from small to large, bristles to foam

CS5180 Starter Brush Set set 25 £13.19

4

6. Jumbo Non-Roll Brush

• Short, sturdy, chubby handle designed for easy grip

• Non-roll handle ensures that brush will not roll off table

• Ideal for young children & special needs

MB6000 Non-Roll Brush pk 10 £6.15

5

6

694


1. Squirrel Substitute Brushes

• Ideal for watercolour

• Polished handles

• Length between 175-195mm depending on size

SSWCB2 Size 2 pk 10 £4.39





SSWCB12 Size 12 pk 10 £10.55

1 2 3

Paint Brushes

Art, Craft & Design

2. White Synthetic Sable Brushes

• For watercolours, oil and acrylic

• Traditional Sable-like spring and a good flexible point


• Length between 170-205mm depending on brush size

• Available in packs of 10 or classpacks of 30

WSS1000 size 0 pk 10 £5.27

WSS1002 size 2 pk 10 £7.03

WSS1004 size 4 pk 10 £7.91

WSS1006 size 6 pk 10 £8.79

WSS1008 size 8 pk 10 £11.43

WSS1010 size 10 pk 10 £12.31

WSS3004 size 4 pk 30 £19.79

WSS3006 size 6 pk 30 £23.75

WSS3008 size 8 pk 30 £33.43

WCB5 set 5 £5.27

3. One Stroke White Synthetic Sable

• Large flat brush heads

• Ideal for creating broad colour washes in all mediums


• Length approximately 210mm

• Pack of 3 contains 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4”

Polished

Handles

WSSF10 25mm(1”) pk 10 £29.03

WSSF14 6mm(1/4”) pk 10 £10.11

WSSF12 12.5mm(1/2”) pk 10 £16.71

WSSF34 18mm (3/4”) pk 10 £23.75

WSSF3A Assorted set 3 £4.39

4. Synthetic Sable Wash Brushes

• Flat wash brush for large coverage

• Chisel edge can be formed for rooftops or horizon effects


• Sold individually

WASHB15 38mm(1 1/2”) each £3.51

4

5

5. Pure Sable Watercolour Brushes

• Artists’ quality watercolour brushes

• Good colour holding and a fine point



• Pack of 10

Pure

Sable

SBSR0 Size 0 pk 10 £7.03





SBSR5A Assorted pk 5 £7.47


Art, Craft & Design

Paint Brushes

1 2 3 4 5

6

1. Short Handle Round Hog Bristle Brushes

• Wooden handles


• Available in individual size packs of 10 brushes or an

assorted pack of 100 brushes containing 20 of size 4;

15 each of sizes 6, 8, 10 and 12; 10 of size 14 and 5

of sizes 16 and 18

HHBS4 Size 4 pk 10 £3.07

HHBS8 Size 8 pk 10 £3.51

HHBS12 Size 12 pk 10 £4.39

HHBS18 Size 18 pk 10 £7.03

HHSR100 Assorted pk 100 £29.03

2. Long Handle Round Hog Bristle Brushes

• For use with water based paints, acrylics or oils

• Wooden Handles


• Pack of 10

HHBL4 Size 4 pk 10 £3.07



HHBL10 Size 10 pk 10 £4.83

HHBL12 Size 12 pk 10 £5.27

HHBL18 Size 18 pk 10 £7.03

3. Long Handle Flat Hog Bristle Brushes

• Straight ends

• Wooden handles


• Pack of 10

4. Long Handle Filbert Hog Bristle Brushes

• Curved ends

• Wooden Handles


• Pack of 10

HHFL2 Size 2 pk 10 £4.39

HHFL6 Size 6 pk 10 £5.27

HHFL10 Size 10 pk 10 £7.91

5. Short Handle Nylon Round Brushes

• Wooden handles


• Pack of 10

NSRS8 Size 8 pk 10 £6.15

NSRS12 Size 12 pk 10 £7.03

NSRS18 Size 18 pk 10 £8.79

6. Long Handle Nylon Round Brushes

• Suitable for all paints especially acrylics

• Wooden handles


• Pack of 10

NSRL6 Size 6 pk 10 £7.03

NSRL8 Size 8 pk 10 £7.91

NSRL18 Size 18 pk 10 £8.79

HHBLF4 Size 4 pk 10 £4.39




696


1. Palm Printers

• Set of 6 dense foam printers

• Includes bell, snowflake,

snowman, angel, star and tree

• Elastic strap for secure grip

• 8.5cm

MB712PP Palm Printers pk 6 £5.76

2. Foam Brush Assorted Pack

• Ideal for large scale painting

• 3 brush pack containing 25mm, 50mm and 75mm brushes

1

Painting Accessories

2

Art, Craft & Design

FB9863 Foam Brush Pack pk 3 £3.51

3. Twirl Effect Dabbers

• Made of foam

• Creates a huge array of twirls and patterns

• Easy to hold handles

• Pack of 8

PT1598 Twirl Effect Dabbers pk 8 £14.04

3

4

4. Crafty Foam Shapes

• Vibrant set of foam stamps with 24 assorted fun designs

• Made of durable EVA foam, easy and comfortable to grip and hold

• 18mm thick and around 85mm across on average

• Ideal for use with ink pads or with children’s paint

CF71324 Crafty Foam Shapes set 24 £16.68

5

5. Mini Dabbers

• Set of 12

• Foam dabbers mounted in a plastic cup

• Overall length 7cm, diameter 3.5cm

• Domed head to produce a variety of effects

• Fine foam for excellent water retention

6

MFD1235 Mini Dabbers set 12 £17.59

6. Letter Shapes

• Set of 26

• Assorted colour foam upper case letters A - Z

• Each letter approx 4.5cm tall and 2.5cm thick


• Colours may vary

• Also available in lower case

FL5026 Letter Shapes set 26 £15.18

7

7. Number Shapes

• Set of 10

• Assorted colour foam numbers 0 - 9, each approx 6cm tall and

2.5cm thick


• Colours may vary

FL3010 Number Shapes set 10 £12.45

8. People Sponges

• 8 assorted colour foam figure shapes

• Each figure shape approx 8-11cm tall

8

710PE08 People Sponges pk 8 £15.18


Art, Craft & Design


1 2

3

4 6

ONLY

1. Animal Rocker Stampers

Assorted animal skin rockers ideal for

use with paint, ink pads and dough.

Designed with an easy grip handle,

these silicon moulded stampers are

comfortable to hold, easy to clean

and ideal for use by young children.

Pack of 4.

AR01864 £9.62

2. Clear Trigger Sprayers

Refillable clear plastic trigger spray

bottles. An outdoor art must have!

Have fun and experiment. Why not

spray water onto powder paint and

see what patterns/effect it creates!

Clear. Made from plastic. Pack of 6.

AR01597 £12.09

3. Big Art Mark Making Kit

An exciting pack to explore mark

making on a grand scale! Giant

tools to stamp, scrape, roll and splat

in paint and water. Perfect for big,

active art in the great outdoors.

Supplied fully assembled. Not

suitable to be left outdoors. Pack

of 48.

AR10376 £181.49

4. Giant Outdoor ‘Big Art’

Tools

Use these innovative tools to swirl,

stamp, scrape and twirl to create

pattern, texture and mark making

on a grand scale. Set of four tools

with assorted texture designs

ideal for use in ready mixed paint,

mud, water (puddles) and sand!

Use outside to engage children’s

creative curiosity, pattern and mark

making skills. Ideal for small group

participation. Roll out some paper

and get making! Length 550mm.

Made from plastic. Pack of 4. Width

220mm.

AR00797Texture Painters £58.29

4

5

48

5. Mini Paint Mops

A very fun way of making big marks

outside. Simply dip into the paint

and begin your masterpiece! This

mini mop looks just like a real sized

mop but is small enough for little

hands to hold. 100% cotton head

and wooden handle. Leave to dry

naturally after use. Pack of 10.

AR02886 £20.35

10

4

6

4

£181 .49 6. Outdoor Wheelie

Painters

A set of wheeled painters to trundle

through paint or puddles. Each

painter has a different pattern

to create various designs on the

playground or paper. Children will

love twisting and turning with this

giant art resource. Suitable for 3 to

7 years. Pack of 4.

CA01230 £93.49

698


1. Easy Access Paint

Dispenser

Compact transportable sturdy

wooden unit for storing and

accessing ready mixed paint. The

‘pump’ topped bottles support

children’s creative independence

enabling them to choose which

colours to dispense into small

pots ready for use. Depth 200mm.

Height 300mm. Made from wood.

Width 508mm.

AR10052 Wooden dispenser 5 bottles £73.69

AR10387 Bottles - 5pk £17.88

2. NEW Autumn Festivals

Ready Mix Paint

Perfect for autumn crafts, specially

selected colours to suit a range of

activities. High quality ready mix

paint ideal for Halloween crafting,

includes a mix of standard and

glitter paint!.

AD45337 Autumn 6 x 300ml £10.99

AD46508 Festivals 6 x 300ml £13.19

3. NEW Bio Glitter Ready

Mix Paint

The first ready mixed paint

containing biodegradable glitter!

This Bioglitter® Paint is made from

plants, not plastic! The paint is

cruelty free, allergen free and

non-toxic. Designed to provide

eco-friendly sparkles when painting.


AD45380 £9.89

4. Empty Glue Jars with

Brush

Refillable empty pots with

integrated brush attached to the

lid. Use for both ready mix paint

and PVA. Simply wash out and use

again. Great for children’s art and

craft activities. Pack of 12.

AR02304 £13.48

5. NEW Celebration Ready

Mix Paint Pack

Celebration pack of ready mix paint

in assorted festive shades. Vibrant,

rich colours with a thick texture and

good coverage, the colours are fully

intermixable and dry to an opaque

finish. Pack of 6. Volume 600ml.

AD45381 £8.79

1

• Keeps paint accessible at all times

• Easy to transport, use on a table or set up a colour mixing area

• High quality, sturdy varnished wooden unit holding paint

securely

• Encourages creative exploration

2

Festivals ready mix

3


Art, Craft & Design

Autumn ready mix

6

4

5

Use for paint

or glue!

12


Art, Craft & Design

Aprons

1

1. Nylon Play Apron

These aprons are polyurethane coated to make them waterproof, half

length sleeves with elasticated cuffs and Velcro back fastening. They

may be hand-washed only and never tumble-dried.

Blue Red Size

NYA10305 NYA10305R 60cm pk 5 £19.35

NYA10325 NYA10325R 65cm pk 5 £20.23

NYA10345 NYA10345R 70cm pk 5 £21.11

NYA10365 NYA10365R 75cm pk 5 £21.99

NYA10385 NYA10385R 80cm pk 5 £22.87

NYA10405 85cm pk 5 £23.75

2. PVC Waterproof Tabards

• Durable, wipe clean popover made from waterproof PVC material.

• Easy to wear featuring hook and loop front fastening.

• Suitable for creative learning, art, design, textiles or food prep, as

well a messy outdoor play. Covered areas will be protected from

getting wet or stained. Easy to put on, pop over head and secure

the sides.

2

CA02669 61x58cm pk 10 £35.11

CA02670 66x61cm pk 10 £35.11

AR00710 71x66cm pk 10 £35.11

AR00712 76x69cm pk 10 £35.11

3. PVC Aprons

• Add a splash of colour to your lesson with hygienic, wipe clean,

PVC aprons.

• Protects against damage from spills or mess. Safeguard clothing

from paint, food and other things with these cleanable aprons.

• For younger cooks or artists who have a tendency to make a bit

of a mess, this apron is very little maintenance; just a quick wipe

with a damp cloth and it’s as good as new. Has a neck strap and

back ties they are easy to use and being waterproof, keep clothes

protected.

TAP15S Small pk 15 £70.36

TAP15M Medium pk 15 £79.16

TAP15L Large pk 15 £87.96

3

4. Premium PVC Coloured Aprons

• A set of 4 durable aprons available in small and medium sizes

• 4 assorted colours

• Small 54cm approx. 3-5 years

• Medium 63cm approx 6-8 years

APRSP Small Plain Aprons pk 4 £39.59

APRMP Medium Plain Aprons pk 4 £39.59

5. Premium PVC Patterned Aprons

• A set of 4 durable aprons available in small and medium sizes

• Small aprons have animal patterns

• Medium aprons have geometric shapes

• Small 54cm approx. 3-5 years

• Medium 63cm approx 6-8 years

APRSA Small ‘Animal’ Aprons pk 4 £39.59

APRMS Medium ‘Shapes’ Aprons pk 4 £39.59

4

5

700


1. Outdoor Multi Panel Easy

Clean 6 Sided Easel

Versatile, weather resistant metal

easels ideal for indoor and outdoor

art activities. Use with paper, or

paint direct onto the clear boards.

Height adjustable. Folds together for

space saving. Supplied flat packed

for self-assembly. Depth 30mm.


Made from metal.

AR00740 £451.55

1 2

Easels

Art, Craft & Design

2. Easy Clean Easel

Easy clean easel perfect for

encouraging creativity indoors or

out! The easels have a sturdy metal

frame and clear acrylic boards

that are ideal for finger painting,

transfer printing and tracing as

well as traditional painting. Height


AR01289

610928

Three sided,

Plain

Four sided,

Plain

£297.28

£340.45

3. A3 Desktop Easel

Ideal for use on a table top, on the

floor, indoors or out. Featuring 2 x

A3 size clear boards for fun finger

painting, transfer printing and

tracing activities. Folds away for easy

storage. Height 59cm. Single. Width

58cm.

3 4

AR00734 £146.85

4. Easy Clean Toddler Easel

Designed and approved especially

for toddlers, this three-sided easel

is ideal for indoor and outdoor use.

Easy to assemble using ‘EasyClips’

the frame includes sturdy storage

trays. Can be painted onto directly

or simply attach paper. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. Height

75cm. Single. Width 50cm.

AR01972 £252.99

5. Packaway Toddler Easel

Paint, draw or chalk directly onto

the large mark making surfaces.

Perfect for pack away or space

challenged settings. Ideal for indoor

and outdoor use, the sturdy frame

features three large assorted wipe

clean easel panels; dry wipe, clear

acrylic and chalkboard. Blue. Height

1075mm. Length 581mm. Width

503mm.

AR021003 Sided Easel £238.69

5

A3


Art, Craft & Design

Floor & Wall Dryers

1

Integrated apron hooks

1. Space Saving Drying Unit

Multi-use, compact unit that keeps

wet artwork and art materials tidy

and accessible. Perfect for space

challenged classrooms. Easy to

manoeuvre with lockable castors

to keep it safely in place. Features

17 removable wire racks to fit A4

paper, handy adjustable storage

shelves and apron hooks. Supplied

flat packed for self-assembly. Not

suitable to be left outdoors. Depth


wood. A4. Width 50cm.

PC10079 £237.59

Lockable castors

2. Table Top Drying Rack

Sturdy, lightweight wooden table

top drying rack and storage unit

that keeps wet art projects safely

stored off the classroom tables and

work areas. Ensures classrooms are

kept tidy and creative resources

easily accessible. Designed with 14

removable wire shelves and handy

storage shelf featuring cut out holes

to hold standard paint pots (pots

not included). Depth 450mm. Height

550mm. Width 560mm.

Compact storage for

a space challenged

classroom!

2 3

ONLY

£186 .99

Removable drying shelves

AR02112 £186.99

3. Easy Access Drying

Station

Easy to manoeuvre drying rack that

stores and protects wet artwork

whilst it dries. Keeps work surfaces

clear and free of clutter. Features

four castors (two lockable), storage

shelves and apron hooks keeping

resources tidy. This innovative design

allows each shelf to be removed and

carried to the work area to collect

wet artwork then back to the dryer

without the floor getting covered

in paint drips! Easy to manoeuvre

drying rack and storage unit for

busy creative areas. Features 16 wire

drying shelves. Height 1414mm.

Length 645mm. Width 495mm.

AR02113 £329.99

A2

2 3

A3

Integrated storage pot

holders designed to fit

standard water pots

702


1. Large 40 Shelf Mobile

Drying Rack

Large 40 shelf rack that can hold up

to A2 size paper. Ideal for moving

between classrooms, comes with

lockable castors. Shelves have

a plastic coated finish for easy

cleaning. Supplied fully assembled.

Height 69.5cm. Length 89cm. Made

from metal. Single. Width 63.5cm.

AR00698 £208.73

2. 30 Shelf Mobile Drying

Rack

This compact mobile unit makes

an ideal drying rack for childrens’

artwork. Features two rubber wheels

and a push handle, making it easy

to move. Enough racks to hold up

to 30 A2 pieces of paper. Supplied

fully assembled. H103.5 x W65.5 x

D64cm. Made from metal.

1 2

Drying Racks

ONLY

£240 .35

Art, Craft & Design

CE05756 £240.35

3. Mobile Drying Rack

Compact, great value drying rack

ideal for those struggling for space

or with a smaller setting. Supplied

with castors the dryer can be easy

to manoeuvre between creative

areas whether indoors or outdoors.

Features 17 shelves. Supplied fully

assembled. Red. Depth 43cm. Height

65cm. Made from powder coated

metal. Single. Width 33cm.

A2

A2

AR02049 £155.65

4. Double Sided Easel with

Dryer

A versatile, sturdy unit enabling

artwork to be created and dried

all in one space! Ideal for both the

indoor and outdoor classroom,

simply wheel to an area of

inspiration and lock the castors.


Width 710mm.

4

AR01286 £480.69

3

1

• Easy to manoeuvre art

activity centre.

• Suitable for the indoor and

outdoor classroom

• Sturdy design with built in

drying shelves, paint pots and

storage

• Encourages small group

creative exploration


Art, Craft & Design

Block Printing

1. Primary Curriculum Print Pack

An ideal all-in-one introduction-kit to printing using

polystyrene sheets.

• Contains:

• 10 x Inking Rollers

• 5 x Inking Trays

• 100 x A4 Safeprint Sheets

• 5 x Block Printing Ink Tubes (Black, White, Brilliant

Yellow, Brilliant Red, v Blue)

• Teacher’s notes

PCP79 Curriculum Print pk £109.99

2

3

2. Transparent Polymer Blocks

• Transparent double sided polymer similar in

specification to the traditional polymer blocks

• Blocks are see-through, enabling users to place

drawings/designs underneath

• Soft material that does not crumble and enables users

to produce sharp lines

• Approximately 3mm thick

79102T-10 150 x 200mm pk 10 £21.87

79104T-10 300 x 200mm pk 10 £32.52

79106T-10 300 x 300mm pk 10 £42.20

3. Polymer Blocks

• Double sided polymer sheets for easy carving

• Approx 3mm thick

• Will not distort under pressure or crumble

• Supplied in a pack of 10 x 150 x 200mm sheets

MB791 Polymer Blocks pk 10 £14.95

4. Inking Tray

• A simple 25cm x 20cm light, flexible inking

tray for ink rollers and sponge rollers

• Also suitable for paint

MB7001 Inking Tray each £3.07

5. Safeprint Foam Sheets

• A safer alternative to polymer sheets or

traditional lino

• Ideal for making impressions of blunt objects and for

general model making

• Can be cut, scored and folded

• Supplied in a pack of 10 A4 sheets

• 3mm thick

DT0036 A4 pk 25 £14.07

SF16550 165 x 165mm pk 50 £15.83

MB795 300 x 300mm pk 10 £11.43

DT0038 500 x 380mm pk 25 £35.19

4

704


1. Block Printing Inks

Water based inks suitable for lino, potato and stick

painting techniques.

• Supplied in 300ml tubes

BP300WH White £5.49

BP300YW Yellow £5.49

BP300BK Black £5.49

BP300RD Red £5.49

BP300GR Green £5.49

BP300BL Blue £5.49

BP300BS Burnt Sienna £5.49

BP300CR Crimson £5.49

BP300LE Lemon £5.49

BP300OR Orange £5.49

BP300TQ Turquoise £5.49

BP300VI Violet £5.49

1

Block Printing

Art, Craft & Design

Assorted Sets (pack of 6)

BP300MET Metallic pk 6 £43.99

BP300FLU Fluorescent pk 6 £43.99

BP300PRL Pearlescent pk 6 £43.99

2. Lino Roller

• Hard rubber roller with a sturdy handle

• Handle includes a back rest to hold roller away

from working surface when turned upside down

• Roller 102mm/4”, handle length 135mm

MB793 Lino Roller each £6.59

3. Lino Cutter Set

• Cutter handle and set of 5 assorted cutters

• Handle has adjustable chuck

MB792 Lino Cutter Set set 5 £5.49

2

3


Art, Craft & Design

Modelling

1. Plaster of Paris Casting Powder

• Air Hardening

• Ideal for use with Latex moulds

• Mix 3 parts plaster to 2 parts water

• 10 kg Tub

PP3210 Casting Powder 10 kg £17.59

2. Papier Mache

• Art-Mache. Ready made papier mache - just add water

and mix

MACHE Papier Mache 1Kg bag £8.79

3. Modelling Rock

• A fine gauze impregnated with a quick drying plaster

that is ideal for creating casts or moulding shapes

LPMOD 6cm x 2m pk 12 £14.95

MR15080 150mm X 80m each £35.19

2

3

706


1

FROM

£6 .59

Modelling

Art, Craft & Design

• Ready to use and

recyclable reducing

waste

• Dries without the use

of a kiln

• Nylon and non nylon

fibre versions available

1. Air Dry Modelling Clay

Ready to use high quality clay which

dries to a durable matt finish. With

the characteristics of traditional

clay but air-drying. Clay in 12.5kg

bags include nylon fibre for added

strength, clay in 2.5kg tubs are

WITHOUT nylon fibre. Available in

two colours. Recyclable. Made from

clay. Single.

2

AR03194 Stone 2.5kg £6.59

AR03207 Stone 12.5kg £11.28

AR03193 Terracotta 2.5kg £6.59

AR03206 Terracotta 12.5kg £11.28

2. Scola Air Drying Clay

A natural clay product that helps

children explore the concepts of

moulding, shaping and stretching!

Sculpt and shape with hands,

modelling tools and textured plates.

No need for a kiln with this handy air

dry clay. Weight 1kg.

AR10495 White £3.85

042547 Stone £3.85

042548 Terracotta £3.85

3. Scola Air Hardening Clay

This air dry clay is similar to potters

clay, but includes a nylon fibre

to give it strength in air-dried

models. Can be moulded, shaped

and sculpted to explore the basic

concepts of modelling. Weight

4.5kg.

NCLAY Stone £9.35

AR10056 Terracotta £9.35

3

1

4.5


Art, Craft & Design

Modelling

1

1. Modelling Material

NONHARDENING

Manufactured especially for school use

Non-toxic, non-marking, long lasting material

• Available in 3kg assorted tub of red, yellow, green and blue or

assorted 3kg tub of multi-racial skin colours

• Also available in 500g single colour packs

CC500BK Black 500g £2.63

CC500DB Dark Blue 500g £2.63

CC500LB Light Blue 500g £2.63

CC500BR Brown 500g £2.63

CC500CE Cerise 500g £2.63

CC500PE Peach 500g £2.63

CC500DG Dark Green 500g £2.63

CC500GY Grey 500g £2.63

CC500OR Orange 500g £2.63

CC500RD Red 500g £2.63

CC500ST Stone 500g £2.63

CC500WH White 500g £2.63

CC500YW Yellow 500g £2.63

MMA3K Assorted 3kg tub £11.43

CC3569 Skin Colours Pack 3kg tub £11.43

2

2. Assorted Colours Modelling Material

• Non-hardening

• Non-toxic modelling material

• 6 colours per 500g bar

• Available in rainbow, neon & people colours

CC50004 Rainbow Colours 500g £2.63

CC50002 People Colours 500g £2.63

CC50009 Neon Colours 500g £2.63

3

4

3. Soft-Fun

• An amazing soft modelling material that NEVER DRIES OUT

• Does not crack or crumble

• Bright colours and lightweight make it ideal for modelling in early

years

• Each block weighs 350g but is double the volume of ordinary

modelling material

• 6 x 350g

SOFTFUN Assorted Box pk 6 £21.99

5

4. Air Hardening Clay

• Mineral and water based, non-fibrous material

• Stone colour with soft texture

• 2.5kg in handy pail with lid and handle

CLAY25 Stone 2.5kg £8.24

CLAY25TC Terracotta 2.5kg £8.24

CLAY125ST Stone 12.5kg £14.09

CLAY125TC Terracotta 12.5Kg £14.09

6

5. Crayola Model Magic

• Unique modelling compound dries in about 24 hours

• Special clean formulation means it doesn’t stick to skin, carpet or

room surfaces and avoids clean up time

• Available in white only, or red, yellow, blue and white assorted tubs

of 907g

CMMW White each £32.99

CMMC Colours each £32.99

6. Play–Doh

• Very soft and easily moulded by the smallest hands

• 140g tubs X 12 assorted colours

PLAYDOH Play-Doh pk 12 £43.99

7. Modelling Tools

Set of 14 assorted plastic tools

7

MTOOLS Modelling Tools box 14 £4.39

708


1. Modelling Boards

• Pack of 10 boards

• Made of MDF with approximate dimensions

20cm x 30cm x 3mm

• Inexpensive, portable working surface which

also protects the surface below from stains and

scratches

WMB7807 Modelling Boards pk 10 £10.55

2. Modelling Pack

• For dough and soft clay containing:

• 1 x Plastic Rolling Pin, Plastic Clay Cutter Rollers

(3 x castellated and 3 x smooth), Plastic Dough

Gun Assorted Shapes Set of 5

• Ideal for a wide range of tasks to be performed

on soft modelling materials

1 2

Modelling

Art, Craft & Design

904PACK Modelling Pack £10.55

3. Tub of Modelling Tools, Clay Cutters

& Rolling Pins

• 95 colourful sturdy pieces in a handy storage tub.

• Pack contains: dough tools and rolling pins,

modelling tools and an assortment of clay

cutters including numbers and symbols

• Suitable for children to use with most

modelling materials.

3

MT6370 Tub of Tools pk 96 £35.19

4. Dough Modelling Set

Modelling Tools and Dough all in one box

Set contains:

• 1 × 7807-10 Modelling Boards Pk 10

• 2 × 9000FS2 Dough Station Set

• 3 × 9000DO-6 Dough Pots Pk 6

• 1 × 9000GUN-5 Dough Guns Pk 5

• 2 × 9000CUT-11 Dough Cutters Pk 11

• 3 × 7816 Plastic Rolling Pin

• 1 × 782-6 Cutter Wheels Pk 6

4 5

DM5685 Dough Modelling Kit £35.19

5. Modelling Tools

Set of 14 assorted plastic tools

MTOOLS Modelling Tools box 14 £3.51

6. Giotto Patplume

• Lightweight, vegatable based modeling dough.

• Excellent plasticity and structure, great for small

hand-made objects

• Non sensitive to temperature and can be

kneaded for a long time

• Clean, odourless and does not dry out when

exposed to air

• 12 inter-mixable bright colours including white,

grey, light blue, dark blue, yellow, orange,

black, light green, dark green, red, pink and

brown

• Each block 150g

GT5119 Patplume 12 X 150g £19.35

6


Art, Craft & Design

Fibre Tip & Felt Tip Pens

1

1. eziGlide ColourFun Markers

Top quality branded felt tips that perform as well if not better than the

leading brand without the price tag.

With extremely hard wearing tips, strong, vibrant colour lay down

and excellent write out length, these pens are ideal for the developing

artist.

Available in both broad and fine tip, in wallets of 12, tubs of 48 or as a

handy classpack of 288.

Broad Tip

CCBT12 wlt 12 £2.63

CCBT36 tub 40 £8.79

CCBT288 classpack 288 £43.99

2

Fine Tip

CCFT12 wlt 12 £2.63

CCFT36 tub 40 £8.79

CCFT288 classpack 288 £43.99

2. Fila Bullet Tip Colour Pens

• Bullet tipped

• Water based ink

• For colouring and drawing

• Ventilated caps

• Available in 3 assortments

DX0762 12 Assorted pk 12 £2.63


GTM96AS 96 Assorted pk 96 £26.39

3

3. Fila Fine Tip Colour Pens

• Fine tipped fibre pens

• Water based ink

• Easy grip ventilated tops

• For colouring and drawing

• Available in 3 assortments



DX5215 96 Assorted pk 96 £14.95

4. Berol Colourbroad

• 1.7mm quality fibre tip for large areas of colour work

CBW12 Wallet 12 Asst £7.69

CBT42 Tub 42 Asst £20.89

CBCP Classpack 288 Asst £109.99

4

5. Berol Colourfine

• 0.6mm quality fibre tip for detailed colouring or writing

CFW12 Wallet 12 Asst £7.69

CFT42 Tub 42 Asst £20.89

CFCP Classpack 288 Asst £109.99

5

710


1. Staedtler Noris Club

• Full length colouring pencils

• Available in wallets of 12, box of 144 or Gratnell’s trays of 288

pencils

NC12 Staedtler Noris Club wlt 12 £11.43

NC144 Staedtler Noris Club pk 144 £17.59

NC288 Staedtler Noris Club pk 288 £35.19

2. Giotto Stilnovo Schoolpack

Hexagonal crayon with matching lead/coating and silver plated edges.

Intense colours, easy to sharpen.

Colouring Pencils

1

Art, Craft & Design

GT5266 Giotto Stilnovo Tray 192 £43.99

3. Value Colouring Pencils

• Standard full length colouring pencils

• Available in handy wallets, mega bulk boxes of 500 or class packs

of 288 (12 colours) in Gratnell trays with lid

2

ECP12 Colouring Pencils pk 12 £1.31

ECP500 Mega Bulk Box box 500 £35.19

ECPCP Class Pack in Tray pk 288 £30.79

4. Colourland Pencils

• Excellent quality budget colouring pencil

• Available as a classpack of 288

CL0481 Classpack pk 288 £17.59

5. Lyra Ferby Colour Pencils

• A half length colouring pencil in a natural wood finish

• Triangular Grip for easy handling

• Vibrant, opaque colours

3

970H96 Ferby Classpack pk 96 £43.99

6. Lyra Jockey Jumbos

• Lyra’s Jockey Jumbos are exceptionally good value

• Chunky hexagonal pencils for younger children

• Available in packs of 10 or classpacks of 144 in a Gratnell’s tray

LY813 Jockey Jumbos pk 10 £12.31

LY820 Jockey Jumbos tray 144 £43.99

7. Classroom Pencils

Standard HB pencils for writing and

drawing

• Available in packs of 12 or mega bulk boxes of 500

4

C112 HB Pencils pk12 £0.87

C1500 Mega Bulk Box box 500 £21.25

• Eraser tipped HB pencils for handy correction

C212 Eraser Tipped HB pk 12 £1.40

5

6

7

Tray not

included.


Art, Craft & Design

Crayons

FROM

1

FROM

2

£25 .29

£5 .78

£7 .69

3

ONLY

4

5 6

40 30

288 6

FROM

£1 .09

1. Chubbi Stumps Crayons

These wax crayons are specially

shaped for small hands. Long-lasting

and hard to break colouring crayons.

Brightly coloured to create vibrant

art work. Great for younger artists

to start to learn how to draw and

create shapes. Diameter 14mm.

Length 57mm.

FCST40pk £5.78

AR02634288pk £24.19

2. Chubbi Eggs Crayons

Fun egg shaped wax crayons, perfect

for small hands. Made from a unique

wax formula these crayons enable

toddlers to make their first marks

without the frustration of a normal

crayon. Multicoloured. Diameter

45mm. Length 48mm.

AR016978pk £7.69

AR0262830pk £25.29

3. Chunki Chalks and

Chubbi Crayons Pack

Excellent value class pack of both

chubbi stumps and chunki chalks.

This pack has 144 of both chalks and

crayons, in 12 bright, fun colours for

drawing and creating on a range of

surfaces! Diameter 12mm. Length

55mm. Pack of 288.

AR01698 £25.29

4. Easy Grip Crayons

These easy grip crayons are ideal for

enthusiastic little artists. Helps young

children mark make with confidence,

creating strong, bold lines. Includes

storage tub with a carry handle for

an easy, portable solution. Pack of 6.

AR01610 £10.73


Standard Wax Crayons

A great value pack of wax crayons

in an assortment of vibrant colours.

Perfect for children’s everyday

colouring and drawing activities.

Multicoloured.

6002788pk £1.09

600279288pk £17.33

6. Metallic Crayons

Set of good quality metallic wax

crayons in bronze, gold and silver.

Ideal for use on dark paper for

exciting mark making activities.

Suitable for texture rubbings and

general artwork. Multicoloured. Pack

of 12.

AMWC £4.39

288 12

712


1. Brown Ribbed Craft Roll

An exciting alternative to white

paper, it can be used with many

different media particularly oil and

chalk pastels or charcoal. Superb

product if you like to work big.

Will take most mediums: Drawing,

painting or sketching. Brown.

Length 250m. Weight 70gsm. Width

900mm.

AR01214 £50.59

2. Oil Pastels

These oil pastels have strong colours

are opaque and easy to blend, ideal

for primary school use. Ideal for use

on canvas, card, paper and more.

Can also be mixed with a thinner

to blend them. Multicoloured. Pack

of 12.

AOILP12 £2.48

1 2

Oil Pastels

ONLY

£50 .59 ONLY

£2 .48

250

12

Art, Craft & Design

3. Pentel Large Oil Pastels

Great value fade-resistant oil pastels.

The creamy-softness makes these

pastels easy apply and blend. The

large diameter sticks are easy for

younger hands to hold but are

suitable for use by a wide range of

ages and abilities. Diameter 10mm.

00626312pk £4.39

00628024pk £8.25

AR0274248pk £13.75

4. Pentel Oil Pastels

Professional quality, rich and smooth

pastels in an excellent range of

vibrant colours. Pentel oil pastels

are long-lasting and fade-resistant.

They can be blended easily for subtle

shades or colour mixtures, creating

beautiful artwork.

SOP2525pk £4.12

PC10081144pk £33.28

SOPCP432pk £53.63

5. Oil Pastels

Rich, smooth pastels supplied in a

range of brilliant colours. Ideal for

children to experiment with colour

blending, mark making and sgraffito

techniques.

006303Assorted - 12pk £1.65

610682Assorted - 24pk £3.58

032679Black/White - 12pk £3.03

032678 Skin Tones - 12pk £3.03

3

4

5

FROM

£4 .39

FROM

FROM

£4 .12 £1 .65


Art, Craft & Design

Collage & Craft

Glitter is that basic essential resource for all classrooms. These brilliant colours are ideal for all types of art and craft projects

including collage and crafts. Simply pour glitter onto a pre-glued surface for an added bit of sparkle. Contains a handy scoop.

1

1. 1KG Glitter Jars

• High quality glitter flakes

• In classroom size dispenser

GSK1000GD Gold 1Kg £21.99

GSK1000SL Silver 1Kg £21.99

GSK1000RD Red 1Kg £21.99

GSK1000GR Green 1Kg £21.99

GSK1000BL Blue 1Kg £21.99

GSK1000WH White 1Kg £21.99

2

2. Glitter Shakers

• High quality glitter flakes

• In classroom size dispenser - 250g

GSKGD Gold each £6.15

GSKSL Silver each £6.15

GSKRD Red each £6.15

GSKGR Green each £6.15

GSKBL Blue each £6.15

GSKAS Multi Colours each £6.15

3

GSK6A Assorted pk 6 £24.60

GSKS Coloured Stars 150g each £5.27

GSK20 Classpack in Tray pk 20 £87.99

3. Glitter Phials

• A pack of 6 popular colours in easy-to-use shaker-top phials

• Includes 7.2g each of red, blue, green, silver, gold and multi

• A great value pack ideal for sharing between tables

28680 Assorted pk 6 £3.51

4. Sequins

• A terrific assortment of eyecatching shapes in various sizes

• Choose a 500g reusable jar or 25g individual use bags

4

SEQBG Sequins 25g bag £3.51

SEQ Sequins 500g tub £19.35

5. Shimmer Shower

• Assorted metallic mosaic foil pieces in a 100g bag

SHOWER Shimmer Shower 100g bag £3.48

6. Giant Spangles Mix

• Extra large shapes which are easier for young children to handle

7050 Spangle Mix 100g bag £5.27

5

6

714


1. Acrylic Jewels

• Assorted colours & shapes

ACJEWS Assorted 500g bag £18.69

2. Sequin Mesh

• Metallic coloured foil mesh

• 5 metre Assorted Rolls

• Gold, Silver, Blue, Red and Green

1

Collage & Craft

Art, Craft & Design

SM8520 Assorted Rolls pk 5 £8.79

3. Metallic Foil Shreds

• 5 bags of different coloured foil shreds. 30g per bag

2

MFS Assorted 5 x 30g £9.89

4. Iridescent Shred

• 1m iridescent shreds for shimmering effect

• Supplied in 6 x 30g assorted colours

BI2900 Iridescent Shred pk 6 £8.79

3

5. Doilies

• Ideal for cutting and decorating, these doilies come in an assorted

pack of 3 sizes - 101mm, 152mm and 254mm.

• White

• Round

• Pack of 30

2550 Doilies pk 30 £14.04

6. Calendar Blanks 2024

• A4, white card printed calendar sheets.

• Pack of 50

• Choice of 2 designs

CBL10S Square Border pk 50 £13.16

CBL10P Plain Border pk 50 £13.16

4

5

7. 3D Fireplace

• A Life size corrugated 3 dimensional fireplace.

• Sturdy and easy to assemble.

• Ideal for drama productions and classroom displays.

• 965 x 175 x 762mm

53082 3D Fireplace each £35.19

6

7

2024


Art, Craft & Design

Collage & Craft

1

1. Pipecleaners

Assorted colours

PIPE154 150 x 4mm pk 100 £4.39

PIPE306 300 x 6mm pk 100 £6.59

PIPE3012 300 x 12mm pk 50 £6.04

Glitter Pipecleaners

PIPEGS 300 x 6mm pk 100 £6.59

Bumpy Chenille Stems

PIPEB 300 x 15mm pk 48 £4.39

Hair Loop Pipe Cleaners

PC5400 Asst Hair Colours pk 50 £8.79

PC5500 Asst Bright Colours pk 50 £8.79

Pipe Cleaners White

PIPEWH100 White pk 100 £6.59

Pipe Cleaners, Black

PIPEBK100 Black pk 100 £6.59

2

2. Art Straws

• Cut, bend, colour & glue these paper straws

ART4W 4mm White pk 1800 £19.35

ART6W 6mm White pk 900 £195.35

ART6C 6mm Coloured pk 900 £21.11

ARTASS Asst Cols & Sizes pk 1350 £23.75

3

3. Remnant Yarn

• Assorted lengths and sizes of 100% acrylic yarn in bright colours

and earthtones

• An excellent value pack for craft and weaving projects.

00440 Remnant Yarn 226g £11.92

4. Bucket of Shells

An assortment of shells all neatly packaged in a handy storage

container. Perfect for counting and sorting activities and nature tables.

Approx 500g.

A-SHELL Assorted Shells 800g £14.07

4

5. Foam Letters & Numbers

A 250g tub of brightly coloured letters and numbers in a handy

storage tub. Pieces are thick enough for use by small hands.

Approximately 1500 pieces.

CS4303 Foam Nos. & Letters tub £12.31

5

716


1. Poly-prop Curling Ribbon

• 6 x 20m ribbon eggs

• Colours include Gold, White, Red, Green, Blue and Cerise in clear

poly-bag

PPCR205 Curling Ribbon pk 6 £3.51

2. Metallic Ribbon

6 x 4.5m x 18mm Metallic Ribbons in assorted colours including: Gold,

silver, Red, Green, Blue and Cerise.

MR64518 Metallic Ribbon pk 6 £7.03

1

College & Craft

Art, Craft & Design

3. Metallic Curling Ribbon

• 6 x 10m ribbon eggs

• Colours include 2 Gold, 1 Silver, 1 Red, 1 Green and 1 Blue in clear

poly-bag

MCR105 Metallic Curling Ribbon pk 6 £3.51

2

3

4. Assorted Wire Spools

• Excellent for design and technology, and crafting projects alike.

These coloured wire spools offer a great value pack.

• Pack of 12 spools of 26 gauge

• 4.5m per spool

WR28418 Wire Spools pk 12 £11.43

4

5. Feathers

Assorted coloured or natural feathers

FT6100 Coloured Feathers 50g bag £6.15

FT7200 Natural Feathers 25g bag £5.71

6. Indian Quill Feathers

• Coloured Indian quill feathers each 30cm long for collage & crafts

IQF3025 Indian Quill Feathers pk 25 £8.79

7. Speckled Feathers

• Speckled colour feathers for collage & craft use

• Assorted 28g

5

SF2536 Speckled Feathers pk 28g £7.03

8. Speckled Feathers Monochrome

• Speckled monochrome feathers for collage & craft use

SF2547 Monochrome Feathers 28g £7.03

6 7 8


Art, Craft & Design

Pom Poms

1

1500

ONLY

£40 .69

1. Pom Poms Assorted

Shades Pack

Organised by colour tone, this set

contains six jars for easy storage.

Each jar contains 250 pom poms.


AR02357 £40.69

2. Colourful Assorted Pom

Poms

Top quality assorted pom poms in

assorted colours and sizes. Use for

all collage activities. Sizes from 0.7 -

5cm Pack of 300.

AR02351 £7.98

2

300

3

1500 10

3. Double Knit

Assorted pack of double knit acrylic

yarn. Use for weaving, threading,

primary sewing, knitting, creative

textiles and general art and textiles

projects. Multicoloured. Pack of 10.

Weight 100g.

AR02003 £25.85

4. Festive Tinsel Pom Poms

Give your Christmas crafts a glittery,

fluffy finishing touch with this pack

of pom poms in three festive shades.

Pack of 100.

031584 £3.85

4 5

5. Bumper Pom Poms Pack

Fun, fluffy and tactile, every little

crafter’s favourite addition to cards,

collage and decorations. Bumper

bag in range of colours and sizes to

add 3D effects to artwork, models

and cards. Weight 450g.

600181 £14.29

1500 100

450

6. Glitter Pom Poms

Light weight, sparkly and fluffy

glitter pom poms. Multicoloured.

Pack of 100.

610377 £12.65

6 7

100 100

8 9

ONLY

£15 .13

7. Festive Pom Poms

Colourful, tactile pom poms in an

assortment of sizes and Christmas

colours. Wonderful for decorating

pictures, collages, Christmas cards

and decorations. Multicoloured.

Assorted. Pack of 100.

003509 £8.25

8. Spring Pom Pom Mix

Fluffy pom poms in pretty pastel

colours supplied in a range of sizes,

Perfect for all those classroom spring

displays, decorations and craft

projects. Pack of 100.

AR02647 £5.49

9. Assorted Pom Pom

Bumper Pack

Bumper bag in range of colours (inc

glitter!) and sizes to add 3D effects

to artwork, models and cards,

Multicoloured. Weight 450g.

AR01290 £15.13

100

450

718


1. Felt Squares Assorted

Soft, strong, non-fraying material

easy to sew acrylic felt in an

assortment of bright colours.

TFELT20pk £10.99

TFELT100100pk £50.59

TE00828200pk £88.55

TE00515300pk £126.49

2. Gold Flecked Cork Display

Fabric

A stunning neutral coloured high

quality craft fabric with a hint of

gold. Fabric backed cork with a

subtle golden metallic fleck. Easy

to cut, soft, strong and malleable.

Perfect re-usable surface for lining

classroom display boards. Length

1m. Width 150cm.

AR10466 £31.63

3. Binca Squares

Brightly coloured pre-cut squares

perfect for children to learn and

practise their stitching and sewing

skills. Multicoloured.

TE0004050pk £28.59

TE00813100pk £56.93

4. Rainbow Binca Pack

A cross stitch canvas binca, six holes

per 25mm. Ideal fabric to learn to

sew. Length 35cm. Pack of 10.

Width 25cm.

AR02789 £18.98

5. Paper Backed Hessian

Create a calming, natural, textured

background making children’s work

stand out. A practical, hard wearing

and reusable background perfect

for display spaces. Paper backed

preventing stretching and helping

ease of use. Length 5m. Width

90cm.

AR10155 £50.59

6. Cream Display Hessian

Neutral high quality material for

natural looking classroom display

boards. A lighter coloured alternative

for backing classroom display boards

long term allowing children’s work

to be the focus. Cream. Length 5m.

Width 90cm.

AR10477 £41.79

7. Display Hessian

Perfect for classroom displays, den

building or outdoor play, this hessian

is rugged and hard wearing. Length

5m. Width 1.35m.

CA03912 £29.69

1 2

FROM

£10 .99 Durable, re-usable

shimmering fabric!

3 4

FROM

5 6

7 8

ONLY

Fabric Packs

150

cm

£28 .59 20

10

5 5

£29 .69

Art, Craft & Design

8. Flame Proof Natural

Hessian

Strong, durable natural coloured

fabric ideal for long lasting displays.

Use for working walls, display

boards or den and 3D display

areas. Environmentally friendly and

biodegradable. Fire retardant finish.

Length 3m. Width 1.8m.

AR11320 £48.68


Art, Craft & Design

Woodcraft

1

2

1. Lollipop Sticks

WL8735 Natural Sticks pk 200 £6.59

WL8740 Natural Sticks pk 1000 £10.99

WK8545 Coloured Sticks pk 1000 £14.29

2. Jumbo Lollipop sticks Natural

• A useful construction material which can be easily coloured

and glued

• Easy for small fingers to handle

• Size: 150mm x 19mm

• Pack also contains ideas leaflet

• Can also be used as a simple stir stick or paste spreader Ideal for

making puppet

7067100 Jumbo Lollipop Sticks pk 100 £3.48

3

4

3. Match Splints

8065 Natural Splints pk 2000 £5.49

8320 Coloured Splints pk 2000 £7.69

4. Dolly Pegs

WP8550 Natural Pegs pk 24 £5.49

WP8210 Coloured Pegs pk 50 £7.69

5. Wooden Beads

WD5089 Wooden Beads Asst 454g bag £21.07

6. Buttons

5

6

BU4510 Assorted Buttons 500g bag £13.19

7. Rolling Pins

• Pack of 4 assorted, patterned, wooden rolling pins

• Patterns : square contours, concave grooves, smooth, & diamond

contours

WR8350 Rolling Pins pk 4 £10.99

8. Woodcraft Assortment

A superb selection of quality woodcraft products. Great sensory play

facility providing for foundation stage and SEN.

7

8

• Contains:

• 2000 coloured matchsplints

• 2000 natural matchsplints

• 500g bag of assorted wooden buttons

• 50 coloured dolly pegs

• 100 natural dolly pegs

• 4 wooden rolling pins with assorted patterns

• 100 natural lollipop sticks

• 100 coloured lollipop sticks

• 100g bag of coloured wood shavings

9

All this plus a deep Gratnell’s tray with lid, PLUS a 5 litre bottle of

PVA adhesive!

WCASST Woodcraft Assortment pk £87.91

9. Coloured Wood Shavings

• A fabulous collage material giving bright colours and great 3D

depth to craft activities

10

WS100 Wood shavings Asst 100g £6.59

10. Wooden Numbers & Letters

11

Wooden templates that develop children’s hand eye co-ordination,

dexterity and motor skills.

• Lower case letters (pack 26) 3mm x 50mm (average)

• Numbers (pack 20) 3mm x 70mm (average)

FF8090 Wooden Letters pk 26 £6.59

FF8091 Wooden Numbers pk 20 £6.59

11. Cork tops

A 100g bag of various sizes of cork bungs. Great for 3D work

TCORK Cork Tops 100g bag £8.76

720


1. Wire Netting

• Ideal for large scale models

• Mesh width (hole size) 25mm

• Galvanised to resist corrosion – suitable for use

outdoors

• Wire diameter 0.7mm

• Supplied as a roll with dimensions 10m × 0.9m

GNET901025 Wire Netting roll £30.79

2. Aluminium Wire Mesh

• Easy to cut, form and contour, yet rigid enough to

retain its shape

• Available as a Fine, Medium or Coarse mesh

• Roll size 3m ◊ 0.5m, mesh hole sizes 1 x 2mm,

2.5 x 4.5mm, 5 x 10mm

• Ideal for use with many modelling materials,

particularly papier-mâché and plaster bandages

• Fine mesh ideal for detailed artwork, e.g. human

facial; features, landscapes, etc.

1

Wirecraft

Art, Craft & Design

WMF Fine Wire Mesh roll £14.07

WMM5789 Medium Wire Mesh roll £16.71

WMC5674 Coarse Wire Mesh roll £19.35

3. Florist Wire

• Mild steel wire ideal for modelling and construction

work

• Galvanised to resist corrosion – suitable for use

outdoors

• Supplied in a 2.5kg bundle, each wire 30cm long

• 20SWG – diameter 0.9mm

• Total length approximately 440m

2

78601 Florist Wire 440m £20.23

4. Modelling Wire

• Mild steel wire ideal for modelling and construction

work

• Galvanised to resist corrosion – suitable for modelling

outdoors

• Supplied in a coil of 500g

• Wire diameter 1.0mm

• Total length approximately 80m

GWIRE1500 Modelling WIre coil £6.15

5. Aluminium Rod

• Soft, malleable and easy to cut

• Easy to bend, yet retains its shape

• Ideal for strengthening models, or can be used a

design medium in its own right

• Can be painted

• Available in 3 sizes: Ø2.0mm, length 20m Ø3.2mm,

length 10m Ø4.5mm, length 5m

3

WR220 20m x Ø0.2mm each £7.03

WR321 10m x Ø3.2mm each £7.91

WR455 5m x Ø5.5mm each £7.03

5

4


Art, Craft & Design

Collage & Craft

1

All in a deep

Gratnell’s tray

with Lid

Contents may be

substituted with suitable

alternatives of equal or

greater value in the event

of stock shortages.

1. Every Day Craft Box

• A super value assortment of the most

popular craft items

• Quality products suitable from Foundation

Stage upwards

• 1 x Tissue Tower: 4600 squares of assorted

tissue paper

• Chenille Pom Poms 100 assorted sizes and colours

• Feathers: assorted colours - 25g

• Pipecleaners pack of 100 6mm x 300mm assorted

• Wiggle Eyes: 2 x 100 assorted size eyes

• Iridescent Shred: 3 x 50g assorted packs

• Felt Shapes: 1 pack each of peel and stick transport & animal

felt shapes

• Wooden letters & numbers: 1 pack of 26 letters and 1 pack

of 20 numbers

• Pack of 200 assorted EVA foam shapes

• Tissue circles and squares: 480 15cm squares and 480 15cm

circles, assorted

Sequin Mesh: pack of 5 assorted rolls

• Foam Transport & Flowers: 2 packs of assorted EVA shapes.

120 pieces in total

• All contained in a deep Gratnell’s tray

EDCCP Craft Classpack Tray £109.99

2. Wiggle Eyes

• Wiggle eyes in assorted sizes, and colours.

• Packs of 560 come in handy plastic stacker tubs

• All packs contain assorted sizes

2

EY5330 Black & White Round pk 100 £3.51

1842890 B&W Oval & Round pk 560 £6.12

1842895 Asst Cols Round & Oval pk 560 £7.88

3. Wiggle Eyes, Peel & Stick

• Content: 100 eyes

• Size: Assorted

• Colour: Black

• Peel and stick eyes (no glue necessary) bring models and collage

projects to life

EY10095 Wiggle Eyes pk 100 £3.51

3

4. Dazzle Dots

• Assorted sparkling strips of self- adhesive ‘dots’

• 10 x 1m strips

DDOTS Dazzle Dots pk 10 x 1m £5.27

5. Jingle Bells

• These assorted bells put the finishing touch to any festive art and

craft activity

• Contains gold and silver bells in a variety of designs and sizes

BELL310 Jingle Bells pk 310 £14.92

4

5

722


1. Children’s Ruler Scissors

• Slightly larger 13.3cm convenient size

• Blade is ruled in centimetres

• Scissor block contains 26 right-handed, 6 left-handed

RSRHR Right-Handed pk 12 £5.27

RSLH Left-Handed pk 12 £5.27

SB32 Scissor Block & 32 Pairs pk 32 £16.71

Our scissor block represents great value for money. 32

pairs of children’s scissor rulers (6 pairs left-handed) in a

wooden holding block for just £NaN

1

Scissors

Art, Craft & Design

2. Easy Grip Self-Opening Scissors

• Self opening 155mm plastic scissors make tough cutting jobs easier

for young hands or those with handling difficulties.

• 5cm ruler marked blade

SC56895 Right Handed pk 10 £30.79

SC56798 Left Handed pk 10 £30.79

3. All Plastic Safety Scissors

• Early years 13cm all plastic safety scissors

• Tough plastic blades are great for cutting paper but not skin or

hair!

• For left or right-handers

• Pack of 8

2

SC56604 All Plastic Scissors pk 8 £6.15

4. Spring Assisted Scissors

These scissors are ideal for early years - safer in that the metal tips are

plastic covered, with chunky handles which are easier for small hands

to grip, and with a spring which does half the work to assist weaker

hands.

• Supplied in a wooden storage box

3

SC4504 Scissors block 32 £35.19

5. Heavy Duty Metal Tacker

• Heavy duty tacker ideal for constant use in schools and offices

• Tough all-metal construction

• Jam removal feature

• Easy-squeeze handle

• Take 24/6, 23/6, and 23/8 staples

• Free box of 800 staples included

8512 Metal Tacker each £16.71

4

3+

We recommend that

young children are

supervised when

handling scissors.

Our scissors are not

suitable for children

under the age of 5

unless specifically

stated.

5


Art, Craft & Design

Tissue Paper

1

2

1. Tissue/Squares/Circles

High quality tissue in range of bright colours

Assorted colours

TISSA 450 x 700mm pk 480 £26.39

TISS15SQ 150mm Squares pk 480 £4.39

TISS15C 150mm Circles pk 480 £4.39

2. Tissue Tower

• Super value assorted squares or circles

• Classpack of 4600 10cm tissue squares or circles in

assorted colours

TISSQA Squares Asst pk 4600 £10.55

TISSCA Circles Asst pk 4600 £11.43

3. Rainbow Tissue Paper

• Colourful colourfast Tissue paper.

• Size 50 x 70cm sheets

• Pack of 26

3

TISSRB57 Rainbow Tissue pk 26 £7.03

7

4

5 6

8

9

4. Tissue Paper Off-Cuts

• Lots of colour Tissue Paper off-cuts for craft uses

TISS5687 Tissue Off-Cuts 500g £5.71

5. Tissue Paper Rolls

• High quality tissue in a range of natural and bright shades

for collage and craft

• Non-toxic, acid free and bleed resistant

• 762 x 508mm sheets

• Roll of 48 sheets

TR5748AG Apple Green £4.83

TR5748DG Dark Green £4.83

TR5748LB Light Blue £4.83

TR5748DB Dark Blue £4.83

TR5748LBR Light Brown £4.83

TR5748BR Dark Brown £4.83

TR5748BK Black £4.83

TR5748WH White £4.83

TR5748YW Yellow £4.83

TR5748GD Old Gold £4.83

TR5748LG Light Green £4.83

TR5748OR Orange £4.83

TR5748PK Pink £4.83

TR5748LP Pale Pink £4.83

TR5748RD Red £4.83

TR5748TQ Turquoise £4.83

TR5748LI Lilac £4.83

TR5748CE Cerise £4.83

TR5748PR Purple £4.83

TR574824 Asst Pack 24 £79.19

6. Lustre Lites Tissue Paper

• Colourfast pastel tones

• 508 x 762mm, pack of 12

• Contains 2 sheets each of lime, aqua, lemon, tangerine,

watermelon & periwinkle

TISS5896 Lustre Lites pk 12 £5.27

7. Xmas Colours Tissue Paper

SP504118 Xmas Tissue Asst 5s pk 5 £5.27

8. Warm and Cool Tissue

• Packs of 10 tissue sheets 750 x 500mm

• Choose from 10 warm or 10 cool colours

• Great for curriculum projects, design and art and crafts

SP325055 Cool Colours pk 10 £5.27

SP325154 Warm Colours pk 10 £5.27

9. Safari Tissue Paper

Excellent range of animal prints. Ideal for ecology habitat,

environment and pattern displays.

• Pack contains: giraffe, tiger, zebra, cheetah, alligator and

snake

• 750 x 500mm

SP325352 Tissue Safari Colours pk £7.03

724


1. Colourfast Crepe Paper

• 50cm x 3m

• Colourfast so won’t run when wet

• Available in 12 individual colours

• Packs of 10 folds

CREP53RD Red pk 10 £6.59

CREP53LPK Light Pink pk 10 £6.59

CREP53DG Dark Green pk 10 £6.59

CREP53LG Light Green pk 10 £6.59

CREP53OR Orange pk 10 £6.59

CREP53YW Yellow pk 10 £6.59

CREP53LB Light Blue pk 10 £6.59

CREP53DB Dark Blue pk 10 £6.59

CREP53PR Purple pk 10 £6.59

CREP53BR Brown pk 10 £6.59

CREP53BK Black pk 10 £6.59

CREP53WH White pk 10 £6.59

1 2

Creative Papers

Art, Craft & Design

2. Colourfast Crepe Assorted

• 50cm x 3m

• Pack of 25 two each of yellow, orange, light green,

dark green, light pink, light blue, dark blue, purple,

brown, black, white and red plus one other colour

not specified (may vary from pack to pack)

3

CREP25A Crepe Assorted pk 25 £17.59

3. Crepe Paper

• Superior quality crepe suitable for all types of art and

craft work in 10 assorted colours

CREPEA 500mm x 3.1m pk 10 £8.75

Metallic

CREPM 500mm x 2.5m pk 5 £14.29

Metallic Crepe

4. Gummed Shapes

• 300 shapes in 10 assorted colours

• Shapes include hearts, moons,

squares, triangles, circles and stars

BI1032 Gummed Shapes pk 300 £6.15

4

6. Ribbons

• Ribbons in assorted sizes, colours and materials

RIBBAS Assorted 100g £10.11

5

7. Glitter Ribbon

10 x 1m lengths of super glitter ribbon for collage,

applique and textile trimming. Just a little ribbon makes

a big difference.

• Width: 1cm

6

CRP4570 Glitter Ribbon pk 10 £6.12

8. Sparkle Ribbon

A pack of velvet touch ribbon with a lovely metallic

sparkle. Suitable for all art, collage and textile projects.

• 10 x 2m pack

7

CRP4573 Sparkle Ribbon pk 10 £11.40


languages

contents

727-732 french

733-735 spanish

726


Everyday Essentials

Developed with the

help of a Primary

French teacher, to help

the non-specialist.

French

1. French Vocabulary

Builders Bumper Pack

Learn the essential French

vocabulary for popular topics.

Developed with the help of a

Primary French teacher, our French

Vocabulary Builders are ideal for

teaching key topic areas. The kits

contain brightly illustrated bingo

games and double-sided flashcards

(with picture on one side and

text on reverse) for practising

vocabulary. They also contain

30 double-sided game boards

for sentence building (one for

each pupil) to help reinforce the

vocabulary learnt. Packaged in a

handy storage case, these value for

money kits are designed for whole

class teaching and small group

work. Made from laminated card.

Pack of 21.

MF10088 Bundle Set £453.74

MF10034 In the Town £24.74

MF10025 Drinks £24.74

MF10016 Months & Seasons £24.74

MF10033 Body Parts £24.74

MF10026 Classroom Objects £24.74

MF10019 Clothing £24.74

MF10028 Animal Names £24.74

MF10024 Food £24.74

MF10014 Colours £24.74

MF10015 Days & Greetings £24.74

MF10023 Weather £24.74

MF10031 Family £24.74

MF10017 Numbers £24.74

MF10029 Transport £24.74

21

1

Contents

Buy all 21 sets: Months and

Seasons, Numbers, Colours, Days

and Greetings, Clothes, Accessories,

Phonics, Fruits, Vegetables,

Animals, School Subjects,

Classroom Objects, Drinks, Food,

Weather, In the Town, Body Parts,

Head, Family, Shapes and Transport


French

Everyday Essentials

1

1. French Super Sentence

Tub Pets and Colours

Introduce grammar and construct

sensational sentences around

pets and colours with these sets

of foam jigsaw pieces. Children

will have fun constructing simple

or complex sentences whilst


vocabulary. The sets contain words

colour-coded according to their

classification. Nouns, blue. Verbs,

green. Adjectives, brown. Pronouns,

red. Indefinite and Definite Articles,

purple. Conjunctions, black.

Punctuation, white.

MF10040 £61.86

2

2. French Super Sentence

Tub Classroom Objects

and Colours

Get to grips with grammar and

construct sensational sentences

with classroom objects and colours

with these foam pieces. Children

will enjoy constructing simple

or complex sentences whilst


vocabulary. The sets contain words

colour-coded according to their

classification. Nouns, blue. Verbs,

green. Adjectives, brown. Pronouns,

red. Indefinite and Definite Articles,

purple. Conjunctions, black.

Punctuation, white.

MF10041 £61.86

728


1. French High Frequency

Word Chalkboard Sign

Why not let the children learn while

playing and having fun or take

outdoors for a different learning

environment. This chalkboard

features high frequency sentence

starters to encourage sentence

building.

1 2

Everyday Essentials

French

MF10104 £50.86

2. Mon Calendrier French

Calendar

A great wall chart to help teach

children the calendar and the

seasons that go with it. Calendar is

made from cotton with hook and

loop for attaching pieces. Made

from cotton. Single.

011732 £61.86

3. French Number Bean

Bags

Help children learn and revise

numbers with this set of bean

bags. Each feature the number and

French word embroidered on the

side and also includes a storage

sack. Pack of 20.

3

MF00517 £27.49

4. French Food and Drink

Dominoes Set

This collection of simple, easy to

play, self-checking domino games

build confidence and fluency in

basic vocabulary Encouraging

children to say the words to match

the picture as they play their turn

adds another level of learning.

4

043313 £10.99

5. French Opinions Fans

Provide a bank of key vocabulary for

children to use to develop basic and

complex sentences, Excellent tool

for sentence building. Developed by

Languages expert Jackie Rayment.

MF10102 £21.32

20

5


French

Everyday Essentials

1

2

1. Talk French

Interactive French speaking and

listening activities for small groups.

Each activity comes with teacher

notes and resource suggestions.

Great for practicing French

vocabulary and grammar.

MF10063 £48.11

2. French Feelings and

Emotions Mirror

Use these plastic mirrors for cross

curricular learning by linking PSHE

and languages lessons. Easily fix to

any wall with common adhesive

products. Features six cartoon faces

with associated emotions.

MF10097 £24.74

3. French Vocabulary

Playground Signs

Brighten up your playground walls

and encourage children to learn

a new language while they play.

These colourful balloons contain

the numbers and words 1-10 in the

French vocabulary.

MF00489 £74.24

4. French Puppet

A French puppet to provide

opportunities for speaking in class.

Puppets can encourage reluctant

speakers in your language classes

and improve their confidence in

language learning. Length 40cm.

Made from velour.

MF10010 £32.99

3 4

730


1

2

Everyday Essentials

French

1. Collins Easy Learning

French Dictionary

The ideal dictionary for learners

of French of all ages. Up-todate,

easy-reference dictionary

with highlighted key GCSE

curriculum words and practical,

fun supplements covering key

vocabulary areas. Single.

3

019082 £15.11

2. Collins Gem French

Dictionary

With Collins Gem French Dictionary

your pupils will have one less excuse

for leaving their dictionary behind!

They include all the latest words in

both languages, full GCSE coverage,

verb tables and a user friendly

phrase finder. Single.

019086 £6.86

3. Collins Very First French

Dictionary

This dictionary is packed full of

fun and useful vocabulary to give

you and your child a head start

in learning French. This book is

designed to introduce your child to

the world of dictionaries in a fun

and accessible way.

026484 £8.94

4. Collins Pocket French

Dictionary

This is the ultimate easily accessible,

comprehensive and portable

dictionary, and comes with a

durable vinyl cover. The dictionary

contains full GCSE coverage. It has

a clear layout, ensuring you can

quickly find what you are after.

Made from paper. Single.

019087 £8.24

4


French

Everyday Essentials

1

SAVE

£13 .75

2

1. Large Foam Pocket Dice

Our best-selling foam dice can

be used in a large number of

curriculum topics or subject areas.

Simply insert your own cards

featuring pictures or text into the

transparent pockets on each side

and get the games going! Height


foam. Width 12cm.

MGPD Single £11.69

MF00928 6pk £56.38

2. Mini Foam Dice

A classroom essential for any

subject area. Now available in a

miniature version, our mini foam

dice are great for vocabulary and

phonics games, story telling and

much more. Cards not included.


from foam. Width 6cm.

PS10029 6pk £30.24

MF10012 12pk £53.59

732


1. Spanish Speaking Maps,

Flags and Symbols

Classpack

Enhance children’s knowledge of

the geography and flags of Spain

and Spanish-speaking America.

This resource enables children to

discover the countries of the world

where Spanish is spoken.

1

Spanish

Spanish

MF10085 £65.99

2. Spanish Weather

Vocabulary Builder

Learn the vocabulary for weather

with these Spanish Vocabulary

Builders. Includes handy storage

case. Designed for whole class

teaching and small group work.


MF10037 £24.74

3. Animal Spanish

Vocabulary Builder

Learn the names of animals in

Spanish! Ideal for teaching new

words by reinforcing the spoken

word with a visual reference. Made

from laminated card.

2

MF10038 £24.74

4. Spanish Colours

Vocabulary Builder

A selection of activity cards to learn

the Spanish vocabulary for colours!

Includes handy storage case.

Designed for whole class teaching

and small group work. Made from

laminated card.

MF10035 £24.74

3

4


Spanish

Spanish

1 2

4

3

5

1. Collins Easy Learning

Spanish Dictionary

This Spanish Dictionary is an up-todate,

easy-reference dictionary ideal

for language learners of all ages.

The entries cover everyday English

and Spanish and key curriculum

words are highlighted to help with

exam preparation. Single.

019037 £15.11

2. Collins Very First Spanish

Dictionary

This Spanish Dictionary is packed

full of fun and useful vocabulary

to give you and your child a head

start in learning Spanish. Introduce

children to their first 500 Spanish

words with colourful illustrations

and example sentences.

027566 £8.94

3. Calendario Spanish

Calendar

A fabric stitched Calendario with

attachable fabric stitched pieces.

The date, day, month, season and

weather can be changed each day

to improve your knowledge.

037421 £61.86

4. Spanish Dominoes

This collection of simple, easy to

play, self-checking domino games

build confidence and fluency in

basic vocabulary. Encouraging

children to say the words as they

play their turn adds another level of

learning.

MF10079 £16.84

5. Spanish Opinions Fans

Provide a bank of key vocabulary for

children to use to develop basic and

complex sentences, Excellent tool

for sentence building. Developed by

Languages expert Jackie Rayment.

MF10103 £21.99

6. Spanish Connectives

Fans

A quick and easy resource for

children to use to develop their

vocabulary and grammar Excellent

tool for sentence building.

Developed by Languages expert

Jackie Rayment.

MF10101 £21.99

6

i

• Ideal for interactive learning

• Provide a natural focal point for

Spanish lessons in the class

• Teach the main topics for

introducing Spanish to young

children

734


1. Spanish Puppet

A Spanish puppet to provide

opportunities for speaking in class.

Puppets can encourage reluctant

speakers in your language classes

and improve their confidence in

language learning. Length 40cm.

Made from velour.

1 2

Spanish

Spanish

MF10011 £31.61

2. Spanish Sentence Tub

Classroom and Colours

Get to grips with Spanish grammar

and construct sensational

sentences with these sets of foam

jigsaw pieces. Children will enjoy

constructing simple or complex

sentences whilst building their

writing skills and vocabulary.

MF10094 £61.86

3. Spanish Sentence Tub

Pets and Colours

Get to grips with Spanish grammar

and construct sensational

sentences with these sets of foam

jigsaw pieces. Children will enjoy

constructing simple or complex

sentences whilst building their

writing skills and vocabulary.

3 4

MF10093 £61.86

4. Spanish Reward Stickers

A selection of Spanish praise stickers

with fun drawings on. Mixed pack

of 120 stickers in several different

designs. Pack of 125.

056036 £10.32

5. Talk Spanish Pack

Interactive spanish speaking and

listening activities for small groups.

The resources and ideas in the pack

are a stimulus for engaging and

interactive activities for pairs or

groups.

MF10039 £48.11

125

5


humanities

contents

737-738 atlases

739-740 globes

741-744 maps

745 geographical skills

746 archaeology

747 people & events

748-752 stone age to 1066

753-754 ancient civilisations

755-757 world religions

736


1

1. Teaching Atlas Upper

Primary

Designed to fully support all areas

of the UK geography curriculums

and support key areas of the UK

history curriculums. Supports the

development of key geographical

and historical knowledge. 70 pages.

A4.

GE10001 Single £15.11

GE10050 6pk £89.22

GE10051 15pk £219.09

2. Teaching Atlas Lower

Primary

The lower primary Teaching Atlas is

designed to fully support all areas

of the lower primary UK geography

curriculums. Includes high-quality

cartography with added content

to support the development of

key geographical knowledge. 66

pages. A4.

GE10000 Single £15.11

GE10048 6pk £89.22

GE10049 15pk £219.09

In partnership with the

Geographical Association.

Atlas

includes historical maps,

perfect for the UK National

History Curriculums

Upper Primary Edition

SAVE

High quality cartography with

£7 .57

added content to support

the development of key geographical

knowledge.

Upper Primary

Supports the UK National

Curriculums.

Cross-Curricular activities

Available in two editions;

Lower Primary and Upper

Primary.

2

Lower Primary

SAVE

£7 .57

Atlas


Atlas

Collins

1 2

SAVE

£22 .69

SAVE

£22 .69

1. First Atlas

Take children on a journey from a

local school, gradually introducing

maps of the UK, Europe and the

World. Globes are compared

with satellite images to show the

differences between them. With

clearly labelled, simple colourful

mapping. 32 pages.

GFAT Single £15.11

GE00673 15pk £203.96

2. Primary World Atlas

The Primary World Atlas is designed

for children aged 7-11 years. A great

introduction to mapping of the UK,

Europe and all major regions of the

world. Including information on map

reading skills, scale and measuring

distances.

3 4

GCPWA Single £18.14

GE00672 15pk £249.34

SAVE

£15 .13

SAVE

£22 .69

3. Junior World Atlas

An ideal world atlas for KS2

geography with topographical

mapping. This atlas enables your

students to learn about the world

today by exploring clear and

engaging maps, studying satellite

imagery and reading about key facts.

GE00260 Single £16.62

GE00484 15pk £234.21

5 6

4. Collins Keystart UK Atlas

Introduces topics to reflect

the geography, history and

environmental studies KS2

requirements of the National

Curriculum. Organised into themes:

landscapes, climate, cities, pollution,

explorers, global issues etc.

Paperback. 48 pages.

GE00261 Single £18.14

GE00481 15pk £249.34

5. Collins School Atlas

School atlas, designed to help

develop map, atlas and data

handling skills for secondary

aged pupils. The ‘map and atlas

skills’ section is followed by clear,

accessible reference maps presented

with locator maps, fact boxes and

flags. 104 pages. Single

GE10083 £18.14

7

• A starting point

for any national

curriculum topic.

• A great reference

point for a range of

Geography lessons!

• Designed for KS2.

6. Collins Student World

Atlas

The Collins Student Atlas has been

specifically designed for students

aged 14-16 years. Features thematic

mapping, mapping skills, countryby-country

statistics and index to

all names on reference maps. 208

pages. Single.

GE10082 £22.67

7. Collins World Atlas

This world atlas contains detailed

reference maps of the world, its

countries and physical features.

Includes country facts; flags, area,

population, capital cities, languages,

religions and currency. 64 pages.

Single.

GE10081 £12.86

738


1

Discovery Globes

Globes

• Mixed classpack

• Ideal for KS1

• Clear

cartography

SAVE

£15 .13

1. Discovery Globes

Classpack

A set of hard-wearing globes with

removable base, great for group

work and ideal for KS1. Continent,

country and major place names

are featured with countries clearly

defined in bright colours.

2 3

GDSPP £246.47

2. Discovery Globe KS1

The Discovery Globe has clear, bright

cartography making it perfect for

KS1. Durable and hard-wearing, the

removable base makes for easier

handling and interactive learning

activities. Kept simple to make

it easy to use for those learning

cartography basics. Diameter 23cm.

G-DIS £45.36

3. KS1 Large Discovery

Globe

A large, durable globe ideal for KS1

with a removable base and vivid

colours. Our most popular globe

is now available in a larger format.

Supplied with a dry wipe marker pen

to highlight areas of study. Diameter

30cm. Suitable for 5 to 7 years

GDILG £80.15

4. Activity Discovery Globe

This globe is a fun way for the very

young to get into geography with

colourful illustrations and icons to

show mountain ranges. The globe

sits atop a circular base which allows

it to be lifted off and viewed from

any angle. Diameter 30cm.

GE10031 Single £65.02

5. KS2 Discovery Globes

Up-to-date political mapping with

exceptional detail, featuring the

world’s major cities and mounted on

a clear view stand. Work individually

or in groups to discover the world

with cartography, suitable for more

advanced students. Diameter 23cm.


4 5

SAVE

£22 .69

GE00435 Single £55.95

GE00436 5pk £257.05


Globes

Classroom Globes

1 2

SAVE

SAVE

£15 .13 £15 .13

3 4

1. Economy Political Globes

Mounted on a durable plastic base,

the political globe is colour coded

with over 2,500 place names The

cartography gives clear political

boundaries, ideal for KS2. Continent

and ocean names are also labelled in

a larger font. Diameter 30cm.

GPOL Single £49.90

GE00494 12pk £583.65

2. Economy Physical Globes

The physical globe demonstrates the

location of deserts, rivers, mountain

ranges and seas. The cartography

gives some faint indications of

political boundaries and beautifully

shows the natural features of the

continent landscapes. Diameter

30cm.

GPHY Single £49.90

GE00495 12pk £583.65

3. Maddison Political Globe

Great quality, raised relief political

globe. Mounted on a durable plastic

base. Features detailed cartography

and graduated meridian, perfect for

KS2. Diameter 30cm.

G-MAD1 £60.49

4. Maddison Physical Globe

High quality, raised relief physical

globe. Mounted on a durable plastic

base. Features striking cartography

and graduated meridian, perfect for

KS2. Excellent for highlighting the

world’s major features. Diameter

30cm.

G-MAD2 £60.49

740


1. NEW Map of the British

Isles Rug

Durable short pile rug, perfect for

bringing active geography lessons to

life. Discover the countries that make

up the British Isles, Great Britian and

the UK. A great way for discussing

the differencs between them and

exploring each country’s capital city,

1

UK Maps

Maps

GH45061 £249.55

• Durable, soft, short

pile rug

• Clear cartography

and bright colours

2. British Isles Map KS1

A high quality, double-sided map

of the UK and British Isles. This KS1

map has clear, simple cartography

showing the difference between GB,

UK and British Isles. A1.

GE10053 £18.14

• Double-sided

• Clear, up-to-date

cartography

• Includes locator map,

key and scale bar

3. UK Map KS2

A political and physical/relief

double-sided map of the UK. One

side shows a political map of the UK

which includes country boundaries

and place names. The reverse shows

a physical/relief map which includes

land height and rivers. A1.

GE10054 £18.14

4. Map of the UK

Very clear and attractive map of the

UK showing principal towns and

cities, rivers and mountains. Ideal for

for both KS1 and KS2 studies of the

UK, contrasting localities or maps

and mapping. A1.

GE10097 £22.67

5. UK Physical map

A detailed physical map of the

UK, detailing the cities and towns.

Shaded to show the land levels and

illustrating the surrounding seas

and the UK in relation to the rest of

Europe. Made from laminate. A1.

GE00527 £34.77

2

4

3

5


Maps

UK Maps

1

• Made from scratch and tear resistant

vinyl

• Use with Bee-Bot for cross curricular fun

• Make walls more appealing or use on

the floor

2

1. Bee-Bot UK Map

Discover the UK with this highly

detailed, animated and colourful

Bee-Bot portrait map. Use on the

wall, or floor with your Bee-Bot! A

perfect cross-curricular resource,

encompassing map reading skills,

directional skills and more. Made

from vinyl.

GE00770 W08 x L145m £83.17

GE00465 W12 x L21m £120.99

2. Outdoor UK Map

Travel through the UK and learn

while you go with this vibrant,

colourful and child friendly outdoor

map. Printed on quality foamex,

these maps are perfect for aspiring

geographers. The map is printed

on weather-resistant signboard so

can be left outside in all weather.

Discover iconic places, buildings,

landmarks and geography and learn

key curriculum content such as

counties, rivers and seas. Suitable


foamex.

GE00763 W045 x L08m £98.30

GE00656 W08 x L145m £279.80

GE00509 W1.2 x L2.1m £499.11

• Reinforce geography

learning in your

playground!

• Make lessons exciting by

taking geography outdoors

• Made from weather

resistant foamex signboard

742


• Simple cartography

• Bright colours for

easy identification

of countries

1

World Maps

Maps

1. Simple Map of the World

A clear, basic map of the world

showing country borders, capital

cities, oceans, the Tropics and the

Equator. Bright colours and clear

cartography makes using this map

simple enough for both KS1 and

KS2. Paper size: A1, Vinyl size: A0.

GE10030 A1 £25.70

GE10075 A0 £90.74

2. Biomes World Map

A simple world map designed to

identify and locate the world’s

biomes. Includes tundra, grassland,

mountains, rainforest, savannah,

desert, temperate forest and taiga

forest. A simple key supports

identification. Made from paper. A1.

GE10029 £25.70

3. World Map KS1

A high quality, double-sided map of

the world with cartography suitable

for KS1. The political map has

clear, simple cartography showing

colour-coded continents and country

outlines. A1. Made from laminate.

2

GE10058 £18.14

4. World Map KS2

A political and physical/relief

double-sided map of the world

with cartography suitable for KS2.

One side shows a political map of

the world which includes country

boundaries and place names. A1.

Made from laminate.

GE10059 £18.14

• Supports physical geography

section of the KS2 Geography

curriculum

• Simple map and colour coded key

for easy identification of biomes

• Made from laminated paper

3 4


Maps

World Maps

1

• Take geography lessons

outdoors!

• Reinforce geography

learning at play and

lunch times

• Made from hard wearing,

weather resistant

foamex signboard

1. Outdoor World

Signboard

Create a stunning geography

display in your outdoor classroom

with this vibrant, colourful and

child friendly outdoor map. Includes

coordinates, the Equator, GMT line

and the Tropics, meeting national

curriculum requirements. The map

is printed on weather-resistant

signboard so can be left outside in

all weather. Ready drilled with all

fixings. Suitable to be left outdoors.

Made from foamex.

GE00764 W0.45 x L0.8m £98.30

GE00657 W0.8 x L1.45m £279.80

GE00510 W1.2 x L2.1m £499.11

2

• Perfect for use with

Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot®

• Incorporates images of

wildlife, landmarks and

transport

• Eyelets for wall hanging

2. Bee-Bot® World Map

Travel the world and go on a voyage

of discovery with Bee-Bot® and

the Bee-Bot® world map! This map

of the world contains labels for

oceans, continents, countries and

capital cities as well as grid lines

for use with Bee-Bot® Incorporating

into the cartography are images of

wildlife, landmarks and transport.

Perfect for use throughout primary

education. Please note: Bee-Bot® is

not included.

GE00612 W0.594 x L0.42m £49.90

GE00769 W0.80 x L1.45m £90.74

GE00466 W2.1 x L1.2m £120.99

744


SAVE

1 2

£22 .69 SAVE

Compass

Geographical Skills

10

1. Large Compass

Large compass, ideal for orienteering

and for use with young geographers.

Featuring a large face with simple

labels and a chunky design, this

compass is perfect when working

with younger children. Diameter

10cm. Circle shaped.

GE00788 Single £11.35

GE00789 5pk £52.92

GE00790 10pk £90.75

2. Deluxe Compass Pack

A deluxe pack of 10 compasses

showing all 8 points of the

compass. Ideal for class work to aid

development of basic geographical

skills.

Aids development for:

• Use of basic directional language.

• Basic orienteering and fieldwork

skills. Diameter 4cm. Pack of 10.

GE00734 £30.24

3. Map Compass

A high quality compass on a clear

base. For use with more advanced

mapping work, compass features a

magnifier in the base and cm/mm

ruling on each side. Length 14cm.

Made from plastic.

COMPM Single £15.11

GE00489 15pk £219.09

3

4

£7 .57

4. Bee-Bot® Infant Compass

A child-friendly, safe and fun

introduction to early geography,

these compasses are designed

specifically for small hands.

Featuring simple, easy to read

compass points, perfect for inspiring

the little explorers in your class. Pack

of 10.

GE00683 £39.31

• Great for use with Bee-Bot® to introduce

directional vocabulary

• Easy to hold and read!

• Compass fits securely but can be removed and

replaced

10


Archaeology

1 2

3 4

5 6

1. 12,000BC to 2000AD

Timeline

Introducing 14,000 years of human

civilisation, this beautifully illustrated

timeline covers an enormous

amount of human progress. From

Stone Age, right through to 21st

century life, how much have we

really changed in all that time? The

timeline can be stacked or used as

one continuious timeline. Height


laminated card.

HI00543 £40.82

2. Stone Age to 1066 Indoor

Timeline

A beautifully illustrated timeline that

covers the entire period studied in

KS2. Starting with the Stone Age this

detailed and easy-to-read timeline

follows Ancient Britain all the way

through to 1066. Height 20cm.

Length 100cm. Made from laminate.

HI00401 £30.24

3. 3500BC-AD2000 Timeline

This frieze is an ideal overview of

historical events between 3500BC

and AD2000, and shows how the

events relate to each other. From

Ancient Egypt and Ancient Sumer to

the Victorian age and ending with

World War 2. Height 17cm. Length

400cm.

B-TIME £37.80

4. Timeline of British History

An overview of the major events in

British history from the Stone Age

to the current day. This timeline

features images and photographs

to help your pupils understand the

chronology behind the study of

history. Height 23cm. Length 300cm.

HI00424 £30.24

5. British History

Chronology Tub

From the Stone Age to 1066,

discover the greatest events of

British history with this foam

chronology builder. Perfect

for understanding how events

overlap and length of time. Ideal

for developing chronological

understanding.

HI10059 £65.02

6. Ancient Civilisations

Chronology Tub

Discover civilisations greatest

accomplishments with this foam

chronology builder. Perfect for

understanding how civilisations

overlap and length of time. Ideal

for developing chronological

understanding.

HI10060 £65.02

British History

Ancient Civilisations

746


1. NEW Diverse Significant

Individuals Activity Cards

KS1

Learn all about a diverse range of

very significant historical figures. A

wonderful cross-curricular resource

to further develop children’s

historical and geographical

knowledge as well as a range

of 21st Century Learning Skills.

Activity cards for each significant

individual provide key information,

a wide range of discussion points,

associated geographical tasks,

and further reading and research

opportunities. Children can work

independently or collaboratively to

locate and highlight key locations

linked to each individual. The

timeline cards further encourage

enquiry skills by allowing children

to sort and sequence key events in

chronological order.

1

Significant Individuals

60 x Activity Cards (4 Per Individual, A5)

15 x Timeline Card Sets (W:8.6cm,

H:5.4cm)

1 x Map of the UK (A4)

1 x Map of the World (A4)

People and Events

GH45052 £60.49

2. NEW Black History Book

Pack

A collection of books for supporting

discussions around important

black historical and contemporary

individuals. Titles include:

Nelson Mandela, Rosa Parks,

groundbreaking scientists and more.

Pack of 10.

GH46188 £211.74

3. NEW Brilliant Women

Book Pack

A great selection of books for

introducing children to historical and

contemporary women who have left

their mark on the world. Includes

books around inspirational women

in sports, science, politics and much

more. Pack of 10.

GH46186 £211.74

Includes UK and World Maps!

Individuals include:

Alan Turing, Dido Belle, Dorothy Crowfoot Hodgkinson,

Jesse Owens, John Blanke, Johnson Beharry, Julia Tertia,

Martha Ricks, Mary Seacole, Neil Armstrong, Nelson Mandela,

Reasonable Blackman, Rosa Parks, Sophia Alexandra Duleep

Singh and Wangari Maathai

• A wide range of diverse

significant individuals for

children to study

• Closely linked to the KS1

curriculum

• Helps children develop a

wide range of cross-curricular

knowledge and understanding

• Encourages and supports

pupil-led learning

2 3

10 10


Stone Age to 1066

Stone Age to Iron Age

1

1 x Fish Harpoon

1 x Mounted Axe

1 x Flint Hand Axe

1 x Small Crystal Quartz

Arrowhead

2 x Small Arrowheads

1 x Medium Arrowhead

1 x Large Arrowhead

1 x Large Neolithic Knife

1 x Large Biface

1 x Axe Head

1 x Miniature Flint Dagger

1 x Rocket-shaped Borer/

Stone Drill

1 x Clay Pot

1 x Stone to Iron Age Desktop

Timelines

1 x 12ltr Storage Box

1. Stone Age Archaeo-Box

Artefact Collection

Imagine what life was really like

in Stone Age Britain with this

authentic collection of replicas.

A fantastic tool for providing an

artefact handling opportunity and

a fun and engaging activity for the

whole class. Pack of 16.

HI00501 £196.61

16

2. Iron Age Archaeo-Box

Artefact handling provides a great

opportunity for historical enquiry in

your classroom. Who would have

used or made the artefacts? What

were they used for? Where were

they found? Artefacts really can

provide great discussion points and

strengthen understanding of the

time period. Pack of 6.

HI10017 £125.52

2

Contents

1 x Clay Pot

1 x Iron Age Brooch

1 x Iron Age Scissors

1 x Haematite

1 x Iron Age Timeline

1 x Archaeology CD

6

748


1. Ancient Greece Archaeo-

Box Artefact Collection

Explore the rich heritage of the

Ancient Greeks. Packed with

artefacts exploring mythology,

entertainment, games and much

more. This set will help children

discover more about the Greeks by

undertaking their own investigation.

Pack of 17.

HI00126 £196.61

1

Ancient Greece

Stone Age to 1066

Contents

1 x Corinthian Hydria (15cm)

4 x Replica Greek Coins

2 x Theatrical Masks

1 x Oil Lamp (8cm)

1 x Greek Spinning Top

1 x Victory Plaque

1 x Greek Discus

2 x Wax Tablets and Styli

Stamp

1 x Trowel

1 x Brush

1 x Archaeology CD

1 x Storage Box

2. Ancient Greece Artefact

Collection

Introduce your class to Ancient

Greece with this historical collection

of replica artefacts. Children can

explore, touch and feel the artefacts

and gain an understanding of what

they would have been used for and

the importance of them. Pack of 10.

17

HI10034 £196.61

2

Contents

1 x Corinthian Hydria

4 x Ancient Greek Coins

1 x Discus Replica

1 x Steel Corinthian Helmet

2 x Replica Sandals

1 x Ancient Greece Timeline

10


Stone Age to 1066

Romans

1

• Why not turn your class into an

archaeological dig?

• A great opener for any Roman topic!

• Encourage questioning and historical

research

25

2

Contents

11 x Roman Coins

8 x Roman Jewellery

1 x Roman Helmet

2 x Roman Sandal

1 x Roman Desktop Timeline

1. Roman Archaeo-Box

Artefact Collection

Stimulate historical research and

enquiry, using the power of real life

archaeological artefacts! Provide

thoughtful, fun and stimulating

multi-sensory educational activities,

to enable quality historical learning.

Pack of 25.

Contents

1 x Roman Spoon

1 x Roman Thimble

1 x Roman Strigil

11 x Roman Coins

1 x Roman Oil Lamp

1 x Chatelaine Set

1 x Roman Torch

1 x Wax Tablet, Styli

1 x Set of Tile Pieces

1 x Set of Moratorium Pieces

1 x Set of Knucklebones

1 x Set of Archaeology Tools

1 x Archaeology Book

1 x Archaeology CD

1 x Archaeology Card

HI00050 £196.61

2. Roman Artefact

Collection

This selection of replica artefacts

are designed to help you find out

more about everyday life in Roman

Britain. Perfect for classroom

historical enquiry. Who would have

used the artefacts? Why was they

made? Pack of 23.

23

HI10033 £196.61

750


1. Anglo-Saxon Archaeo-Box

Artefact Collection

Authentic replica items, perfect for

supporting any study of the Anglo-

Saxon settlers. Uncover your very

own Staffordshire Hoard! Sure to

inspire awe and wonder as well as

being ideal for developing historical

enquiry skills. Pack of 24.

Contents

5 x Replica Staffordshire Hoard

Pieces

2 x Chain Mail Patches

1 x Anglo Saxon Cooking Pot

10 x Anglo Saxon Coins

1 x Anglo-Saxon Shield Boss (18cm)

1 x Anglo-Saxon Brooch

1 x Anglo-Saxon Clay Pot

1 x Archaeology CD

1 x Set of Anglo-Saxon Runes in

Leather pouch

1 x Set of Knucklebones

1

Anglo-Saxon

Stone Age to 1066

HI00502 £196.61

2. Viking and Anglo Saxon

Book Pack

Take a trip back in time and discover

what life was like in Anglo-Saxon

and Viking times. Stunning

photography will engage children

while giving fun, informative and

exciting information. Titles may vary.

Pack of 6.

2

24

HI00478 £110.40

3. Viking And Anglo-Saxon

Timeline

Explore the period when Anglo-

Saxon rule in Britain was contested

and passed to the Vikings! Full

colour illustrations show the people,

the way they lived and critical

moments in the period. Easy to

understand with clearly marked

dates. Height 10cm. Length 50cm.

Made from laminate. Pack of 5.

HI00448 £18.14

6

3

5


Stone Age to 1066

Vikings

1

6

1. The Vikings Book Pack

A fantastic series of informative

books about The Vikings. With

beautiful imagery sure to engage,

aimed at KS2 and accessible to a

wide range of abilities. Covering

curriculum requirements for

invaders and settlers. Titles may

vary. Pack of 6.

HI00479 £110.40

2. Viking Archaeo-Box

Artefact Collection

Explore the life of a Viking in your

classroom. Encourage discussion

and historical enquiry with an

artefact handling opportunity to

engage different learning styles

and abilities. Pack of 15.

Contents

8 x Viking Jewellery

2 x Viking Coins

1 x Viking Axe Head

1 x Viking Horn

1 x Viking Helmet

1 x Timeline

1 x Archaeology CD

HI10003 £196.61

2

15

752


1. Ancient Egypt

Curriculum Pack

A selection of resources for studying

Ancient Egypt. This comprehensive

pack supports a wide range of

National Curriculum requirements

including vocabulary, perspective,

evidence, chronology and an

understanding of events, people

and daily life in Ancient Egypt.

Suitable for KS2. Pack of 12.

HI10072 £45.36

1

Ancient Egypt


2. Egyptian Archaeo-Box

Artefact Collection

Step into Howard Carter’s shoes

and unearth the treasures of

Ancient Egypt. Full of replica

artefacts to explore all aspects of

this fascinating ancient culture.

Great for investigating evidence,

historical enquiry, role play and

more! Contents may vary. Pack

of 10.

Contents

1 x Spinning Top

1 x Wooden Headrest

2 x Sandal

1 x Kohl Pot

1 x Pack of Parchment Paper

1 x Archaeology CD

1 x Trowel

1 x Brush Set

1 x Storage Box

HI00125 £196.61

12

2

10



Maya

1

1. Maya Archaeo-Box

Artefact Collection

Transport your class back to the

classic period of the Maya Empire

with this authentic collection of

replica resources. Engage pupils

with hands-on historical enquiry,

an archaeological dig or try a

history mystery activity. Pack of 10.

Contents

1 x Maya Calendar Stone

1 x Mini Metate

1 x Maya Glyph Painted onto

Amate Paper

1 x Maya Copal Incense

1 x Clay Incense Burner

1 x Maya Plaque

1 x Maya Pot

1 x Set of Cacao Beans

1 x Maya Ceramic Stamp

1 x Archaeology CD

HI00546 £196.61

2. Maya Chocolate Artefact

Kit

Explore the origins of chocolate

with the Maya chocolate artefact

kit. A great introduction to any

chocolate or Maya topic. Did you

know that chocolate was once a

form of currency? Pack of 9.

• A great artefact handling

opportunity!

• Why not turn your classroom into

an archaeological dig?

• Immerse your whole class in Mayan

life

10

Contents

3 x Dried Cocoa Pods

1 x Flint Millipede

1 x Whisk

1 x Metate (Grinding Stone)

1 x Bowl

1 x Bag of Cocoa Beans

1 x Bark Paper

HI10063 £173.92

2

9

754


SAVE

£181 .50

World Faith

World Religions

Artefacts

Collection

Have your religious artefacts slowly gone missing, or are you looking to

top up on inspirational resources?

This huge pack contains artefacts and lesson activity cards for all six

major world faiths.

RE00177 £695.65

from

£695 .65

BENEFITS

• A huge collection of resources

• Great for exploring different cultures and

beliefs

• Includes resources from Buddhism,

Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Sikhism and

Judaism


World Faith

World Faith

1

Contents

1 x Baptism Card

3 x Plain Cross

1 x Set of Rosary Beads

1 x Old & New Testament

Illustrated Childrens Bible

5 x Wooden Christian Symbols

1 x Deluxe Wooden Nativity Set

10 x White Candles

6 x World Religions Faith

Child Images

1 x Teaching Christianity

Reference Book

1 x Doll

1 x Artefact Bag

1. Christian Childs Artefact

Collection

Introduce Mary to your pupils! In

her bag she has brought to show

you a wonderful collection of

Christian faith artefacts. Why not

add non-religious items to Mary’s

bag to make her more relatable to

your class? Artefacts can add some

fascination to your RE lessons and

really put religious practice into

context. These resources can also

be great starting points for creative

writing, role play and religious story

telling.

CHCHILD £173.92

2

2. Hindu Childs Artefact

Collection

Say Hello to Indira! In her bag

she has brought many artefacts.

Bringing religious artefacts in to

your classroom will give the children

context and is sure to raise interest

levels and enquiry based learning.

The artefacts included can be

used to discuss a range of topics

around the Hindu faith for example,

festivals, Diwali, weddings and daily

worship. Contents may vary.

HICHILD £173.92

Contents

1 x Child Size Sari

1 x Aarti Lamp

2 x Indian Festival Music Sticks

5 x Diwali Cards

3 x Diva Lamps

1 x Model of Lakshmi

1 x Story of Ramayana Model

2 x Mehndi Silhouettes

1 x Henna Paste (not to be used)

6 x Faith Children Images

1 x Rakhi Bracelet Set

1 x Doll

1 x Artefact Bag

3. Jewish Childs Artefact

Collection

Welcome Reuben! He has a variety

of items related to his faith to

explore. Religious artefacts are a

great way to give a faith context and

engage a range of learning styles.

Sure to spark discussion these Jewish

artefacts can be used for a range of

RE topics including festivals and daily

worship. Why not add non-religious

items to the bag to make Reuben

more relatable? Contents may vary

JD-NCLD £173.92

3

1 x Havdalah Candle

1 x Wooden Dreidel Game Set

1 x Embroidered Jewish Cap

1 x Hanukkah Card

1 x Mezuzah Case

1 x Paper Insert for Mezuzah

1 x Jewish Rabbi Soft Puppet

1 x Individual Seder Plate

1 x Jewish Story Book

6 x Children of Faith Images

1 x Doll

1 x Artefact Bag

756


1. Muslim Childs Artefact

Collection

Meet Hanif! In his bag, he has

lots of Muslim faith artefacts to

show you. The religious artefacts

included provides starting points

for discussing a range of topics

including religious festivals, daily

worship and more. Why not add

some non-religious items to make

Hanif more relateable?

1

World Faith

World Faith

ISCHILD £173.92

1 x Set of Prayer Beads

1 x Qur’an with Cover

1 x Qur’an Rack

1 x Illustrated Qur’an Story

Book

1 x Embroidered Prayer Cap

5 x Eid Celebration Cards

1 x Prayer Mat with Compass


1 x Doll

1 x Artefacts Bag

2. Sikh Childs Artefact

Collection

In Sikander’s bag, he has a variety

of items for you to explore. A fun

and engaging way to discuss and

learn about different religions. Why

not add some non-religious items

to make Sikander more relatable?

The religious artefacts included in

Sikander’s bag can be used to cover

a range of RE topics from festivals to

daily worship.

2

1 x Kara

1 x Kangha

1 x Kirpan

1 x Patka

1 x Set of Prayer Beads

1 x Sikh Faith and Practice

Book

1 x Storybook on The Life of

All Ten Gurus

1 x Doll

1 x Artefact Bag

SICHILD £173.92

3. Buddhist Childs Artefact

Collection

Meet Dylan, she has a collection of

artefacts in her bag. The religious

artefacts included can create

discussion points around festivals,

culture, daily worship and more.

Contents may vary. When studying

Buddhism a collection of artefacts

can really put the faith into context

for your pupils. Why not place some

non-religious artefacts in Dylan’s bag

to make her more relatable?

BU-CHILD £173.92

3

Contents

1 x Buddha Figure

1 x Puja Bowl Set

1 x A Journey Through Life

Book

1 x Symbols and Story Book

1 x Prayer Beads

1 x Singing Bowl


1 x Doll

1 x Artefact Bag


pshe

contents

759-765 rewards

766-770 feelings & emotions

771-773 relationship education

758


1. Mini Sparkly Star Praise

Stickers

Super value sparkly stars praise

stickers. Ideal for paper based

marking, reward charts, reading

records and much more. Diameter

12mm. Pack of 280.

1

2

Stickers

Rewards

PS10143 £2.87

2. Sparkly Gold Star Praise

Stickers

Star shaped smiley stickers with a

sparkly gold effect. A great reward

for hard work or progression chart.

Pack of 360.

360

PS10144 £10.10

3. Gold Star Stickers

A lovely selection of gold metallic

stars with smiley faces. Great for

using on wall charts, clothing or

finished work. Metallic gold. Pack

of 720.

3

PS10141 £11.54

4. Smiley Face Praise

Stickers

A selection of smiley face stickers in

bright colours. Great for rewarding

hard work. Includes a mixture of

coloured designs. Diameter 15mm.

Pack of 450.

PS10164 £11.54

280 720

4 5

5. NEW Sparkling Praise

Animal Stickers

A pack of sparkly animal design

stickers. Includes a mixture of 35mm

and 10mm stickers, each with a

positive message and lots of happy

animal character designs. Pack of

690.

RS46014 £17.31

6. Praise Bookmark Stickers

A mixture of caption and no caption

miniature stickers. Ideal for using

as a progression marker for reward

bookmark or charts. Pack of 750.

PS10165 £10.84

450

690

6 7

7. Mini Cartoon Praise

Stickers

A miniature sticker perfect for

sticking in exercise books or reward

charts. Supplied on A5 Sheets.

Includes a mixture of designs and

praise words. Pack of 800.

PS10145 £11.54

8. NEW Mixed Scented

Stickers

Give your praise stickers an extra

dimension with these wonderful

scented stickers. Scents include:

blueberry, grapefruit, cherry

blossom, candy floss, coconut, and

apple. 30 of each design. Diameter

38mm. Pack of 180.

750 800

8 9

RS46011 £20.20

9. Mini Mixed Praise Stickers

A selection of mini motivational

stickers in a variety of designs. Great

for use with reward charts. Includes

a variety of different captions.


PS10170 £10.10

180

847


Rewards

Stickers

1 2

1. Animals, Stars and

Gadgets Praise Stickers

Supplied on A4 sheets. Includes

350 x 35mm(dia.) stickers and 340

x 10mm(dia.) stickers. Diameter

35mm. Pack of 690.

PS10142 £17.31

690 262

3 4

285 690

690 320

5 6

348 393

7 8

567 650

9 10

741 1310

2. Sparkly Animal Praise

Stickers

A selection of sparkly motivational

stickers. Supplied on A4 sheets.

Includes 126 x 25mm(dia.) stickers

and 136 x 10mm(dia.) stickers. Pack

of 262.

PS10168 £4.32

3. Animals and Stars

Compilation Praise

Stickers

A selection of motivational stickers.




23mm. Pack of 285.

PS10167 £6.50

4. Rainbow Star Stickers

Colourful, smiley star stickers. Great

for encouraging good behaviour.

Diameter 22mm. Portrait. Pack of 320.

PS10068 £5.06

5. Smiles Star Praise Stickers

Combination Pack

Assorted colour smiley star stickers.




24mm. Pack of 348.

PS10137 £6.86

6. Smiles Praise Stickers

Combination Pack

Smiley face stickers in assorted

colours. Diameter 25mm. Pack of

393.

PS10146 £7.21

7. Assorted Sparkly Praise

Stickers

A bumper pack of beautiful sparkly

stickers that children will love to get

their hands on. Pack of 567.

PS00389 £25.97

8. Simple Praise Stickers

Great value, single colour designs.

Includes captions: brilliant, well

done, very good etc. Assorted

colours. Pack of 650.

PS10166 £7.21

9. Variety Praise Stickers

A multipack of motivational stickers

in a variety of designs. Diameter

23mm. Pack of 741.

A multipack of motivational stickers

in a variety of designs.

PS10147 £17.31

10. Animals and Stars Praise

Stickers

A great selection of designs

including: brilliant, good work, great

work, great and very good. Diameter

25mm. Pack of 1310.

PS10134 £20.20

760


1. Reward Sticker Bus

Bright and colourful rectangular

motivational stickers, stored inside

a decorative bus-shaped box. Great

for sticking on clothing. Includes

24 different designs. Height 24mm.


1

Stickers & Pencils

Rewards

PS10148 £25.97

2. Praise Pencils Bulk Pack

Boost your pupils confidence and

self-esteem with these assorted

praise pencils! Adding variety to

your rewards can really keep your

class motivated and willing to learn.

Featuring messages such as “Good

Job”, “Super Reader” “Star Award”

and “Do Your Best”. Pack of 288.

800

PS00904 £43.30

3. Praise Words and Thumbs

Up Stickers

A bulk pack of large word stickers,

ideal for older children. Phrases

include Star pupil, Brilliant Effort,

Fabulous Work, Star Award and

much more. The small thumbs up

stickers are ideal for sticking on

children’s work. Pack of 3930.

2 3

PS00459 £37.52

4. Stars and Smiles Praise

Stickers

Bulk pack of colourful stickers

featuring a variety of smiley face and

star designs. A mixture of designonly

stickers and phrase stickers,

ensuring that you have a sticker

suitable for any occasion! Pack of

3930.

288 3930 800

PS00489 £37.52

5. Praise Star Stickers

A bulk sticker pack containing mixed

sizes, perfect for rewarding children

of all ages. Mixture of colourful

star designs featuring phrases such

as Brilliant, Star Worker and Good

Work! Pack of 3930.

4 5

PS00488 £37.52

6. Motivational Reward

Praise Stickers

This sticker pack contains everything

you need to reward children for

good behaviour, an essential for

every classroom. Contains stickers

designed to praise effort and

behaviour but also to provide

encouragement.

3930 800

3930

PS00388 £53.41

7. Maths Reward Pencils

Give children a reason to excel in a

task you set for them by rewarding

them with these colourful pencils. A

great way to reward those that do

super work in maths lessons or their

homework Pack of 36.

6 7

PS00683 £21.65

1149

36


Rewards

Stampers

1

1. Motivational Stamps

A set of pre-inked and re-inkable

stamps in a storage box. Messages

include: smart, keep it up, got it,

wow, getting there and magic work.

PS10139 £33.20

2. Motivational Stamps

Classpack

A bumper classroom collection

of self-inking marking stampers.

Brightly coloured, attractive designs

with messages of praise for every

occasion. Comes with handy storage

cases.

PS00585 £86.61

3. Stackable Stamps

Four really useful messages in one

handy, pre-inked stack. Messages

are: Teacher Assisted Work,

Independent Work, TA Assisted Work

and Objective Achieved.

PS10138 £21.65

2 3

12

762


1. NEW Sports Day Medals

A set of sports day 2023 medals.

Available in gold, silver and bronze.

Supplied with red lanyard. Diameter

50mm. Pack of 10.

1

Medals

Rewards

RS45940GO Gold £36.08

RS45940SI Silver £36.08

RS45940BZ Bronze £36.08

2. Well Done Reward Medals

A multipack of versatile reward

medals with lanyard. These medals

can be used across the curriculum

for supporting achievements and

positive participation. Includes

coloured lanyard. Pack of 10.

PS00632 £21.65

3. Well Done Reward Trophy

A well done trophy for rewarding

pupils. Give an extra special reward

to really motivate your pupils. A

lightweight trophy which is easy to

hold, sure to put a smile on your

pupils’ faces. Height 7.75cm.

10

2 3

PS00888 £8.65

4. Sports Sticker Pack

Encourage competition and praise

participation in sports day with this

sticker pack. Messages including 1st,

2nd and 3rd as well as ‘I had fun at

sports day’ and ‘I’m a sports star’.


PS00689 £17.31

5. Reward Pin Badges

Perfect set of mixed award badges

in a shiny finish. Great for sports

day prizes, but could also be used in

the classroom. Includes 15 of each.


PS10063 £21.65

10

4 5

Contents

185 20 x 1st Stickers, 20 x 2nd Stickers,

45

20 x 3rd Stickers, 125 x Mixed Sparkly Stickers


Rewards

Badges & Certificates

1

2

20

ONLY

£10 .10

1. NEW Mixed Praise Badges

These praise badges are a brilliant

way for your pupils to show off their

achievements! Includes two of each

design. Small: 25mm. Large: 37mm.

Pack of 20.

RS45995 Small £8.65

RS45996 Large £10.10

2. Small Colourful Pin

Badges

Ideal for use as team colours for

classroom or outdoor activities.

Assorted colours: red, blue, green

and yellow. 10 of each colour.

Includes pin fixings. Multicoloured.

Pack of 40.

PS00873 £11.54

3. Play Leader Enamel

Badges

Appoint ‘play leaders’ for the

week, month or term. Encourage

children to develop responsibility

and leadership skills by organising

games and activities at lunchtimes

and inviting everyone to join in.

Length 40mm. Made from metal.

Pack of 15.

PS00614 £33.20

4. Sparkly Certificate Pack

Extra special general rewards

that can be used across the

curriculum. Messages include: 100%

Attendance, Star of the Week, Well

Done Award, Special Award, Pupil

of the Week Award and Star Award.

6 different designs. Landscape. Pack

of 120. A5.

PS00653 £43.30

40

3

15

4

A5

120

764


1. Star of the Week Desk

Cards

Colourful awards that sit proudly

on the recipient’s desk. A great gift

for your ‘star of the week’ pupil as it

can also be taken home. Pack of 20.

Width 113mm.

1 2

Star of the Week

Rewards

PS10076 £4.32

2. Star of the Week Badges

These pin badges are a great reward

for your ‘star of the week’ pupils.

The badge can be worn with pride

and taken home to show to parents/

carers. Diameter 25mm. Pack of 20.

PS10082 £7.21

3. Star of the Week Pencils

These make a great incentive for

good behaviour or for an excellent

piece of work. Children can see

their award all day and show it off

to others with pride. Pack of 24.

Contents 12 x Blue, 12 x Red

20 20

3

4

PS10081 £18.76

4. Sparkly Golden Crown

Designed for special occasions, use

this crown for children’s birthdays,

‘star of the week’ or to reward good

behaviour! Children love to dress

up, but how special would they feel

when wearing this beautiful golden

crown! Diameter 26cm. Height

13.5cm. Made from fabric. Single.

24

PS00480 £17.31

5. Star of the Week Certificate

A set of A5 ‘star of the week’

certificates with a sparkly finish.

They shimmer in the light, proving

an impressive reward for children.

Perfect to take home to show

parents/guardians. A5. Pack of 20.

5

PS10075 £8.65

6. Star Worker Cushion

Extra special praise can really boost

self-esteem and motivate your

pupils! Reward a different pupil each

day or week by presenting them

with this soft velvet cushion to sit

on. Colour may vary.

20

LSTCUS £36.08

6


Feelings & Emotions

Feelings & Emotions

1

2

3

36

Contents

1 x Dry-Wipe ‘Tree of Us’ Classroom Display Board (L:1100 x W:782mm)

1 x Re-Useable Set of Classroom ‘Tree of Us’ Stickers (L:1200 x W:500mm)

1 x Individual ‘Tree of Me’ Flip Book (30 Sheets, A3, 100gsm)

30 x Set of Individual ‘Tree of Me’ Stickers (A3)

1 x Teacher Guide (A4, 46pp)

1 x Book Bag (L:360 x W:660mm)

4

1. NEW Tree of Me

A hard-wearing classroom display,

sticker pack and teacher’s guide to

introduce the Tree of Me to your

classroom. The Tree of Me has been

designed to help build children’s

sense of identity and belonging

and to help them realise the type of

person they want to be. Each part of

the tree has two lesson plans, split

into ‘A’ and ‘B’. Lesson ‘A’ introduces

the idea of what each part of the

tree represents and encourages

children to think about how it

applies to the whole class (Tree of

Us). In lesson ‘B’, children consider

the same ideas, but as individuals

(Tree of Me). Refill pack contains: 1

x ‘Tree of Me’ Flip Book (30 Sheets,

A3) and 30 x Set of ‘Tree of Me’

Stickers (A3) so the resource can

be used again and again. Written

by Dr Paula Williams, Educational

Psychologist.

PS10050 Class Pack £216.55

PS10180 Sticker Refill Pack £72.17

2. NEW ‘All About Me’

Feelings Activity Set

Learn social-emotional learning

(SEL) skills with these feelingsfilled

play figures and counters!

Includes six emotions in six bright

colours. Helping children talk about

happiness, sadness, surprise, anger,

embarresment and being proud.

Pack of 36.

RS45919 £28.86

3. NEW Stack & Build

Emotion Set

Great for exploring the various ways

people show their feelings and learn

how body language can help us

recognise different emotions! Great

for matching up facial expressions

with arm and leg positions to create

figures representing five different

emotions. Children are also able to

self-check their creations using the

coloured marker on the back of each

block. Includes 15 wooden blocks

for making 5 figures, plus a 12”

hardwood base.

RS45938 £36.08

4. NEW Gel-Bead Emotion

Friends

Fun-to-touch emotion friends

provide a unique sensory experience.

As children explore how they’re

feeling and learn to regulate their

emotions! Four different gel-bead

friends have an illustrated face and a

corresponding emotion word on the

front, plus colorful gel beads inside

that help soothe children with every

squeeze! A great visual and tactile

resource. Four different colors.

Includes guide. Pack of 4. Width 4in.

RS45925 £20.20

4

766


1. NEW Who’s Feeling What

Game

Help children build social-emotional

learning (SEL) skills with this fun

identification game inspired by

distance learning! Fill the ‘video call’

style puzzle board with some of the

caller cards, then use conversation

prompts and emoji tokens to identify

and name different emotions.

RS45924 £18.76

2. Let’s Talk Wellbeing

Cubes

Roll the dice and get the

conversation going. There’s a

new conversation in every roll!

Get children talking, sharing and

learning with this set of cubes

featuring engaging prompts

targeting Social and Emotional

Learning (SEL). Depth 4cm. Height

4cm. Pack of 6.

3

1

2

6

Feelings & Emotions

Feelings & Emotions

PS10178 £20.20

3. Emoji Wellbeing Cubes

Develop social and emotional skills

with these brightly coloured cubes.

Images and prompts will encourage

young children to think about how

they’re feeling and to talk about

their emotions. Depth 4cm. Height


PS10179 £20.20

4. See My Feelings Mirror

Set

See my feelings mirror helps children

recognise and identify emotions in

themselves and others. This childsafe

mirror comes with six slide-in

photos of real children expressing

real emotions. Height 20cm.


4

4 5

PS10177 £57.74

5. Express Your Feelings

Pocket Chart

An innovative way for children to

identify and express feelings to

their teachers in a safe way. Ideal

for social emotional learning (SEL),

self-awareness and social awareness.


PS10176 £28.86

6. Big Feelings Pineapple

Helps preschool children learn about

how emotions and facial expressions

show what people are feeling. Ideal

for giving children the opportunity

to identify and talk about

expressions and feelings through

hands-on play. Height 16cm. Length

8cm. Width 10cm.

6

6 7

PS10172 £17.31

7. NEW Anxiety and Worry

Kit

This kit uses the principles of

cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT),

which empowers the individual to

make their own decisions and take

control. Within it are lots of self-help

techniques that young people can

use depending on their personal

situation and what they are worrying

about. Suitable for 8-16yrs. Pack of 17.

17

RS46121 £57.74


Feelings & Emotions

Feelings & Emotions

1

16

2

8

1. Emotion Faces Throw

Down Spots

A set of visually stimulating,

double sided spots, showing fun

representations of emotions with

the written emotion on the reverse.

Encourage active learning by getting

children to run/jump on to the

different emotions. Diameter 25cm.

Made from silicone. Pack of 16.

PS10055 £101.05

3

2. Emotion Faces Bean Bags

Help children to understand facial

expressions while developing gross

motor skills and coordination skills.

Encourages cooperative play, maths

skills, colour and word recognition,

and social awareness. Suitable for

age 3 years and up. Length 100mm.


44

Contents

12 x Emotion Balls

16 x Emotion Face Mats

16 x Emotion Bean Bags

PS10054 £28.86

3. Emotions and Feelings

Active Wellbeing Pack

A fun kit to help children explore and

discuss their own and others feelings

and emotions, by encouraging active

learning. Can be used for a number

of physical education and curricular

activities. Pack of 44.

PS10104 £173.24

768


1. NEW Dr Treisman’s Big

Feelings Stories

These stories take children on

wonderful therapeutic adventures.

Helps children’s difficulties with

anxiety, bereavement, trauma,

nightmares and sleep-related

problems, low self-esteem and selfregulation

and relaxation. Pack of 6.

RS45973 £72.17

2. NEW Dr Treisman’s

Therapeutic Activity Books

These activity books feature a fun

illustrated story followed by a

treasure trove of fun activities and

therapeutic worksheets. The final

section of the activity books features

CBT-informed guidance for parents,

carers and professionals. Pack of 6.

RS45970 £173.24

3. Feelings and Emotions Kit

A kit to help educate children on

different types of feelings. Children

will be able to use the contents to

help them identify and discuss a

range of different feelings together.

PS10049 £158.80

4. Worries and Wonders

Circle Time Bag

A multi-purpose reversible bag with

a “?” on one side and “Worries and

Wonders” written on the reverse.

Get children to write their worries

or questions on paper and place in

the bag. Suitable for 3 to 11 years.

Length 36cm. Width 26cm.

PS00337 £18.76

1 2

3

6 6

Contents

1 x Binnie the Baboon and the Big Worries

1 x Cleo the Crocodile’s New Home

1 x Gilly the Giraffe Learns to Love Herself

1x Ollie The Octopus and the Memory Treasures

1 x Neon the Ninja Meets the Nightmares

1 x Presley the Pug and The Tranquil Teepee

Contents

8 x Books

1 x Feelings Ball

1 x Feelings Mirror

1 x Feelings Cards

4

Feelings & Emotions

Contents

1 x Binnie the Baboon Anxiety and Stress

Activity Book

1 x Cleo the Crocodile Activity Book for Children

Who Are Afraid to Get Close

1 x Gilly the Giraffe Self-Esteem Activity Book

1 x Neon the Ninja Activity Book for Children Who

Struggle with Sleep and Nightmares

1 x Ollie the Octopus Loss and Bereavement

Activity Book

1 x Presley the Pug Relaxation Activity Book

Feelings & Emotions

5. Emotions and

Expressions Fans

A simple way for children to express

how they are feeling emotionally,

or to show how their sensory

environment is affecting them.

Each fan contains 8 faces depicting

different emotions along with the

matching vocabulary; happy, sad,

surprised, ill, laugh, cry, angry and

confused. Length 12cm. Made from


PS00101 £36.08

6. Feelings Wall Mirror

Plastic mirror featuring six cartoon

animals with associated emotions.

A3. Made from plastic. Single.

5-MIRW £40.41

7. Feelings Talk Ball

Get young children talking about

feelings with this colourful inflatable

ball. The pictures and words make

this a simple but interactive resource

for reception and KS1. Diameter

40cm. Made from plastic. Single.

PTALK £20.20

8. Feelings and Emotions

Book Pack

Books to help you teach your pupils

about feelings and emotions. Titles

include; Happy, Sad, Shy, Proud,

Caring, Worried, Angry and Jealous.

Pack of 8.

PS00601 £90.95

5

7

10

6

8

8


Feelings & Emotions

Feelings & Emotions

1

1. NEW Griff The Wellbeing

Dog

Help your pupils become as happy

and healthy as Griff the Wellbeing

Dog. This adorable Border Collie

puppet and book collection is the

perfect way to introduce a school

dog to your school - no training

required! The six-book collection

covers the core themes of the new

2020 PSHE curriculum such as health

and wellbeing, relationships and

living in the wider world. Each book

comes with a double-sided activity

card, helping facilitate discussion

and embed learning.

PS10191 £144.36

Contents

1 x Griff the Wellbeing Dog Puppet

1 x Griff ‘Goes to School’ Storybook

1 x Griff ‘Joins In’ Storybook

1 x Griff ‘Gets Better’ Storybook

1 x Griff ‘Eats Well’ Storybook

1 x Griff ‘Listens’ Storybook

1 x Griff ‘Exercises’ Storybook

6 x Double-Sided Storybook

Activity Cards

1 x Griff Collar with Tag

1 x Basket

A double-sided activity card per book!

2 3

4 8

4 5

2. Small People Hand

Puppets

Aid discussion in the classroom and

encourage communication and

expression. Give shy or quiet children

the confidence to speak in front of a

group, or make difficult topics easier

using puppets. Brightly coloured

with moveable mouths. Height

40cm. Pack of 4.

PS00597 £137.15

3. Family Finger Puppets

Beautifully designed, life-like and fun

finger puppets featuring boys, girls,

dads and mums. Perfect for family

role playing, relationship education

and interpersonal story-telling.


PS10189 £72.17

4. PSHE Book Pack KS1

Cover and discuss a broad range

of topics from across the PSHE

curriculum. Topics include: going to

the Doctor, moving house, feelings

and emotions, healthy eating and

death. Titles may vary. Paperback.

Pack of 18.

PS00204 £209.33

5. PSHE Book Pack KS2

A selection of books which explores

a range of PSHE topics. Healthy

eating, money, hygiene and

staying safe online are discussed

in these books. Supports the

development of fundamental skills

and understanding in key areas to

prepare children for their futures.

Pack of 20.

LB00600 £382.58

18 20

770


1. Social Skills Board Games

This great value set of six board

games models good social skills

and behaviour. A comprehensive

approach to promoting the social

and emotional skills. Includes

counters and die. Pack of 6.

SD09163 £43.30

2. Personal Safety and Well-

Being Board Games

Learn the essentials for a safe and

healthy life with these exciting

board games! Each game promotes

discussion and allows pupils to reach

informed decisions, helping them to

develop social skills, whilst learning

vital information. Includes answer

cards, counters and die. Pack of 6.

PS00348 £40.41

3. PSHE Board Game

Selection

An amazing pack of twenty four board

games to help children with all aspects

of PSHE. Help pupils to learn and

develop their skills, whilst providing

opportunity for discussion on a range

of important topics. Pack of 24. A3.

PS00415 £158.80

4. PSHE Board Game

Collection

This variety pack of games, posters

and stickers tackle all the key issues

of PSHE including feelings and

emotions, social skills and health

and well-being. A fantastic value for

money kit for supporting PSHE and

SEAL work in school. Pack of 100.

PS00354 £230.99

5. Families Book Pack

Encourage your pupils to explore

a variety of families and discuss

similarities and differences to their

own. What is normal for them, might

not be normal for others. Titles may


PS00438 £158.80

1 2

3

6

24 100

Contents

6 x Speaking & Listening Board Games

6 x Social Skills Board Games

6 x Personal & Emotional Skills Board Games

6 x Personal Safety Healthy Living and

Wellbeing Board Games

5 6

4

6

Family & Friends

Contents

50 x Feelings & Emotions Cards

10 x Positivity Posters

10 x Positivity Sticker Sheets

6 x Speaking and Listening Games

6 x Social Skills Games

6 x Personal Safety Games

6 x Healthy Living and Well-Being Games

6 x Personal and Emotional Skills Games

Relationships

6. Managing Change Book

Pack

Help children to manage change in

their lives. Change is an inevitable

part of life, this pack contains fiction

books that will develop children’s

ability to cope in different situations.


PS10032 £245.42

7. Family and Friends

Relationships Book Pack

A great selection of fiction stories

to help teach children what a

relationship is, what friendships

are for and what family means.


PS10031 £249.76

12 20

7 8

8. Real Life Issues Book Pack

A lovely collection of fiction and

non-fiction books covering sensitive

issues such as bereavement, divorce

and personal choices. Titles are

suitable for KS1 and KS2 children.

Titles may vary. Pack of 10.

PS00382 £119.82

20

10


Relationships

Family & Friends

1 2

1. Buddy Stop Playground

Sign With Stand

Help the children in your school

make friends during break times.

Best used with the ‘playground

pals’ range to ensure children are

not singled out. Weather and fade

resistant. Diameter 45cm. Height

167cm. Made from foamex. Single.

PS00346 Wall mountable £57.74

PS00532 With stand £101.05

3 4

2. Friendship Stop

A focal point for playground pals

to meet by and ensure that all

children have a positive playground

experience. Two different designs

to choose from (wall-mountable or

free-standing). Comes pre-drilled

complete with fixtures and fittings.

Depth 5mm. Diameter 45cm. Height

167cm. Made from foamex. Single.

PWSTOP Wall mountable £57.74

PSTOP With stand £101.05

3. Online Safety Lesson

Openers

These activity cards will help children

to stay safe online and gain digital

resilience. Follow Ben as he comes

across online safety issues whilst

using technology at school and

at home. Read the cards and get

children to discuss what they think

Ben should do. Length 12cm. Pack of

60. Width 8cm.

PS00612 £43.30

60 1

5 6

Contents

16 x Face Cards

26 x Feeling Cards

28 x Thinking Cards

28 x Whoops Cards

6 x Player Counters

1 x Egg Timer

1 x Board

1 x Dice

4. Feel Good Friends Board

Game

This is a non-competitive team

game, helping children to become

familiar with feelings, emotions and

expressions. A fun way for children

to gain confidence and self-esteem.

Players work as a team to take away

all the sad faces. Single.

PFGFFG £47.63

5. Bullies, Victims and

Bystanders Board Game

A game designed to raise a child’s

awareness of bullying and how it

feels to be bullied. Every card has

been weighted based on the severity

of the bullying so that children can

see how harmful this behaviour is.

Board size: 510x510mm. Single.

PS10094 £43.30

6. Online Safety Book Pack

This collection of books will educate

children on how to stay safe in the

digital world and give them handy

tips and advice. The online world has

many implications for children, from

their health, identity, lifestyle, and

relationships. Paperback. Pack of 15.

PS10030 £245.42

15

772


1. Answer Buzzers

These “game-show buzzers” turn any lesson

into a game and liven up student response!

Four different colours and fun sounds -

honking horn, boxing bell, doorbell and

boing! Each measures 9cm in diameter and

requires 2 AAA batteries,

which are not included. Ages 3+

3774 £21.93

2. Traffic Light Fans

Enables children to communicate

their understanding or feelings directly,

visually and confidently to the teacher.

Fans measure 13cm in length.

Visual Communication

pack of 4

buzzers

1

Visual Communitcation

AU01 Pack of 10 £15.00

AU11 Pack of 30 £40.41

3. Magnetic Behave-O-Meters and

talk dials set

Get pupils talking (or not as the case may be)

with these magnetic visual communication

resources! Show pupils expected noise

and behaviour levels for the whole class or

individual pupils with these magnetic meters,

complete with movable arrows and name

discs. Sit down at circle time or during small

group sessions with the ‘Emotion’ and ‘About

Me’ Talk Dials and move arrows to topics

or emotions to be discussed. Great visual

prompts especially for those who struggle

with oral instruction. Set includes:

• Noise-o-meter

• Behave-o-meter

• Emotions Talk Dial

• About Me Talk Dial

• 4 x Arrows

• 12 x Name Discs

PS08 £32.33

3

show

expected

noise

2

allows

for clear

non-verbal

communication

DISPLAY ON

TABLES OR AT

THE FRONT OF

CLASS

OVER 60CM

show

expected

behaviour

move the

arrows to

talk about

life &

emotions


special needs

contents

775-779 sensory & wellbeing spaces

780-783 keeping calm

784-787 concentrating

788-789 mental health & welllbeing

790-791 organisation & planning

792-793 dyslexic learners

794-797 motor skills coordination

774


1. Causeway Sensory Trolley

The Causeway Cruiser Sensory

Trolley is the ultimate portable

sensory solution for any

establishment that is finding space

a challenge, although requires a

sensory environment.

Standard Trolley Includes:

1.2m Interactive Bubble Tube

Mirror Panel

4 Storage Boxes

8 Colour Wireless Controller

Deluxe Trolley Includes:

All of the above, plus

Fibre Optic Strands

LED Projector with Effect Wheels

Interactive Activity Panel

4 Senses Activity Boxes

Disco Ball with Speaker

All power with one plug

Dimensions: L945 x W700 x

H1325mm

MSE1102 Standard £2,745.55

MSE1107 Deluxe £5,225.00

2. Infinity Miror Panel

Let this sparkling panel passively

amaze you with lots of effects

& rainbow colours and adjust

intensity, volume, speed anyway

you prefer. Use the panel in an

active way and determine the

effect, direction, play/pause and

sound effects of the built-in micro

SD card.

H900 x W500 x D100mm

MSE1014 £1,094.50

3. Colour Blending Panel

Experience how red, green and

blue colours blend together to

create countless colours. Contains

a series of interactive modes for

different levels & challenges. The

panel will also communicate all

colour choices to other Causeway

Interactive products in the room.

H900 x W500 x D100mm .

MSE1015 £1,094.50

4. Bubble Panel

This special panel lets you choose

colours while your own music

plays in the background through

the built-in speakers and micro

SD card. The action reaction

effect by influencing the different

bubble flows make it a unique &

magical panel.

H900 x W500 x D100mm

MSE1016 £1,094.50

5. Rhapsody Panel

This panel offers both visual &

auditory stimulation and contains

numerous modes for developing

self-confidence as well as

speech & language therapy. The

panel responds to volume and

pitch via either micro SD card or

microphone.

H900 x W500 x D100mm

MSE1017 £1,094.50

6. Snow Panel

Follow the swirling movement of

real film snow. Great for visual

tracking and relaxing works due

to the circulating movement.

Influence colour and intensity

through the buttons and play

sounds via supplied micro SD

card.

H900 x W500 x D100mm

MSE1018 £1,094.50

Sensory Room

1

2

3 4

5 6

1. Modern Design, Slim,

Lightweight

2. Large, Interactive

Screen Experience

3. Intuitive 4 Button

Control

4. Low Maintenance,

Digital LED Technology

Social, Emotional & Mental Health



Dens

1

3

2

4

1. Bubble Tube

Bubble tubes are used as a complimentary

focal tool for sensory

regulatory activities or used interactively

with encouraging visual

tracking, colour recognition,

physical movement and hand

eye-co-ordination.

MSE1000 1.2M Buble Tube £742.45


2. LED Waterless Tube 1.8M

Perfect for customers who love

bubble tubes but need a water-free

alternative! Ideal for environments

where infection control

is of paramount importance.

MSE1003 £989.99

3. LED Projector Saver Pack

Energy-efficient, cool running, quiet

and virtually maintenance free.

Integral 40W LED lamp provides

bright, white light and typically

lasts 100,000 hours. Low power

consumption. Compatible with accessories

such as the Clip-On Prism.

Requires Wireless Wheel Rotator.

85mm lens. 1200 lumens. Weight

3.3kg.

Size : L37 x W13.3 x D23cm.

MSE1019 £659.99

4. Fibre Optics

Sensory tactile light that you can

touch, hold and feel! Robust and

durable strands are ultra-resitand

to accidental damage to ensure

for all users.

MSE1004

MSE1005

2m x 100 Fibre

Optic Strands

Interactive Light

Source

£164.94

£219.94

5

6

5. Liquid Floor Tiles

A wonderful visual and tactile

experience that really will

encourage you to move around

and explore the surfaces. Ideal for

use in sensory rooms.The bright

colours and ever changing shapes

encourage visual stimulation as

well as movement and touch.

Size 500 x 500mm


7

6. LED Strip Lighting

Lighting that’s as flexible as it is

interactive. Perfect for edging,

highlighting and bordering walls,

stairs, ceilings, doorways or

virtually wherever you want in

your indoor area. Includes 5m of

self-adhesive WiFi LED Light Strip

and power supply. Compatible

with our WiFi controllers for

remote control of colours.

MSE1064 £274.99

6. LED Sky Ceilings

Transform an uninspiring or

dark space into an inviting, cosy

environment. The ultra-thin LED

panels replace the desired number

existing ceiling tiles. The high

quality image helps create an atmosphere

and provide an illusion

of daylight, as if it were a real

window. Set of 4 Sky Ceiling Tiles.

Must be used in conjunction

with a suspended ceiling.

MSE1065 Sky £1,204.50

MSE1066 Tree £1,204.50

776


1. Interactive Colour

Controller Cube

Causeway Colour Cube Controller

allows you to wirelessly control

the colours of your multi-sensory

room. Simply link your Wireless

Colour Controller Cube to one or

more items in the Causeway

Sensory Range, and roll to the

cube to control the colour. Fully

compatible with all items in our

Causeway Sensory Range - allowing

you to simply add pieces to

your range over time to build up

your sensory room without any

need for additional components.

MSE1125 £324.50

2. 8 Colour Wirefree

Controller

Causeway 8 Colour Wireless

Controller can be used to control

the colours in your multi-sensory

room. Compatible with bubble

tubes, fibre optics, wall washer

and interactive panels.

MSE1124 £329.99

1

4

2

3

Dens


3. Wall Washer Interative

Provides a flood of colour using

ultra bright, low-maintenance

LED bulbs. Dramatic and striking

lighting from one compact unit!

Dimensions - 1m

MSE1062 £423.50

4. Rainbow Vibration

Bumpas

Interactive vibration and interactive

colour control options.

Designed & made to measure

- speak to our sales team about

your own project. Size (each

Bumpa) 30W x 15cmD x 115cmH.

SFP3004 Set of 4 £1,369.50

SFP3005 Set of 8 £2,085.55

5. Honeycomb Tactile Panel

A large variety of fluid shapes,

raised and recessed areas as

well as contrasting textures in

a unique honeycomb pattern

make this a modern panel for any

environment. Textures have been

carefully chosen to offer a range

of temperatures, softness/hardness,

smoothness/coarseness.

Size: 1000 x 1000mm

TAC5087 £548.90

5

6. Sensory Corridors

This bespoke product is designed

to the requirements of the school

and the schools logo and motto

can be incorporated into the design.

Our customers have found

it to be a very useful tool offering

a fun and engaging activity to

promote health and well-being.

They look great and brighten up

the area where they are installed.

These are used to achieve a number

of goals.

CALL FOR PRICES

SCAN TO

WATCH THE

CASE STUDY



Sensory Room

1

2

1. Causeway Sensory Set 4

Kit Contains:

• 2 Mirror Panels

• 1.75m Bubble Tube

• 2m 100 Strand Fibre Optics

& Light Source

• 1 Square Podium

• 2 Quadrant Podiums

• 2 Wall Pads

• Bubble Tube Bracket

• Deionised Water

• 8 Colour Wireless Control

MSE1090 £3,575.00

2. Causeway Sensory Set 6

Kit Contains:

• 2 Mirror Panels,

• 1.75m Bubble Tube,

• 2m 100 Strand Fibre Optics

& Light Source,

• 1 Quadrant or Square

Podium,

• Bubble Tube Bracket,

• Deionised Water

• 8 Colour Wireless Control

SS45656 Square Podium £2,194.50

MSE1094 Quadrant Podium £2,194.50

778


A

B

C

D

E

F

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Dept. Technical reference Created by Approved by

Thomas Rafferty 07/12/2021

Document type

Document status

Title

DWG No.

F

Rev. Date of issue Sheet

1/2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A

B

C

D

E

Sensory

Hive

Our All-New Sensory Hive is a recent

innovation from the team. The Sensory

Hive is another mobile solution

assisting in creating a sensory space

within a larger open space.

Featuring a fully padded, unique

hexagonal shape, this Sensory Hive

can be customised in many ways

to suit the needs of your space. The

possibilities with this Hive are endless,

so contact our team today to discuss

your requirements.

Comes as standard with:

• Full Padding on the Walls, Floor,

Ceiling, and Seating Podiums

• Bubble Tube / LED Waterless

Bubble Tube (Please state your

choice at time of ordering)

• 8-Way Wirefree Colour Controller

MSE1111 £4,894.95

Sensory Room

PRICED FROM

£4,894.95


1868

2010

1869

889

Sensory Modular Unit Mk01

IS SPACE A CONSTRAINT?

Why not choose a

fully-customisable shipping container

to use as your sensory room?



Keeping Calm

1

• Help avoid sensory

overload and audible

distractions

• Encourage focus and

concentration

• Relieves stress and

anxiety

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£20 .62

1. Ear Defenders

Ideal for children with Autism

and Sensory Processing issues,

who are sensitive to noise and

certain sounds. They are designed

to not only reduce noise but are

comfortable and user-friendly. They

offer children a quiet “time out” to

regroup, reducing behaviour issues

and relieves stress and anxiety.

Lightweight and fully adjustable. The

padded ear cushions offer superior

comfort and a snug fit.

LSR7126 Red Single £21.99

LSR7127 Blue Single £21.99

LSR7128 Green Single £21.99

LSR7129 Red 5pk £76.99

LSR7130 Blue 5pk £76.99

LSR7131 Green 5pk £76.99

2. Pop-Up Barrier

These lightweight desk barriers,

provide children with an instant

distraction free environment.

Keeping children focused on

their own work and encourages

independent learning to promote

self-confidence. Height 32cm.

Length 32cm. Made from polyester.

Width 32cm.

2

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£27 .50

SD11014 Red Single £34.36

SD12324 Blue Single £34.36

SD12552 Green Single £34.36

SD12573 Grey Single £34.36

SD12267 Red 5pk £144.31

SD10052BL Blue 5pk £144.31

SD10052GR Green 5pk £144.31

SD10354 Grey 5pk £144.31

Available in a choice of 4 colours

780


• Having the lap buddy on the

knee will improve concentration

and focus

• The deep pressure impact helps

children to stay calm and relax

• Helps to reduce excessive

fidgeting

• Perfect addition to any

classroom as school animal

1. Weighted Lap Buddies

These friendly lap buddies makes

it easy to introduce the concept of

weighted equipment for calming

without the focus being on the

therapeutic benefits. Children will

enjoy holding, stroking, talking

to and carrying the weighted pet.



from velour.

INT4039 Beagle £54.99

INT4040 Schnauzer £54.99

INT4041 Cat £54.99

INT4042 Rabbit £54.99

1

Billy the Beagle

Keeping Calm

Rosie the Rabbit

Sherlock the Schnauzer

Children will enjoy holding, stroking,

talking to and carrying the weighted pet.


2. Weighted Blanket

These blankets provide deep

pressure stimulation, which helps

children to calm down, relax, rest

and improve anxiety levels. Many

sensory seeking children find the

weight and deep pressure input

to be calming, as it feels like they

are being given a hug Made from

polyester.

2

SD12229 1.4kg £103.11

SD12319 2.3kg £116.86

SD12320 3.6kg £123.74

3. Weighted Neck Pad

The sensation of calming deep

pressure on the shoulders can be

helpful in reducing anxiety and

bringing a sense of calm. This

shaped neck pad snuggles around

the shoulders and upper back and

provides a grounding effect for

children when they are anxious.

Length 43cm. Made from velour.

Weight 1.4kg. Width 34cm.

Available in 3 weights

INT4027 £54.95

3

Reversible neck pad - choose between blue or green



Keeping Calm

1

• Provides sensory input

and calms children down

• Helps children to relax

and provides a soothing

effect on the body

• Improve focus and

concentration

1. Vibrating Snuggle

Cushion

Many children with sensory

difficulties love soothing vibration.

This cushion provides this by simply

turning it on and gently squeezing.

From calming to stimulating, this

cushion will be a popular way to

provide tactile input. Length 30cm.

Width 30cm.

SD10083 £34.36

2. Sensory Cuddle Ball

By simply squeezing and cuddling

the ball, children will experience a

deep and calming pressure, that

will help them deal with all of the

anxiety and stress they are going

through. There are gaps in the

ball to allow hands and arms to

be placed inside providing extra

comfort and warmth. Diameter

25cm.

SD10427BL Blue £45.36

SD10427GY Grey £45.36

3. Vibrating Calming

Cushion

These cushions are perfect for

children with sensory processing

disorders. Pressure activated pillow

with 6 firm knobs on one side and

ultra soft and smooth vinyl on the

other. It starts vibrating as soon as

you squeeze it, to turn it off, just

remove pressure and the vibration

stops. Length 30cm. Width 30cm.

SD12115 £61.86

4. Cuddle Ball

Hug the soft ball tightly to bring

deep pressure to the sensory system.

There are gaps in the ball to allow

hands and arms to be placed

inside providing extra comfort and

warmth. Will also reduce anxiety and

provides a calming aid for excitable

or hyper children. Diameter 30cm.

Made from cotton and polyester.

SD08216 £54.99

2 3 4

Great as a calming aid

to help children relax

Helps to reduce anxiety

782


1. NEW Vibrating Weighted

Lap Buddy

Our weighted lap buddy offers a

gentle vibration when the child

strokes its back, which provides

a relaxing, calming and tactile

stimulation. The animal also comes

with a weighted blanket to provide

additional deep pressure input. The

combination of weight and gentle

vibration will help children to focus

and concentrate, soothe anxiety and

aid self-regulation. The vibration

can be switched off, to enable all

children to enjoy the lap buddy.



from polyester and polyethylene.

Weight 2.26kg.

INT4038 Cat £65.99

INT4286 Guinea Pig £54.99

2. Sensory Bags

Delight all of a child’s senses with

this amazing combination of

textures, smells, shapes and sounds.

Each sensory bag comes complete

with a number of activity ideas and

have been designed to appeal to

both boys and girls. Set includes:

Hidden treasures, smelly sticks,

lacy leaves, jagged gems, dazzling

diamonds, magic loofah, orangey

circles, bumpy shells and fluffy

feathers. Pack of 8.

1

Keeping Calm

• Applies deep calming

pressure to aid selfregulation

• Helps to satisfy sensory

input cravings

• Supports children to

focus and concentrate

• Helps to soothe anxiety.


210006 £68.74

3. Aroma Bags

A set of voile drawstring bags

each filled with dried natural

materials. Use the aroma bags for

a sensory guessing activity. the

set contains rosebuds, oranges,

apples, cinnamon, lavender,

aniseed or cloves. Adult supervision

recommended. Suitable for age

4 years and up. W9 x L10cm. Pack

of 7.

CA02040 £43.99

Stroke the back of the buddy

to activate the vibration

2 3

8

7



Concentrating

1

4

2

Removable lanyard for versatile use

• Promotes focus and

concentration

• Provides oral sensory

input for sensory seekers

• Helps decrease oral

defensiveness

• A discreet and simple

fidget aid

1. Sensory Chew Pendants

Our stylish and eye-catching sensory

oral chews, will provide comfort

and help to calm children who need

to chew, bite, and fidget. Keeping

hands free, enabling them to

continue to work. Can be worn like

a necklace on its lanyard with child

safety clasp, looped in a belt hoop or

clipped to clothing with the key-ring

clasp, or just held in the hand. It is

a readily accessible fidget or chew

to allow the brain/mind to keep

calm and focus. Made from silicone.

Pack of 4.

SD10363 £31.61

4

Chunky design makes them easy to hold

2. Sensory Clear Fidget

Chews

These are fun and appropriate

alternatives for children who chew

on their clothing, pencils, or other

objects! These fun shapes are

great for children who crave oral

stimulation. Each has a textured

surface that provides a varied

sensory experience. Clear. Made


SD10080 £34.36

3

3. Fidgety Bit

This fashionable and discreet wrist

band provides self regulation for

fidgeting and chewing needs. The

dial can twiddled by the fingers,

whilst worn on the wrist or held in

the hand, for extra sensory feedback.

Diameter 5.5cm. Made from silicone.

SD10313 Single £24.74

SD10329 3pk £53.58

4

Quiet and discreet fidget aid

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£20 .62

4. Chewable Fidget Bangle

Provides a safe, wearable, discreet

and fun solution for those who need

to chew. It can also be used as a

sensory fidget toy as you can twist

it, bend it, run your fingers over the

smooth or textured design. Depth

1cm. Diameter 6cm. Made from

silicone.

SD10138 Textured £12.36

SD10100 Smooth £12.36

SD10345 Buy all and save £17.84

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£6 .88

784


1. Fidget Starter Pack

A whole tin of wonderful fidget toys

in a variety of textures and colours.

The tin is full of durable, flexible

fidgets to suit all learners that can

be moved, stretched, squeezed or

chewed. Pack of 19.

Contents

4 x Clear Fidget Chews

4 x Coloured Fidget Chews

4 x Chewable Pendants

2 x Fidgety Bit

2 x Textured Chewable Bangles

2 x Smooth Chewable Bangles

1 x Storage Tin

SD10517 £145.62

• Encourages

concentration

• Keeps restless fingers

busy

• Helps to reduce anxiety

• Provides sensory

stimulation

2. Tangle-Tastic Fidget Set

Children can explore tactile sensory

stimulation in a discreet manner

and aid concentration with these

handheld, pocket-sized, fun

manipulatives while at home or at

school. Each with a different texture

for a multi-sensory experience, these

tangle fidget toys allows children’s

hands to keep busy so they focus on

the task in hand. Pack of 5.

Contents

1 x sensory tangle

1 x sensory fuzzy tangle

1 x textured tangle

1 x metallic tangle

1 x relax therapy tangle

1

19

2

5

SAVE

£41 .25

SAVE

£6 .88

Concentrating


SD09301 £45.31

3. Stretchy Elastic Fidget

Snakes

These colourful textured snakes

make an ideal fidget toy helping to

keep children calm and focussed.

Keeping hands occupied as they

stretch, squish and pull them into

any shape. Length 29.5cm. Made


3

TAC6094 £5.45

4. Giant Rainbow Springy

Slinky

The rainbow springy will provide

children with hours of fun whilst

developing their fine and gross

motor skills. Provides a visual

stimulus as the rainbow colours

change as it tumbles from hand to

hand and walks down steps/stairs.

H15cm. Made from plastic.

4

SD10561 £20.61



Concentrating

1 2

6 4

3 4

1. Stretchy String

These stretchy strings are soft and

durable, and resist squeezing,

pulling, pounding and pinching.

A great quiet fidget toy that also

provides proprioceptive input. Made


SD10399 £16.49

2. Sensory Fidget Tubes

Help children to focus, calm and

self-regulate with the mesmerising

motion inside the Sensory Fidget

Tubes. The tubes are robust, securely

sealed and easy for little hands to

grip. Height 22cm. Pack of 4. Width

5cm.

TAC7001 £38.49

3. NEW Liquid Double

Coloured Timers

When turned upside down these

clear sensory liquid timers will keep

children mesmerised as the droplets

fall or rise. They will captivate and

fascinate and are an ideal resource

for quiet focus, as well as inspiring

curiosity, developing creative

language and understanding simple

scientific principles.

SS45616 £19.24

63 63

5 6

10

4. NEW Liquid Motion Timers

Simply turn the timers upside down

and watch the two differently

coloured bubbles glide down to

the bottom. The action of the

liquid showers will provide visual

stimulation as the children watch the

colours move down the timer.

SS45619 £19.24

5. Sensory Fidget Kit

This sensory fidget set gives children

hands on ways to calm their minds

and bodies. A great way to reduce

anxiety and stress and to help

children focus and stay on track.

Pack of 10.

SD10547 £41.24

6. Tangles

Provides children with fun and

enjoyment as well as fine-motor

manipulation. Along with the

therapeutic benefits of control,

dexterity, concentration, focus, and

problem solving. Made from plastic.

7

8

SD07032 Tangle £9.61

SD07034 Fuzzy Tangle £10.99

7. Textured Tangle

Help restless children to focus and

concentrate by keeping minds and

hands occupied. The tangle fidget is

perfect for both sensory and tactile

fun, fits into the palm of the hand or

into a pocket. Length 170mm.

SD07532 £9.61

8. Metallic Smooth Tangle

A perfect solution for keeping

children that like to fidget focused

and on task. Encourages fine motor

development and tactile exploration.

Features a shiny, smooth and

reflective surface that feels great to

touch and manipulate.

786

SD08130 £9.61


1. Fidgety Feet

Our foot fidget helps children to sit

at the correct posture and avoids

restlessness in the classroom. Place

the discreet foot fidget under the

desk and let the children twist and

turn their legs and fidget away.


Made from plastic. Width 392mm.

SD10004 Single £59.11

SD10063 3pk £156.71

2. Sit on Wedge

This inflatable wedge cushion

actively promotes a proper seating

posture, back alignment and

improves the core stability of

children while sitting. The tactile

bumps on the top and smooth

on the bottom provides sensory

feedback. Made from rubber.

FUR2115Small £32.95

FUR2116 Large £43.95

1

Surviving Sitting

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£20 .62


3. NEW Wiggle Seat Cushion

The wiggle seat chair cushion helps

children sit comfortably while they

are working. Each gel-filled, tiny

square provides the ultimate feel

in both pressure and wiggle relief.,

helping children to concentrate and

focus. Green. Length 27cm. Made

from pu. Square shaped. Weight

900g. Width 27cm.

2

FUR3019 £65.95

4. PosturePad

An innovative multi-function wedge

which assists child development,

provides comfort and improves

posture. Designed by a Chartered

Physiotherapist to open up the

angle between the body and legs.

The increased angle encourages the

natural inward curve of the lower

back to remain and leads to more

comfortable sitting. Blue.

SD12203 W35 x L35cm £54.99

SD12091 W28 x L28cm £41.24

3 4



Multi-sensory materials will help to keep

children calm

Activities to help children develop

skills and coping strategies

Use in one to one sessions or as group activities

Calming Cat &

Coaching Cards

The engaging, huggable, tactile cat can help to facilitate conversations

and can also be used as a worry aid.

Our mental health and wellbeing programme, helps children to talk

about their feelings, thoughts and behaviours, as well as offering

coping strategies.

Contains over 140 coaching cards, giving insight, advice and activities

to develop knowledge, skills and understanding. The appealing cat

design has soft, soothing fur and a weighted body making it calming

to hold. There is a tummy pocket that can be used for a personal

comforting object or for a child to put a worry or concern.

SD10362 Calming Cat £31.61

KEY

from

£31 .61

BENEFITS

• Encourages children to discuss their

worries and anxieties

• Helps children to identify and talk

about their feelings

• Includes tummy pocket for holding

comforting objects

• Help to develop coping strategies

PS10105 Calming Cat & Coaching Cards £75.61

788



Our go to toolbox offers over 180 strategies that can be used to deliver

therapeutic support to develop children’s wellbeing and self-regulation

skills. This easy to use toolbox is portable and can be taken from

room to room and comes with a collection of fidgets for use within the

intervention sessions. Written by Dr Tina Rae, child psychologist who has

over 30 years’ experience specialising in the mental health and wellbeing

of children and young people. This toolbox is designed to be used within

the context of a calm corner or safe space, either with an individual or as

part of a small group.

SD10625 £185.61

KEY

from

£185 .61

BENEFITS

• Screening tool to help prioritise areas of

support

• Supports children and young people to

develop and sustain their emotional

resilience in times of heightened stress and

anxiety

• Seven CPD training videos included from

Dr Tina Rae, explaining the theory and

practical ideas for each aspect

• Supports teachers in delivering a

therapeutic intervention


Cognition & Learning

Organising Yourself

1

2 3

Helps children to plan

and organise tasks

4

SAVE

£20 .62

5

Perfect as a visual

timetable

6

7

Can be used on a desk

or hung on the wall

1. Recordable Talking Panel

A useful visual and auditory aid that

can be used in a number of ways,

for example, a timetable, a menu, a

2. Visual Communication

4. Emotions and

Expressions Fans

5. I Feel Expressions Fan

Help children identify expressions

2

6. Mood Wrist Bands

Children can indicate their feelings

SAVE

£13 .75

transition aid or a favourites board.

This can act as a useful transition tool

when children are going through

changes to routines, toilet training or

learning hand washing for example.

Slot in up to six images, photos or

words, record a 10 second message

per slot and press play to hear

the recording. Inserting images of

favourite things or family members

can support attachment disorder.

EL00153 Single £52.24

SD10609 3pk £136.08

Starter Pack

This visual aid set has been designed

to help children set out a routine.

Includes a visual timetable, now/next

and choosing board. These strategies

help children to plan and organise

their tasks.

SD12016 £43.99

3. Emotions Faces Fan

Help children identify how they are

feeling and to empathise with other

emotions. The symbols support

children who have communication

difficulties. Length 125mm. Made

from laminated card. Width 45mm.

SD12389 Single £6.86

SD12390 6pk £31.61

Ideal to use when a child is feeling

anxious about a situation or how they

are feeling in general. They will help

to prevent meltdowns and shutdowns.

Length 125mm. Width 45mm.


SD12397 10pk £23.36

and what feelings they represent.

Useful to use after incidents, during

social stories or when discussing

emotions in circle times. Length

125mm. Made from laminated card.

Width 45mm.


SD12393 6pk £31.61

by just flipping the band over. These

wristbands are coloured green (I’m OK)

on the outside, and orange (I’m not

OK) on the inside. Diameter 180mm.


SD12436 £12.36

7. Desktop Communicator

The three coloured sides can also be

used as a traffic light system. The

child can show the red side if they

require help immediately, yellow if

they need assistance when you are

free or green if they are getting on

happily with their work.


SD10525 10pk £47.99

SD10617 30pk £150.84

790


1. Task Slicing Tool

A visual aid to break down tasks

into smaller, more achievable

chunks using few words or images.

These dry-wipe magnetic pieces

will provide structure, build time

management skills and raise selfesteem.

Height 14.9cm. Width

38cm.

SD10002 Single £34.36

SD10064 3pk £89.33

2. Widgit in Print3 Software

The range of Widgit symbols,

provides children with a clear

structured language, ideal for

communication and learning. Just

about any piece of information,

document or teaching resource

can be made more accessible

and inclusive when symbols are

added, perfect for flashcards, visual

timetables or for supporting books.

1

Organising Yourself

MULTIBUY

SAVING

£13 .75

Cognition & Learning

SD09151 £343.74

3. Write and Wipe Work

Storage Pockets

Reduce photocopying time and

budget with these clear dry wipe

pockets. Simply slot in any activity

sheet through the side opening,

write over the top with a dry-erase

marker and wipe away when

finished. Pack of 5.

2 3

SD12658 £20.61

4. Desktop Visual Timetable

Holder

Designed to fit on a small desk

top this visual timetable stand is

great for children who need help

organising their day. Made of clear

perspex with an adhesive strip

across the front for attaching cards

(not included). Height 10cm. Made

from plastic. Width 30cm.

4 5

5

SD09074 £27.49

5. Desk Privacy Partition

Place this handy partition on a

desk or table to create an instant,

distraction-free environment. Great

for children who have difficulty

concentrating or just needs some

quiet time. Height 36cm. Made

from cardboard. Pack of 10. Width

107cm.

SD10107 £54.99

6. Now and Then

Communication Kit

This kit is designed to support

children to know what is about to

happen next, or to provide choices.

Use the word tiles in between

symbols to indicate ‘then’, ‘and’,

‘or’, ‘now’.

6 7

10

SD12479 £28.86

7. Positive Social Rules Fan

Help children to understand and

remember positive rules. The fan

provides a visual clue so the children

know what you would like them

to do in relation to social rules and

instructions. Length 125mm. Made

from laminated card. Width 45mm.

SD12401 £6.86


Literacy Support

Dyslexic Learners

1

10

2

3

100

4

Presented

in a clear,

easy to

follow

format

1. Assorted Coloured

Overlays

These overlays can help to alleviate

visual difficulties that sometimes

occur alongside dyslexia. A great

alternative to reading rulers,

freeing up both hands for writing

or typing. Really simple to use,

just remove from packaging, place

over text and read. The overlays

have a shiny side and a matt side

to provide improved usability over

a range of lighting conditions.

Reading from the shiny side gives a

subjectively crisper appearance to

the underlying text, but can reflect

overhead lighting. The matt side

trades slightly decreased clarity for

less reflection. Made from plastic.

Pack of 10. A4.

SD08143 £37.11

2. Visual Stress Assessment

Pack

Written and designed for ease of

use by non-specialists, it includes

everything necessary to carry

out a thorough assessment.

Provides anyone involved in

detailed assessment of the colour

overlay needs of individuals with

a full battery of information and

assessment tools. Presented in a

clear, easy to follow format that

is accessible to professionals and

non-professionals alike. Includes

background information and

research references for those new

to Visual Stress interventions, and

follow-up material that ensures

parents and others can be easily and

fully informed of assessment results

and recommended further action.

SD09203 £82.49

3. Blank Flash Cards

A highly visual and engaging tool

for teaching young children a range

of literacy and numeracy skills.

Presented in bright and engaging

colours to hold attention, each

of these high-quality cards can

be numbered to help developing

addition and subtraction skills

or used to split up words when

teaching sentence joining or

phonetics. A great tool in all

learning environments and will

encourage interactive learning with

the whole class. Multicoloured.

SD10278 W76mm 51x76mm £16.49

SD10279 W228mm 76 x228mm £16.49

4. Sentence Strips

Sentence strips ideal for whole or

group sentence writing. Printed

guidelines to show upper and lower

case letter sizes. Pack of 100.

L-STRIP £13.74

100

A great addition to any literacy working wall

792


1. Plain Window Reading

Rulers

Help to overcome reading difficulties

and improve reading speed, accuracy

and fluency. Ideal for dyslexic learners

or those who suffer with visual stress.

Made of a plain window of transparent

plastic that both underlines the text

by the use of an opaque line and

highlights it in a coloured tint. Assorted

colours in each pack. Height 10mm.

Length 230mm. Made from plastic.


1

Dyslexic Learners

Literacy Support

SD07553 £15.11

• Increase reading

speed and accuracy

• Improve concentration

• Reduce eyestrain and

headaches

• Gloss or matt surface

2

10

2. Duo Window Eye Level

Reading Rulers

Simply read the text through either of

the tinted plastic strips from the choice

of colours and track down the page.

The ruled line underlines the text and

assists tracking (preventing losing the

place when reading or copying) and

combines the glare reduction benefit

of reading through a coloured overlay.

Length 8cm. Made from plastic. Pack of

10. Width 20.5cm.

Made of a combination of opaque

and transparent plastic that both

underlines the text and highlights it in

a coloured tint. Simply read the text

through either of the tinted plastic

strips of your selected colour, and track

down the page. Use the broad strip for

paragraphs and narrow strip for single

lines. Made from recyclable, stratch

resistant PET. Assorted colours.

SD08142 £15.11

3. Reading Windows

Great for children who have problems

with visual tracking and need a line

finder to help them down a page of

text. For children with dyslexia who

need colour to make the letters clearer,

just slot in one of the coloured strips

to make reading easier. Reads text size

up to 14pt. Five colours. Length 17cm.


SD10017 £19.24

4. Linetrackers

A simple but ingenious resource to

improve reading and concentration

skills. The arrow indicator promotes

left-right orientation and keeps both

eyes focused on the line of text, while

allowing a partially masked view of

adjoining text. Height 5cm. Made

from plastic. Pack of 10. Width 10cm.

LSR7110 £19.75

3

4

10

10

10


Motor Skills Coordination


1 Improves

finger

2

flexibility and

grip strength

1. Hand & Finger

Strengtheners

This starter selection of

strengtheners, provides a complete

strength training solution for fingers,

hands, wrists, and forearms. The

ergonomic designs ensures an even

comfortable grip for all hand sizes.


SD10512 £20.61

2. Hand & Finger

Strengthening Loops

These finger loops provides a

complete strength training solution

for fingers, hands, wrists, and

forearms. The ergonomic design

ensures an even comfortable grip for

all hand sizes. Made from silicone.

Pack of 6.

SD10511 £17.86

5 6

3 4

53 65

5 6

3. Hand Grip Strengthening

Rings

These hand exercise rings will help

children to build strength in the

fingers, hands, wrist and forearms.

Can be used for a variety of exercises

including crushing and pinching that

will improve the dexterity of both

the hands and fingers. Made from

silicone. Pack of 3.

SD10510 £17.86

4. Therapy Putty

A fun and effective occupational

therapy tool for finger and hand

strengthening. A popular sensory

tool for providing tactile input,

sensory stimulation, bilateral

coordination play, or other types of

sensory therapy. Height 8cm. Length

8cm. Pack of 5. Weight 57g. Width

15cm.

TAC6026 £21.99

5. Therapy Putty Tubs

A great way to effectively exercise

and strengthen hands. Designed to

meet a wide range of strengthening

needs, putty can be squeezed,

stretched, twisted or pinched.

Weight 500g.

TAC6023 Green £21.99

TAC6024 Red £21.99

TAC6025 Yellow £21.99

6. Thera-Band

This resistive exercise band helps to

strengthen muscles and improve

balance. Good fun to use in

group sessions. Supplied with a

light powder coating to enhance

durability. Resistance level: light.

Length 5.48m.

SD12117 £35.74

Available in

a choice of

strengths

794


• Fun and engaging

activities

• Easy and hard activities

that can be adapted to

each child

• Contains pre and post

assessments

• Can be used as quick

motivator breaks

1. Fine Motor Skills Activity

Box

These fun and engaging fine

motor activities are a great way

of developing skills that children

need. Using games and activities to

practice fine motor skills can reduce

anxiety and frustration. Contains

all the resources in one place and

is a quick and easy grab and go

kit. Fine motor skills are essential

for independence and functioning

within the classroom.

1



SD07560 £164.99

2. Fine Motor Skills Boards

Support early preparation for

handwriting by developing

movement pattern skills, of common

letter formations. Encourages left

to right movement as the child

re-creates the motions used to form

letters. The pencil tracks are ideal

for all sizes of pencil, crayon or felt

pen. When the fine motor board

is removed, the child can see their

work and the pattern they have

created. Length 296mm. Width

105mm.

Complete Motor Skills

SD12339

£82.49

Board Set

SD12686 Paper Refill £5.49

2

3. Get a Grip

Created by popular demand and

developed in partnership with

NASEN this fabulous assorted kit

contains 13 of our best-selling pencil

grips. The goal of a pencil grasp is

to position the pencil in such a way

that it is stable, comfortable, and

can be moved by finger movements

rather than whole-hand movement.

Comes with a leaflet packed with

practical guidance and advice for

grip users. Contents may vary. Pack

of 33.

SD08031 £65.99

4. Developmental Pencil

Grip

Support individuals who have

difficulty transitioning to the tripod

grip. It could also benefit children

who are later developing fine

motor control due to coordination

difficulties such as dyspraxia. As the

motor skills and eye coordination

for pen use increases, the size of

the grip can reduce to the next size

down. Made from foam. Pack of 5.

SD12325 £17.86

Includes fifteen pattern boards

3 4

Children can try out

the pencil grips to find

33 their favourite

5




1 2

1. Balance Ball Body Fitness

Set

A unique and versatile fitness tool

that can be used to build strength

and improve balance. It offers

a dynamic surface that children

can stand, sit, kneel or lay on to

challenge their whole body. Depth

59cm. Diameter 59cm. Height 21cm.

Made from abs and pvc.

SD10574 £89.36

2. Body Sox

The four way stretch lycra sensory

body sox, is an all round movement,

proprioceptive, tactile and deep

pressure experience. An essential

part of any sensory diet to reinforce

resistive awareness and encourage

creative movement.

INT4245 Small £87.99

INT4246 Medium £98.99

INT4247 Large £104.49

3 4

5 6

3. Sit On Peanut Balance

Ball

Offers a great sensory range of

activities (rolling on the tummy,

rolling forwards onto hands

to weight bear and strengthen

shoulders), the possibilities are

endless! Sit as you would on a ball,

or sit astride to rock from side to

side. Supplied ready to inflate. Made

from rubber.

SD10616 L76cm Smooth £68.74

SD09129 L80cm Bumpy £78.36

SD10061 L90cm Smooth £75.61

4. Gym Roll

The special shape of ball can help

children improve motor skills and

enhance the sense of touch and

balance. Ideal for therapeutic

use, especially for those who

have problems with balance and


months and up. Length 80cm. Width

40cm.

SD10449 £68.74

5. Stretch-eze®

Provide sensory feedback that

facilitates a more efficient use of

energy and body mechanics while

strengthening and stretching. The

stretch-eze provides pressure on

the body while the child is moving.

It offers a better body awareness,

helps to develop coordination and

balance.

SD10415 Small £115.49

SD10416 Medium £122.36

6. Balance Fitness Ball

This seat is a gym ball that can

double up as a therapy ball for

core stability work. It provides less

support than the fit chairs, and will

allow tipping back.

SD09133 Diameter 40cm £34.36



796


• Children will be

comforted by a

calming squeeze

• Provides deep

pressure touch

stimulation

• Assists with motor

skills and processing

1. Squeeze Machine

Children with sensory processing

disorders caused by a range of

conditions, can find being tightly

held very calming and comforting.

The squeeze machine is designed

to provide a firm, deep pressure

sensation which sends sensory

feedback to the brain, helping

children integrate their bodies

with their immediate environment.

Robustly constructed and featuring

soft, padded bumpers, the light

weight, and easy to squeeze

machine, is the ideal addition to any

sensory space used by children that

need deep proprioceptive input.


1



INT4238 £439.95

2. Squeeze Seat

This comfortable chair tightens

gently, applying a calming effect on

children. The supportive seat helps

to provide a better seating posture.

Children can gently rock back and

forth to aid concentration during

activities such as reading, listening

and also in the classroom. This seat

provides soothing pressure with a

gentle hug compression. H170 x

W49 x L56cm.

Provides deep pressure as you squeeze between the rollers

INT4003 £274.94


Reception Play Arch

This Pikler inspired climbing and

rocking arch supports development

of motor skills, balance and

strength. Made from lacquered

premium sustainable Birch ply with

35mm pine rungs, this beautifully

natural resource will enhance

any setting. Children can use the

arch to develop agility, strength

and reaction skills for physical

development or as tunnels and forts

for imaginative play.


CA12118NT Natural £281.86

2 3

• Robust design for

everyday use, tested

to support 100kg.

• Made from

sustainable wood.

• Made in the UK.

Helps to provide better seating posture


Index

Index

3D Fireplace 715

5 Litre Ready Mixed Paints 686

6 Well Palette 692

A

Abacuses 428

Academic Diaries 22

Acrylic Jewels 715

Acrylic Paint 690

Active Curriculum 764, 769, 772

Active Maths 438

Active World Mats 331, 336, 338

Active World Stands & Trays

166-167, 177, 331, 336, 338

Activity Cards 269, 367,

373, 423, 444, 455, 499

Activity Mats 139-140, 466, 563, 565,

568, 571-573, 577, 742

Activity Packs 372, 399-400

Activity Stations 237, 273

Activity Trackers 604

Activity Tray Table 226, 228

Addition 449, 451

Address Labels 29

ADHD 312, 315, 625, 776-777, 781-783,

787

Adhesives 31-33, 521, 553

Adhesive Spray 684

Agility Trestles 644

Air Cushions 625

Air Drying Clay 707

Alarms 540

Algebra 469

Alice Sharp Resources 257, 269,

280-281, 324

Alphabet 290-291, 362, 366, 373

Alphabet Letters 274

Alphabet Rockets 290

Alphabet Sets 214, 274,

279, 290-291, 361-362, 377

Aluminium Rod 721

Aluminium Wire Mesh 721

Anatomy 509-511

Ancient Egypt 388, 746, 753

Ancient Greece 388, 749

Anglo-Saxon 751

Animal Counters 419

Animal Habitats 176, 322

Animal Mats 139-140

Animal Rocker Stampers 698

Animals 246, 328-332, 498-499

Aprons 691, 700

Art Mark Making Kit 698

Art Straws 716

Assorted Classpack Paint 687

Assorted Pom Poms 718

Autumn Paint 699

B

Baby Books 294

Baby Changing 181

Baby Soft Furnishings 203, 208

Badges 763-765

Badminton Sets 627, 630-631, 650

Bags 361, 653

Baking 557-558

Balance & Control 303, 622, 624-625

Balance Benches 642-643

Balance Boards

303, 599, 609, 624-625

Balance Games 195, 303-305

Balance Scales 264, 462

Balance Tops & Rockers 303-304

Balance Trails 622

Balance Walkers 625

Balancing & Climbing 169, 296-

297, 300-304, 625, 797

Balloons 539

Ballpoint Pens 35-36

Balls - Basketball 597-598, 632

Balls - Foam 598

Balls - Football 598, 636

Balls - Netball 597, 647

Balls - Playground 616

Balls - Sensory 616

Balls - Tennis 597, 651

Ball Storage 611, 653

Balsa Wood 547-549

Bamboo Building Blocks 242

Bangles 784

Bar Magnets 521

Bar Modelling 435, 444, 455

Base Ten 441-443

Basketball Hoops 633

Basketballs 597-598, 632

Baskets 321, 344

Bats 648

Batteries 507, 524

Battery Holders 524

Bead Strings 310, 362, 427

Beakers 263, 463, 486

Bean Bags 144, 147, 312, 475, 477, 617,

729, 768, 777-778

Bee-Bot 467, 561-563, 569-570, 574

Bee-Bot Accessories 466, 563,

565, 568-573, 577, 742

Bells 635, 722

Benches 102, 104, 170

Bench Hooks 551

Bereavement 771

Berol 38, 50, 52

Berol Colour Broad & Colour Fine 710

Bianca Squares 719

BIC 35-36, 52

Big Points 594

Bike Accessories 654

Binding 78

Binoculars 492, 504

Bins 71

Bio Cars 335

Bio Glitter Paint 699

Birds 500

Black Card 668

Black History 747

Blankets 777

Block holder Palette 693

Block Printing Pack 705

Blocks 197, 240-241,

244, 252-254, 259-260

Blocks Light-Up 249, 272, 314

Blocks Wooden 197, 240-242

Block Trolleys 240-241

Blu-tack 684

Blue-Bot 466, 561, 564-565, 567, 574

Blue-Bot Accessories 466, 561, 566-567

Blu Tack 32

Board Games 399, 407,

480, 512, 623, 767, 771-772

Boats 206

Body Sox 796

Bones 508-509

Book Bands 361, 383, 384, 385, 392

Book Browsers 112-113, 130-

133, 183, 188

Book Covering Film 21

Book Marks 386, 394

Book Packs 293-294, 321, 367, 370,

380-381, 383-385, 387, 389, 391-392,

405-406, 447, 498-499

Books & Storysacks 278, 284,

294, 405

Books 278-279, 284, 292, 294, 321,

383-385, 388-390, 392, 398, 405, 447,

497-499, 505-506, 512, 515-516, 532,

747, 751-752, 769-773

Book Storage 129-133, 149-

150, 361

Boomwhackers 532, 664

Border Rolls 675

Bostik 32

Boulders 251, 252

Bowls 220, 221, 348

Boxes 116-117, 166, 586

Box Files 66

Breeze Blocks 197, 354

Bricks & Blocks 194, 197,

238-239, 242-244, 249-250, 253-255,

260, 266, 270, 272, 314, 354

Bricks - Foam 197, 238, 354

Bricks - House 354

Bricks - Ice 244

Bricks - Real 354

Bridges 300

Bright Card 669

British Values 390

Bubble Tubes 313, 775, 778

Bucket of Shells 716

Buckets 166, 215, 219, 235, 273

Buddhism 757

Bug Viewers 501, 503

Build a World 257, 324

Builders Tools 197, 212, 354

Building Block Storage 240

Buildings 207, 337

Building Sets 372

Bulbs 526

Bullying 772

Butterfly Gardens 498

Buttons 720

Buzzers 526

C

Caddies 219

Calander Blanks 715

Calculation 62, 412, 425, 428, 434,

446, 449, 451, 453, 471

Calculators 62, 434

Calendars 729, 734

Calming & Wellbeing 195, 310, 315,

318, 776-777, 780, 786-788

Cameras 323, 500

Canvas Panels 690

Capes 350

Card 27

Card Games 412, 449

Cards 295, 589

Carpets 135, 138-142

Cars 335, 518, 561

Cartridge paper 671

Cash Boxes 73

Cash Registers 265, 349, 458

Catch a Cup 613

Catch Mitts 612

Catering 559

Caterpillar Chalk Board 682

Caterpillars 299, 498

Cauldrons 222

CD Players 593

Celebration Ready mixed paint 699

Cellophane Rolls 677

Certificates 764-765

Chairs 86-87, 89, 92, 154-155, 185-186

Chalk 680

Chalkboard Daisies 683

Chalkboard Numbers 262, 480

Chalkboards 201, 214, 476, 729

Chalk Boards 681

Chalkboard Trees 683

Changing Tables and Units 181

Channelling & Guttering 172, 204,

228, 230-231

Charging Cables 578

Chews 784

Children Of Our Community Dolls 320

Childrens Scissors 57

Childrens Scissors 723

Chinese New Year 321

Chopping Boards 558

Christianity 756

Chromacryl Acrylic Paint 690

Chubbi Stumps Crayons 712

Chunki Chalks 680, 712

Churns 219

Circle Time 769

Circuits 507, 523-527, 534-538, 540

Clamps 551

Class Kits 507, 536-542, 557

Classpack Colouring pencils 711

Classpack Felt Tips 710

Classroom Chairs 84-88, 100-

101, 184, 186, 192

Classroom Tables 90-101, 184-187

Claw Hammers 550

Clay 224

Clay 707

Cleaning 343

Clear Tape 33

Clear Trigger Sprayers 698

Clear Wrap Sheets 677

Climate Change 505-506

Clipboards 63

Cloakroom Trolleys 118, 127, 352

Clocks 73, 265, 459

Clothing 211

Coding 466, 563, 565, 568, 570-573,

577-578, 742

Cog Boards 323

Collage & Craft 722

Colour Book Band Books 385-386,

394

Coloured Lollipop sticks 720

Coloured Overlays 792-793

Coloured Paper & Card Pack 668

Coloured wood Shavings 720

Colourfast Crepe paper 725

Colouring pencils 711

Colour Mixing 528, 531, 533

Communication Starters 281, 285, 287

Community Figures 320-321, 327

Compasses 745

Comprehension 394

Computer Mice 595

Computing & AVIT Activity Cards

570-573

Concave 531

Concentration 318, 625,

780, 784-787, 790-791

Cones 255, 654

Construction 212, 239, 243, 248, 507,

518, 544, 554-556

Construction Blocks 243, 259

Construction Kits 243-246,

260, 465

Construction Paper 671

Construction Sets 194, 236,

238-239, 242-250, 255, 261, 270, 354,

465, 539, 541, 554-555

Construction Small World 336-338

Cooking 343, 557-559

Cool Tissue Paper 724

Core Balance 796

Cork 244

Cork tops 720

Cornflour 224

Cosy Pods 316

Cottages 324

Counters 268-269, 362, 412, 419-

421, 439-441, 451, 475, 502

Counting 259, 268-269, 412, 420-

421, 424, 425, 427, 429-431, 436, 442,

447, 449, 457

Counting Bars 259

Counting Cars 268

Counting Frames 412, 425,

428, 441, 450

Counting Sets 259, 268-

269, 422-423

Counting Sticks 430, 457

Counting Stones 268

798


Craft Box 722

Craft Roll 713

Crafty Foam Shapes 697

Crates 190-191, 218, 231

Creative Writing 398, 401

Crepe Paper 725

Cricket 600, 627

Crowns 765

Crumble 536

C Type Batteries 524

Cubes 421

Cuisenaire Rods 435

Cupboards 114-115, 149-151

Curling Ribbon 717

Cursive Letters 403

Curtains 200

Cushions 143-146, 312, 625, 765, 777, 787

Cutting Mats 558

Cylinders 249, 272, 313, 463, 486

D

Daisies 214, 309, 318

Daisy Chalk Board 681

Dance 627, 634-635

Dark Dens & Accessories 271, 312-313,

777

Dartboards 621

Data Logging 460, 482-

484, 487, 511, 532

Day-Glo Poster paper Rolls 679

Dazzles Dots 722

Decimals 456

Den Frames 178, 180, 209, 271, 316-317

Den Making Kits 210, 317

Dens 143, 168, 178, 180, 209, 316-317

Dentistry 512-513

Desk Barriers 780, 791

Desk Bins 71

Desk Pads 25, 375

Desk Storage 70-71

Desktop Easel 701

Diaries & Planners 22-23, 386

Dice 433, 732, 767

Dictionaries 23, 405, 409-410, 731, 734

Digital Cameras 323

Dining Tables 102-104

Dinnerware 220, 346

Dinosaurs 308, 329, 338

Directional Compasses 745

Discovery Bags 498, 769

Dishes 346

Display & Presentation 158-164

Display Boards 158-161

Disposable Aprons 691

Diversity Figures 320

Dividers 64

Diwali 321

Docking Stations 565

Document Folders 66, 67, 70

Document Wallets & Dividers 64-69

Dodgeballs 598, 604

Doilioes 715

Dolls & Accessories 207, 320, 355, 356

Dolls Houses 179, 207, 316, 326, 339

Dolly Pegs 720

Dominoes 259, 375, 399, 400, 432,

449, 451, 480, 729, 734

Donuts 252

Double Sided Foil Rolls 678

Double sided Tape 684

Dough Modelling Set 709

Dowel 545

Drawer Units 70

Drawing 39, 63

Drawing Pins 58

Dressing Up & Dress Up Furniture

206, 350-352

Dressing Up - Accessories 354

Dressing Up Trolleys 206, 352

Drills 552

Drums & Tambourines 661

Dry-Wipe Markers 49-52

Drying Rack 702-703

Dry Wipe Boards 54-55, 295,

452, 457, 468

Dual Board 677

Dyslexia 276, 403, 792-793

Dyspraxia 794-796

E

EAL 406

Early Motor Skills 298-299

Early Reading 294

Early Years Communication, Language

& Literacy Activity Cards 279, 291

Early Years Furniture 117, 127, 143,

168, 170, 173, 178-179, 180, 182-183, 186,

188-189, 198-199, 209, 264, 300, 317,

476

Early Years Maths 447

Easel Palette 692

Easels 164

Easels 701

Easi-Ears 588

Easi-Scope 488-489

Easi-Torches 273, 529

Easi-View 361, 585

Easy Access Paint Dispenser 699

Easy Grip Crayons 712

ECO Mark Making Chalkboards 681

Eco Sand & Water 233

Eco Tweezers 311

edding 37-39, 48, 50, 52

Elastic Bands 58

Electrical Wire 525

Electricity 507, 523-527, 534, 538,

540

Electric Pumps 605

Elves & Fairies 325

Embossed Foil Rolls 678

Emotional Literacy 769, 771

Emotions Pebbles 319

Empty Glue Jars with Brush 699

Enchanted Worlds 207, 337

Envelopes 28

Erasers 43-44

Eveque 628-629

Every Day Craft Box 722

Exercise Bands 794, 796

Exercise Books 10-21, 23

Experiment Kits 493, 501-

504, 507, 513, 517-519, 521, 528, 531-

534, 542

Explorers & Forest Schools 212-213, 217,

322

Exploring Senses 308-309,

318, 783

Eyes 508

Eyes 722

Eziglide Colour Broad 710

Eziglide Colour Fine 710

F

Fabric Packs 516

Facsimilie Money 458

Fadeless Rolls 674

Fairgrounds 538

Fairies 324-325, 331, 333, 337

Families 771

Fans 729, 734, 767, 769, 790-791

Fantasy Figures 331, 333

Farm Animals 285, 328, 332

Farm Small World 332, 337

Feathers 717

Feelings & Emotions 195, 318-319,

766,-772, 788, 790-791

Felt Pens 40

Felt Squares 719

Felt Tip Pens 710

Fences 200

Festive Paint 699

Festive Pom Poms 718

Fibre Optics 313, 778, 779

Fibre Tipped Colouring Pens 40

Fidgets & Chews 318, 784-786, 794

Filing 70-71, 148

Financial Education 772

Fineliner Pens 37

Fine Motor Skills 201, 218,

260-261, 267, 269, 305, 310-311, 321,

323, 501, 786, 794

Fine Motor Skills Kits 214, 276, 310, 795

Finger Bowls 692

Finger Puppets 282-283

Fireplace 715

Fire Stations Small World 334

Fitness Balls 796

Flame Proof Hessian 719

Flash Cards 373, 423, 432, 731

Flat Brushes 696

Flexigrab Balls 612

Flipchart Pads 25, 164

Flip Stands 400

Floor Robots 567, 569-570, 578

Florist Wire 721

Flower Chalk Board 681

Flower palette 692

Flowers 259, 388, 493, 497

Fluorescent paint 686

Foam 456

Foam Breeze Blocks 197, 354

Foam Brush Pack 697

Foam Letters & Numbers 716

Foam Shapes 697

Foam Shapes 728, 735

Foil Shreds 715

Foldback Clips 58

Folding Mats 208

Folding Tables 102-103

Food & Tableware 220, 224,

285, 344-346

Food Chains 499

Food Colouring 224

Food Role Play 285, 344-345

Football 597-598, 636-639, 653

Foot Fidgets 787

Forces & Motion 518-519, 534

Forest Schools 210, 212-213, 322

Forming Numbers 262

Fossils & Bones 263

Four In A Row 480


454, 456

French 727-731

Friction 518

Friendship 766, 772

Friezes 375

Frisbees 609, 614

Frogs 267, 286, 407, 474

Fur Rugs 134

G

Games 214, 290, 319, 394, 412, 432, 449,

451, 480, 499, 509, 608-609, 622-623

Gardening 174-176, 212, 322, 493-496

Gel Pens 37

Gemstone Blocks 259

Geography & History Activity Cards

747

Geometric Shapes 260, 464-465

Giant Chalk 680

Giant Messy Play 202, 223

Giant Polydrons 245, 465

Giant Potion Bottles 222

Giant Sand & Water 234

Giant Shapes 261

Giant Spangles mix 714

Index

Giant Utensils 202, 223

Giant Wooden Scales 264

Gingerbread Maths 269

Giotto Felt Tips 710

Glaciers 337

Glasses 212, 552

Glitter 714

Glitter Paint 688

Glitter Pipecleaners 716

Glitter Pom Poms 718

Glitter Shakers 714

Globes 258, 739-740

Glockenspiels 657

Gloves 493

Glow & Go Bots 277, 314, 561

Glow Balls 313

Glow Construction 249, 272, 314

Glue Guns 553

Glue Jars with Brush 699

Glue Spreaders 684

Glue Sticks 31, 553, 685

Goals 606, 620, 638

Goggles 212, 552

Grab & Go Kits 224

Grammar 371, 396-398

Graphite Pencils 42-43

Graters 558

Gratnells 105, 109, 119, 543

Grey Pastels 689

Gross Motor Skills 195, 298-

307, 313, 625

Guided Reading 392

Gummed Shapes 725

Gusset Envelopes 28

Guttering 204, 231

Gymnastics 208, 626, 641-645

H

Habitats 499-500, 502, 504

Hacksaws 550

Hammers 550

Handheld Whiteboards 360-361,

376-377, 402-403, 429, 450

Hand Strengtheners 794

Handwriting 38-39, 42, 214, 276, 360-

361, 403, 795

Handwriting Books 20, 23

Hanging Storage 166

Hard Bodied Dolls 355

HB Pencils 711

Headphones 587-588

Health & Fitness 604

Healthy Eating 512

Heart 508, 511

Helix 44, 70

Hessian 719

Highlighters 46-47

High Resistance Wire 525

Hi Jump Laths 629

Hinduism 756

History 388, 746-754

Hobs 559

Hockey 598, 626

Hogs Hair Paint Brushes 694, 696

Hole Punches & Staplers 59-61, 552

Hollow Blocks 197, 240-241

Holographic Card 678

Home Corner Accessories 218, 220-

221, 343, 348

Home Resources 471-472

Homework Diaries 23

Hook & Loop 32, 606, 620

Hoops 619

Hop, Skip Jump 618

Hoppers 599, 618

Hopscotch 623

Horseshoe Magnets 521

Hospitals 334

Houses 207, 324, 337

Index


Index

Index

Hula Hoops 619

Human Body 508-513

Hundred Frame 475

Hundred Squares 429

I

ICT Accessories 578, 587, 595

ICT Kits 215, 323, 353, 593

Igneous Rocks 514-515

Illuminated Boards 262, 276

Imagemaker 78

Immersive Projectors 237, 271, 323

Inclusion 321, 622

Index Dividers 64

Indian Quill Feathers 717

Indoor Climbing 296-297

Infant Changing 181

Inking 705

Inking Tray 693, 704

Inner Mounts 672

InO-Bot 561, 579

Insects 498, 502, 503

Intensive Card 669

Interlocking Cubes 421

Intervention & Assessment 470, 789

Investigate & Explore 215, 323,

353, 561, 593

Investigation 361, 585

Ipads 574

Iridescent Film 677

Iridescent Pebbles 251

Iridescent Rolls 677

Iridescent Shred 715

J

Islam 757

Jars 223

Javelins 598, 629

Jewels 715

Jigsaws 260, 321, 371, 376, 396, 400,

499

Jingle Bells 722

Jockey Jumbos 711

Jolly Back 192

Jugs 202, 219, 348, 463, 486

Jumbo Colouring Pencils 41

Jumbo Lollipop sticks 720

Jumbo Non-roll Brush 694

Jumbo Playground Chalk 680

Jumbo Small Worlds 328, 329, 330

Jump Mats 628

Junior Art Paper 668

Junior Chubby Brushes 694

K

Kaskad 670

Keyboards 595, 659

Key Rings 453, 471

Keys 290

Kinderboxes 133

Kitchen Accessories 202, 218,

220-221, 343, 346, 348, 557-558

Kitchens 206, 342, 347

Kitt 584

Kneeling Pads 493

Knights & Dragons 333

Knives 558

K’NEX 507, 554-556

L

Labels 29

Lacing Tree 310

Ladders 213, 324

Laminators, Binders & Trimmers

74, 75, 78

Language Development 279-285,

287, 399, 404-405, 732

Large Construction Sets 197, 240-

241, 244-245, 261, 465

Large Dice 433

Learning at Home 471-472

Learning Location Pyramid Den 317

LEDs 526

Left Handed Scissors 57

Lesson Openers 772

Letter Shapes 697

Letter Trays 71

Letters & Sounds 292

Letters and Phonemes 140, 214,

274, 279, 290-291, 361, 377

Lever Arch Folders 66

Life Cycles 498-499

Light & Colour 273, 528-529, 531-533

Light & Dark 275, 531, 538

Light Boards 262, 276

Light Boxes 237, 270-271, 275, 323

Light Bulbs 526

Light Meters 528

Light Panels 260, 274-275, 530

Light Up Resources 215, 235,

237, 249, 255, 260, 262, 270-276, 281,

312-314, 318, 323, 353, 530, 775-776

Lightbox 237, 255, 260, 270-271, 274,

323

Lightweight Splashmat 691

Line Markings 655

Linking Apparatus 421, 644

Linking Shapes 246, 249, 261, 272

Lino Cutter Set 705

Lino Roller 705

Liquid Volume Sets 454

Listening Stations 593

Literacy Activity Cards 284, 366,

372, 393-394, 398, 401, 404-405

Literacy Essentials 54, 360-361, 468

Literacy Games 360, 367, 395

Literacy Kits 288, 360, 382, 406, 408

Local Area Maps 743

Log-Box 483

Lollipop Sticks 720

Long Handle Brushes 696

Long Jump Mats 628

Loose Parts 197, 231, 239-241, 243,

250-252, 254, 256, 258-259

Loose Parts Stores 122-125

Loti-Bot 580-581

Lunchbox Trolleys 119

Lusture Lites 724

Lyra 42

Lyra Ferby Colouring pencils 711

M

Magazine Files 71

Magical Jars 223

Magnetic 360, 377, 402, 420, 423-

424, 426, 429, 450, 454, 456, 458, 465

Magnetic Constructions 248, 261,

465

Magnetic Letters 367, 377, 398

Magnets 366, 377, 398, 456, 517,

520-522, 534

Magnification 215, 488-

492, 501, 503-504

Makerspaces 543

Mallets 212

Manipulatives 443, 454

Manipulative Toys 304, 313

Maps 741-744

Marbles 518, 520

Marker & Highlighter Pens 46, 47, 48,

49, 50, 51, 52

Market Stalls 206, 349

Mark Making 201, 214, 218, 308-309,

318, 795

Mark Making 680

Mark Making Chalkboards 681

Mark Making Kit 698

Marvellous Metallics 252-254

Masking Tape 32, 684

Massagers 796

Matching Games 214, 269,

290, 319

Match Splints 720

Materials 516-517, 522, 533

Maths Activity Cards 412, 423,

425, 444-446, 448, 455, 467, 472, 477

Maths Books 447

Maths Class Kits 266, 268,

413-418, 423-424, 439-440, 450, 452,

455, 457, 469, 470, 472

Maths Games 429, 432, 449, 451, 480

Maths Mastery 266, 413-418, 455

Maths Rewards 761

Mats 135, 138, 141-142, 208, 214, 304,

452

Maze Boards 318

Measurement 62, 263-265,

454, 459, 460, 463, 476, 486, 487, 519

Measuring Cups 263, 454

Measuring Spoons 454

Medals 763

Memory & Sequencing 516

Mental Health & Wellbeing

195, 318, 788-789

Mental Math 445-446, 448, 472, 477

Mermaid Sequins 308

Messy Play Accessories & Ingredients

202, 216-226, 263, 322, 348

Messy Play Furniture 203, 228,

229, 322

Metal Detectors 215, 323, 353, 593

Metal Jugs 202, 219, 348

Metallic Blocks 254, 260

Metallic Card 678

Metallic Crayons 712

Metallic Foil Shreds 715

Metallic Ready Mixed Paints 686

Metallic Ribbon 717

Metallics 243, 252-254

Metamorphic Rocks 514-515

Metre Rules 62

Microphones 353, 586, 594

Microscopes 488-489, 492

Millhouse 116, 180, 182-183, 206, 317,

349

Minibeasts 498-499, 501-502

Mini Blocks 241

Mini Canvas 690

Mini Dabbers 697

Mini Paint Mops 698

Mirror Blocks 243

Mirror Dens 317

Mirror Numbers 473, 479

Mirrors 253, 317, 513, 531, 730, 767, 769

Mitre 597, 647, 653

Mixing Spoons 558

Mobile Drying Rack 703

Mobiles, Canopies & Soft Furnishings

203, 208

Modelling 224

Modelling Boards 709

Modelling Material 708

Modelling Rock 706

Modelling Tools 708-709

Modelling Wire 721

Model Magic 708

Mod Roc 706

Money 265, 349, 458

Motors 525

Motor Skills Coordination 214, 276,

310, 318, 794-796

Motor Tool Set 311

Mounting Paper 672

Mouse 595

Mud Kitchens 203, 206, 224, 347

Multicultural Resources 321, 350,

355, 391

Multiplication & Division 412, 425,

451-453, 471

Multipurpose Trolleys 240-241, 611

Musical Instruments 321

N

Music Frames 665

Natural Lollipop sticks 720

Netball 597, 646-647

Newsprint 668

Noah’s Ark 331

Non-roll Brush 694

Non Spill Paint Pots 692

Note Books 23-24

Noticeboards 158-161

Number & Amount 142, 259,

262, 266-269, 290, 412, 419-433, 441,

449-452, 457, 473-475, 479-480

Numberblocks 422

Number Boards 429

Number Bonds 267, 473, 479

Number Bricks 266

Number Cones 475

Number Frames 420-428,

436, 442, 478

Number Games 449, 621

Number Lines 262, 266,

431, 436, 459, 480

Number Rods 435-436, 468

Number Sets 267-269, 290, 419, 422,

469, 473-475, 479

Number Shapes 697

Number Squares 142, 452

Number Stackers 266

Number Stones 262, 268, 423

Number Trays 259, 266, 423

Numerals 267, 473, 479

Numicon 436-437

Nursery Rhyme Books 291, 294

Nutrition 512

Nylon Brushes 696

O

Outdoor Play Furniture 127, 169-170,

173, 198-199, 206, 300, 347

Object Bags 292

Observation 215, 488-492, 501-504

Occupation Dress Up 351

Octoplay 245

Office Chairs 155

Office Desks 97, 152-153

Oil pastels 689, 713

One Stroke Synthetic Brushes 695

Online Safety 772

Organising & Planning 790-791

Oti-Bot 561, 575, 582-583

Outdoor 169, 360, 368, 373, 382, 399,

408

Outdoor Art 63

Outdoor Clothing 211

Outdoor Dens 210

Outdoor Dividers 200-201

Outdoor Furniture 168, 300

Outdoor Kitchens 203, 206,

347

Outdoor Maths 268, 322,

426, 433, 438-439, 475-480, 604

Outdoor Messy Play 228-229

Outdoor Multi Panel Easel 701

Outdoor Music 532, 664-

665

Outdoor Numbers 262, 480

Outdoor Role Play 206, 352

Outdoor Seating 171, 208

Outdoor Small World 207, 339

Outdoor Staging 168

Outdoor Storage Units 120-121, 124-

125, 166-167, 194, 201, 305, 322, 610-611,

652

800


Outdoor Wheelie Painters 698

Outdoor Wooden Units 120, 175, 610

Outer Mounts 672

Ovens 559

P

Paddles 624

Paint 686-688

Paint Brushes 694-697

Painting Accessories 218

Painting Aprons & Tabards 700

Painting Overalls 691

Paint Pots 692-693

Paintpot Tray 693

Palettes & Pots 692-693

Palm Printers 697

Paper & card 668-679

Paper backed Foil Rolls 678

Paper Clips 58

Paper Fasteners 58

Paper Mache 706

Paper Pads & Books 23-25

Parachutes 634

Parcel Tape 32

Partitions 206, 352

Pastel Card 669

Pastel Paint 687

Pattern & Sequencing 242, 259

Pearlescent Display Rolls 679

Pearlescent Paints 686

Pebbles 250-252, 267, 291, 319, 473, 479

Pedal Rollers 303

Peelers 558

PE Equipment Trolleys 611

Peg Puzzles 260

Pencil Cases 62

Pencil Grips 795

Pencils 42, 761, 765

Pencil Sharpeners 45

Pen Pots 70, 570

Pen Refills 35

Pens 35

People Who Help Us 321, 327,

334, 350-351

Percentages 454-456

Percussion Instruments 635, 662-

664

Periscopes 539

Permanent Markers 48

Pestle & Mortar 202, 348

Phase 1 Letters & Sounds 292, 364

Phase 2 Letters & Sounds 362

Phase 5 Letters & Sounds 375

Phones 214, 287, 353

Phonic Readers Books 293, 367,

370, 380-383

Phonics & Spelling 361, 366-

367, 372-377, 402

Phonics 292-293, 358, 362-383, 395-

397, 402, 792

Phonics Kits 284, 292-294, 363-365,

369-370

Photo Albums 592-593

Photography 323, 361, 585

Physical & Sensory 312, 776, 783

Physical Development 169, 300,

303, 306-307, 477, 624

Picnic 170, 344

Pigeon Holes 70

Ping Pong Balls 375

Pin Hammers 550

Pipecleaners 716

Pirates 331

Place Value 435, 438-443, 475

Planks 197

Planners 22

Planters 174-175, 496

Plants 388, 493, 497, 514

Plaster Paris 706

Plastic Boxes 117

Play-Doh 708

Play Dens 178, 209, 317

Play Dinnerware 220, 346

Playdough 224

Play Equipment 599-609,

612-625, 634-638, 648, 651, 654-655

Play Food 285, 344-345, 348

Playground Balls 612-613, 616,

636, 651

Playground Barriers 607

Playground Chalk 682

Playground Kits 600-604,

615, 618, 623, 626-627, 634

Playground Signs 730, 772

Play Houses 206, 347

Playing Cards 429, 432

Play Kitchens 206, 342-343, 347

Play Mats 139-142, 173, 366-368,

373, 475

Playmats 477

Play Panels 183, 200, 206, 352

Play Phones 281, 287, 353

Play Tables 183, 203, 343, 347

Play Tills 349, 354

Playtime Leaders 764

Play Tunnels 302, 622

Polar 337

Police Station 334

Polydron 245, 248, 261, 465

Polymer Blocks 704

Pom poms 718

Popper Wallets 68

Poppits 412, 425

Portable Whiteboards 54-55, 360, 468

Poster Paper Mounts 672

Poster Paper Rolls 679

Poster Paper Sheets 679

Posters 508

Posting Games 288

Posture Aids 625, 787, 796

Potions & Concoctions 202, 216-217,

222, 263, 322

Pre-Writing & Mark Making

201, 214, 291, 295

Presentation Boards 672

Printer Labels 29

Printer Paper 27

Printing Pack 704

Pritt 31

Pritt Sticks 685

Pro-Bot 578

Probability 433

Problem Solving Cards 445-446,

472

Programmable Robots 466, 561-

574, 577, 742

Programming 466-467,

561-584, 742

Programming Kits 277, 314, 561

Programming Software 578

PSHE 214, 290, 319, 389-390, 432, 480,

509, 512, 766-773

Puberty 773

Pulsemeters 511

Pumps 228

Punched Pockets 65

Punctuation 399

Puppets 282-283, 730, 735, 770

Pushchairs 356

Push Pins 58

Puzzles 319, 509

PVA Glue 32, 684

PVC Aprons & Tabards 700

PVC Tablecloths 691

Q

Quickstick 685

Quoits 615, 621

R

Rabo 306-307

Rackets 631

Rainbow 209, 225, 256-258, 298, 302

Raised Beds 496

Ramps 518

Rapesco 15, 33, 45, 59-68, 73

RE & PSHE Games 766-767, 771-772

Reaction Wall 608, 622

Reading 382-394, 406

Reading Comprehension 383, 393-

394

Reading Records 23

Reading Rulers 383, 393

Reading Spaces Indoor 316

Ready mixed paint 699

Ready Mixed Paints 686-688

Real World Maths 448, 477


445-448, 472, 477

Rebounders 609

Recordable Resources 214, 267,

286, 295, 353, 377, 407, 474, 586, 589-

594, 790

Recorders & Wind Instruments

658

Recycled Resources 420, 441

Refill Pads 24

Registers 23

Relationship Education 771-773

Relay Batons 629

Remanant Yarn 716

Remote Control 561

Renewable Energy 507, 542

Resin Stones 291

Rewards 759-765

Rexel 76-77

Rhythm & Rhyme 288, 291, 362

Ribbon 717

Ribbons 725

Ride Ons 307

Ring Binder Folders 67

Ring Magnets 520

Roads 260

Robot Motion Sensors 569

Rockets 370

Rocks & Fossils 263, 514-515

Role Play 171

Role Play Accessories 208, 344,

349, 356

Role Play Basket 285

Role Play Construction 197, 238,

244, 354

Role Play Food 285, 344-345

Role Play Furniture 203, 206,

316, 349, 352

Role Play Kitchens 342, 347

Role Play Panels 282

Rollerball Pens 36

Rollers 314

Rolling Pins 720

Rolling Toys 314

Romans 750

Room Scenes 182-183, 188

Rope Ladders 213

Round Brushes 696

Rounders & Softball 598, 604, 626

Rubber Bands 58

Rubbing Boards 262

Rugby 597

Rugged Robot 561, 574-577

Rugs 134-142, 208, 452, 741

Rulers 62, 457, 476

S

Sable Brushes 695

Index

Safeprint Foam Sheets 704

Safety Goggles 212, 552

Sand & Water 195, 204,

218-220, 226-228, 232-234, 263, 290,

311

Sand & Water Trays, Tables & Sand Pits

173-174, 203-205, 226-229, 347

Sand Timers 265, 460, 484

Sandpaper 550

Saws 550

Scales 264, 462, 476, 558

Scalloped Border Rolls 676

Science Activity Cards 499, 512

Scissors 57, 723

Scoops 202, 218-220, 311, 613

Scooters 306, 624

Scrapbooks 673

Sea Life Animals 330

Seat Balance Aids 787

Seating 84-89, 92, 97, 100-107, 144-145,

154-157, 170-171, 184-186, 192, 208, 779

Security Products 73

Sedimentary Rocks 514-515

See-Saws 303

Self Adhesive Border Rolls 676

Sellotape 32-33

Senses 508

Sensory & SEN Games 375, 394, 796

Sensory Bags 783

Sensory Balls 313

Sensory Dens 312, 315, 776-777

Sensory Lights 249-250,

275, 312-314, 776

Sensory Processing 797

Sensory Room 249-250,

253, 275, 313-314, 775, 778-779, 783,

797

Sensory Stones 262

Sensory Tubes 786

Sentence Strips 400, 792

Sequencing 242, 310

Sequin Boards 308-309, 318

Sequin Mesh 715

Sequins 714

Sex Education 773

Shakers 314

Shape, Space, Measure & Weight

243, 254, 260-264, 464

Shapes Lightbox 274

Sharpeners 45

Sharpie 48

Sheds 121, 166, 194, 305

Shells 716

Shelters 168, 209

Shelving 112-113, 128-131, 133, 150, 183,

188-191

Shimmer Shower 714

Ships 331

Shopping 206, 344, 349, 354

Short Handle Brushes 696

Show-me 50-54, 360, 468

Shredders 76-77

Significant People & Events

746-747, 751

Signs 362, 399, 504, 604, 772

Sikhism 757

Silent Dice 433

Sing It Bag 288

Singapore Colours 442

Sinks 228-229

Size Sorting 260

Skeletons 508-509

Sketch Books 673

Skin Tone Paints 686

Skipping Ropes 618

Slazenger 651

Slopes & Ramps 518

Small World Accessories 282, 324,

337

Small World Animals 328-332, 337

Small World Buildings 179, 207,

257, 316, 324-326, 330-339

Index


Index

Index

Small World Castles 333

Small World Construction 336-337

Small World Figures 320-321,

324-327, 331-333, 337

Small World Habitats 337

Small World Vehicles 331

Snap Construction 246

Snap Cubes 421

Snopake 75

Social Emotional & Mental Health 389

Sofas 154-157

Soft Baskets 321

Soft Bodied Dolls 355

Soft Furnishings 134-147, 173,

200, 208-209

Soft Gym Apparatus 644

Soft Pastels 689

Soft Play 298-299, 797

Soft-Fun 708

Soil Kits 514

Solar Power 507

Sorting 260, 266, 370, 423

Sorting Bags 261

Sorting Counters 412, 419-421

Sorting Sets 261, 269, 288, 370

Sorting Trays 256-259, 266, 423

Sound 532-533

Sound Games 292

Space Dividers & Panels 165

Space Hoppers 618

Space Markers 654

SPaG 375-376, 395-399

Spangles mix 714

Spanish 733-735

Speaking & Listening 214, 279-281,

285-287, 353, 377, 407, 586-594

Speckled Feathers 717

Spectacles 212, 552

Spelling 399-400

Spheres 272, 318

Spinners 401

Spinning Tops 304, 323

Splash Mats Class pack 691

Spoons 221-223, 558

Sports Accessories 265, 461,

484-485, 605, 654-655

Sports Day 763

Sports Games 609, 612, 621-623

Sports Kits 626, 631, 647

Sports Storage 610-611, 652-

653

Spray Adhesive 684

Square Cut Wallets 66

Squidgy Sparkles 274

Squirrel Brushes 695

Stabilo 37-38, 42-46

Stack & Build 196, 249, 272

Stacking Cones 255, 270

Stacking Pebbles 250-251

Stacking Toys 252-255,

257, 266, 270, 324, 330, 337

Staedtler 36-38, 41-45, 52

Staedtler Colouring pencils 711

Staging 168

Stampers 762

Staple Guns 60-61

Staplers 60-61

Star Pupil Awards 765

Starter Brush Set 694

STEAM 196, 236-237, 273, 507, 527, 536-

543, 554-556

STEAM Trolleys 543

Stickers 759-763

Sticky Notes 30

Sticky Pads 32

Stilts 599

Stirrers 221, 348

Stone Age to Iron Age 746-748

Stones 262, 268, 319

Stools 88, 97, 144

Stopwatches 265, 461, 484-485, 605

Storage 70-71, 105, 108-133, 148-152,

166-167, 175, 183, 188-191, 194, 305, 352,

543, 559, 610-611, 653

Story Books 389

Story Sets 278

Streamers 635

Struggling and Reluctant Reader Books

387

Subtraction 449

Sugar Paper 671

Sum Building 267, 473, 479

Sure Shot 633, 642, 646

Surviving Sitting 625, 787

Swash 45

Swings 213

Switches 527

Swivel Chairs 155

Synthetic Brushes 695

T

Tabards 350

Tabards 700

Table & Chair Packs 89, 92, 106-

107, 184-185

Table Light Panels 275

Tables 89-104, 152-153, 184-187, 192,

205, 226-227, 275, 644

Tables Classroom 90-96, 99,

184-186

Tables Desk 152

Tables Dining 102-103

Tables Office 152

Tables Toddler 185-186

Table Tennis 627, 648-649

Table Top Drying Rack 702

Table Top Storage 70

Table Trolleys 104

Tablets 574

Tackers 60-61, 723

Tactile Discs 303

TacTile Reader 466, 561, 566-567

Talk-Time Resources 295, 589-591

Talk Balls 769

Talking Points 594

Tangle 785-786

Tape Dispensers 33

Tape Measures 263, 457

Tapes 32-33, 521

Targets 477, 606, 609, 612, 620-622,

638

Teaching Clocks 265, 459-460

Teaching Tins 446

Teeth 512-513

Telephones 214, 287

Temperature 483, 487

Ten Frames 423-424, 450

Tennis 597-598, 626, 650-651

Textiles 317, 516

Textured Card 678

Theatre 206, 349

Therabands 794

Theraputty 794

Therapy Kits 766

Thermometers 487

Thesaurus 409-410

Threading & Lacing 310, 373

Throw & Catch 612-617, 621, 629

Throw Down Spots 655, 768

Tilted Tray Storage 116, 189

Time 265, 459-460

Timelines 746, 751

Timers 265, 460, 484, 786

Times Tables 453, 471

Time to Talk Baskets 285

Tissue paper 724

Tissue Tower 724

Toddler Books 294

Toddler Furniture 186

Tongs 218

Tools 59, 212, 218, 234, 354, 493-495,

525, 550-552, 558

Topics 512, 747, 753, 770-773

Torches 273, 528-529, 777

Towers 301

Traditional Tales Books 294

Transparent Foil Rolls 678

Transport 331, 335-338

Transport Chalkboard 682

Tray Lids 105

Trays 105, 109, 221, 226, 229, 348

Tray Storage Trolleys 116, 125, 166, 559

Tray Storage Units 105, 108-113,

128, 183

Tray Tables 94

Tree Threading 310

Trikes, Bikes, Scooters & Accessories

306-307, 624, 654

Trimmers 78

Trolleys 119, 240-241, 559, 611

Trophies 763

Trundle Wheels 476

Tubs 116, 202, 219, 292, 371, 374, 395-

397, 401

Tuff Spot Mats 331, 336-338

Tuff Tray Stands 166-167, 177

Tunics 510

Tuning Forks 532

Tunnels 299, 302

Tweezers 218, 311, 490, 501-503

Twirl Effect Dabbers 697

Twist & Turn 323

U

UK Maps 741-742

Ukuleles 660

USB Headsets 587-588

Utensils 202, 218-223, 343, 348

UV paint 686

Vehicles 260, 335-337, 537

Velcro 32

Vices 551

Vikings 751-752

Visual Aids 790-793

Visualisers 361, 585

Vivid Card 669

Vocabulary 284-285, 294

Voice Recorders 295, 586, 589-594

VTech 323

Valencia Range 112-113

W

Walkie Talkies 287

Wall Clocks 73

Wallet Envelopes 28

Wall Hangings 360, 497,

508, 511-513, 517, 522, 767

Wall Planners 70, 162

Warm Tissue paper 724

Washable PVA 684

Washable Ready Mixed Paint

687, 688

Waste Disposal 71

Water Channelling 172, 204,

230-231

Watercolour blocks 689

Watercolour Tablet 689

Water Play Accessories 172, 195,

202-204, 219-221, 228, 232-234, 263,

348

Waterproof Sets 211

Water Trays 226

Water Walls 172

Wax Crayons 712

Weaving 201, 317, 322

Weaving Sets 261, 267

Wedges 787

Weight & Measurement 62, 263-264,

454, 457, 462, 476, 519, 558

Weighted Resources 781-783

Well-Being Kits 195, 318, 766,

788-789

Wellies 211

Wellie Storage 120, 126-127,

167

Well Palette 693

Wheelbarrows 494

Wheel Counters 420

Wheelie Painters 698

Wheels 544

Whiteboard Erasers 53

Whiteboard Markers 49-52

Whiteboards 162-163, 295, 360-361,

376-377, 398, 402-403, 429, 450

White Card 27

White Card 668

White Rose Maths 413-415

White Synthetic Brushes 695

Widgit Symbols 791

Wiggle Eyes 722

Wild Animals 328, 331

Wildlife Observation Equipment

500-503

Winther 305-307, 624

Wirecraft 721

Wireless Headsets 587-588

Wire Netting 721

Wire Spools 717

Wire Strippers 525

Wobble Shell 304

Women’s History 747

Wood 545-549

Woodcraft Assortment 720

Wooden Animals 328

Wooden Beads 720

Wooden Blocks 197, 240-242, 259

Wooden Bowls 221, 348

Wooden Construction 241-243,

246, 260

Wooden Cups 220

Wooden Dens 180, 209, 316

Wooden Figures 327

Wooden Letters/Words 369, 372-373

Wooden Loose Parts 256-258

Wooden Numbers & Letters 720

Wooden Pebbles 250, 319

Wooden Planks 197

Wooden Threading 310

Wooden Tools 354

Wooden Wheels 544

Woodland Furniture 337

Wood Shavings 720

Woodworking 212

Woodwork Tools 551

Word Strips 792

Workstations 192

World Maps 743-744

World Religions 755

Worries 767

Wristbands 453, 471, 784, 790

Write & Wipe Tablet 295

Writing 214, 360-361, 367, 376-377, 398-

403, 792

Writing Tubs 371, 397

X

X-Rays 508-509

Xylophones & Glockenspiel 657

Y

Yamaha 659

Yoga 304

Z

Zig Zag Tunnel 302

Zip Wallets 69

802


Terms & Conditions

PRICES

Goods will be invoiced at prices ruling at the date of despatch. All prices are subject to the addition of Value Added Tax at the rate ruling on the date of the invoice. From time to time

we may have to alter prices at short notice. For the Republic of Ireland this could be due to currency fluctuations. Discounts have already been taken for the education boards,

therefore all prices are net.

MINIMUM ORDER & CARRIAGE

All products requested will be delivered by Creative Activity free of charge unless the order is under £100.00 / €150.00 + VAT in which case a service charge of £7.95 /€12.94 + VAT will

apply. Carriage to UK Mainland and other areas will be quoted at time of order. Any item that required installation or fitting will be quoted at time of order.

COLLECTION OF GOODS

Goods collected should be supported by an official order form and or some means of identification. Please give as much notice as possible to avoid delay.

PACKING

Wherever possible non-returnable free packing is used but if we are unable to supply goods to you this way, we will let you know in advance.

SPECIAL CONSIGNMENT

Where you instruct us to deliver goods to a third party, we do not accept responsibility for those goods once we have delivered them to that third party. We do not accept responsibility

for the loss or damage when goods are consigned to a third party.

SPECIAL ORDERS

Orders for products not included in the Catalogue or Price List, and those made to order will be accepted only on receipt of an official purchase order and are subject to the following

conditions:

(a) Special products correctly supplied against the purchase order are non-returnable.

(b) Delivery items quoted for special products ordered must be in Manufacturer’s pack quantity.

RETURNS

Unless faulty, goods correctly supplied to order are not returnable except by previous agreement and these must be consigned carriage paid to our warehouse within 21 days in their

original packing. A handling charge of up to 25% may be incurred. If they are returned faulty, they will only be credited if the manufacturer accepts that the product has not been

misused, overloaded, incorrectly installed or incorrectly stored. In certain circumstances a faulty product evaluation form will need to be completed. Once a credit is received from

the manufacturer, we will in turn credit your account. If r the manufacturer confirms that goods were not faulty no credit will be issued.

CREDIT NOTES FOR RETURNED GOODS CANNOT BE ISSUED UNLESS OUR INVOICE NUMBER IS QUOTED ON ALL CORRESPONDENCE RELATING TO THE RETURNS.

CLAIMS

Claims for shortages or goods damaged in transit must be notified in writing within 24 hours of receipt of the goods.

RETENTION OF TITLE

The risk of goods shall pass immediately upon delivery to you or collection by you. Legal title to the goods will not pass to you until we have received payment in full for them. You must

store the goods separately from other goods and in a manner which makes them readily identifiable as goods delivered by us.

PAYMENTS

Our preferred payment method is BACS or Bank Transfer. We also accept payments from all major Debit and Credit Cards. Cheques should be made payable to Creative Activity and

crossed A/C Payee only not negotiable. Each payment remains the responsibility of the buyer until such time it is actually received and acknowledged by the seller. Unless otherwise

agreed in writing, payment will be made by the buyer by the end of the month following the month of invoice. In some situations we may ask you to either pay a deposit or pay in

full at the time you place your order with us.

LATE PAYMENTS

If you do not pay our invoice in full on the due date, we may charge interest from the due date at 5% above Bank of Ireland Ltd base rate on the amount outstanding.

RECOVERY OF MONIES

If after reasonable attempts we have failed to recover monies due to us, slow accounts will be passed to our collection agents who will have the authority to collect monies on our

behalf. If this cause of action is implemented the cost of this service will be added to the accrued account.

PUBLICATION DATES

Monthly special offers are applicable for the months of issue only. Any other special offers that we promote may have additional terms and conditions attached to them.

DELIVERY

We will endeavour to deliver the good son the dates agreed, or within a reasonable time if no time is agreed, but dates given are estimates only and we will not be liable for loss or

damage of any kind whatsoever caused directly or indirectly by any delay in the delivery of goods.

THIRD PARTY DELIVERIES

These will attract a separate charge, details available from the local Creative Activity Service Centre.

CATALOGUES

The items displayed in our catalogues are for illustrative purposes only and we cannot guarantee their availability.

QUOTATIONS

Unless otherwise specified, all quotations will last for a maximum period of 30 days. When the quotation period expires it is the customer’s responsibility to check out current pricing

agreements. We will base our quotations on information that you give to us and it is your responsibility to check that you have supplied all relevant, accurate information.

LIABILITY

To the extent that it is permitted by law, our liability to you is limited to the value of the order that you have placed with us. We accept liability only for direct, mitigated losses.

STATEMENT OF CREATIVE ACTIVITY POLICY REGARDING QA SOURCES

Creative Activity source and supply, wherever possible, products from Quality Assured Sources. That is, products manufactured under the ISO 9000 series of International Standards. All

other products are inspected and checked by Creative Activity to ensure that they meet the Company’s own Quality System requirements. If you have any specific Quality Assurance

needs, please make them known at the time of ordering

MATTERS OUTSIDE OF OUR CONTROL

Whilst we will do our best to ensure that we deliver the goods that you have ordered in the time frames that we agree, we cannot guarantee this where events occur that are outside

of our control and we are unable to accept liability for any losses that you incur as a result. Although we sincerely hope that this does not happen, we will notify you if we experience

difficulties in proceeding with your order.

Head Office: Learning House

Altnagelvin Industrial Estate

Trench Road

L’Derry

BT47 2ED

t: +44 (0)28 7134 6767

e: sales@creative-activity.co.uk

UK Office:

Dunston Innovation Centre

Dunston Road

Chesterfield

S41 8NG

t: 01246 382419

e: sales@creative-activity.co.uk

creative-activity.co.uk

Creative Activity Educational Resources 2025

Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!

Delete template?

Save as template ?